diff options
| author | matthewsotoudeh <matthewsot@outlook.com> | 2014-08-29 22:38:18 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | matthewsotoudeh <matthewsot@outlook.com> | 2014-08-29 22:38:18 -0700 |
| commit | 37a8d06495a50ab986c129d1d6141eb653cec6c6 (patch) | |
| tree | 99c2a465bb6a5d627c60fc51d15477c9fb413f95 | |
| parent | 4e22d4046d4d024bada6feb34323b737a98e3bbb (diff) | |
re-did UIKit
231 files changed, 260 insertions, 236 deletions
diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSAttributedString.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSAttributedString.cs index d52ac9ff..8b8999a3 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSAttributedString.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSAttributedString.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIKit framework adds methods to NSAttributedString to support the drawing of styled strings and to compute the size and metrics of a string prior to drawing. None of these methods affects the contents of the object itself, only how it is drawn on screen.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSAttributedString_UIKit_Additions/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40011688"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class NSAttributedString//:
{
}
/// <summary>
/// Options for customizing the way strings are drawn.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum NSStringDrawingOptions
{
/// <summary>
/// Truncate and add an ellipsis character to the last visible line if the text does not fit into the specified bounds. This option is ignored if the NSStringDrawingUsesLineFragmentOrigin option is not also specified.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
TruncatesLastVisibleLine,
/// <summary>
/// The origin specified when drawing the string is the line fragment origin and not the baseline origin.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
UsesLineFragmentOrigin,
/// <summary>
/// Use the font leading information to calculate line heights.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
UsesFontLeading,
/// <summary>
/// Use the image glyph bounds (instead of the typographic bounds) when computing layout.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
UsesDeviceMetrics,
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants for specifying both the NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName and NSStrikethroughStyleAttributeName attributes of an attributed string.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum NSUnderlineStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// Do not draw a line.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
StyleNone,
/// <summary>
/// Draw a single line.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
StyleSingle,
/// <summary>
/// Draw a thick line.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
StyleThick,
/// <summary>
/// Draw a double line.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
StyleDouble,
/// <summary>
/// Draw a line of dots.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
PatternDot,
/// <summary>
/// Draw a line of dashes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
PatternDash,
/// <summary>
/// Draw a line of alternating dashes and dots.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
PatternDashDot,
/// <summary>
/// Draw a line of alternating dashes and two dots.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
PatternDashDotDot,
/// <summary>
/// Draw the line only underneath or through words, not whitespace.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ByWord,
}
/// <summary>
/// Options for specifying text writing direction used with NSWritingDirectionAttributeName.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum NSTextWritingDirection
{
/// <summary>
/// Text is embedded in text with another writing direction. For example, an English quotation in the middle of an Arabic sentence could be marked as being embedded left-to-right text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Embedding,
/// <summary>
/// Enables character types with inherent directionality to be overridden when required for special cases, such as for part numbers made of mixed English, digits, and Hebrew letters to be written from right to left.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Override,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIKit framework adds methods to NSAttributedString to support the drawing of styled strings and to compute the size and metrics of a string prior to drawing. None of these methods affects the contents of the object itself, only how it is drawn on screen.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSAttributedString_UIKit_Additions/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40011688"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class NSAttributedString//:
{
public NSAttributedString() { }
}
/// <summary>
/// Options for customizing the way strings are drawn.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum NSStringDrawingOptions
{
/// <summary>
/// Truncate and add an ellipsis character to the last visible line if the text does not fit into the specified bounds. This option is ignored if the NSStringDrawingUsesLineFragmentOrigin option is not also specified.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
TruncatesLastVisibleLine,
/// <summary>
/// The origin specified when drawing the string is the line fragment origin and not the baseline origin.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
UsesLineFragmentOrigin,
/// <summary>
/// Use the font leading information to calculate line heights.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
UsesFontLeading,
/// <summary>
/// Use the image glyph bounds (instead of the typographic bounds) when computing layout.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
UsesDeviceMetrics,
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants for specifying both the NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName and NSStrikethroughStyleAttributeName attributes of an attributed string.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum NSUnderlineStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// Do not draw a line.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
StyleNone,
/// <summary>
/// Draw a single line.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
StyleSingle,
/// <summary>
/// Draw a thick line.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
StyleThick,
/// <summary>
/// Draw a double line.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
StyleDouble,
/// <summary>
/// Draw a line of dots.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
PatternDot,
/// <summary>
/// Draw a line of dashes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
PatternDash,
/// <summary>
/// Draw a line of alternating dashes and dots.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
PatternDashDot,
/// <summary>
/// Draw a line of alternating dashes and two dots.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
PatternDashDotDot,
/// <summary>
/// Draw the line only underneath or through words, not whitespace.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ByWord,
}
/// <summary>
/// Options for specifying text writing direction used with NSWritingDirectionAttributeName.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum NSTextWritingDirection
{
/// <summary>
/// Text is embedded in text with another writing direction. For example, an English quotation in the middle of an Arabic sentence could be marked as being embedded left-to-right text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Embedding,
/// <summary>
/// Enables character types with inherent directionality to be overridden when required for special cases, such as for part numbers made of mixed English, digits, and Hebrew letters to be written from right to left.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Override,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSBundle.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSBundle.cs index 0ce2b182..67af92f2 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSBundle.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSBundle.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// This category adds methods to the Foundation framework’s NSBundle class. The method in this category provides support for loading nib files into your application.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSBundle_UIKitAdditions/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40007485"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class NSBundle//:
{
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// This category adds methods to the Foundation framework’s NSBundle class. The method in this category provides support for loading nib files into your application.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSBundle_UIKitAdditions/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40007485"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class NSBundle//:
{
public NSBundle() { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSCoder.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSCoder.cs index e0d6dbfc..1621a0a0 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSCoder.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSCoder.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit //TODO: check this
{
/// <summary>
/// This category adds methods to the Foundation framework’s NSCoder class. The methods in this category let you encode and decode geometry-based data used by the UIKit framework.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSCoder_UIKit_Additions/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40007292"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class NSCoder//:
{
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit //TODO: check this
{
/// <summary>
/// This category adds methods to the Foundation framework’s NSCoder class. The methods in this category let you encode and decode geometry-based data used by the UIKit framework.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSCoder_UIKit_Additions/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40007292"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class NSCoder//:
{
public NSCoder() { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSIndexPath.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSIndexPath.cs index 98c1a3bd..8bc1fd93 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSIndexPath.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSIndexPath.cs @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIKit framework adds programming interfaces to the NSIndexPath class of the Foundation framework to facilitate the identification of rows and sections in UITableView objects and the identification of items and sections in UICollectionView objects.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSIndexPath_UIKitAdditions/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40007175"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class NSIndexPath//:
{
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit //TODO: check this
+{
/// <summary>
/// The UIKit framework adds programming interfaces to the NSIndexPath class of the Foundation framework to facilitate the identification of rows and sections in UITableView objects and the identification of items and sections in UICollectionView objects.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSIndexPath_UIKitAdditions/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40007175"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class NSIndexPath//:
{
public NSIndexPath() { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSObject.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSObject.cs index 6320f5d6..60c08283 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSObject.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSObject.cs @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit //TODO: double-check this
{
/// <summary>
/// This category adds methods to the Foundation framework’s NSObject class. The method in this category provides support for loading nib files into your application.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSObject_UIKitAdditions/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40007486"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class NSObject//:
{
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit //TODO: check this
+{
/// <summary>
/// This category adds methods to the Foundation framework’s NSObject class. The method in this category provides support for loading nib files into your application.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSObject_UIKitAdditions/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40007486"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class NSObject//:
{
public NSObject() { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSString.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSString.cs index 350343f8..99480d1f 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSString.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSString.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIKit framework adds methods to NSString to support the drawing of strings and to compute the bounding box of a string prior to drawing. None of these methods affects the contents of the string object itself, only how it is drawn on screen.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSString_UIKit_Additions/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40006893"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class NSString//:
{
}
/// <summary>
/// Options for aligning text horizontally.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum NSTextAlignment
{
/// <summary>
/// Align text along the left edge.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// Align text equally along both sides of the center line.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Center,
/// <summary>
/// Align text along the right edge.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Right,
/// <summary>
/// Fully justify the text so that the last line in a paragraph is natural aligned.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Justified,
/// <summary>
/// Use the default alignment associated with the current script.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Natural,
}
/// <summary>
/// Vertical adjustment options.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIBaselineAdjustment
{
/// <summary>
/// Adjust text relative to the position of its baseline.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
AlignBaselines,
/// <summary>
/// Adjust text based relative to the center of its bounding box.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
AlignCenters,
/// <summary>
/// Adjust text relative to the top-left corner of the bounding box. This is the default adjustment.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
None,
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants for specifying the writing direction to use.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum NSWritingDirection
{
/// <summary>
/// Use the Unicode Bidi algorithm rules P2 and P3 to determine which direction to use.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Natural,
/// <summary>
/// Use a left to right writing direction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
LeftToRight,
/// <summary>
/// Use a right to left writing direction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
RightToLeft,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIKit framework adds methods to NSString to support the drawing of strings and to compute the bounding box of a string prior to drawing. None of these methods affects the contents of the string object itself, only how it is drawn on screen.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSString_UIKit_Additions/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40006893"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class NSString//:
{
public NSString() { }
}
/// <summary>
/// Options for aligning text horizontally.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum NSTextAlignment
{
/// <summary>
/// Align text along the left edge.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// Align text equally along both sides of the center line.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Center,
/// <summary>
/// Align text along the right edge.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Right,
/// <summary>
/// Fully justify the text so that the last line in a paragraph is natural aligned.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Justified,
/// <summary>
/// Use the default alignment associated with the current script.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Natural,
}
/// <summary>
/// Vertical adjustment options.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIBaselineAdjustment
{
/// <summary>
/// Adjust text relative to the position of its baseline.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
AlignBaselines,
/// <summary>
/// Adjust text based relative to the center of its bounding box.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
AlignCenters,
/// <summary>
/// Adjust text relative to the top-left corner of the bounding box. This is the default adjustment.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
None,
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants for specifying the writing direction to use.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum NSWritingDirection
{
/// <summary>
/// Use the Unicode Bidi algorithm rules P2 and P3 to determine which direction to use.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Natural,
/// <summary>
/// Use a left to right writing direction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
LeftToRight,
/// <summary>
/// Use a right to left writing direction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
RightToLeft,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSValue.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSValue.cs index b5821e3e..988c70be 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSValue.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Additions/NSValue.cs @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit //TODO: double check this
{
/// <summary>
/// This category adds methods to the Foundation framework’s NSValue class. The methods in this category let you represent geometry-based data using an NSValue object.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSValue_UIKit_Additions/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40007293"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class NSValue//:
{
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit //TODO: check this
+{
/// <summary>
/// This category adds methods to the Foundation framework’s NSValue class. The methods in this category let you represent geometry-based data using an NSValue object.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSValue_UIKit_Additions/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40007293"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class NSValue//:
{
public NSValue() { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Constants.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Constants.cs index b534e103..24393fd9 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Constants.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Constants.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIKitConstantsReference/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40007526"/>
public class Constants//:
{
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants that specify the edges of a rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIRectEdge
{
/// <summary>
/// No edge.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// The top edge of the rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Top,
/// <summary>
/// The left edge of the rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// The bottom edge of the rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Bottom,
/// <summary>
/// The right edge of the rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Right,
/// <summary>
/// All edges of the rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
All,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace
{
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIKitConstantsReference/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40007526"/>
public class UIKit Constants Reference//:
{
public UIKit Constants Reference() { }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants that specify the edges of a rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIRectEdge
{
/// <summary>
/// No edge.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// The top edge of the rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Top,
/// <summary>
/// The left edge of the rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// The bottom edge of the rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Bottom,
/// <summary>
/// The right edge of the rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Right,
/// <summary>
/// All edges of the rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
All,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/DataTypes.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/DataTypes.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d24e3f97 --- /dev/null +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/DataTypes.cs @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace
{
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIKitDataTypesReference/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40007525"/>
public class UIKit Data Types Reference//:
{
public UIKit Data Types Reference() { }
/// <summary>
/// Defines inset distances for views.
/// </summary>
[Export("top")]
public CGFloat var left: CGFloat var bottom: CGFloat var right: CGFloat } Top { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Defines a structure that specifies an amount to offset a position.
/// </summary>
[Export("horizontal")]
public CGFloat var vertical: CGFloat } Horizontal { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Defines the stylistic appearance of different types of views.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIBarStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// Use the default style normally associated with the given view. For example, navigation bars typically use a white background with dark content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Default,
/// <summary>
/// Use a black background with light content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Black,
/// <summary>
/// Deprecated. Use UIBarStyleBlack and set the translucent property to true instead.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Obsolete]
BlackTranslucent,
}
/// <summary>
/// Defines the types of information that can be detected in text-based content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public enum UIDataDetectorTypes
{
/// <summary>
/// Detect strings formatted as phone numbers.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
PhoneNumber,
/// <summary>
/// Detect strings formatted as URLs.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Link,
/// <summary>
/// Detect strings formatted as addresses.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Address,
/// <summary>
/// Detect strings formatted as calendar events.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
CalendarEvent,
/// <summary>
/// Do no data detection.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// Detect all available types of data.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
All,
}
/// <summary>
/// Defines the size class of a view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public enum UIUserInterfaceSizeClass
{
/// <summary>
/// Indicates the size class has not been specified.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Unspecified,
/// <summary>
/// Indicates a compact size class.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Compact,
/// <summary>
/// Indicates a regular size class.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Regular,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSFileProviderExtension.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSFileProviderExtension.cs index 33dcb947..df6216e4 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSFileProviderExtension.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSFileProviderExtension.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// NSFileProviderExtension is the principal class for the File Provider extension. The file provider acts as the back end for the Document Picker extension. It ensures that all the URLs returned by the document picker are backed by files on disk. It can respond to both coordinated-read and coordinated-write operations from the host app, letting you download and upload files as needed. You must provide a file provider if you want to support the open and move modes.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSFileProviderExtension_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSFileProviderExtension"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class NSFileProviderExtension : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns a placeholder URL for a given document URL.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">The document URL to be converted.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("placeholderURLForURL")]
public static NSURL PlaceholderURLForURL(NSURL url) { return default(NSURL); }
/// <summary>
/// Writes a document placeholder with the provided metadata.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="placeholderURL">The placeholder URL for the document. You can generate a placeholder URL from a document URL by calling placeholderURLForURL:.</param>
/// <param name="withMetadata">The metadata for this document.</param>
/// <param name="error">If an error occurs while writing the placeholder, the error parameter is set to an NSError object that describes the problem. If you are not interested in the error details, you may pass in NULL.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("writePlaceholderAtURL")]
public static bool WritePlaceholderAtURL(NSURL placeholderURL, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> withMetadata, NSErrorPointer error) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the root URL for all shared documents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("documentStorageURL")]
public NSURL DocumentStorageURL() { return default(NSURL); }
/// <summary>
/// Provides a purpose identifier for coordinated reads and writes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("providerIdentifier")]
public string ProviderIdentifier() { return default(string); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a unique identifier for the given URL.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">The URL of a shared document.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("persistentIdentifierForItemAtURL")]
public string PersistentIdentifierForItemAtURL(NSURL url) { return default(string); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the URL for a given persistent identifier.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">The persistent identifier for a shared document.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public NSURL URLForItemWithPersistentIdentifier(string identifier) { return default(NSURL); }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the File Provider extension that a document has changed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">The URL of a shared document.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("itemChangedAtURL")]
public void ItemChangedAtURL(NSURL url) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates a placeholder for the given URL.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">The URL of a shared document.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block that the system calls after the placeholder is created.
/// The completion handler takes the following parameter:
/// error
/// If the placeholder was successfully written to disk, this value is nil. Otherwise, it holds an NSError object describing the error.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("providePlaceholderAtURL")]
public void ProvidePlaceholderAtURL(NSURL url, Action<NSError> completionHandler) { }
/// <summary>
/// Provides an actual file on disk for a placeholder.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">The URL of a shared document.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block to be called as soon as the file is available.
/// The completion handler takes the following parameter:
/// error
/// If the document was produced, this value is nil. Otherwise, it holds an NSError object describing the error.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("startProvidingItemAtURL")]
public void StartProvidingItemAtURL(NSURL url, Action<NSError> completionHandler) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the File Provider extension that a given document is no longer being accessed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">The URL of a shared document.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("stopProvidingItemAtURL")]
public void StopProvidingItemAtURL(NSURL url) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// NSFileProviderExtension is the principal class for the File Provider extension. The file provider acts as the back end for the Document Picker extension. It ensures that all the URLs returned by the document picker are backed by files on disk. It can respond to both coordinated-read and coordinated-write operations from the host app, letting you download and upload files as needed. You must provide a file provider if you want to support the open and move modes.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSFileProviderExtension_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSFileProviderExtension"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class NSFileProviderExtension : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public NSFileProviderExtension() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a placeholder URL for a given document URL.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">The document URL to be converted.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("placeholderURLForURL")]
public virtual static NSURL PlaceholderURLForURL(NSURL url) { return default(NSURL); }
/// <summary>
/// Writes a document placeholder with the provided metadata.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="placeholderURL">The placeholder URL for the document. You can generate a placeholder URL from a document URL by calling placeholderURLForURL:.</param>
/// <param name="withMetadata">The metadata for this document.</param>
/// <param name="error">If an error occurs while writing the placeholder, the error parameter is set to an NSError object that describes the problem. If you are not interested in the error details, you may pass in NULL.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("writePlaceholderAtURL")]
public virtual static bool WritePlaceholderAtURL(NSURL placeholderURL, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> withMetadata, NSErrorPointer error) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the root URL for all shared documents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("documentStorageURL")]
public virtual NSURL DocumentStorageURL() { return default(NSURL); }
/// <summary>
/// Provides a purpose identifier for coordinated reads and writes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("providerIdentifier")]
public virtual string ProviderIdentifier() { return default(string); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a unique identifier for the given URL.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">The URL of a shared document.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("persistentIdentifierForItemAtURL")]
public virtual string PersistentIdentifierForItemAtURL(NSURL url) { return default(string); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the URL for a given persistent identifier.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">The persistent identifier for a shared document.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public virtual NSURL URLForItemWithPersistentIdentifier(string identifier) { return default(NSURL); }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the File Provider extension that a document has changed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">The URL of a shared document.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("itemChangedAtURL")]
public virtual void ItemChangedAtURL(NSURL url) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates a placeholder for the given URL.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">The URL of a shared document.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block that the system calls after the placeholder is created.
/// The completion handler takes the following parameter:
/// error
/// If the placeholder was successfully written to disk, this value is nil. Otherwise, it holds an NSError object describing the error.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("providePlaceholderAtURL")]
public virtual void ProvidePlaceholderAtURL(NSURL url, Action<NSError> completionHandler) { }
/// <summary>
/// Provides an actual file on disk for a placeholder.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">The URL of a shared document.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block to be called as soon as the file is available.
/// The completion handler takes the following parameter:
/// error
/// If the document was produced, this value is nil. Otherwise, it holds an NSError object describing the error.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("startProvidingItemAtURL")]
public virtual void StartProvidingItemAtURL(NSURL url, Action<NSError> completionHandler) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the File Provider extension that a given document is no longer being accessed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">The URL of a shared document.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("stopProvidingItemAtURL")]
public virtual void StopProvidingItemAtURL(NSURL url) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSLayoutConstraint.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSLayoutConstraint.cs index 22228975..8f03e997 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSLayoutConstraint.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSLayoutConstraint.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A constraint defines a relationship between two attributes of user interface objects that must be satisfied by the constraint-based layout system.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/AppKit/Reference/NSLayoutConstraint_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSLayoutConstraint"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class NSLayoutConstraint : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Create constraints described by an ASCII art-like visual format string.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="format">The format specification for the constraints.</param>
/// <param name="options">Options describing the attribute and the direction of layout for all objects in the visual format string.</param>
/// <param name="metrics">A dictionary of constants that appear in the visual format string. The keys must be the string values used in the visual format string, and the values must be NSNumber objects.</param>
/// <param name="views">A dictionary of views that appear in the visual format string. The keys must be the string values used in the visual format string, and the values must be the view objects.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("constraintsWithVisualFormat")]
public static AnyObject[] ConstraintsWithVisualFormat(string format, NSLayoutFormatOptions options, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> metrics, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> views) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Create a constraint of the form "view1.attr1 <relation> view2.attr2 * multiplier + constant".
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The view for the left-hand side of the constraint.</param>
/// <param name="attribute">The attribute of the view for the left-hand side of the constraint.</param>
/// <param name="relatedBy">The relationship between the left-hand side of the constraint and the right-hand side of the constraint.</param>
/// <param name="toItem">The view for the right-hand side of the constraint.</param>
/// <param name="attribute">The attribute of the view for the right-hand side of the constraint.</param>
/// <param name="multiplier">The constant multiplied with the attribute on the right-hand side of the constraint as part of getting the modified attribute.</param>
/// <param name="constant">The constant added to the multiplied attribute value on the right-hand side of the constraint to yield the final modified attribute.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("convenience init")]
[RenameParameter("leftAttribute", "attribute")]
[RenameParameter("rightAttribute", "attribute")]
public NSLayoutConstraint(AnyObject item, NSLayoutAttribute leftAttribute, NSLayoutRelation relatedBy, AnyObject toItem, NSLayoutAttribute rightAttribute, CGFloat multiplier, CGFloat constant) { }
/// <summary>
/// The priority of the constraint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("priority")]
public UILayoutPriority Priority { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The first object participating in the constraint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("firstItem")]
public AnyObject FirstItem { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The attribute of the first object participating in the constraint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("firstAttribute")]
public NSLayoutAttribute FirstAttribute { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The relation between the two attributes in the constraint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("relation")]
public NSLayoutRelation Relation { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The second object participating in the constraint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("secondItem")]
public AnyObject SecondItem { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The attribute of the second object participating in the constraint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("secondAttribute")]
public NSLayoutAttribute SecondAttribute { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The multiplier applied to the second attribute participating in the constraint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("multiplier")]
public CGFloat Multiplier { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The constant added to the multiplied second attribute participating in the constraint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("constant")]
public CGFloat Constant { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The name that identifies the constraint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("identifier")]
public string Identifier { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Determines whether the constraint should be archived by its owning view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shouldBeArchived")]
public bool ShouldBeArchived { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Describes the relation between the first attribute and the modified second attribute in a constraint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum NSLayoutRelation
{
/// <summary>
/// The constraint requires that the first attribute be less than or equal to the modified second attribute.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
LessThanOrEqual,
/// <summary>
/// The constraint requires that the first attribute be exactly equal to the modified second attribute.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Equal,
/// <summary>
/// The constraint requires that the first attribute by greater than or equal to the modified second attribute.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
GreaterThanOrEqual,
}
/// <summary>
/// Layout attributes are used to specify the part of the object’s visual representation that should be used to get the value for the constraint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum NSLayoutAttribute
{
/// <summary>
/// The left side of the object’s alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// The right side of the object’s alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Right,
/// <summary>
/// The top of the object’s alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Top,
/// <summary>
/// The bottom of the object’s alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Bottom,
/// <summary>
/// The leading edge of the object’s alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Leading,
/// <summary>
/// The trailing edge of the object’s alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Trailing,
/// <summary>
/// The width of the object’s alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Width,
/// <summary>
/// The height of the object’s alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Height,
/// <summary>
/// The center along the x-axis of the object’s alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
CenterX,
/// <summary>
/// The center along the y-axis of the object’s alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
CenterY,
/// <summary>
/// The object’s baseline.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Baseline,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
FirstBaseline,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
LeftMargin,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
RightMargin,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
TopMargin,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
BottomMargin,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
LeadingMargin,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
TrailingMargin,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
CenterXWithinMargins,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
CenterYWithinMargins,
/// <summary>
/// The requested attribute does not exist. This result would be returned if you asked a constraint with no second object for the attribute of its second object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
NotAnAttribute,
}
/// <summary>
/// A bit mask that specifies both a part of an interface element to align and a direction for the alignment between two interface elements.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum NSLayoutFormatOptions
{
/// <summary>
/// Align all specified interface elements using NSLayoutAttributeLeft on each.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
AlignAllLeft,
/// <summary>
/// Align all specified interface elements using NSLayoutAttributeRight on each.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
AlignAllRight,
/// <summary>
/// Align all specified interface elements using NSLayoutAttributeTop on each.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
AlignAllTop,
/// <summary>
/// Align all specified interface elements using NSLayoutAttributeBottom on each.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
AlignAllBottom,
/// <summary>
/// Align all specified interface elements using NSLayoutAttributeLeading on each.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
AlignAllLeading,
/// <summary>
/// Align all specified interface elements using NSLayoutAttributeTrailing on each.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
AlignAllTrailing,
/// <summary>
/// Align all specified interface elements using NSLayoutAttributeCenterX on each.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
AlignAllCenterX,
/// <summary>
/// Align all specified interface elements using NSLayoutAttributeCenterY on each.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
AlignAllCenterY,
/// <summary>
/// Align all specified interface elements using NSLayoutAttributeBaseline on each.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
AlignAllBaseline,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
AlignAllLastBaseline,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
AlignAllFirstBaseline,
/// <summary>
/// Bit mask that can be combined with a NSLayoutFormatOptions variable to yield only the alignment portion of the format options.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
AlignmentMask,
/// <summary>
/// Arrange objects in order based on the normal text flow for the current user interface language. In English this results in the first object being placed farthest to the left, the next one to its right, and so on. In right to left languages this ordering is reversed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
DirectionLeadingToTrailing,
/// <summary>
/// Arrange objects in order from left to right.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
DirectionLeftToRight,
/// <summary>
/// Arrange objects in order from right to left.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
DirectionRightToLeft,
/// <summary>
/// Bit mask that can be combined with a NSLayoutFormatOptions variable to yield only the direction portion of the format options.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
DirectionMask,
}
/// <summary>
/// The layout priority is used to indicate to the constraint-based layout system which constraints are more important, allowing the system to make appropriate tradeoffs when satisfying the constraints of the system as a whole.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public struct UILayoutPriority
{
static public implicit operator UILayoutPriority(float value)
{
return default(UILayoutPriority);
}
static public implicit operator float(UILayoutPriority value)
{
return default(float);
}
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A constraint defines a relationship between two attributes of user interface objects that must be satisfied by the constraint-based layout system.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/AppKit/Reference/NSLayoutConstraint_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSLayoutConstraint"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class NSLayoutConstraint : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public NSLayoutConstraint() { }
/// <summary>
/// Create constraints described by an ASCII art-like visual format string.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="format">The format specification for the constraints.</param>
/// <param name="options">Options describing the attribute and the direction of layout for all objects in the visual format string.</param>
/// <param name="metrics">A dictionary of constants that appear in the visual format string. The keys must be the string values used in the visual format string, and the values must be NSNumber objects.</param>
/// <param name="views">A dictionary of views that appear in the visual format string. The keys must be the string values used in the visual format string, and the values must be the view objects.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("constraintsWithVisualFormat")]
public virtual static AnyObject[] ConstraintsWithVisualFormat(string format, NSLayoutFormatOptions options, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> metrics, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> views) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Create a constraint of the form "view1.attr1 <relation> view2.attr2 * multiplier + constant".
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The view for the left-hand side of the constraint.</param>
/// <param name="attribute">The attribute of the view for the left-hand side of the constraint.</param>
/// <param name="relatedBy">The relationship between the left-hand side of the constraint and the right-hand side of the constraint.</param>
/// <param name="toItem">The view for the right-hand side of the constraint.</param>
/// <param name="attribute">The attribute of the view for the right-hand side of the constraint.</param>
/// <param name="multiplier">The constant multiplied with the attribute on the right-hand side of the constraint as part of getting the modified attribute.</param>
/// <param name="constant">The constant added to the multiplied attribute value on the right-hand side of the constraint to yield the final modified attribute.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("convenience init")]
public NSLayoutConstraint(AnyObject item, NSLayoutAttribute attribute, NSLayoutRelation relatedBy, AnyObject toItem, NSLayoutAttribute attribute, CGFloat multiplier, CGFloat constant) { }
/// <summary>
/// The priority of the constraint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("priority")]
public UILayoutPriority Priority { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The first object participating in the constraint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("firstItem")]
public AnyObject FirstItem { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The attribute of the first object participating in the constraint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("firstAttribute")]
public NSLayoutAttribute FirstAttribute { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The relation between the two attributes in the constraint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("relation")]
public NSLayoutRelation Relation { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The second object participating in the constraint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("secondItem")]
public AnyObject SecondItem { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The attribute of the second object participating in the constraint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("secondAttribute")]
public NSLayoutAttribute SecondAttribute { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The multiplier applied to the second attribute participating in the constraint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("multiplier")]
public CGFloat Multiplier { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The constant added to the multiplied second attribute participating in the constraint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("constant")]
public CGFloat Constant { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The name that identifies the constraint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("identifier")]
public string Identifier { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Determines whether the constraint should be archived by its owning view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shouldBeArchived")]
public bool ShouldBeArchived { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Describes the relation between the first attribute and the modified second attribute in a constraint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum NSLayoutRelation
{
/// <summary>
/// The constraint requires that the first attribute be less than or equal to the modified second attribute.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
LessThanOrEqual,
/// <summary>
/// The constraint requires that the first attribute be exactly equal to the modified second attribute.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Equal,
/// <summary>
/// The constraint requires that the first attribute by greater than or equal to the modified second attribute.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
GreaterThanOrEqual,
}
/// <summary>
/// Layout attributes are used to specify the part of the object’s visual representation that should be used to get the value for the constraint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum NSLayoutAttribute
{
/// <summary>
/// The left side of the object’s alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// The right side of the object’s alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Right,
/// <summary>
/// The top of the object’s alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Top,
/// <summary>
/// The bottom of the object’s alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Bottom,
/// <summary>
/// The leading edge of the object’s alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Leading,
/// <summary>
/// The trailing edge of the object’s alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Trailing,
/// <summary>
/// The width of the object’s alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Width,
/// <summary>
/// The height of the object’s alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Height,
/// <summary>
/// The center along the x-axis of the object’s alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
CenterX,
/// <summary>
/// The center along the y-axis of the object’s alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
CenterY,
/// <summary>
/// The object’s baseline.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Baseline,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
FirstBaseline,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
LeftMargin,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
RightMargin,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
TopMargin,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
BottomMargin,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
LeadingMargin,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
TrailingMargin,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
CenterXWithinMargins,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
CenterYWithinMargins,
/// <summary>
/// The requested attribute does not exist. This result would be returned if you asked a constraint with no second object for the attribute of its second object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
NotAnAttribute,
}
/// <summary>
/// A bit mask that specifies both a part of an interface element to align and a direction for the alignment between two interface elements.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum NSLayoutFormatOptions
{
/// <summary>
/// Align all specified interface elements using NSLayoutAttributeLeft on each.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
AlignAllLeft,
/// <summary>
/// Align all specified interface elements using NSLayoutAttributeRight on each.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
AlignAllRight,
/// <summary>
/// Align all specified interface elements using NSLayoutAttributeTop on each.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
AlignAllTop,
/// <summary>
/// Align all specified interface elements using NSLayoutAttributeBottom on each.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
AlignAllBottom,
/// <summary>
/// Align all specified interface elements using NSLayoutAttributeLeading on each.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
AlignAllLeading,
/// <summary>
/// Align all specified interface elements using NSLayoutAttributeTrailing on each.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
AlignAllTrailing,
/// <summary>
/// Align all specified interface elements using NSLayoutAttributeCenterX on each.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
AlignAllCenterX,
/// <summary>
/// Align all specified interface elements using NSLayoutAttributeCenterY on each.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
AlignAllCenterY,
/// <summary>
/// Align all specified interface elements using NSLayoutAttributeBaseline on each.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
AlignAllBaseline,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
AlignAllLastBaseline,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
AlignAllFirstBaseline,
/// <summary>
/// Bit mask that can be combined with a NSLayoutFormatOptions variable to yield only the alignment portion of the format options.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
AlignmentMask,
/// <summary>
/// Arrange objects in order based on the normal text flow for the current user interface language. In English this results in the first object being placed farthest to the left, the next one to its right, and so on. In right to left languages this ordering is reversed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
DirectionLeadingToTrailing,
/// <summary>
/// Arrange objects in order from left to right.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
DirectionLeftToRight,
/// <summary>
/// Arrange objects in order from right to left.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
DirectionRightToLeft,
/// <summary>
/// Bit mask that can be combined with a NSLayoutFormatOptions variable to yield only the direction portion of the format options.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
DirectionMask,
}
/// <summary>
/// The layout priority is used to indicate to the constraint-based layout system which constraints are more important, allowing the system to make appropriate tradeoffs when satisfying the constraints of the system as a whole.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public struct UILayoutPriority
{
static public implicit operator UILayoutPriority(float value)
{
return default(UILayoutPriority);
}
static public implicit operator float(UILayoutPriority value)
{
return default(float);
}
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSLayoutManager.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSLayoutManager.cs index 2790deec..589fa6d3 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSLayoutManager.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSLayoutManager.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An NSLayoutManager object coordinates the layout and display of characters held in an NSTextStorage object. It maps Unicode character codes to glyphs, sets the glyphs in a series of NSTextContainer objects, and displays them in a series of text view objects. In addition to its core function of laying out text, an NSLayoutManager object coordinates its text view objects, provides services to those text views to support editing paragraph styles, and handles the layout and display of text attributes not inherent in glyphs (such as underline or strikethrough). You can create a subclass of NSLayoutManager to handle additional text attributes, whether inherent or not.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSLayoutManager_Class_TextKit/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSLayoutManager"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class NSLayoutManager : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Appends the given text container to the series of text containers where the receiver arranges text.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="container">The text container to append.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addTextContainer")]
public void AddTextContainer(NSTextContainer container) { }
/// <summary>
/// Inserts the given text container into the series of text containers at the given index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="container">The text container to insert.</param>
/// <param name="atIndex">The index in the series of text containers at which to insert aTextContainer.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("insertTextContainer")]
public void InsertTextContainer(NSTextContainer container, int atIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes the text container at the given index and invalidates the layout as needed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="index">The index of the text container to remove.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeTextContainerAtIndex")]
public void RemoveTextContainerAtIndex(int index) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets text container where the glyphs in the given range are laid out.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="container">The text container to set.</param>
/// <param name="forGlyphRange">The range of glyphs to lay out.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setTextContainer")]
public void SetTextContainer(NSTextContainer container, NSRange forGlyphRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Invalidates the layout information, and possibly glyphs, for the given text container and all subsequent NSTextContainer objects.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="container">The text container whose layout is invalidated.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textContainerChangedGeometry")]
public void TextContainerChangedGeometry(NSTextContainer container) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the container in which the given glyph is laid out and (optionally) by reference the whole range of glyphs that are in that container.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">Index of a glyph in the returned container.</param>
/// <param name="effectiveRange">If not NULL, on output, points to the whole range of glyphs that are in the returned container.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textContainerForGlyphAtIndex")]
public NSTextContainer TextContainerForGlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex, NSRangePointer effectiveRange) { return default(NSTextContainer); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the bounding rectangle for the glyphs laid out in the given text container.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="container">The text container in which the glyphs are laid out.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("usedRectForTextContainer")]
public CGRect UsedRectForTextContainer(NSTextContainer container) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Invalidates display for the given character range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="charRange">The character range for which display is invalidated.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidateDisplayForCharacterRange")]
public void InvalidateDisplayForCharacterRange(NSRange charRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Marks the glyphs in the given glyph range as needing display, as well as the appropriate regions of the NSTextView objects that display those glyphs (using the NSView method setNeedsDisplayInRect:).
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">The range of glyphs to invalidate.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidateDisplayForGlyphRange")]
public void InvalidateDisplayForGlyphRange(NSRange glyphRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Invalidates the cached glyphs for the characters in the given character range, adjusts the character indices of all the subsequent glyphs by the change in length, and invalidates the new character range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="charRange">The range of characters for which to invalidate glyphs.</param>
/// <param name="changeInLength">The number of characters added or removed.</param>
/// <param name="actualCharacterRange">If not NULL, on output, the actual range invalidated after any necessary expansion. This range can be larger than the range of characters given due to the effect of context on glyphs and layout.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidateGlyphsForCharacterRange")]
public void InvalidateGlyphsForCharacterRange(NSRange charRange, int changeInLength, NSRangePointer actualCharacterRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Invalidates the layout information for the glyphs mapped to the given range of characters.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="charRange">The range of characters to invalidate.</param>
/// <param name="actualCharacterRange">If not NULL, on output, the actual range invalidated after any necessary expansion.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidateLayoutForCharacterRange")]
public void InvalidateLayoutForCharacterRange(NSRange charRange, NSRangePointer actualCharacterRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sent from the NSTextStorage method processEditing to notify the layout manager of an edit action.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textStorage">The text storage object processing edits.</param>
/// <param name="edited">The types of edits done: NSTextStorageEditedAttributes, NSTextStorageEditedCharacters, or both.</param>
/// <param name="range">The range in the final string that was explicitly edited.</param>
/// <param name="changeInLength">The length delta for the editing changes.</param>
/// <param name="invalidatedRange">The range of characters that changed as a result of attribute fixing. This invalidated range is either equal to newCharRange or larger.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("processEditingForTextStorage")]
public void ProcessEditingForTextStorage(NSTextStorage textStorage, NSTextStorageEditActions edited, NSRange range, int changeInLength, NSRange invalidatedRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Forces the receiver to generate glyphs for the specified character range, if it has not already done so.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="charRange">The character range for which glyphs are generated.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("ensureGlyphsForCharacterRange")]
public void EnsureGlyphsForCharacterRange(NSRange charRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Forces the receiver to generate glyphs for the specified glyph range, if it has not already done so.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">The glyph range for which glyphs are generated.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("ensureGlyphsForGlyphRange")]
public void EnsureGlyphsForGlyphRange(NSRange glyphRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Forces the receiver to perform layout for the specified area in the specified text container, if it has not already done so.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The area for which layout is performed.</param>
/// <param name="inTextContainer">The text container containing the area for which layout is performed.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("ensureLayoutForBoundingRect")]
public void EnsureLayoutForBoundingRect(CGRect bounds, NSTextContainer inTextContainer) { }
/// <summary>
/// Forces the receiver to perform layout for the specified character range, if it has not already done so.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="charRange">The character range for which layout is performed.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("ensureLayoutForCharacterRange")]
public void EnsureLayoutForCharacterRange(NSRange charRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Forces the receiver to perform layout for the specified glyph range, if it has not already done so.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">The glyph range for which layout is performed.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("ensureLayoutForGlyphRange")]
public void EnsureLayoutForGlyphRange(NSRange glyphRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Forces the receiver to perform layout for the specified text container, if it has not already done so.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="container">The text container for which layout is performed.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("ensureLayoutForTextContainer")]
public void EnsureLayoutForTextContainer(NSTextContainer container) { }
/// <summary>
/// Stores the initial glyphs and glyph properties for a character range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphs">A pointer to the layout manager's glyph cache.</param>
/// <param name="properties">A pointer to a buffer containing glyph properties for the glyphs in the cache.</param>
/// <param name="characterIndexes">A pointer to the starting index for the characters in the text storage for which glyphs are generated.</param>
/// <param name="font">A font to override the font attributes in the text storage for the specified character range.</param>
/// <param name="forGlyphRange">The range of glyphs in the glyph cache to set.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setGlyphs")]
public void SetGlyphs(ConstUnsafePointer<CGGlyph> glyphs, ConstUnsafePointer<NSGlyphProperty> properties, ConstUnsafePointer<int> characterIndexes, UIFont font, NSRange forGlyphRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index in the text storage for the first character associated with the given glyph.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">The index of the glyph for which to return the associated character.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("characterIndexForGlyphAtIndex")]
public int CharacterIndexForGlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Fills a passed-in buffer with a sequence of glyphs.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">The range of glyphs to fill in.</param>
/// <param name="glyphs">On output, the sequence of glyphs in the given glyph range.</param>
/// <param name="properties">If not NULL, on output, the glyph properties corresponding to the filled-in glyphs.</param>
/// <param name="characterIndexes">If not NULL, on output, the indexes of the original characters corresponding to the given glyph range. Note that a glyph at index 1 is not necessarily mapped to the character at index 1, since a glyph may be for a ligature or accent.</param>
/// <param name="bidiLevels">If not NULL, on output, the direction of each glyph for bidirectional text. The values range from 0 to 61 as defined by Unicode Standard Annex #9. An even value means the glyph goes left-to-right, and an odd value means the glyph goes right-to-left.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("getGlyphsInRange")]
public int GetGlyphsInRange(NSRange glyphRange, UnsafePointer<CGGlyph> glyphs, UnsafePointer<NSGlyphProperty> properties, UnsafePointer<int> characterIndexes, UnsafePointer<UInt8> bidiLevels) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the glyph at the given glyph index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">The index of a glyph in the receiver. This value must not exceed the bounds of the receiver’s glyph array.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("glyphAtIndex")]
public CGGlyph GlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex) { return default(CGGlyph); }
/// <summary>
/// If the given index is valid, returns the glyph at that location and optionally returns a flag indicating whether the requested index is in range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">The index of the glyph to be returned.</param>
/// <param name="isValidIndex">If not NULL, on output, true if the requested index is in range; otherwise false.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("glyphAtIndex")]
public CGGlyph GlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex, UnsafePointer<ObjCBool> isValidIndex) { return default(CGGlyph); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index of the first glyph associated with the character at the specified index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="charIndex">The index of the character for which to return the associated glyph.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("glyphIndexForCharacterAtIndex")]
public int GlyphIndexForCharacterAtIndex(int charIndex) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates whether the specified index refers to a valid glyph.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">The index of a glyph in the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("isValidGlyphIndex")]
public bool IsValidGlyphIndex(int glyphIndex) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the glyph property associated with the glyph at the specified index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">The glyph whose glyph property is returned.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("propertyForGlyphAtIndex")]
public NSGlyphProperty PropertyForGlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex) { return default(NSGlyphProperty); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the size at which the given glyph (assumed to be an attachment) is asked to draw in the given glyph range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="attachmentSize">The glyph size to set.</param>
/// <param name="forGlyphRange">The attachment glyph’s position in the glyph stream.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setAttachmentSize")]
public void SetAttachmentSize(CGSize attachmentSize, NSRange forGlyphRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether the given glyph exceeds the bounds of the line fragment where it’s laid out.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="flag">If true, sets the given glyph to draw outside its line fragment; if false, the glyph does not draw outside.</param>
/// <param name="forGlyphAtIndex">Index of the glyph to set.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setDrawsOutsideLineFragment")]
public void SetDrawsOutsideLineFragment(bool flag, int forGlyphAtIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the bounds and container for the extra line fragment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fragmentRect">The rectangle to set.</param>
/// <param name="usedRect">Indicates where the insertion point is drawn.</param>
/// <param name="textContainer">The text container where the rectangle is to be laid out.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setExtraLineFragmentRect")]
public void SetExtraLineFragmentRect(CGRect fragmentRect, CGRect usedRect, NSTextContainer textContainer) { }
/// <summary>
/// Associates the given line fragment bounds with the given range of glyphs.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fragmentRect">The rectangle of the line fragment.</param>
/// <param name="forGlyphRange">The range of glyphs to be associated with fragmentRect.</param>
/// <param name="usedRect">The portion of fragmentRect that actually contains glyphs or other marks that are drawn (including the text container’s line fragment padding. Must be equal to or contained within fragmentRect.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setLineFragmentRect")]
public void SetLineFragmentRect(CGRect fragmentRect, NSRange forGlyphRange, CGRect usedRect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the location for the first glyph of the given range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="location">The location to which the first glyph is set, relative to the origin of the glyph’s line fragment origin.</param>
/// <param name="forStartOfGlyphRange">The glyphs whose location is set.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setLocation")]
public void SetLocation(CGPoint location, NSRange forStartOfGlyphRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the glyph at the given index to be one that isn’t shown.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="flag">If true, the glyph is not shown; if false, it is shown.</param>
/// <param name="forGlyphAtIndex">Index of the glyph whose attribute is set.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setNotShownAttribute")]
public void SetNotShownAttribute(bool flag, int forGlyphAtIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// For a glyph corresponding to an attachment, returns the size for the attachment cell to occupy.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">The index of the attachment glyph.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("attachmentSizeForGlyphAtIndex")]
public CGSize AttachmentSizeForGlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex) { return default(CGSize); }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates whether the glyph draws outside of its line fragment rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">Index of the glyph.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("drawsOutsideLineFragmentForGlyphAtIndex")]
public bool DrawsOutsideLineFragmentForGlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index for the first character in the layout manager that has not been laid out.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("firstUnlaidCharacterIndex")]
public int FirstUnlaidCharacterIndex() { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index for the first glyph in the layout manager that has not been laid out.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("firstUnlaidGlyphIndex")]
public int FirstUnlaidGlyphIndex() { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index for the first character or glyph, or both, having invalid layout information.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="charIndex">If not NULL, on return, the index of the first character that has invalid layout information</param>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">If not NULL, on return, the index of the first glyph that has invalid layout information.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("getFirstUnlaidCharacterIndex")]
public void GetFirstUnlaidCharacterIndex(UnsafePointer<int> charIndex, UnsafePointer<int> glyphIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the rectangle for the line fragment in which the given glyph is laid out and (optionally), by reference, the whole range of glyphs that are in that fragment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">The glyph for which to return the line fragment rectangle.</param>
/// <param name="effectiveRange">If not NULL, on output, the range for all glyphs in the line fragment.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("lineFragmentRectForGlyphAtIndex")]
public CGRect LineFragmentRectForGlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex, NSRangePointer effectiveRange) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the usage rectangle for the line fragment in which the given glyph is laid and (optionally) by reference the whole range of glyphs that are in that fragment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">The glyph for which to return the line fragment used rectangle.</param>
/// <param name="effectiveRange">If not NULL, on output, the range for all glyphs in the line fragment.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("lineFragmentUsedRectForGlyphAtIndex")]
public CGRect LineFragmentUsedRectForGlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex, NSRangePointer effectiveRange) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the location for the given glyph within its line fragment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">The glyph whose location is returned.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("locationForGlyphAtIndex")]
public CGPoint LocationForGlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates whether the glyph at the given index is one that isn’t shown.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">Index of the glyph.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("notShownAttributeForGlyphAtIndex")]
public bool NotShownAttributeForGlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the range of truncated glyphs for a line fragment containing the specified index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">A glyph whose line fragment is tested.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("truncatedGlyphRangeInLineFragmentForGlyphAtIndex")]
public NSRange TruncatedGlyphRangeInLineFragmentForGlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex) { return default(NSRange); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a single bounding rectangle (in container coordinates) enclosing all glyphs and other marks drawn in the given text container for the given glyph range, including glyphs that draw outside their line fragment rectangles and text attributes such as underlining.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">The range of glyphs for which to return the bounding rectangle.</param>
/// <param name="inTextContainer">The text container in which the glyphs are laid out.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("boundingRectForGlyphRange")]
public CGRect BoundingRectForGlyphRange(NSRange glyphRange, NSTextContainer inTextContainer) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index of the character falling under the given point, expressed in the given container's coordinate system.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">The point to test.</param>
/// <param name="inTextContainer">The text container within which the point is tested.</param>
/// <param name="fractionOfDistanceBetweenInsertionPoints">A fraction of the distance from the insertion point, logically before the given character to the next one.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("characterIndexForPoint")]
public int CharacterIndexForPoint(CGPoint point, NSTextContainer inTextContainer, UnsafePointer<CGFloat> fractionOfDistanceBetweenInsertionPoints) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the range of characters that generated the glyphs in the given glyph range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">The glyph range for which to return the character range.</param>
/// <param name="actualGlyphRange">If not NULL, on output, points to the full range of glyphs generated by the character range returned. This range may be identical or slightly larger than the requested glyph range. For example, if the text storage contains the character “Ö” and the glyph cache contains the two atomic glyphs “O” and “¨”, and if glyphRange encloses only the first or second glyph, then actualGlyphRange is set to enclose both glyphs.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("characterRangeForGlyphRange")]
public NSRange CharacterRangeForGlyphRange(NSRange glyphRange, NSRangePointer actualGlyphRange) { return default(NSRange); }
/// <summary>
/// Enumerates enclosing rectangles for the given glyph range in the given text container.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">The glyph range for which to return enclosing rectangles.</param>
/// <param name="withinSelectedGlyphRange">Selected glyphs within glyphRange, which can affect the size of the rectangles. If not interested in selection rectangles, pass {NSNotFound, 0} as the selected range.</param>
/// <param name="inTextContainer">The text container in which the glyphs are laid out.</param>
/// <param name="usingBlock">The block to apply to the glyph range. The block has two arguments:
/// rect
/// The current enclosing rectangle.
/// stop
/// A reference to a Boolean value. The block can set the value to true to stop further processing of the array. The stop argument is an out-only argument. You should only set this Boolean to true within the block.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("enumerateEnclosingRectsForGlyphRange")]
public void EnumerateEnclosingRectsForGlyphRange(NSRange glyphRange, NSRange withinSelectedGlyphRange, NSTextContainer inTextContainer, Action<CGRect, UnsafePointer<ObjCBool>> usingBlock) { }
/// <summary>
/// Enumerates line fragments intersecting with the given glyph range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">The glyph range for which to return line fragment rectangles.</param>
/// <param name="usingBlock">The block to apply to the glyph range. The block has five arguments:
/// rect
/// The current line fragment rectangle.
/// usedRect
/// The portion of the line fragment rectangle that actually contains glyphs or other marks that are drawn (including the text container’s line fragment padding).
/// textContainer
/// The text container in which the glyphs are laid out.
/// glyphRange
/// The range of glyphs laid out in the current line fragment.
/// stop
/// A reference to a Boolean value. The block can set the value to true to stop further processing of the array. The stop argument is an out-only argument. You should only set this Boolean to true within the block.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("enumerateLineFragmentsForGlyphRange")]
public void EnumerateLineFragmentsForGlyphRange(NSRange glyphRange, Action<CGRect, CGRect, NSTextContainer, NSRange, UnsafePointer<ObjCBool>> usingBlock) { }
/// <summary>
/// This method is a primitive for glyphIndexForPoint:inTextContainer:fractionOfDistanceThroughGlyph:. You should always call the main method, not the primitives.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">The point for which to return the fractional distance through the underlying glyph, in container coordinates.</param>
/// <param name="inTextContainer">The container in which the glyph is laid out.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fractionOfDistanceThroughGlyphForPoint")]
public CGFloat FractionOfDistanceThroughGlyphForPoint(CGPoint point, NSTextContainer inTextContainer) { return default(CGFloat); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns insertion points in bulk for a given line fragment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="charIndex">The character index of one character within the line fragment.</param>
/// <param name="alternatePositions">If true, returns alternate, rather than primary, insertion points.</param>
/// <param name="inDisplayOrder">If true, returns insertion points in display, rather than logical, order.</param>
/// <param name="positions">On output, the positions of the insertion points, in the order specified.</param>
/// <param name="characterIndexes">On output, the indexes of the characters corresponding to the returned insertion points.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("getLineFragmentInsertionPointsForCharacterAtIndex")]
public int GetLineFragmentInsertionPointsForCharacterAtIndex(int charIndex, bool alternatePositions, bool inDisplayOrder, UnsafePointer<CGFloat> positions, UnsafePointer<int> characterIndexes) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// This method is a primitive for glyphIndexForPoint:inTextContainer:fractionOfDistanceThroughGlyph:. You should always call the main method, not the primitives.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">The point for which to return the glyph, in coordinates of container.</param>
/// <param name="inTextContainer">The container in which the returned glyph is laid out.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("glyphIndexForPoint")]
public int GlyphIndexForPoint(CGPoint point, NSTextContainer inTextContainer) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index of the glyph falling under the given point, expressed in the given container's coordinate system.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">The point for which to return the glyph, in coordinates of container.</param>
/// <param name="inTextContainer">The container in which the returned glyph is laid out.</param>
/// <param name="fractionOfDistanceThroughGlyph">If not NULL, on output, the fraction of the distance between the location of the glyph returned and the location of the next glyph.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("glyphIndexForPoint")]
public int GlyphIndexForPoint(CGPoint point, NSTextContainer inTextContainer, UnsafePointer<CGFloat> fractionOfDistanceThroughGlyph) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the smallest contiguous range for glyphs that are laid out wholly or partially within the given rectangle in the given text container.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle for which to return glyphs.</param>
/// <param name="inTextContainer">The text container in which the glyphs are laid out.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("glyphRangeForBoundingRect")]
public NSRange GlyphRangeForBoundingRect(CGRect bounds, NSTextContainer inTextContainer) { return default(NSRange); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the smallest contiguous range for glyphs that are laid out wholly or partially within the given rectangle in the given text container.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle for which to return glyphs.</param>
/// <param name="inTextContainer">The text container in which the glyphs are laid out.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("glyphRangeForBoundingRectWithoutAdditionalLayout")]
public NSRange GlyphRangeForBoundingRectWithoutAdditionalLayout(CGRect bounds, NSTextContainer inTextContainer) { return default(NSRange); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the range of glyphs that are generated from the characters in the given character range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="charRange">The character range for which to return the generated glyph range.</param>
/// <param name="actualCharacterRange">If not NULL, on output, points to the actual range of characters that fully define the glyph range returned. This range may be identical to or slightly larger than the requested character range. For example, if the text storage contains the characters "O" and "¨“, and the glyph store contains the single precomposed glyph "¨Ö”, and if charRange encloses only the first or second character, then actualCharRange is set to enclose both characters.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("glyphRangeForCharacterRange")]
public NSRange GlyphRangeForCharacterRange(NSRange charRange, NSRangePointer actualCharacterRange) { return default(NSRange); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the range of glyphs laid out in the given text container.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="container">The text container in which the glyphs are laid out.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("glyphRangeForTextContainer")]
public NSRange GlyphRangeForTextContainer(NSTextContainer container) { return default(NSRange); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the range for the glyphs around the given glyph that can be displayed using only their advancements from the font, without pairwise kerning or other adjustments to spacing.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">Index of the glyph to test.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("rangeOfNominallySpacedGlyphsContainingIndex")]
public NSRange RangeOfNominallySpacedGlyphsContainingIndex(int glyphIndex) { return default(NSRange); }
/// <summary>
/// Draws background marks for the given glyph range, which must lie completely within a single text container.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphsToShow">The range of glyphs for which the background is drawn.</param>
/// <param name="atPoint">The position of the text container in the coordinate system of the currently focused view.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("drawBackgroundForGlyphRange")]
public void DrawBackgroundForGlyphRange(NSRange glyphsToShow, CGPoint atPoint) { }
/// <summary>
/// Draws the glyphs in the given glyph range, which must lie completely within a single text container.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphsToShow">The range of glyphs that are drawn.</param>
/// <param name="atPoint">The position of the text container in the coordinate system of the currently focused view.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("drawGlyphsForGlyphRange")]
public void DrawGlyphsForGlyphRange(NSRange glyphsToShow, CGPoint atPoint) { }
/// <summary>
/// Draws a strikethrough for the glyphs in a given range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">The range of glyphs for which to draw a strikethrough. The range must belong to a single line fragment rectangle (as returned by lineFragmentRectForGlyphAtIndex:effectiveRange:).</param>
/// <param name="strikethroughType">The style of strikethrough to draw. This value is a mask derived from the value for NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName—for example, (NSUnderlinePatternDash | NSUnderlineStyleThick). Subclasses can define custom strikethrough styles.</param>
/// <param name="baselineOffset">Indicates how far above the text baseline the underline should be drawn.</param>
/// <param name="lineFragmentRect">The line fragment rectangle containing the glyphs to draw strikethrough for.</param>
/// <param name="lineFragmentGlyphRange">The range of all glyphs within lineRect.</param>
/// <param name="containerOrigin">The origin of the line fragment rectangle’s NSTextContainer in its NSTextView.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("drawStrikethroughForGlyphRange")]
public void DrawStrikethroughForGlyphRange(NSRange glyphRange, NSUnderlineStyle strikethroughType, CGFloat baselineOffset, CGRect lineFragmentRect, NSRange lineFragmentGlyphRange, CGPoint containerOrigin) { }
/// <summary>
/// Draws underlining for the glyphs in a given range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">A range of glyphs, which must belong to a single line fragment rectangle (as returned by lineFragmentRectForGlyphAtIndex:effectiveRange:).</param>
/// <param name="underlineType">The style of underlining to draw. This value is a mask derived from the value for NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName—for example, (NSUnderlinePatternDash | NSUnderlineStyleThick). Subclasses can define custom underlining styles.</param>
/// <param name="baselineOffset">Specifies the distance from the bottom of the bounding box of the specified glyphs in the specified range to their baseline.</param>
/// <param name="lineFragmentRect">The line fragment rectangle containing the glyphs to draw underlining for.</param>
/// <param name="lineFragmentGlyphRange">The range of all glyphs within lineRect.</param>
/// <param name="containerOrigin">The origin of the NSTextContainer object containing lineRect, in text view coordinates.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("drawUnderlineForGlyphRange")]
public void DrawUnderlineForGlyphRange(NSRange glyphRange, NSUnderlineStyle underlineType, CGFloat baselineOffset, CGRect lineFragmentRect, NSRange lineFragmentGlyphRange, CGPoint containerOrigin) { }
/// <summary>
/// Fills background rectangles with a color.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rectArray">The array of rectangles to fill.</param>
/// <param name="count">The number of rectangles in rectArray.</param>
/// <param name="forCharacterRange">The range of characters whose background rectangles are filled.</param>
/// <param name="color">The fill color.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fillBackgroundRectArray")]
public void FillBackgroundRectArray(ConstUnsafePointer<CGRect> rectArray, int count, NSRange forCharacterRange, UIColor color) { }
/// <summary>
/// Renders the glyphs at the specified positions and attributes into the given graphics context.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphs">The glyphs to draw; may contain embedded NULL bytes.</param>
/// <param name="positions">The positions at which to draw the glyphs. In the user space coordinate system.</param>
/// <param name="count">The number of glyphs.</param>
/// <param name="font">The font applied to the graphics state. This value can be different from the NSFontAttributeName value in the attributes argument because of various font substitutions that the system automatically executes.</param>
/// <param name="matrix">The affine transform mapping the text space coordinate system to the user space coordinate system. The tx and ty components of textMatrix are ignored since Quartz overrides them with the glyph positions.</param>
/// <param name="attributes">A dictionary of glyph attributes.</param>
/// <param name="inContext">If non-nil, graphicsContext is already configured according to the text attributes arguments: font, textMatrix, and attributes.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("showCGGlyphs")]
public void ShowCGGlyphs(ConstUnsafePointer<CGGlyph> glyphs, ConstUnsafePointer<CGPoint> positions, int count, UIFont font, CGAffineTransform matrix, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> attributes, CGContext inContext) { }
/// <summary>
/// Calculates and draws strikethrough for the glyphs in the given range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">The range of glyphs for which to draw a strikethrough. The range must belong to a single line fragment rectangle (as returned by lineFragmentRectForGlyphAtIndex:effectiveRange:).</param>
/// <param name="strikethroughType">The style of underlining to draw. This value is a mask derived from the value for NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName—for example, (NSUnderlinePatternDash | NSUnderlineStyleThick | NSUnderlineByWordMask). Subclasses can define custom underlining styles.</param>
/// <param name="lineFragmentRect">The line fragment rectangle containing the glyphs to draw strikethrough for.</param>
/// <param name="lineFragmentGlyphRange">The range of all glyphs within lineRect.</param>
/// <param name="containerOrigin">The origin of the line fragment rectangle’s NSTextContainer in its NSTextView.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("strikethroughGlyphRange")]
public void StrikethroughGlyphRange(NSRange glyphRange, NSUnderlineStyle strikethroughType, CGRect lineFragmentRect, NSRange lineFragmentGlyphRange, CGPoint containerOrigin) { }
/// <summary>
/// Calculates subranges to be underlined for the glyphs in a given range and draws the underlining as appropriate.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">A range of glyphs, which must belong to a single line fragment rectangle (as returned by lineFragmentRectForGlyphAtIndex:effectiveRange:).</param>
/// <param name="underlineType">The style of underlining to draw. This value is a mask derived from the value for NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName, for example, (NSUnderlinePatternDash | NSUnderlineStyleThick | NSUnderlineByWordMask). Subclasses can define custom underlining styles.</param>
/// <param name="lineFragmentRect">The line fragment rectangle containing the glyphs to draw underlining for.</param>
/// <param name="lineFragmentGlyphRange">The range of all glyphs within that line fragment rectangle.</param>
/// <param name="containerOrigin">The origin of the line fragment rectangle’s NSTextContainer, in text view coordinates.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("underlineGlyphRange")]
public void UnderlineGlyphRange(NSRange glyphRange, NSUnderlineStyle underlineType, CGRect lineFragmentRect, NSRange lineFragmentGlyphRange, CGPoint containerOrigin) { }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s text storage object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textStorage")]
public NSTextStorage TextStorage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s text containers. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textContainers")]
public AnyObject[] TextContainers { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// This layout manager’s delegate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("delegate")]
public NSLayoutManagerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates whether noncontiguous layout is enabled or disabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("allowsNonContiguousLayout")]
public bool AllowsNonContiguousLayout { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates whether the layout manager currently has any areas of noncontiguous layout. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("hasNonContiguousLayout")]
public bool HasNonContiguousLayout { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current hyphenation threshold.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("hyphenationFactor")]
public CGFloat HyphenationFactor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether to substitute visible glyphs for control characters in layout.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("showsControlCharacters")]
public bool ShowsControlCharacters { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether to substitute visible glyphs for whitespace and other typically invisible characters in layout.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("showsInvisibleCharacters")]
public bool ShowsInvisibleCharacters { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates whether the receiver uses the leading provided in the font.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("usesFontLeading")]
public bool UsesFontLeading { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number of glyphs in the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("numberOfGlyphs")]
public int NumberOfGlyphs { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The rectangle defining the extra line fragment for the insertion point at the end of a text (either in an empty text or after a final paragraph separator). (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("extraLineFragmentRect")]
public CGRect ExtraLineFragmentRect { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The text container that contains the extra line fragment rectangle. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("extraLineFragmentTextContainer")]
public NSTextContainer ExtraLineFragmentTextContainer { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The rectangle enclosing the insertion point drawn in the extra line fragment rectangle. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("extraLineFragmentUsedRect")]
public CGRect ExtraLineFragmentUsedRect { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Describes the text layout orientation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum NSTextLayoutOrientation
{
/// <summary>
/// Lines rendered horizontally, extending from top to bottom
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Horizontal,
/// <summary>
/// Lines rendered vertically, extending from right to left
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Vertical,
}
/// <summary>
/// Describes glyph properties.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum NSGlyphProperty
{
/// <summary>
/// Null glyph ignored for layout and display.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Null,
/// <summary>
/// Control character such as tab, attachment, and so on, that has associated special behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ControlCharacter,
/// <summary>
/// Glyphs with elastic glyph width behavior such as whitespace.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Elastic,
/// <summary>
/// Glyphs with combining properties, typically characters in Unicode Mn class.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
NonBaseCharacter,
}
/// <summary>
/// Describes actions control characters can cause.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum NSControlCharacterAction
{
/// <summary>
/// Glyphs with this action are filtered out from layout (notShownAttributeForGlyphAtIndex: == YES for the glyph).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ZeroAdvancementAction,
/// <summary>
/// The width for a glyph with this action is determined by the delegate method layoutManager:boundingBoxForControlGlyphAtIndex:forTextContainer:proposedLineFragment:glyphPosition:characterIndex: if the method is implemented; otherwise, same as NSControlCharacterZeroAdvancementAction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
WhitespaceAction,
/// <summary>
/// Treated as a tab character.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
HorizontalTabAction,
/// <summary>
/// Causes a line break.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
LineBreakAction,
/// <summary>
/// Causes a paragraph break; firstLineHeadIndent is used for the following glyph.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ParagraphBreakAction,
/// <summary>
/// Causes container break.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ContainerBreakAction,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An NSLayoutManager object coordinates the layout and display of characters held in an NSTextStorage object. It maps Unicode character codes to glyphs, sets the glyphs in a series of NSTextContainer objects, and displays them in a series of text view objects. In addition to its core function of laying out text, an NSLayoutManager object coordinates its text view objects, provides services to those text views to support editing paragraph styles, and handles the layout and display of text attributes not inherent in glyphs (such as underline or strikethrough). You can create a subclass of NSLayoutManager to handle additional text attributes, whether inherent or not.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSLayoutManager_Class_TextKit/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSLayoutManager"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class NSLayoutManager : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol
{
public NSLayoutManager() { }
/// <summary>
/// Appends the given text container to the series of text containers where the receiver arranges text.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="container">The text container to append.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addTextContainer")]
public virtual void AddTextContainer(NSTextContainer container) { }
/// <summary>
/// Inserts the given text container into the series of text containers at the given index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="container">The text container to insert.</param>
/// <param name="atIndex">The index in the series of text containers at which to insert aTextContainer.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("insertTextContainer")]
public virtual void InsertTextContainer(NSTextContainer container, int atIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes the text container at the given index and invalidates the layout as needed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="index">The index of the text container to remove.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeTextContainerAtIndex")]
public virtual void RemoveTextContainerAtIndex(int index) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets text container where the glyphs in the given range are laid out.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="container">The text container to set.</param>
/// <param name="forGlyphRange">The range of glyphs to lay out.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setTextContainer")]
public virtual void SetTextContainer(NSTextContainer container, NSRange forGlyphRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Invalidates the layout information, and possibly glyphs, for the given text container and all subsequent NSTextContainer objects.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="container">The text container whose layout is invalidated.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textContainerChangedGeometry")]
public virtual void TextContainerChangedGeometry(NSTextContainer container) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the container in which the given glyph is laid out and (optionally) by reference the whole range of glyphs that are in that container.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">Index of a glyph in the returned container.</param>
/// <param name="effectiveRange">If not NULL, on output, points to the whole range of glyphs that are in the returned container.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textContainerForGlyphAtIndex")]
public virtual NSTextContainer TextContainerForGlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex, NSRangePointer effectiveRange) { return default(NSTextContainer); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the bounding rectangle for the glyphs laid out in the given text container.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="container">The text container in which the glyphs are laid out.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("usedRectForTextContainer")]
public virtual CGRect UsedRectForTextContainer(NSTextContainer container) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Invalidates display for the given character range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="charRange">The character range for which display is invalidated.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidateDisplayForCharacterRange")]
public virtual void InvalidateDisplayForCharacterRange(NSRange charRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Marks the glyphs in the given glyph range as needing display, as well as the appropriate regions of the NSTextView objects that display those glyphs (using the NSView method setNeedsDisplayInRect:).
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">The range of glyphs to invalidate.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidateDisplayForGlyphRange")]
public virtual void InvalidateDisplayForGlyphRange(NSRange glyphRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Invalidates the cached glyphs for the characters in the given character range, adjusts the character indices of all the subsequent glyphs by the change in length, and invalidates the new character range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="charRange">The range of characters for which to invalidate glyphs.</param>
/// <param name="changeInLength">The number of characters added or removed.</param>
/// <param name="actualCharacterRange">If not NULL, on output, the actual range invalidated after any necessary expansion. This range can be larger than the range of characters given due to the effect of context on glyphs and layout.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidateGlyphsForCharacterRange")]
public virtual void InvalidateGlyphsForCharacterRange(NSRange charRange, int changeInLength, NSRangePointer actualCharacterRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Invalidates the layout information for the glyphs mapped to the given range of characters.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="charRange">The range of characters to invalidate.</param>
/// <param name="actualCharacterRange">If not NULL, on output, the actual range invalidated after any necessary expansion.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidateLayoutForCharacterRange")]
public virtual void InvalidateLayoutForCharacterRange(NSRange charRange, NSRangePointer actualCharacterRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sent from the NSTextStorage method processEditing to notify the layout manager of an edit action.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textStorage">The text storage object processing edits.</param>
/// <param name="edited">The types of edits done: NSTextStorageEditedAttributes, NSTextStorageEditedCharacters, or both.</param>
/// <param name="range">The range in the final string that was explicitly edited.</param>
/// <param name="changeInLength">The length delta for the editing changes.</param>
/// <param name="invalidatedRange">The range of characters that changed as a result of attribute fixing. This invalidated range is either equal to newCharRange or larger.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("processEditingForTextStorage")]
public virtual void ProcessEditingForTextStorage(NSTextStorage textStorage, NSTextStorageEditActions edited, NSRange range, int changeInLength, NSRange invalidatedRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Forces the receiver to generate glyphs for the specified character range, if it has not already done so.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="charRange">The character range for which glyphs are generated.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("ensureGlyphsForCharacterRange")]
public virtual void EnsureGlyphsForCharacterRange(NSRange charRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Forces the receiver to generate glyphs for the specified glyph range, if it has not already done so.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">The glyph range for which glyphs are generated.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("ensureGlyphsForGlyphRange")]
public virtual void EnsureGlyphsForGlyphRange(NSRange glyphRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Forces the receiver to perform layout for the specified area in the specified text container, if it has not already done so.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The area for which layout is performed.</param>
/// <param name="inTextContainer">The text container containing the area for which layout is performed.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("ensureLayoutForBoundingRect")]
public virtual void EnsureLayoutForBoundingRect(CGRect bounds, NSTextContainer inTextContainer) { }
/// <summary>
/// Forces the receiver to perform layout for the specified character range, if it has not already done so.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="charRange">The character range for which layout is performed.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("ensureLayoutForCharacterRange")]
public virtual void EnsureLayoutForCharacterRange(NSRange charRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Forces the receiver to perform layout for the specified glyph range, if it has not already done so.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">The glyph range for which layout is performed.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("ensureLayoutForGlyphRange")]
public virtual void EnsureLayoutForGlyphRange(NSRange glyphRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Forces the receiver to perform layout for the specified text container, if it has not already done so.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="container">The text container for which layout is performed.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("ensureLayoutForTextContainer")]
public virtual void EnsureLayoutForTextContainer(NSTextContainer container) { }
/// <summary>
/// Stores the initial glyphs and glyph properties for a character range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphs">A pointer to the layout manager's glyph cache.</param>
/// <param name="properties">A pointer to a buffer containing glyph properties for the glyphs in the cache.</param>
/// <param name="characterIndexes">A pointer to the starting index for the characters in the text storage for which glyphs are generated.</param>
/// <param name="font">A font to override the font attributes in the text storage for the specified character range.</param>
/// <param name="forGlyphRange">The range of glyphs in the glyph cache to set.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setGlyphs")]
public virtual void SetGlyphs(UnsafePointer<CGGlyph> glyphs, UnsafePointer<NSGlyphProperty> properties, UnsafePointer<int> characterIndexes, UIFont font, NSRange forGlyphRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index in the text storage for the first character associated with the given glyph.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">The index of the glyph for which to return the associated character.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("characterIndexForGlyphAtIndex")]
public virtual int CharacterIndexForGlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Fills a passed-in buffer with a sequence of glyphs.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">The range of glyphs to fill in.</param>
/// <param name="glyphs">On output, the sequence of glyphs in the given glyph range.</param>
/// <param name="properties">If not NULL, on output, the glyph properties corresponding to the filled-in glyphs.</param>
/// <param name="characterIndexes">If not NULL, on output, the indexes of the original characters corresponding to the given glyph range. Note that a glyph at index 1 is not necessarily mapped to the character at index 1, since a glyph may be for a ligature or accent.</param>
/// <param name="bidiLevels">If not NULL, on output, the direction of each glyph for bidirectional text. The values range from 0 to 61 as defined by Unicode Standard Annex #9. An even value means the glyph goes left-to-right, and an odd value means the glyph goes right-to-left.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("getGlyphsInRange")]
public virtual int GetGlyphsInRange(NSRange glyphRange, UnsafeMutablePointer<CGGlyph> glyphs, UnsafeMutablePointer<NSGlyphProperty> properties, UnsafeMutablePointer<int> characterIndexes, UnsafeMutablePointer<UInt8> bidiLevels) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the glyph at the given glyph index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">The index of a glyph in the receiver. This value must not exceed the bounds of the receiver’s glyph array.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("glyphAtIndex")]
public virtual CGGlyph GlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex) { return default(CGGlyph); }
/// <summary>
/// If the given index is valid, returns the glyph at that location and optionally returns a flag indicating whether the requested index is in range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">The index of the glyph to be returned.</param>
/// <param name="isValidIndex">If not NULL, on output, true if the requested index is in range; otherwise false.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("glyphAtIndex")]
public virtual CGGlyph GlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex, UnsafeMutablePointer<ObjCBool> isValidIndex) { return default(CGGlyph); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index of the first glyph associated with the character at the specified index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="charIndex">The index of the character for which to return the associated glyph.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("glyphIndexForCharacterAtIndex")]
public virtual int GlyphIndexForCharacterAtIndex(int charIndex) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates whether the specified index refers to a valid glyph.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">The index of a glyph in the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("isValidGlyphIndex")]
public virtual bool IsValidGlyphIndex(int glyphIndex) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the glyph property associated with the glyph at the specified index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">The glyph whose glyph property is returned.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("propertyForGlyphAtIndex")]
public virtual NSGlyphProperty PropertyForGlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex) { return default(NSGlyphProperty); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the size at which the given glyph (assumed to be an attachment) is asked to draw in the given glyph range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="attachmentSize">The glyph size to set.</param>
/// <param name="forGlyphRange">The attachment glyph’s position in the glyph stream.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setAttachmentSize")]
public virtual void SetAttachmentSize(CGSize attachmentSize, NSRange forGlyphRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether the given glyph exceeds the bounds of the line fragment where it’s laid out.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="flag">If true, sets the given glyph to draw outside its line fragment; if false, the glyph does not draw outside.</param>
/// <param name="forGlyphAtIndex">Index of the glyph to set.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setDrawsOutsideLineFragment")]
public virtual void SetDrawsOutsideLineFragment(bool flag, int forGlyphAtIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the bounds and container for the extra line fragment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fragmentRect">The rectangle to set.</param>
/// <param name="usedRect">Indicates where the insertion point is drawn.</param>
/// <param name="textContainer">The text container where the rectangle is to be laid out.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setExtraLineFragmentRect")]
public virtual void SetExtraLineFragmentRect(CGRect fragmentRect, CGRect usedRect, NSTextContainer textContainer) { }
/// <summary>
/// Associates the given line fragment bounds with the given range of glyphs.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fragmentRect">The rectangle of the line fragment.</param>
/// <param name="forGlyphRange">The range of glyphs to be associated with fragmentRect.</param>
/// <param name="usedRect">The portion of fragmentRect that actually contains glyphs or other marks that are drawn (including the text container’s line fragment padding. Must be equal to or contained within fragmentRect.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setLineFragmentRect")]
public virtual void SetLineFragmentRect(CGRect fragmentRect, NSRange forGlyphRange, CGRect usedRect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the location for the first glyph of the given range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="location">The location to which the first glyph is set, relative to the origin of the glyph’s line fragment origin.</param>
/// <param name="forStartOfGlyphRange">The glyphs whose location is set.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setLocation")]
public virtual void SetLocation(CGPoint location, NSRange forStartOfGlyphRange) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the glyph at the given index to be one that isn’t shown.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="flag">If true, the glyph is not shown; if false, it is shown.</param>
/// <param name="forGlyphAtIndex">Index of the glyph whose attribute is set.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setNotShownAttribute")]
public virtual void SetNotShownAttribute(bool flag, int forGlyphAtIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// For a glyph corresponding to an attachment, returns the size for the attachment cell to occupy.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">The index of the attachment glyph.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("attachmentSizeForGlyphAtIndex")]
public virtual CGSize AttachmentSizeForGlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex) { return default(CGSize); }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates whether the glyph draws outside of its line fragment rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">Index of the glyph.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("drawsOutsideLineFragmentForGlyphAtIndex")]
public virtual bool DrawsOutsideLineFragmentForGlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index for the first character in the layout manager that has not been laid out.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("firstUnlaidCharacterIndex")]
public virtual int FirstUnlaidCharacterIndex() { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index for the first glyph in the layout manager that has not been laid out.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("firstUnlaidGlyphIndex")]
public virtual int FirstUnlaidGlyphIndex() { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index for the first character or glyph, or both, having invalid layout information.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="charIndex">If not NULL, on return, the index of the first character that has invalid layout information</param>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">If not NULL, on return, the index of the first glyph that has invalid layout information.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("getFirstUnlaidCharacterIndex")]
public virtual void GetFirstUnlaidCharacterIndex(UnsafeMutablePointer<int> charIndex, UnsafeMutablePointer<int> glyphIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the rectangle for the line fragment in which the given glyph is laid out and (optionally), by reference, the whole range of glyphs that are in that fragment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">The glyph for which to return the line fragment rectangle.</param>
/// <param name="effectiveRange">If not NULL, on output, the range for all glyphs in the line fragment.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("lineFragmentRectForGlyphAtIndex")]
public virtual CGRect LineFragmentRectForGlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex, NSRangePointer effectiveRange) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the usage rectangle for the line fragment in which the given glyph is laid and (optionally) by reference the whole range of glyphs that are in that fragment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">The glyph for which to return the line fragment used rectangle.</param>
/// <param name="effectiveRange">If not NULL, on output, the range for all glyphs in the line fragment.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("lineFragmentUsedRectForGlyphAtIndex")]
public virtual CGRect LineFragmentUsedRectForGlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex, NSRangePointer effectiveRange) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the location for the given glyph within its line fragment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">The glyph whose location is returned.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("locationForGlyphAtIndex")]
public virtual CGPoint LocationForGlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates whether the glyph at the given index is one that isn’t shown.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">Index of the glyph.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("notShownAttributeForGlyphAtIndex")]
public virtual bool NotShownAttributeForGlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the range of truncated glyphs for a line fragment containing the specified index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">A glyph whose line fragment is tested.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("truncatedGlyphRangeInLineFragmentForGlyphAtIndex")]
public virtual NSRange TruncatedGlyphRangeInLineFragmentForGlyphAtIndex(int glyphIndex) { return default(NSRange); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a single bounding rectangle (in container coordinates) enclosing all glyphs and other marks drawn in the given text container for the given glyph range, including glyphs that draw outside their line fragment rectangles and text attributes such as underlining.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">The range of glyphs for which to return the bounding rectangle.</param>
/// <param name="inTextContainer">The text container in which the glyphs are laid out.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("boundingRectForGlyphRange")]
public virtual CGRect BoundingRectForGlyphRange(NSRange glyphRange, NSTextContainer inTextContainer) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index of the character falling under the given point, expressed in the given container's coordinate system.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">The point to test.</param>
/// <param name="inTextContainer">The text container within which the point is tested.</param>
/// <param name="fractionOfDistanceBetweenInsertionPoints">A fraction of the distance from the insertion point, logically before the given character to the next one.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("characterIndexForPoint")]
public virtual int CharacterIndexForPoint(CGPoint point, NSTextContainer inTextContainer, UnsafeMutablePointer<CGFloat> fractionOfDistanceBetweenInsertionPoints) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the range of characters that generated the glyphs in the given glyph range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">The glyph range for which to return the character range.</param>
/// <param name="actualGlyphRange">If not NULL, on output, points to the full range of glyphs generated by the character range returned. This range may be identical or slightly larger than the requested glyph range. For example, if the text storage contains the character “Ö” and the glyph cache contains the two atomic glyphs “O” and “¨”, and if glyphRange encloses only the first or second glyph, then actualGlyphRange is set to enclose both glyphs.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("characterRangeForGlyphRange")]
public virtual NSRange CharacterRangeForGlyphRange(NSRange glyphRange, NSRangePointer actualGlyphRange) { return default(NSRange); }
/// <summary>
/// Enumerates enclosing rectangles for the given glyph range in the given text container.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">The glyph range for which to return enclosing rectangles.</param>
/// <param name="withinSelectedGlyphRange">Selected glyphs within glyphRange, which can affect the size of the rectangles. If not interested in selection rectangles, pass {NSNotFound, 0} as the selected range.</param>
/// <param name="inTextContainer">The text container in which the glyphs are laid out.</param>
/// <param name="usingBlock">The block to apply to the glyph range. The block has two arguments:
/// rect
/// The current enclosing rectangle.
/// stop
/// A reference to a Boolean value. The block can set the value to true to stop further processing of the array. The stop argument is an out-only argument. You should only set this Boolean to true within the block.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("enumerateEnclosingRectsForGlyphRange")]
public virtual void EnumerateEnclosingRectsForGlyphRange(NSRange glyphRange, NSRange withinSelectedGlyphRange, NSTextContainer inTextContainer, Action<CGRect, UnsafeMutablePointer<ObjCBool>> usingBlock) { }
/// <summary>
/// Enumerates line fragments intersecting with the given glyph range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">The glyph range for which to return line fragment rectangles.</param>
/// <param name="usingBlock">The block to apply to the glyph range. The block has five arguments:
/// rect
/// The current line fragment rectangle.
/// usedRect
/// The portion of the line fragment rectangle that actually contains glyphs or other marks that are drawn (including the text container’s line fragment padding).
/// textContainer
/// The text container in which the glyphs are laid out.
/// glyphRange
/// The range of glyphs laid out in the current line fragment.
/// stop
/// A reference to a Boolean value. The block can set the value to true to stop further processing of the array. The stop argument is an out-only argument. You should only set this Boolean to true within the block.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("enumerateLineFragmentsForGlyphRange")]
public virtual void EnumerateLineFragmentsForGlyphRange(NSRange glyphRange, Action<CGRect, CGRect, NSTextContainer, NSRange, UnsafeMutablePointer<ObjCBool>> usingBlock) { }
/// <summary>
/// This method is a primitive for glyphIndexForPoint:inTextContainer:fractionOfDistanceThroughGlyph:. You should always call the main method, not the primitives.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">The point for which to return the fractional distance through the underlying glyph, in container coordinates.</param>
/// <param name="inTextContainer">The container in which the glyph is laid out.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fractionOfDistanceThroughGlyphForPoint")]
public virtual CGFloat FractionOfDistanceThroughGlyphForPoint(CGPoint point, NSTextContainer inTextContainer) { return default(CGFloat); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns insertion points in bulk for a given line fragment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="charIndex">The character index of one character within the line fragment.</param>
/// <param name="alternatePositions">If true, returns alternate, rather than primary, insertion points.</param>
/// <param name="inDisplayOrder">If true, returns insertion points in display, rather than logical, order.</param>
/// <param name="positions">On output, the positions of the insertion points, in the order specified.</param>
/// <param name="characterIndexes">On output, the indexes of the characters corresponding to the returned insertion points.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("getLineFragmentInsertionPointsForCharacterAtIndex")]
public virtual int GetLineFragmentInsertionPointsForCharacterAtIndex(int charIndex, bool alternatePositions, bool inDisplayOrder, UnsafeMutablePointer<CGFloat> positions, UnsafeMutablePointer<int> characterIndexes) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// This method is a primitive for glyphIndexForPoint:inTextContainer:fractionOfDistanceThroughGlyph:. You should always call the main method, not the primitives.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">The point for which to return the glyph, in coordinates of container.</param>
/// <param name="inTextContainer">The container in which the returned glyph is laid out.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("glyphIndexForPoint")]
public virtual int GlyphIndexForPoint(CGPoint point, NSTextContainer inTextContainer) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index of the glyph falling under the given point, expressed in the given container's coordinate system.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">The point for which to return the glyph, in coordinates of container.</param>
/// <param name="inTextContainer">The container in which the returned glyph is laid out.</param>
/// <param name="fractionOfDistanceThroughGlyph">If not NULL, on output, the fraction of the distance between the location of the glyph returned and the location of the next glyph.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("glyphIndexForPoint")]
public virtual int GlyphIndexForPoint(CGPoint point, NSTextContainer inTextContainer, UnsafeMutablePointer<CGFloat> fractionOfDistanceThroughGlyph) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the smallest contiguous range for glyphs that are laid out wholly or partially within the given rectangle in the given text container.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle for which to return glyphs.</param>
/// <param name="inTextContainer">The text container in which the glyphs are laid out.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("glyphRangeForBoundingRect")]
public virtual NSRange GlyphRangeForBoundingRect(CGRect bounds, NSTextContainer inTextContainer) { return default(NSRange); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the smallest contiguous range for glyphs that are laid out wholly or partially within the given rectangle in the given text container.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle for which to return glyphs.</param>
/// <param name="inTextContainer">The text container in which the glyphs are laid out.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("glyphRangeForBoundingRectWithoutAdditionalLayout")]
public virtual NSRange GlyphRangeForBoundingRectWithoutAdditionalLayout(CGRect bounds, NSTextContainer inTextContainer) { return default(NSRange); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the range of glyphs that are generated from the characters in the given character range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="charRange">The character range for which to return the generated glyph range.</param>
/// <param name="actualCharacterRange">If not NULL, on output, points to the actual range of characters that fully define the glyph range returned. This range may be identical to or slightly larger than the requested character range. For example, if the text storage contains the characters "O" and "¨“, and the glyph store contains the single precomposed glyph "¨Ö”, and if charRange encloses only the first or second character, then actualCharRange is set to enclose both characters.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("glyphRangeForCharacterRange")]
public virtual NSRange GlyphRangeForCharacterRange(NSRange charRange, NSRangePointer actualCharacterRange) { return default(NSRange); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the range of glyphs laid out in the given text container.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="container">The text container in which the glyphs are laid out.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("glyphRangeForTextContainer")]
public virtual NSRange GlyphRangeForTextContainer(NSTextContainer container) { return default(NSRange); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the range for the glyphs around the given glyph that can be displayed using only their advancements from the font, without pairwise kerning or other adjustments to spacing.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphIndex">Index of the glyph to test.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("rangeOfNominallySpacedGlyphsContainingIndex")]
public virtual NSRange RangeOfNominallySpacedGlyphsContainingIndex(int glyphIndex) { return default(NSRange); }
/// <summary>
/// Draws background marks for the given glyph range, which must lie completely within a single text container.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphsToShow">The range of glyphs for which the background is drawn.</param>
/// <param name="atPoint">The position of the text container in the coordinate system of the currently focused view.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("drawBackgroundForGlyphRange")]
public virtual void DrawBackgroundForGlyphRange(NSRange glyphsToShow, CGPoint atPoint) { }
/// <summary>
/// Draws the glyphs in the given glyph range, which must lie completely within a single text container.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphsToShow">The range of glyphs that are drawn.</param>
/// <param name="atPoint">The position of the text container in the coordinate system of the currently focused view.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("drawGlyphsForGlyphRange")]
public virtual void DrawGlyphsForGlyphRange(NSRange glyphsToShow, CGPoint atPoint) { }
/// <summary>
/// Draws a strikethrough for the glyphs in a given range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">The range of glyphs for which to draw a strikethrough. The range must belong to a single line fragment rectangle (as returned by lineFragmentRectForGlyphAtIndex:effectiveRange:).</param>
/// <param name="strikethroughType">The style of strikethrough to draw. This value is a mask derived from the value for NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName—for example, (NSUnderlinePatternDash | NSUnderlineStyleThick). Subclasses can define custom strikethrough styles.</param>
/// <param name="baselineOffset">Indicates how far above the text baseline the underline should be drawn.</param>
/// <param name="lineFragmentRect">The line fragment rectangle containing the glyphs to draw strikethrough for.</param>
/// <param name="lineFragmentGlyphRange">The range of all glyphs within lineRect.</param>
/// <param name="containerOrigin">The origin of the line fragment rectangle’s NSTextContainer in its NSTextView.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("drawStrikethroughForGlyphRange")]
public virtual void DrawStrikethroughForGlyphRange(NSRange glyphRange, NSUnderlineStyle strikethroughType, CGFloat baselineOffset, CGRect lineFragmentRect, NSRange lineFragmentGlyphRange, CGPoint containerOrigin) { }
/// <summary>
/// Draws underlining for the glyphs in a given range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">A range of glyphs, which must belong to a single line fragment rectangle (as returned by lineFragmentRectForGlyphAtIndex:effectiveRange:).</param>
/// <param name="underlineType">The style of underlining to draw. This value is a mask derived from the value for NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName—for example, (NSUnderlinePatternDash | NSUnderlineStyleThick). Subclasses can define custom underlining styles.</param>
/// <param name="baselineOffset">Specifies the distance from the bottom of the bounding box of the specified glyphs in the specified range to their baseline.</param>
/// <param name="lineFragmentRect">The line fragment rectangle containing the glyphs to draw underlining for.</param>
/// <param name="lineFragmentGlyphRange">The range of all glyphs within lineRect.</param>
/// <param name="containerOrigin">The origin of the NSTextContainer object containing lineRect, in text view coordinates.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("drawUnderlineForGlyphRange")]
public virtual void DrawUnderlineForGlyphRange(NSRange glyphRange, NSUnderlineStyle underlineType, CGFloat baselineOffset, CGRect lineFragmentRect, NSRange lineFragmentGlyphRange, CGPoint containerOrigin) { }
/// <summary>
/// Fills background rectangles with a color.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rectArray">The array of rectangles to fill.</param>
/// <param name="count">The number of rectangles in rectArray.</param>
/// <param name="forCharacterRange">The range of characters whose background rectangles are filled.</param>
/// <param name="color">The fill color.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fillBackgroundRectArray")]
public virtual void FillBackgroundRectArray(UnsafePointer<CGRect> rectArray, int count, NSRange forCharacterRange, UIColor color) { }
/// <summary>
/// Renders the glyphs at the specified positions and attributes into the given graphics context.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphs">The glyphs to draw; may contain embedded NULL bytes.</param>
/// <param name="positions">The positions at which to draw the glyphs. In the user space coordinate system.</param>
/// <param name="count">The number of glyphs.</param>
/// <param name="font">The font applied to the graphics state. This value can be different from the NSFontAttributeName value in the attributes argument because of various font substitutions that the system automatically executes.</param>
/// <param name="matrix">The affine transform mapping the text space coordinate system to the user space coordinate system. The tx and ty components of textMatrix are ignored since Quartz overrides them with the glyph positions.</param>
/// <param name="attributes">A dictionary of glyph attributes.</param>
/// <param name="inContext">If non-nil, graphicsContext is already configured according to the text attributes arguments: font, textMatrix, and attributes.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("showCGGlyphs")]
public virtual void ShowCGGlyphs(UnsafePointer<CGGlyph> glyphs, UnsafePointer<CGPoint> positions, int count, UIFont font, CGAffineTransform matrix, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> attributes, CGContext inContext) { }
/// <summary>
/// Calculates and draws strikethrough for the glyphs in the given range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">The range of glyphs for which to draw a strikethrough. The range must belong to a single line fragment rectangle (as returned by lineFragmentRectForGlyphAtIndex:effectiveRange:).</param>
/// <param name="strikethroughType">The style of underlining to draw. This value is a mask derived from the value for NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName—for example, (NSUnderlinePatternDash | NSUnderlineStyleThick | NSUnderlineByWordMask). Subclasses can define custom underlining styles.</param>
/// <param name="lineFragmentRect">The line fragment rectangle containing the glyphs to draw strikethrough for.</param>
/// <param name="lineFragmentGlyphRange">The range of all glyphs within lineRect.</param>
/// <param name="containerOrigin">The origin of the line fragment rectangle’s NSTextContainer in its NSTextView.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("strikethroughGlyphRange")]
public virtual void StrikethroughGlyphRange(NSRange glyphRange, NSUnderlineStyle strikethroughType, CGRect lineFragmentRect, NSRange lineFragmentGlyphRange, CGPoint containerOrigin) { }
/// <summary>
/// Calculates subranges to be underlined for the glyphs in a given range and draws the underlining as appropriate.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="glyphRange">A range of glyphs, which must belong to a single line fragment rectangle (as returned by lineFragmentRectForGlyphAtIndex:effectiveRange:).</param>
/// <param name="underlineType">The style of underlining to draw. This value is a mask derived from the value for NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName, for example, (NSUnderlinePatternDash | NSUnderlineStyleThick | NSUnderlineByWordMask). Subclasses can define custom underlining styles.</param>
/// <param name="lineFragmentRect">The line fragment rectangle containing the glyphs to draw underlining for.</param>
/// <param name="lineFragmentGlyphRange">The range of all glyphs within that line fragment rectangle.</param>
/// <param name="containerOrigin">The origin of the line fragment rectangle’s NSTextContainer, in text view coordinates.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("underlineGlyphRange")]
public virtual void UnderlineGlyphRange(NSRange glyphRange, NSUnderlineStyle underlineType, CGRect lineFragmentRect, NSRange lineFragmentGlyphRange, CGPoint containerOrigin) { }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s text storage object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textStorage")]
public NSTextStorage TextStorage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s text containers. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textContainers")]
public AnyObject[] TextContainers { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// This layout manager’s delegate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("delegate")]
public NSLayoutManagerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates whether noncontiguous layout is enabled or disabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("allowsNonContiguousLayout")]
public bool AllowsNonContiguousLayout { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates whether the layout manager currently has any areas of noncontiguous layout. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("hasNonContiguousLayout")]
public bool HasNonContiguousLayout { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current hyphenation threshold.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("hyphenationFactor")]
public CGFloat HyphenationFactor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether to substitute visible glyphs for control characters in layout.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("showsControlCharacters")]
public bool ShowsControlCharacters { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether to substitute visible glyphs for whitespace and other typically invisible characters in layout.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("showsInvisibleCharacters")]
public bool ShowsInvisibleCharacters { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates whether the receiver uses the leading provided in the font.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("usesFontLeading")]
public bool UsesFontLeading { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number of glyphs in the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("numberOfGlyphs")]
public int NumberOfGlyphs { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The rectangle defining the extra line fragment for the insertion point at the end of a text (either in an empty text or after a final paragraph separator). (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("extraLineFragmentRect")]
public CGRect ExtraLineFragmentRect { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The text container that contains the extra line fragment rectangle. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("extraLineFragmentTextContainer")]
public NSTextContainer ExtraLineFragmentTextContainer { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The rectangle enclosing the insertion point drawn in the extra line fragment rectangle. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("extraLineFragmentUsedRect")]
public CGRect ExtraLineFragmentUsedRect { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Describes the text layout orientation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum NSTextLayoutOrientation
{
/// <summary>
/// Lines rendered horizontally, extending from top to bottom
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Horizontal,
/// <summary>
/// Lines rendered vertically, extending from right to left
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Vertical,
}
/// <summary>
/// Describes glyph properties.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum NSGlyphProperty
{
/// <summary>
/// Null glyph ignored for layout and display.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Null,
/// <summary>
/// Control character such as tab, attachment, and so on, that has associated special behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ControlCharacter,
/// <summary>
/// Glyphs with elastic glyph width behavior such as whitespace.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Elastic,
/// <summary>
/// Glyphs with combining properties, typically characters in Unicode Mn class.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
NonBaseCharacter,
}
/// <summary>
/// Describes actions control characters can cause.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum NSControlCharacterAction
{
/// <summary>
/// Glyphs with this action are filtered out from layout (notShownAttributeForGlyphAtIndex: == YES for the glyph).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ZeroAdvancementAction,
/// <summary>
/// The width for a glyph with this action is determined by the delegate method layoutManager:boundingBoxForControlGlyphAtIndex:forTextContainer:proposedLineFragment:glyphPosition:characterIndex: if the method is implemented; otherwise, same as NSControlCharacterZeroAdvancementAction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
WhitespaceAction,
/// <summary>
/// Treated as a tab character.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
HorizontalTabAction,
/// <summary>
/// Causes a line break.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
LineBreakAction,
/// <summary>
/// Causes a paragraph break; firstLineHeadIndent is used for the following glyph.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ParagraphBreakAction,
/// <summary>
/// Causes container break.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ContainerBreakAction,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSMutableAttributedString.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSMutableAttributedString.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9971789f --- /dev/null +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSMutableAttributedString.cs @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace Foundation
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIKit framework adds methods to NSMutableAttributedString to support replacing the string with contents of an external document and fixing attribute inconsistencies within a character range.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSMutableAttributedString_UIKit_Additions/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSMutableAttributedString"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class NSMutableAttributedString : NSAttributedString//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSMutableCopying, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
public NSMutableAttributedString() { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSMutableParagraphStyle.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSMutableParagraphStyle.cs index 14148969..f105f7ea 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSMutableParagraphStyle.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSMutableParagraphStyle.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The NSMutableParagraphStyle class adds methods to its superclass, NSParagraphStyle, for changing the values of the subattributes in a paragraph style attribute. See the NSParagraphStyle and NSAttributedString specifications for more information.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/Cocoa/Reference/ApplicationKit/Classes/NSMutableParagraphStyle_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSMutableParagraphStyle"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class NSMutableParagraphStyle : NSParagraphStyle//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSMutableCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// The text alignment of the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("alignment")]
public NSTextAlignment Alignment { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The indentation of the first line of the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("firstLineHeadIndent")]
public CGFloat FirstLineHeadIndent { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The indentation of the receiver’s lines other than the first.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("headIndent")]
public CGFloat HeadIndent { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The trailing indentation of the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("tailIndent")]
public CGFloat TailIndent { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The mode that should be used to break lines in the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("lineBreakMode")]
public NSLineBreakMode LineBreakMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s maximum line height.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("maximumLineHeight")]
public CGFloat MaximumLineHeight { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s minimum height.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("minimumLineHeight")]
public CGFloat MinimumLineHeight { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The distance in points between the bottom of one line fragment and the top of the next.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("lineSpacing")]
public CGFloat LineSpacing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The space after the end of the paragraph.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("paragraphSpacing")]
public CGFloat ParagraphSpacing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The distance between the paragraph’s top and the beginning of its text content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("paragraphSpacingBefore")]
public CGFloat ParagraphSpacingBefore { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The base writing direction for the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("baseWritingDirection")]
public NSWritingDirection BaseWritingDirection { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The line height multiple.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("lineHeightMultiple")]
public CGFloat LineHeightMultiple { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Replaces the tab stops in the receiver with tabStops.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("tabStops")]
public AnyObject[] TabStops { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the default tab interval for the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("defaultTabInterval")]
public CGFloat DefaultTabInterval { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The paragraph’s threshold for hyphenation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("hyphenationFactor")]
public float HyphenationFactor { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The NSMutableParagraphStyle class adds methods to its superclass, NSParagraphStyle, for changing the values of the subattributes in a paragraph style attribute. See the NSParagraphStyle and NSAttributedString specifications for more information.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/Cocoa/Reference/ApplicationKit/Classes/NSMutableParagraphStyle_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSMutableParagraphStyle"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class NSMutableParagraphStyle : NSParagraphStyle//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSMutableCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
public NSMutableParagraphStyle() { }
/// <summary>
/// The text alignment of the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("alignment")]
public NSTextAlignment Alignment { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The indentation of the first line of the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("firstLineHeadIndent")]
public CGFloat FirstLineHeadIndent { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The indentation of the receiver’s lines other than the first.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("headIndent")]
public CGFloat HeadIndent { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The trailing indentation of the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("tailIndent")]
public CGFloat TailIndent { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The mode that should be used to break lines in the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("lineBreakMode")]
public NSLineBreakMode LineBreakMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s maximum line height.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("maximumLineHeight")]
public CGFloat MaximumLineHeight { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s minimum height.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("minimumLineHeight")]
public CGFloat MinimumLineHeight { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The distance in points between the bottom of one line fragment and the top of the next.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("lineSpacing")]
public CGFloat LineSpacing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The space after the end of the paragraph.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("paragraphSpacing")]
public CGFloat ParagraphSpacing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The distance between the paragraph’s top and the beginning of its text content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("paragraphSpacingBefore")]
public CGFloat ParagraphSpacingBefore { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The base writing direction for the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("baseWritingDirection")]
public NSWritingDirection BaseWritingDirection { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The line height multiple.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("lineHeightMultiple")]
public CGFloat LineHeightMultiple { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Replaces the tab stops in the receiver with tabStops.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("tabStops")]
public AnyObject[] TabStops { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the default tab interval for the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("defaultTabInterval")]
public CGFloat DefaultTabInterval { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The paragraph’s threshold for hyphenation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("hyphenationFactor")]
public float HyphenationFactor { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSObject.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSObject.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7f5c39a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSObject.cs @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace ObjectiveC
{
/// <summary>
/// NSObject is the root class of most Objective-C class hierarchies. Through NSObject, objects inherit a basic interface to the runtime system and the ability to behave as Objective-C objects.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/Cocoa/Reference/Foundation/Classes/NSObject_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSObject"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class NSObject//: AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public NSObject() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes the class before it receives its first message.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("initialize")]
public virtual static void Initialize() { }
/// <summary>
/// Invoked whenever a class or category is added to the Objective-C runtime; implement this method to perform class-specific behavior upon loading.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("load")]
public virtual static void Load() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a new instance of the receiving class.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("alloc")]
public virtual static Alloc() { return default(); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a new instance of the receiving class.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="zone">This parameter is ignored.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("allocWithZone")]
public virtual static AllocWithZone(COpaquePointer zone) { return default(); }
/// <summary>
/// Implemented by subclasses to initialize a new object (the receiver) immediately after memory for it has been allocated.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public NSObject() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the object returned by copyWithZone:.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("copy")]
public virtual AnyObject Copy() { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the object returned by mutableCopyWithZone: where the zone is nil.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("mutableCopy")]
public virtual AnyObject MutableCopy() { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Allocates a new instance of the receiving class, sends it an init message, and returns the initialized object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public virtual static `new`() { return default(); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the class object for the receiver’s superclass.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("superclass")]
public virtual static AnyClass Superclass() { return default(AnyClass); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiving class is a subclass of, or identical to, a given class.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="aClass">A class object.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("isSubclassOfClass")]
public virtual static bool IsSubclassOfClass(AnyClass aClass) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether instances of the receiver are capable of responding to a given selector.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="aSelector">A selector.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("instancesRespondToSelector")]
public virtual static bool InstancesRespondToSelector(Selector aSelector) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver conforms to a given protocol.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="`aProtocol`"></param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("conformsToProtocol")]
public virtual static bool ConformsToProtocol(Protocol `aProtocol`) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Locates and returns the address of the receiver’s implementation of a method so it can be called as a function.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="aSelector">A selector that identifies the method for which to return the implementation address. The selector must be a valid and non-NULL. If in doubt, use the respondsToSelector: method to check before passing the selector to methodForSelector:.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("methodForSelector")]
public virtual IMP MethodForSelector(Selector aSelector) { return default(IMP); }
/// <summary>
/// Locates and returns the address of the implementation of the instance method identified by a given selector.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="aSelector">A selector that identifies the method for which to return the implementation address. The selector must be non-NULL and valid for the receiver. If in doubt, use the respondsToSelector: method to check before passing the selector to methodForSelector:.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("instanceMethodForSelector")]
public virtual static IMP InstanceMethodForSelector(Selector aSelector) { return default(IMP); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the object to which unrecognized messages should first be directed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="aSelector">A selector for a method that the receiver does not implement.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("forwardingTargetForSelector")]
public virtual AnyObject ForwardingTargetForSelector(Selector aSelector) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Dynamically provides an implementation for a given selector for a class method.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="name">The name of a selector to resolve.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("resolveClassMethod")]
public virtual static bool ResolveClassMethod(Selector name) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Dynamically provides an implementation for a given selector for an instance method.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="name">The name of a selector to resolve.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("resolveInstanceMethod")]
public virtual static bool ResolveInstanceMethod(Selector name) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Handles messages the receiver doesn’t recognize.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="aSelector">A selector that identifies a method not implemented or recognized by the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("doesNotRecognizeSelector")]
public virtual void DoesNotRecognizeSelector(Selector aSelector) { }
/// <summary>
/// The garbage collector invokes this method on the receiver before disposing of the memory it uses.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("finalize")]
public virtual void Finalize() { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSOperation.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSOperation.cs index c056ff14..c5ab8670 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSOperation.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSOperation.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace Foundation
{
/// <summary>
/// The NSOperation class is an abstract class you use to encapsulate the code and data associated with a single task. Because it is abstract, you do not use this class directly but instead subclass or use one of the system-defined subclasses (NSInvocationOperation or NSBlockOperation) to perform the actual task. Despite being abstract, the base implementation of NSOperation does include significant logic to coordinate the safe execution of your task. The presence of this built-in logic allows you to focus on the actual implementation of your task, rather than on the glue code needed to ensure it works correctly with other system objects.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/Cocoa/Reference/NSOperation_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSOperation"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class NSOperation : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Begins the execution of the operation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("start")]
public void Start() { }
/// <summary>
/// Performs the receiver’s non-concurrent task.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("main")]
public void Main() { }
/// <summary>
/// Advises the operation object that it should stop executing its task.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("cancel")]
public void Cancel() { }
/// <summary>
/// Makes the receiver dependent on the completion of the specified operation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="operation">The operation on which the receiver should depend. The same dependency should not be added more than once to the receiver, and the results of doing so are undefined.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("addDependency")]
public void AddDependency(NSOperation operation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes the receiver’s dependence on the specified operation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="operation">The dependent operation to be removed from the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("removeDependency")]
public void RemoveDependency(NSOperation operation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Blocks execution of the current thread until the operation object finishes its task.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("waitUntilFinished")]
public void WaitUntilFinished() { }
/// <summary>
/// The block to execute after the operation’s main task is completed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("completionBlock")]
public Action CompletionBlock { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the operation has been cancelled (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("cancelled")]
public bool Cancelled { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the operation is currently executing. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("executing")]
public bool Executing { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the operation has finished executing its task. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("finished")]
public bool Finished { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the operation executes its task asynchronously. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("concurrent")]
public bool Concurrent { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the operation executes its task asynchronously. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("asynchronous")]
public bool Asynchronous { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the operation can be performed now. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("ready")]
public bool Ready { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The name of the operation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("name")]
public string Name { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of the operation objects that must finish executing before the current object can begin executing. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("dependencies")]
public AnyObject[] Dependencies { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The relative amount of importance for granting system resources to the operation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("qualityOfService")]
public NSQualityOfService QualityOfService { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The thread priority to use when executing the operation
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("threadPriority")]
public Double ThreadPriority { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The execution priority of the operation in an operation queue.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("queuePriority")]
public NSOperationQueuePriority QueuePriority { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// These constants let you prioritize the order in which operations execute.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum NSOperationQueuePriority
{
/// <summary>
/// Operations receive very low priority for execution.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
VeryLow,
/// <summary>
/// Operations receive low priority for execution.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Low,
/// <summary>
/// Operations receive the normal priority for execution.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Normal,
/// <summary>
/// Operations receive high priority for execution.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
High,
/// <summary>
/// Operations receive very high priority for execution.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
VeryHigh,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace Foundation
{
/// <summary>
/// The NSOperation class is an abstract class you use to encapsulate the code and data associated with a single task. Because it is abstract, you do not use this class directly but instead subclass or use one of the system-defined subclasses (NSInvocationOperation or NSBlockOperation) to perform the actual task. Despite being abstract, the base implementation of NSOperation does include significant logic to coordinate the safe execution of your task. The presence of this built-in logic allows you to focus on the actual implementation of your task, rather than on the glue code needed to ensure it works correctly with other system objects.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/Cocoa/Reference/NSOperation_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSOperation"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class NSOperation : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public NSOperation() { }
/// <summary>
/// Begins the execution of the operation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("start")]
public virtual void Start() { }
/// <summary>
/// Performs the receiver’s non-concurrent task.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("main")]
public virtual void Main() { }
/// <summary>
/// Advises the operation object that it should stop executing its task.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("cancel")]
public virtual void Cancel() { }
/// <summary>
/// Makes the receiver dependent on the completion of the specified operation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="operation">The operation on which the receiver should depend. The same dependency should not be added more than once to the receiver, and the results of doing so are undefined.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("addDependency")]
public virtual void AddDependency(NSOperation operation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes the receiver’s dependence on the specified operation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="operation">The dependent operation to be removed from the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("removeDependency")]
public virtual void RemoveDependency(NSOperation operation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Blocks execution of the current thread until the operation object finishes its task.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("waitUntilFinished")]
public virtual void WaitUntilFinished() { }
/// <summary>
/// The block to execute after the operation’s main task is completed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("completionBlock")]
public Optional<Action> CompletionBlock { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the operation has been cancelled (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("cancelled")]
public bool Cancelled { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the operation is currently executing. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("executing")]
public bool Executing { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the operation has finished executing its task. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("finished")]
public bool Finished { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the operation executes its task asynchronously. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("concurrent")]
public bool Concurrent { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the operation executes its task asynchronously. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("asynchronous")]
public bool Asynchronous { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the operation can be performed now. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("ready")]
public bool Ready { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The name of the operation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("name")]
public string Name { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of the operation objects that must finish executing before the current object can begin executing. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("dependencies")]
public AnyObject[] Dependencies { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The relative amount of importance for granting system resources to the operation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("qualityOfService")]
public NSQualityOfService QualityOfService { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The thread priority to use when executing the operation
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("threadPriority")]
public Double ThreadPriority { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The execution priority of the operation in an operation queue.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("queuePriority")]
public NSOperationQueuePriority QueuePriority { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// These constants let you prioritize the order in which operations execute.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum NSOperationQueuePriority
{
/// <summary>
/// Operations receive very low priority for execution.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
VeryLow,
/// <summary>
/// Operations receive low priority for execution.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Low,
/// <summary>
/// Operations receive the normal priority for execution.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Normal,
/// <summary>
/// Operations receive high priority for execution.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
High,
/// <summary>
/// Operations receive very high priority for execution.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
VeryHigh,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSParagraphStyle.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSParagraphStyle.cs index ef36f8e0..cbe47991 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSParagraphStyle.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSParagraphStyle.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The NSParagraphStyle class and its subclass NSMutableParagraphStyle encapsulate the paragraph or ruler attributes used by the NSAttributedString classes. Instances of these classes are often referred to as paragraph style objects or, when no confusion will result, paragraph styles.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/Cocoa/Reference/ApplicationKit/Classes/NSParagraphStyle_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSParagraphStyle"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class NSParagraphStyle : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSMutableCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns the default paragraph style.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("defaultParagraphStyle")]
public static NSParagraphStyle DefaultParagraphStyle() { return default(NSParagraphStyle); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the default writing direction for the specified language.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="languageName">The language specified in ISO language region format. Can be nil to return a default writing direction derived from the user’s defaults database.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("defaultWritingDirectionForLanguage")]
public static NSWritingDirection DefaultWritingDirectionForLanguage(string languageName) { return default(NSWritingDirection); }
/// <summary>
/// The text alignment of the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("alignment")]
public NSTextAlignment Alignment { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The indentation of the first line of the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("firstLineHeadIndent")]
public CGFloat FirstLineHeadIndent { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The indentation of the receiver’s lines other than the first. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("headIndent")]
public CGFloat HeadIndent { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The trailing indentation of the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("tailIndent")]
public CGFloat TailIndent { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The line height multiple. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("lineHeightMultiple")]
public CGFloat LineHeightMultiple { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s maximum line height. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("maximumLineHeight")]
public CGFloat MaximumLineHeight { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s minimum height. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("minimumLineHeight")]
public CGFloat MinimumLineHeight { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The distance in points between the bottom of one line fragment and the top of the next. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("lineSpacing")]
public CGFloat LineSpacing { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The space after the end of the paragraph. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("paragraphSpacing")]
public CGFloat ParagraphSpacing { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The distance between the paragraph’s top and the beginning of its text content. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("paragraphSpacingBefore")]
public CGFloat ParagraphSpacingBefore { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the receiver’s tab stops.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("tabStops")]
public AnyObject[] TabStops { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the document-wide default tab interval.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("defaultTabInterval")]
public CGFloat DefaultTabInterval { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The mode that should be used to break lines in the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("lineBreakMode")]
public NSLineBreakMode LineBreakMode { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The paragraph’s threshold for hyphenation. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("hyphenationFactor")]
public float HyphenationFactor { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The base writing direction for the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("baseWritingDirection")]
public NSWritingDirection BaseWritingDirection { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// These constants specify what happens when a line is too long for its container.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum NSLineBreakMode
{
/// <summary>
/// Wrapping occurs at word boundaries, unless the word itself doesn’t fit on a single line. See Characters and Grapheme Clusters in String Programming Guide for a discussion of issues related to determining word boundaries.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
ByWordWrapping,
/// <summary>
/// Wrapping occurs before the first character that doesn’t fit.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
ByCharWrapping,
/// <summary>
/// Lines are simply not drawn past the edge of the text container.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
ByClipping,
/// <summary>
/// The line is displayed so that the end fits in the container and the missing text at the beginning of the line is indicated by an ellipsis glyph. Although this mode works for multiline text, it is more often used for single line text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
ByTruncatingHead,
/// <summary>
/// The line is displayed so that the beginning fits in the container and the missing text at the end of the line is indicated by an ellipsis glyph. Although this mode works for multiline text, it is more often used for single line text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
ByTruncatingTail,
/// <summary>
/// The line is displayed so that the beginning and end fit in the container and the missing text in the middle is indicated by an ellipsis glyph. Although this mode works for multiline text, it is more often used for single line text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
ByTruncatingMiddle,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The NSParagraphStyle class and its subclass NSMutableParagraphStyle encapsulate the paragraph or ruler attributes used by the NSAttributedString classes. Instances of these classes are often referred to as paragraph style objects or, when no confusion will result, paragraph styles.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/Cocoa/Reference/ApplicationKit/Classes/NSParagraphStyle_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSParagraphStyle"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class NSParagraphStyle : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSMutableCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
public NSParagraphStyle() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the default paragraph style.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("defaultParagraphStyle")]
public virtual static NSParagraphStyle DefaultParagraphStyle() { return default(NSParagraphStyle); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the default writing direction for the specified language.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="languageName">The language specified in ISO language region format. Can be nil to return a default writing direction derived from the user’s defaults database.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("defaultWritingDirectionForLanguage")]
public virtual static NSWritingDirection DefaultWritingDirectionForLanguage(string languageName) { return default(NSWritingDirection); }
/// <summary>
/// The text alignment of the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("alignment")]
public NSTextAlignment Alignment { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The indentation of the first line of the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("firstLineHeadIndent")]
public CGFloat FirstLineHeadIndent { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The indentation of the receiver’s lines other than the first. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("headIndent")]
public CGFloat HeadIndent { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The trailing indentation of the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("tailIndent")]
public CGFloat TailIndent { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The line height multiple. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("lineHeightMultiple")]
public CGFloat LineHeightMultiple { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s maximum line height. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("maximumLineHeight")]
public CGFloat MaximumLineHeight { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s minimum height. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("minimumLineHeight")]
public CGFloat MinimumLineHeight { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The distance in points between the bottom of one line fragment and the top of the next. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("lineSpacing")]
public CGFloat LineSpacing { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The space after the end of the paragraph. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("paragraphSpacing")]
public CGFloat ParagraphSpacing { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The distance between the paragraph’s top and the beginning of its text content. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("paragraphSpacingBefore")]
public CGFloat ParagraphSpacingBefore { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the receiver’s tab stops.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("tabStops")]
public AnyObject[] TabStops { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the document-wide default tab interval.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("defaultTabInterval")]
public CGFloat DefaultTabInterval { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The mode that should be used to break lines in the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("lineBreakMode")]
public NSLineBreakMode LineBreakMode { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The paragraph’s threshold for hyphenation. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("hyphenationFactor")]
public float HyphenationFactor { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The base writing direction for the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("baseWritingDirection")]
public NSWritingDirection BaseWritingDirection { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// These constants specify what happens when a line is too long for its container.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum NSLineBreakMode
{
/// <summary>
/// Wrapping occurs at word boundaries, unless the word itself doesn’t fit on a single line. See Characters and Grapheme Clusters in String Programming Guide for a discussion of issues related to determining word boundaries.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
ByWordWrapping,
/// <summary>
/// Wrapping occurs before the first character that doesn’t fit.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
ByCharWrapping,
/// <summary>
/// Lines are simply not drawn past the edge of the text container.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
ByClipping,
/// <summary>
/// The line is displayed so that the end fits in the container and the missing text at the beginning of the line is indicated by an ellipsis glyph. Although this mode works for multiline text, it is more often used for single line text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
ByTruncatingHead,
/// <summary>
/// The line is displayed so that the beginning fits in the container and the missing text at the end of the line is indicated by an ellipsis glyph. Although this mode works for multiline text, it is more often used for single line text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
ByTruncatingTail,
/// <summary>
/// The line is displayed so that the beginning and end fit in the container and the missing text in the middle is indicated by an ellipsis glyph. Although this mode works for multiline text, it is more often used for single line text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
ByTruncatingMiddle,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSShadow.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSShadow.cs index 67b4e273..778f42e2 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSShadow.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSShadow.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An NSShadow object encapsulates the attributes used to create a drop shadow during drawing operations.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/Cocoa/Reference/ApplicationKit/Classes/NSShadow_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSShadow"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class NSShadow : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// The offset values of the shadow.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shadowOffset")]
public CGSize ShadowOffset { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The blur radius of the shadow.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shadowBlurRadius")]
public CGFloat ShadowBlurRadius { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color of the shadow.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shadowColor")]
public AnyObject ShadowColor { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An NSShadow object encapsulates the attributes used to create a drop shadow during drawing operations.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/Cocoa/Reference/ApplicationKit/Classes/NSShadow_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSShadow"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class NSShadow : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
public NSShadow() { }
/// <summary>
/// The offset values of the shadow.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shadowOffset")]
public CGSize ShadowOffset { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The blur radius of the shadow.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shadowBlurRadius")]
public CGFloat ShadowBlurRadius { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color of the shadow.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shadowColor")]
public AnyObject ShadowColor { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSStringDrawingContext.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSStringDrawingContext.cs index 9166a5f4..65d0d972 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSStringDrawingContext.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSStringDrawingContext.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The NSStringDrawingContext class manages metrics used when drawing attributed strings. Prior to drawing, you can create an instance of this class and use it to specify the minimum scale factor and tracking adjustments for a string. After drawing, you can retrieve the actual values that were used during drawing.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSStringDrawingContext_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSStringDrawingContext"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class NSStringDrawingContext : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// The scale factor that determines the smallest font size to use during drawing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("minimumScaleFactor")]
public CGFloat MinimumScaleFactor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The actual scale factor that was applied to the font during drawing. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("actualScaleFactor")]
public CGFloat ActualScaleFactor { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The bounding rectangle that was last used when drawing the string. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("totalBounds")]
public CGRect TotalBounds { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The NSStringDrawingContext class manages metrics used when drawing attributed strings. Prior to drawing, you can create an instance of this class and use it to specify the minimum scale factor and tracking adjustments for a string. After drawing, you can retrieve the actual values that were used during drawing.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSStringDrawingContext_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSStringDrawingContext"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class NSStringDrawingContext : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public NSStringDrawingContext() { }
/// <summary>
/// The scale factor that determines the smallest font size to use during drawing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("minimumScaleFactor")]
public CGFloat MinimumScaleFactor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The actual scale factor that was applied to the font during drawing. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("actualScaleFactor")]
public CGFloat ActualScaleFactor { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The bounding rectangle that was last used when drawing the string. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("totalBounds")]
public CGRect TotalBounds { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSTextAttachment.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSTextAttachment.cs index c863a869..e864b335 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSTextAttachment.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSTextAttachment.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// NSTextAttachment objects are used by the NSAttributedString class cluster as the values for attachment attributes (stored in the attributed string under the key named NSAttachmentAttributeName). The objects you create with this class are referred to as text attachment objects, or when no confusion will result, as text attachments or merely attachments.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSTextAttachment_Class_TextKit/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSTextAttachment"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class NSTextAttachment : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, NSTextAttachmentContainer
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a new NSTextAttachment object with the given data.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="data">Data to use for the text attachment contents. Can be nil.</param>
/// <param name="ofType">A uniform type identifier specifying the data type of the attachment contents. Can be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public NSTextAttachment(NSData data, string ofType) { }
/// <summary>
/// Defines the layout bounds of the receiver's graphical representation in the text coordinate system.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("bounds")]
public CGRect Bounds { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Defines the contents for the text attachment.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("contents")]
public NSData Contents { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Defines the file type of the contents for the text attachment.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fileType")]
public string FileType { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Image representing the text attachment contents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("image")]
public UIImage Image { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// File wrapper associated with the text attachment.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fileWrapper")]
public NSFileWrapper FileWrapper { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// This character is used to denote an attachment.
/// </summary>
public int NSAttachmentCharacter { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// NSTextAttachment objects are used by the NSAttributedString class cluster as the values for attachment attributes (stored in the attributed string under the key named NSAttachmentAttributeName). The objects you create with this class are referred to as text attachment objects, or when no confusion will result, as text attachments or merely attachments.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSTextAttachment_Class_TextKit/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSTextAttachment"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class NSTextAttachment : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, NSTextAttachmentContainer
{
public NSTextAttachment() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a new NSTextAttachment object with the given data.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="data">Data to use for the text attachment contents. Can be nil.</param>
/// <param name="ofType">A uniform type identifier specifying the data type of the attachment contents. Can be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public NSTextAttachment(NSData data, string ofType) { }
/// <summary>
/// Defines the layout bounds of the receiver's graphical representation in the text coordinate system.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("bounds")]
public CGRect Bounds { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Defines the contents for the text attachment.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("contents")]
public NSData Contents { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Defines the file type of the contents for the text attachment.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fileType")]
public string FileType { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Image representing the text attachment contents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("image")]
public UIImage Image { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// File wrapper associated with the text attachment.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fileWrapper")]
public NSFileWrapper FileWrapper { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// This character is used to denote an attachment.
/// </summary>
public int NSAttachmentCharacter { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSTextContainer.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSTextContainer.cs index fc14eea7..8aebd73f 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSTextContainer.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSTextContainer.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The NSTextContainer class defines a region in which text is laid out. An NSLayoutManager object uses one or more NSTextContainer objects to determine where to break lines, lay out portions of text, and so on. An NSTextContainer object defines rectangular regions, and you can define exclusion paths inside the text container's bounding rectangle so that text flows around the exclusion path as it is laid out. You can create subclasses that define regions of nonrectangular shapes, such as circular regions.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSTextContainer_Class_TextKit/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSTextContainer"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class NSTextContainer : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, NSTextLayoutOrientationProvider
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a text container with a specified bounding rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="size">The size of the text container's bounding rectangle.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public NSTextContainer(CGSize size) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the bounds of a line fragment rectangle inside the receiver for the proposed rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="proposedRect">A rectangle in which to lay out text proposed by the layout manager.</param>
/// <param name="atIndex">The character location inside the text storage for the line fragment being processed.</param>
/// <param name="writingDirection">The direction of advancement for line fragments inside a visual horizontal line. The values passed into the method are either NSWritingDirectionLeftToRight or NSWritingDirectionRightToLeft.</param>
/// <param name="remainingRect">The remainder of the proposed rectangle that was excluded from returned rectangle. It can be passed in as the proposed rectangle for the next iteration.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("lineFragmentRectForProposedRect")]
public CGRect LineFragmentRectForProposedRect(CGRect proposedRect, int atIndex, NSWritingDirection writingDirection, UnsafePointer<CGRect> remainingRect) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Accessor for the NSLayoutManager object owning the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("layoutManager")]
public NSLayoutManager LayoutManager { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of UIBezierPath objects representing the exclusion paths inside the receiver's bounding rectangle. Default value: nil.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("exclusionPaths")]
public AnyObject[] ExclusionPaths { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Controls the size of the receiver’s bounding rectangle. Default value: CGSizeZero.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("size")]
public CGSize Size { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Defines the behavior of the last line inside the text container. Default value: NSLineBreakByWordWrapping.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("lineBreakMode")]
public NSLineBreakMode LineBreakMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Controls whether the receiver adjusts the height of its bounding rectangle when its text view is resized. Default value: false.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("heightTracksTextView")]
public bool HeightTracksTextView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Controls whether the receiver adjusts the width of its bounding rectangle when its text view is resized. Default value: false.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("widthTracksTextView")]
public bool WidthTracksTextView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The maximum number of lines that can be stored in the receiver. Default value: 0 (no limit).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("maximumNumberOfLines")]
public int MaximumNumberOfLines { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The amount by which text is inset within line fragment rectangles, in points. Default value: 5.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("lineFragmentPadding")]
public CGFloat LineFragmentPadding { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The NSTextContainer class defines a region in which text is laid out. An NSLayoutManager object uses one or more NSTextContainer objects to determine where to break lines, lay out portions of text, and so on. An NSTextContainer object defines rectangular regions, and you can define exclusion paths inside the text container's bounding rectangle so that text flows around the exclusion path as it is laid out. You can create subclasses that define regions of nonrectangular shapes, such as circular regions.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSTextContainer_Class_TextKit/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSTextContainer"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class NSTextContainer : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, NSTextLayoutOrientationProvider
{
public NSTextContainer() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a text container with a specified bounding rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="size">The size of the text container's bounding rectangle.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public NSTextContainer(CGSize size) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the bounds of a line fragment rectangle inside the receiver for the proposed rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="proposedRect">A rectangle in which to lay out text proposed by the layout manager.</param>
/// <param name="atIndex">The character location inside the text storage for the line fragment being processed.</param>
/// <param name="writingDirection">The direction of advancement for line fragments inside a visual horizontal line. The values passed into the method are either NSWritingDirectionLeftToRight or NSWritingDirectionRightToLeft.</param>
/// <param name="remainingRect">The remainder of the proposed rectangle that was excluded from returned rectangle. It can be passed in as the proposed rectangle for the next iteration.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("lineFragmentRectForProposedRect")]
public virtual CGRect LineFragmentRectForProposedRect(CGRect proposedRect, int atIndex, NSWritingDirection writingDirection, UnsafeMutablePointer<CGRect> remainingRect) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Accessor for the NSLayoutManager object owning the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("layoutManager")]
public NSLayoutManager LayoutManager { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of UIBezierPath objects representing the exclusion paths inside the receiver's bounding rectangle. Default value: nil.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("exclusionPaths")]
public AnyObject[] ExclusionPaths { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Controls the size of the receiver’s bounding rectangle. Default value: CGSizeZero.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("size")]
public CGSize Size { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Defines the behavior of the last line inside the text container. Default value: NSLineBreakByWordWrapping.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("lineBreakMode")]
public NSLineBreakMode LineBreakMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Controls whether the receiver adjusts the height of its bounding rectangle when its text view is resized. Default value: false.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("heightTracksTextView")]
public bool HeightTracksTextView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Controls whether the receiver adjusts the width of its bounding rectangle when its text view is resized. Default value: false.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("widthTracksTextView")]
public bool WidthTracksTextView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The maximum number of lines that can be stored in the receiver. Default value: 0 (no limit).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("maximumNumberOfLines")]
public int MaximumNumberOfLines { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The amount by which text is inset within line fragment rectangles, in points. Default value: 5.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("lineFragmentPadding")]
public CGFloat LineFragmentPadding { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSTextStorage.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSTextStorage.cs index 968b0417..8fe4cbd0 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSTextStorage.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSTextStorage.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// NSTextStorage is a semiconcrete subclass of NSMutableAttributedString that manages a set of client NSLayoutManager objects, notifying them of any changes to its characters or attributes so that they can relay and redisplay the text as needed. NSTextStorage defines the fundamental storage mechanism of the Text Kit’s extended text-handling system.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSTextStorage_Class_TextKit/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSTextStorage"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class NSTextStorage : NSMutableAttributedString//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSMutableCopying, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
/// <summary>
/// Notifies and records a recent change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="editedMask">The edit action performed.</param>
/// <param name="range">The range in the original string (before the edit).</param>
/// <param name="changeInLength">The length delta for the editing changes.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("edited")]
public void Edited(NSTextStorageEditActions editedMask, NSRange range, int changeInLength) { }
/// <summary>
/// Ensures that attributes are fixed in the given range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">The range of characters whose attributes might be examined.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("ensureAttributesAreFixedInRange")]
public void EnsureAttributesAreFixedInRange(NSRange range) { }
/// <summary>
/// Invalidates attributes in the specified range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">The range of characters whose attributes should be invalidated.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidateAttributesInRange")]
public void InvalidateAttributesInRange(NSRange range) { }
/// <summary>
/// Triggers post-editing operations.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("processEditing")]
public void ProcessEditing() { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a layout manager to the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="aLayoutManager">The layout manager added to the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addLayoutManager")]
public void AddLayoutManager(NSLayoutManager aLayoutManager) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes a layout manager from the receiver’s set of layout managers.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="aLayoutManager">The layout manager to remove.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeLayoutManager")]
public void RemoveLayoutManager(NSLayoutManager aLayoutManager) { }
/// <summary>
/// The text storage delegate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("delegate")]
public NSTextStorageDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The kinds of edits pending for the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("editedMask")]
public NSTextStorageEditActions EditedMask { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The length delta for the pending changes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("changeInLength")]
public int ChangeInLength { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The range of the receiver to which pending changes have been made, whether of characters or of attributes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("editedRange")]
public NSRange EditedRange { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates whether the receiver fixes attributes lazily. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fixesAttributesLazily")]
public bool FixesAttributesLazily { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s layout managers. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("layoutManagers")]
public AnyObject[] LayoutManagers { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// These constants are used in edited:range:changeInLength:.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum NSTextStorageEditActions
{
/// <summary>
/// Attributes were added, removed, or changed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
EditedAttributes,
/// <summary>
/// Characters were added, removed, or replaced.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
EditedCharacters,
}
/// <summary>
/// Observers other than the delegate shouldn’t make further changes to the text storage. The notification object is the text storage object that processed the edits. This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class NSTextStorageDidProcessEditingNotification : NSNotification
{
public NSTextStorageDidProcessEditingNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// Observers other than the delegate shouldn’t make further changes to the text storage. The notification object is the text storage object that is about to process the edits. This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class NSTextStorageWillProcessEditingNotification : NSNotification
{
public NSTextStorageWillProcessEditingNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// NSTextStorage is a semiconcrete subclass of NSMutableAttributedString that manages a set of client NSLayoutManager objects, notifying them of any changes to its characters or attributes so that they can relay and redisplay the text as needed. NSTextStorage defines the fundamental storage mechanism of the Text Kit’s extended text-handling system.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSTextStorage_Class_TextKit/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSTextStorage"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class NSTextStorage : NSMutableAttributedString//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSMutableCopying, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
public NSTextStorage() { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies and records a recent change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="editedMask">The edit action performed.</param>
/// <param name="range">The range in the original string (before the edit).</param>
/// <param name="changeInLength">The length delta for the editing changes.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("edited")]
public virtual void Edited(NSTextStorageEditActions editedMask, NSRange range, int changeInLength) { }
/// <summary>
/// Ensures that attributes are fixed in the given range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">The range of characters whose attributes might be examined.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("ensureAttributesAreFixedInRange")]
public virtual void EnsureAttributesAreFixedInRange(NSRange range) { }
/// <summary>
/// Invalidates attributes in the specified range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">The range of characters whose attributes should be invalidated.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidateAttributesInRange")]
public virtual void InvalidateAttributesInRange(NSRange range) { }
/// <summary>
/// Triggers post-editing operations.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("processEditing")]
public virtual void ProcessEditing() { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a layout manager to the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="aLayoutManager">The layout manager added to the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addLayoutManager")]
public virtual void AddLayoutManager(NSLayoutManager aLayoutManager) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes a layout manager from the receiver’s set of layout managers.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="aLayoutManager">The layout manager to remove.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeLayoutManager")]
public virtual void RemoveLayoutManager(NSLayoutManager aLayoutManager) { }
/// <summary>
/// The text storage delegate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("delegate")]
public NSTextStorageDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The kinds of edits pending for the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("editedMask")]
public NSTextStorageEditActions EditedMask { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The length delta for the pending changes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("changeInLength")]
public int ChangeInLength { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The range of the receiver to which pending changes have been made, whether of characters or of attributes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("editedRange")]
public NSRange EditedRange { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates whether the receiver fixes attributes lazily. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fixesAttributesLazily")]
public bool FixesAttributesLazily { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s layout managers. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("layoutManagers")]
public AnyObject[] LayoutManagers { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// These constants are used in edited:range:changeInLength:.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum NSTextStorageEditActions
{
/// <summary>
/// Attributes were added, removed, or changed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
EditedAttributes,
/// <summary>
/// Characters were added, removed, or replaced.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
EditedCharacters,
}
/// <summary>
/// Observers other than the delegate shouldn’t make further changes to the text storage. The notification object is the text storage object that processed the edits. This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class NSTextStorageDidProcessEditingNotification : NSNotification
{
public NSTextStorageDidProcessEditingNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// Observers other than the delegate shouldn’t make further changes to the text storage. The notification object is the text storage object that is about to process the edits. This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class NSTextStorageWillProcessEditingNotification : NSNotification
{
public NSTextStorageWillProcessEditingNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSTextTab.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSTextTab.cs index 19e62db8..16577f19 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSTextTab.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/NSTextTab.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An NSTextTab object represents a tab in an NSParagraphStyle object, storing an alignment type and location. NSTextTab objects are used with Text Kit.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSTextTab_Class_TextKit/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSTextTab"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class NSTextTab : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a text tab with the text alignment, location, and options.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textAlignment"></param>
/// <param name="location"></param>
/// <param name="options"></param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public NSTextTab(NSTextAlignment textAlignment, CGFloat location, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> options) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the column terminators for the given locale.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="aLocale"></param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("columnTerminatorsForLocale")]
public static NSCharacterSet ColumnTerminatorsForLocale(NSLocale aLocale) { return default(NSCharacterSet); }
/// <summary>
/// The dictionary of optional configuration attributes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("options")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> Options { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The location of the tab stop inside the line fragment rectangle coordinate system.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("location")]
public CGFloat Location { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The aligment of tab column contents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("alignment")]
public NSTextAlignment Alignment { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An NSTextTab object represents a tab in an NSParagraphStyle object, storing an alignment type and location. NSTextTab objects are used with Text Kit.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSTextTab_Class_TextKit/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/NSTextTab"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class NSTextTab : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
public NSTextTab() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a text tab with the text alignment, location, and options.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textAlignment"></param>
/// <param name="location"></param>
/// <param name="options"></param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public NSTextTab(NSTextAlignment textAlignment, CGFloat location, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> options) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the column terminators for the given locale.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="aLocale"></param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("columnTerminatorsForLocale")]
public virtual static NSCharacterSet ColumnTerminatorsForLocale(NSLocale aLocale) { return default(NSCharacterSet); }
/// <summary>
/// The dictionary of optional configuration attributes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("options")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> Options { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The location of the tab stop inside the line fragment rectangle coordinate system.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("location")]
public CGFloat Location { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The aligment of tab column contents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("alignment")]
public NSTextAlignment Alignment { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/NSLayoutManagerDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/NSLayoutManagerDelegate.cs index 6c335712..4d3ec9f8 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/NSLayoutManagerDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/NSLayoutManagerDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The NSLayoutManagerDelegate protocol defines the optional methods implemented by delegates of NSLayoutManager objects.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSLayoutManagerDelegate_Protocol_TextKit/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/NSLayoutManagerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface NSLayoutManagerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Sent while determining the hyphenation point.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutManager">The layout manager doing the layout.</param>
/// <param name="shouldBreakLineByHyphenatingBeforeCharacterAtIndex">Index of the character delimiting the hyphenation point search.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("layoutManager")]
bool LayoutManager(NSLayoutManager layoutManager, int shouldBreakLineByHyphenatingBeforeCharacterAtIndex);
/// <summary>
/// Sent while determining the soft line break point.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutManager">The layout manager doing the layout.</param>
/// <param name="shouldBreakLineByWordBeforeCharacterAtIndex">Index of the character delimiting the break point search.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("layoutManager")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool LayoutManager(NSLayoutManager layoutManager, int shouldBreakLineByWordBeforeCharacterAtIndex, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the spacing after the line ending with the given glyph index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutManager">The layout manager doing the layout.</param>
/// <param name="lineSpacingAfterGlyphAtIndex">The index of the glyph at the end of the line.</param>
/// <param name="withProposedLineFragmentRect">The proposed line fragment rectangle for the current line.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("layoutManager")]
CGFloat LayoutManager(NSLayoutManager layoutManager, int lineSpacingAfterGlyphAtIndex, CGRect withProposedLineFragmentRect);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the paragraph spacing after the line ending with the given glyph index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutManager">The layout manager doing the layout.</param>
/// <param name="paragraphSpacingAfterGlyphAtIndex">The index of the glyph at the end of the line.</param>
/// <param name="withProposedLineFragmentRect">The proposed line fragment rectangle for the current line.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("layoutManager")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGFloat LayoutManager(NSLayoutManager layoutManager, int paragraphSpacingAfterGlyphAtIndex, CGRect withProposedLineFragmentRect, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the paragraph spacing before the line starting with the given glyph index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutManager">The layout manager doing the layout.</param>
/// <param name="paragraphSpacingBeforeGlyphAtIndex">The index of the glyph at the beginning of the line.</param>
/// <param name="withProposedLineFragmentRect">The proposed line fragment rectangle for the current line.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("layoutManager")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGFloat LayoutManager(NSLayoutManager layoutManager, int paragraphSpacingBeforeGlyphAtIndex, CGRect withProposedLineFragmentRect, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the bounding rectangle for the specified control glyph with the specified parameters.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutManager">The layout manager doing the layout.</param>
/// <param name="boundingBoxForControlGlyphAtIndex">The index of the control glyph in question.</param>
/// <param name="forTextContainer">The text container to use to calculate the position.</param>
/// <param name="proposedLineFragment">The proposed line fragment rectangle.</param>
/// <param name="glyphPosition">The position of the glyph in textContainer.</param>
/// <param name="characterIndex">The character index in textContainer.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("layoutManager")]
CGRect LayoutManager(NSLayoutManager layoutManager, int boundingBoxForControlGlyphAtIndex, NSTextContainer forTextContainer, CGRect proposedLineFragment, CGPoint glyphPosition, int characterIndex);
/// <summary>
/// Informs the delegate that the given layout manager has finished laying out text in the given text container.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutManager">The layout manager doing the layout.</param>
/// <param name="didCompleteLayoutForTextContainer">The text container in which layout is complete. If nil, if there aren’t enough containers to hold all the text; the delegate can use this information as a cue to add another text container.</param>
/// <param name="atEnd">If true, layoutManager is finished laying out its text—this also means that textContainer is the final text container used by the layout manager. Delegates can use this information to show an indicator or background or to enable or disable a button that forces immediate layout of text.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("layoutManager")]
void LayoutManager(NSLayoutManager layoutManager, NSTextContainer didCompleteLayoutForTextContainer, bool atEnd);
/// <summary>
/// Sent right before the layout manager invalidates layout due to the text container changing geometry.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutManager">The layout manager invalidating layout.</param>
/// <param name="textContainer">The text container that changed geometry.</param>
/// <param name="didChangeGeometryFromSize">The size of the text container before it changed geometry.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("layoutManager")]
void LayoutManager(NSLayoutManager layoutManager, NSTextContainer textContainer, CGSize didChangeGeometryFromSize);
/// <summary>
/// Enables customizing the initial glyph generation process.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutManager">The layout manager doing the layout.</param>
/// <param name="shouldGenerateGlyphs">A pointer to the layout manager's glyph cache.</param>
/// <param name="properties">A pointer to a buffer containing glyph properties for the glyphs in the cache.</param>
/// <param name="characterIndexes">A pointer to the starting index for the characters in the text storage for which glyphs are generated.</param>
/// <param name="font">A font to override the font attributes in the text storage for the specified character range.</param>
/// <param name="forGlyphRange">The range of glyphs in the glyph cache to set.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("layoutManager")]
int LayoutManager(NSLayoutManager layoutManager, ConstUnsafePointer<CGGlyph> shouldGenerateGlyphs, ConstUnsafePointer<NSGlyphProperty> properties, ConstUnsafePointer<int> characterIndexes, UIFont font, NSRange forGlyphRange);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the control character action for the control character at the given character index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutManager">The layout manager doing the layout.</param>
/// <param name="shouldUseAction">The proposed control character action for the character at the given index. Possible values are enumerated by NSControlCharacterAction.</param>
/// <param name="forControlCharacterAtIndex">The index of the control character for which the action is proposed.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("layoutManager")]
NSControlCharacterAction LayoutManager(NSLayoutManager layoutManager, NSControlCharacterAction shouldUseAction, int forControlCharacterAtIndex);
/// <summary>
/// Informs the delegate that the given layout manager has invalidated layout information (not glyph information).
/// </summary>
/// <param name="sender">The layout manager that invalidated layout.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("layoutManagerDidInvalidateLayout")]
void LayoutManagerDidInvalidateLayout(NSLayoutManager sender);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The NSLayoutManagerDelegate protocol defines the optional methods implemented by delegates of NSLayoutManager objects.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSLayoutManagerDelegate_Protocol_TextKit/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/NSLayoutManagerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface NSLayoutManagerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Sent while determining the hyphenation point.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutManager">The layout manager doing the layout.</param>
/// <param name="shouldBreakLineByHyphenatingBeforeCharacterAtIndex">Index of the character delimiting the hyphenation point search.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("layoutManager")]
//[Optional]
bool LayoutManager(NSLayoutManager layoutManager, int shouldBreakLineByHyphenatingBeforeCharacterAtIndex);
/// <summary>
/// Sent while determining the soft line break point.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutManager">The layout manager doing the layout.</param>
/// <param name="shouldBreakLineByWordBeforeCharacterAtIndex">Index of the character delimiting the break point search.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("layoutManager")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool LayoutManager(NSLayoutManager layoutManager, int shouldBreakLineByWordBeforeCharacterAtIndex, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the spacing after the line ending with the given glyph index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutManager">The layout manager doing the layout.</param>
/// <param name="lineSpacingAfterGlyphAtIndex">The index of the glyph at the end of the line.</param>
/// <param name="withProposedLineFragmentRect">The proposed line fragment rectangle for the current line.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("layoutManager")]
//[Optional]
CGFloat LayoutManager(NSLayoutManager layoutManager, int lineSpacingAfterGlyphAtIndex, CGRect withProposedLineFragmentRect);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the paragraph spacing after the line ending with the given glyph index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutManager">The layout manager doing the layout.</param>
/// <param name="paragraphSpacingAfterGlyphAtIndex">The index of the glyph at the end of the line.</param>
/// <param name="withProposedLineFragmentRect">The proposed line fragment rectangle for the current line.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("layoutManager")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGFloat LayoutManager(NSLayoutManager layoutManager, int paragraphSpacingAfterGlyphAtIndex, CGRect withProposedLineFragmentRect, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the paragraph spacing before the line starting with the given glyph index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutManager">The layout manager doing the layout.</param>
/// <param name="paragraphSpacingBeforeGlyphAtIndex">The index of the glyph at the beginning of the line.</param>
/// <param name="withProposedLineFragmentRect">The proposed line fragment rectangle for the current line.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("layoutManager")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGFloat LayoutManager(NSLayoutManager layoutManager, int paragraphSpacingBeforeGlyphAtIndex, CGRect withProposedLineFragmentRect, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the bounding rectangle for the specified control glyph with the specified parameters.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutManager">The layout manager doing the layout.</param>
/// <param name="boundingBoxForControlGlyphAtIndex">The index of the control glyph in question.</param>
/// <param name="forTextContainer">The text container to use to calculate the position.</param>
/// <param name="proposedLineFragment">The proposed line fragment rectangle.</param>
/// <param name="glyphPosition">The position of the glyph in textContainer.</param>
/// <param name="characterIndex">The character index in textContainer.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("layoutManager")]
//[Optional]
CGRect LayoutManager(NSLayoutManager layoutManager, int boundingBoxForControlGlyphAtIndex, NSTextContainer forTextContainer, CGRect proposedLineFragment, CGPoint glyphPosition, int characterIndex);
/// <summary>
/// Informs the delegate that the given layout manager has finished laying out text in the given text container.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutManager">The layout manager doing the layout.</param>
/// <param name="didCompleteLayoutForTextContainer">The text container in which layout is complete. If nil, if there aren’t enough containers to hold all the text; the delegate can use this information as a cue to add another text container.</param>
/// <param name="atEnd">If true, layoutManager is finished laying out its text—this also means that textContainer is the final text container used by the layout manager. Delegates can use this information to show an indicator or background or to enable or disable a button that forces immediate layout of text.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("layoutManager")]
//[Optional]
void LayoutManager(NSLayoutManager layoutManager, NSTextContainer didCompleteLayoutForTextContainer, bool atEnd);
/// <summary>
/// Sent right before the layout manager invalidates layout due to the text container changing geometry.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutManager">The layout manager invalidating layout.</param>
/// <param name="textContainer">The text container that changed geometry.</param>
/// <param name="didChangeGeometryFromSize">The size of the text container before it changed geometry.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("layoutManager")]
//[Optional]
void LayoutManager(NSLayoutManager layoutManager, NSTextContainer textContainer, CGSize didChangeGeometryFromSize);
/// <summary>
/// Enables customizing the initial glyph generation process.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutManager">The layout manager doing the layout.</param>
/// <param name="shouldGenerateGlyphs">A pointer to the layout manager's glyph cache.</param>
/// <param name="properties">A pointer to a buffer containing glyph properties for the glyphs in the cache.</param>
/// <param name="characterIndexes">A pointer to the starting index for the characters in the text storage for which glyphs are generated.</param>
/// <param name="font">A font to override the font attributes in the text storage for the specified character range.</param>
/// <param name="forGlyphRange">The range of glyphs in the glyph cache to set.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("layoutManager")]
//[Optional]
int LayoutManager(NSLayoutManager layoutManager, UnsafePointer<CGGlyph> shouldGenerateGlyphs, UnsafePointer<NSGlyphProperty> properties, UnsafePointer<int> characterIndexes, UIFont font, NSRange forGlyphRange);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the control character action for the control character at the given character index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutManager">The layout manager doing the layout.</param>
/// <param name="shouldUseAction">The proposed control character action for the character at the given index. Possible values are enumerated by NSControlCharacterAction.</param>
/// <param name="forControlCharacterAtIndex">The index of the control character for which the action is proposed.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("layoutManager")]
//[Optional]
NSControlCharacterAction LayoutManager(NSLayoutManager layoutManager, NSControlCharacterAction shouldUseAction, int forControlCharacterAtIndex);
/// <summary>
/// Informs the delegate that the given layout manager has invalidated layout information (not glyph information).
/// </summary>
/// <param name="sender">The layout manager that invalidated layout.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("layoutManagerDidInvalidateLayout")]
//[Optional]
void LayoutManagerDidInvalidateLayout(NSLayoutManager sender);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/NSTextStorageDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/NSTextStorageDelegate.cs index ef43352c..53f42465 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/NSTextStorageDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/NSTextStorageDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The NSTextStorageDelegate protocol defines the optional methods implemented by delegates of NSTextStorage objects.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSTextStorageDelegate_Protocol_TextKit/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/NSTextStorageDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface NSTextStorageDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Sent when a text storage object is about to process edits.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textStorage">The text storage object processing edits.</param>
/// <param name="willProcessEditing">The types of edits to do: NSTextStorageEditedAttributes, NSTextStorageEditedCharacters, or both.</param>
/// <param name="range">The range in the original string (before the edit).</param>
/// <param name="changeInLength">The length delta for the editing changes.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textStorage")]
void TextStorage(NSTextStorage textStorage, NSTextStorageEditActions willProcessEditing, NSRange range, int changeInLength);
/// <summary>
/// Sent when a text storage object has finished processing edits.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textStorage">The text storage object processing edits.</param>
/// <param name="didProcessEditing">The types of edits done: NSTextStorageEditedAttributes, NSTextStorageEditedCharacters, or both.</param>
/// <param name="range">The range in the original string (before the edit).</param>
/// <param name="changeInLength">The length delta for the editing changes.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textStorage")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TextStorage(NSTextStorage textStorage, NSTextStorageEditActions didProcessEditing, NSRange range, int changeInLength, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The NSTextStorageDelegate protocol defines the optional methods implemented by delegates of NSTextStorage objects.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/NSTextStorageDelegate_Protocol_TextKit/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/NSTextStorageDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface NSTextStorageDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Sent when a text storage object is about to process edits.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textStorage">The text storage object processing edits.</param>
/// <param name="willProcessEditing">The types of edits to do: NSTextStorageEditedAttributes, NSTextStorageEditedCharacters, or both.</param>
/// <param name="range">The range in the original string (before the edit).</param>
/// <param name="changeInLength">The length delta for the editing changes.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("textStorage")]
//[Optional]
void TextStorage(NSTextStorage textStorage, NSTextStorageEditActions willProcessEditing, NSRange range, int changeInLength);
/// <summary>
/// Sent when a text storage object has finished processing edits.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textStorage">The text storage object processing edits.</param>
/// <param name="didProcessEditing">The types of edits done: NSTextStorageEditedAttributes, NSTextStorageEditedCharacters, or both.</param>
/// <param name="range">The range in the original string (before the edit).</param>
/// <param name="changeInLength">The length delta for the editing changes.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("textStorage")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TextStorage(NSTextStorage textStorage, NSTextStorageEditActions didProcessEditing, NSRange range, int changeInLength, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIAdaptivePresentationControllerDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIAdaptivePresentationControllerDelegate.cs index 8c69a7e2..11d13f98 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIAdaptivePresentationControllerDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIAdaptivePresentationControllerDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An object that conforms to the UIAdaptivePresentationControllerDelegate protocol works with a presentation controller to determine how to respond to size changes in your app. The delegate object is consulted only for presentations that use the UIModalPresentationFormSheet, UIModalPresentationPopover, or UIModalPresentationCustom style. Your delegate can suggest both a new full-screen presentation style and an entirely new view controller for the content.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIAdaptivePresentationControllerDelegate_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIAdaptivePresentationControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public interface UIAdaptivePresentationControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the new presentation style to use.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The presentation controller that is managing the size change. Use this object to retrieve the view controllers involved in the presentation.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("adaptivePresentationStyleForPresentationController")]
UIModalPresentationStyle AdaptivePresentationStyleForPresentationController(UIPresentationController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the view controller to use when adapting from the specified presentation style.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The presentation controller that is managing the size class change.</param>
/// <param name="viewControllerForAdaptivePresentationStyle">The new presentation style being employed for the view controller.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("presentationController")]
UIViewController PresentationController(UIPresentationController controller, UIModalPresentationStyle viewControllerForAdaptivePresentationStyle);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An object that conforms to the UIAdaptivePresentationControllerDelegate protocol works with a presentation controller to determine how to respond to size changes in your app. The delegate object is consulted only for presentations that use the UIModalPresentationFormSheet, UIModalPresentationPopover, or UIModalPresentationCustom style. Your delegate can suggest both a new full-screen presentation style and an entirely new view controller for the content.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIAdaptivePresentationControllerDelegate_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIAdaptivePresentationControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public interface UIAdaptivePresentationControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the new presentation style to use.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The presentation controller that is managing the size change. Use this object to retrieve the view controllers involved in the presentation.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("adaptivePresentationStyleForPresentationController")]
//[Optional]
UIModalPresentationStyle AdaptivePresentationStyleForPresentationController(UIPresentationController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the view controller to display when adapting to the specified presentation style.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The presentation controller that is managing the size class change.</param>
/// <param name="viewControllerForAdaptivePresentationStyle">The new presentation style that is about to be employed to display the view controller.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("presentationController")]
//[Optional]
UIViewController PresentationController(UIPresentationController controller, UIModalPresentationStyle viewControllerForAdaptivePresentationStyle);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIApplicationDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIApplicationDelegate.cs index f1bb1ce8..77122389 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIApplicationDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIApplicationDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIApplicationDelegate protocol defines methods that are called by the singleton UIApplication object in response to important events in the lifetime of your app. The app delegate works alongside the app object to ensure your app interacts properly with the system and with other apps. Specifically, the methods of the app delegate give you a chance to respond to important changes. For example, you use the methods of the app delegate to respond to state transitions, such as when your app moves from foreground to background execution, and to respond to incoming notifications. In many cases, the methods of the app delegate are the only way to receive these important notifications.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIApplicationDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIApplicationDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UIApplicationDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the launch process has begun but that state restoration has not yet occurred.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="willFinishLaunchingWithOptions">A dictionary indicating the reason the app was launched (if any). The contents of this dictionary may be empty in situations where the user launched the app directly. For information about the possible keys in this dictionary and how to handle them, see Launch Options Keys.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("application")]
bool Application(UIApplication application, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> willFinishLaunchingWithOptions);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the launch process is almost done and the app is almost ready to run.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="didFinishLaunchingWithOptions">A dictionary indicating the reason the app was launched (if any). The contents of this dictionary may be empty in situations where the user launched the app directly. For information about the possible keys in this dictionary and how to handle them, see Launch Options Keys.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("application")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool Application(UIApplication application, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> didFinishLaunchingWithOptions, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the app has become active.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("applicationDidBecomeActive")]
void ApplicationDidBecomeActive(UIApplication application);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the app is about to become inactive.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("applicationWillResignActive")]
void ApplicationWillResignActive(UIApplication application);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the app is now in the background.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("applicationDidEnterBackground")]
void ApplicationDidEnterBackground(UIApplication application);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the app is about to enter the foreground.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("applicationWillEnterForeground")]
void ApplicationWillEnterForeground(UIApplication application);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when the app is about to terminate.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("applicationWillTerminate")]
void ApplicationWillTerminate(UIApplication application);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the app that it can begin a fetch operation if it has data to download.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="performFetchWithCompletionHandler">The block to execute when the download operation is complete. When calling this block, pass in the fetch result value that best describes the results of your download operation. You must call this handler and should do so as soon as possible. For a list of possible values, see the UIBackgroundFetchResult type.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("application")]
void Application(UIApplication application, Action<UIBackgroundFetchResult> performFetchWithCompletionHandler);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that events related to a URL session are waiting to be processed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="handleEventsForBackgroundURLSession">The identifier of the URL session requiring attention. If your app was just launched, you can use this identifier to create a new NSURLSession object that can receive the events.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">The completion handler to call when you finish processing the events. Calling this completion handler lets the system know that your app’s user interface is updated and a new snapshot can be taken.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("application")]
void Application(UIApplication application, string handleEventsForBackgroundURLSession, Action completionHandler);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the app successfully registered with Apple Push Service (APS).
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The app object that initiated the remote-notification registration process.</param>
/// <param name="didRegisterForRemoteNotificationsWithDeviceToken">A token that identifies the device to APS. The token is an opaque data type because that is the form that the provider needs to submit to the APS servers when it sends a notification to a device. The APS servers require a binary format for performance reasons.
/// The size of a device token is 32 bytes.
/// Note that the device token is different from the uniqueIdentifier property of UIDevice because, for security and privacy reasons, it must change when the device is wiped.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("application")]
void Application(UIApplication application, NSData didRegisterForRemoteNotificationsWithDeviceToken);
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the delegate when Apple Push Service cannot successfully complete the registration process.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The app object that initiated the remote-notification registration process.</param>
/// <param name="didFailToRegisterForRemoteNotificationsWithError">An NSError object that encapsulates information why registration did not succeed. The app can choose to display this information to the user.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("application")]
void Application(UIApplication application, NSError didFailToRegisterForRemoteNotificationsWithError);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the app that a push notification arrived that indicates there is data to be fetched.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="didReceiveRemoteNotification">A dictionary that contains information related to the remote notification, potentially including a badge number for the app icon, an alert sound, an alert message to display to the user, a notification identifier, and custom data. The provider originates it as a JSON-defined dictionary that iOS converts to an NSDictionary object; the dictionary may contain only property-list objects plus NSNull. For more information about the contents of the push notification dictionary, see Local and Push Notification Programming Guide.</param>
/// <param name="fetchCompletionHandler">The block to execute when the download operation is complete. When calling this block, pass in the fetch result value that best describes the results of your download operation. You must call this handler and should do so as soon as possible. For a list of possible values, see the UIBackgroundFetchResult type.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("application")]
void Application(UIApplication application, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> didReceiveRemoteNotification, Action<UIBackgroundFetchResult> fetchCompletionHandler);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the app delegate to perform the custom action specified by a push notification.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The app object that received the remote notification.</param>
/// <param name="handleActionWithIdentifier">The identifier associated with the custom action.</param>
/// <param name="forRemoteNotification">A dictionary that contains information related to the remote notification. This dictionary originates from the provider as a JSON-defined dictionary, which iOS converts to an NSDictionary object before calling this method. The contents of the dictionary are the push notification payload, which consists only of property-list objects plus NSNull. For more information about the contents of the push notification dictionary, see Local and Push Notification Programming Guide.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">The block to execute when you are finished performing the specified action. You must call this block at the end of your method.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("application")]
void Application(UIApplication application, string handleActionWithIdentifier, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> forRemoteNotification, Action completionHandler);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the running app received a remote notification.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The app object that received the remote notification.</param>
/// <param name="didReceiveRemoteNotification">A dictionary that contains information related to the remote notification, potentially including a badge number for the app icon, an alert sound, an alert message to display to the user, a notification identifier, and custom data. The provider originates it as a JSON-defined dictionary that iOS converts to an NSDictionary object; the dictionary may contain only property-list objects plus NSNull.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("application")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void Application(UIApplication application, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> didReceiveRemoteNotification, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the delegate when a running app receives a local notification.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The app object that received the local notification.</param>
/// <param name="didReceiveLocalNotification">A local notification that encapsulates details about the notification, potentially including custom data.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("application")]
void Application(UIApplication application, UILocalNotification didReceiveLocalNotification);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user selected a custom action from the alert panel of a local notification.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The app object that received the local notification.</param>
/// <param name="handleActionWithIdentifier">The identifier associated with the custom action. This string corresponds to the identifier from the UILocalNotificationAction object that was used to configure the action in the local notification.</param>
/// <param name="forLocalNotification">The local notification object that was triggered.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block to call when you are finished performing the action.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("application")]
void Application(UIApplication application, string handleActionWithIdentifier, UILocalNotification forLocalNotification, Action completionHandler);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate what types of notifications may be used to get the user’s attention.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The app object that registered the user notification settings.</param>
/// <param name="didRegisterUserNotificationSettings">The user notification settings that are available to your app. The settings in this object may be different than the ones you originally requested.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("application")]
void Application(UIApplication application, UIUserNotificationSettings didRegisterUserNotificationSettings);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when the app receives a memory warning from the system.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("applicationDidReceiveMemoryWarning")]
void ApplicationDidReceiveMemoryWarning(UIApplication application);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when there is a significant change in the time.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("applicationSignificantTimeChange")]
void ApplicationSignificantTimeChange(UIApplication application);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate whether the app’s state should be preserved.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="shouldSaveApplicationState">The keyed archiver into which you can put high-level state information.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("application")]
bool Application(UIApplication application, NSCoder shouldSaveApplicationState);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate whether the app’s saved state information should be restored.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="shouldRestoreApplicationState">The keyed archiver containing the app’s previously saved state information.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("application")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool Application(UIApplication application, NSCoder shouldRestoreApplicationState, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to provide the specified view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="viewControllerWithRestorationIdentifierPath">An array of NSString objects corresponding to the restoration identifiers of the desired view controller and all of its ancestors in the view controller hierarchy. The last value in the array is the restoration identifier of the desired view controller. Earlier entries represent the restoration identifiers of its ancestors.</param>
/// <param name="coder">The keyed archiver containing the app’s saved state information.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("application")]
UIViewController Application(UIApplication application, AnyObject[] viewControllerWithRestorationIdentifierPath, NSCoder coder);
/// <summary>
/// Tells your delegate to save any high-level state information at the beginning of the state preservation process.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="willEncodeRestorableStateWithCoder">The keyed archiver in which to write any state information.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("application")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void Application(UIApplication application, NSCoder willEncodeRestorableStateWithCoder, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Tells your delegate to restore any high-level state information as part of the state restoration process.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="didDecodeRestorableStateWithCoder">The keyed archiver containing the app’s previously saved state information.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("application")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void Application(UIApplication application, NSCoder didDecodeRestorableStateWithCoder, string NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = "");
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to open a resource identified by URL.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="openURL">The URL resource to open. This resource can be a network resource or a file. For information about the Apple-registered URL schemes, see Apple URL Scheme Reference.</param>
/// <param name="sourceApplication">The bundle ID of the app that is requesting your app to open the URL (url).</param>
/// <param name="annotation">A property list object supplied by the source app to communicate information to the receiving app.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("application")]
bool Application(UIApplication application, NSURL openURL, string sourceApplication, AnyObject annotation);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user wants to continue an activity in your app.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The app continuing the user activity.</param>
/// <param name="willContinueUserActivityWithType">The type of activity to be continued.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("application")]
bool Application(UIApplication application, string willContinueUserActivityWithType);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the data for continuing an activity is available.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The app continuing the user activity.</param>
/// <param name="continueUserActivity">The activity object containing the data associated with the task the user was performing. Use the data in this object to recreate what the user was doing.</param>
/// <param name="restorationHandler">A block to execute if your app creates or fetches objects to perform the task. Calling this block is optional and is only needed when specific objects are capable of continuing the activity. You can copy this block and call it at a later time. When calling a saved copy of the block, you must call it from the app’s main thread. This block has no return value and takes the following parameter:
/// restorableObjects
/// An array of UIResponder or UIDocument objects representing objects you created or fetched in order to perform the operation. The system calls the restoreUserActivityState: method of each object in the array to give it a chance to perform the operation.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("application")]
bool Application(UIApplication application, NSUserActivity continueUserActivity, Action<AnyObject[]> restorationHandler);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the activity could not be continued.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The app that attempted to continue the activity.</param>
/// <param name="didFailToContinueUserActivityWithType">The activity type that was attempted.</param>
/// <param name="error">An error object indicating the reason for the failure.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("application")]
void Application(UIApplication application, string didFailToContinueUserActivityWithType, NSError error);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when the interface orientation of the status bar is about to change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="willChangeStatusBarOrientation">A constant that indicates the new orientation of the app’s user interface; see Monitoring App State Changes for details.</param>
/// <param name="duration">The duration of the animation to the new orientation, in seconds.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("application")]
void Application(UIApplication application, UIInterfaceOrientation willChangeStatusBarOrientation, NSTimeInterval duration);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when the interface orientation of the status bar has changed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="didChangeStatusBarOrientation">A constant that indicates the previous orientation of the app’s user interface; see Monitoring App State Changes for details.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("application")]
void Application(UIApplication application, UIInterfaceOrientation didChangeStatusBarOrientation);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when the frame of the status bar is about to change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="willChangeStatusBarFrame">The changed frame of the status bar, in screen coordinates.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("application")]
void Application(UIApplication application, CGRect willChangeStatusBarFrame);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when the frame of the status bar has changed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="didChangeStatusBarFrame">The previous frame of the status bar, in screen coordinates.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("application")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void Application(UIApplication application, CGRect didChangeStatusBarFrame, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the protected files are about to become unavailable.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("applicationProtectedDataWillBecomeUnavailable")]
void ApplicationProtectedDataWillBecomeUnavailable(UIApplication application);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that protected files are available now.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("applicationProtectedDataDidBecomeAvailable")]
void ApplicationProtectedDataDidBecomeAvailable(UIApplication application);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the interface orientations to use for the view controllers in the specified window.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="supportedInterfaceOrientationsForWindow">The window whose interface orientations you want to retrieve.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("application")]
int Application(UIApplication application, UIWindow supportedInterfaceOrientationsForWindow);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when the app has finished launching.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("applicationDidFinishLaunching")]
void ApplicationDidFinishLaunching(UIApplication application);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to open a resource identified by URL.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="handleOpenURL">A object representing a URL (Universal Resource Locator). See the appendix of App Programming Guide for iOS for Apple-registered schemes for URLs.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("application")]
bool Application(UIApplication application, NSURL handleOpenURL);
/// <summary>
/// The window to use when presenting a storyboard.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("window")]
UIWindow Window { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIApplicationDelegate protocol defines methods that are called by the singleton UIApplication object in response to important events in the lifetime of your app. The app delegate works alongside the app object to ensure your app interacts properly with the system and with other apps. Specifically, the methods of the app delegate give you a chance to respond to important changes. For example, you use the methods of the app delegate to respond to state transitions, such as when your app moves from foreground to background execution, and to respond to incoming notifications. In many cases, the methods of the app delegate are the only way to receive these important notifications.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIApplicationDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIApplicationDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UIApplicationDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the launch process has begun but that state restoration has not yet occurred.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="willFinishLaunchingWithOptions">A dictionary indicating the reason the app was launched (if any). The contents of this dictionary may be empty in situations where the user launched the app directly. For information about the possible keys in this dictionary and how to handle them, see Launch Options Keys.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
bool Application(UIApplication application, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> willFinishLaunchingWithOptions);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the launch process is almost done and the app is almost ready to run.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="didFinishLaunchingWithOptions">A dictionary indicating the reason the app was launched (if any). The contents of this dictionary may be empty in situations where the user launched the app directly. For information about the possible keys in this dictionary and how to handle them, see Launch Options Keys.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool Application(UIApplication application, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> didFinishLaunchingWithOptions, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the app has become active.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("applicationDidBecomeActive")]
//[Optional]
void ApplicationDidBecomeActive(UIApplication application);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the app is about to become inactive.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("applicationWillResignActive")]
//[Optional]
void ApplicationWillResignActive(UIApplication application);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the app is now in the background.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
//[iOSVersion(4)]
//[Export("applicationDidEnterBackground")]
//[Optional]
void ApplicationDidEnterBackground(UIApplication application);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the app is about to enter the foreground.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
//[iOSVersion(4)]
//[Export("applicationWillEnterForeground")]
//[Optional]
void ApplicationWillEnterForeground(UIApplication application);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when the app is about to terminate.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("applicationWillTerminate")]
//[Optional]
void ApplicationWillTerminate(UIApplication application);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the app that it can begin a fetch operation if it has data to download.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="performFetchWithCompletionHandler">The block to execute when the download operation is complete. When calling this block, pass in the fetch result value that best describes the results of your download operation. You must call this handler and should do so as soon as possible. For a list of possible values, see the UIBackgroundFetchResult type.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
void Application(UIApplication application, Action<UIBackgroundFetchResult> performFetchWithCompletionHandler);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that events related to a URL session are waiting to be processed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="handleEventsForBackgroundURLSession">The identifier of the URL session requiring attention. If your app was just launched, you can use this identifier to create a new NSURLSession object that can receive the events.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">The completion handler to call when you finish processing the events. Calling this completion handler lets the system know that your app’s user interface is updated and a new snapshot can be taken.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
void Application(UIApplication application, string handleEventsForBackgroundURLSession, Action completionHandler);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the app successfully registered with Apple Push Service (APS).
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The app object that initiated the remote-notification registration process.</param>
/// <param name="didRegisterForRemoteNotificationsWithDeviceToken">A token that identifies the device to APS. The token is an opaque data type because that is the form that the provider needs to submit to the APS servers when it sends a notification to a device. The APS servers require a binary format for performance reasons.
/// The size of a device token is 32 bytes.
/// Note that the device token is different from the uniqueIdentifier property of UIDevice because, for security and privacy reasons, it must change when the device is wiped.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
void Application(UIApplication application, NSData didRegisterForRemoteNotificationsWithDeviceToken);
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the delegate when Apple Push Service cannot successfully complete the registration process.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The app object that initiated the remote-notification registration process.</param>
/// <param name="didFailToRegisterForRemoteNotificationsWithError">An NSError object that encapsulates information why registration did not succeed. The app can choose to display this information to the user.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
void Application(UIApplication application, NSError didFailToRegisterForRemoteNotificationsWithError);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the app that a push notification arrived that indicates there is data to be fetched.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="didReceiveRemoteNotification">A dictionary that contains information related to the remote notification, potentially including a badge number for the app icon, an alert sound, an alert message to display to the user, a notification identifier, and custom data. The provider originates it as a JSON-defined dictionary that iOS converts to an NSDictionary object; the dictionary may contain only property-list objects plus NSNull. For more information about the contents of the push notification dictionary, see Local and Push Notification Programming Guide.</param>
/// <param name="fetchCompletionHandler">The block to execute when the download operation is complete. When calling this block, pass in the fetch result value that best describes the results of your download operation. You must call this handler and should do so as soon as possible. For a list of possible values, see the UIBackgroundFetchResult type.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
void Application(UIApplication application, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> didReceiveRemoteNotification, Action<UIBackgroundFetchResult> fetchCompletionHandler);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the app delegate to perform the custom action specified by a push notification.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The app object that received the remote notification.</param>
/// <param name="handleActionWithIdentifier">The identifier associated with the custom action.</param>
/// <param name="forRemoteNotification">A dictionary that contains information related to the remote notification. This dictionary originates from the provider as a JSON-defined dictionary, which iOS converts to an NSDictionary object before calling this method. The contents of the dictionary are the push notification payload, which consists only of property-list objects plus NSNull. For more information about the contents of the push notification dictionary, see Local and Push Notification Programming Guide.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">The block to execute when you are finished performing the specified action. You must call this block at the end of your method.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
void Application(UIApplication application, Optional<string> handleActionWithIdentifier, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> forRemoteNotification, Action completionHandler);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the running app received a remote notification.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The app object that received the remote notification.</param>
/// <param name="didReceiveRemoteNotification">A dictionary that contains information related to the remote notification, potentially including a badge number for the app icon, an alert sound, an alert message to display to the user, a notification identifier, and custom data. The provider originates it as a JSON-defined dictionary that iOS converts to an NSDictionary object; the dictionary may contain only property-list objects plus NSNull.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void Application(UIApplication application, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> didReceiveRemoteNotification, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the delegate when a running app receives a local notification.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The app object that received the local notification.</param>
/// <param name="didReceiveLocalNotification">A local notification that encapsulates details about the notification, potentially including custom data.</param>
//[iOSVersion(4)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
void Application(UIApplication application, UILocalNotification didReceiveLocalNotification);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user selected a custom action from the alert panel of a local notification.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The app object that received the local notification.</param>
/// <param name="handleActionWithIdentifier">The identifier associated with the custom action. This string corresponds to the identifier from the UILocalNotificationAction object that was used to configure the action in the local notification.</param>
/// <param name="forLocalNotification">The local notification object that was triggered.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block to call when you are finished performing the action.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
void Application(UIApplication application, Optional<string> handleActionWithIdentifier, UILocalNotification forLocalNotification, Action completionHandler);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate what types of notifications may be used to get the user’s attention.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The app object that registered the user notification settings.</param>
/// <param name="didRegisterUserNotificationSettings">The user notification settings that are available to your app. The settings in this object may be different than the ones you originally requested.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
void Application(UIApplication application, UIUserNotificationSettings didRegisterUserNotificationSettings);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when the app receives a memory warning from the system.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("applicationDidReceiveMemoryWarning")]
//[Optional]
void ApplicationDidReceiveMemoryWarning(UIApplication application);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when there is a significant change in the time.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("applicationSignificantTimeChange")]
//[Optional]
void ApplicationSignificantTimeChange(UIApplication application);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate whether the app’s state should be preserved.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="shouldSaveApplicationState">The keyed archiver into which you can put high-level state information.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
bool Application(UIApplication application, NSCoder shouldSaveApplicationState);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate whether the app’s saved state information should be restored.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="shouldRestoreApplicationState">The keyed archiver containing the app’s previously saved state information.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool Application(UIApplication application, NSCoder shouldRestoreApplicationState, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to provide the specified view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="viewControllerWithRestorationIdentifierPath">An array of NSString objects corresponding to the restoration identifiers of the desired view controller and all of its ancestors in the view controller hierarchy. The last value in the array is the restoration identifier of the desired view controller. Earlier entries represent the restoration identifiers of its ancestors.</param>
/// <param name="coder">The keyed archiver containing the app’s saved state information.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
Optional<UIViewController> Application(UIApplication application, AnyObject[] viewControllerWithRestorationIdentifierPath, NSCoder coder);
/// <summary>
/// Tells your delegate to save any high-level state information at the beginning of the state preservation process.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="willEncodeRestorableStateWithCoder">The keyed archiver in which to write any state information.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void Application(UIApplication application, NSCoder willEncodeRestorableStateWithCoder, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Tells your delegate to restore any high-level state information as part of the state restoration process.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="didDecodeRestorableStateWithCoder">The keyed archiver containing the app’s previously saved state information.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void Application(UIApplication application, NSCoder didDecodeRestorableStateWithCoder, string NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = "");
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to open a resource identified by URL.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="openURL">The URL resource to open. This resource can be a network resource or a file. For information about the Apple-registered URL schemes, see Apple URL Scheme Reference.</param>
/// <param name="sourceApplication">The bundle ID of the app that is requesting your app to open the URL (url).</param>
/// <param name="annotation">A property list object supplied by the source app to communicate information to the receiving app.</param>
//[iOSVersion(4.2)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
bool Application(UIApplication application, NSURL openURL, string sourceApplication, Optional<AnyObject> annotation);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user wants to continue an activity whose data might not yet be available.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The shared app object.</param>
/// <param name="willContinueUserActivityWithType">The requested activity type.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
bool Application(UIApplication application, string willContinueUserActivityWithType);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the data for continuing an activity is available.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The shared app object.</param>
/// <param name="continueUserActivity">The activity object containing the data associated with the task the user was performing. Use the data in this object to recreate what the user was doing.</param>
/// <param name="restorationHandler">A block to execute if your app creates objects to perform the task. Calling this block is optional and you can copy this block and call it at a later time. When calling a saved copy of the block, you must call it from the app’s main thread. This block has no return value and takes the following parameter:
/// restorableObjects
/// An array of UIResponder objects representing objects you created or fetched in order to perform the operation. The system calls the restoreUserActivityState: method of each object in the array to give it a chance to perform the operation.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
bool Application(UIApplication application, NSUserActivity continueUserActivity, Action<AnyObject[]> restorationHandler);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the activity was updated. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The shared app object.</param>
/// <param name="didUpdateUserActivity">The activity object containing the data associated with the task the user was performing.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
void Application(UIApplication application, NSUserActivity didUpdateUserActivity);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the activity could not be continued.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The shared app object.</param>
/// <param name="didFailToContinueUserActivityWithType">The activity type that was attempted.</param>
/// <param name="error">An error object indicating the reason for the failure.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
void Application(UIApplication application, string didFailToContinueUserActivityWithType, NSError error);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to grant permission to use app extensions that are based on a specified extension point identifier. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The shared app object.</param>
/// <param name="shouldAllowExtensionPointIdentifier">A constant identifying an extension point.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool Application(UIApplication application, string shouldAllowExtensionPointIdentifier, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when the interface orientation of the status bar is about to change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="willChangeStatusBarOrientation">A constant that indicates the new orientation of the app’s user interface; see Monitoring App State Changes for details.</param>
/// <param name="duration">The duration of the animation to the new orientation, in seconds.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
void Application(UIApplication application, UIInterfaceOrientation willChangeStatusBarOrientation, NSTimeInterval duration);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when the interface orientation of the status bar has changed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="didChangeStatusBarOrientation">A constant that indicates the previous orientation of the app’s user interface; see Monitoring App State Changes for details.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
void Application(UIApplication application, UIInterfaceOrientation didChangeStatusBarOrientation);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when the frame of the status bar is about to change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="willChangeStatusBarFrame">The changed frame of the status bar, in screen coordinates.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
void Application(UIApplication application, CGRect willChangeStatusBarFrame);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when the frame of the status bar has changed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="didChangeStatusBarFrame">The previous frame of the status bar, in screen coordinates.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void Application(UIApplication application, CGRect didChangeStatusBarFrame, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the protected files are about to become unavailable.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
//[iOSVersion(4)]
//[Export("applicationProtectedDataWillBecomeUnavailable")]
//[Optional]
void ApplicationProtectedDataWillBecomeUnavailable(UIApplication application);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that protected files are available now.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
//[iOSVersion(4)]
//[Export("applicationProtectedDataDidBecomeAvailable")]
//[Optional]
void ApplicationProtectedDataDidBecomeAvailable(UIApplication application);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the interface orientations to use for the view controllers in the specified window.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="supportedInterfaceOrientationsForWindow">The window whose interface orientations you want to retrieve.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
int Application(UIApplication application, UIWindow supportedInterfaceOrientationsForWindow);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when the app has finished launching.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("applicationDidFinishLaunching")]
//[Optional]
void ApplicationDidFinishLaunching(UIApplication application);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to open a resource identified by URL.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="application">The singleton app object.</param>
/// <param name="handleOpenURL">A object representing a URL (Universal Resource Locator). See the appendix of App Programming Guide for iOS for Apple-registered schemes for URLs.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("application")]
//[Optional]
bool Application(UIApplication application, NSURL handleOpenURL);
/// <summary>
/// The window to use when presenting a storyboard.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("window")]
Optional<UIWindow> Window { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIBarPositioningDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIBarPositioningDelegate.cs index 84ccf087..74c22c73 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIBarPositioningDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIBarPositioningDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIBarPositioningDelegate protocol supports the positioning of a bar that conforms to the UIBarPositioning protocol. Navigation bars, toolbars, and search bars all have delegates that support this protocol. The delegate can use the method of this protocol to specify the bar’s position when that bar is moved to a window.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIBarPositioningDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIBarPositioningDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UIBarPositioningDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the position of the specified bar in its new window. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bar">The bar that was added to the window.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("positionForBar")]
UIBarPosition PositionForBar(UIBarPositioning bar);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIBarPositioningDelegate protocol supports the positioning of a bar that conforms to the UIBarPositioning protocol. Navigation bars, toolbars, and search bars all have delegates that support this protocol. The delegate can use the method of this protocol to specify the bar’s position when that bar is moved to a window.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIBarPositioningDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIBarPositioningDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UIBarPositioningDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the position of the specified bar in its new window. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bar">The bar that was added to the window.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("positionForBar")]
//[Optional]
UIBarPosition PositionForBar(UIBarPositioning bar);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UICollectionViewDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UICollectionViewDelegate.cs index 93fded01..e8b97e5a 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UICollectionViewDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UICollectionViewDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UICollectionViewDelegate protocol defines methods that allow you to manage the selection and highlighting of items in a collection view and to perform actions on those items. The methods of this protocol are all optional.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewDelegate_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UICollectionViewDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public interface UICollectionViewDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol, UIScrollViewDelegate
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the specified item should be selected.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is asking whether the selection should change.</param>
/// <param name="shouldSelectItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the cell to be selected.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
bool CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, NSIndexPath shouldSelectItemAtIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the item at the specified index path was selected.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is notifying you of the selection change.</param>
/// <param name="didSelectItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the cell that was selected.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, NSIndexPath didSelectItemAtIndexPath, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the specified item should be deselected.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is asking whether the selection should change.</param>
/// <param name="shouldDeselectItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the cell to be deselected.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, NSIndexPath shouldDeselectItemAtIndexPath, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the item at the specified path was deselected.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is notifying you of the selection change.</param>
/// <param name="didDeselectItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the cell that was deselected.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, NSIndexPath didDeselectItemAtIndexPath, string NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = "");
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the item should be highlighted during tracking.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is asking about the highlight change.</param>
/// <param name="shouldHighlightItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the cell to be highlighted.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, NSIndexPath shouldHighlightItemAtIndexPath, double NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 4.2);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the item at the specified index path was highlighted.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is notifying you of the highlight change.</param>
/// <param name="didHighlightItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the cell that was highlighted.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, NSIndexPath didHighlightItemAtIndexPath, decimal NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the highlight was removed from the item at the specified index path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is notifying you of the highlight change.</param>
/// <param name="didUnhighlightItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the cell that had its highlight removed.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, NSIndexPath didUnhighlightItemAtIndexPath, UInt16 NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified cell is about to be displayed in the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is adding the cell.</param>
/// <param name="willDisplayCell">The cell object being added.</param>
/// <param name="forItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the data item that the cell represents.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("collectionView")]
void CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, UICollectionViewCell willDisplayCell, NSIndexPath forItemAtIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified supplementary view is about to be displayed in the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is adding the supplementary view.</param>
/// <param name="willDisplaySupplementaryView">The view being added.</param>
/// <param name="forElementKind">The type of the supplementary view. This string is defined by the layout that presents the view.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path of the data item that the supplementary view represents.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("collectionView")]
void CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, UICollectionReusableView willDisplaySupplementaryView, string forElementKind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified cell was removed from the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that removed the cell.</param>
/// <param name="didEndDisplayingCell">The cell object that was removed.</param>
/// <param name="forItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the data item that the cell represented.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, UICollectionViewCell didEndDisplayingCell, NSIndexPath forItemAtIndexPath, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified supplementary view was removed from the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that removed the supplementary view.</param>
/// <param name="didEndDisplayingSupplementaryView">The view that was removed.</param>
/// <param name="forElementOfKind">The type of the supplementary view. This string is defined by the layout that presents the view.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path of the data item that the supplementary view represented.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, UICollectionReusableView didEndDisplayingSupplementaryView, string forElementOfKind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Asks for the custom transition layout to use when moving between the specified layouts.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view whose layout object is changing.</param>
/// <param name="transitionLayoutForOldLayout">The current layout of the collection view. This is the starting point for the transition.</param>
/// <param name="newLayout">The new layout for the collection view.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("collectionView")]
UICollectionViewTransitionLayout CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, UICollectionViewLayout transitionLayoutForOldLayout, UICollectionViewLayout newLayout);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if an action menu should be displayed for the specified item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is making the request.</param>
/// <param name="shouldShowMenuForItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the affected item.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, NSIndexPath shouldShowMenuForItemAtIndexPath, uint NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if it can perform the specified action on an item in the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is making the request.</param>
/// <param name="canPerformAction">The selector identifying the action to be performed.</param>
/// <param name="forItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the affected item.</param>
/// <param name="withSender">The object that wants to initiate the action.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
bool CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, Selector canPerformAction, NSIndexPath forItemAtIndexPath, AnyObject withSender);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate to perform the specified action on an item in the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is making the request.</param>
/// <param name="performAction">The selector representing the action to be performed.</param>
/// <param name="forItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the affected item.</param>
/// <param name="withSender">The object that initiated the action.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, Selector performAction, NSIndexPath forItemAtIndexPath, AnyObject withSender, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UICollectionViewDelegate protocol defines methods that allow you to manage the selection and highlighting of items in a collection view and to perform actions on those items. The methods of this protocol are all optional.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewDelegate_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UICollectionViewDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public interface UICollectionViewDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol, UIScrollViewDelegate
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the specified item should be selected.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is asking whether the selection should change.</param>
/// <param name="shouldSelectItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the cell to be selected.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("collectionView")]
//[Optional]
bool CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, NSIndexPath shouldSelectItemAtIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the item at the specified index path was selected.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is notifying you of the selection change.</param>
/// <param name="didSelectItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the cell that was selected.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("collectionView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, NSIndexPath didSelectItemAtIndexPath, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the specified item should be deselected.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is asking whether the selection should change.</param>
/// <param name="shouldDeselectItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the cell to be deselected.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("collectionView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, NSIndexPath shouldDeselectItemAtIndexPath, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the item at the specified path was deselected.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is notifying you of the selection change.</param>
/// <param name="didDeselectItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the cell that was deselected.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("collectionView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, NSIndexPath didDeselectItemAtIndexPath, string NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = "");
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the item should be highlighted during tracking.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is asking about the highlight change.</param>
/// <param name="shouldHighlightItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the cell to be highlighted.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("collectionView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, NSIndexPath shouldHighlightItemAtIndexPath, double NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 4.2);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the item at the specified index path was highlighted.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is notifying you of the highlight change.</param>
/// <param name="didHighlightItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the cell that was highlighted.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("collectionView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, NSIndexPath didHighlightItemAtIndexPath, uint NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 4.2);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the highlight was removed from the item at the specified index path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is notifying you of the highlight change.</param>
/// <param name="didUnhighlightItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the cell that had its highlight removed.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("collectionView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, NSIndexPath didUnhighlightItemAtIndexPath, UInt16 NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 4.2);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified cell is about to be displayed in the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is adding the cell.</param>
/// <param name="willDisplayCell">The cell object being added.</param>
/// <param name="forItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the data item that the cell represents.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("collectionView")]
//[Optional]
void CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, UICollectionViewCell willDisplayCell, NSIndexPath forItemAtIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified supplementary view is about to be displayed in the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is adding the supplementary view.</param>
/// <param name="willDisplaySupplementaryView">The view being added.</param>
/// <param name="forElementKind">The type of the supplementary view. This string is defined by the layout that presents the view.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path of the data item that the supplementary view represents.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("collectionView")]
//[Optional]
void CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, UICollectionReusableView willDisplaySupplementaryView, string forElementKind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified cell was removed from the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that removed the cell.</param>
/// <param name="didEndDisplayingCell">The cell object that was removed.</param>
/// <param name="forItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the data item that the cell represented.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("collectionView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, UICollectionViewCell didEndDisplayingCell, NSIndexPath forItemAtIndexPath, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified supplementary view was removed from the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that removed the supplementary view.</param>
/// <param name="didEndDisplayingSupplementaryView">The view that was removed.</param>
/// <param name="forElementOfKind">The type of the supplementary view. This string is defined by the layout that presents the view.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path of the data item that the supplementary view represented.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("collectionView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, UICollectionReusableView didEndDisplayingSupplementaryView, string forElementOfKind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Asks for the custom transition layout to use when moving between the specified layouts.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view whose layout object is changing.</param>
/// <param name="transitionLayoutForOldLayout">The current layout of the collection view. This is the starting point for the transition.</param>
/// <param name="newLayout">The new layout for the collection view.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("collectionView")]
//[Optional]
UICollectionViewTransitionLayout CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, UICollectionViewLayout transitionLayoutForOldLayout, UICollectionViewLayout newLayout);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if an action menu should be displayed for the specified item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is making the request.</param>
/// <param name="shouldShowMenuForItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the affected item.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("collectionView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, NSIndexPath shouldShowMenuForItemAtIndexPath, UInt64 NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 4.2);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if it can perform the specified action on an item in the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is making the request.</param>
/// <param name="canPerformAction">The selector identifying the action to be performed.</param>
/// <param name="forItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the affected item.</param>
/// <param name="withSender">The object that wants to initiate the action.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("collectionView")]
//[Optional]
bool CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, Selector canPerformAction, NSIndexPath forItemAtIndexPath, AnyObject withSender);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate to perform the specified action on an item in the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object that is making the request.</param>
/// <param name="performAction">The selector representing the action to be performed.</param>
/// <param name="forItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the affected item.</param>
/// <param name="withSender">The object that initiated the action.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("collectionView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, Selector performAction, NSIndexPath forItemAtIndexPath, AnyObject withSender, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UICollectionViewDelegateFlowLayout.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UICollectionViewDelegateFlowLayout.cs index e22968de..5664a7f7 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UICollectionViewDelegateFlowLayout.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UICollectionViewDelegateFlowLayout.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UICollectionViewDelegateFlowLayout protocol defines methods that let you coordinate with a UICollectionViewFlowLayout object to implement a grid-based layout. The methods of this protocol define the size of items and the spacing between items in the grid.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewDelegateFlowLayout_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UICollectionViewDelegateFlowLayout"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public interface UICollectionViewDelegateFlowLayout//: NSObjectProtocol, UICollectionViewDelegate, UIScrollViewDelegate
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the size of the specified item’s cell.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object displaying the flow layout.</param>
/// <param name="layout">The layout object requesting the information.</param>
/// <param name="sizeForItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the item.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
CGSize CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, UICollectionViewLayout layout, NSIndexPath sizeForItemAtIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the margins to apply to content in the specified section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object displaying the flow layout.</param>
/// <param name="layout">The layout object requesting the information.</param>
/// <param name="insetForSectionAtIndex">The index number of the section whose insets are needed.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
UIEdgeInsets CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, UICollectionViewLayout layout, int insetForSectionAtIndex);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the spacing between successive rows or columns of a section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object displaying the flow layout.</param>
/// <param name="layout">The layout object requesting the information.</param>
/// <param name="minimumLineSpacingForSectionAtIndex">The index number of the section whose line spacing is needed.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGFloat CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, UICollectionViewLayout layout, int minimumLineSpacingForSectionAtIndex, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the spacing between successive items in the rows or columns of a section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object displaying the flow layout.</param>
/// <param name="layout">The layout object requesting the information.</param>
/// <param name="minimumInteritemSpacingForSectionAtIndex">The index number of the section whose inter-item spacing is needed.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGFloat CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, UICollectionViewLayout layout, int minimumInteritemSpacingForSectionAtIndex, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the size of the header view in the specified section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object displaying the flow layout.</param>
/// <param name="layout">The layout object requesting the information.</param>
/// <param name="referenceSizeForHeaderInSection">The index of the section whose header size is being requested.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGSize CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, UICollectionViewLayout layout, int referenceSizeForHeaderInSection, string NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = "");
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the size of the footer view in the specified section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object displaying the flow layout.</param>
/// <param name="layout">The layout object requesting the information.</param>
/// <param name="referenceSizeForFooterInSection">The index of the section whose footer size is being requested.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGSize CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, UICollectionViewLayout layout, int referenceSizeForFooterInSection, double NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 4.2);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UICollectionViewDelegateFlowLayout protocol defines methods that let you coordinate with a UICollectionViewFlowLayout object to implement a grid-based layout. The methods of this protocol define the size of items and the spacing between items in the grid.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewDelegateFlowLayout_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UICollectionViewDelegateFlowLayout"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public interface UICollectionViewDelegateFlowLayout//: NSObjectProtocol, UICollectionViewDelegate, UIScrollViewDelegate
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the size of the specified item’s cell.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object displaying the flow layout.</param>
/// <param name="layout">The layout object requesting the information.</param>
/// <param name="sizeForItemAtIndexPath">The index path of the item.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("collectionView")]
//[Optional]
CGSize CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, UICollectionViewLayout layout, NSIndexPath sizeForItemAtIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the margins to apply to content in the specified section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object displaying the flow layout.</param>
/// <param name="layout">The layout object requesting the information.</param>
/// <param name="insetForSectionAtIndex">The index number of the section whose insets are needed.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("collectionView")]
//[Optional]
UIEdgeInsets CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, UICollectionViewLayout layout, int insetForSectionAtIndex);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the spacing between successive rows or columns of a section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object displaying the flow layout.</param>
/// <param name="layout">The layout object requesting the information.</param>
/// <param name="minimumLineSpacingForSectionAtIndex">The index number of the section whose line spacing is needed.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("collectionView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGFloat CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, UICollectionViewLayout layout, int minimumLineSpacingForSectionAtIndex, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the spacing between successive items in the rows or columns of a section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object displaying the flow layout.</param>
/// <param name="layout">The layout object requesting the information.</param>
/// <param name="minimumInteritemSpacingForSectionAtIndex">The index number of the section whose inter-item spacing is needed.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("collectionView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGFloat CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, UICollectionViewLayout layout, int minimumInteritemSpacingForSectionAtIndex, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the size of the header view in the specified section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object displaying the flow layout.</param>
/// <param name="layout">The layout object requesting the information.</param>
/// <param name="referenceSizeForHeaderInSection">The index of the section whose header size is being requested.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("collectionView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGSize CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, UICollectionViewLayout layout, int referenceSizeForHeaderInSection, string NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = "");
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the size of the footer view in the specified section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">The collection view object displaying the flow layout.</param>
/// <param name="layout">The layout object requesting the information.</param>
/// <param name="referenceSizeForFooterInSection">The index of the section whose footer size is being requested.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("collectionView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGSize CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, UICollectionViewLayout layout, int referenceSizeForFooterInSection, double NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 4.2);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UICollisionBehaviorDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UICollisionBehaviorDelegate.cs index a9d10a03..ce42a86f 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UICollisionBehaviorDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UICollisionBehaviorDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// To respond to UIKit dynamic item collisions, configure a custom class to adopt the UICollisionBehaviorDelegate protocol. Then, in a collision behavior (an instance of the UICollisionBehavior class), set the delegate to be an instance of your custom class.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollisionBehaviorDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UICollisionBehaviorDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UICollisionBehaviorDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Called when a collision, between a dynamic item and a collision boundary, has begun.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="behavior">The collision behavior that owns the dynamic item that has started contact with a boundary.</param>
/// <param name="beganContactForItem">The dynamic item that has started contact with a boundary.</param>
/// <param name="withBoundaryIdentifier">The identifier of the boundary that the dynamic item has started contact with.</param>
/// <param name="atPoint">The collision point on the boundary.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("collisionBehavior")]
void CollisionBehavior(UICollisionBehavior behavior, UIDynamicItem beganContactForItem, NSCopying withBoundaryIdentifier, CGPoint atPoint);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a collision between two dynamic items has begun.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="behavior">The collision behavior that owns the dynamic items that have started to contact each other.</param>
/// <param name="beganContactForItem">The first of the two dynamic items participating in the collision.</param>
/// <param name="withItem">The second of the two dynamic items participating in the collision.</param>
/// <param name="atPoint">The contact point for the collision. The coordinate system that pertains to a collision depends on how you initialized the associated animator. For details, read the Overview of UIDynamicAnimator Class Reference.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("collisionBehavior")]
void CollisionBehavior(UICollisionBehavior behavior, UIDynamicItem beganContactForItem, UIDynamicItem withItem, CGPoint atPoint);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a collision between a dynamic item and a boundary has ended.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="behavior">The collision behavior that owns the dynamic item that has ended contact.</param>
/// <param name="endedContactForItem">The dynamic item that collided.</param>
/// <param name="withBoundaryIdentifier">The identifier of the boundary that the dynamic item collided with.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("collisionBehavior")]
void CollisionBehavior(UICollisionBehavior behavior, UIDynamicItem endedContactForItem, NSCopying withBoundaryIdentifier);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a collision between two dynamic items has ended.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="behavior">The collision behavior that owns the dynamic items that collided.</param>
/// <param name="endedContactForItem">The first of the two dynamic items participating in the collision.</param>
/// <param name="withItem">The second of the two dynamic items participating in the collision.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("collisionBehavior")]
void CollisionBehavior(UICollisionBehavior behavior, UIDynamicItem endedContactForItem, UIDynamicItem withItem);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// To respond to UIKit dynamic item collisions, configure a custom class to adopt the UICollisionBehaviorDelegate protocol. Then, in a collision behavior (an instance of the UICollisionBehavior class), set the delegate to be an instance of your custom class.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollisionBehaviorDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UICollisionBehaviorDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UICollisionBehaviorDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Called when a collision, between a dynamic item and a collision boundary, has begun.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="behavior">The collision behavior that owns the dynamic item that has started contact with a boundary.</param>
/// <param name="beganContactForItem">The dynamic item that has started contact with a boundary.</param>
/// <param name="withBoundaryIdentifier">The identifier of the boundary that the dynamic item has started contact with.</param>
/// <param name="atPoint">The collision point on the boundary.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("collisionBehavior")]
//[Optional]
void CollisionBehavior(UICollisionBehavior behavior, UIDynamicItem beganContactForItem, NSCopying withBoundaryIdentifier, CGPoint atPoint);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a collision between two dynamic items has begun.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="behavior">The collision behavior that owns the dynamic items that have started to contact each other.</param>
/// <param name="beganContactForItem">The first of the two dynamic items participating in the collision.</param>
/// <param name="withItem">The second of the two dynamic items participating in the collision.</param>
/// <param name="atPoint">The contact point for the collision. The coordinate system that pertains to a collision depends on how you initialized the associated animator. For details, read the Overview of UIDynamicAnimator Class Reference.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("collisionBehavior")]
//[Optional]
void CollisionBehavior(UICollisionBehavior behavior, UIDynamicItem beganContactForItem, UIDynamicItem withItem, CGPoint atPoint);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a collision between a dynamic item and a boundary has ended.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="behavior">The collision behavior that owns the dynamic item that has ended contact.</param>
/// <param name="endedContactForItem">The dynamic item that collided.</param>
/// <param name="withBoundaryIdentifier">The identifier of the boundary that the dynamic item collided with.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("collisionBehavior")]
//[Optional]
void CollisionBehavior(UICollisionBehavior behavior, UIDynamicItem endedContactForItem, NSCopying withBoundaryIdentifier);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a collision between two dynamic items has ended.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="behavior">The collision behavior that owns the dynamic items that collided.</param>
/// <param name="endedContactForItem">The first of the two dynamic items participating in the collision.</param>
/// <param name="withItem">The second of the two dynamic items participating in the collision.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("collisionBehavior")]
//[Optional]
void CollisionBehavior(UICollisionBehavior behavior, UIDynamicItem endedContactForItem, UIDynamicItem withItem);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIDocumentInteractionControllerDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIDocumentInteractionControllerDelegate.cs index c01bfdbd..73176a04 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIDocumentInteractionControllerDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIDocumentInteractionControllerDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIDocumentInteractionControllerDelegate protocol includes methods you can implement to respond to messages from a document interaction controller. Use this protocol to participate when document previews are displayed and when a document is about to be opened by another application. You can also use this protocol to respond to commands (such as “copy” and “print”) from a document interaction controller’s options menu.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDocumentInteractionControllerDelegate_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIDocumentInteractionControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public interface UIDocumentInteractionControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Called when a document interaction controller needs a view controller for presenting a document preview.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document interaction controller requesting the parent view controller.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("documentInteractionControllerViewControllerForPreview")]
UIViewController DocumentInteractionControllerViewControllerForPreview(UIDocumentInteractionController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a document interaction controller needs the starting point for animating the display of a document preview.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document interaction controller requesting the starting view.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("documentInteractionControllerViewForPreview")]
UIView DocumentInteractionControllerViewForPreview(UIDocumentInteractionController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a document interaction controller needs the rectangle to use as the starting point for animating the display of a document preview.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document interaction controller requesting the starting rectangle.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("documentInteractionControllerRectForPreview")]
CGRect DocumentInteractionControllerRectForPreview(UIDocumentInteractionController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a document interaction controller is about to display a preview for its document.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document interaction controller that is about to preview its document.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("documentInteractionControllerWillBeginPreview")]
void DocumentInteractionControllerWillBeginPreview(UIDocumentInteractionController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a document interaction controller has dismissed its document preview.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document interaction controller that dismissed its document preview.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("documentInteractionControllerDidEndPreview")]
void DocumentInteractionControllerDidEndPreview(UIDocumentInteractionController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a document interaction controller is about to display an options menu.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document interaction controller that is about to display an options menu.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("documentInteractionControllerWillPresentOptionsMenu")]
void DocumentInteractionControllerWillPresentOptionsMenu(UIDocumentInteractionController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a document interaction controller has dismissed its options menu.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document interaction controller that dismissed its options menu.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("documentInteractionControllerDidDismissOptionsMenu")]
void DocumentInteractionControllerDidDismissOptionsMenu(UIDocumentInteractionController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a document interaction controller is about to display an Open In menu.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document interaction controller that is about to display a menu.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("documentInteractionControllerWillPresentOpenInMenu")]
void DocumentInteractionControllerWillPresentOpenInMenu(UIDocumentInteractionController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a document interaction controller has dismissed its Open In menu.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document interaction controller that dismissed its menu.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("documentInteractionControllerDidDismissOpenInMenu")]
void DocumentInteractionControllerDidDismissOpenInMenu(UIDocumentInteractionController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a document interaction controller’s document is about to be opened by the specified application.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document interaction controller whose document is about to be opened.</param>
/// <param name="willBeginSendingToApplication">The bundle identifier of the application that is about to open the document. This value corresponds to the value in the CFBundleIdentifier key of the application’s Info.plist file.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("documentInteractionController")]
void DocumentInteractionController(UIDocumentInteractionController controller, string willBeginSendingToApplication);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a document interaction controller’s document has been handed off to the specified application.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document interaction controller whose document is about to be opened.</param>
/// <param name="didEndSendingToApplication">The bundle identifier of the application that is about to open the document. This value corresponds to the value in the CFBundleIdentifier key of the application’s Info.plist file.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("documentInteractionController")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void DocumentInteractionController(UIDocumentInteractionController controller, string didEndSendingToApplication, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIDocumentInteractionControllerDelegate protocol includes methods you can implement to respond to messages from a document interaction controller. Use this protocol to participate when document previews are displayed and when a document is about to be opened by another application. You can also use this protocol to respond to commands (such as “copy” and “print”) from a document interaction controller’s options menu.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDocumentInteractionControllerDelegate_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIDocumentInteractionControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public interface UIDocumentInteractionControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Called when a document interaction controller needs a view controller for presenting a document preview.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document interaction controller requesting the parent view controller.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.2)]
//[Export("documentInteractionControllerViewControllerForPreview")]
//[Optional]
UIViewController DocumentInteractionControllerViewControllerForPreview(UIDocumentInteractionController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a document interaction controller needs the starting point for animating the display of a document preview.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document interaction controller requesting the starting view.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.2)]
//[Export("documentInteractionControllerViewForPreview")]
//[Optional]
UIView DocumentInteractionControllerViewForPreview(UIDocumentInteractionController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a document interaction controller needs the rectangle to use as the starting point for animating the display of a document preview.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document interaction controller requesting the starting rectangle.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.2)]
//[Export("documentInteractionControllerRectForPreview")]
//[Optional]
CGRect DocumentInteractionControllerRectForPreview(UIDocumentInteractionController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a document interaction controller is about to display a preview for its document.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document interaction controller that is about to preview its document.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.2)]
//[Export("documentInteractionControllerWillBeginPreview")]
//[Optional]
void DocumentInteractionControllerWillBeginPreview(UIDocumentInteractionController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a document interaction controller has dismissed its document preview.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document interaction controller that dismissed its document preview.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.2)]
//[Export("documentInteractionControllerDidEndPreview")]
//[Optional]
void DocumentInteractionControllerDidEndPreview(UIDocumentInteractionController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a document interaction controller is about to display an options menu.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document interaction controller that is about to display an options menu.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.2)]
//[Export("documentInteractionControllerWillPresentOptionsMenu")]
//[Optional]
void DocumentInteractionControllerWillPresentOptionsMenu(UIDocumentInteractionController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a document interaction controller has dismissed its options menu.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document interaction controller that dismissed its options menu.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.2)]
//[Export("documentInteractionControllerDidDismissOptionsMenu")]
//[Optional]
void DocumentInteractionControllerDidDismissOptionsMenu(UIDocumentInteractionController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a document interaction controller is about to display an Open In menu.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document interaction controller that is about to display a menu.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.2)]
//[Export("documentInteractionControllerWillPresentOpenInMenu")]
//[Optional]
void DocumentInteractionControllerWillPresentOpenInMenu(UIDocumentInteractionController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a document interaction controller has dismissed its Open In menu.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document interaction controller that dismissed its menu.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.2)]
//[Export("documentInteractionControllerDidDismissOpenInMenu")]
//[Optional]
void DocumentInteractionControllerDidDismissOpenInMenu(UIDocumentInteractionController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a document interaction controller’s document is about to be opened by the specified application.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document interaction controller whose document is about to be opened.</param>
/// <param name="willBeginSendingToApplication">The bundle identifier of the application that is about to open the document. This value corresponds to the value in the CFBundleIdentifier key of the application’s Info.plist file.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.2)]
//[Export("documentInteractionController")]
//[Optional]
void DocumentInteractionController(UIDocumentInteractionController controller, string willBeginSendingToApplication);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a document interaction controller’s document has been handed off to the specified application.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document interaction controller whose document is about to be opened.</param>
/// <param name="didEndSendingToApplication">The bundle identifier of the application that is about to open the document. This value corresponds to the value in the CFBundleIdentifier key of the application’s Info.plist file.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.2)]
//[Export("documentInteractionController")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void DocumentInteractionController(UIDocumentInteractionController controller, string didEndSendingToApplication, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIDocumentMenuDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIDocumentMenuDelegate.cs index 52aec31b..aad75169 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIDocumentMenuDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIDocumentMenuDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIDocumentMenuDelegate protocol defines the methods you must implement to track user interactions with a document menu view controller. The document menu calls these methods when the user selects a document picker or dismisses the menu. If the user selects a document picker, set the picker’s delegate and present it.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDocumentMenuDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIDocumentMenuDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public interface UIDocumentMenuDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user has selected a document picker from the menu. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="documentMenu">The document menu object that called this method.</param>
/// <param name="didPickDocumentPicker">The document picker that the user selected.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("documentMenu")]
void DocumentMenu(UIDocumentMenuViewController documentMenu, UIDocumentPickerViewController didPickDocumentPicker);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user dismissed the document menu.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="documentMenu">The document menu object that called this method.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("documentMenuWasCancelled")]
void DocumentMenuWasCancelled(UIDocumentMenuViewController documentMenu);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIDocumentMenuDelegate protocol defines the methods you must implement to track user interactions with a document menu view controller. The document menu calls these methods when the user selects a document picker or dismisses the menu. If the user selects a document picker, set the picker’s delegate and present it.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDocumentMenuDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIDocumentMenuDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public interface UIDocumentMenuDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user has selected a document picker from the menu. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="documentMenu">The document menu object that called this method.</param>
/// <param name="didPickDocumentPicker">The document picker that the user selected.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("documentMenu")]
void DocumentMenu(UIDocumentMenuViewController documentMenu, UIDocumentPickerViewController didPickDocumentPicker);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user dismissed the document menu.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="documentMenu">The document menu object that called this method.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("documentMenuWasCancelled")]
//[Optional]
void DocumentMenuWasCancelled(UIDocumentMenuViewController documentMenu);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIDocumentPickerDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIDocumentPickerDelegate.cs index a05066f6..cecf5c05 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIDocumentPickerDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIDocumentPickerDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIDocumentPickerDelegate protocol defines the methods you must implement to track
/// when the user selects a document or destination, or to track when the document picker is canceled.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDocumentPickerDelegate/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIDocumentPickerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public interface UIDocumentPickerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user has selected a document or a destination. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document picker that called this method.</param>
/// <param name="didPickDocumentAtURL">The URL of the selected document or destination.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("documentPicker")]
void DocumentPicker(UIDocumentPickerViewController controller, NSURL didPickDocumentAtURL);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user canceled the document picker.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document picker that called this method.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("documentPickerWasCancelled")]
void DocumentPickerWasCancelled(UIDocumentPickerViewController controller);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIDocumentPickerDelegate protocol defines the methods you must implement to track
/// when the user selects a document or destination, or to track when the document picker is canceled.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDocumentPickerDelegate/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIDocumentPickerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public interface UIDocumentPickerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user has selected a document or a destination. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document picker that called this method.</param>
/// <param name="didPickDocumentAtURL">The URL of the selected document or destination.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("documentPicker")]
void DocumentPicker(UIDocumentPickerViewController controller, NSURL didPickDocumentAtURL);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user canceled the document picker.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The document picker that called this method.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("documentPickerWasCancelled")]
//[Optional]
void DocumentPickerWasCancelled(UIDocumentPickerViewController controller);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIDynamicAnimatorDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIDynamicAnimatorDelegate.cs index 61a75867..fd5df9bb 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIDynamicAnimatorDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIDynamicAnimatorDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// To respond to the pausing or resumption of UIKit dynamic animation, configure a custom class to adopt the UIDynamicAnimatorDelegate protocol. Then, in a dynamic animator (an instance of the UIDynamicAnimator class), set the delegate to be an instance of your custom class.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDynamicAnimatorDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIDynamicAnimatorDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UIDynamicAnimatorDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Called when a dynamic animator pauses the animations for its behaviors’ associated dynamic items. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animator">The dynamic animator that paused its animation.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("dynamicAnimatorDidPause")]
void DynamicAnimatorDidPause(UIDynamicAnimator animator);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a dynamic animator is about to resume the animations for its behaviors’ associated dynamic items. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animator">The dynamic animator that is about to resume animation.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("dynamicAnimatorWillResume")]
void DynamicAnimatorWillResume(UIDynamicAnimator animator);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// To respond to the pausing or resumption of UIKit dynamic animation, configure a custom class to adopt the UIDynamicAnimatorDelegate protocol. Then, in a dynamic animator (an instance of the UIDynamicAnimator class), set the delegate to be an instance of your custom class.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDynamicAnimatorDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIDynamicAnimatorDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UIDynamicAnimatorDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Called when a dynamic animator pauses the animations for its behaviors’ associated dynamic items. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animator">The dynamic animator that paused its animation.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("dynamicAnimatorDidPause")]
//[Optional]
void DynamicAnimatorDidPause(UIDynamicAnimator animator);
/// <summary>
/// Called when a dynamic animator is about to resume the animations for its behaviors’ associated dynamic items. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animator">The dynamic animator that is about to resume animation.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("dynamicAnimatorWillResume")]
//[Optional]
void DynamicAnimatorWillResume(UIDynamicAnimator animator);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIGestureRecognizerDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIGestureRecognizerDelegate.cs index 8ff24888..d294b7c2 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIGestureRecognizerDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIGestureRecognizerDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// Delegates of a gesture recognizer—that is, an instance of a concrete subclass of UIGestureRecognizer—adopt the UIGestureRecognizerDelegate protocol to fine-tune an app’s gesture-recognition behavior. The delegates receive messages from a gesture recognizer, and their responses to these messages enable them to affect the operation of the gesture recognizer or to specify a relationship between it and another gesture recognizer, such as allowing simultaneous recognition or setting up a failure requirement.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIGestureRecognizerDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIGestureRecognizerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public interface UIGestureRecognizerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if a gesture recognizer should begin interpreting touches.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="gestureRecognizer">An instance of a subclass of the abstract base class UIGestureRecognizer. This gesture-recognizer object is about to begin processing touches to determine if its gesture is occurring.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("gestureRecognizerShouldBegin")]
bool GestureRecognizerShouldBegin(UIGestureRecognizer gestureRecognizer);
/// <summary>
/// Ask the delegate if a gesture recognizer should receive an object representing a touch.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="gestureRecognizer">An instance of a subclass of the abstract base class UIGestureRecognizer.</param>
/// <param name="shouldReceiveTouch">A UITouch object from the current multi-touch sequence.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("gestureRecognizer")]
bool GestureRecognizer(UIGestureRecognizer gestureRecognizer, UITouch shouldReceiveTouch);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if two gesture recognizers should be allowed to recognize gestures simultaneously.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="gestureRecognizer">An instance of a subclass of the abstract base class UIGestureRecognizer. This is the object sending the message to the delegate.</param>
/// <param name="shouldRecognizeSimultaneouslyWithGestureRecognizer">An instance of a subclass of the abstract base class UIGestureRecognizer.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("gestureRecognizer")]
bool GestureRecognizer(UIGestureRecognizer gestureRecognizer, UIGestureRecognizer shouldRecognizeSimultaneouslyWithGestureRecognizer);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if a gesture recognizer should require another gesture recognizer to fail.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="gestureRecognizer">An instance of a subclass of the abstract base class UIGestureRecognizer. This is the object sending the message to the delegate.</param>
/// <param name="shouldRequireFailureOfGestureRecognizer">An instance of a subclass of the abstract base class UIGestureRecognizer.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("gestureRecognizer")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool GestureRecognizer(UIGestureRecognizer gestureRecognizer, UIGestureRecognizer shouldRequireFailureOfGestureRecognizer, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if a gesture recognizer should be required to fail by another gesture recognizer.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="gestureRecognizer">An instance of a subclass of the abstract base class UIGestureRecognizer. This is the object sending the message to the delegate.</param>
/// <param name="shouldBeRequiredToFailByGestureRecognizer">An instance of a subclass of the abstract base class UIGestureRecognizer.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("gestureRecognizer")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool GestureRecognizer(UIGestureRecognizer gestureRecognizer, UIGestureRecognizer shouldBeRequiredToFailByGestureRecognizer, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// Delegates of a gesture recognizer—that is, an instance of a concrete subclass of UIGestureRecognizer—adopt the UIGestureRecognizerDelegate protocol to fine-tune an app’s gesture-recognition behavior. The delegates receive messages from a gesture recognizer, and their responses to these messages enable them to affect the operation of the gesture recognizer or to specify a relationship between it and another gesture recognizer, such as allowing simultaneous recognition or setting up a failure requirement.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIGestureRecognizerDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIGestureRecognizerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public interface UIGestureRecognizerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if a gesture recognizer should begin interpreting touches.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="gestureRecognizer">An instance of a subclass of the abstract base class UIGestureRecognizer. This gesture-recognizer object is about to begin processing touches to determine if its gesture is occurring.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.2)]
//[Export("gestureRecognizerShouldBegin")]
//[Optional]
bool GestureRecognizerShouldBegin(UIGestureRecognizer gestureRecognizer);
/// <summary>
/// Ask the delegate if a gesture recognizer should receive an object representing a touch.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="gestureRecognizer">An instance of a subclass of the abstract base class UIGestureRecognizer.</param>
/// <param name="shouldReceiveTouch">A UITouch object from the current multi-touch sequence.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.2)]
//[Export("gestureRecognizer")]
//[Optional]
bool GestureRecognizer(UIGestureRecognizer gestureRecognizer, UITouch shouldReceiveTouch);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if two gesture recognizers should be allowed to recognize gestures simultaneously.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="gestureRecognizer">An instance of a subclass of the abstract base class UIGestureRecognizer. This is the object sending the message to the delegate.</param>
/// <param name="shouldRecognizeSimultaneouslyWithGestureRecognizer">An instance of a subclass of the abstract base class UIGestureRecognizer.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.2)]
//[Export("gestureRecognizer")]
//[Optional]
bool GestureRecognizer(UIGestureRecognizer gestureRecognizer, UIGestureRecognizer shouldRecognizeSimultaneouslyWithGestureRecognizer);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if a gesture recognizer should require another gesture recognizer to fail.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="gestureRecognizer">An instance of a subclass of the abstract base class UIGestureRecognizer. This is the object sending the message to the delegate.</param>
/// <param name="shouldRequireFailureOfGestureRecognizer">An instance of a subclass of the abstract base class UIGestureRecognizer.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("gestureRecognizer")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool GestureRecognizer(UIGestureRecognizer gestureRecognizer, UIGestureRecognizer shouldRequireFailureOfGestureRecognizer, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if a gesture recognizer should be required to fail by another gesture recognizer.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="gestureRecognizer">An instance of a subclass of the abstract base class UIGestureRecognizer. This is the object sending the message to the delegate.</param>
/// <param name="shouldBeRequiredToFailByGestureRecognizer">An instance of a subclass of the abstract base class UIGestureRecognizer.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("gestureRecognizer")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool GestureRecognizer(UIGestureRecognizer gestureRecognizer, UIGestureRecognizer shouldBeRequiredToFailByGestureRecognizer, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIGuidedAccessRestrictionDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIGuidedAccessRestrictionDelegate.cs index fb50a430..ad161c6e 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIGuidedAccessRestrictionDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIGuidedAccessRestrictionDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// Adopting the UIGuidedAccessRestrictionDelegate protocol in your application delegate allows you to add custom restrictions for the Guided Access feature in iOS.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIGuidedAccessRestrictionsDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIGuidedAccessRestrictionDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UIGuidedAccessRestrictionDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of strings identifying custom restrictions. (required)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("guidedAccessRestrictionIdentifiers")]
AnyObject[] GuidedAccessRestrictionIdentifiers();
/// <summary>
/// Returns a succinct description of the restriction for the provided identifier. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="restrictionIdentifier">The identifer of the restriction the system is interested in.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textForGuidedAccessRestrictionWithIdentifier")]
string TextForGuidedAccessRestrictionWithIdentifier(string restrictionIdentifier);
/// <summary>
/// Returns more detailed information about the restriction for the provided identifier.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="restrictionIdentifier">The identifer of the restriction the system is interested in.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("detailTextForGuidedAccessRestrictionWithIdentifier")]
string DetailTextForGuidedAccessRestrictionWithIdentifier(string restrictionIdentifier);
/// <summary>
/// Para (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="restrictionIdentifier">The identifer of the restriction whose state has changed.</param>
/// <param name="didChangeState">The new state for the restriction.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("guidedAccessRestrictionWithIdentifier")]
void GuidedAccessRestrictionWithIdentifier(string restrictionIdentifier, UIGuidedAccessRestrictionState didChangeState);
}
/// <summary>
/// The state of a restriction, either allow or deny.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIGuidedAccessRestrictionState
{
/// <summary>
/// The app should allow the user to perform the action controlled by the restriction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Allow,
/// <summary>
/// The app should deny the user from performing the action controlled by the restriction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Deny,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// Adopting the UIGuidedAccessRestrictionDelegate protocol in your application delegate allows you to add custom restrictions for the Guided Access feature in iOS.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIGuidedAccessRestrictionsDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIGuidedAccessRestrictionDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UIGuidedAccessRestrictionDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of strings identifying custom restrictions. (required)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("guidedAccessRestrictionIdentifiers")]
AnyObject[] GuidedAccessRestrictionIdentifiers();
/// <summary>
/// Returns a succinct description of the restriction for the provided identifier. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="restrictionIdentifier">The identifer of the restriction the system is interested in.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textForGuidedAccessRestrictionWithIdentifier")]
string TextForGuidedAccessRestrictionWithIdentifier(string restrictionIdentifier);
/// <summary>
/// Returns more detailed information about the restriction for the provided identifier.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="restrictionIdentifier">The identifer of the restriction the system is interested in.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("detailTextForGuidedAccessRestrictionWithIdentifier")]
//[Optional]
string DetailTextForGuidedAccessRestrictionWithIdentifier(string restrictionIdentifier);
/// <summary>
/// Para (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="restrictionIdentifier">The identifer of the restriction whose state has changed.</param>
/// <param name="didChangeState">The new state for the restriction.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("guidedAccessRestrictionWithIdentifier")]
void GuidedAccessRestrictionWithIdentifier(string restrictionIdentifier, UIGuidedAccessRestrictionState didChangeState);
}
/// <summary>
/// The state of a restriction, either allow or deny.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIGuidedAccessRestrictionState
{
/// <summary>
/// The app should allow the user to perform the action controlled by the restriction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Allow,
/// <summary>
/// The app should deny the user from performing the action controlled by the restriction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Deny,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIImagePickerControllerDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIImagePickerControllerDelegate.cs index b2d2e48d..d4863fd0 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIImagePickerControllerDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIImagePickerControllerDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIImagePickerControllerDelegate protocol defines methods that your delegate object must implement to interact with the image picker interface. The methods of this protocol notify your delegate when the user either picks an image or movie, or cancels the picker operation.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIImagePickerControllerDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIImagePickerControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UIImagePickerControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user picked a still image or movie.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="picker">The controller object managing the image picker interface.</param>
/// <param name="didFinishPickingMediaWithInfo">A dictionary containing the original image and the edited image, if an image was picked; or a filesystem URL for the movie, if a movie was picked. The dictionary also contains any relevant editing information. The keys for this dictionary are listed in Editing Information Keys.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("imagePickerController")]
void ImagePickerController(UIImagePickerController picker, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> didFinishPickingMediaWithInfo);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user cancelled the pick operation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="picker">The controller object managing the image picker interface.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("imagePickerControllerDidCancel")]
void ImagePickerControllerDidCancel(UIImagePickerController picker);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIImagePickerControllerDelegate protocol defines methods that your delegate object must implement to interact with the image picker interface. The methods of this protocol notify your delegate when the user either picks an image or movie, or cancels the picker operation.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIImagePickerControllerDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIImagePickerControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UIImagePickerControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user picked a still image or movie.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="picker">The controller object managing the image picker interface.</param>
/// <param name="didFinishPickingMediaWithInfo">A dictionary containing the original image and the edited image, if an image was picked; or a filesystem URL for the movie, if a movie was picked. The dictionary also contains any relevant editing information. The keys for this dictionary are listed in Editing Information Keys.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("imagePickerController")]
//[Optional]
void ImagePickerController(UIImagePickerController picker, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> didFinishPickingMediaWithInfo);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user cancelled the pick operation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="picker">The controller object managing the image picker interface.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("imagePickerControllerDidCancel")]
//[Optional]
void ImagePickerControllerDidCancel(UIImagePickerController picker);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UINavigationBarDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UINavigationBarDelegate.cs index 56e73e37..7af9fa1e 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UINavigationBarDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UINavigationBarDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UINavigationBarDelegate protocol defines optional methods that a UINavigationBar delegate should implement to update its views when items are pushed and popped from the stack. The navigation bar represents only the bar at the top of the screen, not the view below. It’s the application’s responsibility to implement the behavior when the top item changes.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UINavigationBarDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UINavigationBarDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UINavigationBarDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol, UIBarPositioningDelegate
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the navigation bar should push an item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="navigationBar">The navigation bar that the item is being pushed onto.</param>
/// <param name="shouldPushItem">The navigation item that is being pushed.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("navigationBar")]
bool NavigationBar(UINavigationBar navigationBar, UINavigationItem shouldPushItem);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that an item was pushed onto the navigation bar.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="navigationBar">The navigation bar that the item is being pushed onto.</param>
/// <param name="didPushItem">The navigation item that is being pushed.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("navigationBar")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void NavigationBar(UINavigationBar navigationBar, UINavigationItem didPushItem, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the navigation bar should pop an item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="navigationBar">The navigation bar that the item is being popped from.</param>
/// <param name="shouldPopItem">The navigation item that is being popped.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("navigationBar")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool NavigationBar(UINavigationBar navigationBar, UINavigationItem shouldPopItem, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that an item was popped from the navigation bar.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="navigationBar">The navigation bar that the item is being popped from.</param>
/// <param name="didPopItem">The navigation item that is being popped.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("navigationBar")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void NavigationBar(UINavigationBar navigationBar, UINavigationItem didPopItem, string NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = "");
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UINavigationBarDelegate protocol defines optional methods that a UINavigationBar delegate should implement to update its views when items are pushed and popped from the stack. The navigation bar represents only the bar at the top of the screen, not the view below. It’s the application’s responsibility to implement the behavior when the top item changes.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UINavigationBarDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UINavigationBarDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UINavigationBarDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol, UIBarPositioningDelegate
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the navigation bar should push an item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="navigationBar">The navigation bar that the item is being pushed onto.</param>
/// <param name="shouldPushItem">The navigation item that is being pushed.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("navigationBar")]
//[Optional]
bool NavigationBar(UINavigationBar navigationBar, UINavigationItem shouldPushItem);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that an item was pushed onto the navigation bar.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="navigationBar">The navigation bar that the item is being pushed onto.</param>
/// <param name="didPushItem">The navigation item that is being pushed.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("navigationBar")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void NavigationBar(UINavigationBar navigationBar, UINavigationItem didPushItem, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the navigation bar should pop an item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="navigationBar">The navigation bar that the item is being popped from.</param>
/// <param name="shouldPopItem">The navigation item that is being popped.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("navigationBar")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool NavigationBar(UINavigationBar navigationBar, UINavigationItem shouldPopItem, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that an item was popped from the navigation bar.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="navigationBar">The navigation bar that the item is being popped from.</param>
/// <param name="didPopItem">The navigation item that is being popped.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("navigationBar")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void NavigationBar(UINavigationBar navigationBar, UINavigationItem didPopItem, string NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = "");
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UINavigationControllerDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UINavigationControllerDelegate.cs index e02c9b3d..57934903 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UINavigationControllerDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UINavigationControllerDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// Use a navigation controller delegate (a custom object that implements this protocol) to modify behavior when a view controller is pushed or popped from the navigation stack of a UINavigationController object.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UINavigationControllerDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UINavigationControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UINavigationControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Called just before the navigation controller displays a view controller’s view and navigation item properties.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="navigationController">The navigation controller that is showing the view and properties of a view controller.</param>
/// <param name="willShowViewController">The view controller whose view and navigation item properties are being shown.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the transition; otherwise, false.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("navigationController")]
void NavigationController(UINavigationController navigationController, UIViewController willShowViewController, bool animated);
/// <summary>
/// Called just after the navigation controller displays a view controller’s view and navigation item properties.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="navigationController">The navigation controller that is showing the view and properties of a view controller.</param>
/// <param name="didShowViewController">The view controller whose view and navigation item properties are being shown.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the transition; otherwise, false.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("navigationController")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void NavigationController(UINavigationController navigationController, UIViewController didShowViewController, bool animated, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Called to allow the delegate to return a noninteractive animator object for use during view controller transitions.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="navigationController">The navigation controller whose navigation stack is changing.</param>
/// <param name="animationControllerForOperation">The type of transition operation that is occurring. For a list of possible values, see the “UINavigationControllerOperation” constants.</param>
/// <param name="fromViewController">The currently visible view controller.</param>
/// <param name="toViewController">The view controller that should be visible at the end of the transition.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("navigationController")]
UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning NavigationController(UINavigationController navigationController, UINavigationControllerOperation animationControllerForOperation, UIViewController fromViewController, UIViewController toViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Called to allow the delegate to return an interactive animator object for use during view controller transitions.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="navigationController">The navigation controller whose navigation stack is changing.</param>
/// <param name="interactionControllerForAnimationController">The noninteractive animator object provided by the delegate’s navigationController:animationControllerForOperation:fromViewController:toViewController: method.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("navigationController")]
UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning NavigationController(UINavigationController navigationController, UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning interactionControllerForAnimationController);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the preferred orientation for presentation of the navigation controller, as determined by the delegate.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="navigationController">The navigation controller</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("navigationControllerPreferredInterfaceOrientationForPresentation")]
UIInterfaceOrientation NavigationControllerPreferredInterfaceOrientationForPresentation(UINavigationController navigationController);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the complete set of supported interface orientations for the navigation controller, as determined by the delegate.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="navigationController">The navigation controller</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("navigationControllerSupportedInterfaceOrientations")]
int NavigationControllerSupportedInterfaceOrientations(UINavigationController navigationController);
}
/// <summary>
/// These constants define the type of navigation controller transitions that can occur.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UINavigationControllerOperation
{
/// <summary>
/// No operation is taking place.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// A view controller is being pushed onto the navigation stack.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Push,
/// <summary>
/// The topmost view controller is being removed from the navigation stack.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Pop,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// Use a navigation controller delegate (a custom object that implements this protocol) to modify behavior when a view controller is pushed or popped from the navigation stack of a UINavigationController object.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UINavigationControllerDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UINavigationControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UINavigationControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Called just before the navigation controller displays a view controller’s view and navigation item properties.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="navigationController">The navigation controller that is showing the view and properties of a view controller.</param>
/// <param name="willShowViewController">The view controller whose view and navigation item properties are being shown.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the transition; otherwise, false.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("navigationController")]
//[Optional]
void NavigationController(UINavigationController navigationController, UIViewController willShowViewController, bool animated);
/// <summary>
/// Called just after the navigation controller displays a view controller’s view and navigation item properties.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="navigationController">The navigation controller that is showing the view and properties of a view controller.</param>
/// <param name="didShowViewController">The view controller whose view and navigation item properties are being shown.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the transition; otherwise, false.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("navigationController")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void NavigationController(UINavigationController navigationController, UIViewController didShowViewController, bool animated, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Called to allow the delegate to return a noninteractive animator object for use during view controller transitions.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="navigationController">The navigation controller whose navigation stack is changing.</param>
/// <param name="animationControllerForOperation">The type of transition operation that is occurring. For a list of possible values, see the “UINavigationControllerOperation” constants.</param>
/// <param name="fromViewController">The currently visible view controller.</param>
/// <param name="toViewController">The view controller that should be visible at the end of the transition.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("navigationController")]
//[Optional]
UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning NavigationController(UINavigationController navigationController, UINavigationControllerOperation animationControllerForOperation, UIViewController fromViewController, UIViewController toViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Called to allow the delegate to return an interactive animator object for use during view controller transitions.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="navigationController">The navigation controller whose navigation stack is changing.</param>
/// <param name="interactionControllerForAnimationController">The noninteractive animator object provided by the delegate’s navigationController:animationControllerForOperation:fromViewController:toViewController: method.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("navigationController")]
//[Optional]
UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning NavigationController(UINavigationController navigationController, UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning interactionControllerForAnimationController);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the preferred orientation for presentation of the navigation controller, as determined by the delegate.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="navigationController">The navigation controller</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("navigationControllerPreferredInterfaceOrientationForPresentation")]
//[Optional]
UIInterfaceOrientation NavigationControllerPreferredInterfaceOrientationForPresentation(UINavigationController navigationController);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the complete set of supported interface orientations for the navigation controller, as determined by the delegate.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="navigationController">The navigation controller</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("navigationControllerSupportedInterfaceOrientations")]
//[Optional]
int NavigationControllerSupportedInterfaceOrientations(UINavigationController navigationController);
}
/// <summary>
/// These constants define the type of navigation controller transitions that can occur.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UINavigationControllerOperation
{
/// <summary>
/// No operation is taking place.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// A view controller is being pushed onto the navigation stack.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Push,
/// <summary>
/// The topmost view controller is being removed from the navigation stack.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Pop,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPageViewControllerDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPageViewControllerDelegate.cs index 060c319c..9734d99e 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPageViewControllerDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPageViewControllerDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The delegate of a page view controller must adopt the UIPageViewControllerDelegate protocol. These methods allow the delegate to receive a notification when the device orientation changes and when the user navigates to a new page. For page-curl style transitions, the delegate can provide a different spine location in response to a change in the interface orientation.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPageViewControllerDelegateProtocolRef/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIPageViewControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public interface UIPageViewControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Called before a gesture-driven transition begins.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageViewController">The page view controller.</param>
/// <param name="willTransitionToViewControllers">The view controllers that are being transitioned to.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("pageViewController")]
void PageViewController(UIPageViewController pageViewController, AnyObject[] willTransitionToViewControllers);
/// <summary>
/// Called after a gesture-driven transition completes.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageViewController">The page view controller.</param>
/// <param name="didFinishAnimating">true if the animation finished; otherwise, false.</param>
/// <param name="previousViewControllers">The view controllers prior to the transition.</param>
/// <param name="transitionCompleted">true if the user completed the page-turn gesture; otherwise, false.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("pageViewController")]
void PageViewController(UIPageViewController pageViewController, bool didFinishAnimating, AnyObject[] previousViewControllers, bool transitionCompleted);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the spine location for the given orientation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageViewController">The page view controller</param>
/// <param name="spineLocationForInterfaceOrientation">The new orientation.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("pageViewController")]
UIPageViewControllerSpineLocation PageViewController(UIPageViewController pageViewController, UIInterfaceOrientation spineLocationForInterfaceOrientation);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the complete set of supported interface orientations for the page view controller, as determined by the delegate.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageViewController">The page view controller.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("pageViewControllerSupportedInterfaceOrientations")]
int PageViewControllerSupportedInterfaceOrientations(UIPageViewController pageViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the preferred orientation for presentation of the page view controller, as determined by the delegate.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageViewController">The page view controller.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("pageViewControllerPreferredInterfaceOrientationForPresentation")]
UIInterfaceOrientation PageViewControllerPreferredInterfaceOrientationForPresentation(UIPageViewController pageViewController);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The delegate of a page view controller must adopt the UIPageViewControllerDelegate protocol. These methods allow the delegate to receive a notification when the device orientation changes and when the user navigates to a new page. For page-curl style transitions, the delegate can provide a different spine location in response to a change in the interface orientation.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPageViewControllerDelegateProtocolRef/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIPageViewControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public interface UIPageViewControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Called before a gesture-driven transition begins.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageViewController">The page view controller.</param>
/// <param name="willTransitionToViewControllers">The view controllers that are being transitioned to.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("pageViewController")]
//[Optional]
void PageViewController(UIPageViewController pageViewController, AnyObject[] willTransitionToViewControllers);
/// <summary>
/// Called after a gesture-driven transition completes.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageViewController">The page view controller.</param>
/// <param name="didFinishAnimating">true if the animation finished; otherwise, false.</param>
/// <param name="previousViewControllers">The view controllers prior to the transition.</param>
/// <param name="transitionCompleted">true if the user completed the page-turn gesture; otherwise, false.</param>
//[iOSVersion(5)]
//[Export("pageViewController")]
//[Optional]
void PageViewController(UIPageViewController pageViewController, bool didFinishAnimating, AnyObject[] previousViewControllers, bool transitionCompleted);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the spine location for the given orientation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageViewController">The page view controller</param>
/// <param name="spineLocationForInterfaceOrientation">The new orientation.</param>
//[iOSVersion(5)]
//[Export("pageViewController")]
//[Optional]
UIPageViewControllerSpineLocation PageViewController(UIPageViewController pageViewController, UIInterfaceOrientation spineLocationForInterfaceOrientation);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the complete set of supported interface orientations for the page view controller, as determined by the delegate.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageViewController">The page view controller.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("pageViewControllerSupportedInterfaceOrientations")]
//[Optional]
int PageViewControllerSupportedInterfaceOrientations(UIPageViewController pageViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the preferred orientation for presentation of the page view controller, as determined by the delegate.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageViewController">The page view controller.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("pageViewControllerPreferredInterfaceOrientationForPresentation")]
//[Optional]
UIInterfaceOrientation PageViewControllerPreferredInterfaceOrientationForPresentation(UIPageViewController pageViewController);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPickerViewAccessibilityDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPickerViewAccessibilityDelegate.cs index 38e926e0..98de5601 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPickerViewAccessibilityDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPickerViewAccessibilityDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIPickerViewAccessibilityDelegate protocol defines methods you can implement to provide accessibility information for individual components of a picker view.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPickerViewAccessibilityDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIPickerViewAccessibilityDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public interface UIPickerViewAccessibilityDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol, UIPickerViewDelegate
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns a label that identifies the picker view component.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pickerView"></param>
/// <param name="accessibilityLabelForComponent"></param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("pickerView")]
string PickerView(UIPickerView pickerView, int accessibilityLabelForComponent);
/// <summary>
/// Returns a hint that describes the result of performing an action on the picker view component.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pickerView"></param>
/// <param name="accessibilityHintForComponent"></param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("pickerView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
string PickerView(UIPickerView pickerView, int accessibilityHintForComponent, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIPickerViewAccessibilityDelegate protocol defines methods you can implement to provide accessibility information for individual components of a picker view.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPickerViewAccessibilityDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIPickerViewAccessibilityDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public interface UIPickerViewAccessibilityDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol, UIPickerViewDelegate
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns a label that identifies the picker view component.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pickerView"></param>
/// <param name="accessibilityLabelForComponent"></param>
//[iOSVersion(4)]
//[Export("pickerView")]
//[Optional]
string PickerView(UIPickerView pickerView, int accessibilityLabelForComponent);
/// <summary>
/// Returns a hint that describes the result of performing an action on the picker view component.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pickerView"></param>
/// <param name="accessibilityHintForComponent"></param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(4)]
//[Export("pickerView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
string PickerView(UIPickerView pickerView, int accessibilityHintForComponent, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPickerViewDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPickerViewDelegate.cs index dc4718b9..9cd72c8d 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPickerViewDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPickerViewDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The delegate of a UIPickerView object must adopt this protocol and implement at least some of its methods to provide the picker view with the data it needs to construct itself.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPickerViewDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIPickerViewDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UIPickerViewDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Called by the picker view when it needs the row height to use for drawing row content.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pickerView">The picker view requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="rowHeightForComponent">A zero-indexed number identifying a component of pickerView. Components are numbered left-to-right.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("pickerView")]
CGFloat PickerView(UIPickerView pickerView, int rowHeightForComponent);
/// <summary>
/// Called by the picker view when it needs the row width to use for drawing row content.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pickerView">The picker view requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="widthForComponent">A zero-indexed number identifying a component of the picker view. Components are numbered left-to-right.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("pickerView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGFloat PickerView(UIPickerView pickerView, int widthForComponent, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Called by the picker view when it needs the title to use for a given row in a given component.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pickerView">An object representing the picker view requesting the data.</param>
/// <param name="titleForRow">A zero-indexed number identifying a row of component. Rows are numbered top-to-bottom.</param>
/// <param name="forComponent">A zero-indexed number identifying a component of pickerView. Components are numbered left-to-right.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("pickerView")]
string PickerView(UIPickerView pickerView, int titleForRow, int forComponent);
/// <summary>
/// Called by the picker view when it needs the styled title to use for a given row in a given component.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pickerView">An object representing the picker view requesting the data.</param>
/// <param name="attributedTitleForRow">A zero-indexed number identifying a row of component. Rows are numbered top-to-bottom.</param>
/// <param name="forComponent">A zero-indexed number identifying a component of pickerView. Components are numbered left-to-right.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("pickerView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
NSAttributedString PickerView(UIPickerView pickerView, int attributedTitleForRow, int forComponent, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Called by the picker view when it needs the view to use for a given row in a given component.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pickerView">An object representing the picker view requesting the data.</param>
/// <param name="viewForRow">A zero-indexed number identifying a row of component. Rows are numbered top-to-bottom.</param>
/// <param name="forComponent">A zero-indexed number identifying a component of pickerView. Components are numbered left-to-right.</param>
/// <param name="reusingView">A view object that was previously used for this row, but is now hidden and cached by the picker view.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("pickerView")]
UIView PickerView(UIPickerView pickerView, int viewForRow, int forComponent, UIView reusingView);
/// <summary>
/// Called by the picker view when the user selects a row in a component.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pickerView">An object representing the picker view requesting the data.</param>
/// <param name="didSelectRow">A zero-indexed number identifying a row of component. Rows are numbered top-to-bottom.</param>
/// <param name="inComponent">A zero-indexed number identifying a component of pickerView. Components are numbered left-to-right.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("pickerView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void PickerView(UIPickerView pickerView, int didSelectRow, int inComponent, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The delegate of a UIPickerView object must adopt this protocol and implement at least some of its methods to provide the picker view with the data it needs to construct itself.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPickerViewDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIPickerViewDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UIPickerViewDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Called by the picker view when it needs the row height to use for drawing row content.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pickerView">The picker view requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="rowHeightForComponent">A zero-indexed number identifying a component of pickerView. Components are numbered left-to-right.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("pickerView")]
//[Optional]
CGFloat PickerView(UIPickerView pickerView, int rowHeightForComponent);
/// <summary>
/// Called by the picker view when it needs the row width to use for drawing row content.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pickerView">The picker view requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="widthForComponent">A zero-indexed number identifying a component of the picker view. Components are numbered left-to-right.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("pickerView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGFloat PickerView(UIPickerView pickerView, int widthForComponent, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Called by the picker view when it needs the title to use for a given row in a given component.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pickerView">An object representing the picker view requesting the data.</param>
/// <param name="titleForRow">A zero-indexed number identifying a row of component. Rows are numbered top-to-bottom.</param>
/// <param name="forComponent">A zero-indexed number identifying a component of pickerView. Components are numbered left-to-right.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("pickerView")]
//[Optional]
string PickerView(UIPickerView pickerView, int titleForRow, int forComponent);
/// <summary>
/// Called by the picker view when it needs the styled title to use for a given row in a given component.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pickerView">An object representing the picker view requesting the data.</param>
/// <param name="attributedTitleForRow">A zero-indexed number identifying a row of component. Rows are numbered top-to-bottom.</param>
/// <param name="forComponent">A zero-indexed number identifying a component of pickerView. Components are numbered left-to-right.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("pickerView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
NSAttributedString PickerView(UIPickerView pickerView, int attributedTitleForRow, int forComponent, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Called by the picker view when it needs the view to use for a given row in a given component.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pickerView">An object representing the picker view requesting the data.</param>
/// <param name="viewForRow">A zero-indexed number identifying a row of component. Rows are numbered top-to-bottom.</param>
/// <param name="forComponent">A zero-indexed number identifying a component of pickerView. Components are numbered left-to-right.</param>
/// <param name="reusingView">A view object that was previously used for this row, but is now hidden and cached by the picker view.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("pickerView")]
//[Optional]
UIView PickerView(UIPickerView pickerView, int viewForRow, int forComponent, UIView reusingView);
/// <summary>
/// Called by the picker view when the user selects a row in a component.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pickerView">An object representing the picker view requesting the data.</param>
/// <param name="didSelectRow">A zero-indexed number identifying a row of component. Rows are numbered top-to-bottom.</param>
/// <param name="inComponent">A zero-indexed number identifying a component of pickerView. Components are numbered left-to-right.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("pickerView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void PickerView(UIPickerView pickerView, int didSelectRow, int inComponent, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPopoverControllerDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPopoverControllerDelegate.cs index e68fd97c..9329605a 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPopoverControllerDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPopoverControllerDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIPopoverControllerDelegate protocol defines the methods you can implement for the delegate of a UIPopoverController object. Popover controllers notify their delegate whenever user interactions would cause the dismissal of the popover and, in some cases, give the user a chance to prevent that dismissal.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPopoverControllerDelegate_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIPopoverControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public interface UIPopoverControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the popover controller needs to change the popover’s location in its view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="popoverController">The popover controller changing the position of its content.</param>
/// <param name="willRepositionPopoverToRect">On input, the proposed rectangle for the popover. This popover is in the coordinate space of the view in the view parameter. If you want to propose a different rectangle for the popover, put the new value in this parameter.</param>
/// <param name="inView">On input, the proposed view for containing the popover. If you want to propose a different view for the popover, put the new view in this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("popoverController")]
void PopoverController(UIPopoverController popoverController, UnsafePointer<CGRect> willRepositionPopoverToRect, AutoreleasingUnsafePointer<UIView> inView);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the popover should be dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="popoverController">The popover controller to be dismissed.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("popoverControllerShouldDismissPopover")]
bool PopoverControllerShouldDismissPopover(UIPopoverController popoverController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the popover was dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="popoverController">The popover controller that was dismissed.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("popoverControllerDidDismissPopover")]
void PopoverControllerDidDismissPopover(UIPopoverController popoverController);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIPopoverControllerDelegate protocol defines the methods you can implement for the delegate of a UIPopoverController object. Popover controllers notify their delegate whenever user interactions would cause the dismissal of the popover and, in some cases, give the user a chance to prevent that dismissal.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPopoverControllerDelegate_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIPopoverControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public interface UIPopoverControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the popover controller needs to change the popover’s location in its view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="popoverController">The popover controller changing the position of its content.</param>
/// <param name="willRepositionPopoverToRect">On input, the proposed rectangle for the popover. This popover is in the coordinate space of the view in the view parameter. If you want to propose a different rectangle for the popover, put the new value in this parameter.</param>
/// <param name="inView">On input, the proposed view for containing the popover. If you want to propose a different view for the popover, put the new view in this parameter.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("popoverController")]
//[Optional]
void PopoverController(UIPopoverController popoverController, UnsafeMutablePointer<CGRect> willRepositionPopoverToRect, AutoreleasingUnsafeMutablePointer<Optional<UIView>> inView);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the popover should be dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="popoverController">The popover controller to be dismissed.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.2)]
//[Export("popoverControllerShouldDismissPopover")]
//[Optional]
bool PopoverControllerShouldDismissPopover(UIPopoverController popoverController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the popover was dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="popoverController">The popover controller that was dismissed.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.2)]
//[Export("popoverControllerDidDismissPopover")]
//[Optional]
void PopoverControllerDidDismissPopover(UIPopoverController popoverController);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPopoverPresentationControllerDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPopoverPresentationControllerDelegate.cs index a465083c..74741198 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPopoverPresentationControllerDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPopoverPresentationControllerDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The methods of the UIPopoverPresentationControllerDelegate protocol let you customize the behavior of a popover-based presentation. A popover presentation controller notifies your delegate at appropriate points during the presentation process. You can use the delegate methods to customize this process and respond to changes dynamically.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPopoverPresentationControllerDelegate_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIPopoverPresentationControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public interface UIPopoverPresentationControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol, UIAdaptivePresentationControllerDelegate
{
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the delegate that the popover is about to be presented.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="popoverPresentationController">The popover presentation controller that is about to display the popover.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("prepareForPopoverPresentation")]
void PrepareForPopoverPresentation(UIPopoverPresentationController popoverPresentationController);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the popover should be dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="popoverPresentationController">The popover presentation controller that is managing the popover interface.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("popoverPresentationControllerShouldDismissPopover")]
bool PopoverPresentationControllerShouldDismissPopover(UIPopoverPresentationController popoverPresentationController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the popover was dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="popoverPresentationController">The popover presentation controller that is managing the popover interface.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("popoverPresentationControllerDidDismissPopover")]
void PopoverPresentationControllerDidDismissPopover(UIPopoverPresentationController popoverPresentationController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that UIKit needs to reposition the popover’s location.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="popoverPresentationController">The popover presentation controller that is managing the popover interface.</param>
/// <param name="willRepositionPopoverToRect">On input, the new rectangle for the popover. This popover is in the coordinate space of the view in the view parameter. If you want to propose a different rectangle for the popover, put the new value in this parameter.</param>
/// <param name="inView">On input, the new view for containing the popover. If you want to propose a different view for the popover, put that view in this parameter</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("popoverPresentationController")]
void PopoverPresentationController(UIPopoverPresentationController popoverPresentationController, UnsafePointer<CGRect> willRepositionPopoverToRect, AutoreleasingUnsafePointer<UIView> inView);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The methods of the UIPopoverPresentationControllerDelegate protocol let you customize the behavior of a popover-based presentation. A popover presentation controller notifies your delegate at appropriate points during the presentation process. You can use the delegate methods to customize this process and respond to changes dynamically.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPopoverPresentationControllerDelegate_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIPopoverPresentationControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public interface UIPopoverPresentationControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol, UIAdaptivePresentationControllerDelegate
{
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the delegate that the popover is about to be presented.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="popoverPresentationController">The popover presentation controller that is about to display the popover.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("prepareForPopoverPresentation")]
//[Optional]
void PrepareForPopoverPresentation(UIPopoverPresentationController popoverPresentationController);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the popover should be dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="popoverPresentationController">The popover presentation controller that is managing the popover interface.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("popoverPresentationControllerShouldDismissPopover")]
//[Optional]
bool PopoverPresentationControllerShouldDismissPopover(UIPopoverPresentationController popoverPresentationController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the popover was dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="popoverPresentationController">The popover presentation controller that is managing the popover interface.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("popoverPresentationControllerDidDismissPopover")]
//[Optional]
void PopoverPresentationControllerDidDismissPopover(UIPopoverPresentationController popoverPresentationController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that UIKit needs to reposition the popover’s location.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="popoverPresentationController">The popover presentation controller that is managing the popover interface.</param>
/// <param name="willRepositionPopoverToRect">On input, the new rectangle for the popover. This popover is in the coordinate space of the view in the view parameter. If you want to propose a different rectangle for the popover, put the new value in this parameter.</param>
/// <param name="inView">On input, the new view for containing the popover. If you want to propose a different view for the popover, put that view in this parameter</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("popoverPresentationController")]
//[Optional]
void PopoverPresentationController(UIPopoverPresentationController popoverPresentationController, UnsafeMutablePointer<CGRect> willRepositionPopoverToRect, AutoreleasingUnsafeMutablePointer<Optional<UIView>> inView);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPrintInteractionControllerDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPrintInteractionControllerDelegate.cs index 761f789f..08df6540 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPrintInteractionControllerDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPrintInteractionControllerDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIPrintInteractionControllerDelegate protocol is implemented by the delegate of the UIPrintInteractionController shared instance to perform a number of optional tasks.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPrintInteractionControllerDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIPrintInteractionControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public interface UIPrintInteractionControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns a parent view controller for managing the printing-options view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printInteractionController">The shared instance of UIPrintInteractionController that is managing the print job.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printInteractionControllerParentViewController")]
UIViewController PrintInteractionControllerParentViewController(UIPrintInteractionController printInteractionController);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for an object encapsulating the paper size and printing area to use for the print job.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printInteractionController">The shared instance of UIPrintInteractionController that is managing the print job.</param>
/// <param name="choosePaper">An array of UIPrintPaper objects that represent combinations of paper sizes and imageable areas supported by the selected printer.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printInteractionController")]
UIPrintPaper PrintInteractionController(UIPrintInteractionController printInteractionController, AnyObject[] choosePaper);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for a length to use when cutting the page.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printInteractionController">The shared instance of UIPrintInteractionController that is managing the print job.</param>
/// <param name="cutLengthForPaper">A UIPrintPaper that specifies the maximum physical and printable areas of the page.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("printInteractionController")]
CGFloat PrintInteractionController(UIPrintInteractionController printInteractionController, UIPrintPaper cutLengthForPaper);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the printing-options user interface is about to be displayed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printInteractionController">The shared instance of UIPrintInteractionController that is managing the print job.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printInteractionControllerWillPresentPrinterOptions")]
void PrintInteractionControllerWillPresentPrinterOptions(UIPrintInteractionController printInteractionController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the printing-options user interface has just been presented.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printInteractionController">The shared instance of UIPrintInteractionController that is managing the print job.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printInteractionControllerDidPresentPrinterOptions")]
void PrintInteractionControllerDidPresentPrinterOptions(UIPrintInteractionController printInteractionController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the printing-options user interface will be dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printInteractionController">The shared instance of UIPrintInteractionController that is managing the print job.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printInteractionControllerWillDismissPrinterOptions")]
void PrintInteractionControllerWillDismissPrinterOptions(UIPrintInteractionController printInteractionController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the printer user interface is being dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printInteractionController">The shared instance of UIPrintInteractionController that is managing the print job.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printInteractionControllerDidDismissPrinterOptions")]
void PrintInteractionControllerDidDismissPrinterOptions(UIPrintInteractionController printInteractionController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the print job is about to start.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printInteractionController">The shared instance of UIPrintInteractionController that is managing the print job.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printInteractionControllerWillStartJob")]
void PrintInteractionControllerWillStartJob(UIPrintInteractionController printInteractionController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the print job has ended.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printInteractionController">The shared instance of UIPrintInteractionController that is managing the print job.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printInteractionControllerDidFinishJob")]
void PrintInteractionControllerDidFinishJob(UIPrintInteractionController printInteractionController);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIPrintInteractionControllerDelegate protocol is implemented by the delegate of the UIPrintInteractionController shared instance to perform a number of optional tasks.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPrintInteractionControllerDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIPrintInteractionControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public interface UIPrintInteractionControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns a parent view controller for managing the printing-options view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printInteractionController">The shared instance of UIPrintInteractionController that is managing the print job.</param>
//[iOSVersion(4.2)]
//[Export("printInteractionControllerParentViewController")]
//[Optional]
UIViewController PrintInteractionControllerParentViewController(UIPrintInteractionController printInteractionController);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for an object encapsulating the paper size and printing area to use for the print job.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printInteractionController">The shared instance of UIPrintInteractionController that is managing the print job.</param>
/// <param name="choosePaper">An array of UIPrintPaper objects that represent combinations of paper sizes and imageable areas supported by the selected printer.</param>
//[iOSVersion(4.2)]
//[Export("printInteractionController")]
//[Optional]
UIPrintPaper PrintInteractionController(UIPrintInteractionController printInteractionController, AnyObject[] choosePaper);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for a length to use when cutting the page.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printInteractionController">The shared instance of UIPrintInteractionController that is managing the print job.</param>
/// <param name="cutLengthForPaper">A UIPrintPaper that specifies the maximum physical and printable areas of the page.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("printInteractionController")]
//[Optional]
CGFloat PrintInteractionController(UIPrintInteractionController printInteractionController, UIPrintPaper cutLengthForPaper);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the printing-options user interface is about to be displayed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printInteractionController">The shared instance of UIPrintInteractionController that is managing the print job.</param>
//[iOSVersion(4.2)]
//[Export("printInteractionControllerWillPresentPrinterOptions")]
//[Optional]
void PrintInteractionControllerWillPresentPrinterOptions(UIPrintInteractionController printInteractionController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the printing-options user interface has just been presented.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printInteractionController">The shared instance of UIPrintInteractionController that is managing the print job.</param>
//[iOSVersion(4.2)]
//[Export("printInteractionControllerDidPresentPrinterOptions")]
//[Optional]
void PrintInteractionControllerDidPresentPrinterOptions(UIPrintInteractionController printInteractionController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the printing-options user interface will be dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printInteractionController">The shared instance of UIPrintInteractionController that is managing the print job.</param>
//[iOSVersion(4.2)]
//[Export("printInteractionControllerWillDismissPrinterOptions")]
//[Optional]
void PrintInteractionControllerWillDismissPrinterOptions(UIPrintInteractionController printInteractionController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the printer user interface is being dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printInteractionController">The shared instance of UIPrintInteractionController that is managing the print job.</param>
//[iOSVersion(4.2)]
//[Export("printInteractionControllerDidDismissPrinterOptions")]
//[Optional]
void PrintInteractionControllerDidDismissPrinterOptions(UIPrintInteractionController printInteractionController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the print job is about to start.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printInteractionController">The shared instance of UIPrintInteractionController that is managing the print job.</param>
//[iOSVersion(4.2)]
//[Export("printInteractionControllerWillStartJob")]
//[Optional]
void PrintInteractionControllerWillStartJob(UIPrintInteractionController printInteractionController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the print job has ended.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printInteractionController">The shared instance of UIPrintInteractionController that is managing the print job.</param>
//[iOSVersion(4.2)]
//[Export("printInteractionControllerDidFinishJob")]
//[Optional]
void PrintInteractionControllerDidFinishJob(UIPrintInteractionController printInteractionController);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPrinterPickerControllerDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPrinterPickerControllerDelegate.cs index 2fb8d0c3..7c738cd7 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPrinterPickerControllerDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIPrinterPickerControllerDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIPrinterPickerControllerDelegate protocol defines methods for managing the presentation and dismissal of a printer picker interface. You also use the methods of this protocol to influence the content displayed in the picker and to respond when the user selects a printer.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPrinterPickerControllerDelegate_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIPrinterPickerControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public interface UIPrinterPickerControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the specified printer should be included in the picker.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printerPickerController">The printer picker controller that is asking the delegate for information.</param>
/// <param name="shouldShowPrinter">The printer object for the delegate to consider.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("printerPickerController")]
bool PrinterPickerController(UIPrinterPickerController printerPickerController, UIPrinter shouldShowPrinter);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that a printer was selected.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printerPickerController">The printer picker controller that is providing your delegate with information.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("printerPickerControllerDidSelectPrinter")]
void PrinterPickerControllerDidSelectPrinter(UIPrinterPickerController printerPickerController);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to provide the view controller to act as the parent of the printer picker.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printerPickerController">The printer picker controller object that made the request.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("printerPickerControllerParentViewController")]
UIViewController PrinterPickerControllerParentViewController(UIPrinterPickerController printerPickerController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the printer picker is about to be displayed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printerPickerController">The printer picker controller object being displayed.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("printerPickerControllerWillPresent")]
void PrinterPickerControllerWillPresent(UIPrinterPickerController printerPickerController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the printer picker was displayed and is now visible.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printerPickerController">The printer picker controller object being displayed.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("printerPickerControllerDidPresent")]
void PrinterPickerControllerDidPresent(UIPrinterPickerController printerPickerController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the printer picker is about to be dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printerPickerController">The printer picker controller object being dismissed.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("printerPickerControllerWillDismiss")]
void PrinterPickerControllerWillDismiss(UIPrinterPickerController printerPickerController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the printer picker was dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printerPickerController">The printer picker controller object that was dismissed.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("printerPickerControllerDidDismiss")]
void PrinterPickerControllerDidDismiss(UIPrinterPickerController printerPickerController);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIPrinterPickerControllerDelegate protocol defines methods for managing the presentation and dismissal of a printer picker interface. You also use the methods of this protocol to influence the content displayed in the picker and to respond when the user selects a printer.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPrinterPickerControllerDelegate_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIPrinterPickerControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public interface UIPrinterPickerControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the specified printer should be included in the picker.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printerPickerController">The printer picker controller that is asking the delegate for information.</param>
/// <param name="shouldShowPrinter">The printer object for the delegate to consider.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("printerPickerController")]
//[Optional]
bool PrinterPickerController(UIPrinterPickerController printerPickerController, UIPrinter shouldShowPrinter);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that a printer was selected.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printerPickerController">The printer picker controller that is providing your delegate with information.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("printerPickerControllerDidSelectPrinter")]
//[Optional]
void PrinterPickerControllerDidSelectPrinter(UIPrinterPickerController printerPickerController);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to provide the view controller to act as the parent of the printer picker.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printerPickerController">The printer picker controller object that made the request.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("printerPickerControllerParentViewController")]
//[Optional]
UIViewController PrinterPickerControllerParentViewController(UIPrinterPickerController printerPickerController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the printer picker is about to be displayed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printerPickerController">The printer picker controller object being displayed.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("printerPickerControllerWillPresent")]
//[Optional]
void PrinterPickerControllerWillPresent(UIPrinterPickerController printerPickerController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the printer picker was displayed and is now visible.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printerPickerController">The printer picker controller object being displayed.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("printerPickerControllerDidPresent")]
//[Optional]
void PrinterPickerControllerDidPresent(UIPrinterPickerController printerPickerController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the printer picker is about to be dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printerPickerController">The printer picker controller object being dismissed.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("printerPickerControllerWillDismiss")]
//[Optional]
void PrinterPickerControllerWillDismiss(UIPrinterPickerController printerPickerController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the printer picker was dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printerPickerController">The printer picker controller object that was dismissed.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("printerPickerControllerDidDismiss")]
//[Optional]
void PrinterPickerControllerDidDismiss(UIPrinterPickerController printerPickerController);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIScrollViewAccessibilityDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIScrollViewAccessibilityDelegate.cs index 0f73eb72..58add7fd 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIScrollViewAccessibilityDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIScrollViewAccessibilityDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIScrollViewAccessibilityDelegate protocol defines methods you can implement to provide accessibility information for a scrollview.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIScrollViewAccessibilityDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIScrollViewAccessibilityDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public interface UIScrollViewAccessibilityDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol, UIScrollViewDelegate
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns a custom status string for the current offset.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView"></param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("accessibilityScrollStatusForScrollView")]
string AccessibilityScrollStatusForScrollView(UIScrollView scrollView);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIScrollViewAccessibilityDelegate protocol defines methods you can implement to provide accessibility information for a scrollview.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIScrollViewAccessibilityDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIScrollViewAccessibilityDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public interface UIScrollViewAccessibilityDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol, UIScrollViewDelegate
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns a custom status string for the current offset.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView"></param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("accessibilityScrollStatusForScrollView")]
//[Optional]
string AccessibilityScrollStatusForScrollView(UIScrollView scrollView);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIScrollViewDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIScrollViewDelegate.cs index 94703d66..a0e4065b 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIScrollViewDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIScrollViewDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The methods declared by the UIScrollViewDelegate protocol allow the adopting delegate to respond to messages from the UIScrollView class and thus respond to, and in some affect, operations such as scrolling, zooming, deceleration of scrolled content, and scrolling animations.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIScrollViewDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIScrollViewDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UIScrollViewDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when the user scrolls the content view within the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object in which the scrolling occurred.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scrollViewDidScroll")]
void ScrollViewDidScroll(UIScrollView scrollView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when the scroll view is about to start scrolling the content.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object that is about to scroll the content view.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scrollViewWillBeginDragging")]
void ScrollViewWillBeginDragging(UIScrollView scrollView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when the user finishes scrolling the content.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object where the user ended the touch..</param>
/// <param name="withVelocity">The velocity of the scroll view (in points) at the moment the touch was released.</param>
/// <param name="targetContentOffset">The expected offset when the scrolling action decelerates to a stop.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("scrollViewWillEndDragging")]
void ScrollViewWillEndDragging(UIScrollView scrollView, CGPoint withVelocity, UnsafePointer<CGPoint> targetContentOffset);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when dragging ended in the scroll view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object that finished scrolling the content view.</param>
/// <param name="willDecelerate">true if the scrolling movement will continue, but decelerate, after a touch-up gesture during a dragging operation. If the value is false, scrolling stops immediately upon touch-up.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scrollViewDidEndDragging")]
void ScrollViewDidEndDragging(UIScrollView scrollView, bool willDecelerate);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the scroll view should scroll to the top of the content.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object requesting this information.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scrollViewShouldScrollToTop")]
bool ScrollViewShouldScrollToTop(UIScrollView scrollView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the scroll view scrolled to the top of the content.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object that perform the scrolling operation.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scrollViewDidScrollToTop")]
void ScrollViewDidScrollToTop(UIScrollView scrollView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the scroll view is starting to decelerate the scrolling movement.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object that is decelerating the scrolling of the content view.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scrollViewWillBeginDecelerating")]
void ScrollViewWillBeginDecelerating(UIScrollView scrollView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the scroll view has ended decelerating the scrolling movement.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object that is decelerating the scrolling of the content view.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scrollViewDidEndDecelerating")]
void ScrollViewDidEndDecelerating(UIScrollView scrollView);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the view to scale when zooming is about to occur in the scroll view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object displaying the content view.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("viewForZoomingInScrollView")]
UIView ViewForZoomingInScrollView(UIScrollView scrollView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that zooming of the content in the scroll view is about to commence.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object displaying the content view.</param>
/// <param name="withView">The view object whose content is about to be zoomed.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("scrollViewWillBeginZooming")]
void ScrollViewWillBeginZooming(UIScrollView scrollView, UIView withView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when zooming of the content in the scroll view completed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object displaying the content view.</param>
/// <param name="withView">The view object representing that part of the content view that needs to be scaled.</param>
/// <param name="atScale">The scale factor to use for scaling; this value must be between the limits established by the UIScrollView properties maximumZoomScale and minimumZoomScale.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scrollViewDidEndZooming")]
void ScrollViewDidEndZooming(UIScrollView scrollView, UIView withView, CGFloat atScale);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the scroll view’s zoom factor changed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object whose zoom factor changed.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("scrollViewDidZoom")]
void ScrollViewDidZoom(UIScrollView scrollView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when a scrolling animation in the scroll view concludes.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object that is performing the scrolling animation.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scrollViewDidEndScrollingAnimation")]
void ScrollViewDidEndScrollingAnimation(UIScrollView scrollView);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The methods declared by the UIScrollViewDelegate protocol allow the adopting delegate to respond to messages from the UIScrollView class and thus respond to, and in some affect, operations such as scrolling, zooming, deceleration of scrolled content, and scrolling animations.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIScrollViewDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIScrollViewDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UIScrollViewDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when the user scrolls the content view within the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object in which the scrolling occurred.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("scrollViewDidScroll")]
//[Optional]
void ScrollViewDidScroll(UIScrollView scrollView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when the scroll view is about to start scrolling the content.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object that is about to scroll the content view.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("scrollViewWillBeginDragging")]
//[Optional]
void ScrollViewWillBeginDragging(UIScrollView scrollView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when the user finishes scrolling the content.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object where the user ended the touch..</param>
/// <param name="withVelocity">The velocity of the scroll view (in points) at the moment the touch was released.</param>
/// <param name="targetContentOffset">The expected offset when the scrolling action decelerates to a stop.</param>
//[iOSVersion(5)]
//[Export("scrollViewWillEndDragging")]
//[Optional]
void ScrollViewWillEndDragging(UIScrollView scrollView, CGPoint withVelocity, UnsafeMutablePointer<CGPoint> targetContentOffset);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when dragging ended in the scroll view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object that finished scrolling the content view.</param>
/// <param name="willDecelerate">true if the scrolling movement will continue, but decelerate, after a touch-up gesture during a dragging operation. If the value is false, scrolling stops immediately upon touch-up.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("scrollViewDidEndDragging")]
//[Optional]
void ScrollViewDidEndDragging(UIScrollView scrollView, bool willDecelerate);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the scroll view should scroll to the top of the content.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object requesting this information.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("scrollViewShouldScrollToTop")]
//[Optional]
bool ScrollViewShouldScrollToTop(UIScrollView scrollView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the scroll view scrolled to the top of the content.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object that perform the scrolling operation.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("scrollViewDidScrollToTop")]
//[Optional]
void ScrollViewDidScrollToTop(UIScrollView scrollView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the scroll view is starting to decelerate the scrolling movement.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object that is decelerating the scrolling of the content view.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("scrollViewWillBeginDecelerating")]
//[Optional]
void ScrollViewWillBeginDecelerating(UIScrollView scrollView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the scroll view has ended decelerating the scrolling movement.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object that is decelerating the scrolling of the content view.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("scrollViewDidEndDecelerating")]
//[Optional]
void ScrollViewDidEndDecelerating(UIScrollView scrollView);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the view to scale when zooming is about to occur in the scroll view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object displaying the content view.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("viewForZoomingInScrollView")]
//[Optional]
UIView ViewForZoomingInScrollView(UIScrollView scrollView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that zooming of the content in the scroll view is about to commence.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object displaying the content view.</param>
/// <param name="withView">The view object whose content is about to be zoomed.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.2)]
//[Export("scrollViewWillBeginZooming")]
//[Optional]
void ScrollViewWillBeginZooming(UIScrollView scrollView, UIView withView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when zooming of the content in the scroll view completed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object displaying the content view.</param>
/// <param name="withView">The view object representing that part of the content view that needs to be scaled.</param>
/// <param name="atScale">The scale factor to use for scaling; this value must be between the limits established by the UIScrollView properties maximumZoomScale and minimumZoomScale.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("scrollViewDidEndZooming")]
//[Optional]
void ScrollViewDidEndZooming(UIScrollView scrollView, UIView withView, CGFloat atScale);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the scroll view’s zoom factor changed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object whose zoom factor changed.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.2)]
//[Export("scrollViewDidZoom")]
//[Optional]
void ScrollViewDidZoom(UIScrollView scrollView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when a scrolling animation in the scroll view concludes.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollView">The scroll-view object that is performing the scrolling animation.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("scrollViewDidEndScrollingAnimation")]
//[Optional]
void ScrollViewDidEndScrollingAnimation(UIScrollView scrollView);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UISearchBarDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UISearchBarDelegate.cs index 9b877db4..fd6a1c1e 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UISearchBarDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UISearchBarDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UISearchBarDelegate protocol defines the optional methods you implement to make a UISearchBar control functional. A UISearchBar object provides the user interface for a search field on a bar, but it’s the application’s responsibility to implement the actions when buttons are tapped. At a minimum, the delegate needs to perform the actual search when text is entered in the text field.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISearchBarDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UISearchBarDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UISearchBarDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol, UIBarPositioningDelegate
{
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user changed the search text.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">The search bar that is being edited.</param>
/// <param name="textDidChange">The current text in the search text field.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("searchBar")]
void SearchBar(UISearchBar searchBar, string textDidChange);
/// <summary>
/// Ask the delegate if text in a specified range should be replaced with given text.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">The search bar that is being edited.</param>
/// <param name="shouldChangeTextInRange">The range of the text to be changed.</param>
/// <param name="replacementText">The text to replace existing text in range.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchBar")]
bool SearchBar(UISearchBar searchBar, NSRange shouldChangeTextInRange, string replacementText);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if editing should begin in the specified search bar.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">The search bar that is being edited.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("searchBarShouldBeginEditing")]
bool SearchBarShouldBeginEditing(UISearchBar searchBar);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when the user begins editing the search text.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">The search bar that is being edited.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("searchBarTextDidBeginEditing")]
void SearchBarTextDidBeginEditing(UISearchBar searchBar);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if editing should stop in the specified search bar.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">The search bar that is being edited.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("searchBarShouldEndEditing")]
bool SearchBarShouldEndEditing(UISearchBar searchBar);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user finished editing the search text.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">The search bar that is being edited.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("searchBarTextDidEndEditing")]
void SearchBarTextDidEndEditing(UISearchBar searchBar);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the bookmark button was tapped.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">The search bar that was tapped.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("searchBarBookmarkButtonClicked")]
void SearchBarBookmarkButtonClicked(UISearchBar searchBar);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the cancel button was tapped.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">The search bar that was tapped.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("searchBarCancelButtonClicked")]
void SearchBarCancelButtonClicked(UISearchBar searchBar);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the search button was tapped.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">The search bar that was tapped.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("searchBarSearchButtonClicked")]
void SearchBarSearchButtonClicked(UISearchBar searchBar);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the search results list button was tapped.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">The search bar that was tapped.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("searchBarResultsListButtonClicked")]
void SearchBarResultsListButtonClicked(UISearchBar searchBar);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the scope button selection changed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">The search bar that was tapped.</param>
/// <param name="selectedScopeButtonIndexDidChange">The index of the selected scope button (see selectedScopeButtonIndex).</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchBar")]
void SearchBar(UISearchBar searchBar, int selectedScopeButtonIndexDidChange);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UISearchBarDelegate protocol defines the optional methods you implement to make a UISearchBar control functional. A UISearchBar object provides the user interface for a search field on a bar, but it’s the application’s responsibility to implement the actions when buttons are tapped. At a minimum, the delegate needs to perform the actual search when text is entered in the text field.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISearchBarDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UISearchBarDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UISearchBarDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol, UIBarPositioningDelegate
{
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user changed the search text.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">The search bar that is being edited.</param>
/// <param name="textDidChange">The current text in the search text field.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("searchBar")]
//[Optional]
void SearchBar(UISearchBar searchBar, string textDidChange);
/// <summary>
/// Ask the delegate if text in a specified range should be replaced with given text.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">The search bar that is being edited.</param>
/// <param name="shouldChangeTextInRange">The range of the text to be changed.</param>
/// <param name="replacementText">The text to replace existing text in range.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("searchBar")]
//[Optional]
bool SearchBar(UISearchBar searchBar, NSRange shouldChangeTextInRange, string replacementText);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if editing should begin in the specified search bar.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">The search bar that is being edited.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("searchBarShouldBeginEditing")]
//[Optional]
bool SearchBarShouldBeginEditing(UISearchBar searchBar);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate when the user begins editing the search text.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">The search bar that is being edited.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("searchBarTextDidBeginEditing")]
//[Optional]
void SearchBarTextDidBeginEditing(UISearchBar searchBar);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if editing should stop in the specified search bar.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">The search bar that is being edited.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("searchBarShouldEndEditing")]
//[Optional]
bool SearchBarShouldEndEditing(UISearchBar searchBar);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user finished editing the search text.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">The search bar that is being edited.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("searchBarTextDidEndEditing")]
//[Optional]
void SearchBarTextDidEndEditing(UISearchBar searchBar);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the bookmark button was tapped.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">The search bar that was tapped.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("searchBarBookmarkButtonClicked")]
//[Optional]
void SearchBarBookmarkButtonClicked(UISearchBar searchBar);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the cancel button was tapped.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">The search bar that was tapped.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("searchBarCancelButtonClicked")]
//[Optional]
void SearchBarCancelButtonClicked(UISearchBar searchBar);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the search button was tapped.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">The search bar that was tapped.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("searchBarSearchButtonClicked")]
//[Optional]
void SearchBarSearchButtonClicked(UISearchBar searchBar);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the search results list button was tapped.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">The search bar that was tapped.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.2)]
//[Export("searchBarResultsListButtonClicked")]
//[Optional]
void SearchBarResultsListButtonClicked(UISearchBar searchBar);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the scope button selection changed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">The search bar that was tapped.</param>
/// <param name="selectedScopeButtonIndexDidChange">The index of the selected scope button (see selectedScopeButtonIndex).</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("searchBar")]
//[Optional]
void SearchBar(UISearchBar searchBar, int selectedScopeButtonIndexDidChange);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UISearchControllerDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UISearchControllerDelegate.cs index 78fcaa28..c8e541ef 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UISearchControllerDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UISearchControllerDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// This protocol defines delegate methods for UISearchController objects.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISearchControllerDelegate_Ref/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UISearchControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public interface UISearchControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Called when the search controller has been automatically dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchController">The UISearchController object that was dismissed.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("didDismissSearchController")]
void DidDismissSearchController(UISearchController searchController);
/// <summary>
/// Called when the search controller has been automatically presented.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchController">The UISearchController object that was presented.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("didPresentSearchController")]
void DidPresentSearchController(UISearchController searchController);
/// <summary>
/// Presents the designated search controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchController">The UISearchController object to be presented.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("presentSearchController")]
void PresentSearchController(UISearchController searchController);
/// <summary>
/// Called when the search controller is to be automatically dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchController">The UISearchController object to be dismissed.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("willDismissSearchController")]
void WillDismissSearchController(UISearchController searchController);
/// <summary>
/// Called when the search controller is to be automatically displayed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchController">The search controller to present.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("willPresentSearchController")]
void WillPresentSearchController(UISearchController searchController);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// This protocol defines delegate methods for UISearchController objects.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISearchControllerDelegate_Ref/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UISearchControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public interface UISearchControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Called when the search controller has been automatically dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchController">The UISearchController object that was dismissed.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("didDismissSearchController")]
//[Optional]
void DidDismissSearchController(UISearchController searchController);
/// <summary>
/// Called when the search controller has been automatically presented.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchController">The UISearchController object that was presented.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("didPresentSearchController")]
//[Optional]
void DidPresentSearchController(UISearchController searchController);
/// <summary>
/// Presents the designated search controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchController">The UISearchController object to be presented.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("presentSearchController")]
//[Optional]
void PresentSearchController(UISearchController searchController);
/// <summary>
/// Called when the search controller is to be automatically dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchController">The UISearchController object to be dismissed.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("willDismissSearchController")]
//[Optional]
void WillDismissSearchController(UISearchController searchController);
/// <summary>
/// Called when the search controller is to be automatically displayed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchController">The search controller to present.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("willPresentSearchController")]
//[Optional]
void WillPresentSearchController(UISearchController searchController);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UISearchDisplayDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UISearchDisplayDelegate.cs index beb1aad9..b69d97bf 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UISearchDisplayDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UISearchDisplayDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// This protocol defines delegate methods for UISearchDisplayController objects.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISearchDisplayDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UISearchDisplayDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public interface UISearchDisplayDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the controller is about to begin searching.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchDisplayControllerWillBeginSearch")]
void SearchDisplayControllerWillBeginSearch(UISearchDisplayController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the controller has started searching.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchDisplayControllerDidBeginSearch")]
void SearchDisplayControllerDidBeginSearch(UISearchDisplayController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the controller is about to end searching.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchDisplayControllerWillEndSearch")]
void SearchDisplayControllerWillEndSearch(UISearchDisplayController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the controller has finished searching.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchDisplayControllerDidEndSearch")]
void SearchDisplayControllerDidEndSearch(UISearchDisplayController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the controller has loaded its table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
/// <param name="didLoadSearchResultsTableView">The search display controller’s table view.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchDisplayController")]
void SearchDisplayController(UISearchDisplayController controller, UITableView didLoadSearchResultsTableView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the controller is about to unload its table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
/// <param name="willUnloadSearchResultsTableView">The search display controller’s table view.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchDisplayController")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void SearchDisplayController(UISearchDisplayController controller, UITableView willUnloadSearchResultsTableView, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the controller is about to display its table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
/// <param name="willShowSearchResultsTableView">The search display controller’s table view.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchDisplayController")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void SearchDisplayController(UISearchDisplayController controller, UITableView willShowSearchResultsTableView, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the controller just displayed its table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
/// <param name="didShowSearchResultsTableView">The search display controller’s table view.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchDisplayController")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void SearchDisplayController(UISearchDisplayController controller, UITableView didShowSearchResultsTableView, string NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = "");
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the controller is about to hide its table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
/// <param name="willHideSearchResultsTableView">The search display controller’s table view.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchDisplayController")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void SearchDisplayController(UISearchDisplayController controller, UITableView willHideSearchResultsTableView, double NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 4.2);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the controller just hid its table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
/// <param name="didHideSearchResultsTableView">The search display controller’s table view.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchDisplayController")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void SearchDisplayController(UISearchDisplayController controller, UITableView didHideSearchResultsTableView, uint NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the table view should be reloaded for a given search string.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
/// <param name="shouldReloadTableForSearchString">The string in the search bar.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchDisplayController")]
bool SearchDisplayController(UISearchDisplayController controller, string shouldReloadTableForSearchString);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the table view should be reloaded for a given scope.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
/// <param name="shouldReloadTableForSearchScope">The index of the selected scope button in the search bar.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchDisplayController")]
bool SearchDisplayController(UISearchDisplayController controller, int shouldReloadTableForSearchScope);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// This protocol defines delegate methods for UISearchDisplayController objects.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISearchDisplayDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UISearchDisplayDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public interface UISearchDisplayDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the controller is about to begin searching.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("searchDisplayControllerWillBeginSearch")]
//[Optional]
void SearchDisplayControllerWillBeginSearch(UISearchDisplayController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the controller has started searching.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("searchDisplayControllerDidBeginSearch")]
//[Optional]
void SearchDisplayControllerDidBeginSearch(UISearchDisplayController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the controller is about to end searching.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("searchDisplayControllerWillEndSearch")]
//[Optional]
void SearchDisplayControllerWillEndSearch(UISearchDisplayController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the controller has finished searching.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("searchDisplayControllerDidEndSearch")]
//[Optional]
void SearchDisplayControllerDidEndSearch(UISearchDisplayController controller);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the controller has loaded its table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
/// <param name="didLoadSearchResultsTableView">The search display controller’s table view.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("searchDisplayController")]
//[Optional]
void SearchDisplayController(UISearchDisplayController controller, UITableView didLoadSearchResultsTableView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the controller is about to unload its table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
/// <param name="willUnloadSearchResultsTableView">The search display controller’s table view.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("searchDisplayController")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void SearchDisplayController(UISearchDisplayController controller, UITableView willUnloadSearchResultsTableView, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the controller is about to display its table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
/// <param name="willShowSearchResultsTableView">The search display controller’s table view.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("searchDisplayController")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void SearchDisplayController(UISearchDisplayController controller, UITableView willShowSearchResultsTableView, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the controller just displayed its table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
/// <param name="didShowSearchResultsTableView">The search display controller’s table view.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("searchDisplayController")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void SearchDisplayController(UISearchDisplayController controller, UITableView didShowSearchResultsTableView, string NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = "");
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the controller is about to hide its table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
/// <param name="willHideSearchResultsTableView">The search display controller’s table view.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("searchDisplayController")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void SearchDisplayController(UISearchDisplayController controller, UITableView willHideSearchResultsTableView, double NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 4.2);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the controller just hid its table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
/// <param name="didHideSearchResultsTableView">The search display controller’s table view.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("searchDisplayController")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void SearchDisplayController(UISearchDisplayController controller, UITableView didHideSearchResultsTableView, uint NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 4.2);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the table view should be reloaded for a given search string.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
/// <param name="shouldReloadTableForSearchString">The string in the search bar.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("searchDisplayController")]
//[Optional]
bool SearchDisplayController(UISearchDisplayController controller, string shouldReloadTableForSearchString);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the table view should be reloaded for a given scope.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controller">The search display controller for which the receiver is the delegate.</param>
/// <param name="shouldReloadTableForSearchScope">The index of the selected scope button in the search bar.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("searchDisplayController")]
//[Optional]
bool SearchDisplayController(UISearchDisplayController controller, int shouldReloadTableForSearchScope);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UISplitViewControllerDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UISplitViewControllerDelegate.cs index cb08de89..b812cee6 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UISplitViewControllerDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UISplitViewControllerDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UISplitViewControllerDelegate protocol defines methods that allow you to manage changes to a split view interface. Use the methods of this protocol to respond to changes in the current display mode and to the current interface orientation. When the split view interface collapses and expands, or when a new view controller is added to the interface, you can also use these methods to configure the child view controllers appropriately.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISplitViewControllerDelegate_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UISplitViewControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public interface UISplitViewControllerDelegate//:
{
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the display mode for the split view controller is about to change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="svc">The split view controller whose display mode is changing.</param>
/// <param name="willChangeToDisplayMode">The new display mode that is about to be applied to the split view controller.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("splitViewController")]
void SplitViewController(UISplitViewController svc, UISplitViewControllerDisplayMode willChangeToDisplayMode);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to provide the display mode to apply when a split view controller action occurs.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="svc">The split view controller whose action may be triggered. Use this object to obtain the current display mode and configuration of the split view interface.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("targetDisplayModeForActionInSplitViewController")]
UISplitViewControllerDisplayMode TargetDisplayModeForActionInSplitViewController(UISplitViewController svc);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the orientation to use when presenting the split view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="splitViewController">The split view controller that is about to be presented onscreen.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("splitViewControllerPreferredInterfaceOrientationForPresentation")]
UIInterfaceOrientation SplitViewControllerPreferredInterfaceOrientationForPresentation(UISplitViewController splitViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to specify the interface orientations that the split view controller supports.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="splitViewController">The split view controller.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("splitViewControllerSupportedInterfaceOrientations")]
int SplitViewControllerSupportedInterfaceOrientations(UISplitViewController splitViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to provide the single view controller to display after the split view interface collapses.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="splitViewController">The split view controller whose interface is collapsing.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("primaryViewControllerForCollapsingSplitViewController")]
UIViewController PrimaryViewControllerForCollapsingSplitViewController(UISplitViewController splitViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to adjust the primary view controller and to incorporate the secondary view controller into the collapsed interface.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="splitViewController">The split view controller whose interface is collapsing.</param>
/// <param name="collapseSecondaryViewController">The secondary view controller of the split view interface.</param>
/// <param name="ontoPrimaryViewController">The primary view controller of the split view interface. If you implement the primaryViewControllerForCollapsingSplitViewController: method in your delegate, this object is the one returned by that method.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("splitViewController")]
bool SplitViewController(UISplitViewController splitViewController, UIViewController collapseSecondaryViewController, UIViewController ontoPrimaryViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to provide the view controller to display in the primary position when the split view interface expands.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="splitViewController">The split view controller whose interface is expanding.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("primaryViewControllerForExpandingSplitViewController")]
UIViewController PrimaryViewControllerForExpandingSplitViewController(UISplitViewController splitViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to provide the new secondary view controller for the split view interface.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="splitViewController">The split view controller whose interface is expanding.</param>
/// <param name="separateSecondaryViewControllerFromPrimaryViewController">The primary view controller in the expanded split view interface. If you implement the primaryViewControllerForExpandingSplitViewController: method in your delegate, this object is the one returned by that method.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("splitViewController")]
UIViewController SplitViewController(UISplitViewController splitViewController, UIViewController separateSecondaryViewControllerFromPrimaryViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if it wants to do the work of displaying a view controller in the primary position of the split view interface.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="splitViewController">The split view controller whose primary view controller is being updated.</param>
/// <param name="showViewController">The view controller being displayed in the primary position.</param>
/// <param name="sender">The object that made the request.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("splitViewController")]
bool SplitViewController(UISplitViewController splitViewController, UIViewController showViewController, AnyObject sender);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if it wants to do the work of displaying a view controller in the secondary position of the split view interface.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="splitViewController">The split view controller whose secondary view controller is being updated.</param>
/// <param name="showDetailViewController">The view controller being displayed in the secondary position.</param>
/// <param name="sender">The object that made the request.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("splitViewController")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool SplitViewController(UISplitViewController splitViewController, UIViewController showDetailViewController, AnyObject sender, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate whether the first view controller should be hidden for the specified orientation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="svc">The split view controller that owns the first view controller.</param>
/// <param name="shouldHideViewController">The first view controller in the array of view controllers.</param>
/// <param name="inOrientation">The orientation being considered.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("splitViewController")]
bool SplitViewController(UISplitViewController svc, UIViewController shouldHideViewController, UIInterfaceOrientation inOrientation);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified view controller is about to be hidden.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="svc">The split view controller that owns the specified view controller.</param>
/// <param name="willHideViewController">The view controller being hidden.</param>
/// <param name="withBarButtonItem">A button you can add to your toolbar.</param>
/// <param name="forPopoverController">The popover controller that uses taps in barButtonItem to display the specified view controller.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("splitViewController")]
void SplitViewController(UISplitViewController svc, UIViewController willHideViewController, UIBarButtonItem withBarButtonItem, UIPopoverController forPopoverController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified view controller is about to be shown again.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="svc">The split view controller that owns the specified view controller.</param>
/// <param name="willShowViewController">The view controller being hidden.</param>
/// <param name="invalidatingBarButtonItem">The button used to display the view controller while it was hidden.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("splitViewController")]
void SplitViewController(UISplitViewController svc, UIViewController willShowViewController, UIBarButtonItem invalidatingBarButtonItem);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the hidden view controller is about to be displayed in a popover.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="svc">The split view controller that owns the hidden view controller.</param>
/// <param name="popoverController">The popover controller that is about to display the view controller.</param>
/// <param name="willPresentViewController">The view controller to be displayed in the popover.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("splitViewController")]
void SplitViewController(UISplitViewController svc, UIPopoverController popoverController, UIViewController willPresentViewController);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UISplitViewControllerDelegate protocol defines methods that allow you to manage changes to a split view interface. Use the methods of this protocol to respond to changes in the current display mode and to the current interface orientation. When the split view interface collapses and expands, or when a new view controller is added to the interface, you can also use these methods to configure the child view controllers appropriately.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISplitViewControllerDelegate_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UISplitViewControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public interface UISplitViewControllerDelegate//:
{
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the display mode for the split view controller is about to change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="svc">The split view controller whose display mode is changing.</param>
/// <param name="willChangeToDisplayMode">The new display mode that is about to be applied to the split view controller.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("splitViewController")]
//[Optional]
void SplitViewController(UISplitViewController svc, UISplitViewControllerDisplayMode willChangeToDisplayMode);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to provide the display mode to apply when a split view controller action occurs.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="svc">The split view controller whose action may be triggered. Use this object to obtain the current display mode and configuration of the split view interface.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("targetDisplayModeForActionInSplitViewController")]
//[Optional]
UISplitViewControllerDisplayMode TargetDisplayModeForActionInSplitViewController(UISplitViewController svc);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the orientation to use when presenting the split view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="splitViewController">The split view controller that is about to be presented onscreen.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("splitViewControllerPreferredInterfaceOrientationForPresentation")]
//[Optional]
UIInterfaceOrientation SplitViewControllerPreferredInterfaceOrientationForPresentation(UISplitViewController splitViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to specify the interface orientations that the split view controller supports.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="splitViewController">The split view controller.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("splitViewControllerSupportedInterfaceOrientations")]
//[Optional]
int SplitViewControllerSupportedInterfaceOrientations(UISplitViewController splitViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to provide the single view controller to display after the split view interface collapses.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="splitViewController">The split view controller whose interface is collapsing.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("primaryViewControllerForCollapsingSplitViewController")]
//[Optional]
UIViewController PrimaryViewControllerForCollapsingSplitViewController(UISplitViewController splitViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to adjust the primary view controller and to incorporate the secondary view controller into the collapsed interface.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="splitViewController">The split view controller whose interface is collapsing.</param>
/// <param name="collapseSecondaryViewController">The secondary view controller of the split view interface.</param>
/// <param name="ontoPrimaryViewController">The primary view controller of the split view interface. If you implement the primaryViewControllerForCollapsingSplitViewController: method in your delegate, this object is the one returned by that method.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("splitViewController")]
//[Optional]
bool SplitViewController(UISplitViewController splitViewController, UIViewController collapseSecondaryViewController, UIViewController ontoPrimaryViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to provide the view controller to display in the primary position when the split view interface expands.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="splitViewController">The split view controller whose interface is expanding.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("primaryViewControllerForExpandingSplitViewController")]
//[Optional]
UIViewController PrimaryViewControllerForExpandingSplitViewController(UISplitViewController splitViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to provide the new secondary view controller for the split view interface.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="splitViewController">The split view controller whose interface is expanding.</param>
/// <param name="separateSecondaryViewControllerFromPrimaryViewController">The primary view controller in the expanded split view interface. If you implement the primaryViewControllerForExpandingSplitViewController: method in your delegate, this object is the one returned by that method.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("splitViewController")]
//[Optional]
UIViewController SplitViewController(UISplitViewController splitViewController, UIViewController separateSecondaryViewControllerFromPrimaryViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if it wants to do the work of displaying a view controller in the primary position of the split view interface.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="splitViewController">The split view controller whose primary view controller is being updated.</param>
/// <param name="showViewController">The view controller being displayed in the primary position.</param>
/// <param name="sender">The object that made the request.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("splitViewController")]
//[Optional]
bool SplitViewController(UISplitViewController splitViewController, UIViewController showViewController, AnyObject sender);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if it wants to do the work of displaying a view controller in the secondary position of the split view interface.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="splitViewController">The split view controller whose secondary view controller is being updated.</param>
/// <param name="showDetailViewController">The view controller being displayed in the secondary position.</param>
/// <param name="sender">The object that made the request.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("splitViewController")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool SplitViewController(UISplitViewController splitViewController, UIViewController showDetailViewController, AnyObject sender, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate whether the first view controller should be hidden for the specified orientation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="svc">The split view controller that owns the first view controller.</param>
/// <param name="shouldHideViewController">The first view controller in the array of view controllers.</param>
/// <param name="inOrientation">The orientation being considered.</param>
//[iOSVersion(5)]
//[Export("splitViewController")]
//[Optional]
bool SplitViewController(UISplitViewController svc, UIViewController shouldHideViewController, UIInterfaceOrientation inOrientation);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified view controller is about to be hidden.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="svc">The split view controller that owns the specified view controller.</param>
/// <param name="willHideViewController">The view controller being hidden.</param>
/// <param name="withBarButtonItem">A button you can add to your toolbar.</param>
/// <param name="forPopoverController">The popover controller that uses taps in barButtonItem to display the specified view controller.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("splitViewController")]
//[Optional]
void SplitViewController(UISplitViewController svc, UIViewController willHideViewController, UIBarButtonItem withBarButtonItem, UIPopoverController forPopoverController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified view controller is about to be shown again.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="svc">The split view controller that owns the specified view controller.</param>
/// <param name="willShowViewController">The view controller being hidden.</param>
/// <param name="invalidatingBarButtonItem">The button used to display the view controller while it was hidden.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("splitViewController")]
//[Optional]
void SplitViewController(UISplitViewController svc, UIViewController willShowViewController, UIBarButtonItem invalidatingBarButtonItem);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the hidden view controller is about to be displayed in a popover.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="svc">The split view controller that owns the hidden view controller.</param>
/// <param name="popoverController">The popover controller that is about to display the view controller.</param>
/// <param name="willPresentViewController">The view controller to be displayed in the popover.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("splitViewController")]
//[Optional]
void SplitViewController(UISplitViewController svc, UIPopoverController popoverController, UIViewController willPresentViewController);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UITabBarControllerDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UITabBarControllerDelegate.cs index 58533698..3ade7f13 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UITabBarControllerDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UITabBarControllerDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// You use the UITabBarControllerDelegate protocol when you want to augment the behavior of a tab bar. In particular, you can use it to determine whether specific tabs should be selected, to perform actions after a tab is selected, or to perform actions before or after the user customizes the order of the tabs. After implementing these methods in your custom object, you should then assign that object to the delegate property of the corresponding UITabBarController object.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITabBarControllerDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UITabBarControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UITabBarControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate whether the specified view controller should be made active.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBarController">The tab bar controller containing viewController.</param>
/// <param name="shouldSelectViewController">The view controller belonging to the tab that was tapped by the user.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("tabBarController")]
bool TabBarController(UITabBarController tabBarController, UIViewController shouldSelectViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user selected an item in the tab bar.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBarController">The tab bar controller containing viewController.</param>
/// <param name="didSelectViewController">The view controller that the user selected. In iOS v3.0 and later, this could be the same view controller that was already selected.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tabBarController")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TabBarController(UITabBarController tabBarController, UIViewController didSelectViewController, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the tab bar customization sheet is about to be displayed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBarController">The tab bar controller that is being customized.</param>
/// <param name="willBeginCustomizingViewControllers">The view controllers to be displayed in the customization sheet. This list typically contains all custom view controllers you added but does not include some standard controllers, such as the one that manages the More tab.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("tabBarController")]
void TabBarController(UITabBarController tabBarController, AnyObject[] willBeginCustomizingViewControllers);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the tab bar customization sheet is about to be dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBarController">The tab bar controller that is being customized.</param>
/// <param name="willEndCustomizingViewControllers">The view controllers of the tab bar controller. The arrangement of the controllers in the array represents the new display order within the tab bar.</param>
/// <param name="changed">A Boolean value indicating whether items changed on the tab bar. true if items changed or false if they did not.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("tabBarController")]
void TabBarController(UITabBarController tabBarController, AnyObject[] willEndCustomizingViewControllers, bool changed);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the tab bar customization sheet was dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBarController">The tab bar controller that is being customized.</param>
/// <param name="didEndCustomizingViewControllers">The view controllers of the tab bar controller. The arrangement of the controllers in the array represents the new display order within the tab bar.</param>
/// <param name="changed">A Boolean value indicating whether items changed on the tab bar. true if items changed or false if they did not.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tabBarController")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TabBarController(UITabBarController tabBarController, AnyObject[] didEndCustomizingViewControllers, bool changed, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Called to allow the delegate to provide the complete set of supported interface orientations for the tab bar controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBarController">The tab bar controller that is asking the delegate object for the supported interface orientations.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("tabBarControllerSupportedInterfaceOrientations")]
int TabBarControllerSupportedInterfaceOrientations(UITabBarController tabBarController);
/// <summary>
/// Called to allow the delegate to provide the preferred orientation for presentation of the tab bar controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBarController">The tab bar controller that is asking the delegate object for the preferred presentation orientation.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("tabBarControllerPreferredInterfaceOrientationForPresentation")]
UIInterfaceOrientation TabBarControllerPreferredInterfaceOrientationForPresentation(UITabBarController tabBarController);
/// <summary>
/// Called to allow the delegate to return a UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning delegate object for use during a noninteractive tab bar view controller transition.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBarController">The tab bar controller whose view controller is transitioning.</param>
/// <param name="animationControllerForTransitionFromViewController">The currently visible view controller.</param>
/// <param name="toViewController">The view controller intended to be visible after the transition ends.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("tabBarController")]
UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning TabBarController(UITabBarController tabBarController, UIViewController animationControllerForTransitionFromViewController, UIViewController toViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Called to allow the delegate to return a UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning delegate object for use during an animated tab bar transition.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBarController">The tab bar controller participating in the interactive, animated transition.</param>
/// <param name="interactionControllerForAnimationController">The noninteractive animation controller</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("tabBarController")]
UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning TabBarController(UITabBarController tabBarController, UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning interactionControllerForAnimationController);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// You use the UITabBarControllerDelegate protocol when you want to augment the behavior of a tab bar. In particular, you can use it to determine whether specific tabs should be selected, to perform actions after a tab is selected, or to perform actions before or after the user customizes the order of the tabs. After implementing these methods in your custom object, you should then assign that object to the delegate property of the corresponding UITabBarController object.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITabBarControllerDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UITabBarControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UITabBarControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate whether the specified view controller should be made active.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBarController">The tab bar controller containing viewController.</param>
/// <param name="shouldSelectViewController">The view controller belonging to the tab that was tapped by the user.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("tabBarController")]
//[Optional]
bool TabBarController(UITabBarController tabBarController, UIViewController shouldSelectViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user selected an item in the tab bar.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBarController">The tab bar controller containing viewController.</param>
/// <param name="didSelectViewController">The view controller that the user selected. In iOS v3.0 and later, this could be the same view controller that was already selected.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tabBarController")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TabBarController(UITabBarController tabBarController, UIViewController didSelectViewController, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the tab bar customization sheet is about to be displayed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBarController">The tab bar controller that is being customized.</param>
/// <param name="willBeginCustomizingViewControllers">The view controllers to be displayed in the customization sheet. This list typically contains all custom view controllers you added but does not include some standard controllers, such as the one that manages the More tab.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("tabBarController")]
//[Optional]
void TabBarController(UITabBarController tabBarController, AnyObject[] willBeginCustomizingViewControllers);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the tab bar customization sheet is about to be dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBarController">The tab bar controller that is being customized.</param>
/// <param name="willEndCustomizingViewControllers">The view controllers of the tab bar controller. The arrangement of the controllers in the array represents the new display order within the tab bar.</param>
/// <param name="changed">A Boolean value indicating whether items changed on the tab bar. true if items changed or false if they did not.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("tabBarController")]
//[Optional]
void TabBarController(UITabBarController tabBarController, AnyObject[] willEndCustomizingViewControllers, bool changed);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the tab bar customization sheet was dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBarController">The tab bar controller that is being customized.</param>
/// <param name="didEndCustomizingViewControllers">The view controllers of the tab bar controller. The arrangement of the controllers in the array represents the new display order within the tab bar.</param>
/// <param name="changed">A Boolean value indicating whether items changed on the tab bar. true if items changed or false if they did not.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tabBarController")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TabBarController(UITabBarController tabBarController, AnyObject[] didEndCustomizingViewControllers, bool changed, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Called to allow the delegate to provide the complete set of supported interface orientations for the tab bar controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBarController">The tab bar controller that is asking the delegate object for the supported interface orientations.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("tabBarControllerSupportedInterfaceOrientations")]
//[Optional]
int TabBarControllerSupportedInterfaceOrientations(UITabBarController tabBarController);
/// <summary>
/// Called to allow the delegate to provide the preferred orientation for presentation of the tab bar controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBarController">The tab bar controller that is asking the delegate object for the preferred presentation orientation.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("tabBarControllerPreferredInterfaceOrientationForPresentation")]
//[Optional]
UIInterfaceOrientation TabBarControllerPreferredInterfaceOrientationForPresentation(UITabBarController tabBarController);
/// <summary>
/// Called to allow the delegate to return a UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning delegate object for use during a noninteractive tab bar view controller transition.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBarController">The tab bar controller whose view controller is transitioning.</param>
/// <param name="animationControllerForTransitionFromViewController">The currently visible view controller.</param>
/// <param name="toViewController">The view controller intended to be visible after the transition ends.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("tabBarController")]
//[Optional]
UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning TabBarController(UITabBarController tabBarController, UIViewController animationControllerForTransitionFromViewController, UIViewController toViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Called to allow the delegate to return a UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning delegate object for use during an animated tab bar transition.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBarController">The tab bar controller participating in the interactive, animated transition.</param>
/// <param name="interactionControllerForAnimationController">The noninteractive animation controller</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("tabBarController")]
//[Optional]
UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning TabBarController(UITabBarController tabBarController, UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning interactionControllerForAnimationController);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UITabBarDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UITabBarDelegate.cs index 12c3fc8b..b2d7f7a1 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UITabBarDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UITabBarDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITabBarDelegate protocol defines optional methods for a delegate of a UITabBar object. The UITabBar class provides the ability for the user to reorder, remove, and add items to the tab bar; this process is referred to as customizing the tab bar. The tab bar delegate receives messages when customizing occurs.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITabBarDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UITabBarDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UITabBarDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the delegate before the customizing modal view is displayed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBar">The tab bar that is being customized.</param>
/// <param name="willBeginCustomizingItems">The items on the customizing modal view.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tabBar")]
void TabBar(UITabBar tabBar, AnyObject[] willBeginCustomizingItems);
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the delegate after the customizing modal view is displayed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBar">The tab bar that is being customized.</param>
/// <param name="didBeginCustomizingItems">The items on the customizing modal view.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tabBar")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TabBar(UITabBar tabBar, AnyObject[] didBeginCustomizingItems, uint NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the delegate before the customizing modal view is dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBar">The tab bar that is being customized.</param>
/// <param name="willEndCustomizingItems">The items on the customizing modal view.</param>
/// <param name="changed">true if the visible set of items on the tab bar changed; otherwise, false.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tabBar")]
void TabBar(UITabBar tabBar, AnyObject[] willEndCustomizingItems, bool changed);
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the delegate after the customizing modal view is dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBar">The tab bar that is being customized.</param>
/// <param name="didEndCustomizingItems">The items on the customizing modal view.</param>
/// <param name="changed">true if the visible set of items on the tab bar changed; otherwise, false.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tabBar")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TabBar(UITabBar tabBar, AnyObject[] didEndCustomizingItems, bool changed, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the delegate when the user selects a tab bar item. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBar">The tab bar that is being customized.</param>
/// <param name="didSelectItem">The tab bar item that was selected.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tabBar")]
void TabBar(UITabBar tabBar, UITabBarItem didSelectItem);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITabBarDelegate protocol defines optional methods for a delegate of a UITabBar object. The UITabBar class provides the ability for the user to reorder, remove, and add items to the tab bar; this process is referred to as customizing the tab bar. The tab bar delegate receives messages when customizing occurs.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITabBarDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UITabBarDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UITabBarDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the delegate before the customizing modal view is displayed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBar">The tab bar that is being customized.</param>
/// <param name="willBeginCustomizingItems">The items on the customizing modal view.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tabBar")]
//[Optional]
void TabBar(UITabBar tabBar, AnyObject[] willBeginCustomizingItems);
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the delegate after the customizing modal view is displayed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBar">The tab bar that is being customized.</param>
/// <param name="didBeginCustomizingItems">The items on the customizing modal view.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tabBar")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TabBar(UITabBar tabBar, AnyObject[] didBeginCustomizingItems, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the delegate before the customizing modal view is dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBar">The tab bar that is being customized.</param>
/// <param name="willEndCustomizingItems">The items on the customizing modal view.</param>
/// <param name="changed">true if the visible set of items on the tab bar changed; otherwise, false.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tabBar")]
//[Optional]
void TabBar(UITabBar tabBar, AnyObject[] willEndCustomizingItems, bool changed);
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the delegate after the customizing modal view is dismissed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBar">The tab bar that is being customized.</param>
/// <param name="didEndCustomizingItems">The items on the customizing modal view.</param>
/// <param name="changed">true if the visible set of items on the tab bar changed; otherwise, false.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tabBar")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TabBar(UITabBar tabBar, AnyObject[] didEndCustomizingItems, bool changed, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the delegate when the user selects a tab bar item. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBar">The tab bar that is being customized.</param>
/// <param name="didSelectItem">The tab bar item that was selected.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tabBar")]
//[Optional]
void TabBar(UITabBar tabBar, UITabBarItem didSelectItem);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UITableViewDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UITableViewDelegate.cs index 05ed7897..d3514221 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UITableViewDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UITableViewDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The delegate of a UITableView object must adopt the UITableViewDelegate protocol. Optional methods of the protocol allow the delegate to manage selections, configure section headings and footers, help to delete and reorder cells, and perform other actions.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITableViewDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UITableViewDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UITableViewDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol, UIScrollViewDelegate
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the height to use for a row in a specified location.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="heightForRowAtIndexPath">An index path that locates a row in tableView.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
CGFloat TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath heightForRowAtIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the estimated height of a row in a specified location.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="estimatedHeightForRowAtIndexPath">An index path that locates a row in tableView.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGFloat TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath estimatedHeightForRowAtIndexPath, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to return the level of indentation for a row in a given section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="indentationLevelForRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating the row in tableView.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
int TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath indentationLevelForRowAtIndexPath, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate the table view is about to draw a cell for a particular row.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object informing the delegate of this impending event.</param>
/// <param name="willDisplayCell">A table-view cell object that tableView is going to use when drawing the row.</param>
/// <param name="forRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating the row in tableView.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, UITableViewCell willDisplayCell, NSIndexPath forRowAtIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user tapped the accessory (disclosure) view associated with a given row.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object informing the delegate of this event.</param>
/// <param name="accessoryButtonTappedForRowWithIndexPath">An index path locating the row in tableView.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath accessoryButtonTappedForRowWithIndexPath, string NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = "");
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that a specified row is about to be selected.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">A table-view object informing the delegate about the impending selection.</param>
/// <param name="willSelectRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating the row in tableView.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
NSIndexPath TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath willSelectRowAtIndexPath, double NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 4.2);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified row is now selected.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">A table-view object informing the delegate about the new row selection.</param>
/// <param name="didSelectRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating the new selected row in tableView.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath didSelectRowAtIndexPath, UITableViewDelegate NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = null);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that a specified row is about to be deselected.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">A table-view object informing the delegate about the impending deselection.</param>
/// <param name="willDeselectRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating the row in tableView to be deselected.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
NSIndexPath TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath willDeselectRowAtIndexPath, object[] NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = null);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified row is now deselected.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">A table-view object informing the delegate about the row deselection.</param>
/// <param name="didDeselectRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating the deselected row in tableView.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath didDeselectRowAtIndexPath, sbyte NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for a view object to display in the header of the specified section of the table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object asking for the view object.</param>
/// <param name="viewForHeaderInSection">An index number identifying a section of tableView .</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
UIView TableView(UITableView tableView, int viewForHeaderInSection, double NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 4.2);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for a view object to display in the footer of the specified section of the table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object asking for the view object.</param>
/// <param name="viewForFooterInSection">An index number identifying a section of tableView .</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
UIView TableView(UITableView tableView, int viewForFooterInSection, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the height to use for the header of a particular section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="heightForHeaderInSection">An index number identifying a section of tableView .</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGFloat TableView(UITableView tableView, int heightForHeaderInSection, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the estimated height of the header of a particular section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="estimatedHeightForHeaderInSection">An index number identifying a section of tableView .</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGFloat TableView(UITableView tableView, int estimatedHeightForHeaderInSection, string NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = "");
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the height to use for the footer of a particular section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="heightForFooterInSection">An index number identifying a section of tableView .</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGFloat TableView(UITableView tableView, int heightForFooterInSection, short NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the estimated height of the footer of a particular section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="estimatedHeightForFooterInSection">An index number identifying a section of tableView .</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("tableView")]
CGFloat TableView(UITableView tableView, int estimatedHeightForFooterInSection);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that a header view is about to be displayed for the specified section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object informing the delegate of this event.</param>
/// <param name="willDisplayHeaderView">The header view that is about to be displayed.</param>
/// <param name="forSection">An index number identifying a section of tableView.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("tableView")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, UIView willDisplayHeaderView, int forSection);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that a footer view is about to be displayed for the specified section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object informing the delegate of this event.</param>
/// <param name="willDisplayFooterView">The footer view that is about to be displayed.</param>
/// <param name="forSection">An index number identifying a section of tableView .</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, UIView willDisplayFooterView, int forSection, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the table view is about to go into editing mode.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object providing this information.</param>
/// <param name="willBeginEditingRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating the row in tableView.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath willBeginEditingRowAtIndexPath, byte NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the table view has left editing mode.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object providing this information.</param>
/// <param name="didEndEditingRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating the row in tableView.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath didEndEditingRowAtIndexPath, object NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = null);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the editing style of a row at a particular location in a table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="editingStyleForRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating a row in tableView.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
UITableViewCellEditingStyle TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath editingStyleForRowAtIndexPath, char NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = ' ');
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the actions to display in response to a swipe in the specified row. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="editActionsForRowAtIndexPath">The index path of the row.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
AnyObject[] TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath editActionsForRowAtIndexPath, Int64 NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Changes the default title of the delete-confirmation button.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="titleForDeleteConfirmationButtonForRowAtIndexPath">An index-path object locating the row in its section.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
string TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath titleForDeleteConfirmationButtonForRowAtIndexPath, Int16 NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate whether the background of the specified row should be indented while the table view is in editing mode.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="shouldIndentWhileEditingRowAtIndexPath">An index-path object locating the row in its section.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath shouldIndentWhileEditingRowAtIndexPath, float NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to return a new index path to retarget a proposed move of a row.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object that is requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="targetIndexPathForMoveFromRowAtIndexPath">An index-path object identifying the original location of a row (in its section) that is being dragged.</param>
/// <param name="toProposedIndexPath">An index-path object identifying the currently proposed destination of the row being dragged.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
NSIndexPath TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath targetIndexPathForMoveFromRowAtIndexPath, NSIndexPath toProposedIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified cell was removed from the table.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object that removed the view.</param>
/// <param name="didEndDisplayingCell">The cell that was removed.</param>
/// <param name="forRowAtIndexPath">The index path of the cell.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, UITableViewCell didEndDisplayingCell, NSIndexPath forRowAtIndexPath, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified header view was removed from the table.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object that removed the view.</param>
/// <param name="didEndDisplayingHeaderView">The header view that was removed.</param>
/// <param name="forSection">The index of the section that contained the header.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, UIView didEndDisplayingHeaderView, int forSection, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified footer view was removed from the table.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object that removed the view.</param>
/// <param name="didEndDisplayingFooterView">The footer view that was removed.</param>
/// <param name="forSection">The index of the section that contained the footer.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, UIView didEndDisplayingFooterView, int forSection, string NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = "");
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the editing menu should be shown for a certain row.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object that is making this request.</param>
/// <param name="shouldShowMenuForRowAtIndexPath">An index-path object locating the row in its section.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath shouldShowMenuForRowAtIndexPath, UInt64 NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the editing menu should omit the Copy or Paste command for a given row.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object that is making this request.</param>
/// <param name="canPerformAction">A selector type identifying the copy: or paste: method of the UIResponderStandardEditActions informal protocol.</param>
/// <param name="forRowAtIndexPath">An index-path object locating the row in its section.</param>
/// <param name="withSender">The object that initially sent the copy: or paste: message. T</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("tableView")]
bool TableView(UITableView tableView, Selector canPerformAction, NSIndexPath forRowAtIndexPath, AnyObject withSender);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate to perform a copy or paste operation on the content of a given row.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object that is making this request.</param>
/// <param name="performAction">A selector type identifying the copy: or paste: method of the UIResponderStandardEditActions informal protocol.</param>
/// <param name="forRowAtIndexPath">An index-path object locating the row in its section.</param>
/// <param name="withSender">The object that initially sent the copy: or paste: message.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, Selector performAction, NSIndexPath forRowAtIndexPath, AnyObject withSender, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the specified row should be highlighted.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object that is making this request.</param>
/// <param name="shouldHighlightRowAtIndexPath">The index path of the row being highlighted.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath shouldHighlightRowAtIndexPath, UInt16 NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified row was highlighted.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object that highlighted the cell.</param>
/// <param name="didHighlightRowAtIndexPath">The index path of the row that was highlighted.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath didHighlightRowAtIndexPath, uint NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the highlight was removed from the row at the specified index path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object that removed the highlight from the cell.</param>
/// <param name="didUnhighlightRowAtIndexPath">The index path of the row that had its highlight removed.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath didUnhighlightRowAtIndexPath, decimal NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The delegate of a UITableView object must adopt the UITableViewDelegate protocol. Optional methods of the protocol allow the delegate to manage selections, configure section headings and footers, help to delete and reorder cells, and perform other actions.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITableViewDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UITableViewDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UITableViewDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol, UIScrollViewDelegate
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the height to use for a row in a specified location.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="heightForRowAtIndexPath">An index path that locates a row in tableView.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
CGFloat TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath heightForRowAtIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the estimated height of a row in a specified location.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="estimatedHeightForRowAtIndexPath">An index path that locates a row in tableView.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGFloat TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath estimatedHeightForRowAtIndexPath, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to return the level of indentation for a row in a given section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="indentationLevelForRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating the row in tableView.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
int TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath indentationLevelForRowAtIndexPath, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate the table view is about to draw a cell for a particular row.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object informing the delegate of this impending event.</param>
/// <param name="willDisplayCell">A table-view cell object that tableView is going to use when drawing the row.</param>
/// <param name="forRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating the row in tableView.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, UITableViewCell willDisplayCell, NSIndexPath forRowAtIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the actions to display in response to a swipe in the specified row. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="editActionsForRowAtIndexPath">The index path of the row.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
AnyObject[] TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath editActionsForRowAtIndexPath, string NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = "");
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the user tapped the accessory (disclosure) view associated with a given row.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object informing the delegate of this event.</param>
/// <param name="accessoryButtonTappedForRowWithIndexPath">An index path locating the row in tableView.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath accessoryButtonTappedForRowWithIndexPath, double NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 4.2);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that a specified row is about to be selected.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">A table-view object informing the delegate about the impending selection.</param>
/// <param name="willSelectRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating the row in tableView.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
NSIndexPath TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath willSelectRowAtIndexPath, uint NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 4.2);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified row is now selected.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">A table-view object informing the delegate about the new row selection.</param>
/// <param name="didSelectRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating the new selected row in tableView.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath didSelectRowAtIndexPath, UInt16 NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 4.2);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that a specified row is about to be deselected.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">A table-view object informing the delegate about the impending deselection.</param>
/// <param name="willDeselectRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating the row in tableView to be deselected.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
NSIndexPath TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath willDeselectRowAtIndexPath, UInt64 NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 4.2);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified row is now deselected.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">A table-view object informing the delegate about the row deselection.</param>
/// <param name="didDeselectRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating the deselected row in tableView.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath didDeselectRowAtIndexPath, long NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 4.2);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for a view object to display in the header of the specified section of the table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object asking for the view object.</param>
/// <param name="viewForHeaderInSection">An index number identifying a section of tableView .</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
UIView TableView(UITableView tableView, int viewForHeaderInSection);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for a view object to display in the footer of the specified section of the table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object asking for the view object.</param>
/// <param name="viewForFooterInSection">An index number identifying a section of tableView .</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
UIView TableView(UITableView tableView, int viewForFooterInSection, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the height to use for the header of a particular section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="heightForHeaderInSection">An index number identifying a section of tableView .</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGFloat TableView(UITableView tableView, int heightForHeaderInSection, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the estimated height of the header of a particular section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="estimatedHeightForHeaderInSection">An index number identifying a section of tableView .</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGFloat TableView(UITableView tableView, int estimatedHeightForHeaderInSection, string NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = "");
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the height to use for the footer of a particular section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="heightForFooterInSection">An index number identifying a section of tableView .</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGFloat TableView(UITableView tableView, int heightForFooterInSection, double NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 4.2);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the estimated height of the footer of a particular section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="estimatedHeightForFooterInSection">An index number identifying a section of tableView .</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGFloat TableView(UITableView tableView, int estimatedHeightForFooterInSection, uint NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 4.2);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that a header view is about to be displayed for the specified section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object informing the delegate of this event.</param>
/// <param name="willDisplayHeaderView">The header view that is about to be displayed.</param>
/// <param name="forSection">An index number identifying a section of tableView.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, UIView willDisplayHeaderView, int forSection);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that a footer view is about to be displayed for the specified section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object informing the delegate of this event.</param>
/// <param name="willDisplayFooterView">The footer view that is about to be displayed.</param>
/// <param name="forSection">An index number identifying a section of tableView .</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, UIView willDisplayFooterView, int forSection, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the table view is about to go into editing mode.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object providing this information.</param>
/// <param name="willBeginEditingRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating the row in tableView.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath willBeginEditingRowAtIndexPath, char NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = ' ');
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the table view has left editing mode.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object providing this information.</param>
/// <param name="didEndEditingRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating the row in tableView.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath didEndEditingRowAtIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate for the editing style of a row at a particular location in a table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="editingStyleForRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating a row in tableView.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
UITableViewCellEditingStyle TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath editingStyleForRowAtIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Changes the default title of the delete-confirmation button.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="titleForDeleteConfirmationButtonForRowAtIndexPath">An index-path object locating the row in its section.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
string TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath titleForDeleteConfirmationButtonForRowAtIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate whether the background of the specified row should be indented while the table view is in editing mode.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="shouldIndentWhileEditingRowAtIndexPath">An index-path object locating the row in its section.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
bool TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath shouldIndentWhileEditingRowAtIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate to return a new index path to retarget a proposed move of a row.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object that is requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="targetIndexPathForMoveFromRowAtIndexPath">An index-path object identifying the original location of a row (in its section) that is being dragged.</param>
/// <param name="toProposedIndexPath">An index-path object identifying the currently proposed destination of the row being dragged.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
NSIndexPath TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath targetIndexPathForMoveFromRowAtIndexPath, NSIndexPath toProposedIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified cell was removed from the table.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object that removed the view.</param>
/// <param name="didEndDisplayingCell">The cell that was removed.</param>
/// <param name="forRowAtIndexPath">The index path of the cell.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, UITableViewCell didEndDisplayingCell, NSIndexPath forRowAtIndexPath, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified header view was removed from the table.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object that removed the view.</param>
/// <param name="didEndDisplayingHeaderView">The header view that was removed.</param>
/// <param name="forSection">The index of the section that contained the header.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, UIView didEndDisplayingHeaderView, int forSection, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified footer view was removed from the table.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object that removed the view.</param>
/// <param name="didEndDisplayingFooterView">The footer view that was removed.</param>
/// <param name="forSection">The index of the section that contained the footer.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, UIView didEndDisplayingFooterView, int forSection, string NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = "");
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the editing menu should be shown for a certain row.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object that is making this request.</param>
/// <param name="shouldShowMenuForRowAtIndexPath">An index-path object locating the row in its section.</param>
//[iOSVersion(5)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
bool TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath shouldShowMenuForRowAtIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the editing menu should omit the Copy or Paste command for a given row.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object that is making this request.</param>
/// <param name="canPerformAction">A selector type identifying the copy: or paste: method of the UIResponderStandardEditActions informal protocol.</param>
/// <param name="forRowAtIndexPath">An index-path object locating the row in its section.</param>
/// <param name="withSender">The object that initially sent the copy: or paste: message. T</param>
//[iOSVersion(5)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
bool TableView(UITableView tableView, Selector canPerformAction, NSIndexPath forRowAtIndexPath, AnyObject withSender);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate to perform a copy or paste operation on the content of a given row.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object that is making this request.</param>
/// <param name="performAction">A selector type identifying the copy: or paste: method of the UIResponderStandardEditActions informal protocol.</param>
/// <param name="forRowAtIndexPath">An index-path object locating the row in its section.</param>
/// <param name="withSender">The object that initially sent the copy: or paste: message.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(5)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, Selector performAction, NSIndexPath forRowAtIndexPath, AnyObject withSender, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the specified row should be highlighted.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object that is making this request.</param>
/// <param name="shouldHighlightRowAtIndexPath">The index path of the row being highlighted.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
bool TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath shouldHighlightRowAtIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the specified row was highlighted.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object that highlighted the cell.</param>
/// <param name="didHighlightRowAtIndexPath">The index path of the row that was highlighted.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath didHighlightRowAtIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the highlight was removed from the row at the specified index path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object that removed the highlight from the cell.</param>
/// <param name="didUnhighlightRowAtIndexPath">The index path of the row that had its highlight removed.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath didUnhighlightRowAtIndexPath);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UITextFieldDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UITextFieldDelegate.cs index ff45b6ed..34fdb09c 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UITextFieldDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UITextFieldDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITextFieldDelegate protocol defines the messages sent to a text field delegate as part of the sequence of editing its text. All of the methods of this protocol are optional.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextFieldDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UITextFieldDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UITextFieldDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if editing should begin in the specified text field.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textField">The text field for which editing is about to begin.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textFieldShouldBeginEditing")]
bool TextFieldShouldBeginEditing(UITextField textField);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that editing began for the specified text field.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textField">The text field for which an editing session began.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textFieldDidBeginEditing")]
void TextFieldDidBeginEditing(UITextField textField);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if editing should stop in the specified text field.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textField">The text field for which editing is about to end.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textFieldShouldEndEditing")]
bool TextFieldShouldEndEditing(UITextField textField);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that editing stopped for the specified text field.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textField">The text field for which editing ended.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textFieldDidEndEditing")]
void TextFieldDidEndEditing(UITextField textField);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the specified text should be changed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textField">The text field containing the text.</param>
/// <param name="shouldChangeCharactersInRange">The range of characters to be replaced</param>
/// <param name="replacementString">The replacement string.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textField")]
bool TextField(UITextField textField, NSRange shouldChangeCharactersInRange, string replacementString);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the text field’s current contents should be removed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textField">The text field containing the text.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textFieldShouldClear")]
bool TextFieldShouldClear(UITextField textField);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the text field should process the pressing of the return button.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textField">The text field whose return button was pressed.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textFieldShouldReturn")]
bool TextFieldShouldReturn(UITextField textField);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITextFieldDelegate protocol defines the messages sent to a text field delegate as part of the sequence of editing its text. All of the methods of this protocol are optional.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextFieldDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UITextFieldDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UITextFieldDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if editing should begin in the specified text field.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textField">The text field for which editing is about to begin.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("textFieldShouldBeginEditing")]
//[Optional]
bool TextFieldShouldBeginEditing(UITextField textField);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that editing began for the specified text field.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textField">The text field for which an editing session began.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("textFieldDidBeginEditing")]
//[Optional]
void TextFieldDidBeginEditing(UITextField textField);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if editing should stop in the specified text field.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textField">The text field for which editing is about to end.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("textFieldShouldEndEditing")]
//[Optional]
bool TextFieldShouldEndEditing(UITextField textField);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that editing stopped for the specified text field.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textField">The text field for which editing ended.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("textFieldDidEndEditing")]
//[Optional]
void TextFieldDidEndEditing(UITextField textField);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the specified text should be changed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textField">The text field containing the text.</param>
/// <param name="shouldChangeCharactersInRange">The range of characters to be replaced</param>
/// <param name="replacementString">The replacement string.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("textField")]
//[Optional]
bool TextField(UITextField textField, NSRange shouldChangeCharactersInRange, string replacementString);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the text field’s current contents should be removed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textField">The text field containing the text.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("textFieldShouldClear")]
//[Optional]
bool TextFieldShouldClear(UITextField textField);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the text field should process the pressing of the return button.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textField">The text field whose return button was pressed.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("textFieldShouldReturn")]
//[Optional]
bool TextFieldShouldReturn(UITextField textField);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UITextViewDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UITextViewDelegate.cs index b7982125..f7c7414a 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UITextViewDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UITextViewDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITextViewDelegate protocol defines a set of optional methods you can use to receive editing-related messages for UITextView objects. All of the methods in this protocol are optional. You can use them in situations where you might want to adjust the text being edited (such as in the case of a spell checker program) or modify the intended insertion point.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextViewDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UITextViewDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UITextViewDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol, UIScrollViewDelegate
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if editing should begin in the specified text view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textView">The text view for which editing is about to begin.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textViewShouldBeginEditing")]
bool TextViewShouldBeginEditing(UITextView textView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that editing of the specified text view has begun.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textView">The text view in which editing began.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textViewDidBeginEditing")]
void TextViewDidBeginEditing(UITextView textView);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if editing should stop in the specified text view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textView">The text view for which editing is about to end.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textViewShouldEndEditing")]
bool TextViewShouldEndEditing(UITextView textView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that editing of the specified text view has ended.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textView">The text view in which editing ended.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textViewDidEndEditing")]
void TextViewDidEndEditing(UITextView textView);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate whether the specified text should be replaced in the text view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textView">The text view containing the changes.</param>
/// <param name="shouldChangeTextInRange">The current selection range. If the length of the range is 0, range reflects the current insertion point. If the user presses the Delete key, the length of the range is 1 and an empty string object replaces that single character.</param>
/// <param name="replacementText">The text to insert.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textView")]
bool TextView(UITextView textView, NSRange shouldChangeTextInRange, string replacementText);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the text or attributes in the specified text view were changed by the user.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textView">The text view containing the changes.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textViewDidChange")]
void TextViewDidChange(UITextView textView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the text selection changed in the specified text view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textView">The text view whose selection changed.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textViewDidChangeSelection")]
void TextViewDidChangeSelection(UITextView textView);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the specified text view should allow user interaction with the provided text attachment in the given range of text.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textView">The text view containing the text attachment.</param>
/// <param name="shouldInteractWithTextAttachment">The text attachment.</param>
/// <param name="inRange">The character range containing the text attachment.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textView")]
bool TextView(UITextView textView, NSTextAttachment shouldInteractWithTextAttachment, NSRange inRange);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the specified text view should allow user interaction with the given URL in the given range of text.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textView">The text view containing the text attachment.</param>
/// <param name="shouldInteractWithURL">The URL to be processed.</param>
/// <param name="inRange">The character range containing the URL.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textView")]
bool TextView(UITextView textView, NSURL shouldInteractWithURL, NSRange inRange);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITextViewDelegate protocol defines a set of optional methods you can use to receive editing-related messages for UITextView objects. All of the methods in this protocol are optional. You can use them in situations where you might want to adjust the text being edited (such as in the case of a spell checker program) or modify the intended insertion point.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextViewDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UITextViewDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UITextViewDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol, UIScrollViewDelegate
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if editing should begin in the specified text view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textView">The text view for which editing is about to begin.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("textViewShouldBeginEditing")]
//[Optional]
bool TextViewShouldBeginEditing(UITextView textView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that editing of the specified text view has begun.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textView">The text view in which editing began.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("textViewDidBeginEditing")]
//[Optional]
void TextViewDidBeginEditing(UITextView textView);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if editing should stop in the specified text view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textView">The text view for which editing is about to end.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("textViewShouldEndEditing")]
//[Optional]
bool TextViewShouldEndEditing(UITextView textView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that editing of the specified text view has ended.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textView">The text view in which editing ended.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("textViewDidEndEditing")]
//[Optional]
void TextViewDidEndEditing(UITextView textView);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate whether the specified text should be replaced in the text view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textView">The text view containing the changes.</param>
/// <param name="shouldChangeTextInRange">The current selection range. If the length of the range is 0, range reflects the current insertion point. If the user presses the Delete key, the length of the range is 1 and an empty string object replaces that single character.</param>
/// <param name="replacementText">The text to insert.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("textView")]
//[Optional]
bool TextView(UITextView textView, NSRange shouldChangeTextInRange, string replacementText);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the text or attributes in the specified text view were changed by the user.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textView">The text view containing the changes.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("textViewDidChange")]
//[Optional]
void TextViewDidChange(UITextView textView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the delegate that the text selection changed in the specified text view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textView">The text view whose selection changed.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("textViewDidChangeSelection")]
//[Optional]
void TextViewDidChangeSelection(UITextView textView);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the specified text view should allow user interaction with the provided text attachment in the given range of text.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textView">The text view containing the text attachment.</param>
/// <param name="shouldInteractWithTextAttachment">The text attachment.</param>
/// <param name="inRange">The character range containing the text attachment.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("textView")]
//[Optional]
bool TextView(UITextView textView, NSTextAttachment shouldInteractWithTextAttachment, NSRange inRange);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the delegate if the specified text view should allow user interaction with the given URL in the given range of text.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textView">The text view containing the text attachment.</param>
/// <param name="shouldInteractWithURL">The URL to be processed.</param>
/// <param name="inRange">The character range containing the URL.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("textView")]
//[Optional]
bool TextView(UITextView textView, NSURL shouldInteractWithURL, NSRange inRange);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIVideoEditorControllerDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIVideoEditorControllerDelegate.cs index e758ecc2..94c5d430 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIVideoEditorControllerDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIVideoEditorControllerDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIVideoEditorControllerDelegate protocol defines methods that your delegate object must implement to respond to the video editor. The methods of this protocol notify your delegate when the system has saved an edited movie or the user has cancelled editing to discard any changes. There is also a method for responding to errors encountered by the video editor.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIVideoEditorControllerDelegate_ProtocolReference/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIVideoEditorControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
public interface UIVideoEditorControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Called when the system has finished saving an edited movie. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="editor">The video editor that has finished editing and saving a movie.</param>
/// <param name="didSaveEditedVideoToPath">The filesystem path to the edited movie.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("videoEditorController")]
void VideoEditorController(UIVideoEditorController editor, string didSaveEditedVideoToPath);
/// <summary>
/// Called when the user has cancelled a movie editing operation. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="editor">The video editor that the user cancelled, not wanting to save changes.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("videoEditorControllerDidCancel")]
void VideoEditorControllerDidCancel(UIVideoEditorController editor);
/// <summary>
/// Called when the video editor is unable to load or save a movie. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="editor">The video editor that was unable to load or save a movie.</param>
/// <param name="didFailWithError">The loading or saving error.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("videoEditorController")]
void VideoEditorController(UIVideoEditorController editor, NSError didFailWithError);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIVideoEditorControllerDelegate protocol defines methods that your delegate object must implement to respond to the video editor. The methods of this protocol notify your delegate when the system has saved an edited movie or the user has cancelled editing to discard any changes. There is also a method for responding to errors encountered by the video editor.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIVideoEditorControllerDelegate_ProtocolReference/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIVideoEditorControllerDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
public interface UIVideoEditorControllerDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Called when the system has finished saving an edited movie. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="editor">The video editor that has finished editing and saving a movie.</param>
/// <param name="didSaveEditedVideoToPath">The filesystem path to the edited movie.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.1)]
//[Export("videoEditorController")]
//[Optional]
void VideoEditorController(UIVideoEditorController editor, string didSaveEditedVideoToPath);
/// <summary>
/// Called when the user has cancelled a movie editing operation. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="editor">The video editor that the user cancelled, not wanting to save changes.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.1)]
//[Export("videoEditorControllerDidCancel")]
//[Optional]
void VideoEditorControllerDidCancel(UIVideoEditorController editor);
/// <summary>
/// Called when the video editor is unable to load or save a movie. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="editor">The video editor that was unable to load or save a movie.</param>
/// <param name="didFailWithError">The loading or saving error.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.1)]
//[Export("videoEditorController")]
//[Optional]
void VideoEditorController(UIVideoEditorController editor, NSError didFailWithError);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate.cs index 94ba9350..fdd28854 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An object that implements the UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate protocol vends the objects used to manage a fixed-length or interactive transition between view controllers. When you want to present a view controller using a custom modal presentation type, set its modalTransitionStyle property to UIModalPresentationCustom and assign an object that conforms to this protocol to its transitioningDelegate property. When you present that view controller, UIKit queries your transitioning delegate for the objects to use when animating the view controller into position.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks your delegate for the transition animator object to use when presenting a view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="presented">The view controller object that is about to be presented onscreen.</param>
/// <param name="presentingController">The view controller that is presenting the view controller in the presented parameter. The object in this parameter could be the root view controller of the window, a parent view controller that is marked as defining the current context, or the last view controller that was presented. This view controller may or may not be the same as the one in the source parameter.</param>
/// <param name="sourceController">The view controller whose presentViewController:animated:completion: method was called.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("animationControllerForPresentedController")]
UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning AnimationControllerForPresentedController(UIViewController presented, UIViewController presentingController, UIViewController sourceController);
/// <summary>
/// Asks your delegate for the transition animator object to use when dismissing a view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="dismissed">The view controller object that is about to be dismissed.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("animationControllerForDismissedController")]
UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning AnimationControllerForDismissedController(UIViewController dismissed);
/// <summary>
/// Asks your delegate for the interactive animator object to use when presenting a view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animator">The transition animator object returned by your animationControllerForPresentedController:presentingController:sourceController: method.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("interactionControllerForPresentation")]
UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning InteractionControllerForPresentation(UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning animator);
/// <summary>
/// Asks your delegate for the interactive animator object to use when dismissing a view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animator">The transition animator object returned by your animationControllerForDismissedController: method.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("interactionControllerForDismissal")]
UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning InteractionControllerForDismissal(UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning animator);
/// <summary>
/// Asks your delegate for the custom presentation controller to use for managing the view hierarchy when presenting a view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="presented">The view controller being presented.</param>
/// <param name="presentingViewController">The view controller that is presenting the view controller in the presented parameter. The object in this parameter could be the root view controller of the window, a parent view controller that is marked as defining the current context, or the last view controller that was presented. This view controller may or may not be the same as the one in the source parameter. This parameter may also be nil to indicate that the presenting view controller will be determined later.</param>
/// <param name="sourceViewController">The view controller whose presentViewController:animated:completion: method was called to initiate the presentation process.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("presentationControllerForPresentedViewController")]
UIPresentationController PresentationControllerForPresentedViewController(UIViewController presented, UIViewController presentingViewController, UIViewController sourceViewController);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An object that implements the UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate protocol vends the objects used to manage a fixed-length or interactive transition between view controllers. When you want to present a view controller using a custom modal presentation type, set its modalTransitionStyle property to UIModalPresentationCustom and assign an object that conforms to this protocol to its transitioningDelegate property. When you present that view controller, UIKit queries your transitioning delegate for the objects to use when animating the view controller into position.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks your delegate for the transition animator object to use when presenting a view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="presented">The view controller object that is about to be presented onscreen.</param>
/// <param name="presentingController">The view controller that is presenting the view controller in the presented parameter. The object in this parameter could be the root view controller of the window, a parent view controller that is marked as defining the current context, or the last view controller that was presented. This view controller may or may not be the same as the one in the source parameter.</param>
/// <param name="sourceController">The view controller whose presentViewController:animated:completion: method was called.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("animationControllerForPresentedController")]
//[Optional]
UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning AnimationControllerForPresentedController(UIViewController presented, UIViewController presentingController, UIViewController sourceController);
/// <summary>
/// Asks your delegate for the transition animator object to use when dismissing a view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="dismissed">The view controller object that is about to be dismissed.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("animationControllerForDismissedController")]
//[Optional]
UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning AnimationControllerForDismissedController(UIViewController dismissed);
/// <summary>
/// Asks your delegate for the interactive animator object to use when presenting a view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animator">The transition animator object returned by your animationControllerForPresentedController:presentingController:sourceController: method.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("interactionControllerForPresentation")]
//[Optional]
UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning InteractionControllerForPresentation(UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning animator);
/// <summary>
/// Asks your delegate for the interactive animator object to use when dismissing a view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animator">The transition animator object returned by your animationControllerForDismissedController: method.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("interactionControllerForDismissal")]
//[Optional]
UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning InteractionControllerForDismissal(UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning animator);
/// <summary>
/// Asks your delegate for the custom presentation controller to use for managing the view hierarchy when presenting a view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="presented">The view controller being presented.</param>
/// <param name="presentingViewController">The view controller that is presenting the view controller in the presented parameter. The object in this parameter could be the root view controller of the window, a parent view controller that is marked as defining the current context, or the last view controller that was presented. This view controller may or may not be the same as the one in the source parameter. This parameter may also be nil to indicate that the presenting view controller will be determined later.</param>
/// <param name="sourceViewController">The view controller whose presentViewController:animated:completion: method was called to initiate the presentation process.</param>
//[iOSVersion(8)]
//[Export("presentationControllerForPresentedViewController")]
//[Optional]
UIPresentationController PresentationControllerForPresentedViewController(UIViewController presented, UIViewController presentingViewController, UIViewController sourceViewController);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIWebViewDelegate.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIWebViewDelegate.cs index 35cb93d9..fe975346 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIWebViewDelegate.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/Delegates/UIWebViewDelegate.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIWebViewDelegate protocol defines methods that a delegate of a UIWebView object can optionally implement to intervene when web content is loaded.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIWebViewDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIWebViewDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UIWebViewDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Sent before a web view begins loading a frame.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="webView">The web view that is about to load a new frame.</param>
/// <param name="shouldStartLoadWithRequest">The content location.</param>
/// <param name="navigationType">The type of user action that started the load request.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("webView")]
bool WebView(UIWebView webView, NSURLRequest shouldStartLoadWithRequest, UIWebViewNavigationType navigationType);
/// <summary>
/// Sent after a web view starts loading a frame.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="webView">The web view that has begun loading a new frame.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("webViewDidStartLoad")]
void WebViewDidStartLoad(UIWebView webView);
/// <summary>
/// Sent after a web view finishes loading a frame.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="webView">The web view has finished loading.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("webViewDidFinishLoad")]
void WebViewDidFinishLoad(UIWebView webView);
/// <summary>
/// Sent if a web view failed to load a frame.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="webView">The web view that failed to load a frame.</param>
/// <param name="didFailLoadWithError">The error that occurred during loading.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("webView")]
void WebView(UIWebView webView, NSError didFailLoadWithError);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIWebViewDelegate protocol defines methods that a delegate of a UIWebView object can optionally implement to intervene when web content is loaded.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIWebViewDelegate_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIWebViewDelegate"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UIWebViewDelegate//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Sent before a web view begins loading a frame.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="webView">The web view that is about to load a new frame.</param>
/// <param name="shouldStartLoadWithRequest">The content location.</param>
/// <param name="navigationType">The type of user action that started the load request.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("webView")]
//[Optional]
bool WebView(UIWebView webView, NSURLRequest shouldStartLoadWithRequest, UIWebViewNavigationType navigationType);
/// <summary>
/// Sent after a web view starts loading a frame.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="webView">The web view that has begun loading a new frame.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("webViewDidStartLoad")]
//[Optional]
void WebViewDidStartLoad(UIWebView webView);
/// <summary>
/// Sent after a web view finishes loading a frame.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="webView">The web view has finished loading.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("webViewDidFinishLoad")]
//[Optional]
void WebViewDidFinishLoad(UIWebView webView);
/// <summary>
/// Sent if a web view failed to load a frame.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="webView">The web view that failed to load a frame.</param>
/// <param name="didFailLoadWithError">The error that occurred during loading.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("webView")]
//[Optional]
void WebView(UIWebView webView, NSError didFailLoadWithError);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIAccessibility.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIAccessibility.cs index 91e465dd..3f38825c 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIAccessibility.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIAccessibility.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIAccessibility informal protocol provides accessibility information about an application’s user interface elements. Assistive applications, such as VoiceOver, convey this information to users with disabilities to help them use the application.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIAccessibility_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40008786"/>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public interface UIAccessibility//:
{
//TODO: double-check that this is empty ?
}
//TODO: comment/double-check this
/// <summary>
/// Accessibility traits that tell an assistive application how an accessibility element behaves or should be treated.
/// </summary>
public enum UIAccessibilityTraits
{
UIAccessibilityTraitButton,
UIAccessibilityTraitLink,
UIAccessibilityTraitSearchField,
UIAccessibilityTraitImage,
UIAccessibilityTraitSelected,
UIAccessibilityTraitPlaysSound,
UIAccessibilityTraitKeyboardKey,
UIAccessibilityTraitStaticText,
UIAccessibilityTraitSummaryElement,
UIAccessibilityTraitNotEnabled,
UIAccessibilityTraitUpdatesFrequently,
UIAccessibilityTraitStartsMediaSession,
UIAccessibilityTraitAdjustable,
UIAccessibilityTraitAllowsDirectInteraction,
UIAccessibilityTraitCausesPageTurn,
UIAccessibilityTraitHeader,
UIAccessibilityTraitNone
}
/// <summary>
/// The types of system Zoom that can be in effect.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UIAccessibilityZoomType
{
/// <summary>
/// The system zoom type is the text insertion point.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
InsertionPoint,
}
/// <summary>
/// A mask that contains the OR combination of the accessibility traits that best characterize an accessibility element.
/// </summary>
//[iOSVersion(3)]
//public struct UIAccessibilityTraits
//{
// static public implicit operator UIAccessibilityTraits(UInt64 value)
// {
// return default(UIAccessibilityTraits);
// }
// static public implicit operator UInt64(UIAccessibilityTraits value)
// {
// return default(UInt64);
// }
//}
/// <summary>
/// A notification that an accessible application can send.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public struct UIAccessibilityNotifications
{
static public implicit operator UIAccessibilityNotifications(uint value)
{
return default(UIAccessibilityNotifications);
}
static public implicit operator uint(UIAccessibilityNotifications value)
{
return default(uint);
}
}
/// <summary>
/// Use this notification to provide accessibility information about events that do not update the application user interface (UI), or that update the UI only briefly.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public class UIAccessibilityAnnouncementNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIAccessibilityAnnouncementNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UIAccessibilityAnnouncementDidFinishNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIAccessibilityAnnouncementDidFinishNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIAccessibilityClosedCaptioningStatusDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIAccessibilityClosedCaptioningStatusDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// You can also use the UIAccessibilityIsGuidedAccessEnabled function to determine whether guided access is currently enabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UIAccessibilityGuidedAccessStatusDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIAccessibilityGuidedAccessStatusDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// You can also use the UIAccessibilityIsInvertColorsEnabled function to determine whether colors are currently inverted.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UIAccessibilityInvertColorsStatusDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIAccessibilityInvertColorsStatusDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIAccessibilityLayoutChangedNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIAccessibilityLayoutChangedNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIAccessibilityMonoAudioStatusDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIAccessibilityMonoAudioStatusDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// You can use this notification to provide custom information about the contents of the screen after a user performs a VoiceOver scroll gesture. For example, a tab-based application might provide a string such as “Tab 3 of 5,” or an application that displays information in pages might provide a string such as “Page 19 of 27.”
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public class UIAccessibilityPageScrolledNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIAccessibilityPageScrolledNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIAccessibilityScreenChangedNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIAccessibilityScreenChangedNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// You can use this notification to customize your application’s user interface (UI) for VoiceOver users. For example, if you display a UI element that briefly overlays other parts of your UI, you can make the display persistent for VoiceOver users, but allow it to disappear as designed for users who are not using VoiceOver. You can also use the UIAccessibilityIsVoiceOverRunning function to determine whether VoiceOver is currently running.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public class UIAccessibilityVoiceOverStatusChanged : NSNotification
{
public UIAccessibilityVoiceOverStatusChanged() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIAccessibility informal protocol provides accessibility information about an application’s user interface elements. Assistive applications, such as VoiceOver, convey this information to users with disabilities to help them use the application.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIAccessibility_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40008786"/>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public interface UIAccessibility//:
{
/// <summary>
/// Accessibility traits that tell an assistive application how an accessibility element behaves or should be treated.
/// </summary>
UIAccessibilityTraits var UIAccessibilityTraitButton: UIAccessibilityTraits var UIAccessibilityTraitLink: UIAccessibilityTraits var UIAccessibilityTraitSearchField: UIAccessibilityTraits var UIAccessibilityTraitImage: UIAccessibilityTraits var UIAccessibilityTraitSelected: UIAccessibilityTraits var UIAccessibilityTraitPlaysSound: UIAccessibilityTraits var UIAccessibilityTraitKeyboardKey: UIAccessibilityTraits var UIAccessibilityTraitStaticText: UIAccessibilityTraits var UIAccessibilityTraitSummaryElement: UIAccessibilityTraits var UIAccessibilityTraitNotEnabled: UIAccessibilityTraits var UIAccessibilityTraitUpdatesFrequently: UIAccessibilityTraits var UIAccessibilityTraitStartsMediaSession: UIAccessibilityTraits var UIAccessibilityTraitAdjustable: UIAccessibilityTraits var UIAccessibilityTraitAllowsDirectInteraction: UIAccessibilityTraits var UIAccessibilityTraitCausesPageTurn: UIAccessibilityTraits var UIAccessibilityTraitHeader: UIAccessibilityTraits UIAccessibilityTraitNone { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The types of system Zoom that can be in effect.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UIAccessibilityZoomType
{
/// <summary>
/// The system zoom type is the text insertion point.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
InsertionPoint,
}
/// <summary>
/// A mask that contains the OR combination of the accessibility traits that best characterize an accessibility element.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public struct UIAccessibilityTraits
{
static public implicit operator UIAccessibilityTraits(UInt64 value)
{
return default(UIAccessibilityTraits);
}
static public implicit operator UInt64(UIAccessibilityTraits value)
{
return default(UInt64);
}
}
/// <summary>
/// A notification that an accessible application can send.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public struct UIAccessibilityNotifications
{
static public implicit operator UIAccessibilityNotifications(uint value)
{
return default(UIAccessibilityNotifications);
}
static public implicit operator uint(UIAccessibilityNotifications value)
{
return default(uint);
}
}
/// <summary>
/// Use this notification to provide accessibility information about events that do not update the application user interface (UI), or that update the UI only briefly.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public class UIAccessibilityAnnouncementNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIAccessibilityAnnouncementNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UIAccessibilityAnnouncementDidFinishNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIAccessibilityAnnouncementDidFinishNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIAccessibilityClosedCaptioningStatusDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIAccessibilityClosedCaptioningStatusDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// You can also use the UIAccessibilityIsGuidedAccessEnabled function to determine whether guided access is currently enabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UIAccessibilityGuidedAccessStatusDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIAccessibilityGuidedAccessStatusDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// You can also use the UIAccessibilityIsInvertColorsEnabled function to determine whether colors are currently inverted.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UIAccessibilityInvertColorsStatusDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIAccessibilityInvertColorsStatusDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIAccessibilityLayoutChangedNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIAccessibilityLayoutChangedNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIAccessibilityMonoAudioStatusDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIAccessibilityMonoAudioStatusDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// You can use this notification to provide custom information about the contents of the screen after a user performs a VoiceOver scroll gesture. For example, a tab-based application might provide a string such as “Tab 3 of 5,” or an application that displays information in pages might provide a string such as “Page 19 of 27.”
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public class UIAccessibilityPageScrolledNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIAccessibilityPageScrolledNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIAccessibilityScreenChangedNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIAccessibilityScreenChangedNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// You can use this notification to customize your application’s user interface (UI) for VoiceOver users. For example, if you display a UI element that briefly overlays other parts of your UI, you can make the display persistent for VoiceOver users, but allow it to disappear as designed for users who are not using VoiceOver. You can also use the UIAccessibilityIsVoiceOverRunning function to determine whether VoiceOver is currently running.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public class UIAccessibilityVoiceOverStatusChanged : NSNotification
{
public UIAccessibilityVoiceOverStatusChanged() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIAccessibilityContainer.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIAccessibilityContainer.cs index 00972e55..71af977a 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIAccessibilityContainer.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIAccessibilityContainer.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit //TODO: double check this
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIAccessibilityContainer informal protocol provides a way for UIView subclasses to make selected components accessible as separate elements. For example, a view might contain icons or drawn text that, to end users, appear and function as separate items. But because these components are not implemented as instances of UIView, they are not automatically accessible to users with disabilities. Therefore, such a container view should implement the UIAccessibilityContainer methods to supply accessibility information about these components to assistive applications such as VoiceOver.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIAccessibilityContainer_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40008787"/>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public interface UIAccessibilityContainer//:
{
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIAccessibilityContainer informal protocol provides a way for UIView subclasses to make selected components accessible as separate elements. For example, a view might contain icons or drawn text that, to end users, appear and function as separate items. But because these components are not implemented as instances of UIView, they are not automatically accessible to users with disabilities. Therefore, such a container view should implement the UIAccessibilityContainer methods to supply accessibility information about these components to assistive applications such as VoiceOver.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIAccessibilityContainer_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40008787"/>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public interface UIAccessibilityContainer//:
{
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIAccessibilityFocus.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIAccessibilityFocus.cs index e561c8c3..fe53d81c 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIAccessibilityFocus.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIAccessibilityFocus.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit //TODO: double-check this
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIAccessibilityFocus informal protocol provides a way to find out whether an assistive technology, such as VoiceOver, is focused on an accessible element.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIAccessibilityFocus_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40009679"/>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public interface UIAccessibilityFocus//:
{
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIAccessibilityFocus informal protocol provides a way to find out whether an assistive technology, such as VoiceOver, is focused on an accessible element.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIAccessibilityFocus_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40009679"/>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public interface UIAccessibilityFocus//:
{
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIActivityItemSource.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIActivityItemSource.cs index 832c11d1..c458af2f 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIActivityItemSource.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIActivityItemSource.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIActivityItemSource protocol defines the methods used by a UIActivityViewController object to retrieve the data items to act on. You can use this protocol in situations where you want to provide the data from one of your app’s existing objects instead of creating a separate UIActivityItemProvider object. When implementing this protocol, your object becomes the data provider, providing the view controller with access to the items.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIActivityItemSource_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIActivityItemSource"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public interface UIActivityItemSource//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns the placeholder object for the data. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activityViewController">The activity view controller object requesting the placeholder item.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("activityViewControllerPlaceholderItem")]
AnyObject ActivityViewControllerPlaceholderItem(UIActivityViewController activityViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the data object to be acted upon. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activityViewController">The activity view controller object requesting the data item.</param>
/// <param name="itemForActivityType">The type of activity to be performed with the data object. You can use this string to decide how best to prepare the data object.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("activityViewController")]
AnyObject ActivityViewController(UIActivityViewController activityViewController, string itemForActivityType);
/// <summary>
/// For activities that support a subject field, returns the subject for the item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activityViewController">The activity view controller object requesting information about the data item.</param>
/// <param name="subjectForActivityType">The selected activity type; may be nil.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("activityViewController")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
string ActivityViewController(UIActivityViewController activityViewController, string subjectForActivityType, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// For items that are provided as NSData, returns the UTI for the item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activityViewController">The activity view controller object requesting information about the data item.</param>
/// <param name="dataTypeIdentifierForActivityType">The selected activity type; may be nil.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("activityViewController")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
string ActivityViewController(UIActivityViewController activityViewController, string dataTypeIdentifierForActivityType, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// For activities that support a preview image, returns a thumbnail preview image for the item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activityViewController">The activity view controller object requesting information about the data item.</param>
/// <param name="thumbnailImageForActivityType">The selected activity type.</param>
/// <param name="suggestedSize">The suggested size for the thumbnail image, in points. You should provide an image using the appropriate scale for the screen. Images provided at the suggested size will result in the best experience.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("activityViewController")]
UIImage ActivityViewController(UIActivityViewController activityViewController, string thumbnailImageForActivityType, CGSize suggestedSize);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIActivityItemSource protocol defines the methods used by a UIActivityViewController object to retrieve the data items to act on. You can use this protocol in situations where you want to provide the data from one of your app’s existing objects instead of creating a separate UIActivityItemProvider object. When implementing this protocol, your object becomes the data provider, providing the view controller with access to the items.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIActivityItemSource_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIActivityItemSource"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public interface UIActivityItemSource//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns the placeholder object for the data. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activityViewController">The activity view controller object requesting the placeholder item.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("activityViewControllerPlaceholderItem")]
AnyObject ActivityViewControllerPlaceholderItem(UIActivityViewController activityViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the data object to be acted upon. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activityViewController">The activity view controller object requesting the data item.</param>
/// <param name="itemForActivityType">The type of activity to be performed with the data object. You can use this string to decide how best to prepare the data object.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("activityViewController")]
AnyObject ActivityViewController(UIActivityViewController activityViewController, string itemForActivityType);
/// <summary>
/// For activities that support a subject field, returns the subject for the item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activityViewController">The activity view controller object requesting information about the data item.</param>
/// <param name="subjectForActivityType">The selected activity type; may be nil.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("activityViewController")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
string ActivityViewController(UIActivityViewController activityViewController, string subjectForActivityType, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// For items that are provided as NSData, returns the UTI for the item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activityViewController">The activity view controller object requesting information about the data item.</param>
/// <param name="dataTypeIdentifierForActivityType">The selected activity type; may be nil.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("activityViewController")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
string ActivityViewController(UIActivityViewController activityViewController, string dataTypeIdentifierForActivityType, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// For activities that support a preview image, returns a thumbnail preview image for the item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activityViewController">The activity view controller object requesting information about the data item.</param>
/// <param name="thumbnailImageForActivityType">The selected activity type.</param>
/// <param name="suggestedSize">The suggested size for the thumbnail image, in points. You should provide an image using the appropriate scale for the screen. Images provided at the suggested size will result in the best experience.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("activityViewController")]
//[Optional]
UIImage ActivityViewController(UIActivityViewController activityViewController, string thumbnailImageForActivityType, CGSize suggestedSize);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIBarPositioning.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIBarPositioning.cs index c665021c..8f853060 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIBarPositioning.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIBarPositioning.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIBarPositioning protocol defines the ways that bars can be positioned on iOS devices. Bars can be positioned at the bottom of their enclosing view, at the top of their enclosing view, or at both the top of their enclosing view and also the top of the screen. In this last case, the bar will abut the status bar displayed by the system. Bars in this position need to have their background extend above their own frame to the top of the screen. This allows the background to show through the status bar.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIBarPositioning_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIBarPositioning"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UIBarPositioning//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// The position of the bar. (required)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("barPosition")]
UIBarPosition BarPosition { get; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants to specify metrics to use for appearance.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UIBarMetrics
{
/// <summary>
/// Specifies default metrics for the device.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Default,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
Compact,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies default metrics for the device for bars with the prompt property, such as UINavigationBar and UISearchBar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
DefaultPrompt,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
CompactPrompt,
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants to identify the position of a bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIBarPosition
{
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the position is unspecified.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Any,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the bar is at the bottom of its containing view.
/// The system uses this as a hint to draw directional decoration accordingly. For example, any shadow would be drawn above the bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Bottom,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the bar is at the top of its containing view.
/// The system uses this as a hint to draw directional decoration accordingly. For example, any shadow would be drawn below the bar.
/// Instances of UIToolbar do not appear with this position on iPhone, but they can on iPad.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Top,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the bar is at the top of the screen, as well as its containing view.
/// Bars with this position draw their background extended upwards, allowing their background content to show through the status bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TopAttached,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIBarPositioning protocol defines the ways that bars can be positioned on iOS devices. Bars can be positioned at the bottom of their enclosing view, at the top of their enclosing view, or at both the top of their enclosing view and also the top of the screen. In this last case, the bar will abut the status bar displayed by the system. Bars in this position need to have their background extend above their own frame to the top of the screen. This allows the background to show through the status bar.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIBarPositioning_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIBarPositioning"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UIBarPositioning//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// The position of the bar. (required)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("barPosition")]
UIBarPosition BarPosition { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants to specify metrics to use for appearance.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UIBarMetrics
{
/// <summary>
/// Specifies default metrics for the device.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Default,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
Compact,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies default metrics for the device for bars with the prompt property, such as UINavigationBar and UISearchBar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
DefaultPrompt,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
CompactPrompt,
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants to identify the position of a bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIBarPosition
{
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the position is unspecified.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Any,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the bar is at the bottom of its containing view.
/// The system uses this as a hint to draw directional decoration accordingly. For example, any shadow would be drawn above the bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Bottom,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the bar is at the top of its containing view.
/// The system uses this as a hint to draw directional decoration accordingly. For example, any shadow would be drawn below the bar.
/// Instances of UIToolbar do not appear with this position on iPhone, but they can on iPad.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Top,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the bar is at the top of the screen, as well as its containing view.
/// Bars with this position draw their background extended upwards, allowing their background content to show through the status bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TopAttached,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UICollectionViewDataSource.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UICollectionViewDataSource.cs index 4020db1c..7de626f8 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UICollectionViewDataSource.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UICollectionViewDataSource.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An object that adopts the UICollectionViewDataSource protocol is responsible for providing the data and views required by a collection view. A data source object represents your app’s data model and vends information to the collection view as needed. It also handles the creation and configuration of cells and supplementary views used by the collection view to display your data.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewDataSource_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UICollectionViewDataSource"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public interface UICollectionViewDataSource//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source for the number of items in the specified section. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">An object representing the collection view requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="numberOfItemsInSection">An index number identifying a section in collectionView. This index value is 0-based.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
int CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, int numberOfItemsInSection);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source for the number of sections in the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">An object representing the collection view requesting this information.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("numberOfSectionsInCollectionView")]
int NumberOfSectionsInCollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source for the cell that corresponds to the specified item in the collection view. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">An object representing the collection view requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="cellForItemAtIndexPath">The index path that specifies the location of the item.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
UICollectionViewCell CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, NSIndexPath cellForItemAtIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the collection view to provide a supplementary view to display in the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">An object representing the collection view requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="viewForSupplementaryElementOfKind">The kind of supplementary view to provide. The value of this string is defined by the layout object that supports the supplementary view.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path that specifies the location of the new supplementary view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
UICollectionReusableView CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, string viewForSupplementaryElementOfKind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An object that adopts the UICollectionViewDataSource protocol is responsible for providing the data and views required by a collection view. A data source object represents your app’s data model and vends information to the collection view as needed. It also handles the creation and configuration of cells and supplementary views used by the collection view to display your data.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewDataSource_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UICollectionViewDataSource"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public interface UICollectionViewDataSource//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source for the number of items in the specified section. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">An object representing the collection view requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="numberOfItemsInSection">An index number identifying a section in collectionView. This index value is 0-based.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
int CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, int numberOfItemsInSection);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source for the number of sections in the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">An object representing the collection view requesting this information.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("numberOfSectionsInCollectionView")]
//[Optional]
int NumberOfSectionsInCollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source for the cell that corresponds to the specified item in the collection view. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">An object representing the collection view requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="cellForItemAtIndexPath">The index path that specifies the location of the item.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
UICollectionViewCell CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, NSIndexPath cellForItemAtIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the collection view to provide a supplementary view to display in the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionView">An object representing the collection view requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="viewForSupplementaryElementOfKind">The kind of supplementary view to provide. The value of this string is defined by the layout object that supports the supplementary view.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path that specifies the location of the new supplementary view.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("collectionView")]
//[Optional]
UICollectionReusableView CollectionView(UICollectionView collectionView, string viewForSupplementaryElementOfKind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIContentContainer.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIContentContainer.cs index 9c453af4..8ae31cb1 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIContentContainer.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIContentContainer.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The methods of the UIContentContainer protocol help you adapt the contents of your view controllers to size and trait changes. All UIViewController and UIPresentationController objects provide default implementations for the methods of this protocol. When creating your own custom view controller or presentation controller, you can override the default implementations to make adjustments to your content. For example, you might use these methods to adjust the size or position of any child view controllers.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIContentContainer_Ref/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIContentContainer"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public interface UIContentContainer//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the container that the size of its view is about to change. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="size">The new size for the container’s view.</param>
/// <param name="withTransitionCoordinator">The transition coordinator object managing the size change. You can use this object to animate your changes or get information about the transition that is in progress.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("viewWillTransitionToSize")]
void ViewWillTransitionToSize(CGSize size, UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinator withTransitionCoordinator);
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the container that its trait collection changed. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="newCollection">The traits to be applied to the container.</param>
/// <param name="withTransitionCoordinator">The transition coordinator object managing the trait change. You can use this object to animate any changes or to get information about the transition that is in progress.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("willTransitionToTraitCollection")]
void WillTransitionToTraitCollection(UITraitCollection newCollection, UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinator withTransitionCoordinator);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the size of the specified child view controller’s content. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="container">The child view controller.</param>
/// <param name="withParentContainerSize">The size of the parent view controller.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("sizeForChildContentContainer")]
CGSize SizeForChildContentContainer(UIContentContainer container, CGSize withParentContainerSize);
/// <summary>
/// Notifies an interested controller that the preferred content size of one of its children changed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="container">The child view controller who’s preferred content size has changed.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("preferredContentSizeDidChangeForChildContentContainer")]
void PreferredContentSizeDidChangeForChildContentContainer(UIContentContainer container);
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the container that a child view controller was resized using auto layout.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="container">The child view controller that received the resizing message.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("systemLayoutFittingSizeDidChangeForChildContentContainer")]
void SystemLayoutFittingSizeDidChangeForChildContentContainer(UIContentContainer container);
/// <summary>
/// The preferred size for the container’s content. (required) (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("preferredContentSize")]
CGSize PreferredContentSize { get; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The methods of the UIContentContainer protocol help you adapt the contents of your view controllers to size and trait changes. All UIViewController and UIPresentationController objects provide default implementations for the methods of this protocol. When creating your own custom view controller or presentation controller, you can override the default implementations to make adjustments to your content. For example, you might use these methods to adjust the size or position of any child view controllers.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIContentContainer_Ref/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIContentContainer"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public interface UIContentContainer//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the container that the size of its view is about to change. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="size">The new size for the container’s view.</param>
/// <param name="withTransitionCoordinator">The transition coordinator object managing the size change. You can use this object to animate your changes or get information about the transition that is in progress.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("viewWillTransitionToSize")]
void ViewWillTransitionToSize(CGSize size, UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinator withTransitionCoordinator);
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the container that its trait collection changed. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="newCollection">The traits to be applied to the container.</param>
/// <param name="withTransitionCoordinator">The transition coordinator object managing the trait change. You can use this object to animate any changes or to get information about the transition that is in progress.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("willTransitionToTraitCollection")]
void WillTransitionToTraitCollection(UITraitCollection newCollection, UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinator withTransitionCoordinator);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the size of the specified child view controller’s content. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="container">The child view controller.</param>
/// <param name="withParentContainerSize">The size of the parent view controller.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("sizeForChildContentContainer")]
CGSize SizeForChildContentContainer(UIContentContainer container, CGSize withParentContainerSize);
/// <summary>
/// Notifies an interested controller that the preferred content size of one of its children changed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="container">The child view controller who’s preferred content size has changed.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("preferredContentSizeDidChangeForChildContentContainer")]
void PreferredContentSizeDidChangeForChildContentContainer(UIContentContainer container);
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the container that a child view controller was resized using auto layout.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="container">The child view controller that received the resizing message.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("systemLayoutFittingSizeDidChangeForChildContentContainer")]
void SystemLayoutFittingSizeDidChangeForChildContentContainer(UIContentContainer container);
/// <summary>
/// The preferred size for the container’s content. (required) (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("preferredContentSize")]
CGSize PreferredContentSize { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UICoordinateSpace.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UICoordinateSpace.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000..84df9eb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UICoordinateSpace.cs @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UICoordinateSpace protocol defines methods for converting between different frames of reference on a screen. The UIView and UIScreen classes adopt this protocol so that you can convert easily between most coordinate spaces in your app. The UIScreen class also provides coordinate space with a fixed frame of reference for tasks that require it. You can adopt this protocol in your own classes to convert between your custom coordinate spaces and the coordinate spaces of your app’s views and screens.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICoordinateSpace_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UICoordinateSpace"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public interface UICoordinateSpace//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Converts a point from the coordinate space of the current object to the specified coordinate space. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point specified in the coordinate system of the current object.</param>
/// <param name="toCoordinateSpace">The coordinate space into which point is to be converted.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("convertPoint")]
CGPoint ConvertPoint(CGPoint point, UICoordinateSpace toCoordinateSpace);
/// <summary>
/// Converts a point from the specified coordinate space to the coordinate space of the current object. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point in the specified coordinate space.</param>
/// <param name="fromCoordinateSpace">The coordinate space in which point is specified.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("convertPoint")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGPoint ConvertPoint(CGPoint point, UICoordinateSpace fromCoordinateSpace, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Converts a rectangle from the coordinate space of the current object to the specified coordinate space. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">A rectangle specified in the coordinate system of the current object.</param>
/// <param name="toCoordinateSpace">The coordinate space into which rect is to be converted.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("convertRect")]
CGRect ConvertRect(CGRect rect, UICoordinateSpace toCoordinateSpace);
/// <summary>
/// Converts a rectangle from the specified coordinate space to the coordinate space of the current object. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">A rectangle in the specified coordinate space.</param>
/// <param name="fromCoordinateSpace">The coordinate space in which rect is specified.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("convertRect")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
CGRect ConvertRect(CGRect rect, UICoordinateSpace fromCoordinateSpace, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// The bounds rectangle describing the item’s location and size in its own coordinate system. (required) (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("bounds")]
CGRect Bounds { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIDynamicItem.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIDynamicItem.cs index e30429cf..edeb3df0 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIDynamicItem.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIDynamicItem.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// To make a custom object eligible to participate in UIKit Dynamics, adopt the UIDynamicItem protocol in the object’s class.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDynamicItem_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIDynamicItem"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UIDynamicItem//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Called when a dynamic animator needs the bounds of the dynamic item. (required) (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("bounds")]
CGRect Bounds { get; }
/// <summary>
/// The center point of the dynamic item. (required)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("center")]
CGPoint Center { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The rotation of the dynamic item. (required)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("transform")]
CGAffineTransform Transform { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// To make a custom object eligible to participate in UIKit Dynamics, adopt the UIDynamicItem protocol in the object’s class.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDynamicItem_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIDynamicItem"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UIDynamicItem//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Called when a dynamic animator needs the bounds of the dynamic item. (required) (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("bounds")]
CGRect Bounds { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The center point of the dynamic item. (required)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("center")]
CGPoint Center { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The rotation of the dynamic item. (required)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("transform")]
CGAffineTransform Transform { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIInputViewAudioFeedback.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIInputViewAudioFeedback.cs index 393e2473..41435880 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIInputViewAudioFeedback.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIInputViewAudioFeedback.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIInputViewAudioFeedback protocol defines a single property for enabling a custom input or keyboard accessory view to play standard keyboard input clicks.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIInputViewAudioFeedback_ProtocolReference/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIInputViewAudioFeedback"/>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public interface UIInputViewAudioFeedback//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether or not an input view enables input clicks.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("enableInputClicksWhenVisible")]
bool EnableInputClicksWhenVisible { get; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIInputViewAudioFeedback protocol defines a single property for enabling a custom input or keyboard accessory view to play standard keyboard input clicks.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIInputViewAudioFeedback_ProtocolReference/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIInputViewAudioFeedback"/>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public interface UIInputViewAudioFeedback//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether or not an input view enables input clicks.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("enableInputClicksWhenVisible")]
bool EnableInputClicksWhenVisible { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UILayoutSupport.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UILayoutSupport.cs index aca456b6..dbc59621 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UILayoutSupport.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UILayoutSupport.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// This protocol is implemented by the UIViewController properties topLayoutGuide and bottomLayoutGuide to support using Auto Layout with a view controller’s view, starting in iOS 7. You can use layout guides as layout items in the NSLayoutConstraint factory methods.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UILayoutSupport_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UILayoutSupport"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UILayoutSupport//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Provides the length, in points, of the portion of a view controller’s view that is overlaid by translucent or transparent UIKit bars. (required)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("length")]
CGFloat Length { get; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// This protocol is implemented by the UIViewController properties topLayoutGuide and bottomLayoutGuide to support using Auto Layout with a view controller’s view, starting in iOS 7. You can use layout guides as layout items in the NSLayoutConstraint factory methods.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UILayoutSupport_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UILayoutSupport"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UILayoutSupport//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Provides the length, in points, of the portion of a view controller’s view that is overlaid by translucent or transparent UIKit bars. (required)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("length")]
CGFloat Length { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIPageViewControllerDataSource.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIPageViewControllerDataSource.cs index aa5faa78..7f8394eb 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIPageViewControllerDataSource.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIPageViewControllerDataSource.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIPageViewControllerDataSource protocol is adopted by an object that provides view controllers to the page view controller on an as-needed basis, in response to navigation gestures.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPageViewControllerDataSourceProtocolRef/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIPageViewControllerDataSource"/>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public interface UIPageViewControllerDataSource//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns the view controller before the given view controller. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageViewController">The page view controller</param>
/// <param name="viewControllerBeforeViewController">The view controller that the user navigated away from.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("pageViewController")]
UIViewController PageViewController(UIPageViewController pageViewController, UIViewController viewControllerBeforeViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the view controller after the given view controller. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageViewController">The page view controller</param>
/// <param name="viewControllerAfterViewController">The view controller that the user navigated away from.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("pageViewController")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
UIViewController PageViewController(UIPageViewController pageViewController, UIViewController viewControllerAfterViewController, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the number of items to be reflected in the page indicator.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageViewController">The page view controller.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("presentationCountForPageViewController")]
int PresentationCountForPageViewController(UIPageViewController pageViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index of the selected item to be reflected in the page indicator.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageViewController">The page view controller.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("presentationIndexForPageViewController")]
int PresentationIndexForPageViewController(UIPageViewController pageViewController);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIPageViewControllerDataSource protocol is adopted by an object that provides view controllers to the page view controller on an as-needed basis, in response to navigation gestures.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPageViewControllerDataSourceProtocolRef/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIPageViewControllerDataSource"/>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public interface UIPageViewControllerDataSource//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns the view controller before the given view controller. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageViewController">The page view controller</param>
/// <param name="viewControllerBeforeViewController">The view controller that the user navigated away from.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("pageViewController")]
UIViewController PageViewController(UIPageViewController pageViewController, UIViewController viewControllerBeforeViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the view controller after the given view controller. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageViewController">The page view controller</param>
/// <param name="viewControllerAfterViewController">The view controller that the user navigated away from.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("pageViewController")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
UIViewController PageViewController(UIPageViewController pageViewController, UIViewController viewControllerAfterViewController, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the number of items to be reflected in the page indicator.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageViewController">The page view controller.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("presentationCountForPageViewController")]
//[Optional]
int PresentationCountForPageViewController(UIPageViewController pageViewController);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index of the selected item to be reflected in the page indicator.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageViewController">The page view controller.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("presentationIndexForPageViewController")]
//[Optional]
int PresentationIndexForPageViewController(UIPageViewController pageViewController);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIResponderStandardEditActions.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIResponderStandardEditActions.cs index e4c60cfb..e67bf009 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIResponderStandardEditActions.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIResponderStandardEditActions.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit //TODO: double check on this
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIResponderStandardEditActions informal protocol declares methods that responder classes should override to handle common editing commands invoked in the user interface, such as Copy, Paste, and Select.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIResponderStandardEditActions_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40008313"/>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public interface UIResponderStandardEditActions//:
{
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIResponderStandardEditActions informal protocol declares methods that responder classes should override to handle common editing commands invoked in the user interface, such as Copy, Paste, and Select.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIResponderStandardEditActions_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40008313"/>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public interface UIResponderStandardEditActions//:
{
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIStateRestoring.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIStateRestoring.cs index 86cef8f3..1eb7905e 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIStateRestoring.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIStateRestoring.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIStateRestoring protocol lets you include any object in your state restoration archives. You can add state restoring objects to an archive directly or by referencing them from another object that is preserved, such as a view controller. The methods of the protocol let you save enough information about the object to find or recreate it during the next launch cycle.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIStateRestoring_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIStateRestoring"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UIStateRestoring//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Encodes state-related information for the object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="coder">The coder object to use to encode the state of the object.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("encodeRestorableStateWithCoder")]
void EncodeRestorableStateWithCoder(NSCoder coder);
/// <summary>
/// Decodes and restores state-related information for the object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="coder">The coder object to use to decode the state of the view.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("decodeRestorableStateWithCoder")]
void DecodeRestorableStateWithCoder(NSCoder coder);
/// <summary>
/// Called after all objects have had a chance to decode their state.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("applicationFinishedRestoringState")]
void ApplicationFinishedRestoringState();
/// <summary>
/// The parent object used to scope the current object. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("restorationParent")]
UIStateRestoring RestorationParent { get; }
/// <summary>
/// The class responsible for creating this object when restoring the app’s state. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("objectRestorationClass")]
AnyObject.Type ObjectRestorationClass { get; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIStateRestoring protocol lets you include any object in your state restoration archives. You can add state restoring objects to an archive directly or by referencing them from another object that is preserved, such as a view controller. The methods of the protocol let you save enough information about the object to find or recreate it during the next launch cycle.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIStateRestoring_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIStateRestoring"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UIStateRestoring//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Encodes state-related information for the object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="coder">The coder object to use to encode the state of the object.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("encodeRestorableStateWithCoder")]
//[Optional]
void EncodeRestorableStateWithCoder(NSCoder coder);
/// <summary>
/// Decodes and restores state-related information for the object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="coder">The coder object to use to decode the state of the view.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("decodeRestorableStateWithCoder")]
//[Optional]
void DecodeRestorableStateWithCoder(NSCoder coder);
/// <summary>
/// Called after all objects have had a chance to decode their state.
/// </summary>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("applicationFinishedRestoringState")]
//[Optional]
void ApplicationFinishedRestoringState();
/// <summary>
/// The parent object used to scope the current object. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("restorationParent")]
UIStateRestoring RestorationParent { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The class responsible for creating this object when restoring the app’s state. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("objectRestorationClass")]
AnyObject.Type ObjectRestorationClass { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UITableViewDataSource.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UITableViewDataSource.cs index 98c045e0..56089f33 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UITableViewDataSource.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UITableViewDataSource.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITableViewDataSource protocol is adopted by an object that mediates the application’s data model for a UITableView object. The data source provides the table-view object with the information it needs to construct and modify a table view.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITableViewDataSource_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UITableViewDataSource"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UITableViewDataSource//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source for a cell to insert in a particular location of the table view. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">A table-view object requesting the cell.</param>
/// <param name="cellForRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating a row in tableView.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
UITableViewCell TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath cellForRowAtIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source to return the number of sections in the table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">An object representing the table view requesting this information.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("numberOfSectionsInTableView")]
int NumberOfSectionsInTableView(UITableView tableView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the data source to return the number of rows in a given section of a table view. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="numberOfRowsInSection">An index number identifying a section in tableView.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
int TableView(UITableView tableView, int numberOfRowsInSection);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source to return the titles for the sections for a table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sectionIndexTitlesForTableView")]
AnyObject[] SectionIndexTitlesForTableView(UITableView tableView);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source to return the index of the section having the given title and section title index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="sectionForSectionIndexTitle">The title as displayed in the section index of tableView.</param>
/// <param name="atIndex">An index number identifying a section title in the array returned by sectionIndexTitlesForTableView:.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
int TableView(UITableView tableView, string sectionForSectionIndexTitle, int atIndex);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source for the title of the header of the specified section of the table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object asking for the title.</param>
/// <param name="titleForHeaderInSection">An index number identifying a section of tableView .</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
string TableView(UITableView tableView, int titleForHeaderInSection, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source for the title of the footer of the specified section of the table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object asking for the title.</param>
/// <param name="titleForFooterInSection">An index number identifying a section of tableView .</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
string TableView(UITableView tableView, int titleForFooterInSection, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source to commit the insertion or deletion of a specified row in the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting the insertion or deletion.</param>
/// <param name="commitEditingStyle">The cell editing style corresponding to a insertion or deletion requested for the row specified by indexPath. Possible editing styles are UITableViewCellEditingStyleInsert or UITableViewCellEditingStyleDelete.</param>
/// <param name="forRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating the row in tableView.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, UITableViewCellEditingStyle commitEditingStyle, NSIndexPath forRowAtIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source to verify that the given row is editable.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="canEditRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating a row in tableView.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath canEditRowAtIndexPath, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source whether a given row can be moved to another location in the table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="canMoveRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating a row in tableView.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath canMoveRowAtIndexPath, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the data source to move a row at a specific location in the table view to another location.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this action.</param>
/// <param name="moveRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating the row to be moved in tableView.</param>
/// <param name="toIndexPath">An index path locating the row in tableView that is the destination of the move.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath moveRowAtIndexPath, NSIndexPath toIndexPath);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITableViewDataSource protocol is adopted by an object that mediates the application’s data model for a UITableView object. The data source provides the table-view object with the information it needs to construct and modify a table view.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITableViewDataSource_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UITableViewDataSource"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public interface UITableViewDataSource//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source for a cell to insert in a particular location of the table view. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">A table-view object requesting the cell.</param>
/// <param name="cellForRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating a row in tableView.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
UITableViewCell TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath cellForRowAtIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source to return the number of sections in the table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">An object representing the table view requesting this information.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("numberOfSectionsInTableView")]
//[Optional]
int NumberOfSectionsInTableView(UITableView tableView);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the data source to return the number of rows in a given section of a table view. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="numberOfRowsInSection">An index number identifying a section in tableView.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
int TableView(UITableView tableView, int numberOfRowsInSection);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source to return the titles for the sections for a table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("sectionIndexTitlesForTableView")]
//[Optional]
AnyObject[] SectionIndexTitlesForTableView(UITableView tableView);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source to return the index of the section having the given title and section title index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="sectionForSectionIndexTitle">The title as displayed in the section index of tableView.</param>
/// <param name="atIndex">An index number identifying a section title in the array returned by sectionIndexTitlesForTableView:.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
int TableView(UITableView tableView, string sectionForSectionIndexTitle, int atIndex);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source for the title of the header of the specified section of the table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object asking for the title.</param>
/// <param name="titleForHeaderInSection">An index number identifying a section of tableView .</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
string TableView(UITableView tableView, int titleForHeaderInSection, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source for the title of the footer of the specified section of the table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object asking for the title.</param>
/// <param name="titleForFooterInSection">An index number identifying a section of tableView .</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
string TableView(UITableView tableView, int titleForFooterInSection, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source to commit the insertion or deletion of a specified row in the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting the insertion or deletion.</param>
/// <param name="commitEditingStyle">The cell editing style corresponding to a insertion or deletion requested for the row specified by indexPath. Possible editing styles are UITableViewCellEditingStyleInsert or UITableViewCellEditingStyleDelete.</param>
/// <param name="forRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating the row in tableView.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, UITableViewCellEditingStyle commitEditingStyle, NSIndexPath forRowAtIndexPath);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source to verify that the given row is editable.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="canEditRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating a row in tableView.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath canEditRowAtIndexPath, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false);
/// <summary>
/// Asks the data source whether a given row can be moved to another location in the table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this information.</param>
/// <param name="canMoveRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating a row in tableView.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
//[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
bool TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath canMoveRowAtIndexPath, int NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = 0);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the data source to move a row at a specific location in the table view to another location.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tableView">The table-view object requesting this action.</param>
/// <param name="moveRowAtIndexPath">An index path locating the row to be moved in tableView.</param>
/// <param name="toIndexPath">An index path locating the row in tableView that is the destination of the move.</param>
//[iOSVersion(2)]
//[Export("tableView")]
//[Optional]
void TableView(UITableView tableView, NSIndexPath moveRowAtIndexPath, NSIndexPath toIndexPath);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UITextDocumentProxy.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UITextDocumentProxy.cs index dbe27c77..4c9e1178 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UITextDocumentProxy.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UITextDocumentProxy.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A text document proxy provides textual context to a custom keyboard (which is based on the UIInputViewController class) by way of the keyboard’s textDocumentProxy property.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextDocumentProxy_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UITextDocumentProxy"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public interface UITextDocumentProxy//: NSObjectProtocol, UIKeyInput, UITextInputTraits
{
/// <summary>
/// Textual context after the insertion point in the current text input object. (required) (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("documentContextAfterInput")]
string DocumentContextAfterInput { get; }
/// <summary>
/// Textual context before the insertion point in the current text input object. (required) (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("documentContextBeforeInput")]
string DocumentContextBeforeInput { get; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A text document proxy provides textual context to a custom keyboard (which is based on the UIInputViewController class) by way of the keyboard’s textDocumentProxy property.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextDocumentProxy_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UITextDocumentProxy"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public interface UITextDocumentProxy//: NSObjectProtocol, UIKeyInput, UITextInputTraits
{
/// <summary>
/// Moves the insertion point forward or backward in the current text input object. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="offset">The number of characters to adjust the insertion point by. A positive value moves the insertion point forward (according to the text storage direction for the current language). A negative value moves the insertion point backward.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("adjustTextPositionByCharacterOffset")]
void AdjustTextPositionByCharacterOffset(int offset);
/// <summary>
/// Textual context after the insertion point in the current text input object. (required) (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("documentContextAfterInput")]
string DocumentContextAfterInput { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Textual context before the insertion point in the current text input object. (required) (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("documentContextBeforeInput")]
string DocumentContextBeforeInput { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UITextInput.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UITextInput.cs index a3c4c6cb..b7119e4c 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UITextInput.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UITextInput.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// Classes that adopt the UITextInput protocol (and conform with inherited protocols) interact with the text input system and thus acquire features such as autocorrection and multistage text input for their documents. (Multistage text input is required when the language is ideographic and the keyboard is phonetic.)
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextInput_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UITextInput"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public interface UITextInput//: NSObjectProtocol, UIKeyInput, UITextInputTraits
{
/// <summary>
/// Return the text in the specified range. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">A range of text in a document.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("textInRange")]
string TextInRange(UITextRange range);
/// <summary>
/// Replace the text in a document that is in the specified range. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">A range of text in a document.</param>
/// <param name="withText">A string to replace the text in range.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("replaceRange")]
void ReplaceRange(UITextRange range, string withText);
/// <summary>
/// Asks whether the text in the specified range should be replaced.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">A range of text in a document.</param>
/// <param name="replacementText">The proposed text to replace the text in range.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shouldChangeTextInRange")]
bool ShouldChangeTextInRange(UITextRange range, string replacementText);
/// <summary>
/// Insert the provided text and marks it to indicate that it is part of an active input session. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="markedText">The text to be marked.</param>
/// <param name="selectedRange">A range within markedText that indicates the current selection. This range is always relative to markedText.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("setMarkedText")]
void SetMarkedText(string markedText, NSRange selectedRange);
/// <summary>
/// Unmark the currently marked text. (required)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("unmarkText")]
void UnmarkText();
/// <summary>
/// Return the range between two text positions. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fromPosition">An object that represents a location in a document.</param>
/// <param name="toPosition">An object that represents another location in a document.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("textRangeFromPosition")]
UITextRange TextRangeFromPosition(UITextPosition fromPosition, UITextPosition toPosition);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the text position at a given offset from another text position. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="position">A custom UITextPosition object that represents a location in a document.</param>
/// <param name="offset">A character offset from position. It can be a positive or negative value.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("positionFromPosition")]
UITextPosition PositionFromPosition(UITextPosition position, int offset);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the text position at a given offset in a specified direction from another text position. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="position">A custom UITextPosition object that represents a location in a document.</param>
/// <param name="inDirection">A UITextLayoutDirection constant that represents the direction of the offset from position. Return nil if the computed text position is less than 0 or greater than the length of the backing string.</param>
/// <param name="offset">A character offset from position.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("positionFromPosition")]
UITextPosition PositionFromPosition(UITextPosition position, UITextLayoutDirection inDirection, int offset);
/// <summary>
/// Return how one text position compares to another text position. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="position">A custom object that represents a location within a document.</param>
/// <param name="toPosition">A custom object that represents another location within a document.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("comparePosition")]
NSComparisonResult ComparePosition(UITextPosition position, UITextPosition toPosition);
/// <summary>
/// Return the number of visible characters between one text position and another text position. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fromPosition">A custom object that represents a location within a document.</param>
/// <param name="toPosition">A custom object that represents another location within document.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("offsetFromPosition")]
int OffsetFromPosition(UITextPosition fromPosition, UITextPosition toPosition);
/// <summary>
/// Return the text position that is at the farthest extent in a given layout direction within a range of text. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">A text-range object that demarcates a range of text in a document.</param>
/// <param name="farthestInDirection">A constant that indicates a direction of layout (right, left, up, down).</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("positionWithinRange")]
UITextPosition PositionWithinRange(UITextRange range, UITextLayoutDirection farthestInDirection);
/// <summary>
/// Return a text range from a given text position to its farthest extent in a certain direction of layout. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="position">A text-position object that identifies a location in a document.</param>
/// <param name="inDirection">A constant that indicates a direction of layout (right, left, up, down).</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("characterRangeByExtendingPosition")]
UITextRange CharacterRangeByExtendingPosition(UITextPosition position, UITextLayoutDirection inDirection);
/// <summary>
/// Return the base writing direction for a position in the text going in a certain direction. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="position">An object that identifies a location in a document.</param>
/// <param name="inDirection">A constant that indicates a direction of storage (forward or backward).</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("baseWritingDirectionForPosition")]
UITextWritingDirection BaseWritingDirectionForPosition(UITextPosition position, UITextStorageDirection inDirection);
/// <summary>
/// Set the base writing direction for a given range of text in a document. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="writingDirection">A constant that represents a writing direction (for example, left-to-right or right-to-left)</param>
/// <param name="forRange">An object that represents a range of text in a document.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("setBaseWritingDirection")]
void SetBaseWritingDirection(UITextWritingDirection writingDirection, UITextRange forRange);
/// <summary>
/// Return the first rectangle that encloses a range of text in a document. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">An object that represents a range of text in a document.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("firstRectForRange")]
CGRect FirstRectForRange(UITextRange range);
/// <summary>
/// Return a rectangle used to draw the caret at a given insertion point. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="position">An object that identifies a location in a document.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("caretRectForPosition")]
CGRect CaretRectForPosition(UITextPosition position);
/// <summary>
/// Return the position in a document that is closest to a specified point. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point in the view that is drawing a document’s text.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("closestPositionToPoint")]
UITextPosition ClosestPositionToPoint(CGPoint point);
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of selection rects corresponding to the range of text. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">An object representing a range in a document’s text.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("selectionRectsForRange")]
AnyObject[] SelectionRectsForRange(UITextRange range);
/// <summary>
/// Return the position in a document that is closest to a specified point in a given range. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point in the view that is drawing a document’s text.</param>
/// <param name="withinRange">An object representing a range in a document’s text.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("closestPositionToPoint")]
UITextPosition ClosestPositionToPoint(CGPoint point, UITextRange withinRange);
/// <summary>
/// Return the character or range of characters that is at a given point in a document. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point in the view that is drawing a document’s text.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("characterRangeAtPoint")]
UITextRange CharacterRangeAtPoint(CGPoint point);
/// <summary>
/// Called when there is a pending dictation result.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5.1)]
[Export("dictationRecordingDidEnd")]
void DictationRecordingDidEnd();
/// <summary>
/// Called when dictation ended but recognition failed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5.1)]
[Export("dictationRecognitionFailed")]
void DictationRecognitionFailed();
/// <summary>
/// Called when there is more than one interpretation of a spoken phrase in a dictation result.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="dictationResult">An array of UIDictationPhrase objects.</param>
[iOSVersion(5.1)]
[Export("insertDictationResult")]
void InsertDictationResult(AnyObject[] dictationResult);
/// <summary>
/// Asks for the placeholder object to use while dictation results are being generated.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("insertDictationResultPlaceholder")]
AnyObject InsertDictationResultPlaceholder();
/// <summary>
/// Asks for the rectangle in which to display the dictation placeholder animation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="placeholder">A placeholder object provided by your app and used to identify the location of the dictation results.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("frameForDictationResultPlaceholder")]
CGRect FrameForDictationResultPlaceholder(AnyObject placeholder);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the view that the specified placeholder object is no longer needed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="placeholder">The placeholder object that is no longer needed.</param>
/// <param name="willInsertResult">The value of this parameter is true if the dictation value was generated successfully or false if an error occurred.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("removeDictationResultPlaceholder")]
void RemoveDictationResultPlaceholder(AnyObject placeholder, bool willInsertResult);
/// <summary>
/// Return a dictionary with properties that specify how text is to be style at a certain location in a document.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="position">An object that indicates a location in the text of a document.</param>
/// <param name="inDirection">The direction of the styling attributes in text storage.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("textStylingAtPosition")]
Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> TextStylingAtPosition(UITextPosition position, UITextStorageDirection inDirection);
/// <summary>
/// Return the position within a range of a document’s text that corresponds to the character offset from the start of that range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">An object that specifies a range of text in a document.</param>
/// <param name="atCharacterOffset">A character offset from the start of range.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("positionWithinRange")]
UITextPosition PositionWithinRange(UITextRange range, int atCharacterOffset);
/// <summary>
/// Return the character offset of a position in a document’s text that falls within a given range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="position">An object that identifies a location in a document’s text.</param>
/// <param name="withinRange">An object that specifies a range of text in a document.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("characterOffsetOfPosition")]
int CharacterOffsetOfPosition(UITextPosition position, UITextRange withinRange);
/// <summary>
/// The range of selected text in a document. (required)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("selectedTextRange")]
UITextRange SelectedTextRange { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The range of text that is currently marked in a document. (required) (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("markedTextRange")]
UITextRange MarkedTextRange { get; }
/// <summary>
/// A dictionary of attributes that describes how marked text should be drawn. (required)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("markedTextStyle")]
Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> MarkedTextStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The desired location for the insertion point.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("selectionAffinity")]
UITextStorageDirection SelectionAffinity { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The text position for the beginning of a document. (required) (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("beginningOfDocument")]
UITextPosition BeginningOfDocument { get; }
/// <summary>
/// The text position for the end of a document. (required) (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("endOfDocument")]
UITextPosition EndOfDocument { get; }
/// <summary>
/// An input delegate that is notified when text changes or when the selection changes. (required)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("inputDelegate")]
UITextInputDelegate InputDelegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An input tokenizer that provides information about the granularity of text units. (required) (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("tokenizer")]
UITextInputTokenizer Tokenizer { get; }
/// <summary>
/// An affiliated view that provides a coordinate system for all geometric values in this protocol. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("textInputView")]
UIView TextInputView { get; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The direction of text storage.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public enum UITextStorageDirection
{
/// <summary>
/// Storage of the text in a forward direction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Forward,
/// <summary>
/// Storage of the text in a backward direction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Backward,
}
/// <summary>
/// The direction of text layout.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public enum UITextLayoutDirection
{
/// <summary>
/// Layout of the text to the right.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Right,
/// <summary>
/// Layout of the text to the left.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// Layout of the text in an upward direction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Up,
/// <summary>
/// Layout of the text in a downward direction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Down,
}
/// <summary>
/// The writing direction of the text, based on language.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public enum UITextWritingDirection
{
/// <summary>
/// The natural writing direction as defined by the Bidi algorithm.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Natural,
/// <summary>
/// Writing that goes from left to right.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
LeftToRight,
/// <summary>
/// Writing that goes from right to left.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
RightToLeft,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// Classes that adopt the UITextInput protocol (and conform with inherited protocols) interact with the text input system and thus acquire features such as autocorrection and multistage text input for their documents. (Multistage text input is required when the language is ideographic and the keyboard is phonetic.)
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextInput_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UITextInput"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public interface UITextInput//: NSObjectProtocol, UIKeyInput, UITextInputTraits
{
/// <summary>
/// Return the text in the specified range. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">A range of text in a document.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("textInRange")]
string TextInRange(UITextRange range);
/// <summary>
/// Replace the text in a document that is in the specified range. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">A range of text in a document.</param>
/// <param name="withText">A string to replace the text in range.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("replaceRange")]
void ReplaceRange(UITextRange range, string withText);
/// <summary>
/// Asks whether the text in the specified range should be replaced.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">A range of text in a document.</param>
/// <param name="replacementText">The proposed text to replace the text in range.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("shouldChangeTextInRange")]
//[Optional]
bool ShouldChangeTextInRange(UITextRange range, string replacementText);
/// <summary>
/// Insert the provided text and marks it to indicate that it is part of an active input session. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="markedText">The text to be marked.</param>
/// <param name="selectedRange">A range within markedText that indicates the current selection. This range is always relative to markedText.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("setMarkedText")]
void SetMarkedText(string markedText, NSRange selectedRange);
/// <summary>
/// Unmark the currently marked text. (required)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("unmarkText")]
void UnmarkText();
/// <summary>
/// Return the range between two text positions. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fromPosition">An object that represents a location in a document.</param>
/// <param name="toPosition">An object that represents another location in a document.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("textRangeFromPosition")]
UITextRange TextRangeFromPosition(UITextPosition fromPosition, UITextPosition toPosition);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the text position at a given offset from another text position. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="position">A custom UITextPosition object that represents a location in a document.</param>
/// <param name="offset">A character offset from position. It can be a positive or negative value.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("positionFromPosition")]
UITextPosition PositionFromPosition(UITextPosition position, int offset);
/// <summary>
/// Returns the text position at a given offset in a specified direction from another text position. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="position">A custom UITextPosition object that represents a location in a document.</param>
/// <param name="inDirection">A UITextLayoutDirection constant that represents the direction of the offset from position. Return nil if the computed text position is less than 0 or greater than the length of the backing string.</param>
/// <param name="offset">A character offset from position.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("positionFromPosition")]
UITextPosition PositionFromPosition(UITextPosition position, UITextLayoutDirection inDirection, int offset);
/// <summary>
/// Return how one text position compares to another text position. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="position">A custom object that represents a location within a document.</param>
/// <param name="toPosition">A custom object that represents another location within a document.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("comparePosition")]
NSComparisonResult ComparePosition(UITextPosition position, UITextPosition toPosition);
/// <summary>
/// Return the number of visible characters between one text position and another text position. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fromPosition">A custom object that represents a location within a document.</param>
/// <param name="toPosition">A custom object that represents another location within document.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("offsetFromPosition")]
int OffsetFromPosition(UITextPosition fromPosition, UITextPosition toPosition);
/// <summary>
/// Return the text position that is at the farthest extent in a given layout direction within a range of text. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">A text-range object that demarcates a range of text in a document.</param>
/// <param name="farthestInDirection">A constant that indicates a direction of layout (right, left, up, down).</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("positionWithinRange")]
UITextPosition PositionWithinRange(UITextRange range, UITextLayoutDirection farthestInDirection);
/// <summary>
/// Return a text range from a given text position to its farthest extent in a certain direction of layout. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="position">A text-position object that identifies a location in a document.</param>
/// <param name="inDirection">A constant that indicates a direction of layout (right, left, up, down).</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("characterRangeByExtendingPosition")]
UITextRange CharacterRangeByExtendingPosition(UITextPosition position, UITextLayoutDirection inDirection);
/// <summary>
/// Return the base writing direction for a position in the text going in a certain direction. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="position">An object that identifies a location in a document.</param>
/// <param name="inDirection">A constant that indicates a direction of storage (forward or backward).</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("baseWritingDirectionForPosition")]
UITextWritingDirection BaseWritingDirectionForPosition(UITextPosition position, UITextStorageDirection inDirection);
/// <summary>
/// Set the base writing direction for a given range of text in a document. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="writingDirection">A constant that represents a writing direction (for example, left-to-right or right-to-left)</param>
/// <param name="forRange">An object that represents a range of text in a document.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("setBaseWritingDirection")]
void SetBaseWritingDirection(UITextWritingDirection writingDirection, UITextRange forRange);
/// <summary>
/// Return the first rectangle that encloses a range of text in a document. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">An object that represents a range of text in a document.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("firstRectForRange")]
CGRect FirstRectForRange(UITextRange range);
/// <summary>
/// Return a rectangle used to draw the caret at a given insertion point. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="position">An object that identifies a location in a document.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("caretRectForPosition")]
CGRect CaretRectForPosition(UITextPosition position);
/// <summary>
/// Return the position in a document that is closest to a specified point. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point in the view that is drawing a document’s text.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("closestPositionToPoint")]
UITextPosition ClosestPositionToPoint(CGPoint point);
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of selection rects corresponding to the range of text. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">An object representing a range in a document’s text.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("selectionRectsForRange")]
AnyObject[] SelectionRectsForRange(UITextRange range);
/// <summary>
/// Return the position in a document that is closest to a specified point in a given range. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point in the view that is drawing a document’s text.</param>
/// <param name="withinRange">An object representing a range in a document’s text.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("closestPositionToPoint")]
UITextPosition ClosestPositionToPoint(CGPoint point, UITextRange withinRange);
/// <summary>
/// Return the character or range of characters that is at a given point in a document. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point in the view that is drawing a document’s text.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("characterRangeAtPoint")]
UITextRange CharacterRangeAtPoint(CGPoint point);
/// <summary>
/// Called when there is a pending dictation result.
/// </summary>
//[iOSVersion(5.1)]
//[Export("dictationRecordingDidEnd")]
//[Optional]
void DictationRecordingDidEnd();
/// <summary>
/// Called when dictation ended but recognition failed.
/// </summary>
//[iOSVersion(5.1)]
//[Export("dictationRecognitionFailed")]
//[Optional]
void DictationRecognitionFailed();
/// <summary>
/// Called when there is more than one interpretation of a spoken phrase in a dictation result.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="dictationResult">An array of UIDictationPhrase objects.</param>
//[iOSVersion(5.1)]
//[Export("insertDictationResult")]
//[Optional]
void InsertDictationResult(AnyObject[] dictationResult);
/// <summary>
/// Asks for the placeholder object to use while dictation results are being generated.
/// </summary>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("insertDictationResultPlaceholder")]
//[Optional]
AnyObject InsertDictationResultPlaceholder();
/// <summary>
/// Asks for the rectangle in which to display the dictation placeholder animation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="placeholder">A placeholder object provided by your app and used to identify the location of the dictation results.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("frameForDictationResultPlaceholder")]
//[Optional]
CGRect FrameForDictationResultPlaceholder(AnyObject placeholder);
/// <summary>
/// Tells the view that the specified placeholder object is no longer needed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="placeholder">The placeholder object that is no longer needed.</param>
/// <param name="willInsertResult">The value of this parameter is true if the dictation value was generated successfully or false if an error occurred.</param>
//[iOSVersion(6)]
//[Export("removeDictationResultPlaceholder")]
//[Optional]
void RemoveDictationResultPlaceholder(AnyObject placeholder, bool willInsertResult);
/// <summary>
/// Return a dictionary with properties that specify how text is to be style at a certain location in a document.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="position">An object that indicates a location in the text of a document.</param>
/// <param name="inDirection">The direction of the styling attributes in text storage.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.2)]
//[Export("textStylingAtPosition")]
//[Optional]
Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> TextStylingAtPosition(UITextPosition position, UITextStorageDirection inDirection);
/// <summary>
/// Return the position within a range of a document’s text that corresponds to the character offset from the start of that range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">An object that specifies a range of text in a document.</param>
/// <param name="atCharacterOffset">A character offset from the start of range.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.2)]
//[Export("positionWithinRange")]
//[Optional]
UITextPosition PositionWithinRange(UITextRange range, int atCharacterOffset);
/// <summary>
/// Return the character offset of a position in a document’s text that falls within a given range.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="position">An object that identifies a location in a document’s text.</param>
/// <param name="withinRange">An object that specifies a range of text in a document.</param>
//[iOSVersion(3.2)]
//[Export("characterOffsetOfPosition")]
//[Optional]
int CharacterOffsetOfPosition(UITextPosition position, UITextRange withinRange);
/// <summary>
/// The range of selected text in a document. (required)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("selectedTextRange")]
UITextRange SelectedTextRange { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The range of text that is currently marked in a document. (required) (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("markedTextRange")]
UITextRange MarkedTextRange { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A dictionary of attributes that describes how marked text should be drawn. (required)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("markedTextStyle")]
Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> MarkedTextStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The desired location for the insertion point.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("selectionAffinity")]
UITextStorageDirection SelectionAffinity { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The text position for the beginning of a document. (required) (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("beginningOfDocument")]
UITextPosition BeginningOfDocument { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The text position for the end of a document. (required) (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("endOfDocument")]
UITextPosition EndOfDocument { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// An input delegate that is notified when text changes or when the selection changes. (required)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("inputDelegate")]
UITextInputDelegate InputDelegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An input tokenizer that provides information about the granularity of text units. (required) (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("tokenizer")]
UITextInputTokenizer Tokenizer { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// An affiliated view that provides a coordinate system for all geometric values in this protocol. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("textInputView")]
UIView TextInputView { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The direction of text storage.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public enum UITextStorageDirection
{
/// <summary>
/// Storage of the text in a forward direction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Forward,
/// <summary>
/// Storage of the text in a backward direction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Backward,
}
/// <summary>
/// The direction of text layout.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public enum UITextLayoutDirection
{
/// <summary>
/// Layout of the text to the right.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Right,
/// <summary>
/// Layout of the text to the left.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// Layout of the text in an upward direction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Up,
/// <summary>
/// Layout of the text in a downward direction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Down,
}
/// <summary>
/// The writing direction of the text, based on language.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public enum UITextWritingDirection
{
/// <summary>
/// The natural writing direction as defined by the Bidi algorithm.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Natural,
/// <summary>
/// Writing that goes from left to right.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
LeftToRight,
/// <summary>
/// Writing that goes from right to left.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
RightToLeft,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UITraitEnvironment.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UITraitEnvironment.cs index b2cb5679..ad58d827 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UITraitEnvironment.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UITraitEnvironment.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITraitEnvironment protocol provides access to the UITraitCollection object for a view controller. The traitCollectionDidChange: method is automatically called when a trait for a view controller changes. Implement this method to respond to changes in the trait collection.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITraitEnvironment_Ref/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UITraitEnvironment"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public interface UITraitEnvironment//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Provides a way for you to perform custom behavior when the current trait collection changes. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="previousTraitCollection">The UITraitCollection object before any traits were changed.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("traitCollectionDidChange")]
void TraitCollectionDidChange(UITraitCollection previousTraitCollection);
/// <summary>
/// The collection of traits for the view. (required) (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("traitCollection")]
UITraitCollection TraitCollection { get; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITraitEnvironment protocol provides access to the UITraitCollection object for a view controller. The traitCollectionDidChange: method is automatically called when a trait for a view controller changes. Implement this method to respond to changes in the trait collection.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITraitEnvironment_Ref/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UITraitEnvironment"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public interface UITraitEnvironment//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Provides a way for you to perform custom behavior when the current trait collection changes. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="previousTraitCollection">The UITraitCollection object before any traits were changed.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("traitCollectionDidChange")]
void TraitCollectionDidChange(UITraitCollection previousTraitCollection);
/// <summary>
/// The collection of traits for the view. (required) (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("traitCollection")]
UITraitCollection TraitCollection { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning.cs index 577a8d5a..f096a1b3 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// Adopt the UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning protocol in objects that implement the animations for a custom view controller transition. The methods in this protocol let you define an animator object, which creates the animations for transitioning a view controller on or off screen in a fixed amount of time. The animations you create using this protocol must not be interactive. To create interactive transitions, you must combine your animator object with another object that controls the timing of your animations.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Tells your animator object to perform the transition animations. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="transitionContext">The context object containing information about the transition.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("animateTransition")]
void AnimateTransition(UIViewControllerContextTransitioning transitionContext);
/// <summary>
/// Tells your animator object that the transition animations have finished.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="transitionCompleted">Contains the value true if the transition completed successfully and the new view controller is now displayed or false if the transition was canceled and the original view controller is still visible.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("animationEnded")]
void AnimationEnded(bool transitionCompleted);
/// <summary>
/// Asks your animator object for the duration (in seconds) of the transition animation. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="transitionContext">The context object containing information to use during the transition.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("transitionDuration")]
NSTimeInterval TransitionDuration(UIViewControllerContextTransitioning transitionContext);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// Adopt the UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning protocol in objects that implement the animations for a custom view controller transition. The methods in this protocol let you define an animator object, which creates the animations for transitioning a view controller on or off screen in a fixed amount of time. The animations you create using this protocol must not be interactive. To create interactive transitions, you must combine your animator object with another object that controls the timing of your animations.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Tells your animator object to perform the transition animations. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="transitionContext">The context object containing information about the transition.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("animateTransition")]
void AnimateTransition(UIViewControllerContextTransitioning transitionContext);
/// <summary>
/// Tells your animator object that the transition animations have finished.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="transitionCompleted">Contains the value true if the transition completed successfully and the new view controller is now displayed or false if the transition was canceled and the original view controller is still visible.</param>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("animationEnded")]
//[Optional]
void AnimationEnded(bool transitionCompleted);
/// <summary>
/// Asks your animator object for the duration (in seconds) of the transition animation. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="transitionContext">The context object containing information to use during the transition.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("transitionDuration")]
NSTimeInterval TransitionDuration(UIViewControllerContextTransitioning transitionContext);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning.cs index 68a21910..3c123d6b 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// To enable an object (such as a navigation controller) to drive a view controller transition, configure a custom class to adopt the UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning protocol. An object that supports this protocol is called an interactive transition delegate.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Called when the system needs to set up the interactive portions of a view controller transition and start the animations. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="transitionContext">The context object containing information about the transition.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("startInteractiveTransition")]
void StartInteractiveTransition(UIViewControllerContextTransitioning transitionContext);
/// <summary>
/// Called when the system needs the animation completion curve for an interactive view controller transition.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("completionCurve")]
UIViewAnimationCurve CompletionCurve();
/// <summary>
/// Called when the system needs the speed at which to complete an interactive transition, after the interactive portion is finished.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("completionSpeed")]
CGFloat CompletionSpeed();
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// To enable an object (such as a navigation controller) to drive a view controller transition, configure a custom class to adopt the UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning protocol. An object that supports this protocol is called an interactive transition delegate.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning_protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning//: NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Called when the system needs to set up the interactive portions of a view controller transition and start the animations. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="transitionContext">The context object containing information about the transition.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("startInteractiveTransition")]
void StartInteractiveTransition(UIViewControllerContextTransitioning transitionContext);
/// <summary>
/// Called when the system needs the animation completion curve for an interactive view controller transition.
/// </summary>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("completionCurve")]
//[Optional]
UIViewAnimationCurve CompletionCurve();
/// <summary>
/// Called when the system needs the speed at which to complete an interactive transition, after the interactive portion is finished.
/// </summary>
//[iOSVersion(7)]
//[Export("completionSpeed")]
//[Optional]
CGFloat CompletionSpeed();
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinator.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinator.cs index ccb3128c..955c0897 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinator.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/Protocols/UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinator.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An object that adopts the UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinator protocol supports the animations associated with a view controller transition. Do not adopt this protocol in your own classes. When you present or dismiss a view controller, UIKit creates a transition coordinator object automatically and assigns it to the view controller’s transitionCoordinator property. The transition coordinator is ephemeral and lasts for the duration of the transition animation.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinator_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinator"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinator//: NSObjectProtocol, UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinatorContext
{
/// <summary>
/// Runs the specified animations at the same time as the view controller transition animations. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animation">A block containing the animations you want to perform. These animations run in the same context as the transition animations and therefore have the same default attributes. You may specify nil for this parameter.
/// The block has no return value and takes the following parameter:
/// context
/// The contextual information for performing the animations. Use this object to get the animation-related information, including the container view in which to run your animations. For more information, see UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinatorContext Protocol Reference.
/// The animation you specify must take place in a view descended from the container view.</param>
/// <param name="completion">The block of code to execute after the transition finishes. You may specify nil for this parameter. The block has no return value and takes the following parameter:
/// context
/// The contextual information for performing the animations. Use this object to get the animation-related information, including the container view in which to run your animations. For more information, see UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinatorContext Protocol Reference.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("animateAlongsideTransition")]
bool AnimateAlongsideTransition(Action<UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinatorContext> animation, Action<UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinatorContext> completion);
/// <summary>
/// Runs the specified animations in a view that is outside of the designated container view. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The view (or one of its ancestors) in which the specified animations take place. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="animation">A block containing the animations you want to perform. These animations run in the same context as the transition animations and therefore have the same default attributes. You may specify nil for this parameter.
/// The block has no return value and takes the following parameter:
/// context
/// The contextual information for performing the animations. Use this object to get the animation-related information. For more information, see UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinatorContext Protocol Reference.</param>
/// <param name="completion">The block of code to execute after the transition finishes. You may specify nil for this parameter. The block has no return value and takes the following parameter:
/// context
/// The contextual information for performing the animations. Use this object to get the animation-related information. For more information, see UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinatorContext Protocol Reference.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("animateAlongsideTransitionInView")]
bool AnimateAlongsideTransitionInView(UIView view, Action<UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinatorContext> animation, Action<UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinatorContext> completion);
/// <summary>
/// Registers a block to be executed when a transition changes from interactive to non-interactive. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="handler">The block to execute when the transition changes from interactive to noninteractive. The block has no return value and takes the following parameter:
/// context
/// The contextual information for performing the animations. Use this object to get the animation-related information. For more information, see UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinatorContext Protocol Reference.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("notifyWhenInteractionEndsUsingBlock")]
void NotifyWhenInteractionEndsUsingBlock(Action<UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinatorContext> handler);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An object that adopts the UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinator protocol provides support for animations associated with a view controller transition. Typically, you do not adopt this protocol in your own classes. When you present or dismiss a view controller, UIKit creates a transition coordinator object automatically and assigns it to the view controller’s transitionCoordinator property. That transition coordinator object is ephemeral and lasts for the duration of the transition animation.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinator_Protocol/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/intf/UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinator"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public interface UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinator//: NSObjectProtocol, UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinatorContext
{
/// <summary>
/// Runs the specified animations at the same time as the view controller transition animations. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animation">A block containing the animations you want to perform. These animations run in the same context as the transition animations and therefore have the same default attributes. You may specify nil for this parameter.
/// The block has no return value and takes the following parameter:
/// context
/// The contextual information for performing the animations. Use this object to get the animation-related information, including the container view in which to run your animations. For more information, see UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinatorContext Protocol Reference.
/// The animation you specify must take place in a view descended from the container view.</param>
/// <param name="completion">The block of code to execute after the transition finishes. You may specify nil for this parameter. The block has no return value and takes the following parameter:
/// context
/// The contextual information for performing the animations. Use this object to get the animation-related information, including the container view in which to run your animations. For more information, see UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinatorContext Protocol Reference.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("animateAlongsideTransition")]
bool AnimateAlongsideTransition(Action<UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinatorContext> animation, Action<UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinatorContext> completion);
/// <summary>
/// Runs the specified animations in a view that is outside of the designated container view. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The view (or one of its ancestors) in which the specified animations take place. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="animation">A block containing the animations you want to perform. These animations run in the same context as the transition animations and therefore have the same default attributes. You may specify nil for this parameter.
/// The block has no return value and takes the following parameter:
/// context
/// The contextual information for performing the animations. Use this object to get the animation-related information. For more information, see UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinatorContext Protocol Reference.</param>
/// <param name="completion">The block of code to execute after the transition finishes. You may specify nil for this parameter. The block has no return value and takes the following parameter:
/// context
/// The contextual information for performing the animations. Use this object to get the animation-related information. For more information, see UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinatorContext Protocol Reference.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("animateAlongsideTransitionInView")]
bool AnimateAlongsideTransitionInView(UIView view, Action<UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinatorContext> animation, Action<UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinatorContext> completion);
/// <summary>
/// Registers a block to be executed when a transition changes from interactive to non-interactive. (required)
/// </summary>
/// <param name="handler">The block to execute when the transition changes from interactive to noninteractive. The block has no return value and takes the following parameter:
/// context
/// The contextual information for performing the animations. Use this object to get the animation-related information. For more information, see UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinatorContext Protocol Reference.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("notifyWhenInteractionEndsUsingBlock")]
void NotifyWhenInteractionEndsUsingBlock(Action<UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinatorContext> handler);
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAcceleration.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAcceleration.cs index 6c9ed4a2..02d9f1f2 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAcceleration.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAcceleration.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An instance of the UIAcceleration class, called an acceleration event, represents immediate, three-dimensional acceleration data. To receive accelerometer events, register an application object as a delegate of the shared UIAccelerometer object, as described in UIAccelerometer Class Reference.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIAcceleration_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIAcceleration"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIAcceleration//:
{
}
/// <summary>
/// The amount of acceleration in a single linear direction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public struct UIAccelerationValue
{
static public implicit operator UIAccelerationValue(Double value)
{
return default(UIAccelerationValue);
}
static public implicit operator Double(UIAccelerationValue value)
{
return default(Double);
}
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An instance of the UIAcceleration class, called an acceleration event, represents immediate, three-dimensional acceleration data. To receive accelerometer events, register an application object as a delegate of the shared UIAccelerometer object, as described in UIAccelerometer Class Reference.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIAcceleration_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIAcceleration"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIAcceleration//:
{
public UIAcceleration() { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The amount of acceleration in a single linear direction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public struct UIAccelerationValue
{
static public implicit operator UIAccelerationValue(Double value)
{
return default(UIAccelerationValue);
}
static public implicit operator Double(UIAccelerationValue value)
{
return default(Double);
}
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAccelerometer.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAccelerometer.cs index 579df802..e19b77ad 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAccelerometer.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAccelerometer.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit //TODO: checkout the empty classes
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIAccelerometer class lets you register to receive acceleration-related data from the onboard hardware. As a device moves, its hardware reports linear acceleration changes along the primary axes in three-dimensional space. You can use this data to detect both the current orientation of the device (relative to the ground) and any instantaneous changes to that orientation. You might use instantaneous changes as input to a game or to initiate some action in your application.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIAccelerometer_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIAccelerometer"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIAccelerometer//:
{
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIAccelerometer class lets you register to receive acceleration-related data from the onboard hardware. As a device moves, its hardware reports linear acceleration changes along the primary axes in three-dimensional space. You can use this data to detect both the current orientation of the device (relative to the ground) and any instantaneous changes to that orientation. You might use instantaneous changes as input to a game or to initiate some action in your application.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIAccelerometer_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIAccelerometer"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIAccelerometer//:
{
public UIAccelerometer() { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAccessibilityElement.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAccessibilityElement.cs index dc312b36..4ef522aa 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAccessibilityElement.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAccessibilityElement.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIAccessibilityElement class encapsulates information about an item that should be accessible to users with disabilities, but that isn’t accessible by default. For example, an icon or text image is not automatically accessible because it does not inherit from UIView (or UIControl). A view that contains such nonview items creates an instance of UIAccessibilityElement to represent each item that needs to be accessible.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIAccessibilityElement_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIAccessibilityElement"/>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIAccessibilityElement : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UIAccessibilityIdentification
{
/// <summary>
/// Creates and initializes an accessibility element to represent an item in the specified container.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="accessibilityContainer">The view that contains the item.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public UIAccessibilityElement(AnyObject accessibilityContainer) { }
/// <summary>
/// The view that contains the accessibility element.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("accessibilityContainer")]
public AnyObject AccessibilityContainer { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the item is an accessibility element an assistive application can access.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("isAccessibilityElement")]
public bool IsAccessibilityElement { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A string that succinctly identifies the accessibility element.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("accessibilityLabel")]
public string AccessibilityLabel { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A string that briefly describes the result of performing an action on the accessibility element.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("accessibilityHint")]
public string AccessibilityHint { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A string that represents the current value of the accessibility element.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("accessibilityValue")]
public string AccessibilityValue { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The frame of the accessibility element, in screen coordinates.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("accessibilityFrame")]
public CGRect AccessibilityFrame { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The combination of traits that best characterize the accessibility element.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("accessibilityTraits")]
public UIAccessibilityTraits AccessibilityTraits { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIAccessibilityElement class encapsulates information about an item that should be accessible to users with disabilities, but that isn’t accessible by default. For example, an icon or text image is not automatically accessible because it does not inherit from UIView (or UIControl). A view that contains such nonview items creates an instance of UIAccessibilityElement to represent each item that needs to be accessible.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIAccessibilityElement_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIAccessibilityElement"/>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIAccessibilityElement : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UIAccessibilityIdentification
{
public UIAccessibilityElement() { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and initializes an accessibility element to represent an item in the specified container.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="accessibilityContainer">The view that contains the item.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public UIAccessibilityElement(AnyObject accessibilityContainer) { }
/// <summary>
/// The view that contains the accessibility element.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("accessibilityContainer")]
public AnyObject AccessibilityContainer { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the item is an accessibility element an assistive application can access.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("isAccessibilityElement")]
public bool IsAccessibilityElement { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A string that succinctly identifies the accessibility element.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("accessibilityLabel")]
public string AccessibilityLabel { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A string that briefly describes the result of performing an action on the accessibility element.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("accessibilityHint")]
public string AccessibilityHint { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A string that represents the current value of the accessibility element.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("accessibilityValue")]
public string AccessibilityValue { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The frame of the accessibility element, in screen coordinates.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("accessibilityFrame")]
public CGRect AccessibilityFrame { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The combination of traits that best characterize the accessibility element.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("accessibilityTraits")]
public UIAccessibilityTraits AccessibilityTraits { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIActivity.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIActivity.cs index ee622535..eb1b6800 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIActivity.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIActivity.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIActivity class is an abstract class that you subclass in order to implement application-specific services. A service takes data that is passed to it, does something to that data, and returns the results. For example, an social media service might take whatever text, images, or other content is provided to it and post them to the user’s account. Activity objects are used in conjunction with a UIActivityViewController object, which is responsible for presenting services to the user.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIActivity_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIActivity"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UIActivity : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns the category of the activity, which may be used to group activities in the UI.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("activityCategory")]
public static UIActivityCategory ActivityCategory() { return default(UIActivityCategory); }
/// <summary>
/// An identifier for the type of service being provided.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("activityType")]
public string ActivityType() { return default(string); }
/// <summary>
/// A user-readable string describing the service.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("activityTitle")]
public string ActivityTitle() { return default(string); }
/// <summary>
/// An image that identifies the service to the user.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("activityImage")]
public UIImage ActivityImage() { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean indicating whether the service can act on the specified data items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activityItems">An array of objects of varying types. These are the data objects on which the service would act.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("canPerformWithActivityItems")]
public bool CanPerformWithActivityItems(AnyObject[] activityItems) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Prepares your service to act on the specified data.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activityItems">An array of objects of varying types. These are the data objects on which to act.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("prepareWithActivityItems")]
public void PrepareWithActivityItems(AnyObject[] activityItems) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the view controller to present to the user.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("activityViewController")]
public UIViewController ActivityViewController() { return default(UIViewController); }
/// <summary>
/// Performs the service when no custom view controller is provided.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("performActivity")]
public void PerformActivity() { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the system that your activity object has completed its work.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="completed">Specify true if the service executed to completion or false if the service was canceled or did not finish because of an error.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("activityDidFinish")]
public void ActivityDidFinish(bool completed) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// Activities have a defined category, and the activity UI may show activities grouped by category.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIActivityCategory
{
/// <summary>
/// Activities whose primary purpose is to take an action on the selected item. For example, copying an image, or saving it to the camera roll.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Action,
/// <summary>
/// Activities whose primary purpose is to share the selected item. For example, sending an image by email.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Share,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIActivity class is an abstract class that you subclass in order to implement application-specific services. A service takes data that is passed to it, does something to that data, and returns the results. For example, an social media service might take whatever text, images, or other content is provided to it and post them to the user’s account. Activity objects are used in conjunction with a UIActivityViewController object, which is responsible for presenting services to the user.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIActivity_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIActivity"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UIActivity : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIActivity() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the category of the activity, which may be used to group activities in the UI.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("activityCategory")]
public virtual static UIActivityCategory ActivityCategory() { return default(UIActivityCategory); }
/// <summary>
/// An identifier for the type of service being provided.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("activityType")]
public virtual string ActivityType() { return default(string); }
/// <summary>
/// A user-readable string describing the service.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("activityTitle")]
public virtual string ActivityTitle() { return default(string); }
/// <summary>
/// An image that identifies the service to the user.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("activityImage")]
public virtual UIImage ActivityImage() { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean indicating whether the service can act on the specified data items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activityItems">An array of objects of varying types. These are the data objects on which the service would act.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("canPerformWithActivityItems")]
public virtual bool CanPerformWithActivityItems(AnyObject[] activityItems) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Prepares your service to act on the specified data.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activityItems">An array of objects of varying types. These are the data objects on which to act.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("prepareWithActivityItems")]
public virtual void PrepareWithActivityItems(AnyObject[] activityItems) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the view controller to present to the user.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("activityViewController")]
public virtual UIViewController ActivityViewController() { return default(UIViewController); }
/// <summary>
/// Performs the service when no custom view controller is provided.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("performActivity")]
public virtual void PerformActivity() { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the system that your activity object has completed its work.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="completed">Specify true if the service executed to completion or false if the service was canceled or did not finish because of an error.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("activityDidFinish")]
public virtual void ActivityDidFinish(bool completed) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// Activities have a defined category, and the activity UI may show activities grouped by category.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIActivityCategory
{
/// <summary>
/// Activities whose primary purpose is to take an action on the selected item. For example, copying an image, or saving it to the camera roll.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Action,
/// <summary>
/// Activities whose primary purpose is to share the selected item. For example, sending an image by email.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Share,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIActivityIndicatorView.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIActivityIndicatorView.cs index 37709046..2ef5f3c8 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIActivityIndicatorView.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIActivityIndicatorView.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// Use an activity indicator to show that a task is in progress. An activity indicator appears as a “gear” that is either spinning or stopped.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIActivityIndicatorView_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIActivityIndicatorView"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIActivityIndicatorView : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns an activity-indicator object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activityIndicatorStyle">A constant that specifies the style of the object to be created. See UIActivityIndicatorStyle for descriptions of the style constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIActivityIndicatorView(UIActivityIndicatorViewStyle activityIndicatorStyle) : base(new CGRect()) { }
/// <summary>
/// Starts the animation of the progress indicator.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("startAnimating")]
public void StartAnimating() { }
/// <summary>
/// Stops the animation of the progress indicator.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("stopAnimating")]
public void StopAnimating() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the receiver is animating.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("isAnimating")]
public bool IsAnimating() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls whether the receiver is hidden when the animation is stopped.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("hidesWhenStopped")]
public bool HidesWhenStopped { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The basic appearance of the activity indicator.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("activityIndicatorViewStyle")]
public UIActivityIndicatorViewStyle ActivityIndicatorViewStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color of the activity indicator.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("color")]
public UIColor Color { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The visual style of the progress indicator.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIActivityIndicatorViewStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// The large white style of indicator.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
WhiteLarge,
/// <summary>
/// The standard white style of indicator (the default).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
White,
/// <summary>
/// The standard gray style of indicator.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Gray,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// Use an activity indicator to show that a task is in progress. An activity indicator appears as a “gear” that is either spinning or stopped.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIActivityIndicatorView_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIActivityIndicatorView"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIActivityIndicatorView : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIActivityIndicatorView() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns an activity-indicator object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activityIndicatorStyle">A constant that specifies the style of the object to be created. See UIActivityIndicatorStyle for descriptions of the style constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIActivityIndicatorView(UIActivityIndicatorViewStyle activityIndicatorStyle) { }
/// <summary>
/// Starts the animation of the progress indicator.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("startAnimating")]
public virtual void StartAnimating() { }
/// <summary>
/// Stops the animation of the progress indicator.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("stopAnimating")]
public virtual void StopAnimating() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the receiver is animating.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("isAnimating")]
public virtual bool IsAnimating() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls whether the receiver is hidden when the animation is stopped.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("hidesWhenStopped")]
public bool HidesWhenStopped { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The basic appearance of the activity indicator.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("activityIndicatorViewStyle")]
public UIActivityIndicatorViewStyle ActivityIndicatorViewStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color of the activity indicator.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("color")]
public UIColor Color { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The visual style of the progress indicator.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIActivityIndicatorViewStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// The large white style of indicator.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
WhiteLarge,
/// <summary>
/// The standard white style of indicator (the default).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
White,
/// <summary>
/// The standard gray style of indicator.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Gray,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIActivityItemProvider.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIActivityItemProvider.cs index 092a43b1..2e01342f 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIActivityItemProvider.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIActivityItemProvider.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIActivityItemProvider object is a proxy for data passed to an activity view controller. You can use a provider object in situations where you want to make data available for use by an activity but you want to delay providing that data until it is actually needed. For example, you might use a provider object to represent a large video file that needs to be processed before it can be shared to a user’s social media account.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIActivityItemProvider_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIActivityItemProvider"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UIActivityItemProvider : NSOperation//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UIActivityItemSource
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a provider object with the specified placeholder data.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="placeholderItem">An object that can stand in for the actual object you plan to create. The contents of the object may be empty but the class of the object must match the class of the object you plan to provide later.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public UIActivityItemProvider(AnyObject placeholderItem) { }
/// <summary>
/// Generates and returns the actual data-bearing object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("item")]
public AnyObject Item() { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// The placeholder object you specified at initialization time. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("placeholderItem")]
public AnyObject PlaceholderItem { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The type of the activity object that is expecting the data. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("activityType")]
public string ActivityType { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIActivityItemProvider object is a proxy for data passed to an activity view controller. You can use a provider object in situations where you want to make data available for use by an activity but you want to delay providing that data until it is actually needed. For example, you might use a provider object to represent a large video file that needs to be processed before it can be shared to a user’s social media account.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIActivityItemProvider_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIActivityItemProvider"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UIActivityItemProvider : NSOperation//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UIActivityItemSource
{
public UIActivityItemProvider() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a provider object with the specified placeholder data.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="placeholderItem">An object that can stand in for the actual object you plan to create. The contents of the object may be empty but the class of the object must match the class of the object you plan to provide later.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public UIActivityItemProvider(AnyObject placeholderItem) { }
/// <summary>
/// Generates and returns the actual data-bearing object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("item")]
public virtual AnyObject Item() { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// The placeholder object you specified at initialization time. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("placeholderItem")]
public AnyObject PlaceholderItem { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The type of the activity object that is expecting the data. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("activityType")]
public string ActivityType { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIActivityViewController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIActivityViewController.cs index f0e21fd1..4e856c2a 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIActivityViewController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIActivityViewController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIActivityViewController class is a standard view controller that you can use to offer various services from your application. The system provides several standard services, such as copying items to the pasteboard, posting content to social media sites, sending items via email or SMS, and more. Apps can also define custom services.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIActivityViewController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIActivityViewController"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UIActivityViewController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a new activity view controller object that acts on the specified data.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activityItems">The array of data objects on which to perform the activity. The type of objects in the array is variable and dependent on the data your application manages. For example, the data might consist of one or more string or image objects representing the currently selected content.
/// Instead of actual data objects, the objects in this array can be objects that adopt the UIActivityItemSource protocol, such as UIActivityItemProvider objects. Source and provider objects act as proxies for the corresponding data in situations where you do not want to provide that data until it is needed.
/// This array must not be nil and must contain at least one object.</param>
/// <param name="applicationActivities">An array of UIActivity objects representing the custom services that your application supports. This parameter may be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public UIActivityViewController(AnyObject[] activityItems, AnyObject[] applicationActivities) : base("", null) { }
/// <summary>
/// The completion handler to execute after the activity view controller is dismissed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("completionHandler")]
public UIActivityViewControllerCompletionHandler CompletionHandler { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The list of services that should not be displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("excludedActivityTypes")]
public AnyObject[] ExcludedActivityTypes { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// A completion handler to execute after the activity view controller is dismissed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public struct UIActivityViewControllerCompletionHandler
{
static public implicit operator UIActivityViewControllerCompletionHandler(Action<string, bool> value)
{
return default(UIActivityViewControllerCompletionHandler);
}
static public implicit operator Action<string, bool>(UIActivityViewControllerCompletionHandler value)
{
return default(Action<string, bool>);
}
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIActivityViewController class is a standard view controller that you can use to offer various services from your application. The system provides several standard services, such as copying items to the pasteboard, posting content to social media sites, sending items via email or SMS, and more. Apps can also define custom services.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIActivityViewController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIActivityViewController"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UIActivityViewController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIActivityViewController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a new activity view controller object that acts on the specified data.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activityItems">The array of data objects on which to perform the activity. The type of objects in the array is variable and dependent on the data your application manages. For example, the data might consist of one or more string or image objects representing the currently selected content.
/// Instead of actual data objects, the objects in this array can be objects that adopt the UIActivityItemSource protocol, such as UIActivityItemProvider objects. Source and provider objects act as proxies for the corresponding data in situations where you do not want to provide that data until it is needed.
/// This array must not be nil and must contain at least one object.</param>
/// <param name="applicationActivities">An array of UIActivity objects representing the custom services that your application supports. This parameter may be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public UIActivityViewController(AnyObject[] activityItems, AnyObject[] applicationActivities) { }
/// <summary>
/// The completion handler to execute after the activity view controller is dismissed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("completionHandler")]
public UIActivityViewControllerCompletionHandler CompletionHandler { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The list of services that should not be displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("excludedActivityTypes")]
public AnyObject[] ExcludedActivityTypes { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// A completion handler to execute after the activity view controller is dismissed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public struct UIActivityViewControllerCompletionHandler
{
static public implicit operator UIActivityViewControllerCompletionHandler(WEIRD value)
{
return default(UIActivityViewControllerCompletionHandler);
}
static public implicit operator WEIRD(UIActivityViewControllerCompletionHandler value)
{
return default(WEIRD);
}
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAlertAction.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAlertAction.cs index db72daf6..0184b104 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAlertAction.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAlertAction.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIAlertAction object represents an action that can be taken when tapping a button in an alert. You use this class to configure information about a single action, including the title to display in the button, any styling information, and a handler to execute when the user taps the button. After creating an alert action object, add it to a UIAlertController object before displaying the corresponding alert to the user.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIAlertAction_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIAlertAction"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIAlertAction : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Create and return an action with the specified title and behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">The text to use for the button title. The value you specify should be localized for the user’s current language. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="style">Additional styling information to apply to the button. Use the style information to convey the type of action that is performed by the button. For a list of possible values, see the constants in UIAlertActionStyle.</param>
/// <param name="handler">A block to execute when the user selects the action. This block has no return value and takes the selected action object as its only parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("convenience init")]
public UIAlertAction(string title, UIAlertActionStyle style, Action<UIAlertAction> handler) { }
/// <summary>
/// The title of the action’s button. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("title")]
public string Title { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The style that is applied to the action’s button. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("style")]
public UIAlertActionStyle Style { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the action is currently enabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("enabled")]
public bool Enabled { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Styles to apply to action buttons in an alert.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public enum UIAlertActionStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// Apply the default style to the action’s button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Default,
/// <summary>
/// Apply a style that indicates the action cancels the operation and leaves things unchanged.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Cancel,
/// <summary>
/// Apply a style that indicates the action might change or delete data.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Destructive,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIAlertAction object represents an action that can be taken when tapping a button in an alert. You use this class to configure information about a single action, including the title to display in the button, any styling information, and a handler to execute when the user taps the button. After creating an alert action object, add it to a UIAlertController object before displaying the corresponding alert to the user.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIAlertAction_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIAlertAction"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIAlertAction : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIAlertAction() { }
/// <summary>
/// Create and return an action with the specified title and behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">The text to use for the button title. The value you specify should be localized for the user’s current language. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="style">Additional styling information to apply to the button. Use the style information to convey the type of action that is performed by the button. For a list of possible values, see the constants in UIAlertActionStyle.</param>
/// <param name="handler">A block to execute when the user selects the action. This block has no return value and takes the selected action object as its only parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("convenience init")]
public UIAlertAction(string title, UIAlertActionStyle style, Action<UIAlertAction> handler) { }
/// <summary>
/// The title of the action’s button. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("title")]
public string Title { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The style that is applied to the action’s button. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("style")]
public UIAlertActionStyle Style { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the action is currently enabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("enabled")]
public bool Enabled { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Styles to apply to action buttons in an alert.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public enum UIAlertActionStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// Apply the default style to the action’s button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Default,
/// <summary>
/// Apply a style that indicates the action cancels the operation and leaves things unchanged.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Cancel,
/// <summary>
/// Apply a style that indicates the action might change or delete data.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Destructive,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAlertController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAlertController.cs index 96972cfa..934f0d41 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAlertController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAlertController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIAlertController object displays an alert message to the user. This class replaces the UIActionSheet and UIAlertView classes for displaying alerts. After configuring the alert controller with the actions and style you want, present it using the presentViewController:animated:completion: method.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIAlertController_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIAlertController"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIAlertController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a view controller for displaying an alert to the user.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">The title of the alert. Use this string to get the user’s attention and communicate the reason for the alert.</param>
/// <param name="message">Descriptive text that provides additional details about the reason for the alert.</param>
/// <param name="preferredStyle">The style to use when presenting the alert controller. Use this parameter to configure the alert controller as an action sheet or as a modal alert.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("convenience init")]
public UIAlertController(string title, string message, UIAlertControllerStyle preferredStyle) : base("", null) { }
/// <summary>
/// Attaches an action object to the alert or action sheet.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="action">The action object to display as part of the alert. Actions are displayed as buttons in the alert. The action object provides the button text and the action to be performed when that button is tapped.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("addAction")]
public void AddAction(UIAlertAction action) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a text field to an alert.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="configurationHandler">A block for configuring the text field prior to displaying the alert. This block has no return value and takes a single parameter corresponding to the text field object. Use that parameter to change the text field properties.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("addTextFieldWithConfigurationHandler")]
public void AddTextFieldWithConfigurationHandler(Action<UITextField> configurationHandler) { }
/// <summary>
/// The title of the alert.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("title")]
public string Title { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Descriptive text that provides more details about the reason for the alert.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("message")]
public string Message { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The style of the alert controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("preferredStyle")]
public UIAlertControllerStyle PreferredStyle { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The actions that the user can take in response to the alert or action sheet. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("actions")]
public AnyObject[] Actions { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The array of text fields displayed by the alert. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("textFields")]
public AnyObject[] TextFields { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants indicating the type of alert to display.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public enum UIAlertControllerStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// An action sheet displayed in the context of the view controller that presented it.
/// Use an action sheet to present the user with a set of alternatives for how to proceed with a given task. You can also use this style to prompt the user to confirm a potentially dangerous action.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
ActionSheet,
/// <summary>
/// An alert displayed modally for the app.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Alert,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIAlertController object displays an alert message to the user. This class replaces the UIActionSheet and UIAlertView classes for displaying alerts. After configuring the alert controller with the actions and style you want, present it using the presentViewController:animated:completion: method.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIAlertController_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIAlertController"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIAlertController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIAlertController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a view controller for displaying an alert to the user.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">The title of the alert. Use this string to get the user’s attention and communicate the reason for the alert.</param>
/// <param name="message">Descriptive text that provides additional details about the reason for the alert.</param>
/// <param name="preferredStyle">The style to use when presenting the alert controller. Use this parameter to configure the alert controller as an action sheet or as a modal alert.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("convenience init")]
public UIAlertController(string title, string message, UIAlertControllerStyle preferredStyle) { }
/// <summary>
/// Attaches an action object to the alert or action sheet.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="action">The action object to display as part of the alert. Actions are displayed as buttons in the alert. The action object provides the button text and the action to be performed when that button is tapped.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("addAction")]
public virtual void AddAction(UIAlertAction action) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a text field to an alert.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="configurationHandler">A block for configuring the text field prior to displaying the alert. This block has no return value and takes a single parameter corresponding to the text field object. Use that parameter to change the text field properties.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("addTextFieldWithConfigurationHandler")]
public virtual void AddTextFieldWithConfigurationHandler(Action<UITextField> configurationHandler) { }
/// <summary>
/// The title of the alert.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("title")]
public string Title { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Descriptive text that provides more details about the reason for the alert.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("message")]
public string Message { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The style of the alert controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("preferredStyle")]
public UIAlertControllerStyle PreferredStyle { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The actions that the user can take in response to the alert or action sheet. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("actions")]
public AnyObject[] Actions { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The array of text fields displayed by the alert. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("textFields")]
public AnyObject[] TextFields { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants indicating the type of alert to display.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public enum UIAlertControllerStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// An action sheet displayed in the context of the view controller that presented it.
/// Use an action sheet to present the user with a set of alternatives for how to proceed with a given task. You can also use this style to prompt the user to confirm a potentially dangerous action.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
ActionSheet,
/// <summary>
/// An alert displayed modally for the app.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Alert,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIApplication.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIApplication.cs index 365124b2..b6c5f9ed 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIApplication.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIApplication.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIApplication class provides a centralized point of control and coordination for apps running on iOS. Every app must have exactly one instance of UIApplication (or a subclass of UIApplication). When an app is launched, the UIApplicationMain function is called; among its other tasks, this function creates a singleton UIApplication object. Thereafter you access this object by invoking the sharedApplication class method.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIApplication_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIApplication"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIApplication : UIResponder//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UIActionSheetDelegate
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns the singleton app instance.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sharedApplication")]
public static UIApplication SharedApplication() { return default(UIApplication); }
/// <summary>
/// Dispatches an event to the appropriate responder objects in the app.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="event">A UIEvent object encapsulating the information about an event, including the touches involved.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sendEvent")]
public void SendEvent(UIEvent @event) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sends an action message identified by selector to a specified target.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="action">A selector identifying an action method. See the discussion for information on the permitted selector forms.</param>
/// <param name="to">The object to receive the action message. If target is nil, the app sends the message to the first responder, from whence it progresses up the responder chain until it is handled.</param>
/// <param name="from">The object that is sending the action message. The default sender is the UIControl object that invokes this method.</param>
/// <param name="forEvent">A UIEvent object that encapsulates information about the event originating the action message.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sendAction")]
public bool SendAction(Selector action, AnyObject to, AnyObject from, UIEvent forEvent) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the receiver to suspend the handling of touch-related events.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("beginIgnoringInteractionEvents")]
public void BeginIgnoringInteractionEvents() { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the receiver to resume the handling of touch-related events.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("endIgnoringInteractionEvents")]
public void EndIgnoringInteractionEvents() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the receiver is ignoring events initiated by touches on the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("isIgnoringInteractionEvents")]
public bool IsIgnoringInteractionEvents() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Opens the resource at the specified URL.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">An object representing a URL (Universal Resource Locator). UIKit supports many schemes, including http, https, tel, facetime, and mailto schemes.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("openURL")]
public bool OpenURL(NSURL url) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether an app can open a given URL resource.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">A URL object that identifies a given resource. The URL’s scheme—possibly a custom scheme—identifies which app can handle the URL.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("canOpenURL")]
public bool CanOpenURL(NSURL url) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Registers your preferred options for notifying the user.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="notificationSettings">The types of notifications that your app wants to use. You also use this object to specify custom actions that can be initiated by the user from an alert displayed in response to a local or remote notification.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("registerUserNotificationSettings")]
public void RegisterUserNotificationSettings(UIUserNotificationSettings notificationSettings) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the user notification settings for the app.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("currentUserNotificationSettings")]
public UIUserNotificationSettings CurrentUserNotificationSettings() { return default(UIUserNotificationSettings); }
/// <summary>
/// Register to receive push notifications via Apple Push Service.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("registerForRemoteNotifications")]
public void RegisterForRemoteNotifications() { }
/// <summary>
/// Unregister for all push notifications received via Apple Push Service.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("unregisterForRemoteNotifications")]
public void UnregisterForRemoteNotifications() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean indicating whether the app is currently registered for remote notifications.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("isRegisteredForRemoteNotifications")]
public bool IsRegisteredForRemoteNotifications() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Schedules a local notification for delivery at its encapsulated date and time.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="notification">The local notification object that you want to schedule. This object contains information about when to deliver the notification and what to do when that date occurs. The system keeps a copy of this object so you may release the object once it is scheduled.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("scheduleLocalNotification")]
public void ScheduleLocalNotification(UILocalNotification notification) { }
/// <summary>
/// Presents a local notification immediately.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="notification">A local notification that the operating system presents for the app immediately, regardless of the value of the notification’s fireDate property. Apps running in the background state can immediately present local notifications when there are incoming chats, messages, or updates. Because the operating system copies notification, you may release it once you have scheduled it.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("presentLocalNotificationNow")]
public void PresentLocalNotificationNow(UILocalNotification notification) { }
/// <summary>
/// Cancels the delivery of the specified scheduled local notification.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="notification">The local notification to cancel.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("cancelLocalNotification")]
public void CancelLocalNotification(UILocalNotification notification) { }
/// <summary>
/// Cancels the delivery of all scheduled local notifications.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("cancelAllLocalNotifications")]
public void CancelAllLocalNotifications() { }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the minimum amount of time that must elapse between background fetch operations.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="minimumBackgroundFetchInterval">The minimum number of seconds that must elapse before another background fetch can be initiated. This value is advisory only and does not indicate the exact amount of time expected between fetch operations.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setMinimumBackgroundFetchInterval")]
public void SetMinimumBackgroundFetchInterval(NSTimeInterval minimumBackgroundFetchInterval) { }
/// <summary>
/// Marks the beginning of a new long-running background task with the specified name.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="taskName">The name to display in the debugger when viewing the background task. If you specify nil for this parameter, this method generates a name based on the name of the calling function or method.</param>
/// <param name="expirationHandler">A handler to be called shortly before the app’s remaining background time reaches 0. You should use this handler to clean up and mark the end of the background task. Failure to end the task explicitly will result in the termination of the app. The handler is called synchronously on the main thread, blocking the app’s suspension momentarily while the app is notified.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("beginBackgroundTaskWithName")]
public UIBackgroundTaskIdentifier BeginBackgroundTaskWithName(string taskName, Action expirationHandler) { return default(UIBackgroundTaskIdentifier); }
/// <summary>
/// Marks the beginning of a new long-running background task.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="handler">A handler to be called shortly before the app’s remaining background time reaches 0. You should use this handler to clean up and mark the end of the background task. Failure to end the task explicitly will result in the termination of the app. The handler is called synchronously on the main thread, blocking the app’s suspension momentarily while the app is notified.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("beginBackgroundTaskWithExpirationHandler")]
public UIBackgroundTaskIdentifier BeginBackgroundTaskWithExpirationHandler(Action handler) { return default(UIBackgroundTaskIdentifier); }
/// <summary>
/// Marks the end of a specific long-running background task.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">An identifier returned by the beginBackgroundTaskWithExpirationHandler: method.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("endBackgroundTask")]
public void EndBackgroundTask(UIBackgroundTaskIdentifier identifier) { }
/// <summary>
/// Configures a periodic handler for VoIP apps in older versions of iOS.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="timeout">The maximum interval (measured in seconds) at which your app should be woken up to check its VoIP connection. The minimum acceptable timeout value is 600 seconds.</param>
/// <param name="handler">A block that performs the tasks needed to maintain your VoIP network connection. Setting this parameter to nil releases the current handler block and prevents UIKit from scheduling the next wake.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("setKeepAliveTimeout")]
public bool SetKeepAliveTimeout(NSTimeInterval timeout, Action handler) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Removes a previously installed periodic handler block.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("clearKeepAliveTimeout")]
public void ClearKeepAliveTimeout() { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the app that your code is restoring state asynchronously.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("extendStateRestoration")]
public void ExtendStateRestoration() { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the app that your code has finished any asynchronous state restoration.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("completeStateRestoration")]
public void CompleteStateRestoration() { }
/// <summary>
/// Prevents the app from using the recent snapshot image during the next launch cycle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("ignoreSnapshotOnNextApplicationLaunch")]
public void IgnoreSnapshotOnNextApplicationLaunch() { }
/// <summary>
/// Registers a custom object for use with the state restoration system.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="@object">The object to be registered with the restoration archive. The object must adopt the UIStateRestoring protocol. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="restorationIdentifier">The restoration identifier for the object. UIKit uses this parameter to distinguish the object from other objects in the archive. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("registerObjectForStateRestoration")]
public static void RegisterObjectForStateRestoration(UIStateRestoring @object, string restorationIdentifier) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the app to begin receiving remote-control events.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("beginReceivingRemoteControlEvents")]
public void BeginReceivingRemoteControlEvents() { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the app to stop receiving remote-control events.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("endReceivingRemoteControlEvents")]
public void EndReceivingRemoteControlEvents() { }
/// <summary>
/// Hides or shows the status bar, optionally animating the transition.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="hidden">true to hide the status bar, false to show the status bar.</param>
/// <param name="withAnimation">A constant that indicates whether there should be an animation and, if one is requested, whether it should fade the status bar in or out or whether it should slide the status bar in or out.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("setStatusBarHidden")]
public void SetStatusBarHidden(bool hidden, UIStatusBarAnimation withAnimation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the style of the status bar, optionally animating the transition to the new style.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="statusBarStyle">A constant that specifies a style for the status bar. See the descriptions of the constants in UIStatusBarStyle for details.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if the transition to the new style should be animated; otherwise false .</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setStatusBarStyle")]
public void SetStatusBarStyle(UIStatusBarStyle statusBarStyle, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the icon of a Newsstand app to an image depicting the current issue of a publication.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">An image to use as the icon of a Newsstand app. Pass nil to clear the currently set image and revert to the icon stored in the app bundle.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setNewsstandIconImage")]
public void SetNewsstandIconImage(UIImage image) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the default set of interface orientations to use for the view controllers in the specified window.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="window">The window whose default interface orientations you want to retrieve.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("supportedInterfaceOrientationsForWindow")]
public int SupportedInterfaceOrientationsForWindow(UIWindow window) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the app's status bar to the specified orientation, optionally animating the transition.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="interfaceOrientation">A specific orientation of the status bar. See UIInterfaceOrientation for details. The default value is UIInterfaceOrientationPortrait.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if the transition to the new orientation should be animated; false if it should be immediate, without animation.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setStatusBarOrientation")]
public void SetStatusBarOrientation(UIInterfaceOrientation interfaceOrientation, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Register to receive push notifications of the specified types via Apple Push Service.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="types">A bit mask specifying the types of notifications the app accepts. For a list of values, see UIRemoteNotificationType.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("registerForRemoteNotificationTypes")]
public void RegisterForRemoteNotificationTypes(UIRemoteNotificationType types) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the types of notifications the app accepts.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("enabledRemoteNotificationTypes")]
public UIRemoteNotificationType EnabledRemoteNotificationTypes() { return default(UIRemoteNotificationType); }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate of the app object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIApplicationDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The app's key window. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("keyWindow")]
public UIWindow KeyWindow { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The app's visible and hidden windows. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("windows")]
public AnyObject[] Windows { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether shaking the device displays the undo-redo user interface.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("applicationSupportsShakeToEdit")]
public bool ApplicationSupportsShakeToEdit { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// All currently scheduled local notifications.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("scheduledLocalNotifications")]
public AnyObject[] ScheduledLocalNotifications { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The runtime state of the app. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("applicationState")]
public UIApplicationState ApplicationState { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The amount of time the app has to run in the background. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("backgroundTimeRemaining")]
public NSTimeInterval BackgroundTimeRemaining { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The ability of the app to be launched into the background so that it can perform background behaviors. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("backgroundRefreshStatus")]
public UIBackgroundRefreshStatus BackgroundRefreshStatus { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether content protection is active. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("protectedDataAvailable")]
public bool ProtectedDataAvailable { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls whether the idle timer is disabled for the app.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("idleTimerDisabled")]
public bool IdleTimerDisabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the status bar is hidden.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("statusBarHidden")]
public bool StatusBarHidden { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current style of the status bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("statusBarStyle")]
public UIStatusBarStyle StatusBarStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The frame rectangle defining the area of the status bar. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("statusBarFrame")]
public CGRect StatusBarFrame { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that turns an indicator of network activity on or off.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("networkActivityIndicatorVisible")]
public bool NetworkActivityIndicatorVisible { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number currently set as the badge of the app icon in Springboard.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("applicationIconBadgeNumber")]
public int ApplicationIconBadgeNumber { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the layout direction of the user interface. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("userInterfaceLayoutDirection")]
public UIUserInterfaceLayoutDirection UserInterfaceLayoutDirection { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The font sizing option preferred by the user. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("preferredContentSizeCategory")]
public string PreferredContentSizeCategory { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current orientation of the app's status bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("statusBarOrientation")]
public UIInterfaceOrientation StatusBarOrientation { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The animation duration in seconds for the status bar during a 90 degree orientation change. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("statusBarOrientationAnimationDuration")]
public NSTimeInterval StatusBarOrientationAnimationDuration { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants indicating the types of notifications the app may display to the user.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public enum UIRemoteNotificationType
{
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
None,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
Badge,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
Sound,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
Alert,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
NewsstandContentAvailability,
}
/// <summary>
/// The style of the device’s status bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIStatusBarStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// A dark status bar, intended for use on light backgrounds.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Default,
/// <summary>
/// A light status bar, intended for use on dark backgrounds.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
LightContent,
/// <summary>
/// An opaque black style.
/// Use UIStatusBarStyleLightContent instead.
/// Available in iOS 2.0 and later.
/// Deprecated in iOS 7.0.
/// </summary>
[Obsolete]
BlackOpaque,
}
/// <summary>
/// The animation applied to the status bar as it is hidden or made visible.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public enum UIStatusBarAnimation
{
/// <summary>
/// No animation is applied to the status bar as it is shown or hidden.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// The status bar fades in and out as it is shown or hidden, respectively.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Fade,
/// <summary>
/// The status bar slides in or out as it is shown or hidden, respectively.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Slide,
}
/// <summary>
/// The running states of an app
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public enum UIApplicationState
{
/// <summary>
/// The app is running in the foreground and currently receiving events.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Active,
/// <summary>
/// The app is running in the foreground but is not receiving events. This might happen as a result of an interruption or because the app is transitioning to or from the background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Inactive,
/// <summary>
/// The app is running in the background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Background,
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants that indicate the result of a background fetch operation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIBackgroundFetchResult
{
/// <summary>
/// New data was successfully downloaded.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
NewData,
/// <summary>
/// There was no new data to download.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
NoData,
/// <summary>
/// An attempt to download data was made but that attempt failed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Failed,
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants indicating whether background execution is enabled for the app.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIBackgroundRefreshStatus
{
/// <summary>
/// Background updates are unavailable and the user cannot enable them again. For example, this status can occur when parental controls are in effect for the current user.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Restricted,
/// <summary>
/// The user explicitly disabled background behavior for this app or for the whole system.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Denied,
/// <summary>
/// Background updates are available for the app.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Available,
}
/// <summary>
/// The orientation of the app's user interface.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIInterfaceOrientation
{
/// <summary>
/// The orientation of the device cannot be determined.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Unknown,
/// <summary>
/// The device is in portrait mode, with the device held upright and the home button on the bottom.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Portrait,
/// <summary>
/// The device is in portrait mode but upside down, with the device held upright and the home button at the top.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
PortraitUpsideDown,
/// <summary>
/// The device is in landscape mode, with the device held upright and the home button on the left side.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
LandscapeLeft,
/// <summary>
/// The device is in landscape mode, with the device held upright and the home button on the right side.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
LandscapeRight,
}
/// <summary>
/// These constants are mask bits for specifying a view controller’s supported interface orientations.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum UIInterfaceOrientationMask
{
/// <summary>
/// The view controller supports a portrait interface orientation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Portrait,
/// <summary>
/// The view controller supports a landscape-left interface orientation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
LandscapeLeft,
/// <summary>
/// The view controller supports a landscape-right interface orientation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
LandscapeRight,
/// <summary>
/// The view controller supports an upside-down portrait interface orientation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
PortraitUpsideDown,
/// <summary>
/// The view controller supports both landscape-left and landscape-right interface orientation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Landscape,
/// <summary>
/// The view controller supports all interface orientations.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
All,
/// <summary>
/// The view controller supports all but the upside-down portrait interface orientation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
AllButUpsideDown,
}
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the directional flow of the user interface.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UIUserInterfaceLayoutDirection
{
/// <summary>
/// The layout direction is left to right.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
LeftToRight,
/// <summary>
/// The layout direction right to left. This value is appropriate when running with localizations such as Arabic or Hebrew that should have the user interface layout origin on the right edge of the coordinate system.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
RightToLeft,
}
/// <summary>
/// A unique token that identifies a request to run in the background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public struct UIBackgroundTaskIdentifier
{
static public implicit operator UIBackgroundTaskIdentifier(int value)
{
return default(UIBackgroundTaskIdentifier);
}
static public implicit operator int(UIBackgroundTaskIdentifier value)
{
return default(int);
}
}
/// <summary>
/// The system sends this notification when the backgroundRefreshStatus property of the app object changes. That property can change in response to the user disabling multitasking support for the app. The object of the notification is the UIApplication object. There is no userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIApplicationBackgroundRefreshStatusDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationBackgroundRefreshStatusDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// An app is active when it is receiving events. An active app can be said to have focus. It gains focus after being launched, loses focus when an overlay window pops up or when the device is locked, and gains focus when the device is unlocked.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIApplicationDidBecomeActiveNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationDidBecomeActiveNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The userInfo dictionary contains an NSValue object that encapsulates a CGRect structure expressing the location and size of the new status bar frame. Use UIApplicationStatusBarFrameUserInfoKey to access this value.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIApplicationDidChangeStatusBarFrameNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationDidChangeStatusBarFrameNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The userInfo dictionary contains an NSNumber object that encapsulates a UIInterfaceOrientation value (see UIInterfaceOrientation). Use UIApplicationStatusBarOrientationUserInfoKey to access this value
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIApplicationDidChangeStatusBarOrientationNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationDidChangeStatusBarOrientationNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The object of the notification is the UIApplication object. There is no userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public class UIApplicationDidEnterBackgroundNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationDidEnterBackgroundNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// If the app was launched as a result of in remote notification targeted at it or because another app opened a URL resource claimed the posting app (the notification object), this notification contains a userInfo dictionary. You can access the contents of the dictionary using the UIApplicationLaunchOptionsURLKey and UIApplicationLaunchOptionsSourceApplicationKey constants (for URLs), the UIApplicationLaunchOptionsRemoteNotificationKey constant (for remote notifications), and the UIApplicationLaunchOptionsLocalNotificationKey constant (for local notifications). If the notification was posted for a normal app launch, there is no userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIApplicationDidFinishLaunchingNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationDidFinishLaunchingNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIApplicationDidReceiveMemoryWarningNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationDidReceiveMemoryWarningNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public class UIApplicationProtectedDataDidBecomeAvailable : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationProtectedDataDidBecomeAvailable() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// Upon receiving this notification, clients should release any references to protected files. This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public class UIApplicationProtectedDataWillBecomeUnavailable : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationProtectedDataWillBecomeUnavailable() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIApplicationSignificantTimeChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationSignificantTimeChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary. This notification is posted after the screenshot is taken.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIApplicationUserDidTakeScreenshotNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationUserDidTakeScreenshotNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The userInfo dictionary contains an NSNumber that encapsulates a UIInterfaceOrientation value (see UIInterfaceOrientation). Use UIApplicationStatusBarOrientationUserInfoKey to access this value.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIApplicationWillChangeStatusBarOrientationNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationWillChangeStatusBarOrientationNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The userInfo dictionary contains an NSValue object that encapsulates a CGRect structure expressing the location and size of the new status bar frame. Use UIApplicationStatusBarFrameUserInfoKey to access this value.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIApplicationWillChangeStatusBarFrameNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationWillChangeStatusBarFrameNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The object of the notification is the UIApplication object. There is no userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public class UIApplicationWillEnterForegroundNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationWillEnterForegroundNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// An app is active when it is receiving events. An active app can be said to have focus. It gains focus after being launched, loses focus when an overlay window pops up or when the device is locked, and gains focus when the device is unlocked.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIApplicationWillResignActiveNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationWillResignActiveNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// This notification is associated with the delegate applicationWillTerminate: method. This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIApplicationWillTerminateNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationWillTerminateNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// This notification is sent when the value in the preferredContentSizeCategory property changes. The userInfo dictionary of the notification contains the UIContentSizeCategoryNewValueKey key, which reflects the new setting.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIContentSizeCategoryDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIContentSizeCategoryDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIApplication class provides a centralized point of control and coordination for apps running on iOS. Every app must have exactly one instance of UIApplication (or a subclass of UIApplication). When an app is launched, the UIApplicationMain function is called; among its other tasks, this function creates a singleton UIApplication object. Thereafter you access this object by invoking the sharedApplication class method.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIApplication_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIApplication"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIApplication : UIResponder//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UIActionSheetDelegate
{
public UIApplication() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the singleton app instance.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sharedApplication")]
public virtual static UIApplication SharedApplication() { return default(UIApplication); }
/// <summary>
/// Dispatches an event to the appropriate responder objects in the app.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="event">A UIEvent object encapsulating the information about an event, including the touches involved.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sendEvent")]
public virtual void SendEvent(UIEvent event) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sends an action message identified by selector to a specified target.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="action">A selector identifying an action method. See the discussion for information on the permitted selector forms.</param>
/// <param name="to">The object to receive the action message. If target is nil, the app sends the message to the first responder, from whence it progresses up the responder chain until it is handled.</param>
/// <param name="from">The object that is sending the action message. The default sender is the UIControl object that invokes this method.</param>
/// <param name="forEvent">A UIEvent object that encapsulates information about the event originating the action message.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sendAction")]
public virtual bool SendAction(Selector action, AnyObject to, AnyObject from, UIEvent forEvent) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the receiver to suspend the handling of touch-related events.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("beginIgnoringInteractionEvents")]
public virtual void BeginIgnoringInteractionEvents() { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the receiver to resume the handling of touch-related events.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("endIgnoringInteractionEvents")]
public virtual void EndIgnoringInteractionEvents() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the receiver is ignoring events initiated by touches on the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("isIgnoringInteractionEvents")]
public virtual bool IsIgnoringInteractionEvents() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Opens the resource at the specified URL.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">An object representing a URL (Universal Resource Locator). UIKit supports many schemes, including http, https, tel, facetime, and mailto schemes.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("openURL")]
public virtual bool OpenURL(NSURL url) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether an app can open a given URL resource.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">A URL object that identifies a given resource. The URL’s scheme—possibly a custom scheme—identifies which app can handle the URL.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("canOpenURL")]
public virtual bool CanOpenURL(NSURL url) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Registers your preferred options for notifying the user.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="notificationSettings">The types of notifications that your app wants to use. You also use this object to specify custom actions that can be initiated by the user from an alert displayed in response to a local or remote notification.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("registerUserNotificationSettings")]
public virtual void RegisterUserNotificationSettings(UIUserNotificationSettings notificationSettings) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the user notification settings for the app.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("currentUserNotificationSettings")]
public virtual UIUserNotificationSettings CurrentUserNotificationSettings() { return default(UIUserNotificationSettings); }
/// <summary>
/// Register to receive push notifications via Apple Push Service.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("registerForRemoteNotifications")]
public virtual void RegisterForRemoteNotifications() { }
/// <summary>
/// Unregister for all push notifications received via Apple Push Service.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("unregisterForRemoteNotifications")]
public virtual void UnregisterForRemoteNotifications() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean indicating whether the app is currently registered for remote notifications.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("isRegisteredForRemoteNotifications")]
public virtual bool IsRegisteredForRemoteNotifications() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Schedules a local notification for delivery at its encapsulated date and time.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="notification">The local notification object that you want to schedule. This object contains information about when to deliver the notification and what to do when that date occurs. The system keeps a copy of this object so you may release the object once it is scheduled.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("scheduleLocalNotification")]
public virtual void ScheduleLocalNotification(UILocalNotification notification) { }
/// <summary>
/// Presents a local notification immediately.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="notification">A local notification that the operating system presents for the app immediately, regardless of the value of the notification’s fireDate property. Apps running in the background state can immediately present local notifications when there are incoming chats, messages, or updates. Because the operating system copies notification, you may release it once you have scheduled it.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("presentLocalNotificationNow")]
public virtual void PresentLocalNotificationNow(UILocalNotification notification) { }
/// <summary>
/// Cancels the delivery of the specified scheduled local notification.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="notification">The local notification to cancel.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("cancelLocalNotification")]
public virtual void CancelLocalNotification(UILocalNotification notification) { }
/// <summary>
/// Cancels the delivery of all scheduled local notifications.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("cancelAllLocalNotifications")]
public virtual void CancelAllLocalNotifications() { }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the minimum amount of time that must elapse between background fetch operations.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="minimumBackgroundFetchInterval">The minimum number of seconds that must elapse before another background fetch can be initiated. This value is advisory only and does not indicate the exact amount of time expected between fetch operations.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setMinimumBackgroundFetchInterval")]
public virtual void SetMinimumBackgroundFetchInterval(NSTimeInterval minimumBackgroundFetchInterval) { }
/// <summary>
/// Marks the beginning of a new long-running background task with the specified name.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="taskName">The name to display in the debugger when viewing the background task. If you specify nil for this parameter, this method generates a name based on the name of the calling function or method.</param>
/// <param name="expirationHandler">A handler to be called shortly before the app’s remaining background time reaches 0. You should use this handler to clean up and mark the end of the background task. Failure to end the task explicitly will result in the termination of the app. The handler is called synchronously on the main thread, blocking the app’s suspension momentarily while the app is notified.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("beginBackgroundTaskWithName")]
public virtual UIBackgroundTaskIdentifier BeginBackgroundTaskWithName(string taskName, Action expirationHandler) { return default(UIBackgroundTaskIdentifier); }
/// <summary>
/// Marks the beginning of a new long-running background task.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="handler">A handler to be called shortly before the app’s remaining background time reaches 0. You should use this handler to clean up and mark the end of the background task. Failure to end the task explicitly will result in the termination of the app. The handler is called synchronously on the main thread, blocking the app’s suspension momentarily while the app is notified.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("beginBackgroundTaskWithExpirationHandler")]
public virtual UIBackgroundTaskIdentifier BeginBackgroundTaskWithExpirationHandler(Action handler) { return default(UIBackgroundTaskIdentifier); }
/// <summary>
/// Marks the end of a specific long-running background task.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">An identifier returned by the beginBackgroundTaskWithExpirationHandler: method.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("endBackgroundTask")]
public virtual void EndBackgroundTask(UIBackgroundTaskIdentifier identifier) { }
/// <summary>
/// Configures a periodic handler for VoIP apps in older versions of iOS.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="timeout">The maximum interval (measured in seconds) at which your app should be woken up to check its VoIP connection. The minimum acceptable timeout value is 600 seconds.</param>
/// <param name="handler">A block that performs the tasks needed to maintain your VoIP network connection. Setting this parameter to nil releases the current handler block and prevents UIKit from scheduling the next wake.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("setKeepAliveTimeout")]
public virtual bool SetKeepAliveTimeout(NSTimeInterval timeout, Action handler) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Removes a previously installed periodic handler block.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("clearKeepAliveTimeout")]
public virtual void ClearKeepAliveTimeout() { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the app that your code is restoring state asynchronously.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("extendStateRestoration")]
public virtual void ExtendStateRestoration() { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the app that your code has finished any asynchronous state restoration.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("completeStateRestoration")]
public virtual void CompleteStateRestoration() { }
/// <summary>
/// Prevents the app from using the recent snapshot image during the next launch cycle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("ignoreSnapshotOnNextApplicationLaunch")]
public virtual void IgnoreSnapshotOnNextApplicationLaunch() { }
/// <summary>
/// Registers a custom object for use with the state restoration system.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="@object">The object to be registered with the restoration archive. The object must adopt the UIStateRestoring protocol. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="restorationIdentifier">The restoration identifier for the object. UIKit uses this parameter to distinguish the object from other objects in the archive. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("registerObjectForStateRestoration")]
public virtual static void RegisterObjectForStateRestoration(UIStateRestoring @object, string restorationIdentifier) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the app to begin receiving remote-control events.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("beginReceivingRemoteControlEvents")]
public virtual void BeginReceivingRemoteControlEvents() { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the app to stop receiving remote-control events.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("endReceivingRemoteControlEvents")]
public virtual void EndReceivingRemoteControlEvents() { }
/// <summary>
/// Hides or shows the status bar, optionally animating the transition.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="hidden">true to hide the status bar, false to show the status bar.</param>
/// <param name="withAnimation">A constant that indicates whether there should be an animation and, if one is requested, whether it should fade the status bar in or out or whether it should slide the status bar in or out.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("setStatusBarHidden")]
public virtual void SetStatusBarHidden(bool hidden, UIStatusBarAnimation withAnimation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the style of the status bar, optionally animating the transition to the new style.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="statusBarStyle">A constant that specifies a style for the status bar. See the descriptions of the constants in UIStatusBarStyle for details.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if the transition to the new style should be animated; otherwise false .</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setStatusBarStyle")]
public virtual void SetStatusBarStyle(UIStatusBarStyle statusBarStyle, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the icon of a Newsstand app to an image depicting the current issue of a publication.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">An image to use as the icon of a Newsstand app. Pass nil to clear the currently set image and revert to the icon stored in the app bundle.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setNewsstandIconImage")]
public virtual void SetNewsstandIconImage(UIImage image) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the default set of interface orientations to use for the view controllers in the specified window.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="window">The window whose default interface orientations you want to retrieve.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("supportedInterfaceOrientationsForWindow")]
public virtual int SupportedInterfaceOrientationsForWindow(UIWindow window) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the app's status bar to the specified orientation, optionally animating the transition.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="interfaceOrientation">A specific orientation of the status bar. See UIInterfaceOrientation for details. The default value is UIInterfaceOrientationPortrait.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if the transition to the new orientation should be animated; false if it should be immediate, without animation.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setStatusBarOrientation")]
public virtual void SetStatusBarOrientation(UIInterfaceOrientation interfaceOrientation, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Register to receive push notifications of the specified types via Apple Push Service.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="types">A bit mask specifying the types of notifications the app accepts. For a list of values, see UIRemoteNotificationType.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("registerForRemoteNotificationTypes")]
public virtual void RegisterForRemoteNotificationTypes(UIRemoteNotificationType types) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the types of notifications the app accepts.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("enabledRemoteNotificationTypes")]
public virtual UIRemoteNotificationType EnabledRemoteNotificationTypes() { return default(UIRemoteNotificationType); }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate of the app object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIApplicationDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The app's key window. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("keyWindow")]
public UIWindow KeyWindow { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The app's visible and hidden windows. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("windows")]
public AnyObject[] Windows { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether shaking the device displays the undo-redo user interface.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("applicationSupportsShakeToEdit")]
public bool ApplicationSupportsShakeToEdit { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// All currently scheduled local notifications.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("scheduledLocalNotifications")]
public AnyObject[] ScheduledLocalNotifications { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The runtime state of the app. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("applicationState")]
public UIApplicationState ApplicationState { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The amount of time the app has to run in the background. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("backgroundTimeRemaining")]
public NSTimeInterval BackgroundTimeRemaining { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The ability of the app to be launched into the background so that it can perform background behaviors. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("backgroundRefreshStatus")]
public UIBackgroundRefreshStatus BackgroundRefreshStatus { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether content protection is active. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("protectedDataAvailable")]
public bool ProtectedDataAvailable { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls whether the idle timer is disabled for the app.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("idleTimerDisabled")]
public bool IdleTimerDisabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the status bar is hidden.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("statusBarHidden")]
public bool StatusBarHidden { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current style of the status bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("statusBarStyle")]
public UIStatusBarStyle StatusBarStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The frame rectangle defining the area of the status bar. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("statusBarFrame")]
public CGRect StatusBarFrame { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that turns an indicator of network activity on or off.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("networkActivityIndicatorVisible")]
public bool NetworkActivityIndicatorVisible { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number currently set as the badge of the app icon in Springboard.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("applicationIconBadgeNumber")]
public int ApplicationIconBadgeNumber { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the layout direction of the user interface. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("userInterfaceLayoutDirection")]
public UIUserInterfaceLayoutDirection UserInterfaceLayoutDirection { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The font sizing option preferred by the user. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("preferredContentSizeCategory")]
public string PreferredContentSizeCategory { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current orientation of the app's status bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("statusBarOrientation")]
public UIInterfaceOrientation StatusBarOrientation { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The animation duration in seconds for the status bar during a 90 degree orientation change. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("statusBarOrientationAnimationDuration")]
public NSTimeInterval StatusBarOrientationAnimationDuration { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants indicating the types of notifications the app may display to the user.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public enum UIRemoteNotificationType
{
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
None,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
Badge,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
Sound,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
Alert,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
NewsstandContentAvailability,
}
/// <summary>
/// The style of the device’s status bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIStatusBarStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// A dark status bar, intended for use on light backgrounds.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Default,
/// <summary>
/// A light status bar, intended for use on dark backgrounds.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
LightContent,
/// <summary>
/// An opaque black style.
/// Use UIStatusBarStyleLightContent instead.
/// Available in iOS 2.0 and later.
/// Deprecated in iOS 7.0.
/// </summary>
[Obsolete]
BlackOpaque,
}
/// <summary>
/// The animation applied to the status bar as it is hidden or made visible.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public enum UIStatusBarAnimation
{
/// <summary>
/// No animation is applied to the status bar as it is shown or hidden.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// The status bar fades in and out as it is shown or hidden, respectively.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Fade,
/// <summary>
/// The status bar slides in or out as it is shown or hidden, respectively.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Slide,
}
/// <summary>
/// The running states of an app
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public enum UIApplicationState
{
/// <summary>
/// The app is running in the foreground and currently receiving events.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Active,
/// <summary>
/// The app is running in the foreground but is not receiving events. This might happen as a result of an interruption or because the app is transitioning to or from the background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Inactive,
/// <summary>
/// The app is running in the background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Background,
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants that indicate the result of a background fetch operation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIBackgroundFetchResult
{
/// <summary>
/// New data was successfully downloaded.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
NewData,
/// <summary>
/// There was no new data to download.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
NoData,
/// <summary>
/// An attempt to download data was made but that attempt failed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Failed,
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants indicating whether background execution is enabled for the app.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIBackgroundRefreshStatus
{
/// <summary>
/// Background updates are unavailable and the user cannot enable them again. For example, this status can occur when parental controls are in effect for the current user.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Restricted,
/// <summary>
/// The user explicitly disabled background behavior for this app or for the whole system.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Denied,
/// <summary>
/// Background updates are available for the app.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Available,
}
/// <summary>
/// The orientation of the app's user interface.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIInterfaceOrientation
{
/// <summary>
/// The orientation of the device cannot be determined.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Unknown,
/// <summary>
/// The device is in portrait mode, with the device held upright and the home button on the bottom.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Portrait,
/// <summary>
/// The device is in portrait mode but upside down, with the device held upright and the home button at the top.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
PortraitUpsideDown,
/// <summary>
/// The device is in landscape mode, with the device held upright and the home button on the left side.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
LandscapeLeft,
/// <summary>
/// The device is in landscape mode, with the device held upright and the home button on the right side.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
LandscapeRight,
}
/// <summary>
/// These constants are mask bits for specifying a view controller’s supported interface orientations.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum UIInterfaceOrientationMask
{
/// <summary>
/// The view controller supports a portrait interface orientation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Portrait,
/// <summary>
/// The view controller supports a landscape-left interface orientation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
LandscapeLeft,
/// <summary>
/// The view controller supports a landscape-right interface orientation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
LandscapeRight,
/// <summary>
/// The view controller supports an upside-down portrait interface orientation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
PortraitUpsideDown,
/// <summary>
/// The view controller supports both landscape-left and landscape-right interface orientation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Landscape,
/// <summary>
/// The view controller supports all interface orientations.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
All,
/// <summary>
/// The view controller supports all but the upside-down portrait interface orientation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
AllButUpsideDown,
}
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the directional flow of the user interface.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UIUserInterfaceLayoutDirection
{
/// <summary>
/// The layout direction is left to right.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
LeftToRight,
/// <summary>
/// The layout direction right to left. This value is appropriate when running with localizations such as Arabic or Hebrew that should have the user interface layout origin on the right edge of the coordinate system.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
RightToLeft,
}
/// <summary>
/// A unique token that identifies a request to run in the background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public struct UIBackgroundTaskIdentifier
{
static public implicit operator UIBackgroundTaskIdentifier(int value)
{
return default(UIBackgroundTaskIdentifier);
}
static public implicit operator int(UIBackgroundTaskIdentifier value)
{
return default(int);
}
}
/// <summary>
/// The system sends this notification when the backgroundRefreshStatus property of the app object changes. That property can change in response to the user disabling multitasking support for the app. The object of the notification is the UIApplication object. There is no userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIApplicationBackgroundRefreshStatusDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationBackgroundRefreshStatusDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// An app is active when it is receiving events. An active app can be said to have focus. It gains focus after being launched, loses focus when an overlay window pops up or when the device is locked, and gains focus when the device is unlocked.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIApplicationDidBecomeActiveNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationDidBecomeActiveNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The userInfo dictionary contains an NSValue object that encapsulates a CGRect structure expressing the location and size of the new status bar frame. Use UIApplicationStatusBarFrameUserInfoKey to access this value.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIApplicationDidChangeStatusBarFrameNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationDidChangeStatusBarFrameNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The userInfo dictionary contains an NSNumber object that encapsulates a UIInterfaceOrientation value (see UIInterfaceOrientation). Use UIApplicationStatusBarOrientationUserInfoKey to access this value
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIApplicationDidChangeStatusBarOrientationNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationDidChangeStatusBarOrientationNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The object of the notification is the UIApplication object. There is no userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public class UIApplicationDidEnterBackgroundNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationDidEnterBackgroundNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// If the app was launched as a result of in remote notification targeted at it or because another app opened a URL resource claimed the posting app (the notification object), this notification contains a userInfo dictionary. You can access the contents of the dictionary using the UIApplicationLaunchOptionsURLKey and UIApplicationLaunchOptionsSourceApplicationKey constants (for URLs), the UIApplicationLaunchOptionsRemoteNotificationKey constant (for remote notifications), and the UIApplicationLaunchOptionsLocalNotificationKey constant (for local notifications). If the notification was posted for a normal app launch, there is no userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIApplicationDidFinishLaunchingNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationDidFinishLaunchingNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIApplicationDidReceiveMemoryWarningNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationDidReceiveMemoryWarningNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public class UIApplicationProtectedDataDidBecomeAvailable : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationProtectedDataDidBecomeAvailable() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// Upon receiving this notification, clients should release any references to protected files. This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public class UIApplicationProtectedDataWillBecomeUnavailable : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationProtectedDataWillBecomeUnavailable() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIApplicationSignificantTimeChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationSignificantTimeChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary. This notification is posted after the screenshot is taken.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIApplicationUserDidTakeScreenshotNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationUserDidTakeScreenshotNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The userInfo dictionary contains an NSNumber that encapsulates a UIInterfaceOrientation value (see UIInterfaceOrientation). Use UIApplicationStatusBarOrientationUserInfoKey to access this value.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIApplicationWillChangeStatusBarOrientationNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationWillChangeStatusBarOrientationNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The userInfo dictionary contains an NSValue object that encapsulates a CGRect structure expressing the location and size of the new status bar frame. Use UIApplicationStatusBarFrameUserInfoKey to access this value.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIApplicationWillChangeStatusBarFrameNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationWillChangeStatusBarFrameNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The object of the notification is the UIApplication object. There is no userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public class UIApplicationWillEnterForegroundNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationWillEnterForegroundNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// An app is active when it is receiving events. An active app can be said to have focus. It gains focus after being launched, loses focus when an overlay window pops up or when the device is locked, and gains focus when the device is unlocked.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIApplicationWillResignActiveNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationWillResignActiveNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// This notification is associated with the delegate applicationWillTerminate: method. This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIApplicationWillTerminateNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIApplicationWillTerminateNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// This notification is sent when the value in the preferredContentSizeCategory property changes. The userInfo dictionary of the notification contains the UIContentSizeCategoryNewValueKey key, which reflects the new setting.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIContentSizeCategoryDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIContentSizeCategoryDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAttachmentBehavior.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAttachmentBehavior.cs index d6fa5db5..5ca2fc82 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAttachmentBehavior.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIAttachmentBehavior.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An attachment behavior specifies a dynamic connection between two dynamic items, or between a dynamic item and an anchor point. By default, an item’s attachment point is at its center, but you can change that.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIAttachmentBehavior_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIAttachmentBehavior"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIAttachmentBehavior : UIDynamicBehavior//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes an attachment behavior that connects the center point of a dynamic item to an anchor point.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item to which you are applying an attachment behavior.</param>
/// <param name="attachedToAnchor">The anchor point for the attachment behavior, relative to the coordinate system for the behavior’s associated dynamic animator. For more information, see the Overview in UIDynamicAnimator Class Reference.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("convenience init")]
public UIAttachmentBehavior(UIDynamicItem item, CGPoint attachedToAnchor) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes an attachment behavior that connects the center point of a dynamic item to the center point of another dynamic item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The first of two dynamic items connected by the attachment behavior.</param>
/// <param name="attachedToItem">The second of two dynamic items connected by the attachment behavior.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("convenience init")]
public UIAttachmentBehavior(UIDynamicItem item, UIDynamicItem attachedToItem) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes an attachment behavior that connects a specified point in a dynamic item to an anchor point.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item to which you are applying an attachment behavior.</param>
/// <param name="offsetFromCenter">The point, within the dynamic item and described as an offset from its center point, for the attachment behavior.</param>
/// <param name="attachedToAnchor">The anchor point for the attachment behavior, relative to the coordinate system for the behavior’s associated dynamic animator. For more information, see the Overview in UIDynamicAnimator Class Reference.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("convenience init")]
public UIAttachmentBehavior(UIDynamicItem item, UIOffset offsetFromCenter, CGPoint attachedToAnchor) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes an attachment behavior that connects a specified point in one dynamic item to a specified point in another dynamic item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The first of two dynamic items connected by the attachment behavior.</param>
/// <param name="firstOffsetFromCenter">The point, within the first dynamic item and described as an offset from its center point, for the attachment.</param>
/// <param name="attachedToItem">The second of two dynamic items connected by the attachment behavior.</param>
/// <param name="secondOffsetFromCenter">The point, within the second dynamic item and described as an offset from its center point, for the attachment.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[RenameParameter("firstOffsetFromCenter", "offsetFromCenter")]
[RenameParameter("secondOffsetFromCenter", "offsetFromCenter")]
public UIAttachmentBehavior(UIDynamicItem item, UIOffset firstOffsetFromCenter, UIDynamicItem attachedToItem, UIOffset secondOffsetFromCenter) { }
/// <summary>
/// The dynamic items connected by the attachment behavior. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("items")]
public AnyObject[] Items { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The anchor point for an attachment behavior of type UIAttachmentBehaviorTypeAnchor.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("anchorPoint")]
public CGPoint AnchorPoint { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The type of the attachment behavior. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("attachedBehaviorType")]
public UIAttachmentBehaviorType AttachedBehaviorType { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The amount of damping to apply to the attachment behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("damping")]
public CGFloat Damping { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The frequency of oscillation for the attachment behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("frequency")]
public CGFloat Frequency { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The distance, in points, between the two attachment points of the attachment behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("length")]
public CGFloat Length { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The type of an attachment behavior, indicating what a dynamic item is attached to.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIAttachmentBehaviorType
{
/// <summary>
/// Designates an attachment behavior that connects a dynamic item to another dynamic item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Items,
/// <summary>
/// Designates an attachment behavior that connects a dynamic item to an anchor point.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Anchor,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An attachment behavior specifies a dynamic connection between two dynamic items, or between a dynamic item and an anchor point. By default, an item’s attachment point is at its center, but you can change that.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIAttachmentBehavior_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIAttachmentBehavior"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIAttachmentBehavior : UIDynamicBehavior//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIAttachmentBehavior() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes an attachment behavior that connects the center point of a dynamic item to an anchor point.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item to which you are applying an attachment behavior.</param>
/// <param name="attachedToAnchor">The anchor point for the attachment behavior, relative to the coordinate system for the behavior’s associated dynamic animator. For more information, see the Overview in UIDynamicAnimator Class Reference.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("convenience init")]
public UIAttachmentBehavior(UIDynamicItem item, CGPoint attachedToAnchor) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes an attachment behavior that connects the center point of a dynamic item to the center point of another dynamic item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The first of two dynamic items connected by the attachment behavior.</param>
/// <param name="attachedToItem">The second of two dynamic items connected by the attachment behavior.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("convenience init")]
public UIAttachmentBehavior(UIDynamicItem item, UIDynamicItem attachedToItem) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes an attachment behavior that connects a specified point in a dynamic item to an anchor point.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item to which you are applying an attachment behavior.</param>
/// <param name="offsetFromCenter">The point, within the dynamic item and described as an offset from its center point, for the attachment behavior.</param>
/// <param name="attachedToAnchor">The anchor point for the attachment behavior, relative to the coordinate system for the behavior’s associated dynamic animator. For more information, see the Overview in UIDynamicAnimator Class Reference.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("convenience init")]
public UIAttachmentBehavior(UIDynamicItem item, UIOffset offsetFromCenter, CGPoint attachedToAnchor) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes an attachment behavior that connects a specified point in one dynamic item to a specified point in another dynamic item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The first of two dynamic items connected by the attachment behavior.</param>
/// <param name="offsetFromCenter">The point, within the first dynamic item and described as an offset from its center point, for the attachment.</param>
/// <param name="attachedToItem">The second of two dynamic items connected by the attachment behavior.</param>
/// <param name="offsetFromCenter">The point, within the second dynamic item and described as an offset from its center point, for the attachment.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIAttachmentBehavior(UIDynamicItem item, UIOffset offsetFromCenter, UIDynamicItem attachedToItem, UIOffset offsetFromCenter) { }
/// <summary>
/// The dynamic items connected by the attachment behavior. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("items")]
public AnyObject[] Items { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The anchor point for an attachment behavior of type UIAttachmentBehaviorTypeAnchor.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("anchorPoint")]
public CGPoint AnchorPoint { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The type of the attachment behavior. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("attachedBehaviorType")]
public UIAttachmentBehaviorType AttachedBehaviorType { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The amount of damping to apply to the attachment behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("damping")]
public CGFloat Damping { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The frequency of oscillation for the attachment behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("frequency")]
public CGFloat Frequency { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The distance, in points, between the two attachment points of the attachment behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("length")]
public CGFloat Length { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The type of an attachment behavior, indicating what a dynamic item is attached to.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIAttachmentBehaviorType
{
/// <summary>
/// Designates an attachment behavior that connects a dynamic item to another dynamic item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Items,
/// <summary>
/// Designates an attachment behavior that connects a dynamic item to an anchor point.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Anchor,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIBarButtonItem.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIBarButtonItem.cs index 932a563e..552ac987 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIBarButtonItem.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIBarButtonItem.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A bar button item is a button specialized for placement on a UIToolbar or UINavigationBar object. It inherits basic button behavior from its abstract superclass, UIBarItem. The UIBarButtonItem defines additional initialization methods and properties for use on toolbars and navigation bars.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIBarButtonItem_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIBarButtonItem"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIBarButtonItem : UIBarItem//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a new item containing the specified system item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="barButtonSystemItem">The system item to use as the first item on the bar. One of the constants defined in UIBarButtonSystemItem.</param>
/// <param name="target">The object that receives the action message.</param>
/// <param name="action">The action to send to target when this item is selected.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIBarButtonItem(UIBarButtonSystemItem barButtonSystemItem, AnyObject target, Selector action) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a new item using the specified custom view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="customView">A custom view representing the item.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIBarButtonItem(UIView customView) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a new item using the specified image and other properties.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The item’s image. If nil an image is not displayed.
/// The images displayed on the bar are derived from this image. If this image is too large to fit on the bar, it is scaled to fit. Typically, the size of a toolbar and navigation bar image is 20 x 20 points. The alpha values in the source image are used to create the images—opaque values are ignored.</param>
/// <param name="style">The style of the item. One of the constants defined in UIBarButtonItemStyle.</param>
/// <param name="target">The object that receives the action message.</param>
/// <param name="action">The action to send to target when this item is selected.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIBarButtonItem(UIImage image, UIBarButtonItemStyle style, AnyObject target, Selector action) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a new item using the specified title and other properties.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">The item’s title. If nil a title is not displayed.</param>
/// <param name="style">The style of the item. One of the constants defined in UIBarButtonItemStyle.</param>
/// <param name="target">The object that receives the action message.</param>
/// <param name="action">The action to send to target when this item is selected.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIBarButtonItem(string title, UIBarButtonItemStyle style, AnyObject target, Selector action) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a new item using the specified images and other properties.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The item’s image. If nil an image is not displayed.</param>
/// <param name="landscapeImagePhone">The image to be used for the item in landscape bars in the UIUserInterfaceIdiomPhone idiom.</param>
/// <param name="style">The style of the item. One of the constants defined in UIBarButtonItemStyle.</param>
/// <param name="target">The object that receives the action message.</param>
/// <param name="action">The action to send to target when this item is selected.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public UIBarButtonItem(UIImage image, UIImage landscapeImagePhone, UIBarButtonItemStyle style, AnyObject target, Selector action) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the back button background image for a given control state and bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">A control state.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("backButtonBackgroundImageForState")]
public UIImage BackButtonBackgroundImageForState(UIControlState state, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the back button background image for a given control state and bar metrics
/// </summary>
/// <param name="backgroundImage">The image to use for the back button’s background.</param>
/// <param name="forState">A control state.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setBackButtonBackgroundImage")]
public void SetBackButtonBackgroundImage(UIImage backgroundImage, UIControlState forState, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the back button title offset for given bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("backButtonTitlePositionAdjustmentForBarMetrics")]
public UIOffset BackButtonTitlePositionAdjustmentForBarMetrics(UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIOffset); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the back button title offset for given bar metrics
/// </summary>
/// <param name="adjustment">The back button title offset for barMetrics.</param>
/// <param name="forBarMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setBackButtonTitlePositionAdjustment")]
public void SetBackButtonTitlePositionAdjustment(UIOffset adjustment, UIBarMetrics forBarMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the back button vertical position offset for given bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("backButtonBackgroundVerticalPositionAdjustmentForBarMetrics")]
public CGFloat BackButtonBackgroundVerticalPositionAdjustmentForBarMetrics(UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(CGFloat); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the back button vertical position offset for given bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="adjustment">The back button vertical position offset for barMetrics.</param>
/// <param name="forBarMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setBackButtonBackgroundVerticalPositionAdjustment")]
public void SetBackButtonBackgroundVerticalPositionAdjustment(CGFloat adjustment, UIBarMetrics forBarMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the background vertical position offset for given bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("backgroundVerticalPositionAdjustmentForBarMetrics")]
public CGFloat BackgroundVerticalPositionAdjustmentForBarMetrics(UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(CGFloat); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the background vertical position offset for given bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="adjustment">The background vertical position offset for barMetrics.</param>
/// <param name="forBarMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setBackgroundVerticalPositionAdjustment")]
public void SetBackgroundVerticalPositionAdjustment(CGFloat adjustment, UIBarMetrics forBarMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the background image for a given state and bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">A control state.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("backgroundImageForState")]
public UIImage BackgroundImageForState(UIControlState state, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the background image for a given state and bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="backgroundImage">The background image for the specified state and metrics.</param>
/// <param name="forState">A control state.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setBackgroundImage")]
public void SetBackgroundImage(UIImage backgroundImage, UIControlState forState, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the background image for the specified state, style, and metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The bar button state.</param>
/// <param name="style">The bar button style.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">The bar button metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("backgroundImageForState")]
public UIImage BackgroundImageForState(UIControlState state, UIBarButtonItemStyle style, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the background image for the specified state, style, and metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="backgroundImage">The background image to use for the specified state, style, and metrics.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The bar button state.</param>
/// <param name="style">The bar button style.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">The bar button metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setBackgroundImage")]
public void SetBackgroundImage(UIImage backgroundImage, UIControlState forState, UIBarButtonItemStyle style, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the title offset for given bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("titlePositionAdjustmentForBarMetrics")]
public UIOffset TitlePositionAdjustmentForBarMetrics(UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIOffset); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the title offset for given bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="adjustment">The title offset for barMetrics.</param>
/// <param name="forBarMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setTitlePositionAdjustment")]
public void SetTitlePositionAdjustment(UIOffset adjustment, UIBarMetrics forBarMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// The object that receives an action when the item is selected.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("target")]
public AnyObject Target { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The selector defining the action message to send to the target object when the user taps this bar button item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("action")]
public Selector Action { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The style of the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("style")]
public UIBarButtonItemStyle Style { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The set of possible titles to display on the bar button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("possibleTitles")]
public NSSet PossibleTitles { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The width of the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("width")]
public CGFloat Width { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A custom view representing the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("customView")]
public UIView CustomView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to apply to the button item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the style of a item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIBarButtonItemStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// Glows when tapped. The default item style.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Plain,
/// <summary>
/// A simple button style with a border.
/// Available in iOS 2.0 and later.
/// Deprecated in iOS 8.0.
/// </summary>
[Obsolete]
Bordered,
/// <summary>
/// The style for a done button—for example, a button that completes some task and returns to the previous view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Done,
}
/// <summary>
/// Defines system-supplied images for bar button items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIBarButtonSystemItem
{
/// <summary>
/// The system Done button. Localized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Done,
/// <summary>
/// The system Cancel button. Localized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Cancel,
/// <summary>
/// The system Edit button. Localized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Edit,
/// <summary>
/// The system Save button. Localized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Save,
/// <summary>
/// The system plus button containing an icon of a plus sign.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Add,
/// <summary>
/// Blank space to add between other items. The space is distributed equally between the other items. Other item properties are ignored when this value is set.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FlexibleSpace,
/// <summary>
/// Blank space to add between other items. Only the width property is used when this value is set.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FixedSpace,
/// <summary>
/// The system compose button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Compose,
/// <summary>
/// The system reply button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Reply,
/// <summary>
/// The system action button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Action,
/// <summary>
/// The system organize button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Organize,
/// <summary>
/// The system bookmarks button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Bookmarks,
/// <summary>
/// The system search button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Search,
/// <summary>
/// The system refresh button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Refresh,
/// <summary>
/// The system stop button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Stop,
/// <summary>
/// The system camera button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Camera,
/// <summary>
/// The system trash button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Trash,
/// <summary>
/// The system play button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Play,
/// <summary>
/// The system pause button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Pause,
/// <summary>
/// The system rewind button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Rewind,
/// <summary>
/// The system fast forward button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FastForward,
/// <summary>
/// The system undo button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Undo,
/// <summary>
/// The system redo button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Redo,
/// <summary>
/// The system page curl button.
/// This bar button image can be used only for bar button items placed on toolbars.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
PageCurl,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A bar button item is a button specialized for placement on a UIToolbar or UINavigationBar object. It inherits basic button behavior from its abstract superclass, UIBarItem. The UIBarButtonItem defines additional initialization methods and properties for use on toolbars and navigation bars.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIBarButtonItem_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIBarButtonItem"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIBarButtonItem : UIBarItem//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance
{
public UIBarButtonItem() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a new item containing the specified system item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="barButtonSystemItem">The system item to use as the first item on the bar. One of the constants defined in UIBarButtonSystemItem.</param>
/// <param name="target">The object that receives the action message.</param>
/// <param name="action">The action to send to target when this item is selected.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIBarButtonItem(UIBarButtonSystemItem barButtonSystemItem, AnyObject target, Selector action) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a new item using the specified custom view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="customView">A custom view representing the item.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIBarButtonItem(UIView customView) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a new item using the specified image and other properties.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The item’s image. If nil an image is not displayed.
/// The images displayed on the bar are derived from this image. If this image is too large to fit on the bar, it is scaled to fit. Typically, the size of a toolbar and navigation bar image is 20 x 20 points. The alpha values in the source image are used to create the images—opaque values are ignored.</param>
/// <param name="style">The style of the item. One of the constants defined in UIBarButtonItemStyle.</param>
/// <param name="target">The object that receives the action message.</param>
/// <param name="action">The action to send to target when this item is selected.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIBarButtonItem(UIImage image, UIBarButtonItemStyle style, AnyObject target, Selector action) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a new item using the specified title and other properties.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">The item’s title. If nil a title is not displayed.</param>
/// <param name="style">The style of the item. One of the constants defined in UIBarButtonItemStyle.</param>
/// <param name="target">The object that receives the action message.</param>
/// <param name="action">The action to send to target when this item is selected.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIBarButtonItem(string title, UIBarButtonItemStyle style, AnyObject target, Selector action) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a new item using the specified images and other properties.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The item’s image. If nil an image is not displayed.</param>
/// <param name="landscapeImagePhone">The image to be used for the item in landscape bars in the UIUserInterfaceIdiomPhone idiom.</param>
/// <param name="style">The style of the item. One of the constants defined in UIBarButtonItemStyle.</param>
/// <param name="target">The object that receives the action message.</param>
/// <param name="action">The action to send to target when this item is selected.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public UIBarButtonItem(UIImage image, UIImage landscapeImagePhone, UIBarButtonItemStyle style, AnyObject target, Selector action) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the back button background image for a given control state and bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">A control state.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("backButtonBackgroundImageForState")]
public virtual UIImage BackButtonBackgroundImageForState(UIControlState state, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the back button background image for a given control state and bar metrics
/// </summary>
/// <param name="backgroundImage">The image to use for the back button’s background.</param>
/// <param name="forState">A control state.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setBackButtonBackgroundImage")]
public virtual void SetBackButtonBackgroundImage(UIImage backgroundImage, UIControlState forState, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the back button title offset for given bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("backButtonTitlePositionAdjustmentForBarMetrics")]
public virtual UIOffset BackButtonTitlePositionAdjustmentForBarMetrics(UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIOffset); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the back button title offset for given bar metrics
/// </summary>
/// <param name="adjustment">The back button title offset for barMetrics.</param>
/// <param name="forBarMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setBackButtonTitlePositionAdjustment")]
public virtual void SetBackButtonTitlePositionAdjustment(UIOffset adjustment, UIBarMetrics forBarMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the back button vertical position offset for given bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("backButtonBackgroundVerticalPositionAdjustmentForBarMetrics")]
public virtual CGFloat BackButtonBackgroundVerticalPositionAdjustmentForBarMetrics(UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(CGFloat); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the back button vertical position offset for given bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="adjustment">The back button vertical position offset for barMetrics.</param>
/// <param name="forBarMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setBackButtonBackgroundVerticalPositionAdjustment")]
public virtual void SetBackButtonBackgroundVerticalPositionAdjustment(CGFloat adjustment, UIBarMetrics forBarMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the background vertical position offset for given bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("backgroundVerticalPositionAdjustmentForBarMetrics")]
public virtual CGFloat BackgroundVerticalPositionAdjustmentForBarMetrics(UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(CGFloat); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the background vertical position offset for given bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="adjustment">The background vertical position offset for barMetrics.</param>
/// <param name="forBarMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setBackgroundVerticalPositionAdjustment")]
public virtual void SetBackgroundVerticalPositionAdjustment(CGFloat adjustment, UIBarMetrics forBarMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the background image for a given state and bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">A control state.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("backgroundImageForState")]
public virtual UIImage BackgroundImageForState(UIControlState state, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the background image for a given state and bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="backgroundImage">The background image for the specified state and metrics.</param>
/// <param name="forState">A control state.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setBackgroundImage")]
public virtual void SetBackgroundImage(UIImage backgroundImage, UIControlState forState, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the background image for the specified state, style, and metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The bar button state.</param>
/// <param name="style">The bar button style.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">The bar button metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("backgroundImageForState")]
public virtual UIImage BackgroundImageForState(UIControlState state, UIBarButtonItemStyle style, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the background image for the specified state, style, and metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="backgroundImage">The background image to use for the specified state, style, and metrics.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The bar button state.</param>
/// <param name="style">The bar button style.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">The bar button metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setBackgroundImage")]
public virtual void SetBackgroundImage(UIImage backgroundImage, UIControlState forState, UIBarButtonItemStyle style, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the title offset for given bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("titlePositionAdjustmentForBarMetrics")]
public virtual UIOffset TitlePositionAdjustmentForBarMetrics(UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIOffset); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the title offset for given bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="adjustment">The title offset for barMetrics.</param>
/// <param name="forBarMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setTitlePositionAdjustment")]
public virtual void SetTitlePositionAdjustment(UIOffset adjustment, UIBarMetrics forBarMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// The object that receives an action when the item is selected.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("target")]
public AnyObject Target { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The selector defining the action message to send to the target object when the user taps this bar button item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("action")]
public Selector Action { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The style of the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("style")]
public UIBarButtonItemStyle Style { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The set of possible titles to display on the bar button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("possibleTitles")]
public NSSet PossibleTitles { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The width of the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("width")]
public CGFloat Width { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A custom view representing the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("customView")]
public UIView CustomView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to apply to the button item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the style of a item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIBarButtonItemStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// Glows when tapped. The default item style.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Plain,
/// <summary>
/// A simple button style with a border.
/// Available in iOS 2.0 and later.
/// Deprecated in iOS 8.0.
/// </summary>
[Obsolete]
Bordered,
/// <summary>
/// The style for a done button—for example, a button that completes some task and returns to the previous view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Done,
}
/// <summary>
/// Defines system-supplied images for bar button items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIBarButtonSystemItem
{
/// <summary>
/// The system Done button. Localized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Done,
/// <summary>
/// The system Cancel button. Localized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Cancel,
/// <summary>
/// The system Edit button. Localized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Edit,
/// <summary>
/// The system Save button. Localized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Save,
/// <summary>
/// The system plus button containing an icon of a plus sign.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Add,
/// <summary>
/// Blank space to add between other items. The space is distributed equally between the other items. Other item properties are ignored when this value is set.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FlexibleSpace,
/// <summary>
/// Blank space to add between other items. Only the width property is used when this value is set.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FixedSpace,
/// <summary>
/// The system compose button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Compose,
/// <summary>
/// The system reply button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Reply,
/// <summary>
/// The system action button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Action,
/// <summary>
/// The system organize button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Organize,
/// <summary>
/// The system bookmarks button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Bookmarks,
/// <summary>
/// The system search button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Search,
/// <summary>
/// The system refresh button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Refresh,
/// <summary>
/// The system stop button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Stop,
/// <summary>
/// The system camera button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Camera,
/// <summary>
/// The system trash button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Trash,
/// <summary>
/// The system play button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Play,
/// <summary>
/// The system pause button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Pause,
/// <summary>
/// The system rewind button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Rewind,
/// <summary>
/// The system fast forward button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FastForward,
/// <summary>
/// The system undo button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Undo,
/// <summary>
/// The system redo button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Redo,
/// <summary>
/// The system page curl button.
/// This bar button image can be used only for bar button items placed on toolbars.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
PageCurl,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIBarItem.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIBarItem.cs index 1fed8595..34847e41 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIBarItem.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIBarItem.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UIBarItem is an abstract superclass for items added to a bar that appears at the bottom of the screen. Items on a bar behave in a way similar to buttons (instances of UIButton). They have a title, image, action, and target. You can also enable and disable an item on a bar.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIBarItem_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIBarItem"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIBarItem : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance
{
/// <summary>
/// Sets the title’s text attributes for a given control state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="attributes">A dictionary containing key-value pairs for text attributes.
/// You can specify the font, text color, text shadow color, and text shadow offset using the keys listed in NSString UIKit Additions Reference.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The control state for which you want to set the text attributes for the title.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setTitleTextAttributes")]
public void SetTitleTextAttributes(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> attributes, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the title’s text attributes for a given control state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The control state for which you want to know the text attributes for the title.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("titleTextAttributesForState")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> TitleTextAttributesForState(UIControlState state) { return default(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject>); }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the item is enabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("enabled")]
public bool Enabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image used to represent the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("image")]
public UIImage Image { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image to use to represent the item in landscape orientation when using the iPhone appearance idiom.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("landscapeImagePhone")]
public UIImage LandscapeImagePhone { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image inset or outset for each edge.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("imageInsets")]
public UIEdgeInsets ImageInsets { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image inset or outset for each edge of the image in landscape orientation when using the iPhone appearance idiom.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("landscapeImagePhoneInsets")]
public UIEdgeInsets LandscapeImagePhoneInsets { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The title displayed on the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("title")]
public string Title { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s tag, an application-supplied integer that you can use to identify bar item objects in your application.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tag")]
public int Tag { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UIBarItem is an abstract superclass for items added to a bar that appears at the bottom of the screen. Items on a bar behave in a way similar to buttons (instances of UIButton). They have a title, image, action, and target. You can also enable and disable an item on a bar.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIBarItem_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIBarItem"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIBarItem : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance
{
public UIBarItem() { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the title’s text attributes for a given control state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="attributes">A dictionary containing key-value pairs for text attributes.
/// You can specify the font, text color, text shadow color, and text shadow offset using the keys listed in NSString UIKit Additions Reference.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The control state for which you want to set the text attributes for the title.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setTitleTextAttributes")]
public virtual void SetTitleTextAttributes(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> attributes, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the title’s text attributes for a given control state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The control state for which you want to know the text attributes for the title.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("titleTextAttributesForState")]
public virtual Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> TitleTextAttributesForState(UIControlState state) { return default(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject>); }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the item is enabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("enabled")]
public bool Enabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image used to represent the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("image")]
public UIImage Image { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image to use to represent the item in landscape orientation when using the iPhone appearance idiom.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("landscapeImagePhone")]
public UIImage LandscapeImagePhone { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image inset or outset for each edge.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("imageInsets")]
public UIEdgeInsets ImageInsets { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image inset or outset for each edge of the image in landscape orientation when using the iPhone appearance idiom.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("landscapeImagePhoneInsets")]
public UIEdgeInsets LandscapeImagePhoneInsets { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The title displayed on the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("title")]
public string Title { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s tag, an application-supplied integer that you can use to identify bar item objects in your application.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tag")]
public int Tag { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIBezierPath.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIBezierPath.cs index 9950f38a..a61195a8 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIBezierPath.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIBezierPath.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIBezierPath class lets you define a path consisting of straight and curved line segments and render that path in your custom views. You use this class initially to specify just the geometry for your path. Paths can define simple shapes such as rectangles, ovals, and arcs or they can define complex polygons that incorporate a mixture of straight and curved line segments. After defining the shape, you can use additional methods of this class to render the path in the current drawing context.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIBezierPath_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIBezierPath"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIBezierPath : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new UIBezierPath object initialized with a rectangular path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle describing the path to create.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public UIBezierPath(CGRect rect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new UIBezierPath object initialized with an oval path inscribed in the specified rectangle
/// </summary>
/// <param name="ovalInRect">The rectangle in which to inscribe an oval.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public UIBezierPath(CGRect ovalInRect, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new UIBezierPath object initialized with a rounded rectangular path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="roundedRect">The rectangle that defines the basic shape of the path</param>
/// <param name="cornerRadius">The radius of each corner oval. A value of 0 results in a rectangle without rounded corners. Values larger than half the rectangle’s width or height are clamped appropriately to half the width or height.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public UIBezierPath(CGRect roundedRect, CGFloat cornerRadius) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new UIBezierPath object initialized with a rounded rectangular path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="roundedRect">The rectangle that defines the basic shape of the path.</param>
/// <param name="byRoundingCorners">A bitmask value that identifies the corners that you want rounded. You can use this parameter to round only a subset of the corners of the rectangle.</param>
/// <param name="cornerRadii">The radius of each corner oval. Values larger than half the rectangle’s width or height are clamped appropriately to half the width or height.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public UIBezierPath(CGRect roundedRect, UIRectCorner byRoundingCorners, CGSize cornerRadii) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new UIBezierPath object initialized with an arc of a circle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="arcCenter">Specifies the center point of the circle (in the current coordinate system) used to define the arc.</param>
/// <param name="radius">Specifies the radius of the circle used to define the arc.</param>
/// <param name="startAngle">Specifies the starting angle of the arc (measured in radians).</param>
/// <param name="endAngle">Specifies the end angle of the arc (measured in radians).</param>
/// <param name="clockwise">The direction in which to draw the arc.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public UIBezierPath(CGPoint arcCenter, CGFloat radius, CGFloat startAngle, CGFloat endAngle, bool clockwise) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new UIBezierPath object initialized with the contents of a Core Graphics path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="CGPath">The Core Graphics path from which to obtain the initial path information. If this parameter is nil, the method raises an exception.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public UIBezierPath(CGPath CGPath) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new bezier path object with the reversed contents of the current path.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("bezierPathByReversingPath")]
public UIBezierPath BezierPathByReversingPath() { return default(UIBezierPath); }
/// <summary>
/// Moves the receiver’s current point to the specified location.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point in the current coordinate system.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("moveToPoint")]
public void MoveToPoint(CGPoint point) { }
/// <summary>
/// Appends a straight line to the receiver’s path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">The destination point of the line segment, specified in the current coordinate system.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("addLineToPoint")]
public void AddLineToPoint(CGPoint point) { }
/// <summary>
/// Appends an arc to the receiver’s path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="center">Specifies the center point of the circle (in the current coordinate system) used to define the arc.</param>
/// <param name="radius">Specifies the radius of the circle used to define the arc.</param>
/// <param name="startAngle">Specifies the starting angle of the arc (measured in radians).</param>
/// <param name="endAngle">Specifies the end angle of the arc (measured in radians).</param>
/// <param name="clockwise">The direction in which to draw the arc.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("addArcWithCenter")]
public void AddArcWithCenter(CGPoint center, CGFloat radius, CGFloat startAngle, CGFloat endAngle, bool clockwise) { }
/// <summary>
/// Appends a cubic Bézier curve to the receiver’s path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="endPoint">The end point of the curve.</param>
/// <param name="controlPoint1">The first control point to use when computing the curve.</param>
/// <param name="controlPoint2">The second control point to use when computing the curve.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("addCurveToPoint")]
public void AddCurveToPoint(CGPoint endPoint, CGPoint controlPoint1, CGPoint controlPoint2) { }
/// <summary>
/// Appends a quadratic Bézier curve to the receiver’s path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="endPoint">The end point of the curve.</param>
/// <param name="controlPoint">The control point of the curve.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("addQuadCurveToPoint")]
public void AddQuadCurveToPoint(CGPoint endPoint, CGPoint controlPoint) { }
/// <summary>
/// Closes the most recently added subpath.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("closePath")]
public void ClosePath() { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes all points from the receiver, effectively deleting all subpaths.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("removeAllPoints")]
public void RemoveAllPoints() { }
/// <summary>
/// Appends the contents of the specified path object to the receiver’s path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bezierPath">The path to add to the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("appendPath")]
public void AppendPath(UIBezierPath bezierPath) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the line-stroking pattern for the path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pattern">A C-style array of floating point values that contains the lengths (measured in points) of the line segments and gaps in the pattern. The values in the array alternate, starting with the first line segment length, followed by the first gap length, followed by the second line segment length, and so on.</param>
/// <param name="count">The number of values in pattern.</param>
/// <param name="phase">The offset at which to start drawing the pattern, measured in points along the dashed-line pattern. For example, a phase value of 6 for the pattern 5-2-3-2 would cause drawing to begin in the middle of the first gap.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("setLineDash")]
public void SetLineDash(ConstUnsafePointer<CGFloat> pattern, int count, CGFloat phase) { }
/// <summary>
/// Retrieves the line-stroking pattern for the path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pattern">On input, a C-style array of floating point values, or nil if you do not want the pattern values. On output, this array contains the lengths (measured in points) of the line segments and gaps in the pattern. The values in the array alternate, starting with the first line segment length, followed by the first gap length, followed by the second line segment length, and so on.</param>
/// <param name="count">On input, a pointer to an integer or nil if you do not want the number of pattern entries. On output, the number of entries written to pattern.</param>
/// <param name="phase">On input, a pointer to a floating point value or nil if you do not want the phase. On output, this value contains the offset at which to start drawing the pattern, measured in points along the dashed-line pattern. For example, a phase of 6 in the pattern 5-2-3-2 would cause drawing to begin in the middle of the first gap.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("getLineDash")]
public void GetLineDash(UnsafePointer<CGFloat> pattern, UnsafePointer<int> count, UnsafePointer<CGFloat> phase) { }
/// <summary>
/// Paints the region enclosed by the receiver’s path using the current drawing properties.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("fill")]
public void Fill() { }
/// <summary>
/// Paints the region enclosed by the receiver’s path using the specified blend mode and transparency values.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="blendMode">The blend mode determines how the filled path is composited with any existing rendered content.</param>
/// <param name="alpha">The amount of transparency to apply to the filled path. Values can range between 0.0 (transparent) and 1.0 (opaque). Values outside this range are clamped to 0.0 or 1.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("fillWithBlendMode")]
public void FillWithBlendMode(CGBlendMode blendMode, CGFloat alpha) { }
/// <summary>
/// Draws a line along the receiver’s path using the current drawing properties.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("stroke")]
public void Stroke() { }
/// <summary>
/// Draws a line along the receiver’s path using the specified blend mode and transparency values.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="blendMode">The blend mode determines how the stroked path is composited with any existing rendered content.</param>
/// <param name="alpha">The amount of transparency to apply to the stroked path. Values can range between 0.0 (transparent) and 1.0 (opaque). Values outside this range are clamped to 0.0 or 1.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("strokeWithBlendMode")]
public void StrokeWithBlendMode(CGBlendMode blendMode, CGFloat alpha) { }
/// <summary>
/// Intersects the area enclosed by the receiver’s path with the clipping path of the current graphics context and makes the resulting shape the current clipping path.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("addClip")]
public void AddClip() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the area enclosed by the receiver contains the specified point.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">The point to test against the path, specified in the path object's coordinate system.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("containsPoint")]
public bool ContainsPoint(CGPoint point) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Transforms all points in the path using the specified affine transform matrix.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="transform">The transform matrix to apply to the path.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("applyTransform")]
public void ApplyTransform(CGAffineTransform transform) { }
/// <summary>
/// The Core Graphics representation of the path.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public CGPath CGPath { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current point in the graphics path. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("currentPoint")]
public CGPoint CurrentPoint { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The line width of the path.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("lineWidth")]
public CGFloat LineWidth { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The shape of the paths end points when stroked.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("lineCapStyle")]
public CGLineCap LineCapStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The shape of the joints between connected segments of a stroked path.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("lineJoinStyle")]
public CGLineJoin LineJoinStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The limiting value that helps avoid spikes at junctions between connected line segments.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("miterLimit")]
public CGFloat MiterLimit { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The factor that determines the rendering accuracy for curved path segments.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("flatness")]
public CGFloat Flatness { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean indicating whether the even-odd winding rule is in use for drawing paths.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("usesEvenOddFillRule")]
public bool UsesEvenOddFillRule { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the path has any valid elements. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("empty")]
public bool Empty { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The bounding rectangle of the path. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("bounds")]
public CGRect Bounds { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The corners of a rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public enum UIRectCorner
{
/// <summary>
/// The top-left corner of the rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
TopLeft,
/// <summary>
/// The top-right corner of the rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
TopRight,
/// <summary>
/// The bottom-left corner of the rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
BottomLeft,
/// <summary>
/// The bottom-right corner of the rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
BottomRight,
/// <summary>
/// All corners of the rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
AllCorners,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIBezierPath class lets you define a path consisting of straight and curved line segments and render that path in your custom views. You use this class initially to specify just the geometry for your path. Paths can define simple shapes such as rectangles, ovals, and arcs or they can define complex polygons that incorporate a mixture of straight and curved line segments. After defining the shape, you can use additional methods of this class to render the path in the current drawing context.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIBezierPath_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIBezierPath"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIBezierPath : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIBezierPath() { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new UIBezierPath object initialized with a rectangular path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle describing the path to create.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public UIBezierPath(CGRect rect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new UIBezierPath object initialized with an oval path inscribed in the specified rectangle
/// </summary>
/// <param name="ovalInRect">The rectangle in which to inscribe an oval.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public UIBezierPath(CGRect ovalInRect, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new UIBezierPath object initialized with a rounded rectangular path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="roundedRect">The rectangle that defines the basic shape of the path</param>
/// <param name="cornerRadius">The radius of each corner oval. A value of 0 results in a rectangle without rounded corners. Values larger than half the rectangle’s width or height are clamped appropriately to half the width or height.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public UIBezierPath(CGRect roundedRect, CGFloat cornerRadius) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new UIBezierPath object initialized with a rounded rectangular path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="roundedRect">The rectangle that defines the basic shape of the path.</param>
/// <param name="byRoundingCorners">A bitmask value that identifies the corners that you want rounded. You can use this parameter to round only a subset of the corners of the rectangle.</param>
/// <param name="cornerRadii">The radius of each corner oval. Values larger than half the rectangle’s width or height are clamped appropriately to half the width or height.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public UIBezierPath(CGRect roundedRect, UIRectCorner byRoundingCorners, CGSize cornerRadii) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new UIBezierPath object initialized with an arc of a circle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="arcCenter">Specifies the center point of the circle (in the current coordinate system) used to define the arc.</param>
/// <param name="radius">Specifies the radius of the circle used to define the arc.</param>
/// <param name="startAngle">Specifies the starting angle of the arc (measured in radians).</param>
/// <param name="endAngle">Specifies the end angle of the arc (measured in radians).</param>
/// <param name="clockwise">The direction in which to draw the arc.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public UIBezierPath(CGPoint arcCenter, CGFloat radius, CGFloat startAngle, CGFloat endAngle, bool clockwise) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new UIBezierPath object initialized with the contents of a Core Graphics path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="CGPath">The Core Graphics path from which to obtain the initial path information. If this parameter is nil, the method raises an exception.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public UIBezierPath(CGPath CGPath) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new bezier path object with the reversed contents of the current path.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("bezierPathByReversingPath")]
public virtual UIBezierPath BezierPathByReversingPath() { return default(UIBezierPath); }
/// <summary>
/// Moves the receiver’s current point to the specified location.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point in the current coordinate system.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("moveToPoint")]
public virtual void MoveToPoint(CGPoint point) { }
/// <summary>
/// Appends a straight line to the receiver’s path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">The destination point of the line segment, specified in the current coordinate system.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("addLineToPoint")]
public virtual void AddLineToPoint(CGPoint point) { }
/// <summary>
/// Appends an arc to the receiver’s path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="center">Specifies the center point of the circle (in the current coordinate system) used to define the arc.</param>
/// <param name="radius">Specifies the radius of the circle used to define the arc.</param>
/// <param name="startAngle">Specifies the starting angle of the arc (measured in radians).</param>
/// <param name="endAngle">Specifies the end angle of the arc (measured in radians).</param>
/// <param name="clockwise">The direction in which to draw the arc.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("addArcWithCenter")]
public virtual void AddArcWithCenter(CGPoint center, CGFloat radius, CGFloat startAngle, CGFloat endAngle, bool clockwise) { }
/// <summary>
/// Appends a cubic Bézier curve to the receiver’s path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="endPoint">The end point of the curve.</param>
/// <param name="controlPoint1">The first control point to use when computing the curve.</param>
/// <param name="controlPoint2">The second control point to use when computing the curve.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("addCurveToPoint")]
public virtual void AddCurveToPoint(CGPoint endPoint, CGPoint controlPoint1, CGPoint controlPoint2) { }
/// <summary>
/// Appends a quadratic Bézier curve to the receiver’s path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="endPoint">The end point of the curve.</param>
/// <param name="controlPoint">The control point of the curve.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("addQuadCurveToPoint")]
public virtual void AddQuadCurveToPoint(CGPoint endPoint, CGPoint controlPoint) { }
/// <summary>
/// Closes the most recently added subpath.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("closePath")]
public virtual void ClosePath() { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes all points from the receiver, effectively deleting all subpaths.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("removeAllPoints")]
public virtual void RemoveAllPoints() { }
/// <summary>
/// Appends the contents of the specified path object to the receiver’s path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bezierPath">The path to add to the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("appendPath")]
public virtual void AppendPath(UIBezierPath bezierPath) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the line-stroking pattern for the path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pattern">A C-style array of floating point values that contains the lengths (measured in points) of the line segments and gaps in the pattern. The values in the array alternate, starting with the first line segment length, followed by the first gap length, followed by the second line segment length, and so on.</param>
/// <param name="count">The number of values in pattern.</param>
/// <param name="phase">The offset at which to start drawing the pattern, measured in points along the dashed-line pattern. For example, a phase value of 6 for the pattern 5-2-3-2 would cause drawing to begin in the middle of the first gap.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("setLineDash")]
public virtual void SetLineDash(UnsafePointer<CGFloat> pattern, int count, CGFloat phase) { }
/// <summary>
/// Retrieves the line-stroking pattern for the path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pattern">On input, a C-style array of floating point values, or nil if you do not want the pattern values. On output, this array contains the lengths (measured in points) of the line segments and gaps in the pattern. The values in the array alternate, starting with the first line segment length, followed by the first gap length, followed by the second line segment length, and so on.</param>
/// <param name="count">On input, a pointer to an integer or nil if you do not want the number of pattern entries. On output, the number of entries written to pattern.</param>
/// <param name="phase">On input, a pointer to a floating point value or nil if you do not want the phase. On output, this value contains the offset at which to start drawing the pattern, measured in points along the dashed-line pattern. For example, a phase of 6 in the pattern 5-2-3-2 would cause drawing to begin in the middle of the first gap.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("getLineDash")]
public virtual void GetLineDash(UnsafeMutablePointer<CGFloat> pattern, UnsafeMutablePointer<int> count, UnsafeMutablePointer<CGFloat> phase) { }
/// <summary>
/// Paints the region enclosed by the receiver’s path using the current drawing properties.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("fill")]
public virtual void Fill() { }
/// <summary>
/// Paints the region enclosed by the receiver’s path using the specified blend mode and transparency values.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="blendMode">The blend mode determines how the filled path is composited with any existing rendered content.</param>
/// <param name="alpha">The amount of transparency to apply to the filled path. Values can range between 0.0 (transparent) and 1.0 (opaque). Values outside this range are clamped to 0.0 or 1.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("fillWithBlendMode")]
public virtual void FillWithBlendMode(CGBlendMode blendMode, CGFloat alpha) { }
/// <summary>
/// Draws a line along the receiver’s path using the current drawing properties.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("stroke")]
public virtual void Stroke() { }
/// <summary>
/// Draws a line along the receiver’s path using the specified blend mode and transparency values.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="blendMode">The blend mode determines how the stroked path is composited with any existing rendered content.</param>
/// <param name="alpha">The amount of transparency to apply to the stroked path. Values can range between 0.0 (transparent) and 1.0 (opaque). Values outside this range are clamped to 0.0 or 1.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("strokeWithBlendMode")]
public virtual void StrokeWithBlendMode(CGBlendMode blendMode, CGFloat alpha) { }
/// <summary>
/// Intersects the area enclosed by the receiver’s path with the clipping path of the current graphics context and makes the resulting shape the current clipping path.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("addClip")]
public virtual void AddClip() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the area enclosed by the receiver contains the specified point.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">The point to test against the path, specified in the path object's coordinate system.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("containsPoint")]
public virtual bool ContainsPoint(CGPoint point) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Transforms all points in the path using the specified affine transform matrix.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="transform">The transform matrix to apply to the path.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("applyTransform")]
public virtual void ApplyTransform(CGAffineTransform transform) { }
/// <summary>
/// The Core Graphics representation of the path.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public CGPath CGPath { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current point in the graphics path. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("currentPoint")]
public CGPoint CurrentPoint { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The line width of the path.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("lineWidth")]
public CGFloat LineWidth { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The shape of the paths end points when stroked.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("lineCapStyle")]
public CGLineCap LineCapStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The shape of the joints between connected segments of a stroked path.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("lineJoinStyle")]
public CGLineJoin LineJoinStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The limiting value that helps avoid spikes at junctions between connected line segments.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("miterLimit")]
public CGFloat MiterLimit { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The factor that determines the rendering accuracy for curved path segments.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("flatness")]
public CGFloat Flatness { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean indicating whether the even-odd winding rule is in use for drawing paths.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("usesEvenOddFillRule")]
public bool UsesEvenOddFillRule { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the path has any valid elements. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("empty")]
public bool Empty { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The bounding rectangle of the path. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("bounds")]
public CGRect Bounds { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The corners of a rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public enum UIRectCorner
{
/// <summary>
/// The top-left corner of the rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
TopLeft,
/// <summary>
/// The top-right corner of the rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
TopRight,
/// <summary>
/// The bottom-left corner of the rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
BottomLeft,
/// <summary>
/// The bottom-right corner of the rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
BottomRight,
/// <summary>
/// All corners of the rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
AllCorners,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIBlurEffect.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIBlurEffect.cs index 8c382a96..715536ba 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIBlurEffect.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIBlurEffect.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIBlurEffect object applies a blurring effect to the content layered behind a UIVisualEffectView. Views added to the contentView of a UIVisualEffectView are not affected by the blur effect.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIBlurEffect_Ref/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIBlurEffect"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIBlurEffect : UIVisualEffect//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
/// <summary>
/// Creates a blur effect with the designated style.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="style">The intensity of the blur effect. See UIBlurEffectStyle for valid options.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UIBlurEffect(UIBlurEffectStyle style) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// Blur styles available for UIBlurEffect objects.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public enum UIBlurEffectStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// Creates a blurring effect in the view. The area of the view is lighter in hue than the underlying view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
ExtraLight,
/// <summary>
/// Creates a blurring effect in the view. The area of the view is the same approximate hue of the underlying view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Light,
/// <summary>
/// Creates a blurring effect in the view. The area of the view is darker in hue than the underlying view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Dark,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIBlurEffect object applies a blurring effect to the content layered behind a UIVisualEffectView. Views added to the contentView of a UIVisualEffectView are not affected by the blur effect.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIBlurEffect_Ref/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIBlurEffect"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIBlurEffect : UIVisualEffect//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
public UIBlurEffect() { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates a blur effect with the designated style.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="style">The intensity of the blur effect. See UIBlurEffectStyle for valid options.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UIBlurEffect(UIBlurEffectStyle style) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// Blur styles available for UIBlurEffect objects.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public enum UIBlurEffectStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// Creates a blurring effect in the view. The area of the view is lighter in hue than the underlying view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
ExtraLight,
/// <summary>
/// Creates a blurring effect in the view. The area of the view is the same approximate hue of the underlying view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Light,
/// <summary>
/// Creates a blurring effect in the view. The area of the view is darker in hue than the underlying view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Dark,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIButton.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIButton.cs index 8faeedde..498787a2 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIButton.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIButton.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An instance of the UIButton class implements a button on the touch screen. A button intercepts touch events and sends an action message to a target object when tapped. Methods for setting the target and action are inherited from UIControl. This class provides methods for setting the title, image, and other appearance properties of a button. By using these accessors, you can specify a different appearance for each button state.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIButton_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIButton"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIButton : UIControl//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new button of the specified type.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="buttonType">The button type. See UIButtonType for the possible values.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("buttonWithType")]
public static AnyObject ButtonWithType(UIButtonType buttonType) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the title associated with the specified state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The state that uses the title. The possible values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("titleForState")]
public string TitleForState(UIControlState state) { return default(string); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the title to use for the specified state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">The title to use for the specified state.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The state that uses the specified title. The possible values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setTitle")]
public void SetTitle(string title, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the styled title associated with the specified state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The state that uses the styled title. The possible values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("attributedTitleForState")]
public NSAttributedString AttributedTitleForState(UIControlState state) { return default(NSAttributedString); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the styled title to use for the specified state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">The styled text string so use for the title.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The state that uses the specified title. The possible values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setAttributedTitle")]
public void SetAttributedTitle(NSAttributedString title, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the title color used for a state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The state that uses the title color. The possible values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("titleColorForState")]
public UIColor TitleColorForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the color of the title to use for the specified state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="color">The color of the title to use for the specified state.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The state that uses the specified color. The possible values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setTitleColor")]
public void SetTitleColor(UIColor color, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the shadow color of the title used for a state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The state that uses the title shadow color. The possible values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("titleShadowColorForState")]
public UIColor TitleShadowColorForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the color of the title shadow to use for the specified state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="color">The color of the title shadow to use for the specified state.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The state that uses the specified color. The possible values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setTitleShadowColor")]
public void SetTitleShadowColor(UIColor color, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the background image used for a button state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The state that uses the background image. Possible values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("backgroundImageForState")]
public UIImage BackgroundImageForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the image used for a button state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The state that uses the image. Possible values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("imageForState")]
public UIImage ImageForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the background image to use for the specified button state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The background image to use for the specified state.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The state that uses the specified image. The values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setBackgroundImage")]
public void SetBackgroundImage(UIImage image, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the image to use for the specified state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The image to use for the specified state.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The state that uses the specified title. The values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setImage")]
public void SetImage(UIImage image, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the rectangle in which the receiver draws its background.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("backgroundRectForBounds")]
public CGRect BackgroundRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the rectangle in which the receiver draws its entire content.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle for the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("contentRectForBounds")]
public CGRect ContentRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the rectangle in which the receiver draws its title.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="contentRect">The content rectangle for the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("titleRectForContentRect")]
public CGRect TitleRectForContentRect(CGRect contentRect) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the rectangle in which the receiver draws its image.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="contentRect">The content rectangle for the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("imageRectForContentRect")]
public CGRect ImageRectForContentRect(CGRect contentRect) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// A view that displays the value of the currentTitle property for a button. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("titleLabel")]
public UILabel TitleLabel { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the title shadow changes when the button is highlighted.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("reversesTitleShadowWhenHighlighted")]
public bool ReversesTitleShadowWhenHighlighted { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the image changes when the button is highlighted.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("adjustsImageWhenHighlighted")]
public bool AdjustsImageWhenHighlighted { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the image changes when the button is disabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("adjustsImageWhenDisabled")]
public bool AdjustsImageWhenDisabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether tapping the button causes it to glow.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("showsTouchWhenHighlighted")]
public bool ShowsTouchWhenHighlighted { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to apply to the button title and image.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The inset or outset margins for the rectangle surrounding all of the button’s content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("contentEdgeInsets")]
public UIEdgeInsets ContentEdgeInsets { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The inset or outset margins for the rectangle around the button’s title text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("titleEdgeInsets")]
public UIEdgeInsets TitleEdgeInsets { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The inset or outset margins for the rectangle around the button’s image.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("imageEdgeInsets")]
public UIEdgeInsets ImageEdgeInsets { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The button type. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("buttonType")]
public UIButtonType ButtonType { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current title that is displayed on the button. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("currentTitle")]
public string CurrentTitle { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current styled title that is displayed on the button. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("currentAttributedTitle")]
public NSAttributedString CurrentAttributedTitle { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color used to display the title. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("currentTitleColor")]
public UIColor CurrentTitleColor { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color of the title’s shadow. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("currentTitleShadowColor")]
public UIColor CurrentTitleShadowColor { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current image displayed on the button. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("currentImage")]
public UIImage CurrentImage { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current background image displayed on the button. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("currentBackgroundImage")]
public UIImage CurrentBackgroundImage { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The button’s image view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("imageView")]
public UIImageView ImageView { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the style of a button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIButtonType
{
/// <summary>
/// No button style.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Custom,
/// <summary>
/// A system style button, such as those shown in navigation bars and toolbars.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
System,
/// <summary>
/// A detail disclosure button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
DetailDisclosure,
/// <summary>
/// An information button that has a light background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
InfoLight,
/// <summary>
/// An information button that has a dark background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
InfoDark,
/// <summary>
/// A contact add button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
ContactAdd,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An instance of the UIButton class implements a button on the touch screen. A button intercepts touch events and sends an action message to a target object when tapped. Methods for setting the target and action are inherited from UIControl. This class provides methods for setting the title, image, and other appearance properties of a button. By using these accessors, you can specify a different appearance for each button state.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIButton_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIButton"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIButton : UIControl//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIButton() { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new button of the specified type.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="buttonType">The button type. See UIButtonType for the possible values.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("buttonWithType")]
public virtual static AnyObject ButtonWithType(UIButtonType buttonType) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the title associated with the specified state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The state that uses the title. The possible values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("titleForState")]
public virtual string TitleForState(UIControlState state) { return default(string); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the title to use for the specified state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">The title to use for the specified state.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The state that uses the specified title. The possible values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setTitle")]
public virtual void SetTitle(string title, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the styled title associated with the specified state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The state that uses the styled title. The possible values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("attributedTitleForState")]
public virtual NSAttributedString AttributedTitleForState(UIControlState state) { return default(NSAttributedString); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the styled title to use for the specified state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">The styled text string so use for the title.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The state that uses the specified title. The possible values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setAttributedTitle")]
public virtual void SetAttributedTitle(NSAttributedString title, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the title color used for a state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The state that uses the title color. The possible values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("titleColorForState")]
public virtual UIColor TitleColorForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the color of the title to use for the specified state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="color">The color of the title to use for the specified state.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The state that uses the specified color. The possible values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setTitleColor")]
public virtual void SetTitleColor(UIColor color, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the shadow color of the title used for a state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The state that uses the title shadow color. The possible values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("titleShadowColorForState")]
public virtual UIColor TitleShadowColorForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the color of the title shadow to use for the specified state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="color">The color of the title shadow to use for the specified state.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The state that uses the specified color. The possible values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setTitleShadowColor")]
public virtual void SetTitleShadowColor(UIColor color, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the background image used for a button state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The state that uses the background image. Possible values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("backgroundImageForState")]
public virtual UIImage BackgroundImageForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the image used for a button state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The state that uses the image. Possible values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("imageForState")]
public virtual UIImage ImageForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the background image to use for the specified button state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The background image to use for the specified state.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The state that uses the specified image. The values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setBackgroundImage")]
public virtual void SetBackgroundImage(UIImage image, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the image to use for the specified state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The image to use for the specified state.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The state that uses the specified title. The values are described in UIControlState.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setImage")]
public virtual void SetImage(UIImage image, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the rectangle in which the receiver draws its background.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("backgroundRectForBounds")]
public virtual CGRect BackgroundRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the rectangle in which the receiver draws its entire content.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle for the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("contentRectForBounds")]
public virtual CGRect ContentRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the rectangle in which the receiver draws its title.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="contentRect">The content rectangle for the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("titleRectForContentRect")]
public virtual CGRect TitleRectForContentRect(CGRect contentRect) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the rectangle in which the receiver draws its image.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="contentRect">The content rectangle for the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("imageRectForContentRect")]
public virtual CGRect ImageRectForContentRect(CGRect contentRect) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// A view that displays the value of the currentTitle property for a button. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("titleLabel")]
public UILabel TitleLabel { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the title shadow changes when the button is highlighted.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("reversesTitleShadowWhenHighlighted")]
public bool ReversesTitleShadowWhenHighlighted { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the image changes when the button is highlighted.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("adjustsImageWhenHighlighted")]
public bool AdjustsImageWhenHighlighted { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the image changes when the button is disabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("adjustsImageWhenDisabled")]
public bool AdjustsImageWhenDisabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether tapping the button causes it to glow.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("showsTouchWhenHighlighted")]
public bool ShowsTouchWhenHighlighted { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to apply to the button title and image.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The inset or outset margins for the rectangle surrounding all of the button’s content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("contentEdgeInsets")]
public UIEdgeInsets ContentEdgeInsets { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The inset or outset margins for the rectangle around the button’s title text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("titleEdgeInsets")]
public UIEdgeInsets TitleEdgeInsets { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The inset or outset margins for the rectangle around the button’s image.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("imageEdgeInsets")]
public UIEdgeInsets ImageEdgeInsets { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The button type. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("buttonType")]
public UIButtonType ButtonType { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current title that is displayed on the button. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("currentTitle")]
public string CurrentTitle { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current styled title that is displayed on the button. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("currentAttributedTitle")]
public NSAttributedString CurrentAttributedTitle { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color used to display the title. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("currentTitleColor")]
public UIColor CurrentTitleColor { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color of the title’s shadow. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("currentTitleShadowColor")]
public UIColor CurrentTitleShadowColor { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current image displayed on the button. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("currentImage")]
public UIImage CurrentImage { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current background image displayed on the button. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("currentBackgroundImage")]
public UIImage CurrentBackgroundImage { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The button’s image view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("imageView")]
public UIImageView ImageView { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the style of a button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIButtonType
{
/// <summary>
/// No button style.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Custom,
/// <summary>
/// A system style button, such as those shown in navigation bars and toolbars.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
System,
/// <summary>
/// A detail disclosure button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
DetailDisclosure,
/// <summary>
/// An information button that has a light background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
InfoLight,
/// <summary>
/// An information button that has a dark background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
InfoDark,
/// <summary>
/// A contact add button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
ContactAdd,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionReusableView.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionReusableView.cs index 8b14c6e0..9411be33 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionReusableView.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionReusableView.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UICollectionReusableView class defines the behavior for all cells and supplementary views presented by a collection view. Reusable views are so named because the collection view places them on a reuse queue rather than deleting them when they are scrolled out of the visible bounds. Such a view can then be retrieved and repurposed for a different set of content.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionReusableView_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollectionReusableView"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UICollectionReusableView : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UICollectionReusableView() : base(new CGRect()) { }
/// <summary>
/// Performs any clean up necessary to prepare the view for use again.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("prepareForReuse")]
public void PrepareForReuse() { }
/// <summary>
/// Gives the cell a chance to modify the attributes provided by the layout object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutAttributes">The attributes provided by the layout object. These attributes represent the values that the layout intends to apply to the cell.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("preferredLayoutAttributesFittingAttributes")]
public UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes PreferredLayoutAttributesFittingAttributes(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes layoutAttributes) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Applies the specified layout attributes to the view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutAttributes">The layout attributes to apply.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("applyLayoutAttributes")]
public void ApplyLayoutAttributes(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes layoutAttributes) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells your view that the layout object of the collection view is about to change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="oldLayout">The current layout object associated with the collection view.</param>
/// <param name="toLayout">The new layout object that is about to be applied to the collection view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("willTransitionFromLayout")]
public void WillTransitionFromLayout(UICollectionViewLayout oldLayout, UICollectionViewLayout toLayout) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells your view that the layout object of the collection view changed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="oldLayout">The collection view’s previous layout object.</param>
/// <param name="toLayout">The current layout object associated with the collection view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("didTransitionFromLayout")]
public void DidTransitionFromLayout(UICollectionViewLayout oldLayout, UICollectionViewLayout toLayout) { }
/// <summary>
/// A string that identifies the purpose of the view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("reuseIdentifier")]
public string ReuseIdentifier { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UICollectionReusableView class defines the behavior for all cells and supplementary views presented by a collection view. Reusable views are so named because the collection view places them on a reuse queue rather than deleting them when they are scrolled out of the visible bounds. Such a view can then be retrieved and repurposed for a different set of content.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionReusableView_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollectionReusableView"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UICollectionReusableView : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UICollectionReusableView() { }
/// <summary>
/// Performs any clean up necessary to prepare the view for use again.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("prepareForReuse")]
public virtual void PrepareForReuse() { }
/// <summary>
/// Gives the cell a chance to modify the attributes provided by the layout object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutAttributes">The attributes provided by the layout object. These attributes represent the values that the layout intends to apply to the cell.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("preferredLayoutAttributesFittingAttributes")]
public virtual UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes PreferredLayoutAttributesFittingAttributes(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes layoutAttributes) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Applies the specified layout attributes to the view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layoutAttributes">The layout attributes to apply.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("applyLayoutAttributes")]
public virtual void ApplyLayoutAttributes(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes layoutAttributes) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells your view that the layout object of the collection view is about to change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="oldLayout">The current layout object associated with the collection view.</param>
/// <param name="toLayout">The new layout object that is about to be applied to the collection view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("willTransitionFromLayout")]
public virtual void WillTransitionFromLayout(UICollectionViewLayout oldLayout, UICollectionViewLayout toLayout) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells your view that the layout object of the collection view changed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="oldLayout">The collection view’s previous layout object.</param>
/// <param name="toLayout">The current layout object associated with the collection view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("didTransitionFromLayout")]
public virtual void DidTransitionFromLayout(UICollectionViewLayout oldLayout, UICollectionViewLayout toLayout) { }
/// <summary>
/// A string that identifies the purpose of the view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("reuseIdentifier")]
public string ReuseIdentifier { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionView.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionView.cs index efc7d684..336c818a 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionView.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionView.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UICollectionView class manages an ordered collection of data items and presents them using customizable layouts. Collection views provide the same general function as table views except that a collection view is able to support more than just single-column layouts. Collection views support customizable layouts that can be used to implement multi-column grids, tiled layouts, circular layouts, and many more. You can even change the layout of a collection view dynamically if you want.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionView_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollectionView"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UICollectionView : UIScrollView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a newly allocated collection view object with the specified frame and layout.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="frame">The frame rectangle for the collection view, measured in points. The origin of the frame is relative to the superview in which you plan to add it. This frame is passed to the superclass during initialization.</param>
/// <param name="collectionViewLayout">The layout object to use for organizing items. The collection view stores a strong reference to the specified object. Must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public UICollectionView(CGRect frame, UICollectionViewLayout collectionViewLayout) { }
/// <summary>
/// Register a class for use in creating new collection view cells.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="cellClass">The class of a cell that you want to use in the collection view.</param>
/// <param name="forCellWithReuseIdentifier">The reuse identifier to associate with the specified class. This parameter must not be nil and must not be an empty string.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("registerClass")]
public void RegisterClass(AnyClass cellClass, string forCellWithReuseIdentifier) { }
/// <summary>
/// Register a nib file for use in creating new collection view cells.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="nib">The nib object containing the cell object. The nib file must contain only one top-level object and that object must be of the type UICollectionViewCell.</param>
/// <param name="forCellWithReuseIdentifier">The reuse identifier to associate with the specified nib file. This parameter must not be nil and must not be an empty string.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("registerNib")]
public void RegisterNib(UINib nib, string forCellWithReuseIdentifier) { }
/// <summary>
/// Registers a class for use in creating supplementary views for the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="viewClass">The class to use for the supplementary view.</param>
/// <param name="forSupplementaryViewOfKind">The kind of supplementary view to create. This value is defined by the layout object. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="withReuseIdentifier">The reuse identifier to associate with the specified class. This parameter must not be nil and must not be an empty string.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("registerClass")]
public void RegisterClass(AnyClass viewClass, string forSupplementaryViewOfKind, string withReuseIdentifier) { }
/// <summary>
/// Registers a nib file for use in creating supplementary views for the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="nib">The nib object containing the view object. The nib file must contain only one top-level object and that object must be of the type UICollectionReusableView.</param>
/// <param name="forSupplementaryViewOfKind">The kind of supplementary view to create. The layout defines the types of supplementary views it supports. The value of this string may correspond to one of the predefined kind strings or to a custom string that the layout added to support a new type of supplementary view. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="withReuseIdentifier">The reuse identifier to associate with the specified nib file. This parameter must not be nil and must not be an empty string.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("registerNib")]
public void RegisterNib(UINib nib, string forSupplementaryViewOfKind, string withReuseIdentifier) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a reusable cell object located by its identifier
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">The reuse identifier for the specified cell. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="forIndexPath">The index path specifying the location of the cell. The data source receives this information when it is asked for the cell and should just pass it along. This method uses the index path to perform additional configuration based on the cell’s position in the collection view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("dequeueReusableCellWithReuseIdentifier")]
public AnyObject DequeueReusableCellWithReuseIdentifier(string identifier, NSIndexPath forIndexPath) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a reusable supplementary view located by its identifier and kind.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="elementKind">The kind of supplementary view to retrieve. This value is defined by the layout object. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="withReuseIdentifier">The reuse identifier for the specified view. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="forIndexPath">The index path specifying the location of the supplementary view in the collection view. The data source receives this information when it is asked for the view and should just pass it along. This method uses the information to perform additional configuration based on the view’s position in the collection view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("dequeueReusableSupplementaryViewOfKind")]
public AnyObject DequeueReusableSupplementaryViewOfKind(string elementKind, string withReuseIdentifier, NSIndexPath forIndexPath) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Changes the collection view’s layout and optionally animates the change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layout">The new layout object for the collection view.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true if you want to animate changes from the current layout to the new layout specified by the layout parameter. Specify false to make the change without animations.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setCollectionViewLayout")]
public void SetCollectionViewLayout(UICollectionViewLayout layout, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Changes the collection view’s layout and notifies you when the animations complete.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layout">The new layout object for the collection view.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true if you want to animate changes from the current layout to the new layout specified by the layout parameter. Specify false to make the change without animations.</param>
/// <param name="completion">The block that is executed when the layout transition finishes or is aborted by the user. This block takes the following parameter:
/// finished
/// A Boolean indicating whether the transition completed successfully. This parameter is true if the transition finished and the new layout is installed. It is false if the user aborted the transition and returned to the old layout.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setCollectionViewLayout")]
public void SetCollectionViewLayout(UICollectionViewLayout layout, bool animated, Action<bool> completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// Changes the collection view’s current layout using an interactive transition effect.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layout">The new layout object for the collected views. This is the layout that you want the collection view to use after the interactive transition is done.</param>
/// <param name="completion">A completion handler to execute after the transition finishes.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("startInteractiveTransitionToCollectionViewLayout")]
public UICollectionViewTransitionLayout StartInteractiveTransitionToCollectionViewLayout(UICollectionViewLayout layout, UICollectionViewLayoutInteractiveTransitionCompletion completion) { return default(UICollectionViewTransitionLayout); }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the collection view to finish an interactive transition by installing the intended target layout.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("finishInteractiveTransition")]
public void FinishInteractiveTransition() { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the collection view to abort an interactive transition and return to its original layout object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("cancelInteractiveTransition")]
public void CancelInteractiveTransition() { }
/// <summary>
/// Reloads all of the data for the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("reloadData")]
public void ReloadData() { }
/// <summary>
/// Reloads the data in the specified sections of the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="sections">The indexes of the sections to reload.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("reloadSections")]
public void ReloadSections(NSIndexSet sections) { }
/// <summary>
/// Reloads just the items at the specified index paths.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPaths">An array of NSIndexPath objects identifying the items you want to update.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("reloadItemsAtIndexPaths")]
public void ReloadItemsAtIndexPaths(AnyObject[] indexPaths) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the number of sections displayed by the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("numberOfSections")]
public int NumberOfSections() { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the number of items in the specified section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="section">The index of the section for which you want a count of the items.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("numberOfItemsInSection")]
public int NumberOfItemsInSection(int section) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of visible cells currently displayed by the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("visibleCells")]
public AnyObject[] VisibleCells() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Inserts new items at the specified index paths.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPaths">An array of NSIndexPath objects, each of which contains a section index and item index at which to insert a new cell. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("insertItemsAtIndexPaths")]
public void InsertItemsAtIndexPaths(AnyObject[] indexPaths) { }
/// <summary>
/// Moves an item from one location to another in the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">The index path of the item you want to move. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="toIndexPath">The index path of the item’s new location. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("moveItemAtIndexPath")]
public void MoveItemAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath, NSIndexPath toIndexPath) { }
/// <summary>
/// Deletes the items at the specified index paths.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPaths">An array of NSIndexPath objects, each of which contains a section index and item index for the item you want to delete from the collection view. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("deleteItemsAtIndexPaths")]
public void DeleteItemsAtIndexPaths(AnyObject[] indexPaths) { }
/// <summary>
/// Inserts new sections at the specified indexes.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="sections">An index set containing the indexes of the sections you want to insert. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("insertSections")]
public void InsertSections(NSIndexSet sections) { }
/// <summary>
/// Moves a section from one location to another in the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="section">The index path of the section you want to move. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="toSection">The index path of the section’s new location. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("moveSection")]
public void MoveSection(int section, int toSection) { }
/// <summary>
/// Deletes the sections at the specified indexes.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="sections">The indexes of the sections you want to delete. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("deleteSections")]
public void DeleteSections(NSIndexSet sections) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index paths for the selected items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("indexPathsForSelectedItems")]
public AnyObject[] IndexPathsForSelectedItems() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Selects the item at the specified index path and optionally scrolls it into view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">The index path of the item to select. Specifying nil for this parameter clears the current selection.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the change in the selection or false to make the change without animating it.</param>
/// <param name="scrollPosition">An option that specifies where the item should be positioned when scrolling finishes. For a list of possible values, see “UICollectionViewScrollPosition”.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("selectItemAtIndexPath")]
public void SelectItemAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath, bool animated, UICollectionViewScrollPosition scrollPosition) { }
/// <summary>
/// Deselects the item at the specified index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">The index path of the item to select. Specifying nil results in no change to the current selection.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the change in the selection or false to make the change without animating it.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("deselectItemAtIndexPath")]
public void DeselectItemAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index path of the item at the specified point in the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point in the collection view’s coordinate system.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("indexPathForItemAtPoint")]
public NSIndexPath IndexPathForItemAtPoint(CGPoint point) { return default(NSIndexPath); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of the visible items in the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("indexPathsForVisibleItems")]
public AnyObject[] IndexPathsForVisibleItems() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index path of the specified cell.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="cell">The cell object whose index path you want.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("indexPathForCell")]
public NSIndexPath IndexPathForCell(UICollectionViewCell cell) { return default(NSIndexPath); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the visible cell object at the specified index path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">The index path that specifies the section and item number of the cell.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("cellForItemAtIndexPath")]
public UICollectionViewCell CellForItemAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewCell); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the layout information for the item at the specified index path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">The index path of the item.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("layoutAttributesForItemAtIndexPath")]
public UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes LayoutAttributesForItemAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the layout information for the specified supplementary view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="kind">A string specifying the kind of supplementary view whose layout attributes you want. Layout classes are responsible for defining the kinds of supplementary views they support.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path of the supplementary view. The interpretation of this value depends on how the layout implements the view. For example, a view associated with a section might contain just a section value.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("layoutAttributesForSupplementaryElementOfKind")]
public UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes LayoutAttributesForSupplementaryElementOfKind(string kind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Scrolls the collection view contents until the specified item is visible.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">The index path of the item to scroll into view.</param>
/// <param name="atScrollPosition">An option that specifies where the item should be positioned when scrolling finishes. For a list of possible values, see “UICollectionViewScrollPosition”.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the scrolling behavior or false to adjust the scroll view’s visible content immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("scrollToItemAtIndexPath")]
public void ScrollToItemAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath, UICollectionViewScrollPosition atScrollPosition, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Animates multiple insert, delete, reload, and move operations as a group.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="updates">The block that performs the relevant insert, delete, reload, or move operations.</param>
/// <param name="completion">A completion handler block to execute when all of the operations are finished. This block takes a single Boolean parameter that contains the value true if all of the related animations completed successfully or false if they were interrupted. This parameter may be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("performBatchUpdates")]
public void PerformBatchUpdates(Action updates, Action<bool> completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// The object that acts as the delegate of the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UICollectionViewDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The object that provides the data for the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("dataSource")]
public UICollectionViewDataSource DataSource { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view that provides the background appearance.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("backgroundView")]
public UIView BackgroundView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The layout used to organize the collected view’s items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionViewLayout")]
public UICollectionViewLayout CollectionViewLayout { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether users can select items in the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("allowsSelection")]
public bool AllowsSelection { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether users can select more than one item in the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("allowsMultipleSelection")]
public bool AllowsMultipleSelection { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants that indicate how to scroll an item into the visible portion of the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum UICollectionViewScrollPosition
{
/// <summary>
/// Do not scroll the item into view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// Scroll so that the item is positioned at the top of the collection view’s bounds. This option is mutually exclusive with the UICollectionViewScrollPositionCenteredVertically and UICollectionViewScrollPositionBottom options.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Top,
/// <summary>
/// Scroll so that the item is centered vertically in the collection view. This option is mutually exclusive with the UICollectionViewScrollPositionTop and UICollectionViewScrollPositionBottom options.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
CenteredVertically,
/// <summary>
/// Scroll so that the item is positioned at the bottom of the collection view’s bounds. This option is mutually exclusive with the UICollectionViewScrollPositionTop and UICollectionViewScrollPositionCenteredVertically options.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Bottom,
/// <summary>
/// Scroll so that the item is positioned at the left edge of the collection view’s bounds. This option is mutually exclusive with the UICollectionViewScrollPositionCenteredHorizontally and UICollectionViewScrollPositionRight options.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// Scroll so that the item is centered horizontally in the collection view. This option is mutually exclusive with the UICollectionViewScrollPositionLeft and UICollectionViewScrollPositionRight options.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
CenteredHorizontally,
/// <summary>
/// Scroll so that the item is positioned at the right edge of the collection view’s bounds. This option is mutually exclusive with the UICollectionViewScrollPositionLeft and UICollectionViewScrollPositionCenteredHorizontally options.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Right,
}
/// <summary>
/// The completion block called at the end of an interactive transition for a collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public struct UICollectionViewLayoutInteractiveTransitionCompletion
{
static public implicit operator UICollectionViewLayoutInteractiveTransitionCompletion(Action<bool, bool> value)
{
return default(UICollectionViewLayoutInteractiveTransitionCompletion);
}
static public implicit operator Action<bool, bool>(UICollectionViewLayoutInteractiveTransitionCompletion value)
{
return default(Action<bool, bool>);
}
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UICollectionView class manages an ordered collection of data items and presents them using customizable layouts. Collection views provide the same general function as table views except that a collection view is able to support more than just single-column layouts. Collection views support customizable layouts that can be used to implement multi-column grids, tiled layouts, circular layouts, and many more. You can even change the layout of a collection view dynamically if you want.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionView_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollectionView"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UICollectionView : UIScrollView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UICollectionView() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a newly allocated collection view object with the specified frame and layout.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="frame">The frame rectangle for the collection view, measured in points. The origin of the frame is relative to the superview in which you plan to add it. This frame is passed to the superclass during initialization.</param>
/// <param name="collectionViewLayout">The layout object to use for organizing items. The collection view stores a strong reference to the specified object. Must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public UICollectionView(CGRect frame, UICollectionViewLayout collectionViewLayout) { }
/// <summary>
/// Register a class for use in creating new collection view cells.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="cellClass">The class of a cell that you want to use in the collection view.</param>
/// <param name="forCellWithReuseIdentifier">The reuse identifier to associate with the specified class. This parameter must not be nil and must not be an empty string.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("registerClass")]
public virtual void RegisterClass(AnyClass cellClass, string forCellWithReuseIdentifier) { }
/// <summary>
/// Register a nib file for use in creating new collection view cells.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="nib">The nib object containing the cell object. The nib file must contain only one top-level object and that object must be of the type UICollectionViewCell.</param>
/// <param name="forCellWithReuseIdentifier">The reuse identifier to associate with the specified nib file. This parameter must not be nil and must not be an empty string.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("registerNib")]
public virtual void RegisterNib(UINib nib, string forCellWithReuseIdentifier) { }
/// <summary>
/// Registers a class for use in creating supplementary views for the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="viewClass">The class to use for the supplementary view.</param>
/// <param name="forSupplementaryViewOfKind">The kind of supplementary view to create. This value is defined by the layout object. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="withReuseIdentifier">The reuse identifier to associate with the specified class. This parameter must not be nil and must not be an empty string.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("registerClass")]
public virtual void RegisterClass(AnyClass viewClass, string forSupplementaryViewOfKind, string withReuseIdentifier) { }
/// <summary>
/// Registers a nib file for use in creating supplementary views for the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="nib">The nib object containing the view object. The nib file must contain only one top-level object and that object must be of the type UICollectionReusableView.</param>
/// <param name="forSupplementaryViewOfKind">The kind of supplementary view to create. The layout defines the types of supplementary views it supports. The value of this string may correspond to one of the predefined kind strings or to a custom string that the layout added to support a new type of supplementary view. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="withReuseIdentifier">The reuse identifier to associate with the specified nib file. This parameter must not be nil and must not be an empty string.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("registerNib")]
public virtual void RegisterNib(UINib nib, string forSupplementaryViewOfKind, string withReuseIdentifier) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a reusable cell object located by its identifier
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">The reuse identifier for the specified cell. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="forIndexPath">The index path specifying the location of the cell. The data source receives this information when it is asked for the cell and should just pass it along. This method uses the index path to perform additional configuration based on the cell’s position in the collection view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("dequeueReusableCellWithReuseIdentifier")]
public virtual AnyObject DequeueReusableCellWithReuseIdentifier(string identifier, NSIndexPath forIndexPath) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a reusable supplementary view located by its identifier and kind.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="elementKind">The kind of supplementary view to retrieve. This value is defined by the layout object. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="withReuseIdentifier">The reuse identifier for the specified view. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="forIndexPath">The index path specifying the location of the supplementary view in the collection view. The data source receives this information when it is asked for the view and should just pass it along. This method uses the information to perform additional configuration based on the view’s position in the collection view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("dequeueReusableSupplementaryViewOfKind")]
public virtual AnyObject DequeueReusableSupplementaryViewOfKind(string elementKind, string withReuseIdentifier, NSIndexPath forIndexPath) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Changes the collection view’s layout and optionally animates the change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layout">The new layout object for the collection view.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true if you want to animate changes from the current layout to the new layout specified by the layout parameter. Specify false to make the change without animations.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setCollectionViewLayout")]
public virtual void SetCollectionViewLayout(UICollectionViewLayout layout, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Changes the collection view’s layout and notifies you when the animations complete.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layout">The new layout object for the collection view.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true if you want to animate changes from the current layout to the new layout specified by the layout parameter. Specify false to make the change without animations.</param>
/// <param name="completion">The block that is executed when the layout transition finishes or is aborted by the user. This block takes the following parameter:
/// finished
/// A Boolean indicating whether the transition completed successfully. This parameter is true if the transition finished and the new layout is installed. It is false if the user aborted the transition and returned to the old layout.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setCollectionViewLayout")]
public virtual void SetCollectionViewLayout(UICollectionViewLayout layout, bool animated, Action<bool> completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// Changes the collection view’s current layout using an interactive transition effect.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="layout">The new layout object for the collected views. This is the layout that you want the collection view to use after the interactive transition is done.</param>
/// <param name="completion">A completion handler to execute after the transition finishes.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("startInteractiveTransitionToCollectionViewLayout")]
public virtual UICollectionViewTransitionLayout StartInteractiveTransitionToCollectionViewLayout(UICollectionViewLayout layout, UICollectionViewLayoutInteractiveTransitionCompletion completion) { return default(UICollectionViewTransitionLayout); }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the collection view to finish an interactive transition by installing the intended target layout.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("finishInteractiveTransition")]
public virtual void FinishInteractiveTransition() { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the collection view to abort an interactive transition and return to its original layout object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("cancelInteractiveTransition")]
public virtual void CancelInteractiveTransition() { }
/// <summary>
/// Reloads all of the data for the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("reloadData")]
public virtual void ReloadData() { }
/// <summary>
/// Reloads the data in the specified sections of the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="sections">The indexes of the sections to reload.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("reloadSections")]
public virtual void ReloadSections(NSIndexSet sections) { }
/// <summary>
/// Reloads just the items at the specified index paths.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPaths">An array of NSIndexPath objects identifying the items you want to update.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("reloadItemsAtIndexPaths")]
public virtual void ReloadItemsAtIndexPaths(AnyObject[] indexPaths) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the number of sections displayed by the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("numberOfSections")]
public virtual int NumberOfSections() { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the number of items in the specified section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="section">The index of the section for which you want a count of the items.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("numberOfItemsInSection")]
public virtual int NumberOfItemsInSection(int section) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of visible cells currently displayed by the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("visibleCells")]
public virtual AnyObject[] VisibleCells() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Inserts new items at the specified index paths.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPaths">An array of NSIndexPath objects, each of which contains a section index and item index at which to insert a new cell. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("insertItemsAtIndexPaths")]
public virtual void InsertItemsAtIndexPaths(AnyObject[] indexPaths) { }
/// <summary>
/// Moves an item from one location to another in the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">The index path of the item you want to move. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="toIndexPath">The index path of the item’s new location. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("moveItemAtIndexPath")]
public virtual void MoveItemAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath, NSIndexPath toIndexPath) { }
/// <summary>
/// Deletes the items at the specified index paths.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPaths">An array of NSIndexPath objects, each of which contains a section index and item index for the item you want to delete from the collection view. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("deleteItemsAtIndexPaths")]
public virtual void DeleteItemsAtIndexPaths(AnyObject[] indexPaths) { }
/// <summary>
/// Inserts new sections at the specified indexes.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="sections">An index set containing the indexes of the sections you want to insert. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("insertSections")]
public virtual void InsertSections(NSIndexSet sections) { }
/// <summary>
/// Moves a section from one location to another in the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="section">The index path of the section you want to move. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="toSection">The index path of the section’s new location. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("moveSection")]
public virtual void MoveSection(int section, int toSection) { }
/// <summary>
/// Deletes the sections at the specified indexes.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="sections">The indexes of the sections you want to delete. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("deleteSections")]
public virtual void DeleteSections(NSIndexSet sections) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index paths for the selected items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("indexPathsForSelectedItems")]
public virtual AnyObject[] IndexPathsForSelectedItems() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Selects the item at the specified index path and optionally scrolls it into view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">The index path of the item to select. Specifying nil for this parameter clears the current selection.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the change in the selection or false to make the change without animating it.</param>
/// <param name="scrollPosition">An option that specifies where the item should be positioned when scrolling finishes. For a list of possible values, see “UICollectionViewScrollPosition”.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("selectItemAtIndexPath")]
public virtual void SelectItemAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath, bool animated, UICollectionViewScrollPosition scrollPosition) { }
/// <summary>
/// Deselects the item at the specified index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">The index path of the item to select. Specifying nil results in no change to the current selection.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the change in the selection or false to make the change without animating it.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("deselectItemAtIndexPath")]
public virtual void DeselectItemAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index path of the item at the specified point in the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point in the collection view’s coordinate system.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("indexPathForItemAtPoint")]
public virtual NSIndexPath IndexPathForItemAtPoint(CGPoint point) { return default(NSIndexPath); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of the visible items in the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("indexPathsForVisibleItems")]
public virtual AnyObject[] IndexPathsForVisibleItems() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index path of the specified cell.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="cell">The cell object whose index path you want.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("indexPathForCell")]
public virtual NSIndexPath IndexPathForCell(UICollectionViewCell cell) { return default(NSIndexPath); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the visible cell object at the specified index path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">The index path that specifies the section and item number of the cell.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("cellForItemAtIndexPath")]
public virtual UICollectionViewCell CellForItemAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewCell); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the layout information for the item at the specified index path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">The index path of the item.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("layoutAttributesForItemAtIndexPath")]
public virtual UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes LayoutAttributesForItemAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the layout information for the specified supplementary view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="kind">A string specifying the kind of supplementary view whose layout attributes you want. Layout classes are responsible for defining the kinds of supplementary views they support.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path of the supplementary view. The interpretation of this value depends on how the layout implements the view. For example, a view associated with a section might contain just a section value.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("layoutAttributesForSupplementaryElementOfKind")]
public virtual UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes LayoutAttributesForSupplementaryElementOfKind(string kind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Scrolls the collection view contents until the specified item is visible.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">The index path of the item to scroll into view.</param>
/// <param name="atScrollPosition">An option that specifies where the item should be positioned when scrolling finishes. For a list of possible values, see “UICollectionViewScrollPosition”.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the scrolling behavior or false to adjust the scroll view’s visible content immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("scrollToItemAtIndexPath")]
public virtual void ScrollToItemAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath, UICollectionViewScrollPosition atScrollPosition, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Animates multiple insert, delete, reload, and move operations as a group.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="updates">The block that performs the relevant insert, delete, reload, or move operations.</param>
/// <param name="completion">A completion handler block to execute when all of the operations are finished. This block takes a single Boolean parameter that contains the value true if all of the related animations completed successfully or false if they were interrupted. This parameter may be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("performBatchUpdates")]
public virtual void PerformBatchUpdates(Action updates, Action<bool> completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// The object that acts as the delegate of the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UICollectionViewDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The object that provides the data for the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("dataSource")]
public UICollectionViewDataSource DataSource { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view that provides the background appearance.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("backgroundView")]
public UIView BackgroundView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The layout used to organize the collected view’s items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionViewLayout")]
public UICollectionViewLayout CollectionViewLayout { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether users can select items in the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("allowsSelection")]
public bool AllowsSelection { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether users can select more than one item in the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("allowsMultipleSelection")]
public bool AllowsMultipleSelection { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants that indicate how to scroll an item into the visible portion of the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum UICollectionViewScrollPosition
{
/// <summary>
/// Do not scroll the item into view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// Scroll so that the item is positioned at the top of the collection view’s bounds. This option is mutually exclusive with the UICollectionViewScrollPositionCenteredVertically and UICollectionViewScrollPositionBottom options.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Top,
/// <summary>
/// Scroll so that the item is centered vertically in the collection view. This option is mutually exclusive with the UICollectionViewScrollPositionTop and UICollectionViewScrollPositionBottom options.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
CenteredVertically,
/// <summary>
/// Scroll so that the item is positioned at the bottom of the collection view’s bounds. This option is mutually exclusive with the UICollectionViewScrollPositionTop and UICollectionViewScrollPositionCenteredVertically options.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Bottom,
/// <summary>
/// Scroll so that the item is positioned at the left edge of the collection view’s bounds. This option is mutually exclusive with the UICollectionViewScrollPositionCenteredHorizontally and UICollectionViewScrollPositionRight options.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// Scroll so that the item is centered horizontally in the collection view. This option is mutually exclusive with the UICollectionViewScrollPositionLeft and UICollectionViewScrollPositionRight options.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
CenteredHorizontally,
/// <summary>
/// Scroll so that the item is positioned at the right edge of the collection view’s bounds. This option is mutually exclusive with the UICollectionViewScrollPositionLeft and UICollectionViewScrollPositionCenteredHorizontally options.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Right,
}
/// <summary>
/// The completion block called at the end of an interactive transition for a collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public struct UICollectionViewLayoutInteractiveTransitionCompletion
{
static public implicit operator UICollectionViewLayoutInteractiveTransitionCompletion(WEIRD value)
{
return default(UICollectionViewLayoutInteractiveTransitionCompletion);
}
static public implicit operator WEIRD(UICollectionViewLayoutInteractiveTransitionCompletion value)
{
return default(WEIRD);
}
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewCell.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewCell.cs index 83bf63a9..ee9c32e1 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewCell.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewCell.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UICollectionViewCell object presents the content for a single data item when that item is within the collection view’s visible bounds. You can use this class as-is or subclass it to add additional properties and methods. The layout and presentation of cells is managed by the collection view and its corresponding layout object.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewCell_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollectionViewCell"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UICollectionViewCell : UICollectionReusableView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// The main view to which you add your cell’s custom content. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("contentView")]
public UIView ContentView { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view that is displayed behind the cell’s other content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("backgroundView")]
public UIView BackgroundView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view that is displayed just above the background view when the cell is selected.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("selectedBackgroundView")]
public UIView SelectedBackgroundView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The selection state of the cell.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("selected")]
public bool Selected { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The highlight state of the cell.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("highlighted")]
public bool Highlighted { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UICollectionViewCell object presents the content for a single data item when that item is within the collection view’s visible bounds. You can use this class as-is or subclass it to add additional properties and methods. The layout and presentation of cells is managed by the collection view and its corresponding layout object.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewCell_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollectionViewCell"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UICollectionViewCell : UICollectionReusableView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UICollectionViewCell() { }
/// <summary>
/// The main view to which you add your cell’s custom content. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("contentView")]
public UIView ContentView { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view that is displayed behind the cell’s other content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("backgroundView")]
public UIView BackgroundView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view that is displayed just above the background view when the cell is selected.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("selectedBackgroundView")]
public UIView SelectedBackgroundView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The selection state of the cell.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("selected")]
public bool Selected { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The highlight state of the cell.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("highlighted")]
public bool Highlighted { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewController.cs index 384152c6..b7e6dc09 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UICollectionViewController class represents a view controller whose content consists of a collection view. It implements the following behavior:
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewController_clas/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollectionViewController"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UICollectionViewController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UICollectionViewDataSource, UICollectionViewDelegate, UIContentContainer, UIScrollViewDelegate, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a collection view controller and configures the collection view with the provided layout.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionViewLayout">The layout object to associate with the collection view. The layout controls how the collection view presents its cells and supplementary views.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public UICollectionViewController(UICollectionViewLayout collectionViewLayout) : base("", null) { }
/// <summary>
/// The collection view object managed by this view controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
public UICollectionView CollectionView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The layout object used to initialize the collection view controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("collectionViewLayout")]
public UICollectionViewLayout CollectionViewLayout { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating if the controller clears the selection when the collection view appears.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("clearsSelectionOnViewWillAppear")]
public bool ClearsSelectionOnViewWillAppear { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean that indicates whether the collection view controller coordinates with a navigation controller for transitions.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("useLayoutToLayoutNavigationTransitions")]
public bool UseLayoutToLayoutNavigationTransitions { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UICollectionViewController class represents a view controller whose content consists of a collection view. It implements the following behavior:
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewController_clas/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollectionViewController"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UICollectionViewController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UICollectionViewDataSource, UICollectionViewDelegate, UIContentContainer, UIScrollViewDelegate, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UICollectionViewController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a collection view controller and configures the collection view with the provided layout.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionViewLayout">The layout object to associate with the collection view. The layout controls how the collection view presents its cells and supplementary views.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public UICollectionViewController(UICollectionViewLayout collectionViewLayout) { }
/// <summary>
/// The collection view object managed by this view controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
public UICollectionView CollectionView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The layout object used to initialize the collection view controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("collectionViewLayout")]
public UICollectionViewLayout CollectionViewLayout { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating if the controller clears the selection when the collection view appears.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("clearsSelectionOnViewWillAppear")]
public bool ClearsSelectionOnViewWillAppear { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean that indicates whether the collection view controller coordinates with a navigation controller for transitions.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("useLayoutToLayoutNavigationTransitions")]
public bool UseLayoutToLayoutNavigationTransitions { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewFlowLayout.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewFlowLayout.cs index e45303fa..e92a3550 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewFlowLayout.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewFlowLayout.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UICollectionViewFlowLayout class is a concrete layout object that organizes items into a grid with optional header and footer views for each section. The items in the collection view flow from one row or column (depending on the scrolling direction) to the next, with each row comprising as many cells as will fit. Cells can be the same sizes or different sizes.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewFlowLayout_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollectionViewFlowLayout"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UICollectionViewFlowLayout : UICollectionViewLayout//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// The scroll direction of the grid.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("scrollDirection")]
public UICollectionViewScrollDirection ScrollDirection { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The minimum spacing to use between lines of items in the grid.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("minimumLineSpacing")]
public CGFloat MinimumLineSpacing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The minimum spacing to use between items in the same row.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("minimumInteritemSpacing")]
public CGFloat MinimumInteritemSpacing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The default size to use for cells.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("itemSize")]
public CGSize ItemSize { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The estimated size of cells in the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("estimatedItemSize")]
public CGSize EstimatedItemSize { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The margins used to lay out content in a section
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("sectionInset")]
public UIEdgeInsets SectionInset { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The default sizes to use for section headers.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("headerReferenceSize")]
public CGSize HeaderReferenceSize { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The default sizes to use for section footers.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("footerReferenceSize")]
public CGSize FooterReferenceSize { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants indicating the direction of scrolling for the layout.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum UICollectionViewScrollDirection
{
/// <summary>
/// The layout scrolls content vertically.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Vertical,
/// <summary>
/// The layout scrolls content horizontally.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Horizontal,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UICollectionViewFlowLayout class is a concrete layout object that organizes items into a grid with optional header and footer views for each section. The items in the collection view flow from one row or column (depending on the scrolling direction) to the next, with each row comprising as many cells as will fit. Cells can be the same sizes or different sizes.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewFlowLayout_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollectionViewFlowLayout"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UICollectionViewFlowLayout : UICollectionViewLayout//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UICollectionViewFlowLayout() { }
/// <summary>
/// The scroll direction of the grid.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("scrollDirection")]
public UICollectionViewScrollDirection ScrollDirection { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The minimum spacing to use between lines of items in the grid.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("minimumLineSpacing")]
public CGFloat MinimumLineSpacing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The minimum spacing to use between items in the same row.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("minimumInteritemSpacing")]
public CGFloat MinimumInteritemSpacing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The default size to use for cells.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("itemSize")]
public CGSize ItemSize { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The estimated size of cells in the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("estimatedItemSize")]
public CGSize EstimatedItemSize { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The margins used to lay out content in a section
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("sectionInset")]
public UIEdgeInsets SectionInset { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The default sizes to use for section headers.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("headerReferenceSize")]
public CGSize HeaderReferenceSize { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The default sizes to use for section footers.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("footerReferenceSize")]
public CGSize FooterReferenceSize { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants indicating the direction of scrolling for the layout.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum UICollectionViewScrollDirection
{
/// <summary>
/// The layout scrolls content vertically.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Vertical,
/// <summary>
/// The layout scrolls content horizontally.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Horizontal,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewFlowLayoutInvalidationContext.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewFlowLayoutInvalidationContext.cs index aa1808cf..8439e1c5 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewFlowLayoutInvalidationContext.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewFlowLayoutInvalidationContext.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UICollectionViewFlowLayoutInvalidationContext object specifies properties for determining whether to recompute the size of items or their position in the layout. The flow layout object creates instances of this class when it needs to invalidate its contents in response to changes. You can also create instances when invalidating the flow layout manually.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewFlowLayoutInvalidationContext_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollectionViewFlowLayoutInvalidationContext"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UICollectionViewFlowLayoutInvalidationContext : UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean indicating whether to recompute the size of items and views in the layout.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidateFlowLayoutDelegateMetrics")]
public bool InvalidateFlowLayoutDelegateMetrics { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean indicating whether to recompute the layout attributes for items and views in the layout.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidateFlowLayoutAttributes")]
public bool InvalidateFlowLayoutAttributes { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UICollectionViewFlowLayoutInvalidationContext object specifies properties for determining whether to recompute the size of items or their position in the layout. The flow layout object creates instances of this class when it needs to invalidate its contents in response to changes. You can also create instances when invalidating the flow layout manually.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewFlowLayoutInvalidationContext_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollectionViewFlowLayoutInvalidationContext"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UICollectionViewFlowLayoutInvalidationContext : UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UICollectionViewFlowLayoutInvalidationContext() { }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean indicating whether to recompute the size of items and views in the layout.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidateFlowLayoutDelegateMetrics")]
public bool InvalidateFlowLayoutDelegateMetrics { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean indicating whether to recompute the layout attributes for items and views in the layout.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidateFlowLayoutAttributes")]
public bool InvalidateFlowLayoutAttributes { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewLayout.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewLayout.cs index b32e80d7..09eefa82 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewLayout.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewLayout.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UICollectionViewLayout class is an abstract base class that you subclass and use to generate layout information for a collection view. The job of a layout object is to determine the placement of cells, supplementary views, and decoration views inside the collection view’s bounds and to report that information to the collection view when asked. The collection view then applies the provided layout information to the corresponding views so that they can be presented onscreen.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewLayout_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollectionViewLayout"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UICollectionViewLayout : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns the width and height of the collection view’s contents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionViewContentSize")]
public CGSize CollectionViewContentSize() { return default(CGSize); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the class to use when creating layout attributes objects.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("layoutAttributesClass")]
public static AnyClass LayoutAttributesClass() { return default(AnyClass); }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the layout object to update the current layout.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("prepareLayout")]
public void PrepareLayout() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the layout attributes for all of the cells and views in the specified rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle (specified in the collection view’s coordinate system) containing the target views.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("layoutAttributesForElementsInRect")]
public AnyObject[] LayoutAttributesForElementsInRect(CGRect rect) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the layout attributes for the item at the specified index path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">The index path of the item.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("layoutAttributesForItemAtIndexPath")]
public UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes LayoutAttributesForItemAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the layout attributes for the specified supplementary view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="kind">A string that identifies the type of the supplementary view.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path of the view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("layoutAttributesForSupplementaryViewOfKind")]
public UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes LayoutAttributesForSupplementaryViewOfKind(string kind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the layout attributes for the specified decoration view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="decorationViewKind">A string that identifies the type of the decoration view.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path of the decoration view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("layoutAttributesForDecorationViewOfKind")]
public UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes LayoutAttributesForDecorationViewOfKind(string decorationViewKind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the content offset to use after an animated layout update or change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="proposedContentOffset">The proposed point (in the coordinate space of the collection view’s content view) for the upper-left corner of the visible content. This represents the point that the collection view has calculated as the most likely value to use at the end of the animation.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("targetContentOffsetForProposedContentOffset")]
public CGPoint TargetContentOffsetForProposedContentOffset(CGPoint proposedContentOffset) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the point at which to stop scrolling.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="proposedContentOffset">The proposed point (in the collection view’s content view) at which to stop scrolling. This is the value at which scrolling would naturally stop if no adjustments were made. The point reflects the upper-left corner of the visible content.</param>
/// <param name="withScrollingVelocity">The current scrolling velocity along both the horizontal and vertical axes. This value is measured in points per second.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("targetContentOffsetForProposedContentOffset")]
public CGPoint TargetContentOffsetForProposedContentOffset(CGPoint proposedContentOffset, CGPoint withScrollingVelocity) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the layout object that the contents of the collection view are about to change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="updateItems">An array of UICollectionViewUpdateItem objects that identify the changes being made.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("prepareForCollectionViewUpdates")]
public void PrepareForCollectionViewUpdates(AnyObject[] updateItems) { }
/// <summary>
/// Performs any additional animations or clean up needed during a collection view update.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("finalizeCollectionViewUpdates")]
public void FinalizeCollectionViewUpdates() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of index paths for the supplementary views you want to add to the layout.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="kind">The specific type of supplementary view.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("indexPathsToInsertForSupplementaryViewOfKind")]
public AnyObject[] IndexPathsToInsertForSupplementaryViewOfKind(string kind) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of index paths representing the decoration views to add.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="kind">The specific type of decoration view.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("indexPathsToInsertForDecorationViewOfKind")]
public AnyObject[] IndexPathsToInsertForDecorationViewOfKind(string kind) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the starting layout information for an item being inserted into the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="itemIndexPath">The index path of the item being inserted. You can use this path to locate the item in the collection view’s data source.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("initialLayoutAttributesForAppearingItemAtIndexPath")]
public UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes InitialLayoutAttributesForAppearingItemAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath itemIndexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the starting layout information for a supplementary view being inserted into the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="elementKind">A string that identifies the type of supplementary view.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path of the item being inserted.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("initialLayoutAttributesForAppearingSupplementaryElementOfKind")]
public UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes InitialLayoutAttributesForAppearingSupplementaryElementOfKind(string elementKind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the starting layout information for a decoration view being inserted into the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="elementKind">A string that identifies the type of decoration view.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path of the item being inserted.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("initialLayoutAttributesForAppearingDecorationElementOfKind")]
public UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes InitialLayoutAttributesForAppearingDecorationElementOfKind(string elementKind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of index paths representing the supplementary views to remove.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="kind">The specific type of supplementary view.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("indexPathsToDeleteForSupplementaryViewOfKind")]
public AnyObject[] IndexPathsToDeleteForSupplementaryViewOfKind(string kind) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of index paths representing the decoration views to remove.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="kind">The specific type of decoration view.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("indexPathsToDeleteForDecorationViewOfKind")]
public AnyObject[] IndexPathsToDeleteForDecorationViewOfKind(string kind) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the final layout information for an item that is about to be removed from the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="itemIndexPath">The index path of the item being deleted.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("finalLayoutAttributesForDisappearingItemAtIndexPath")]
public UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes FinalLayoutAttributesForDisappearingItemAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath itemIndexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the final layout information for a supplementary view that is about to be removed from the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="elementKind">A string that identifies the type of supplementary view.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path of the view being deleted.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("finalLayoutAttributesForDisappearingSupplementaryElementOfKind")]
public UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes FinalLayoutAttributesForDisappearingSupplementaryElementOfKind(string elementKind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the final layout information for a decoration view that is about to be removed from the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="elementKind">A string that identifies the type of decoration view.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path of the view being deleted.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("finalLayoutAttributesForDisappearingDecorationElementOfKind")]
public UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes FinalLayoutAttributesForDisappearingDecorationElementOfKind(string elementKind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Invalidates the current layout and triggers a layout update.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("invalidateLayout")]
public void InvalidateLayout() { }
/// <summary>
/// Invalidates the current layout using the information in the provided context object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="context">The context object indicating which parts of the layout to refresh.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidateLayoutWithContext")]
public void InvalidateLayoutWithContext(UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext context) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the class to use when creating an invalidation context for the layout.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidationContextClass")]
public static AnyClass InvalidationContextClass() { return default(AnyClass); }
/// <summary>
/// Asks the layout object if the new bounds require a layout update.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="newBounds">The new bounds of the collection view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shouldInvalidateLayoutForBoundsChange")]
public bool ShouldInvalidateLayoutForBoundsChange(CGRect newBounds) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a context object that defines the portions of the layout that should change when a bounds change occurs.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="newBounds">The new bounds for the collection view.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidationContextForBoundsChange")]
public UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext InvalidationContextForBoundsChange(CGRect newBounds) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext); }
/// <summary>
/// Asks the layout object if changes to a self-sizing cell require a layout update.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="preferredAttributes">The layout attributes returned by the cell’s preferredLayoutAttributesFittingAttributes: method.</param>
/// <param name="withOriginalAttributes">The attributes that the layout object originally suggested for the cell.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("shouldInvalidateLayoutForPreferredLayoutAttributes")]
public bool ShouldInvalidateLayoutForPreferredLayoutAttributes(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes preferredAttributes, UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes withOriginalAttributes) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a context object that defines the portions of the layout that should change in response to dynamic cell changes.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="preferredAttributes">The layout attributes returned by the cell’s preferredLayoutAttributesFittingAttributes: method.</param>
/// <param name="withOriginalAttributes">The attributes that the layout object originally suggested for the cell.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("invalidationContextForPreferredLayoutAttributes")]
public UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext InvalidationContextForPreferredLayoutAttributes(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes preferredAttributes, UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes withOriginalAttributes) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext); }
/// <summary>
/// Prepares the layout object for animated changes to the view’s bounds or the insertion or deletion of items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="oldBounds">The current bounds of the collection view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("prepareForAnimatedBoundsChange")]
public void PrepareForAnimatedBoundsChange(CGRect oldBounds) { }
/// <summary>
/// Cleans up after any animated changes to the view’s bounds or after the insertion or deletion of items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("finalizeAnimatedBoundsChange")]
public void FinalizeAnimatedBoundsChange() { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the layout object to prepare to be installed as the layout for the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="oldLayout">The layout object installed in the collection view at the beginning of the transition. You might use this object to provide different ending attributes based on the starting layout object.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("prepareForTransitionFromLayout")]
public void PrepareForTransitionFromLayout(UICollectionViewLayout oldLayout) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the layout object that it is about to be removed as the layout for the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="newLayout">The layout object to be installed in the collection view at the end of the transition. You might use this object to provide different starting attributes depending on the final layout object.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("prepareForTransitionToLayout")]
public void PrepareForTransitionToLayout(UICollectionViewLayout newLayout) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the layout object to perform any final steps before the transition animations occur.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("finalizeLayoutTransition")]
public void FinalizeLayoutTransition() { }
/// <summary>
/// Registers a class for use in creating decoration views for a collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="viewClass">The class to use for the supplementary view.</param>
/// <param name="forDecorationViewOfKind">The element kind of the decoration view. You can use this string to distinguish between decoration views with different purposes in the layout. This parameter must not be nil and must not be an empty string.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("registerClass")]
public void RegisterClass(AnyClass viewClass, string forDecorationViewOfKind) { }
/// <summary>
/// Registers a nib file for use in creating decoration views for a collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="nib">The nib object containing the cell definition. The nib file must contain only one top-level object and that object must be of the type UICollectionReusableView.</param>
/// <param name="forDecorationViewOfKind">The element kind of the decoration view. You can use this string to distinguish between decoration views with different purposes in the layout. This parameter must not be nil and must not be an empty string.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("registerNib")]
public void RegisterNib(UINib nib, string forDecorationViewOfKind) { }
/// <summary>
/// The collection view object currently using this layout object. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
public UICollectionView CollectionView { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UICollectionViewLayout class is an abstract base class that you subclass and use to generate layout information for a collection view. The job of a layout object is to determine the placement of cells, supplementary views, and decoration views inside the collection view’s bounds and to report that information to the collection view when asked. The collection view then applies the provided layout information to the corresponding views so that they can be presented onscreen.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewLayout_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollectionViewLayout"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UICollectionViewLayout : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UICollectionViewLayout() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the width and height of the collection view’s contents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionViewContentSize")]
public virtual CGSize CollectionViewContentSize() { return default(CGSize); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the class to use when creating layout attributes objects.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("layoutAttributesClass")]
public virtual static AnyClass LayoutAttributesClass() { return default(AnyClass); }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the layout object to update the current layout.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("prepareLayout")]
public virtual void PrepareLayout() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the layout attributes for all of the cells and views in the specified rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle (specified in the collection view’s coordinate system) containing the target views.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("layoutAttributesForElementsInRect")]
public virtual AnyObject[] LayoutAttributesForElementsInRect(CGRect rect) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the layout attributes for the item at the specified index path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">The index path of the item.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("layoutAttributesForItemAtIndexPath")]
public virtual UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes LayoutAttributesForItemAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the layout attributes for the specified supplementary view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="kind">A string that identifies the type of the supplementary view.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path of the view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("layoutAttributesForSupplementaryViewOfKind")]
public virtual UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes LayoutAttributesForSupplementaryViewOfKind(string kind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the layout attributes for the specified decoration view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="decorationViewKind">A string that identifies the type of the decoration view.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path of the decoration view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("layoutAttributesForDecorationViewOfKind")]
public virtual UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes LayoutAttributesForDecorationViewOfKind(string decorationViewKind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the content offset to use after an animated layout update or change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="proposedContentOffset">The proposed point (in the coordinate space of the collection view’s content view) for the upper-left corner of the visible content. This represents the point that the collection view has calculated as the most likely value to use at the end of the animation.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("targetContentOffsetForProposedContentOffset")]
public virtual CGPoint TargetContentOffsetForProposedContentOffset(CGPoint proposedContentOffset) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the point at which to stop scrolling.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="proposedContentOffset">The proposed point (in the collection view’s content view) at which to stop scrolling. This is the value at which scrolling would naturally stop if no adjustments were made. The point reflects the upper-left corner of the visible content.</param>
/// <param name="withScrollingVelocity">The current scrolling velocity along both the horizontal and vertical axes. This value is measured in points per second.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("targetContentOffsetForProposedContentOffset")]
public virtual CGPoint TargetContentOffsetForProposedContentOffset(CGPoint proposedContentOffset, CGPoint withScrollingVelocity) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the layout object that the contents of the collection view are about to change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="updateItems">An array of UICollectionViewUpdateItem objects that identify the changes being made.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("prepareForCollectionViewUpdates")]
public virtual void PrepareForCollectionViewUpdates(AnyObject[] updateItems) { }
/// <summary>
/// Performs any additional animations or clean up needed during a collection view update.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("finalizeCollectionViewUpdates")]
public virtual void FinalizeCollectionViewUpdates() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of index paths for the supplementary views you want to add to the layout.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="kind">The specific type of supplementary view.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("indexPathsToInsertForSupplementaryViewOfKind")]
public virtual AnyObject[] IndexPathsToInsertForSupplementaryViewOfKind(string kind) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of index paths representing the decoration views to add.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="kind">The specific type of decoration view.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("indexPathsToInsertForDecorationViewOfKind")]
public virtual AnyObject[] IndexPathsToInsertForDecorationViewOfKind(string kind) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the starting layout information for an item being inserted into the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="itemIndexPath">The index path of the item being inserted. You can use this path to locate the item in the collection view’s data source.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("initialLayoutAttributesForAppearingItemAtIndexPath")]
public virtual UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes InitialLayoutAttributesForAppearingItemAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath itemIndexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the starting layout information for a supplementary view being inserted into the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="elementKind">A string that identifies the type of supplementary view.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path of the item being inserted.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("initialLayoutAttributesForAppearingSupplementaryElementOfKind")]
public virtual UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes InitialLayoutAttributesForAppearingSupplementaryElementOfKind(string elementKind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the starting layout information for a decoration view being inserted into the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="elementKind">A string that identifies the type of decoration view.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path of the item being inserted.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("initialLayoutAttributesForAppearingDecorationElementOfKind")]
public virtual UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes InitialLayoutAttributesForAppearingDecorationElementOfKind(string elementKind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of index paths representing the supplementary views to remove.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="kind">The specific type of supplementary view.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("indexPathsToDeleteForSupplementaryViewOfKind")]
public virtual AnyObject[] IndexPathsToDeleteForSupplementaryViewOfKind(string kind) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of index paths representing the decoration views to remove.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="kind">The specific type of decoration view.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("indexPathsToDeleteForDecorationViewOfKind")]
public virtual AnyObject[] IndexPathsToDeleteForDecorationViewOfKind(string kind) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the final layout information for an item that is about to be removed from the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="itemIndexPath">The index path of the item being deleted.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("finalLayoutAttributesForDisappearingItemAtIndexPath")]
public virtual UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes FinalLayoutAttributesForDisappearingItemAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath itemIndexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the final layout information for a supplementary view that is about to be removed from the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="elementKind">A string that identifies the type of supplementary view.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path of the view being deleted.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("finalLayoutAttributesForDisappearingSupplementaryElementOfKind")]
public virtual UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes FinalLayoutAttributesForDisappearingSupplementaryElementOfKind(string elementKind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the final layout information for a decoration view that is about to be removed from the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="elementKind">A string that identifies the type of decoration view.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path of the view being deleted.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("finalLayoutAttributesForDisappearingDecorationElementOfKind")]
public virtual UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes FinalLayoutAttributesForDisappearingDecorationElementOfKind(string elementKind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Invalidates the current layout and triggers a layout update.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("invalidateLayout")]
public virtual void InvalidateLayout() { }
/// <summary>
/// Invalidates the current layout using the information in the provided context object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="context">The context object indicating which parts of the layout to refresh.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidateLayoutWithContext")]
public virtual void InvalidateLayoutWithContext(UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext context) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the class to use when creating an invalidation context for the layout.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidationContextClass")]
public virtual static AnyClass InvalidationContextClass() { return default(AnyClass); }
/// <summary>
/// Asks the layout object if the new bounds require a layout update.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="newBounds">The new bounds of the collection view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shouldInvalidateLayoutForBoundsChange")]
public virtual bool ShouldInvalidateLayoutForBoundsChange(CGRect newBounds) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a context object that defines the portions of the layout that should change when a bounds change occurs.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="newBounds">The new bounds for the collection view.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidationContextForBoundsChange")]
public virtual UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext InvalidationContextForBoundsChange(CGRect newBounds) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext); }
/// <summary>
/// Asks the layout object if changes to a self-sizing cell require a layout update.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="preferredAttributes">The layout attributes returned by the cell’s preferredLayoutAttributesFittingAttributes: method.</param>
/// <param name="withOriginalAttributes">The attributes that the layout object originally suggested for the cell.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("shouldInvalidateLayoutForPreferredLayoutAttributes")]
public virtual bool ShouldInvalidateLayoutForPreferredLayoutAttributes(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes preferredAttributes, UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes withOriginalAttributes) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a context object that defines the portions of the layout that should change in response to dynamic cell changes.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="preferredAttributes">The layout attributes returned by the cell’s preferredLayoutAttributesFittingAttributes: method.</param>
/// <param name="withOriginalAttributes">The attributes that the layout object originally suggested for the cell.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("invalidationContextForPreferredLayoutAttributes")]
public virtual UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext InvalidationContextForPreferredLayoutAttributes(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes preferredAttributes, UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes withOriginalAttributes) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext); }
/// <summary>
/// Prepares the layout object for animated changes to the view’s bounds or the insertion or deletion of items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="oldBounds">The current bounds of the collection view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("prepareForAnimatedBoundsChange")]
public virtual void PrepareForAnimatedBoundsChange(CGRect oldBounds) { }
/// <summary>
/// Cleans up after any animated changes to the view’s bounds or after the insertion or deletion of items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("finalizeAnimatedBoundsChange")]
public virtual void FinalizeAnimatedBoundsChange() { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the layout object to prepare to be installed as the layout for the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="oldLayout">The layout object installed in the collection view at the beginning of the transition. You might use this object to provide different ending attributes based on the starting layout object.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("prepareForTransitionFromLayout")]
public virtual void PrepareForTransitionFromLayout(UICollectionViewLayout oldLayout) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the layout object that it is about to be removed as the layout for the collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="newLayout">The layout object to be installed in the collection view at the end of the transition. You might use this object to provide different starting attributes depending on the final layout object.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("prepareForTransitionToLayout")]
public virtual void PrepareForTransitionToLayout(UICollectionViewLayout newLayout) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the layout object to perform any final steps before the transition animations occur.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("finalizeLayoutTransition")]
public virtual void FinalizeLayoutTransition() { }
/// <summary>
/// Registers a class for use in creating decoration views for a collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="viewClass">The class to use for the supplementary view.</param>
/// <param name="forDecorationViewOfKind">The element kind of the decoration view. You can use this string to distinguish between decoration views with different purposes in the layout. This parameter must not be nil and must not be an empty string.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("registerClass")]
public virtual void RegisterClass(AnyClass viewClass, string forDecorationViewOfKind) { }
/// <summary>
/// Registers a nib file for use in creating decoration views for a collection view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="nib">The nib object containing the cell definition. The nib file must contain only one top-level object and that object must be of the type UICollectionReusableView.</param>
/// <param name="forDecorationViewOfKind">The element kind of the decoration view. You can use this string to distinguish between decoration views with different purposes in the layout. This parameter must not be nil and must not be an empty string.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("registerNib")]
public virtual void RegisterNib(UINib nib, string forDecorationViewOfKind) { }
/// <summary>
/// The collection view object currently using this layout object. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("collectionView")]
public UICollectionView CollectionView { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes.cs index 4af9c689..d7aadcf4 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes object manages the layout-related attributes for a given item in a collection view. Layout objects create instances of this class when asked to do so by the collection view. In turn, the collection view uses the layout information to position cells and supplementary views inside its bounds.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol, UIDynamicItem
{
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a layout attributes object that represents a cell with the specified index path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="forCellWithIndexPath">The index path of the cell.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("convenience init")]
public UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes(NSIndexPath forCellWithIndexPath) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a layout attributes object that represents the specified supplementary view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="forSupplementaryViewOfKind">A string that identifies the type of supplementary view.</param>
/// <param name="withIndexPath">The index path of the view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("convenience init")]
public UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes(string forSupplementaryViewOfKind, NSIndexPath withIndexPath) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a layout attributes object that represents the specified decoration view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="forDecorationViewOfKind">The kind identifier for the specified decoration view.</param>
/// <param name="withIndexPath">An index path related to the decoration view.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("convenience init")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes(string forDecorationViewOfKind, NSIndexPath withIndexPath, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { }
/// <summary>
/// The index path of the item in the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("indexPath")]
public NSIndexPath IndexPath { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The type of the item. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("representedElementCategory")]
public UICollectionElementCategory RepresentedElementCategory { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The layout-specific identifier for the target view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("representedElementKind")]
public string RepresentedElementKind { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The frame rectangle of the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("frame")]
public CGRect Frame { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The bounds of the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("bounds")]
public CGRect Bounds { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The center point of the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("center")]
public CGPoint Center { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The size of the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("size")]
public CGSize Size { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The 3D transform of the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("transform3D")]
public CATransform3D Transform3D { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The affine transform of the item
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("transform")]
public CGAffineTransform Transform { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The transparency of the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("alpha")]
public CGFloat Alpha { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the item’s position on the z axis.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("zIndex")]
public int ZIndex { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Determines whether the item is currently displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("hidden")]
public bool Hidden { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants specifying the type of view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum UICollectionElementCategory
{
/// <summary>
/// The view is a cell.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Cell,
/// <summary>
/// The view is a supplementary view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
SupplementaryView,
/// <summary>
/// The view is a decoration view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
DecorationView,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes object manages the layout-related attributes for a given item in a collection view. Layout objects create instances of this class when asked to do so by the collection view. In turn, the collection view uses the layout information to position cells and supplementary views inside its bounds.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol, UIDynamicItem
{
public UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes() { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a layout attributes object that represents a cell with the specified index path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="forCellWithIndexPath">The index path of the cell.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("convenience init")]
public UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes(NSIndexPath forCellWithIndexPath) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a layout attributes object that represents the specified supplementary view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="forSupplementaryViewOfKind">A string that identifies the type of supplementary view.</param>
/// <param name="withIndexPath">The index path of the view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("convenience init")]
public UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes(string forSupplementaryViewOfKind, NSIndexPath withIndexPath) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a layout attributes object that represents the specified decoration view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="forDecorationViewOfKind">The kind identifier for the specified decoration view.</param>
/// <param name="withIndexPath">An index path related to the decoration view.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("convenience init")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes(string forDecorationViewOfKind, NSIndexPath withIndexPath, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { }
/// <summary>
/// The index path of the item in the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("indexPath")]
public NSIndexPath IndexPath { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The type of the item. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("representedElementCategory")]
public UICollectionElementCategory RepresentedElementCategory { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The layout-specific identifier for the target view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("representedElementKind")]
public string RepresentedElementKind { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The frame rectangle of the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("frame")]
public CGRect Frame { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The bounds of the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("bounds")]
public CGRect Bounds { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The center point of the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("center")]
public CGPoint Center { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The size of the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("size")]
public CGSize Size { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The 3D transform of the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("transform3D")]
public CATransform3D Transform3D { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The affine transform of the item
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("transform")]
public CGAffineTransform Transform { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The transparency of the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("alpha")]
public CGFloat Alpha { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the item’s position on the z axis.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("zIndex")]
public int ZIndex { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Determines whether the item is currently displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("hidden")]
public bool Hidden { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants specifying the type of view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum UICollectionElementCategory
{
/// <summary>
/// The view is a cell.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Cell,
/// <summary>
/// The view is a supplementary view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
SupplementaryView,
/// <summary>
/// The view is a decoration view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
DecorationView,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext.cs index 7f35af51..8bc24182 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext object declares which parts of your layout need to be updated when the layout is invalidated. Layout objects that are designed to support invalidation contexts can use that information to optimize their behavior during the invalidation cycle.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Adds the cells at the specified index paths to the list of invalid items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPaths">An array of NSIndexPath objects. Each index path represents a cell whose layout needs to be recomputed.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("invalidateItemsAtIndexPaths")]
public void InvalidateItemsAtIndexPaths(AnyObject[] indexPaths) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds the supplementary views at the specified index paths to the list of invalid items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="elementKind">A string that identifies the type of the supplementary views. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPaths">An array of NSIndexPath objects. Each index path represents a supplementary view of the given kind whose layout needs to be recomputed.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("invalidateSupplementaryElementsOfKind")]
public void InvalidateSupplementaryElementsOfKind(string elementKind, AnyObject[] atIndexPaths) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds the decoration views at the specified index paths to the list of invalid items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="elementKind">A string that identifies the type of the decoration views. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPaths">An array of NSIndexPath objects. Each index path represents a supplementary view of the given kind whose layout needs to be recomputed.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("invalidateDecorationElementsOfKind")]
public void InvalidateDecorationElementsOfKind(string elementKind, AnyObject[] atIndexPaths) { }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean that indicates that all layout data should be marked as invalid. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidateEverything")]
public bool InvalidateEverything { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean that indicates whether the layout should ask for new section and item counts. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidateDataSourceCounts")]
public bool InvalidateDataSourceCounts { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delta value to be applied to the collection view’s content offset.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("contentOffsetAdjustment")]
public CGPoint ContentOffsetAdjustment { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delta value to be applied to the collection view’s content size.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("contentSizeAdjustment")]
public CGSize ContentSizeAdjustment { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of index paths representing the cells that were invalidated. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("invalidatedItemIndexPaths")]
public AnyObject[] InvalidatedItemIndexPaths { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A dictionary that identifies the supplementary views that were invalidated. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("invalidatedSupplementaryIndexPaths")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> InvalidatedSupplementaryIndexPaths { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A dictionary that identifies the decoration views that were invalidated. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("invalidatedDecorationIndexPaths")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> InvalidatedDecorationIndexPaths { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext object declares which parts of your layout need to be updated when the layout is invalidated. Layout objects that are designed to support invalidation contexts can use that information to optimize their behavior during the invalidation cycle.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UICollectionViewLayoutInvalidationContext() { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds the cells at the specified index paths to the list of invalid items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPaths">An array of NSIndexPath objects. Each index path represents a cell whose layout needs to be recomputed.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("invalidateItemsAtIndexPaths")]
public virtual void InvalidateItemsAtIndexPaths(AnyObject[] indexPaths) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds the supplementary views at the specified index paths to the list of invalid items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="elementKind">A string that identifies the type of the supplementary views. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPaths">An array of NSIndexPath objects. Each index path represents a supplementary view of the given kind whose layout needs to be recomputed.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("invalidateSupplementaryElementsOfKind")]
public virtual void InvalidateSupplementaryElementsOfKind(string elementKind, AnyObject[] atIndexPaths) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds the decoration views at the specified index paths to the list of invalid items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="elementKind">A string that identifies the type of the decoration views. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPaths">An array of NSIndexPath objects. Each index path represents a supplementary view of the given kind whose layout needs to be recomputed.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("invalidateDecorationElementsOfKind")]
public virtual void InvalidateDecorationElementsOfKind(string elementKind, AnyObject[] atIndexPaths) { }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean that indicates that all layout data should be marked as invalid. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidateEverything")]
public bool InvalidateEverything { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean that indicates whether the layout should ask for new section and item counts. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("invalidateDataSourceCounts")]
public bool InvalidateDataSourceCounts { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delta value to be applied to the collection view’s content offset.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("contentOffsetAdjustment")]
public CGPoint ContentOffsetAdjustment { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delta value to be applied to the collection view’s content size.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("contentSizeAdjustment")]
public CGSize ContentSizeAdjustment { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of index paths representing the cells that were invalidated. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("invalidatedItemIndexPaths")]
public AnyObject[] InvalidatedItemIndexPaths { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A dictionary that identifies the supplementary views that were invalidated. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("invalidatedSupplementaryIndexPaths")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> InvalidatedSupplementaryIndexPaths { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A dictionary that identifies the decoration views that were invalidated. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("invalidatedDecorationIndexPaths")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> InvalidatedDecorationIndexPaths { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewTransitionLayout.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewTransitionLayout.cs index b26c26fb..13e7e091 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewTransitionLayout.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewTransitionLayout.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UICollectionViewTransitionLayout class is a special type of layout object that lets you implement behaviors when changing from one layout to another in your collection view. You can use this class as-is or subclass it to provide specialized behavior for your app. A common use for transition layouts is to create interactive transitions, such as those that are driven by gesture recognizers or touch events.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewTransitionLayout_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollectionViewTransitionLayout"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UICollectionViewTransitionLayout : UICollectionViewLayout//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a transition layout object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="currentLayout">The layout object currently in use by the collection view.</param>
/// <param name="nextLayout">The new layout object that is being installed into the collection view.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UICollectionViewTransitionLayout(UICollectionViewLayout currentLayout, UICollectionViewLayout nextLayout) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the value for an animatable key.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="value">The value you want to store for the specified key.</param>
/// <param name="forAnimatedKey">A key that you define for your custom transition layout.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("updateValue")]
public void UpdateValue(CGFloat value, string forAnimatedKey) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the most recently set value for the specified key.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="key">A key whose value you set using the updateValue:forAnimatedKey: method.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("valueForAnimatedKey")]
public CGFloat ValueForAnimatedKey(string key) { return default(CGFloat); }
/// <summary>
/// The completion percentage of the transition.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("transitionProgress")]
public CGFloat TransitionProgress { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The collection view’s current layout object. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("currentLayout")]
public UICollectionViewLayout CurrentLayout { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The collection view’s new layout object. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("nextLayout")]
public UICollectionViewLayout NextLayout { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UICollectionViewTransitionLayout class is a special type of layout object that lets you implement behaviors when changing from one layout to another in your collection view. You can use this class as-is or subclass it to provide specialized behavior for your app. A common use for transition layouts is to create interactive transitions, such as those that are driven by gesture recognizers or touch events.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewTransitionLayout_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollectionViewTransitionLayout"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UICollectionViewTransitionLayout : UICollectionViewLayout//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UICollectionViewTransitionLayout() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a transition layout object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="currentLayout">The layout object currently in use by the collection view.</param>
/// <param name="nextLayout">The new layout object that is being installed into the collection view.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UICollectionViewTransitionLayout(UICollectionViewLayout currentLayout, UICollectionViewLayout nextLayout) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the value for an animatable key.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="value">The value you want to store for the specified key.</param>
/// <param name="forAnimatedKey">A key that you define for your custom transition layout.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("updateValue")]
public virtual void UpdateValue(CGFloat value, string forAnimatedKey) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the most recently set value for the specified key.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="key">A key whose value you set using the updateValue:forAnimatedKey: method.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("valueForAnimatedKey")]
public virtual CGFloat ValueForAnimatedKey(string key) { return default(CGFloat); }
/// <summary>
/// The completion percentage of the transition.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("transitionProgress")]
public CGFloat TransitionProgress { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The collection view’s current layout object. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("currentLayout")]
public UICollectionViewLayout CurrentLayout { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The collection view’s new layout object. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("nextLayout")]
public UICollectionViewLayout NextLayout { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewUpdateItem.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewUpdateItem.cs index c741d37d..97266e56 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewUpdateItem.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollectionViewUpdateItem.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UICollectionViewUpdateItem class describes a single change to make to an item in a collection view. You do not create instances of this class directly. When updating its content, the collection view object creates them and passes them to the layout object’s prepareForCollectionViewUpdates: method, which can use them to prepare the layout object for the upcoming changes.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewUpdateItem_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollectionViewUpdateItem"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UICollectionViewUpdateItem : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// The index path of the item before the update. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("indexPathBeforeUpdate")]
public NSIndexPath IndexPathBeforeUpdate { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The index path of the item after the update. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("indexPathAfterUpdate")]
public NSIndexPath IndexPathAfterUpdate { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The action being performed on the item. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("updateAction")]
public UICollectionUpdateAction UpdateAction { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants indicating the type of action being performed on an item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum UICollectionUpdateAction
{
/// <summary>
/// Insert the item into the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Insert,
/// <summary>
/// Remove the item from the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Delete,
/// <summary>
/// Reload the item, which consists of deleting and then inserting the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Reload,
/// <summary>
/// Move the item from its current location to a new location.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Move,
/// <summary>
/// Take no action on the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
None,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UICollectionViewUpdateItem class describes a single change to make to an item in a collection view. You do not create instances of this class directly. When updating its content, the collection view object creates them and passes them to the layout object’s prepareForCollectionViewUpdates: method, which can use them to prepare the layout object for the upcoming changes.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollectionViewUpdateItem_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollectionViewUpdateItem"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UICollectionViewUpdateItem : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UICollectionViewUpdateItem() { }
/// <summary>
/// The index path of the item before the update. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("indexPathBeforeUpdate")]
public NSIndexPath IndexPathBeforeUpdate { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The index path of the item after the update. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("indexPathAfterUpdate")]
public NSIndexPath IndexPathAfterUpdate { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The action being performed on the item. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("updateAction")]
public UICollectionUpdateAction UpdateAction { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants indicating the type of action being performed on an item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum UICollectionUpdateAction
{
/// <summary>
/// Insert the item into the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Insert,
/// <summary>
/// Remove the item from the collection view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Delete,
/// <summary>
/// Reload the item, which consists of deleting and then inserting the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Reload,
/// <summary>
/// Move the item from its current location to a new location.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Move,
/// <summary>
/// Take no action on the item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
None,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollisionBehavior.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollisionBehavior.cs index 9259939b..7b668634 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollisionBehavior.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UICollisionBehavior.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A collision behavior confers, to a specified array of dynamic items, the ability of those items to engage in collisions with each other and with the behavior’s specified boundaries. A collision behavior also specifies some characteristics of its items’ collisions, with other characteristics optionally specified by a UIDynamicItemBehavior object.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollisionBehavior_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollisionBehavior"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UICollisionBehavior : UIDynamicBehavior//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Adds a dynamic item to the collision behavior’s item array.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item to add to the item array.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addItem")]
public void AddItem(UIDynamicItem item) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a collision behavior with an array of dynamic items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">The dynamic items that you want to participate in the collision behavior.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UICollisionBehavior(AnyObject[] items) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes a specific dynamic item from the collision behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item that you want to remove.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeItem")]
public void RemoveItem(UIDynamicItem item) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a collision boundary, specified as a Bezier path, to the collision behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">An arbitrary identifier for the boundary you are adding.</param>
/// <param name="forPath">An arbitrary Bezier path that specifies the collision boundary you are adding.
/// The coordinate system and origin point for the path depend on how you’ve initialized the dynamic animator (that you’re adding the behavior to). See the overview in UIDynamicAnimator Class Reference for more information.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addBoundaryWithIdentifier")]
public void AddBoundaryWithIdentifier(NSCopying identifier, UIBezierPath forPath) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a collision boundary, specified as a line segment, to the collision behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">An arbitrary identifier for the boundary you are adding.</param>
/// <param name="fromPoint">The starting point for the boundary line segment.</param>
/// <param name="toPoint">The ending point for the boundary line segment.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addBoundaryWithIdentifier")]
public void AddBoundaryWithIdentifier(NSCopying identifier, CGPoint fromPoint, CGPoint toPoint) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a specified Bezier-path boundary.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">A boundary identifier that you’ve previously added to the collision behavior.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("boundaryWithIdentifier")]
public UIBezierPath BoundaryWithIdentifier(NSCopying identifier) { return default(UIBezierPath); }
/// <summary>
/// Removes all previously-specified collision boundaries from the collision behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeAllBoundaries")]
public void RemoveAllBoundaries() { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes a specific collision boundary from the collision behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">The identifier of the boundary you want to remove.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeBoundaryWithIdentifier")]
public void RemoveBoundaryWithIdentifier(NSCopying identifier) { }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies a collision boundary based on the bounds of the animation reference system, with optional insets.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="insets">Insets to apply to the reference system’s bounds when defining the collision boundary.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setTranslatesReferenceBoundsIntoBoundaryWithInsets")]
public void SetTranslatesReferenceBoundsIntoBoundaryWithInsets(UIEdgeInsets insets) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the set of dynamic items you’ve added to the collision behavior. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("items")]
public AnyObject[] Items { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The set of boundary identifiers that you’ve added to the collision behavior. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("boundaryIdentifiers")]
public AnyObject[] BoundaryIdentifiers { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate object that you want to respond to collisions for the collision behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("collisionDelegate")]
public UICollisionBehaviorDelegate CollisionDelegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The type of edges that participate in collisions for the collision behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("collisionMode")]
public UICollisionBehaviorMode CollisionMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether a boundary based on the reference system is active.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("translatesReferenceBoundsIntoBoundary")]
public bool TranslatesReferenceBoundsIntoBoundary { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The types of edges that participate in collisions for a collision behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UICollisionBehaviorMode
{
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the dynamic items, associated with the collision behavior, collide only with each other and not with specified collision boundaries.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Items,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the dynamic items, associated with the collision behavior, collide only with specified collision boundaries and do not collide with each other.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Boundaries,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the dynamic items, associated with the collision behavior, collide with each other and with specified collision boundaries.
/// This is the default collision behavior mode.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Everything,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A collision behavior confers, to a specified array of dynamic items, the ability of those items to engage in collisions with each other and with the behavior’s specified boundaries. A collision behavior also specifies some characteristics of its items’ collisions, with other characteristics optionally specified by a UIDynamicItemBehavior object.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UICollisionBehavior_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UICollisionBehavior"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UICollisionBehavior : UIDynamicBehavior//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UICollisionBehavior() { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a dynamic item to the collision behavior’s item array.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item to add to the item array.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addItem")]
public virtual void AddItem(UIDynamicItem item) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a collision behavior with an array of dynamic items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">The dynamic items that you want to participate in the collision behavior.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UICollisionBehavior(AnyObject[] items) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes a specific dynamic item from the collision behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item that you want to remove.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeItem")]
public virtual void RemoveItem(UIDynamicItem item) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a collision boundary, specified as a Bezier path, to the collision behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">An arbitrary identifier for the boundary you are adding.</param>
/// <param name="forPath">An arbitrary Bezier path that specifies the collision boundary you are adding.
/// The coordinate system and origin point for the path depend on how you’ve initialized the dynamic animator (that you’re adding the behavior to). See the overview in UIDynamicAnimator Class Reference for more information.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addBoundaryWithIdentifier")]
public virtual void AddBoundaryWithIdentifier(NSCopying identifier, UIBezierPath forPath) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a collision boundary, specified as a line segment, to the collision behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">An arbitrary identifier for the boundary you are adding.</param>
/// <param name="fromPoint">The starting point for the boundary line segment.</param>
/// <param name="toPoint">The ending point for the boundary line segment.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addBoundaryWithIdentifier")]
public virtual void AddBoundaryWithIdentifier(NSCopying identifier, CGPoint fromPoint, CGPoint toPoint) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a specified Bezier-path boundary.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">A boundary identifier that you’ve previously added to the collision behavior.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("boundaryWithIdentifier")]
public virtual UIBezierPath BoundaryWithIdentifier(NSCopying identifier) { return default(UIBezierPath); }
/// <summary>
/// Removes all previously-specified collision boundaries from the collision behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeAllBoundaries")]
public virtual void RemoveAllBoundaries() { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes a specific collision boundary from the collision behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">The identifier of the boundary you want to remove.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeBoundaryWithIdentifier")]
public virtual void RemoveBoundaryWithIdentifier(NSCopying identifier) { }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies a collision boundary based on the bounds of the animation reference system, with optional insets.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="insets">Insets to apply to the reference system’s bounds when defining the collision boundary.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setTranslatesReferenceBoundsIntoBoundaryWithInsets")]
public virtual void SetTranslatesReferenceBoundsIntoBoundaryWithInsets(UIEdgeInsets insets) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the set of dynamic items you’ve added to the collision behavior. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("items")]
public AnyObject[] Items { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The set of boundary identifiers that you’ve added to the collision behavior. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("boundaryIdentifiers")]
public AnyObject[] BoundaryIdentifiers { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate object that you want to respond to collisions for the collision behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("collisionDelegate")]
public UICollisionBehaviorDelegate CollisionDelegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The type of edges that participate in collisions for the collision behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("collisionMode")]
public UICollisionBehaviorMode CollisionMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether a boundary based on the reference system is active.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("translatesReferenceBoundsIntoBoundary")]
public bool TranslatesReferenceBoundsIntoBoundary { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The types of edges that participate in collisions for a collision behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UICollisionBehaviorMode
{
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the dynamic items, associated with the collision behavior, collide only with each other and not with specified collision boundaries.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Items,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the dynamic items, associated with the collision behavior, collide only with specified collision boundaries and do not collide with each other.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Boundaries,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the dynamic items, associated with the collision behavior, collide with each other and with specified collision boundaries.
/// This is the default collision behavior mode.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Everything,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIColor.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIColor.cs index 14e90667..77c4b471 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIColor.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIColor.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIColor object represents color and sometimes opacity (alpha value). You can use UIColor objects to store color data, and during drawing you can use them to set the current fill and stroke colors.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIColor_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIColor"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIColor : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a color object that has the same color space and component values as the receiver, but has the specified alpha component.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="alpha">The opacity value of the new UIColor object.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("colorWithAlphaComponent")]
public UIColor ColorWithAlphaComponent(CGFloat alpha) { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a color object using the specified opacity and grayscale values.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="white">The grayscale value of the color object, specified as a value from 0.0 to 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="alpha">The opacity value of the color object, specified as a value from 0.0 to 1.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIColor(CGFloat white, CGFloat alpha) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a color object using the specified opacity and HSB color space component values.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="hue">The hue component of the color object in the HSB color space, specified as a value from 0.0 to 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="saturation">The saturation component of the color object in the HSB color space, specified as a value from 0.0 to 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="brightness">The brightness (or value) component of the color object in the HSB color space, specified as a value from 0.0 to 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="alpha">The opacity value of the color object, specified as a value from 0.0 to 1.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIColor(CGFloat hue, CGFloat saturation, CGFloat brightness, CGFloat alpha) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a color object using the specified opacity and RGB component values.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="red">The red component of the color object, specified as a value from 0.0 to 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="green">The green component of the color object, specified as a value from 0.0 to 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="blue">The blue component of the color object, specified as a value from 0.0 to 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="alpha">The opacity value of the color object, specified as a value from 0.0 to 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public UIColor(CGFloat red, CGFloat green, CGFloat blue, CGFloat alpha, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a color object using the specified Quartz color reference.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="CGColor">A reference to a Quartz color.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIColor(CGColor CGColor) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a color object using the specified Quartz color reference.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="patternImage">The image to use when creating the pattern color.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIColor(UIImage patternImage) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a color object using the specified Core Image color.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="CIColor">The Core Image color to convert.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public UIColor(CIColor CIColor) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose grayscale value is 0.0 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("blackColor")]
public static UIColor BlackColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose grayscale value is 1/3 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("darkGrayColor")]
public static UIColor DarkGrayColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose grayscale value is 2/3 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("lightGrayColor")]
public static UIColor LightGrayColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose grayscale value is 1.0 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("whiteColor")]
public static UIColor WhiteColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose grayscale value is 0.5 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("grayColor")]
public static UIColor GrayColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose RGB values are 1.0, 0.0, and 0.0 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("redColor")]
public static UIColor RedColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose RGB values are 0.0, 1.0, and 0.0 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("greenColor")]
public static UIColor GreenColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose RGB values are 0.0, 0.0, and 1.0 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("blueColor")]
public static UIColor BlueColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose RGB values are 0.0, 1.0, and 1.0 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("cyanColor")]
public static UIColor CyanColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose RGB values are 1.0, 1.0, and 0.0 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("yellowColor")]
public static UIColor YellowColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose RGB values are 1.0, 0.0, and 1.0 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("magentaColor")]
public static UIColor MagentaColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose RGB values are 1.0, 0.5, and 0.0 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("orangeColor")]
public static UIColor OrangeColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose RGB values are 0.5, 0.0, and 0.5 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("purpleColor")]
public static UIColor PurpleColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose RGB values are 0.6, 0.4, and 0.2 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("brownColor")]
public static UIColor BrownColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose grayscale and alpha values are both 0.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("clearColor")]
public static UIColor ClearColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the system color used for displaying text on a dark background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("lightTextColor")]
public static UIColor LightTextColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the system color used for displaying text on a light background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("darkTextColor")]
public static UIColor DarkTextColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the system color used for the background of a grouped table.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("groupTableViewBackgroundColor")]
public static UIColor GroupTableViewBackgroundColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the components that make up the color in the HSB color space.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="hue">On return, the hue component of the color object, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="saturation">On return, the saturation component of the color object, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="brightness">On return, the brightness component of the color object, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="alpha">On return, the opacity component of the color object, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("getHue")]
public bool GetHue(UnsafePointer<CGFloat> hue, UnsafePointer<CGFloat> saturation, UnsafePointer<CGFloat> brightness, UnsafePointer<CGFloat> alpha) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the components that make up the color in the RGB color space.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="red">On return, the red component of the color object, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="green">On return, the green component of the color object, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="blue">On return, the blue component of the color object, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="alpha">On return, the opacity component of the color object, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("getRed")]
public bool GetRed(UnsafePointer<CGFloat> red, UnsafePointer<CGFloat> green, UnsafePointer<CGFloat> blue, UnsafePointer<CGFloat> alpha) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the grayscale components of the color.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="white">On return, the grayscale component of the color object, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="alpha">On return, the opacity component of the color object, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("getWhite")]
public bool GetWhite(UnsafePointer<CGFloat> white, UnsafePointer<CGFloat> alpha) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the color of subsequent stroke and fill operations to the color that the receiver represents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("set")]
public void Set() { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the color of subsequent fill operations to the color that the receiver represents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setFill")]
public void SetFill() { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the color of subsequent stroke operations to the color that the receiver represents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setStroke")]
public void SetStroke() { }
/// <summary>
/// The Quartz color reference that corresponds to the receiver’s color. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public CGColor CGColor { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The Core Image color associated with the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public CIColor CIColor { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIColor object represents color and sometimes opacity (alpha value). You can use UIColor objects to store color data, and during drawing you can use them to set the current fill and stroke colors.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIColor_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIColor"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIColor : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
public UIColor() { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a color object that has the same color space and component values as the receiver, but has the specified alpha component.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="alpha">The opacity value of the new UIColor object.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("colorWithAlphaComponent")]
public virtual UIColor ColorWithAlphaComponent(CGFloat alpha) { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a color object using the specified opacity and grayscale values.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="white">The grayscale value of the color object, specified as a value from 0.0 to 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="alpha">The opacity value of the color object, specified as a value from 0.0 to 1.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIColor(CGFloat white, CGFloat alpha) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a color object using the specified opacity and HSB color space component values.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="hue">The hue component of the color object in the HSB color space, specified as a value from 0.0 to 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="saturation">The saturation component of the color object in the HSB color space, specified as a value from 0.0 to 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="brightness">The brightness (or value) component of the color object in the HSB color space, specified as a value from 0.0 to 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="alpha">The opacity value of the color object, specified as a value from 0.0 to 1.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIColor(CGFloat hue, CGFloat saturation, CGFloat brightness, CGFloat alpha) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a color object using the specified opacity and RGB component values.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="red">The red component of the color object, specified as a value from 0.0 to 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="green">The green component of the color object, specified as a value from 0.0 to 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="blue">The blue component of the color object, specified as a value from 0.0 to 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="alpha">The opacity value of the color object, specified as a value from 0.0 to 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public UIColor(CGFloat red, CGFloat green, CGFloat blue, CGFloat alpha, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a color object using the specified Quartz color reference.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="CGColor">A reference to a Quartz color.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIColor(CGColor CGColor) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a color object using the specified Quartz color reference.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="patternImage">The image to use when creating the pattern color.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIColor(UIImage patternImage) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a color object using the specified Core Image color.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="CIColor">The Core Image color to convert.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public UIColor(CIColor CIColor) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose grayscale value is 0.0 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("blackColor")]
public virtual static UIColor BlackColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose grayscale value is 1/3 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("darkGrayColor")]
public virtual static UIColor DarkGrayColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose grayscale value is 2/3 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("lightGrayColor")]
public virtual static UIColor LightGrayColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose grayscale value is 1.0 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("whiteColor")]
public virtual static UIColor WhiteColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose grayscale value is 0.5 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("grayColor")]
public virtual static UIColor GrayColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose RGB values are 1.0, 0.0, and 0.0 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("redColor")]
public virtual static UIColor RedColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose RGB values are 0.0, 1.0, and 0.0 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("greenColor")]
public virtual static UIColor GreenColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose RGB values are 0.0, 0.0, and 1.0 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("blueColor")]
public virtual static UIColor BlueColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose RGB values are 0.0, 1.0, and 1.0 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("cyanColor")]
public virtual static UIColor CyanColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose RGB values are 1.0, 1.0, and 0.0 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("yellowColor")]
public virtual static UIColor YellowColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose RGB values are 1.0, 0.0, and 1.0 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("magentaColor")]
public virtual static UIColor MagentaColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose RGB values are 1.0, 0.5, and 0.0 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("orangeColor")]
public virtual static UIColor OrangeColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose RGB values are 0.5, 0.0, and 0.5 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("purpleColor")]
public virtual static UIColor PurpleColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose RGB values are 0.6, 0.4, and 0.2 and whose alpha value is 1.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("brownColor")]
public virtual static UIColor BrownColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a color object whose grayscale and alpha values are both 0.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("clearColor")]
public virtual static UIColor ClearColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the system color used for displaying text on a dark background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("lightTextColor")]
public virtual static UIColor LightTextColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the system color used for displaying text on a light background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("darkTextColor")]
public virtual static UIColor DarkTextColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the system color used for the background of a grouped table.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("groupTableViewBackgroundColor")]
public virtual static UIColor GroupTableViewBackgroundColor() { return default(UIColor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the components that make up the color in the HSB color space.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="hue">On return, the hue component of the color object, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="saturation">On return, the saturation component of the color object, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="brightness">On return, the brightness component of the color object, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="alpha">On return, the opacity component of the color object, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("getHue")]
public virtual bool GetHue(UnsafeMutablePointer<CGFloat> hue, UnsafeMutablePointer<CGFloat> saturation, UnsafeMutablePointer<CGFloat> brightness, UnsafeMutablePointer<CGFloat> alpha) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the components that make up the color in the RGB color space.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="red">On return, the red component of the color object, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="green">On return, the green component of the color object, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="blue">On return, the blue component of the color object, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="alpha">On return, the opacity component of the color object, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("getRed")]
public virtual bool GetRed(UnsafeMutablePointer<CGFloat> red, UnsafeMutablePointer<CGFloat> green, UnsafeMutablePointer<CGFloat> blue, UnsafeMutablePointer<CGFloat> alpha) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the grayscale components of the color.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="white">On return, the grayscale component of the color object, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0.</param>
/// <param name="alpha">On return, the opacity component of the color object, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("getWhite")]
public virtual bool GetWhite(UnsafeMutablePointer<CGFloat> white, UnsafeMutablePointer<CGFloat> alpha) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the color of subsequent stroke and fill operations to the color that the receiver represents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("set")]
public virtual void Set() { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the color of subsequent fill operations to the color that the receiver represents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setFill")]
public virtual void SetFill() { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the color of subsequent stroke operations to the color that the receiver represents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setStroke")]
public virtual void SetStroke() { }
/// <summary>
/// The Quartz color reference that corresponds to the receiver’s color. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public CGColor CGColor { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The Core Image color associated with the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public CIColor CIColor { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIControl.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIControl.cs index 9bc00177..15ff9ef6 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIControl.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIControl.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UIControl is the base class for control objects such as buttons and sliders that convey user intent to the application. You cannot use the UIControl class directly to instantiate controls. It instead defines the common interface and behavioral structure for all its subclasses.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIControl_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIControl"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIControl : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIControl() : base(new CGRect()) { }
/// <summary>
/// In response to a given event, forwards an action message to the application object for dispatching to a target.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="action">A selector identifying an action message. It cannot be NULL.</param>
/// <param name="to">The target object—that is, the object to which the action message is sent. If this is nil, the receiver traverses the responder chain and sends the action message to the first object willing to respond to it.</param>
/// <param name="forEvent">An object representing the event (typically in a UIControl object) that originated the action message. The event can be nil if the action is invoked directly instead of being caused by an event. For example, a value-changed message might be sent for programmatic reasons rather than as a result of the user touching the control.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sendAction")]
public void SendAction(Selector action, AnyObject to, UIEvent forEvent) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sends action messages for the given control events.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controlEvents">A bitmask whose set flags specify the control events for which action messages are sent. See Control Events for bitmask constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sendActionsForControlEvents")]
public void SendActionsForControlEvents(UIControlEvents controlEvents) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a target and action for a particular event (or events) to an internal dispatch table.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="target">The target object—that is, the object to which the action message is sent. If this is nil, the responder chain is searched for an object willing to respond to the action message.</param>
/// <param name="action">A selector identifying an action message. It cannot be NULL.</param>
/// <param name="forControlEvents">A bitmask specifying the control events for which the action message is sent. See Control Events for bitmask constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("addTarget")]
public void AddTarget(AnyObject target, Selector action, UIControlEvents forControlEvents) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes a target and action for a particular event (or events) from an internal dispatch table.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="target">The target object—that is, the object to which the action message is sent. Pass nil to remove all targets paired with action and the specified control events.</param>
/// <param name="action">A selector identifying an action message. Pass NULL to remove all action messages paired with target.</param>
/// <param name="forControlEvents">A bitmask specifying the control events associated with target and action. See Control Events for bitmask constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("removeTarget")]
public void RemoveTarget(AnyObject target, Selector action, UIControlEvents forControlEvents) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the actions that are associated with a target and a particular control event.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="target">The target object—that is, the object to which an action message is sent.
/// You must pass an explicit match for the target. Do not pass a value of nil.</param>
/// <param name="forControlEvent">A single constant of type UIControlEvents that specifies a particular user action on the control; for a list of these constants, see Control Events.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("actionsForTarget")]
public AnyObject[] ActionsForTarget(AnyObject target, UIControlEvents forControlEvent) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns all target objects associated with the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("allTargets")]
public NSSet AllTargets() { return default(NSSet); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns all control events associated with the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("allControlEvents")]
public UIControlEvents AllControlEvents() { return default(UIControlEvents); }
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the control when a touch related to the given event enters the control’s bounds.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="touch">A UITouch object that represents a touch on the receiving control during tracking.</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">An event object encapsulating the information specific to the user event.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("beginTrackingWithTouch")]
public bool BeginTrackingWithTouch(UITouch touch, UIEvent withEvent) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Sent continuously to the control as it tracks a touch related to the given event within the control’s bounds.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="touch">A UITouch object that represents a touch on the receiving control during tracking.</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">An event object encapsulating the information specific to the user event</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("continueTrackingWithTouch")]
public bool ContinueTrackingWithTouch(UITouch touch, UIEvent withEvent) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the control when the last touch for the given event completely ends, telling it to stop tracking.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="touches">A UITouch object that represents a touch on the receiving control during tracking.</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">An event object encapsulating the information specific to the user event.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("endTrackingWithTouch")]
public void EndTrackingWithTouch(UITouch touches, UIEvent withEvent) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the control to cancel tracking related to the given event.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="event">An event object encapsulating the information specific to the user event. This parameter might be nil, indicating that the cancelation was caused by something other than an event, such as the view being removed from the window.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("cancelTrackingWithEvent")]
public void CancelTrackingWithEvent(UIEvent @event) { }
/// <summary>
/// A bitmask value that indicates the state of the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("state")]
public UIControlState State { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the receiver is enabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("enabled")]
public bool Enabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines the receiver’s selected state.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selected")]
public bool Selected { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the receiver is highlighted.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("highlighted")]
public bool Highlighted { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The vertical alignment of content (text or image) within the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("contentVerticalAlignment")]
public UIControlContentVerticalAlignment ContentVerticalAlignment { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The horizontal alignment of content (text or image) within the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("contentHorizontalAlignment")]
public UIControlContentHorizontalAlignment ContentHorizontalAlignment { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver is currently tracking touches related to an event. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tracking")]
public bool Tracking { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether a touch is inside the bounds of the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("touchInside")]
public bool TouchInside { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Kinds of events possible for control objects.
/// </summary>
public enum UIControlEvents
{
/// <summary>
/// A touch-down event in the control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TouchDown,
/// <summary>
/// A repeated touch-down event in the control; for this event the value of the UITouch tapCount method is greater than one.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TouchDownRepeat,
/// <summary>
/// An event where a finger is dragged inside the bounds of the control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TouchDragInside,
/// <summary>
/// An event where a finger is dragged just outside the bounds of the control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TouchDragOutside,
/// <summary>
/// An event where a finger is dragged into the bounds of the control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TouchDragEnter,
/// <summary>
/// An event where a finger is dragged from within a control to outside its bounds.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TouchDragExit,
/// <summary>
/// A touch-up event in the control where the finger is inside the bounds of the control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TouchUpInside,
/// <summary>
/// A touch-up event in the control where the finger is outside the bounds of the control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TouchUpOutside,
/// <summary>
/// A system event canceling the current touches for the control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TouchCancel,
/// <summary>
/// A touch dragging or otherwise manipulating a control, causing it to emit a series of different values.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
ValueChanged,
/// <summary>
/// A touch initiating an editing session in a UITextField object by entering its bounds.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
EditingDidBegin,
/// <summary>
/// A touch making an editing change in a UITextField object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
EditingChanged,
/// <summary>
/// A touch ending an editing session in a UITextField object by leaving its bounds.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
EditingDidEnd,
/// <summary>
/// A touch ending an editing session in a UITextField object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
EditingDidEndOnExit,
/// <summary>
/// All touch events.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
AllTouchEvents,
/// <summary>
/// All editing touches for UITextField objects.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
AllEditingEvents,
/// <summary>
/// A range of control-event values available for application use.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
ApplicationReserved,
/// <summary>
/// A range of control-event values reserved for internal framework use.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
SystemReserved,
/// <summary>
/// All events, including system events.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
AllEvents,
}
/// <summary>
/// The vertical alignment of content (text and images) within a control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIControlContentVerticalAlignment
{
/// <summary>
/// Aligns the content vertically in the center of the control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Center,
/// <summary>
/// Aligns the content vertically at the top in the control (the default).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Top,
/// <summary>
/// Aligns the content vertically at the bottom in the control
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Bottom,
/// <summary>
/// Aligns the content vertically to fill the content rectangle; images may be stretched.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Fill,
}
/// <summary>
/// The horizontal alignment of content (text and images) within a control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIControlContentHorizontalAlignment
{
/// <summary>
/// Aligns the content horizontally in the center of the control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Center,
/// <summary>
/// Aligns the content horizontally from the left of the control (the default).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// Aligns the content horizontally from the right of the control
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Right,
/// <summary>
/// Aligns the content horizontally to fill the content rectangles; text may wrap and images may be stretched.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Fill,
}
/// <summary>
/// The state of a control; a control can have more than one state at a time. States are recognized differently depending on the control. For example, a UIButton instance may be configured (using the setImage:forState: method) to display one image when it is in its normal state and a different image when it is highlighted.
/// </summary>
public enum UIControlState
{
/// <summary>
/// The normal, or default state of a control—that is, enabled but neither selected nor highlighted.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Normal,
/// <summary>
/// Highlighted state of a control. A control enters this state when a touch enters and exits during tracking and when there is a touch up event. You can retrieve and set this value through the highlighted property.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Highlighted,
/// <summary>
/// Disabled state of a control. This state indicates that the control is currently disabled. You can retrieve and set this value through the enabled property.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Disabled,
/// <summary>
/// Selected state of a control. For many controls, this state has no effect on behavior or appearance. But other subclasses (for example, the UISegmentedControl class) may have different appearance depending on their selected state. You can retrieve and set this value through the selected property.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Selected,
/// <summary>
/// Additional control-state flags available for application use.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Application,
/// <summary>
/// Control-state flags reserved for internal framework use.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Reserved,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UIControl is the base class for control objects such as buttons and sliders that convey user intent to the application. You cannot use the UIControl class directly to instantiate controls. It instead defines the common interface and behavioral structure for all its subclasses.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIControl_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIControl"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIControl : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIControl() { }
/// <summary>
/// In response to a given event, forwards an action message to the application object for dispatching to a target.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="action">A selector identifying an action message. It cannot be NULL.</param>
/// <param name="to">The target object—that is, the object to which the action message is sent. If this is nil, the receiver traverses the responder chain and sends the action message to the first object willing to respond to it.</param>
/// <param name="forEvent">An object representing the event (typically in a UIControl object) that originated the action message. The event can be nil if the action is invoked directly instead of being caused by an event. For example, a value-changed message might be sent for programmatic reasons rather than as a result of the user touching the control.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sendAction")]
public virtual void SendAction(Selector action, AnyObject to, UIEvent forEvent) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sends action messages for the given control events.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="controlEvents">A bitmask whose set flags specify the control events for which action messages are sent. See Control Events for bitmask constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sendActionsForControlEvents")]
public virtual void SendActionsForControlEvents(UIControlEvents controlEvents) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a target and action for a particular event (or events) to an internal dispatch table.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="target">The target object—that is, the object to which the action message is sent. If this is nil, the responder chain is searched for an object willing to respond to the action message.</param>
/// <param name="action">A selector identifying an action message. It cannot be NULL.</param>
/// <param name="forControlEvents">A bitmask specifying the control events for which the action message is sent. See Control Events for bitmask constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("addTarget")]
public virtual void AddTarget(AnyObject target, Selector action, UIControlEvents forControlEvents) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes a target and action for a particular event (or events) from an internal dispatch table.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="target">The target object—that is, the object to which the action message is sent. Pass nil to remove all targets paired with action and the specified control events.</param>
/// <param name="action">A selector identifying an action message. Pass NULL to remove all action messages paired with target.</param>
/// <param name="forControlEvents">A bitmask specifying the control events associated with target and action. See Control Events for bitmask constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("removeTarget")]
public virtual void RemoveTarget(AnyObject target, Selector action, UIControlEvents forControlEvents) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the actions that are associated with a target and a particular control event.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="target">The target object—that is, the object to which an action message is sent.
/// You must pass an explicit match for the target. Do not pass a value of nil.</param>
/// <param name="forControlEvent">A single constant of type UIControlEvents that specifies a particular user action on the control; for a list of these constants, see Control Events.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("actionsForTarget")]
public virtual AnyObject[] ActionsForTarget(AnyObject target, UIControlEvents forControlEvent) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns all target objects associated with the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("allTargets")]
public virtual NSSet AllTargets() { return default(NSSet); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns all control events associated with the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("allControlEvents")]
public virtual UIControlEvents AllControlEvents() { return default(UIControlEvents); }
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the control when a touch related to the given event enters the control’s bounds.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="touch">A UITouch object that represents a touch on the receiving control during tracking.</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">An event object encapsulating the information specific to the user event.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("beginTrackingWithTouch")]
public virtual bool BeginTrackingWithTouch(UITouch touch, UIEvent withEvent) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Sent continuously to the control as it tracks a touch related to the given event within the control’s bounds.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="touch">A UITouch object that represents a touch on the receiving control during tracking.</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">An event object encapsulating the information specific to the user event</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("continueTrackingWithTouch")]
public virtual bool ContinueTrackingWithTouch(UITouch touch, UIEvent withEvent) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the control when the last touch for the given event completely ends, telling it to stop tracking.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="touches">A UITouch object that represents a touch on the receiving control during tracking.</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">An event object encapsulating the information specific to the user event.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("endTrackingWithTouch")]
public virtual void EndTrackingWithTouch(UITouch touches, UIEvent withEvent) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the control to cancel tracking related to the given event.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="event">An event object encapsulating the information specific to the user event. This parameter might be nil, indicating that the cancelation was caused by something other than an event, such as the view being removed from the window.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("cancelTrackingWithEvent")]
public virtual void CancelTrackingWithEvent(UIEvent event) { }
/// <summary>
/// A bitmask value that indicates the state of the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("state")]
public UIControlState State { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the receiver is enabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("enabled")]
public bool Enabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines the receiver’s selected state.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selected")]
public bool Selected { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the receiver is highlighted.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("highlighted")]
public bool Highlighted { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The vertical alignment of content (text or image) within the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("contentVerticalAlignment")]
public UIControlContentVerticalAlignment ContentVerticalAlignment { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The horizontal alignment of content (text or image) within the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("contentHorizontalAlignment")]
public UIControlContentHorizontalAlignment ContentHorizontalAlignment { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver is currently tracking touches related to an event. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tracking")]
public bool Tracking { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether a touch is inside the bounds of the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("touchInside")]
public bool TouchInside { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The type for the enum constants listed in Control Events.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIControlEvents
{
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
TouchDown,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
TouchDownRepeat,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
TouchDragInside,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
TouchDragOutside,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
TouchDragEnter,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
TouchDragExit,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
TouchUpInside,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
TouchUpOutside,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
TouchCancel,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
ValueChanged,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
EditingDidBegin,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
EditingChanged,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
EditingDidEnd,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
EditingDidEndOnExit,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
AllTouchEvents,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
AllEditingEvents,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
ApplicationReserved,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
SystemReserved,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
AllEvents,
}
/// <summary>
/// The bit-mask type for control-state constants.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIControlState
{
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
Normal,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
Highlighted,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
Disabled,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
Selected,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
Application,
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
Reserved,
}
/// <summary>
/// Kinds of events possible for control objects.
/// </summary>
public enum UIControlEvents
{
/// <summary>
/// A touch-down event in the control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TouchDown,
/// <summary>
/// A repeated touch-down event in the control; for this event the value of the UITouch tapCount method is greater than one.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TouchDownRepeat,
/// <summary>
/// An event where a finger is dragged inside the bounds of the control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TouchDragInside,
/// <summary>
/// An event where a finger is dragged just outside the bounds of the control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TouchDragOutside,
/// <summary>
/// An event where a finger is dragged into the bounds of the control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TouchDragEnter,
/// <summary>
/// An event where a finger is dragged from within a control to outside its bounds.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TouchDragExit,
/// <summary>
/// A touch-up event in the control where the finger is inside the bounds of the control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TouchUpInside,
/// <summary>
/// A touch-up event in the control where the finger is outside the bounds of the control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TouchUpOutside,
/// <summary>
/// A system event canceling the current touches for the control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TouchCancel,
/// <summary>
/// A touch dragging or otherwise manipulating a control, causing it to emit a series of different values.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
ValueChanged,
/// <summary>
/// A touch initiating an editing session in a UITextField object by entering its bounds.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
EditingDidBegin,
/// <summary>
/// A touch making an editing change in a UITextField object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
EditingChanged,
/// <summary>
/// A touch ending an editing session in a UITextField object by leaving its bounds.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
EditingDidEnd,
/// <summary>
/// A touch ending an editing session in a UITextField object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
EditingDidEndOnExit,
/// <summary>
/// All touch events.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
AllTouchEvents,
/// <summary>
/// All editing touches for UITextField objects.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
AllEditingEvents,
/// <summary>
/// A range of control-event values available for application use.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
ApplicationReserved,
/// <summary>
/// A range of control-event values reserved for internal framework use.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
SystemReserved,
/// <summary>
/// All events, including system events.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
AllEvents,
}
/// <summary>
/// The vertical alignment of content (text and images) within a control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIControlContentVerticalAlignment
{
/// <summary>
/// Aligns the content vertically in the center of the control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Center,
/// <summary>
/// Aligns the content vertically at the top in the control (the default).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Top,
/// <summary>
/// Aligns the content vertically at the bottom in the control
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Bottom,
/// <summary>
/// Aligns the content vertically to fill the content rectangle; images may be stretched.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Fill,
}
/// <summary>
/// The horizontal alignment of content (text and images) within a control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIControlContentHorizontalAlignment
{
/// <summary>
/// Aligns the content horizontally in the center of the control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Center,
/// <summary>
/// Aligns the content horizontally from the left of the control (the default).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// Aligns the content horizontally from the right of the control
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Right,
/// <summary>
/// Aligns the content horizontally to fill the content rectangles; text may wrap and images may be stretched.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Fill,
}
/// <summary>
/// The state of a control; a control can have more than one state at a time. States are recognized differently depending on the control. For example, a UIButton instance may be configured (using the setImage:forState: method) to display one image when it is in its normal state and a different image when it is highlighted.
/// </summary>
public enum UIControlState
{
/// <summary>
/// The normal, or default state of a control—that is, enabled but neither selected nor highlighted.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Normal,
/// <summary>
/// Highlighted state of a control. A control enters this state when a touch enters and exits during tracking and when there is a touch up event. You can retrieve and set this value through the highlighted property.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Highlighted,
/// <summary>
/// Disabled state of a control. This state indicates that the control is currently disabled. You can retrieve and set this value through the enabled property.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Disabled,
/// <summary>
/// Selected state of a control. For many controls, this state has no effect on behavior or appearance. But other subclasses (for example, the UISegmentedControl class) may have different appearance depending on their selected state. You can retrieve and set this value through the selected property.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Selected,
/// <summary>
/// Additional control-state flags available for application use.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Application,
/// <summary>
/// Control-state flags reserved for internal framework use.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Reserved,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDatePicker.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDatePicker.cs index e0b30185..7b443dd2 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDatePicker.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDatePicker.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIDatePicker class implements an object that uses multiple rotating wheels to allow users to select dates and times. iPhone examples of a date picker are the Timer and Alarm (Set Alarm) panes of the Clock application. You may also use a date picker as a countdown timer.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDatePicker_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIDatePicker"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIDatePicker : UIControl//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Sets the date to display in the date picker, with an option to animate the setting.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="date">An NSDate object representing the new date to display in the date picker.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the setting of the new date, otherwise false. The animation rotates the wheels until the new date and time is shown under the highlight rectangle.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setDate")]
public void SetDate(NSDate date, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// The calendar to use for the date picker.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("calendar")]
public NSCalendar Calendar { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The date displayed by the date picker.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("date")]
public NSDate Date { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The locale used by the date picker.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("locale")]
public NSLocale Locale { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The time zone reflected in the date displayed by the date picker.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("timeZone")]
public NSTimeZone TimeZone { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The mode of the date picker.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("datePickerMode")]
public UIDatePickerMode DatePickerMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The maximum date that a date picker can show.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("maximumDate")]
public NSDate MaximumDate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The minimum date that a date picker can show.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("minimumDate")]
public NSDate MinimumDate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The interval at which the date picker should display minutes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("minuteInterval")]
public int MinuteInterval { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The seconds from which the countdown timer counts down.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("countDownDuration")]
public NSTimeInterval CountDownDuration { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The mode of the date picker.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIDatePickerMode
{
/// <summary>
/// The date picker displays hours, minutes, and (optionally) an AM/PM designation. The exact items shown and their order depend upon the locale set. An example of this mode is [ 6 | 53 | PM ].
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Time,
/// <summary>
/// The date picker displays months, days of the month, and years. The exact order of these items depends on the locale setting. An example of this mode is [ November | 15 | 2007 ].
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Date,
/// <summary>
/// The date picker displays dates (as unified day of the week, month, and day of the month values) plus hours, minutes, and (optionally) an AM/PM designation. The exact order and format of these items depends on the locale set. An example of this mode is [ Wed Nov 15 | 6 | 53 | PM ].
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
DateAndTime,
/// <summary>
/// The date picker displays hour and minute values, for example [ 1 | 53 ]. The application must set a timer to fire at the proper interval and set the date picker as the seconds tick down.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
CountDownTimer,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIDatePicker class implements an object that uses multiple rotating wheels to allow users to select dates and times. iPhone examples of a date picker are the Timer and Alarm (Set Alarm) panes of the Clock application. You may also use a date picker as a countdown timer.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDatePicker_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIDatePicker"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIDatePicker : UIControl//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIDatePicker() { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the date to display in the date picker, with an option to animate the setting.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="date">An NSDate object representing the new date to display in the date picker.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the setting of the new date, otherwise false. The animation rotates the wheels until the new date and time is shown under the highlight rectangle.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setDate")]
public virtual void SetDate(NSDate date, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// The calendar to use for the date picker.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("calendar")]
public NSCalendar Calendar { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The date displayed by the date picker.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("date")]
public NSDate Date { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The locale used by the date picker.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("locale")]
public NSLocale Locale { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The time zone reflected in the date displayed by the date picker.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("timeZone")]
public NSTimeZone TimeZone { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The mode of the date picker.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("datePickerMode")]
public UIDatePickerMode DatePickerMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The maximum date that a date picker can show.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("maximumDate")]
public NSDate MaximumDate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The minimum date that a date picker can show.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("minimumDate")]
public NSDate MinimumDate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The interval at which the date picker should display minutes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("minuteInterval")]
public int MinuteInterval { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The seconds from which the countdown timer counts down.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("countDownDuration")]
public NSTimeInterval CountDownDuration { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The mode of the date picker.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIDatePickerMode
{
/// <summary>
/// The date picker displays hours, minutes, and (optionally) an AM/PM designation. The exact items shown and their order depend upon the locale set. An example of this mode is [ 6 | 53 | PM ].
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Time,
/// <summary>
/// The date picker displays months, days of the month, and years. The exact order of these items depends on the locale setting. An example of this mode is [ November | 15 | 2007 ].
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Date,
/// <summary>
/// The date picker displays dates (as unified day of the week, month, and day of the month values) plus hours, minutes, and (optionally) an AM/PM designation. The exact order and format of these items depends on the locale set. An example of this mode is [ Wed Nov 15 | 6 | 53 | PM ].
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
DateAndTime,
/// <summary>
/// The date picker displays hour and minute values, for example [ 1 | 53 ]. The application must set a timer to fire at the proper interval and set the date picker as the seconds tick down.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
CountDownTimer,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDevice.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDevice.cs index f1fce3a6..2ce1cf4e 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDevice.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDevice.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIDevice class provides a singleton instance representing the current device. From this instance you can obtain information about the device such as assigned name, device model, and operating-system name and version.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDevice_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIDevice"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIDevice : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns an object representing the current device.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("currentDevice")]
public static UIDevice CurrentDevice() { return default(UIDevice); }
/// <summary>
/// Begins the generation of notifications of device orientation changes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("beginGeneratingDeviceOrientationNotifications")]
public void BeginGeneratingDeviceOrientationNotifications() { }
/// <summary>
/// Ends the generation of notifications of device orientation changes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("endGeneratingDeviceOrientationNotifications")]
public void EndGeneratingDeviceOrientationNotifications() { }
/// <summary>
/// Plays an input click in an enabled input view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("playInputClick")]
public void PlayInputClick() { }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether multitasking is supported on the current device. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("multitaskingSupported")]
public bool MultitaskingSupported { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The name identifying the device. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("name")]
public string Name { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The name of the operating system running on the device represented by the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("systemName")]
public string SystemName { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current version of the operating system. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("systemVersion")]
public string SystemVersion { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The model of the device. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("model")]
public string Model { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The model of the device as a localized string. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("localizedModel")]
public string LocalizedModel { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The style of interface to use on the current device. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("userInterfaceIdiom")]
public UIUserInterfaceIdiom UserInterfaceIdiom { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// An alphanumeric string that uniquely identifies a device to the app’s vendor. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("identifierForVendor")]
public NSUUID IdentifierForVendor { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the physical orientation of the device. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("orientation")]
public UIDeviceOrientation Orientation { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver generates orientation notifications (true) or not (false). (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("generatesDeviceOrientationNotifications")]
public bool GeneratesDeviceOrientationNotifications { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The battery charge level for the device. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("batteryLevel")]
public float BatteryLevel { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether battery monitoring is enabled (true) or not (false).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("batteryMonitoringEnabled")]
public bool BatteryMonitoringEnabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The battery state for the device. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("batteryState")]
public UIDeviceBatteryState BatteryState { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether proximity monitoring is enabled (true) or not (false).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("proximityMonitoringEnabled")]
public bool ProximityMonitoringEnabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the proximity sensor is close to the user (true) or not (false). (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("proximityState")]
public bool ProximityState { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The battery power state of the device.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public enum UIDeviceBatteryState
{
/// <summary>
/// The battery state for the device cannot be determined.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Unknown,
/// <summary>
/// The device is not plugged into power; the battery is discharging.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Unplugged,
/// <summary>
/// The device is plugged into power and the battery is less than 100% charged.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Charging,
/// <summary>
/// The device is plugged into power and the battery is 100% charged.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Full,
}
/// <summary>
/// The physical orientation of the device.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIDeviceOrientation
{
/// <summary>
/// The orientation of the device cannot be determined.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Unknown,
/// <summary>
/// The device is in portrait mode, with the device held upright and the home button at the bottom.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Portrait,
/// <summary>
/// The device is in portrait mode but upside down, with the device held upright and the home button at the top.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
PortraitUpsideDown,
/// <summary>
/// The device is in landscape mode, with the device held upright and the home button on the right side.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
LandscapeLeft,
/// <summary>
/// The device is in landscape mode, with the device held upright and the home button on the left side.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
LandscapeRight,
/// <summary>
/// The device is held parallel to the ground with the screen facing upwards.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FaceUp,
/// <summary>
/// The device is held parallel to the ground with the screen facing downwards.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FaceDown,
}
/// <summary>
/// The type of interface that should be used on the current device
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public enum UIUserInterfaceIdiom
{
/// <summary>
/// Used when an object has a trait collection, but it is not in an environment yet. For example, a view that is created, but not put into a view hierarchy.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Unspecified,
/// <summary>
/// The user interface should be designed for iPhone and iPod touch.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Phone,
/// <summary>
/// The user interface should be designed for iPad.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Pad,
}
/// <summary>
/// For this notification to be sent, you must set the batteryMonitoringEnabled property to true.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIDeviceBatteryLevelDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIDeviceBatteryLevelDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// For this notification to be sent, you must set the batteryMonitoringEnabled property to true.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIDeviceBatteryStateDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIDeviceBatteryStateDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// You can obtain the new orientation by getting the value of the orientation property.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIDeviceOrientationDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIDeviceOrientationDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// You can obtain the proximity state by getting the value of the proximityState property.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIDeviceProximityStateDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIDeviceProximityStateDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIDevice class provides a singleton instance representing the current device. From this instance you can obtain information about the device such as assigned name, device model, and operating-system name and version.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDevice_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIDevice"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIDevice : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIDevice() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an object representing the current device.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("currentDevice")]
public virtual static UIDevice CurrentDevice() { return default(UIDevice); }
/// <summary>
/// Begins the generation of notifications of device orientation changes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("beginGeneratingDeviceOrientationNotifications")]
public virtual void BeginGeneratingDeviceOrientationNotifications() { }
/// <summary>
/// Ends the generation of notifications of device orientation changes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("endGeneratingDeviceOrientationNotifications")]
public virtual void EndGeneratingDeviceOrientationNotifications() { }
/// <summary>
/// Plays an input click in an enabled input view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("playInputClick")]
public virtual void PlayInputClick() { }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether multitasking is supported on the current device. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("multitaskingSupported")]
public bool MultitaskingSupported { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The name identifying the device. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("name")]
public string Name { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The name of the operating system running on the device represented by the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("systemName")]
public string SystemName { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current version of the operating system. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("systemVersion")]
public string SystemVersion { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The model of the device. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("model")]
public string Model { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The model of the device as a localized string. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("localizedModel")]
public string LocalizedModel { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The style of interface to use on the current device. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("userInterfaceIdiom")]
public UIUserInterfaceIdiom UserInterfaceIdiom { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// An alphanumeric string that uniquely identifies a device to the app’s vendor. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("identifierForVendor")]
public NSUUID IdentifierForVendor { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the physical orientation of the device. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("orientation")]
public UIDeviceOrientation Orientation { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver generates orientation notifications (true) or not (false). (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("generatesDeviceOrientationNotifications")]
public bool GeneratesDeviceOrientationNotifications { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The battery charge level for the device. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("batteryLevel")]
public float BatteryLevel { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether battery monitoring is enabled (true) or not (false).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("batteryMonitoringEnabled")]
public bool BatteryMonitoringEnabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The battery state for the device. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("batteryState")]
public UIDeviceBatteryState BatteryState { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether proximity monitoring is enabled (true) or not (false).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("proximityMonitoringEnabled")]
public bool ProximityMonitoringEnabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the proximity sensor is close to the user (true) or not (false). (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("proximityState")]
public bool ProximityState { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The battery power state of the device.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public enum UIDeviceBatteryState
{
/// <summary>
/// The battery state for the device cannot be determined.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Unknown,
/// <summary>
/// The device is not plugged into power; the battery is discharging.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Unplugged,
/// <summary>
/// The device is plugged into power and the battery is less than 100% charged.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Charging,
/// <summary>
/// The device is plugged into power and the battery is 100% charged.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Full,
}
/// <summary>
/// The physical orientation of the device.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIDeviceOrientation
{
/// <summary>
/// The orientation of the device cannot be determined.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Unknown,
/// <summary>
/// The device is in portrait mode, with the device held upright and the home button at the bottom.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Portrait,
/// <summary>
/// The device is in portrait mode but upside down, with the device held upright and the home button at the top.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
PortraitUpsideDown,
/// <summary>
/// The device is in landscape mode, with the device held upright and the home button on the right side.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
LandscapeLeft,
/// <summary>
/// The device is in landscape mode, with the device held upright and the home button on the left side.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
LandscapeRight,
/// <summary>
/// The device is held parallel to the ground with the screen facing upwards.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FaceUp,
/// <summary>
/// The device is held parallel to the ground with the screen facing downwards.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FaceDown,
}
/// <summary>
/// The type of interface that should be used on the current device
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public enum UIUserInterfaceIdiom
{
/// <summary>
/// Used when an object has a trait collection, but it is not in an environment yet. For example, a view that is created, but not put into a view hierarchy.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Unspecified,
/// <summary>
/// The user interface should be designed for iPhone and iPod touch.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Phone,
/// <summary>
/// The user interface should be designed for iPad.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Pad,
}
/// <summary>
/// For this notification to be sent, you must set the batteryMonitoringEnabled property to true.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIDeviceBatteryLevelDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIDeviceBatteryLevelDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// For this notification to be sent, you must set the batteryMonitoringEnabled property to true.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIDeviceBatteryStateDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIDeviceBatteryStateDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// You can obtain the new orientation by getting the value of the orientation property.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIDeviceOrientationDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIDeviceOrientationDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// You can obtain the proximity state by getting the value of the proximityState property.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIDeviceProximityStateDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIDeviceProximityStateDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDictationPhrase.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDictationPhrase.cs index 9917427b..8919c47c 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDictationPhrase.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDictationPhrase.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A dictation phrase object represents the textual interpretation of a spoken phrase as dictated by a user.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDictationPhraseClass/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIDictationPhrase"/>
[iOSVersion(5.1)]
public class UIDictationPhrase : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// An array of alternative textual interpretations of a dictated phrase. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5.1)]
[Export("alternativeInterpretations")]
public AnyObject[] AlternativeInterpretations { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The most likely textual interpretation of a dictated phrase. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5.1)]
[Export("text")]
public string Text { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A dictation phrase object represents the textual interpretation of a spoken phrase as dictated by a user.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDictationPhraseClass/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIDictationPhrase"/>
[iOSVersion(5.1)]
public class UIDictationPhrase : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIDictationPhrase() { }
/// <summary>
/// An array of alternative textual interpretations of a dictated phrase. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5.1)]
[Export("alternativeInterpretations")]
public AnyObject[] AlternativeInterpretations { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The most likely textual interpretation of a dictated phrase. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5.1)]
[Export("text")]
public string Text { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDocument.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDocument.cs index c1828246..6c4e9b05 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDocument.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDocument.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIDocument class is an abstract base class for managing the data of documents.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDocument_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIDocument"/>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIDocument : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSFilePresenter, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns a document object initialized with its file-system location.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fileURL">A file URL identifying the location in the application sandbox where document data is to be written. Passing in nil or an empty URL results in the throwing of an NSInvalidArgumentException.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public UIDocument(NSURL fileURL) { }
/// <summary>
/// Asynchronously closes the document after saving any changes.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block with code to execute after the save-and-close operation concludes. The block returns no value and has one parameter:
/// success
/// true if any save operation succeeds, otherwise false.
/// The block is invoked on the main queue.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("closeWithCompletionHandler")]
public void CloseWithCompletionHandler(Action<bool> completionHandler) { }
/// <summary>
/// Override this method to return the document data to be saved.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="typeName">The file type of the document, a Uniform Type Identifier (UTI). This string typically derives from the fileType property. If you want to save the document under a different UTI, you can override the savingFileType method.</param>
/// <param name="error">If you cannot return document data, return by indirection an NSError object that encapsulates the reasons you can’t. Otherwise, ignore this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("contentsForType")]
public AnyObject ContentsForType(string typeName, NSErrorPointer error) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Saves document data to the specified location in the application sandbox.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">The file URL identifying the location in the application sandbox to write the document data to. Typically, this is the URL obtained from the fileURL property.</param>
/// <param name="forSaveOperation">A constant that indicates whether the document file is being written the first time or whether it is being overwritten. See Document Save Operation for details.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block with code that is executed when the save operation concludes. The block returns no value and has one parameter:
/// success
/// true if the save operation succeeds, otherwise false.
/// This block is invoked on the calling queue.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("saveToURL")]
public void SaveToURL(NSURL url, UIDocumentSaveOperation forSaveOperation, Action<bool> completionHandler) { }
/// <summary>
/// Ensures that document data is written safely to a specified location in the application sandbox.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="contents">The document data to write to disk. Typically, the data is encapsulated by an NSData object (if a flat file) or an NSFileWrapper object (if a file package).
/// If the object encapsulating the document data is of some other type, you should override this method or writeContents:toURL:forSaveOperation:originalContentsURL:error: to perform the actual writing of the data.</param>
/// <param name="andAttributes">A dictionary of NSFileManager file attributes to assign to the document file. The default implementation obtains these file attributes by calling fileAttributesToWriteToURL:forSaveOperation:error:.</param>
/// <param name="safelyToURL">The file URL specifying the location of the document file in the application sandbox.</param>
/// <param name="forSaveOperation">A constant that indicates whether the document file is being written the first time or whether it is being overwritten. See Document Save Operation for details.</param>
/// <param name="error">If you override this method and cannot write the document data for any reason, return by indirection an NSError object that encapsulates the reasons why you can’t. Otherwise, ignore this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("writeContents")]
public bool WriteContents(AnyObject contents, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> andAttributes, NSURL safelyToURL, UIDocumentSaveOperation forSaveOperation, NSErrorPointer error) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Writes the document data to disk at the sandbox location indicated by a file URL.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="contents">The document data to write to disk. Typically, the data is encapsulated by an NSData object (if a flat file) or an NSFileWrapper object (if a file package).
/// If the object encapsulating the document data is of some other type, you should override this method or writeContents:andAttributes:safelyToURL:forSaveOperation:error: to perform the actual writing of the data.</param>
/// <param name="toURL">A file URL specifying the location of the document file in the application sandbox.</param>
/// <param name="forSaveOperation">A constant that indicates whether the document file is being written the first time or whether it is being overwritten. See Document Save Operation for details.</param>
/// <param name="originalContentsURL">A file URL specifying the previous location of the document file (if not nil).</param>
/// <param name="error">If you override this method and cannot write the document data for any reason, return by indirection an NSError object that encapsulates the reasons why you can’t. Otherwise, ignore this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("writeContents")]
public bool WriteContents(AnyObject contents, NSURL toURL, UIDocumentSaveOperation forSaveOperation, NSURL originalContentsURL, NSErrorPointer error) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the file type to use for saving a document.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("savingFileType")]
public string SavingFileType() { return default(string); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a dictionary of file attributes to associate with the document file when writing or updating it.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">A file URL locating the document in the application sandbox.</param>
/// <param name="forSaveOperation">A constant that indicates whether the document file is being written the first time or whether it is being overwritten. See Document Save Operation for details.</param>
/// <param name="error">If you override this method and cannot write the document data for any reason, return by indirection an NSError object that encapsulates the reasons why you can’t. Otherwise, ignore this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("fileAttributesToWriteToURL")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> FileAttributesToWriteToURL(NSURL url, UIDocumentSaveOperation forSaveOperation, NSErrorPointer error) { return default(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject>); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a file extension to append to the file URL of the document file being written.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="typeName">A Uniform Type Identifier (UTI) that indicates the type of document (for example, PDF or HTML).</param>
/// <param name="saveOperation">A constant that indicates whether the document file is being written the first time or whether it is being overwritten. See Document Save Operation for details.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("fileNameExtensionForType")]
public string FileNameExtensionForType(string typeName, UIDocumentSaveOperation saveOperation) { return default(string); }
/// <summary>
/// Opens a document asynchronously.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block with code to execute after the open operation concludes. The block returns no value and has one parameter:
/// success
/// true if the open operation succeeds, otherwise false.
/// The block is invoked on the main queue.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("openWithCompletionHandler")]
public void OpenWithCompletionHandler(Action<bool> completionHandler) { }
/// <summary>
/// Override this method to load the document data into the app’s data model.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="contents">An object encapsulating the document data to load. This object is either an instance of the NSData class (for flat files) or the NSFileWrapper class (for file packages).</param>
/// <param name="ofType">The file type of the document, a Uniform Type Identifier (UTI) based on the file extension of fileURL. You can obtain the default value of the file type from the fileType property.</param>
/// <param name="error">If you cannot load the document data for any reason, return by indirection an NSError object that encapsulates the reasons you can’t. Otherwise, ignore this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("loadFromContents")]
public bool LoadFromContents(AnyObject contents, string ofType, NSErrorPointer error) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Reads the document data in a file at a specified location in the application sandbox.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">A file URL that identifies the location of the document file in the application sandbox. This file URL is typically the one returned by the fileURL property.</param>
/// <param name="error">If the document file cannot be read, returns by indirection an error object that encapsulates the reasons why the read operation failed.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("readFromURL")]
public bool ReadFromURL(NSURL url, NSErrorPointer error) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Schedules a document-reading or document-writing operation on a concurrent background queue.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="block">A block that is invoked as the task to execute on the background queue. The block returns no value and takes no parameters.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("performAsynchronousFileAccessUsingBlock")]
public void PerformAsynchronousFileAccessUsingBlock(Action block) { }
/// <summary>
/// Reverts a document to the most recent document data stored on-disk.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">A file URL locating the most recent version of the document file in the application’s sandbox.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block with code to execute after the reversion operation concludes. The block returns no value and has one parameter:
/// success
/// true if the reversion operation succeeds, otherwise false.
/// The block is invoked on the main queue.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("revertToContentsOfURL")]
public void RevertToContentsOfURL(NSURL url, Action<bool> completionHandler) { }
/// <summary>
/// Overridden to disable editing when it is unsafe to make changes to a document.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("disableEditing")]
public void DisableEditing() { }
/// <summary>
/// Overridden to enable editing when it is safe again to make changes to a document.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("enableEditing")]
public void EnableEditing() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the document has any unsaved changes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("hasUnsavedChanges")]
public bool HasUnsavedChanges() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Update the change counter by indicating the kind of change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="change">A constant that indicates whether a change has been made, cleared, undone, or redone. See Document Save Kind for more information.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("updateChangeCount")]
public void UpdateChangeCount(UIDocumentChangeKind change) { }
/// <summary>
/// Overridden to return a change token for a specific save operation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="saveOperation">A constant that indicates whether the save operation is writing a new file or overwriting an existing one. See Document Save Operation for descriptions of these constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("changeCountTokenForSaveOperation")]
public AnyObject ChangeCountTokenForSaveOperation(UIDocumentSaveOperation saveOperation) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Overridden to update the change count with reference to a change-count token passed in by UIKit.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="changeCountToken">An object to use as a change-count token. UIDocument obtained this token earlier by calling changeCountTokenForSaveOperation:.</param>
/// <param name="forSaveOperation">A constant that indicates whether the save operation is writing a new file or overwriting an existing one. See Document Save Operation for descriptions of these constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("updateChangeCountWithToken")]
public void UpdateChangeCountWithToken(AnyObject changeCountToken, UIDocumentSaveOperation forSaveOperation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Called by UIKit to initiate automatic saving of documents with unsaved changes.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block with code to execute after automatic saving concludes. The block returns no value and has one parameter:
/// success
/// true if the autosaving operation succeeds, otherwise false.
/// The block is invoked on the calling queue.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("autosaveWithCompletionHandler")]
public void AutosaveWithCompletionHandler(Action<bool> completionHandler) { }
/// <summary>
/// Restores the state needed to continue the given user activity.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activity">The user activity to be continued.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("restoreUserActivityState")]
public void RestoreUserActivityState(NSUserActivity activity) { }
/// <summary>
/// Updates the state of the given user activity.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activity">The user activity to be updated.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("updateUserActivityState")]
public void UpdateUserActivityState(NSUserActivity activity) { }
/// <summary>
/// Called or overridden to handle an error that occurs during an attempt to read, save, or revert a document.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="error">An object encapsulating information about an error encountered in an attempt to open, save, or revert a document. The error domain is NSCocoaErrorDomain. The error code is one of the enum constants declared in FoundationErrors.h.</param>
/// <param name="userInteractionPermitted">If false, no attempt is (or should be) made to present a modal view to the user. This value can be false in cases such as when a save operation fails while the application is being suspended. If this parameter is true, UIKit or your override may present error information to the user in a modal view and (optionally) allow the user to resolve the error.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("handleError")]
public void HandleError(NSError error, bool userInteractionPermitted) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells UIKit that you have finished handled the error.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="error">An error object encapsulating information about the error.</param>
/// <param name="recovered">true if you recovered from the error, otherwise false.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("finishedHandlingError")]
public void FinishedHandlingError(NSError error, bool recovered) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sent when it is no longer safe to proceed without immediately handling the error.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="error">An error object encapsulating information about the error.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("userInteractionNoLongerPermittedForError")]
public void UserInteractionNoLongerPermittedForError(NSError error) { }
/// <summary>
/// The file URL with which the document was initialized. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("fileURL")]
public NSURL FileURL { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The localized name of the document. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("localizedName")]
public string LocalizedName { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The file type of the document. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("fileType")]
public string FileType { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The date and time the document file was last modified.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("fileModificationDate")]
public NSDate FileModificationDate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the current state of the document. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("documentState")]
public UIDocumentState DocumentState { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The undo manager for the document.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("undoManager")]
public NSUndoManager UndoManager { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An object encapsulating a user activity supported by this document.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("userActivity")]
public NSUserActivity UserActivity { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants for specifying the kind of change to a document.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UIDocumentChangeKind
{
/// <summary>
/// A change has been made to the document.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Done,
/// <summary>
/// A change to the document has been undone.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Undone,
/// <summary>
/// An undone change to the document has been redone.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Redone,
/// <summary>
/// The document is cleared of outstanding changes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Cleared,
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants for specifying the type of save operation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UIDocumentSaveOperation
{
/// <summary>
/// The document is being saved for the first time.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
ForCreating,
/// <summary>
/// The document is being saved by overwriting the current version.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
ForOverwriting,
}
/// <summary>
/// The document state.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UIDocumentState
{
/// <summary>
/// The document is open, editing is enabled, and there are no conflicts or errors associated with it.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Normal,
/// <summary>
/// There was an error in reading the document: the document has either not been successfully opened, or has been since closed. The document properties might not be valid.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Closed,
/// <summary>
/// Conflicts exist for the document file located at fileURL. You can access these conflicting document versions by calling the otherVersionsOfItemAtURL: class method of the NSFileVersion class. This method returns an array of NSFileVersion objects. You can then resolve the conflicting versions—for example, programmatically attempt to merge the versions or present the document versions to the user and request him or her to pick one.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
InConflict,
/// <summary>
/// There was an error in saving or reverting the document.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
SavingError,
/// <summary>
/// The document is busy and it is not currently safe for user edits. This state is set just before UIDocument calls the disableEditing method. It calls enableEditing when it becomes safe to edit again. UIDocument also sets this state when an error prevents the reverting of a document.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
EditingDisabled,
}
/// <summary>
/// When handling this notification, check the value of the documentState property to see what the new state is, and then proceed accordingly. There is no userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIDocumentStateChangedNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIDocumentStateChangedNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIDocument class is an abstract base class for managing the data of documents.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDocument_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIDocument"/>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIDocument : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSFilePresenter, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIDocument() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a document object initialized with its file-system location.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fileURL">A file URL identifying the location in the application sandbox where document data is to be written. Passing in nil or an empty URL results in the throwing of an NSInvalidArgumentException.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public UIDocument(NSURL fileURL) { }
/// <summary>
/// Asynchronously closes the document after saving any changes.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block with code to execute after the save-and-close operation concludes. The block returns no value and has one parameter:
/// success
/// true if any save operation succeeds, otherwise false.
/// The block is invoked on the main queue.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("closeWithCompletionHandler")]
public virtual void CloseWithCompletionHandler(Action<bool> completionHandler) { }
/// <summary>
/// Override this method to return the document data to be saved.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="typeName">The file type of the document, a Uniform Type Identifier (UTI). This string typically derives from the fileType property. If you want to save the document under a different UTI, you can override the savingFileType method.</param>
/// <param name="error">If you cannot return document data, return by indirection an NSError object that encapsulates the reasons you can’t. Otherwise, ignore this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("contentsForType")]
public virtual AnyObject ContentsForType(string typeName, NSErrorPointer error) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Saves document data to the specified location in the application sandbox.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">The file URL identifying the location in the application sandbox to write the document data to. Typically, this is the URL obtained from the fileURL property.</param>
/// <param name="forSaveOperation">A constant that indicates whether the document file is being written the first time or whether it is being overwritten. See Document Save Operation for details.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block with code that is executed when the save operation concludes. The block returns no value and has one parameter:
/// success
/// true if the save operation succeeds, otherwise false.
/// This block is invoked on the calling queue.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("saveToURL")]
public virtual void SaveToURL(NSURL url, UIDocumentSaveOperation forSaveOperation, Action<bool> completionHandler) { }
/// <summary>
/// Ensures that document data is written safely to a specified location in the application sandbox.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="contents">The document data to write to disk. Typically, the data is encapsulated by an NSData object (if a flat file) or an NSFileWrapper object (if a file package).
/// If the object encapsulating the document data is of some other type, you should override this method or writeContents:toURL:forSaveOperation:originalContentsURL:error: to perform the actual writing of the data.</param>
/// <param name="andAttributes">A dictionary of NSFileManager file attributes to assign to the document file. The default implementation obtains these file attributes by calling fileAttributesToWriteToURL:forSaveOperation:error:.</param>
/// <param name="safelyToURL">The file URL specifying the location of the document file in the application sandbox.</param>
/// <param name="forSaveOperation">A constant that indicates whether the document file is being written the first time or whether it is being overwritten. See Document Save Operation for details.</param>
/// <param name="error">If you override this method and cannot write the document data for any reason, return by indirection an NSError object that encapsulates the reasons why you can’t. Otherwise, ignore this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("writeContents")]
public virtual bool WriteContents(AnyObject contents, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> andAttributes, NSURL safelyToURL, UIDocumentSaveOperation forSaveOperation, NSErrorPointer error) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Writes the document data to disk at the sandbox location indicated by a file URL.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="contents">The document data to write to disk. Typically, the data is encapsulated by an NSData object (if a flat file) or an NSFileWrapper object (if a file package).
/// If the object encapsulating the document data is of some other type, you should override this method or writeContents:andAttributes:safelyToURL:forSaveOperation:error: to perform the actual writing of the data.</param>
/// <param name="toURL">A file URL specifying the location of the document file in the application sandbox.</param>
/// <param name="forSaveOperation">A constant that indicates whether the document file is being written the first time or whether it is being overwritten. See Document Save Operation for details.</param>
/// <param name="originalContentsURL">A file URL specifying the previous location of the document file (if not nil).</param>
/// <param name="error">If you override this method and cannot write the document data for any reason, return by indirection an NSError object that encapsulates the reasons why you can’t. Otherwise, ignore this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("writeContents")]
public virtual bool WriteContents(AnyObject contents, NSURL toURL, UIDocumentSaveOperation forSaveOperation, NSURL originalContentsURL, NSErrorPointer error) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the file type to use for saving a document.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("savingFileType")]
public virtual string SavingFileType() { return default(string); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a dictionary of file attributes to associate with the document file when writing or updating it.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">A file URL locating the document in the application sandbox.</param>
/// <param name="forSaveOperation">A constant that indicates whether the document file is being written the first time or whether it is being overwritten. See Document Save Operation for details.</param>
/// <param name="error">If you override this method and cannot write the document data for any reason, return by indirection an NSError object that encapsulates the reasons why you can’t. Otherwise, ignore this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("fileAttributesToWriteToURL")]
public virtual Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> FileAttributesToWriteToURL(NSURL url, UIDocumentSaveOperation forSaveOperation, NSErrorPointer error) { return default(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject>); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a file extension to append to the file URL of the document file being written.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="typeName">A Uniform Type Identifier (UTI) that indicates the type of document (for example, PDF or HTML).</param>
/// <param name="saveOperation">A constant that indicates whether the document file is being written the first time or whether it is being overwritten. See Document Save Operation for details.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("fileNameExtensionForType")]
public virtual string FileNameExtensionForType(string typeName, UIDocumentSaveOperation saveOperation) { return default(string); }
/// <summary>
/// Opens a document asynchronously.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block with code to execute after the open operation concludes. The block returns no value and has one parameter:
/// success
/// true if the open operation succeeds, otherwise false.
/// The block is invoked on the main queue.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("openWithCompletionHandler")]
public virtual void OpenWithCompletionHandler(Action<bool> completionHandler) { }
/// <summary>
/// Override this method to load the document data into the app’s data model.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="contents">An object encapsulating the document data to load. This object is either an instance of the NSData class (for flat files) or the NSFileWrapper class (for file packages).</param>
/// <param name="ofType">The file type of the document, a Uniform Type Identifier (UTI) based on the file extension of fileURL. You can obtain the default value of the file type from the fileType property.</param>
/// <param name="error">If you cannot load the document data for any reason, return by indirection an NSError object that encapsulates the reasons you can’t. Otherwise, ignore this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("loadFromContents")]
public virtual bool LoadFromContents(AnyObject contents, string ofType, NSErrorPointer error) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Reads the document data in a file at a specified location in the application sandbox.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">A file URL that identifies the location of the document file in the application sandbox. This file URL is typically the one returned by the fileURL property.</param>
/// <param name="error">If the document file cannot be read, returns by indirection an error object that encapsulates the reasons why the read operation failed.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("readFromURL")]
public virtual bool ReadFromURL(NSURL url, NSErrorPointer error) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Schedules a document-reading or document-writing operation on a concurrent background queue.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="block">A block that is invoked as the task to execute on the background queue. The block returns no value and takes no parameters.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("performAsynchronousFileAccessUsingBlock")]
public virtual void PerformAsynchronousFileAccessUsingBlock(Action block) { }
/// <summary>
/// Reverts a document to the most recent document data stored on-disk.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">A file URL locating the most recent version of the document file in the application’s sandbox.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block with code to execute after the reversion operation concludes. The block returns no value and has one parameter:
/// success
/// true if the reversion operation succeeds, otherwise false.
/// The block is invoked on the main queue.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("revertToContentsOfURL")]
public virtual void RevertToContentsOfURL(NSURL url, Action<bool> completionHandler) { }
/// <summary>
/// Overridden to disable editing when it is unsafe to make changes to a document.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("disableEditing")]
public virtual void DisableEditing() { }
/// <summary>
/// Overridden to enable editing when it is safe again to make changes to a document.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("enableEditing")]
public virtual void EnableEditing() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the document has any unsaved changes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("hasUnsavedChanges")]
public virtual bool HasUnsavedChanges() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Update the change counter by indicating the kind of change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="change">A constant that indicates whether a change has been made, cleared, undone, or redone. See Document Save Kind for more information.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("updateChangeCount")]
public virtual void UpdateChangeCount(UIDocumentChangeKind change) { }
/// <summary>
/// Overridden to return a change token for a specific save operation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="saveOperation">A constant that indicates whether the save operation is writing a new file or overwriting an existing one. See Document Save Operation for descriptions of these constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("changeCountTokenForSaveOperation")]
public virtual AnyObject ChangeCountTokenForSaveOperation(UIDocumentSaveOperation saveOperation) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Overridden to update the change count with reference to a change-count token passed in by UIKit.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="changeCountToken">An object to use as a change-count token. UIDocument obtained this token earlier by calling changeCountTokenForSaveOperation:.</param>
/// <param name="forSaveOperation">A constant that indicates whether the save operation is writing a new file or overwriting an existing one. See Document Save Operation for descriptions of these constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("updateChangeCountWithToken")]
public virtual void UpdateChangeCountWithToken(AnyObject changeCountToken, UIDocumentSaveOperation forSaveOperation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Called by UIKit to initiate automatic saving of documents with unsaved changes.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block with code to execute after automatic saving concludes. The block returns no value and has one parameter:
/// success
/// true if the autosaving operation succeeds, otherwise false.
/// The block is invoked on the calling queue.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("autosaveWithCompletionHandler")]
public virtual void AutosaveWithCompletionHandler(Action<bool> completionHandler) { }
/// <summary>
/// Restores the state needed to continue the given user activity.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activity">The user activity to be continued.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("restoreUserActivityState")]
public virtual void RestoreUserActivityState(NSUserActivity activity) { }
/// <summary>
/// Updates the state of the given user activity.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activity">The user activity to be updated.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("updateUserActivityState")]
public virtual void UpdateUserActivityState(NSUserActivity activity) { }
/// <summary>
/// Called or overridden to handle an error that occurs during an attempt to read, save, or revert a document.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="error">An object encapsulating information about an error encountered in an attempt to open, save, or revert a document. The error domain is NSCocoaErrorDomain. The error code is one of the enum constants declared in FoundationErrors.h.</param>
/// <param name="userInteractionPermitted">If false, no attempt is (or should be) made to present a modal view to the user. This value can be false in cases such as when a save operation fails while the application is being suspended. If this parameter is true, UIKit or your override may present error information to the user in a modal view and (optionally) allow the user to resolve the error.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("handleError")]
public virtual void HandleError(NSError error, bool userInteractionPermitted) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells UIKit that you have finished handled the error.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="error">An error object encapsulating information about the error.</param>
/// <param name="recovered">true if you recovered from the error, otherwise false.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("finishedHandlingError")]
public virtual void FinishedHandlingError(NSError error, bool recovered) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sent when it is no longer safe to proceed without immediately handling the error.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="error">An error object encapsulating information about the error.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("userInteractionNoLongerPermittedForError")]
public virtual void UserInteractionNoLongerPermittedForError(NSError error) { }
/// <summary>
/// The file URL with which the document was initialized. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("fileURL")]
public NSURL FileURL { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The localized name of the document. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("localizedName")]
public string LocalizedName { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The file type of the document. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("fileType")]
public string FileType { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The date and time the document file was last modified.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("fileModificationDate")]
public NSDate FileModificationDate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the current state of the document. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("documentState")]
public UIDocumentState DocumentState { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The undo manager for the document.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("undoManager")]
public NSUndoManager UndoManager { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An object encapsulating a user activity supported by this document.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("userActivity")]
public NSUserActivity UserActivity { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants for specifying the kind of change to a document.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UIDocumentChangeKind
{
/// <summary>
/// A change has been made to the document.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Done,
/// <summary>
/// A change to the document has been undone.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Undone,
/// <summary>
/// An undone change to the document has been redone.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Redone,
/// <summary>
/// The document is cleared of outstanding changes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Cleared,
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants for specifying the type of save operation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UIDocumentSaveOperation
{
/// <summary>
/// The document is being saved for the first time.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
ForCreating,
/// <summary>
/// The document is being saved by overwriting the current version.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
ForOverwriting,
}
/// <summary>
/// The document state.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UIDocumentState
{
/// <summary>
/// The document is open, editing is enabled, and there are no conflicts or errors associated with it.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Normal,
/// <summary>
/// There was an error in reading the document: the document has either not been successfully opened, or has been since closed. The document properties might not be valid.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Closed,
/// <summary>
/// Conflicts exist for the document file located at fileURL. You can access these conflicting document versions by calling the otherVersionsOfItemAtURL: class method of the NSFileVersion class. This method returns an array of NSFileVersion objects. You can then resolve the conflicting versions—for example, programmatically attempt to merge the versions or present the document versions to the user and request him or her to pick one.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
InConflict,
/// <summary>
/// There was an error in saving or reverting the document.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
SavingError,
/// <summary>
/// The document is busy and it is not currently safe for user edits. This state is set just before UIDocument calls the disableEditing method. It calls enableEditing when it becomes safe to edit again. UIDocument also sets this state when an error prevents the reverting of a document.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
EditingDisabled,
}
/// <summary>
/// When handling this notification, check the value of the documentState property to see what the new state is, and then proceed accordingly. There is no userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIDocumentStateChangedNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIDocumentStateChangedNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDocumentInteractionController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDocumentInteractionController.cs index 67dee473..15898572 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDocumentInteractionController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDocumentInteractionController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A document interaction controller, along with a delegate object, provides in-app support for managing user interactions with files in the local system. For example, an email program might use this class to allow the user to preview attachments and open them in other apps. Use this class to present an appropriate user interface for previewing, opening, copying, or printing a specified file.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDocumentInteractionController_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIDocumentInteractionController"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIDocumentInteractionController : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UIActionSheetDelegate
{
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new UIDocumentationInteractionController object initialized with the specified URL.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="URL">A URL that specifies the location of the desired document. This parameter is retained. It can be changed later by modifying the URL property.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public UIDocumentInteractionController(NSURL URL) { }
/// <summary>
/// Displays a full-screen preview of the target document.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the appearance of the document preview or false to display it immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("presentPreviewAnimated")]
public bool PresentPreviewAnimated(bool animated) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Dismisses the currently active document preview.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the dismissal of the document preview or false to dismiss it immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("dismissPreviewAnimated")]
public void DismissPreviewAnimated(bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Displays an options menu and anchors it to the specified location in the view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The location (in the coordinate system of view) at which to anchor the menu.</param>
/// <param name="inView">The view from which to display the options menu.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the appearance of the menu or false to display it immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("presentOptionsMenuFromRect")]
public bool PresentOptionsMenuFromRect(CGRect rect, UIView inView, bool animated) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Displays an options menu and anchors it to the specified bar button item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The bar button item to which to anchor the menu.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the appearance of the menu or false to display it immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("presentOptionsMenuFromBarButtonItem")]
public bool PresentOptionsMenuFromBarButtonItem(UIBarButtonItem item, bool animated) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Displays a menu for opening the document and anchors that menu to the specified view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The location (in the coordinate system of view) at which to anchor the menu.</param>
/// <param name="inView">The view from which to display the menu.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the appearance of the menu or false to display it immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("presentOpenInMenuFromRect")]
public bool PresentOpenInMenuFromRect(CGRect rect, UIView inView, bool animated) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Displays a menu for opening the document and anchors that menu to the specified bar button item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The bar button item to which to anchor the menu.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the appearance of the menu or false to display it immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("presentOpenInMenuFromBarButtonItem")]
public bool PresentOpenInMenuFromBarButtonItem(UIBarButtonItem item, bool animated) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Dismisses the currently active menu.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the dismissal of the currently active menu or false to dismiss it immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("dismissMenuAnimated")]
public void DismissMenuAnimated(bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// The URL identifying the target file on the local filesystem.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public NSURL URL { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The type of the target file.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public string UTI { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The name of the target file.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("name")]
public string Name { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The images associated with the target file. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("icons")]
public AnyObject[] Icons { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Custom property list information for the target file.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("annotation")]
public AnyObject Annotation { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The system-supplied gesture recognizers for presenting a document interaction controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("gestureRecognizers")]
public AnyObject[] GestureRecognizers { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate you want to receive document interaction notifications.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIDocumentInteractionControllerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A document interaction controller, along with a delegate object, provides in-app support for managing user interactions with files in the local system. For example, an email program might use this class to allow the user to preview attachments and open them in other apps. Use this class to present an appropriate user interface for previewing, opening, copying, or printing a specified file.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDocumentInteractionController_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIDocumentInteractionController"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIDocumentInteractionController : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UIActionSheetDelegate
{
public UIDocumentInteractionController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new UIDocumentationInteractionController object initialized with the specified URL.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="URL">A URL that specifies the location of the desired document. This parameter is retained. It can be changed later by modifying the URL property.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public UIDocumentInteractionController(NSURL URL) { }
/// <summary>
/// Displays a full-screen preview of the target document.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the appearance of the document preview or false to display it immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("presentPreviewAnimated")]
public virtual bool PresentPreviewAnimated(bool animated) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Dismisses the currently active document preview.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the dismissal of the document preview or false to dismiss it immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("dismissPreviewAnimated")]
public virtual void DismissPreviewAnimated(bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Displays an options menu and anchors it to the specified location in the view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The location (in the coordinate system of view) at which to anchor the menu.</param>
/// <param name="inView">The view from which to display the options menu.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the appearance of the menu or false to display it immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("presentOptionsMenuFromRect")]
public virtual bool PresentOptionsMenuFromRect(CGRect rect, UIView inView, bool animated) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Displays an options menu and anchors it to the specified bar button item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The bar button item to which to anchor the menu.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the appearance of the menu or false to display it immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("presentOptionsMenuFromBarButtonItem")]
public virtual bool PresentOptionsMenuFromBarButtonItem(UIBarButtonItem item, bool animated) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Displays a menu for opening the document and anchors that menu to the specified view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The location (in the coordinate system of view) at which to anchor the menu.</param>
/// <param name="inView">The view from which to display the menu.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the appearance of the menu or false to display it immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("presentOpenInMenuFromRect")]
public virtual bool PresentOpenInMenuFromRect(CGRect rect, UIView inView, bool animated) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Displays a menu for opening the document and anchors that menu to the specified bar button item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The bar button item to which to anchor the menu.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the appearance of the menu or false to display it immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("presentOpenInMenuFromBarButtonItem")]
public virtual bool PresentOpenInMenuFromBarButtonItem(UIBarButtonItem item, bool animated) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Dismisses the currently active menu.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the dismissal of the currently active menu or false to dismiss it immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("dismissMenuAnimated")]
public virtual void DismissMenuAnimated(bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// The URL identifying the target file on the local filesystem.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public NSURL URL { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The type of the target file.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public string UTI { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The name of the target file.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("name")]
public string Name { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The images associated with the target file. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("icons")]
public AnyObject[] Icons { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Custom property list information for the target file.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("annotation")]
public AnyObject Annotation { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The system-supplied gesture recognizers for presenting a document interaction controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("gestureRecognizers")]
public AnyObject[] GestureRecognizers { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate you want to receive document interaction notifications.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIDocumentInteractionControllerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDocumentMenuViewController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDocumentMenuViewController.cs index e0b3df1f..70feada9 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDocumentMenuViewController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDocumentMenuViewController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIDocumentMenuViewController object represents a list of all the available document pickers for a given file type and mode. You can also add your own custom menu items to this list.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDocumentMenuViewController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIDocumentMenuViewController"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIDocumentMenuViewController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a document menu to import or open the given file types.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="documentTypes">An array of uniform type identifiers. UTIs are strings that uniquely identify a file’s type. For more information, see Uniform Type Identifiers Overview.</param>
/// <param name="inMode">The type of file transfer operation the document picker performs. This argument accepts only the UIDocumentPickerModeImport or UIDocumentPickerModeOpen mode.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UIDocumentMenuViewController(AnyObject[] documentTypes, UIDocumentPickerMode inMode) : base("", null) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a document menu to export or move the given document.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="URL">The document to be exported or moved.</param>
/// <param name="inMode">The type of file-transfer operation that the document picker performs. This argument accepts only the UIDocumentPickerModeExportToService or UIDocumentPickerModeMoveToService mode.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UIDocumentMenuViewController(NSURL URL, UIDocumentPickerMode inMode) : base("", null) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a custom menu item to the list of document pickers.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">The custom menu item’s title.</param>
/// <param name="image">The custom menu item’s image.</param>
/// <param name="order">The position of this menu item. See UIDocumentMenuOrder for possible values.</param>
/// <param name="handler">A block that is called when the user selects this custom menu item.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("addOptionWithTitle")]
public void AddOptionWithTitle(string title, UIImage image, UIDocumentMenuOrder order, Action handler) { }
/// <summary>
/// The document menu’s delegate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIDocumentMenuDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The insertion point for custom menu items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public enum UIDocumentMenuOrder
{
/// <summary>
/// The top item in the document menu.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
First,
/// <summary>
/// The bottom item in the document menu.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Last,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIDocumentMenuViewController object represents a list of all the available document pickers for a given file type and mode. You can also add your own custom menu items to this list.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDocumentMenuViewController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIDocumentMenuViewController"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIDocumentMenuViewController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIDocumentMenuViewController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a document menu to import or open the given file types.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="documentTypes">An array of uniform type identifiers. UTIs are strings that uniquely identify a file’s type. For more information, see Uniform Type Identifiers Overview.</param>
/// <param name="inMode">The type of file transfer operation the document picker performs. This argument accepts only the UIDocumentPickerModeImport or UIDocumentPickerModeOpen mode.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UIDocumentMenuViewController(AnyObject[] documentTypes, UIDocumentPickerMode inMode) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a document menu to export or move the given document.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="URL">The document to be exported or moved.</param>
/// <param name="inMode">The type of file-transfer operation that the document picker performs. This argument accepts only the UIDocumentPickerModeExportToService or UIDocumentPickerModeMoveToService mode.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UIDocumentMenuViewController(NSURL URL, UIDocumentPickerMode inMode) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a custom menu item to the list of document pickers.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">The custom menu item’s title.</param>
/// <param name="image">The custom menu item’s image.</param>
/// <param name="order">The position of this menu item. See UIDocumentMenuOrder for possible values.</param>
/// <param name="handler">A block that is called when the user selects this custom menu item.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("addOptionWithTitle")]
public virtual void AddOptionWithTitle(string title, UIImage image, UIDocumentMenuOrder order, Action handler) { }
/// <summary>
/// The document menu’s delegate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIDocumentMenuDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The insertion point for custom menu items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public enum UIDocumentMenuOrder
{
/// <summary>
/// The top item in the document menu.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
First,
/// <summary>
/// The bottom item in the document menu.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Last,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDocumentPickerExtensionViewController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDocumentPickerExtensionViewController.cs index ccd87de9..faff1c2b 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDocumentPickerExtensionViewController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDocumentPickerExtensionViewController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIDocumentPickerExtensionViewController class is the principal class for the Document Picker View Controller extension. When creating a Document Picker extension, you must subclass UIDocumentPickerExtensionViewController to provide the document picker’s user interface. Your subclass presents a list of available documents and destinations to the user. When the user makes a selection, you trigger the file transfer and pass the selected URL back to the host app.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDocumentPickerExtensionViewController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIDocumentPickerExtensionViewController"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIDocumentPickerExtensionViewController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIDocumentPickerExtensionViewController() : base("", null) { }
/// <summary>
/// Dismisses the document picker and triggers the file transfer.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">The URL that the extension returns to the host app.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("dismissGrantingAccessToURL")]
public void DismissGrantingAccessToURL(NSURL url) { }
/// <summary>
/// Performs any custom configuration of the document picker view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="mode">The type of file-transfer operation that the document picker performs. For a list of valid modes, see Document Picker Modes in UIDocumentPickerViewController Class Reference.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("prepareForPresentationInMode")]
public void PrepareForPresentationInMode(UIDocumentPickerMode mode) { }
/// <summary>
/// The document picker’s file-transfer operation. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("documentPickerMode")]
public UIDocumentPickerMode DocumentPickerMode { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The root URL for documents provided by the corresponding File Provider extension. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("documentStorageURL")]
public NSURL DocumentStorageURL { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The URL of the file to be exported. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("originalURL")]
public NSURL OriginalURL { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// An identifier shared by this Document Picker extension and its corresponding File Provider extension. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("providerIdentifier")]
public string ProviderIdentifier { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of valid uniform type identifiers. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("validTypes")]
public AnyObject[] ValidTypes { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIDocumentPickerExtensionViewController class is the principal class for the Document Picker View Controller extension. When creating a Document Picker extension, you must subclass UIDocumentPickerExtensionViewController to provide the document picker’s user interface. Your subclass presents a list of available documents and destinations to the user. When the user makes a selection, you trigger the file transfer and pass the selected URL back to the host app.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDocumentPickerExtensionViewController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIDocumentPickerExtensionViewController"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIDocumentPickerExtensionViewController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIDocumentPickerExtensionViewController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Dismisses the document picker and triggers the file transfer.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">The URL that the extension returns to the host app.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("dismissGrantingAccessToURL")]
public virtual void DismissGrantingAccessToURL(NSURL url) { }
/// <summary>
/// Performs any custom configuration of the document picker view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="mode">The type of file-transfer operation that the document picker performs. For a list of valid modes, see Document Picker Modes in UIDocumentPickerViewController Class Reference.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("prepareForPresentationInMode")]
public virtual void PrepareForPresentationInMode(UIDocumentPickerMode mode) { }
/// <summary>
/// The document picker’s file-transfer operation. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("documentPickerMode")]
public UIDocumentPickerMode DocumentPickerMode { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The root URL for documents provided by the corresponding File Provider extension. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("documentStorageURL")]
public NSURL DocumentStorageURL { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The URL of the file to be exported. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("originalURL")]
public NSURL OriginalURL { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// An identifier shared by this Document Picker extension and its corresponding File Provider extension. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("providerIdentifier")]
public string ProviderIdentifier { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of valid uniform type identifiers. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("validTypes")]
public AnyObject[] ValidTypes { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDocumentPickerViewController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDocumentPickerViewController.cs index d82d8ffd..7d5f9da8 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDocumentPickerViewController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDocumentPickerViewController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIDocumentPickerViewController object lets the user select documents or destinations outside your app’s sandbox.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDocumentPickerViewController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIDocumentPickerViewController"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIDocumentPickerViewController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a document picker that can import or open the given file types.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="documentTypes">An array of uniform type identifiers. UTIs are strings that uniquely identify a file’s type. For more information, see Uniform Type Identifiers Overview.</param>
/// <param name="inMode">The type of file-transfer operation that the document picker performs. This argument accepts only the UIDocumentPickerModeImport or UIDocumentPickerModeOpen mode.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UIDocumentPickerViewController(AnyObject[] documentTypes, UIDocumentPickerMode inMode) : base("", null) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a document picker that can export or move the given document.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="URL">The document to be exported or moved.</param>
/// <param name="inMode">The type of file-transfer operation that the document picker performs. This argument accepts only the UIDocumentPickerModeExportToService or UIDocumentPickerModeMoveToService mode.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UIDocumentPickerViewController(NSURL URL, UIDocumentPickerMode inMode) : base("", null) { }
/// <summary>
/// The document picker’s delegate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIDocumentPickerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The type of file-transfer operation that the document picker performs. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("documentPickerMode")]
public UIDocumentPickerMode DocumentPickerMode { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Modes that define the type of file transfer operation used by the document picker.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public enum UIDocumentPickerMode
{
/// <summary>
/// The document picker imports a file from outside the app’s sandbox.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Import,
/// <summary>
/// The document picker opens an external file located outside the app’s sandbox.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Open,
/// <summary>
/// The document picker exports a local file to a destination outside the app’s sandbox.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
ExportToService,
/// <summary>
/// The document picker moves a local file outside the app’s sandbox and provides access to it as an external file.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
MoveToService,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIDocumentPickerViewController object lets the user select documents or destinations outside your app’s sandbox.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDocumentPickerViewController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIDocumentPickerViewController"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIDocumentPickerViewController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIDocumentPickerViewController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a document picker that can import or open the given file types.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="documentTypes">An array of uniform type identifiers. UTIs are strings that uniquely identify a file’s type. For more information, see Uniform Type Identifiers Overview.</param>
/// <param name="inMode">The type of file-transfer operation that the document picker performs. This argument accepts only the UIDocumentPickerModeImport or UIDocumentPickerModeOpen mode.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UIDocumentPickerViewController(AnyObject[] documentTypes, UIDocumentPickerMode inMode) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a document picker that can export or move the given document.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="URL">The document to be exported or moved.</param>
/// <param name="inMode">The type of file-transfer operation that the document picker performs. This argument accepts only the UIDocumentPickerModeExportToService or UIDocumentPickerModeMoveToService mode.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UIDocumentPickerViewController(NSURL URL, UIDocumentPickerMode inMode) { }
/// <summary>
/// The document picker’s delegate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIDocumentPickerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The type of file-transfer operation that the document picker performs. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("documentPickerMode")]
public UIDocumentPickerMode DocumentPickerMode { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Modes that define the type of file transfer operation used by the document picker.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public enum UIDocumentPickerMode
{
/// <summary>
/// The document picker imports a file from outside the app’s sandbox.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Import,
/// <summary>
/// The document picker opens an external file located outside the app’s sandbox.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Open,
/// <summary>
/// The document picker exports a local file to a destination outside the app’s sandbox.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
ExportToService,
/// <summary>
/// The document picker moves a local file outside the app’s sandbox and provides access to it as an external file.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
MoveToService,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDynamicAnimator.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDynamicAnimator.cs index 27693cff..bdbee5c5 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDynamicAnimator.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDynamicAnimator.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A dynamic animator provides physics-related capabilities and animations for its dynamic items, and provides the context for those animations. It does this by intermediating between the underlying iOS physics engine and dynamic items, via behavior objects you add to the animator.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDynamicAnimator_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIDynamicAnimator"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIDynamicAnimator : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a dynamic animator with a specified view as its reference view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="referenceView">The view for the dynamic animator, called the reference view.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIDynamicAnimator(UIView referenceView) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a dynamic animator with a specified collection view layout.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionViewLayout">The collection view layout for the dynamic animator, serving as the reference view for a dynamic animator in collection-view mode.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIDynamicAnimator(UICollectionViewLayout collectionViewLayout) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the dynamic items, from the animator’s behaviors, that intersect a specified rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle you are interested in.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("itemsInRect")]
public AnyObject[] ItemsInRect(CGRect rect) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a dynamic behavior to a dynamic animator.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="behavior">The dynamic behavior instance you are adding.
/// The dynamic animator ignores your use of this method if you:
/// Provide a nil value
/// Provide a behavior instance that you’ve already added to the animator at the same level in the behavior hierarchy
/// Important
/// The dynamic animator raises an exception if you provide a behavior instance that you’ve already added to the animator at a different level in the behavior hierarchy.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addBehavior")]
public void AddBehavior(UIDynamicBehavior behavior) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes a specified dynamic behavior from a dynamic animator.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="behavior">The dynamic behavior instance that you want to remove from the animator.
/// The dynamic animator ignores your use of this method if you:
/// Provide a nil value
/// Provide a dynamic behavior instance that is not part of the animator’s behavior hierarchy</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeBehavior")]
public void RemoveBehavior(UIDynamicBehavior behavior) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes all of the dynamic behaviors from a dynamic animator.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeAllBehaviors")]
public void RemoveAllBehaviors() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the time interval since the dynamic animator started running.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("elapsedTime")]
public NSTimeInterval ElapsedTime() { return default(NSTimeInterval); }
/// <summary>
/// Asks a dynamic animator to read the current state of a dynamic item, replacing the animator’s internal representation of the item’s state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item whose state was changed by your app.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("updateItemUsingCurrentState")]
public void UpdateItemUsingCurrentState(UIDynamicItem item) { }
/// <summary>
/// A convenience method for returning the layout attributes for a collection view cell.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">The index path for the cell whose layout attributes you want.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("layoutAttributesForCellAtIndexPath")]
public UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes LayoutAttributesForCellAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// A convenience method for returning the layout attributes for a collection view decoration view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="decorationViewKind">The kind identifier for the specified decoration view.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path for the cell whose decoration view layout attributes you want.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("layoutAttributesForDecorationViewOfKind")]
public UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes LayoutAttributesForDecorationViewOfKind(string decorationViewKind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// A convenience method for returning the layout attributes for a collection view supplementary view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="kind">A string that identifies the type of supplementary view whose layout attributes you want.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path for the cell whose supplementary view layout attributes you want.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("layoutAttributesForSupplementaryViewOfKind")]
public UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes LayoutAttributesForSupplementaryViewOfKind(string kind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns true if the dynamic animator is running. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("running")]
public bool Running { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The dynamic behaviors managed by a dynamic animator. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("behaviors")]
public AnyObject[] Behaviors { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view that a dynamic animator was initialized with. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("referenceView")]
public UIView ReferenceView { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate for responding to pausing or resumption of animation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIDynamicAnimatorDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A dynamic animator provides physics-related capabilities and animations for its dynamic items, and provides the context for those animations. It does this by intermediating between the underlying iOS physics engine and dynamic items, via behavior objects you add to the animator.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDynamicAnimator_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIDynamicAnimator"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIDynamicAnimator : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIDynamicAnimator() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a dynamic animator with a specified view as its reference view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="referenceView">The view for the dynamic animator, called the reference view.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIDynamicAnimator(UIView referenceView) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a dynamic animator with a specified collection view layout.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collectionViewLayout">The collection view layout for the dynamic animator, serving as the reference view for a dynamic animator in collection-view mode.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIDynamicAnimator(UICollectionViewLayout collectionViewLayout) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the dynamic items, from the animator’s behaviors, that intersect a specified rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle you are interested in.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("itemsInRect")]
public virtual AnyObject[] ItemsInRect(CGRect rect) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a dynamic behavior to a dynamic animator.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="behavior">The dynamic behavior instance you are adding.
/// The dynamic animator ignores your use of this method if you:
/// Provide a nil value
/// Provide a behavior instance that you’ve already added to the animator at the same level in the behavior hierarchy
/// Important
/// The dynamic animator raises an exception if you provide a behavior instance that you’ve already added to the animator at a different level in the behavior hierarchy.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addBehavior")]
public virtual void AddBehavior(UIDynamicBehavior behavior) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes a specified dynamic behavior from a dynamic animator.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="behavior">The dynamic behavior instance that you want to remove from the animator.
/// The dynamic animator ignores your use of this method if you:
/// Provide a nil value
/// Provide a dynamic behavior instance that is not part of the animator’s behavior hierarchy</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeBehavior")]
public virtual void RemoveBehavior(UIDynamicBehavior behavior) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes all of the dynamic behaviors from a dynamic animator.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeAllBehaviors")]
public virtual void RemoveAllBehaviors() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the time interval since the dynamic animator started running.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("elapsedTime")]
public virtual NSTimeInterval ElapsedTime() { return default(NSTimeInterval); }
/// <summary>
/// Asks a dynamic animator to read the current state of a dynamic item, replacing the animator’s internal representation of the item’s state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item whose state was changed by your app.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("updateItemUsingCurrentState")]
public virtual void UpdateItemUsingCurrentState(UIDynamicItem item) { }
/// <summary>
/// A convenience method for returning the layout attributes for a collection view cell.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">The index path for the cell whose layout attributes you want.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("layoutAttributesForCellAtIndexPath")]
public virtual UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes LayoutAttributesForCellAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// A convenience method for returning the layout attributes for a collection view decoration view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="decorationViewKind">The kind identifier for the specified decoration view.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path for the cell whose decoration view layout attributes you want.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("layoutAttributesForDecorationViewOfKind")]
public virtual UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes LayoutAttributesForDecorationViewOfKind(string decorationViewKind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// A convenience method for returning the layout attributes for a collection view supplementary view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="kind">A string that identifies the type of supplementary view whose layout attributes you want.</param>
/// <param name="atIndexPath">The index path for the cell whose supplementary view layout attributes you want.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("layoutAttributesForSupplementaryViewOfKind")]
public virtual UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes LayoutAttributesForSupplementaryViewOfKind(string kind, NSIndexPath atIndexPath) { return default(UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns true if the dynamic animator is running. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("running")]
public bool Running { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The dynamic behaviors managed by a dynamic animator. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("behaviors")]
public AnyObject[] Behaviors { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view that a dynamic animator was initialized with. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("referenceView")]
public UIView ReferenceView { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate for responding to pausing or resumption of animation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIDynamicAnimatorDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDynamicBehavior.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDynamicBehavior.cs index 64e12a51..c49a5e10 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDynamicBehavior.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDynamicBehavior.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A dynamic behavior confers a behavioral configuration on one or more dynamic items for their participation in two-dimensional animation.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDynamicBehavior_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIDynamicBehavior"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIDynamicBehavior : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Adds a dynamic behavior, as a child, to a custom dynamic behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="behavior">The dynamic behavior you want to add as a child.
/// The parent behavior ignores your use of this method if you:
/// Provide a nil value
/// Provide a behavior instance that you’ve already added to the behavior</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addChildBehavior")]
public void AddChildBehavior(UIDynamicBehavior behavior) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes a child dynamic behavior from a custom dynamic behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="behavior">The child dynamic behavior you want to remove.
/// The parent behavior ignores your use of this method if you:
/// Provide a nil value
/// Provide a behavior instance that is not a child of the parent behavior</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeChildBehavior")]
public void RemoveChildBehavior(UIDynamicBehavior behavior) { }
/// <summary>
/// Called when the dynamic behavior is added to, or removed from, a dynamic animator.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="dynamicAnimator">The dynamic animator that the behavior is being added to, or nil if being removed from an animator.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("willMoveToAnimator")]
public void WillMoveToAnimator(UIDynamicAnimator dynamicAnimator) { }
/// <summary>
/// The block you want to execute during dynamic animation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("action")]
public Action Action { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the array of dynamic behaviors that are children of a custom dynamic behavior. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("childBehaviors")]
public AnyObject[] ChildBehaviors { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The dynamic animator that the dynamic behavior is associated with. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("dynamicAnimator")]
public UIDynamicAnimator DynamicAnimator { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A dynamic behavior confers a behavioral configuration on one or more dynamic items for their participation in two-dimensional animation.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDynamicBehavior_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIDynamicBehavior"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIDynamicBehavior : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIDynamicBehavior() { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a dynamic behavior, as a child, to a custom dynamic behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="behavior">The dynamic behavior you want to add as a child.
/// The parent behavior ignores your use of this method if you:
/// Provide a nil value
/// Provide a behavior instance that you’ve already added to the behavior</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addChildBehavior")]
public virtual void AddChildBehavior(UIDynamicBehavior behavior) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes a child dynamic behavior from a custom dynamic behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="behavior">The child dynamic behavior you want to remove.
/// The parent behavior ignores your use of this method if you:
/// Provide a nil value
/// Provide a behavior instance that is not a child of the parent behavior</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeChildBehavior")]
public virtual void RemoveChildBehavior(UIDynamicBehavior behavior) { }
/// <summary>
/// Called when the dynamic behavior is added to, or removed from, a dynamic animator.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="dynamicAnimator">The dynamic animator that the behavior is being added to, or nil if being removed from an animator.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("willMoveToAnimator")]
public virtual void WillMoveToAnimator(UIDynamicAnimator dynamicAnimator) { }
/// <summary>
/// The block you want to execute during dynamic animation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("action")]
public Action Action { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the array of dynamic behaviors that are children of a custom dynamic behavior. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("childBehaviors")]
public AnyObject[] ChildBehaviors { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The dynamic animator that the dynamic behavior is associated with. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("dynamicAnimator")]
public UIDynamicAnimator DynamicAnimator { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDynamicItemBehavior.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDynamicItemBehavior.cs index c59d43da..e4e0ed2a 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDynamicItemBehavior.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIDynamicItemBehavior.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A dynamic item behavior represents a base dynamic animation configuration for one or more dynamic items. Each of its properties overrides a corresponding default value.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDynamicItemBehavior_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIDynamicItemBehavior"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIDynamicItemBehavior : UIDynamicBehavior//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Adds a dynamic item to the dynamic item behavior’s item array.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item to add to the item array.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addItem")]
public void AddItem(UIDynamicItem item) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a dynamic item behavior with an array of dynamic items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">The dynamic items that you want to be subject to the dynamic item behavior.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIDynamicItemBehavior(AnyObject[] items) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes a specific dynamic item from the dynamic item behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item that you want to remove.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeItem")]
public void RemoveItem(UIDynamicItem item) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a specified angular velocity to a dynamic item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="velocity">The angular velocity, expressed in radians per second, that you want to add to the specified dynamic item. Default value is 0. Applying a negative value reduces the angular velocity by the specified amount.</param>
/// <param name="forItem">The dynamic item whose angular velocity you want to increase (or decrease).</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addAngularVelocity")]
public void AddAngularVelocity(CGFloat velocity, UIDynamicItem forItem) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a specified linear velocity to a dynamic item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="velocity">The linear velocity, expressed in points per second, that you want to add to the specified dynamic item. Default value is 0. Applying a negative value reduces the linear velocity by the specified amount.</param>
/// <param name="forItem">The dynamic item whose linear velocity you want to increase (or decrease).</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addLinearVelocity")]
public void AddLinearVelocity(CGPoint velocity, UIDynamicItem forItem) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the angular velocity for a specified dynamic item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item whose angular velocity you want to get.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("angularVelocityForItem")]
public CGFloat AngularVelocityForItem(UIDynamicItem item) { return default(CGFloat); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the linear velocity for a specified dynamic item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item whose linear velocity you want to get.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("linearVelocityForItem")]
public CGPoint LinearVelocityForItem(UIDynamicItem item) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the set of dynamic items you’ve added to the dynamic item behavior. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("items")]
public AnyObject[] Items { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether rotation is allowed for the behavior’s dynamic items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("allowsRotation")]
public bool AllowsRotation { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The angular resistance for the behavior’s dynamic items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("angularResistance")]
public CGFloat AngularResistance { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The relative mass density of the behavior’s dynamic items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("density")]
public CGFloat Density { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The amount of elasticity applied to collisions for the behavior’s dynamic items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("elasticity")]
public CGFloat Elasticity { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The linear resistance for the behavior’s dynamic items when two slide against each other.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("friction")]
public CGFloat Friction { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The linear resistance for the behavior’s dynamic items, which reduces their linear velocity over time.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("resistance")]
public CGFloat Resistance { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A dynamic item behavior represents a base dynamic animation configuration for one or more dynamic items. Each of its properties overrides a corresponding default value.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIDynamicItemBehavior_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIDynamicItemBehavior"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIDynamicItemBehavior : UIDynamicBehavior//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIDynamicItemBehavior() { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a dynamic item to the dynamic item behavior’s item array.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item to add to the item array.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addItem")]
public virtual void AddItem(UIDynamicItem item) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a dynamic item behavior with an array of dynamic items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">The dynamic items that you want to be subject to the dynamic item behavior.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIDynamicItemBehavior(AnyObject[] items) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes a specific dynamic item from the dynamic item behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item that you want to remove.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeItem")]
public virtual void RemoveItem(UIDynamicItem item) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a specified angular velocity to a dynamic item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="velocity">The angular velocity, expressed in radians per second, that you want to add to the specified dynamic item. Default value is 0. Applying a negative value reduces the angular velocity by the specified amount.</param>
/// <param name="forItem">The dynamic item whose angular velocity you want to increase (or decrease).</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addAngularVelocity")]
public virtual void AddAngularVelocity(CGFloat velocity, UIDynamicItem forItem) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a specified linear velocity to a dynamic item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="velocity">The linear velocity, expressed in points per second, that you want to add to the specified dynamic item. Default value is 0. Applying a negative value reduces the linear velocity by the specified amount.</param>
/// <param name="forItem">The dynamic item whose linear velocity you want to increase (or decrease).</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addLinearVelocity")]
public virtual void AddLinearVelocity(CGPoint velocity, UIDynamicItem forItem) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the angular velocity for a specified dynamic item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item whose angular velocity you want to get.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("angularVelocityForItem")]
public virtual CGFloat AngularVelocityForItem(UIDynamicItem item) { return default(CGFloat); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the linear velocity for a specified dynamic item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item whose linear velocity you want to get.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("linearVelocityForItem")]
public virtual CGPoint LinearVelocityForItem(UIDynamicItem item) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the set of dynamic items you’ve added to the dynamic item behavior. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("items")]
public AnyObject[] Items { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether rotation is allowed for the behavior’s dynamic items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("allowsRotation")]
public bool AllowsRotation { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The angular resistance for the behavior’s dynamic items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("angularResistance")]
public CGFloat AngularResistance { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The relative mass density of the behavior’s dynamic items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("density")]
public CGFloat Density { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The amount of elasticity applied to collisions for the behavior’s dynamic items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("elasticity")]
public CGFloat Elasticity { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The linear resistance for the behavior’s dynamic items when two slide against each other.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("friction")]
public CGFloat Friction { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The linear resistance for the behavior’s dynamic items, which reduces their linear velocity over time.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("resistance")]
public CGFloat Resistance { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIEvent.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIEvent.cs index c8b675fc..82cafee8 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIEvent.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIEvent.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIEvent object (or, simply, an event object) represents an event in iOS. There are three general types of event: touch events, motion events, and remote-control events. Remote-control events allow a responder object to receive commands from an external accessory or headset so that it can manage manage audio and video—for example, playing a video or skipping to the next audio track. Motion events were introduced in iOS 3.0 and remote-control events in iOS 4.0.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIEvent_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIEvent"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIEvent : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns all touch objects associated with the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("allTouches")]
public NSSet AllTouches() { return default(NSSet); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the touch objects that belong to a given view for the event represented by the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">TheUIView object on which the touches related to the event were made.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("touchesForView")]
public NSSet TouchesForView(UIView view) { return default(NSSet); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the touch objects that belong to a given window for the event represented by the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="window">The UIWindow object on which the touches related to the event were made.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("touchesForWindow")]
public NSSet TouchesForWindow(UIWindow window) { return default(NSSet); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the touch objects that are being delivered to the specified gesture recognizer.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="gesture">An instance of a subclass of the abstract base class UIGestureRecognizer. This gesture-recognizer object must be attached to a view to receive the touches hit-tested to that view and its subviews.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("touchesForGestureRecognizer")]
public NSSet TouchesForGestureRecognizer(UIGestureRecognizer gesture) { return default(NSSet); }
/// <summary>
/// The time when the event occurred. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("timestamp")]
public NSTimeInterval Timestamp { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the type of the event. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("type")]
public UIEventType Type { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the subtype of the event. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("subtype")]
public UIEventSubtype Subtype { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the general type of an event
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public enum UIEventType
{
/// <summary>
/// The event is related to touches on the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Touches,
/// <summary>
/// The event is related to motion of the device, such as when the user shakes it.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Motion,
/// <summary>
/// The event is a remote-control event. Remote-control events originate as commands received from a headset or external accessory for the purposes of controlling multimedia on the device.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
RemoteControl,
}
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the subtype of the event in relation to its general type.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public enum UIEventSubtype
{
/// <summary>
/// The event has no subtype. This is the subtype for events of the UIEventTypeTouches general type.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// The event is related to the user shaking the device. It is a subtype for the UIEventTypeMotion general event type.
/// Available in iOS 3.0.
/// </summary>
MotionShake,
/// <summary>
/// A remote-control event for playing audio or video. It is a subtype of the UIEventTypeRemoteControl general event type.
/// Available in iOS 4.0.
/// </summary>
RemoteControlPlay,
/// <summary>
/// A remote-control event for pausing audio or video. It is a subtype of the UIEventTypeRemoteControl general event type.
/// Available in iOS 4.0.
/// </summary>
RemoteControlPause,
/// <summary>
/// A remote-control event for stopping audio or video from playing. It is a subtype of the UIEventTypeRemoteControl general event type.
/// Available in iOS 4.0.
/// </summary>
RemoteControlStop,
/// <summary>
/// A remote-control event for toggling audio or video between play and pause. It is a subtype of the UIEventTypeRemoteControl general event type.
/// Available in iOS 4.0.
/// </summary>
RemoteControlTogglePlayPause,
/// <summary>
/// A remote-control event for skipping to the next audio or video track. It is a subtype of the UIEventTypeRemoteControl general event type.
/// Available in iOS 4.0.
/// </summary>
RemoteControlNextTrack,
/// <summary>
/// A remote-control event for skipping to the previous audio or video track. It is a subtype of the UIEventTypeRemoteControl general event type.
/// Available in iOS 4.0.
/// </summary>
RemoteControlPreviousTrack,
/// <summary>
/// A remote-control event to start seeking backward through the audio or video medium. It is a subtype of the UIEventTypeRemoteControl general event type.
/// Available in iOS 4.0.
/// </summary>
RemoteControlBeginSeekingBackward,
/// <summary>
/// A remote-control event to end seeking backward through the audio or video medium. It is a subtype of the UIEventTypeRemoteControl general event type.
/// Available in iOS 4.0.
/// </summary>
RemoteControlEndSeekingBackward,
/// <summary>
/// A remote-control event to start seeking forward through the audio or video medium. It is a subtype of the UIEventTypeRemoteControl general event type.
/// Available in iOS 4.0.
/// </summary>
RemoteControlBeginSeekingForward,
/// <summary>
/// A remote-control event to end seeking forward through the audio or video medium. It is a subtype of the UIEventTypeRemoteControl general event type.
/// Available in iOS 4.0.
/// </summary>
RemoteControlEndSeekingForward,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIEvent object (or, simply, an event object) represents an event in iOS. There are three general types of event: touch events, motion events, and remote-control events. Remote-control events allow a responder object to receive commands from an external accessory or headset so that it can manage manage audio and video—for example, playing a video or skipping to the next audio track. Motion events were introduced in iOS 3.0 and remote-control events in iOS 4.0.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIEvent_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIEvent"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIEvent : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIEvent() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns all touch objects associated with the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("allTouches")]
public virtual NSSet AllTouches() { return default(NSSet); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the touch objects that belong to a given view for the event represented by the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">TheUIView object on which the touches related to the event were made.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("touchesForView")]
public virtual NSSet TouchesForView(UIView view) { return default(NSSet); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the touch objects that belong to a given window for the event represented by the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="window">The UIWindow object on which the touches related to the event were made.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("touchesForWindow")]
public virtual NSSet TouchesForWindow(UIWindow window) { return default(NSSet); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the touch objects that are being delivered to the specified gesture recognizer.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="gesture">An instance of a subclass of the abstract base class UIGestureRecognizer. This gesture-recognizer object must be attached to a view to receive the touches hit-tested to that view and its subviews.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("touchesForGestureRecognizer")]
public virtual NSSet TouchesForGestureRecognizer(UIGestureRecognizer gesture) { return default(NSSet); }
/// <summary>
/// The time when the event occurred. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("timestamp")]
public NSTimeInterval Timestamp { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the type of the event. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("type")]
public UIEventType Type { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the subtype of the event. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("subtype")]
public UIEventSubtype Subtype { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the general type of an event
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public enum UIEventType
{
/// <summary>
/// The event is related to touches on the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Touches,
/// <summary>
/// The event is related to motion of the device, such as when the user shakes it.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Motion,
/// <summary>
/// The event is a remote-control event. Remote-control events originate as commands received from a headset or external accessory for the purposes of controlling multimedia on the device.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
RemoteControl,
}
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the subtype of the event in relation to its general type.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public enum UIEventSubtype
{
/// <summary>
/// The event has no subtype. This is the subtype for events of the UIEventTypeTouches general type.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// The event is related to the user shaking the device. It is a subtype for the UIEventTypeMotion general event type.
/// Available in iOS 3.0.
/// </summary>
MotionShake,
/// <summary>
/// A remote-control event for playing audio or video. It is a subtype of the UIEventTypeRemoteControl general event type.
/// Available in iOS 4.0.
/// </summary>
RemoteControlPlay,
/// <summary>
/// A remote-control event for pausing audio or video. It is a subtype of the UIEventTypeRemoteControl general event type.
/// Available in iOS 4.0.
/// </summary>
RemoteControlPause,
/// <summary>
/// A remote-control event for stopping audio or video from playing. It is a subtype of the UIEventTypeRemoteControl general event type.
/// Available in iOS 4.0.
/// </summary>
RemoteControlStop,
/// <summary>
/// A remote-control event for toggling audio or video between play and pause. It is a subtype of the UIEventTypeRemoteControl general event type.
/// Available in iOS 4.0.
/// </summary>
RemoteControlTogglePlayPause,
/// <summary>
/// A remote-control event for skipping to the next audio or video track. It is a subtype of the UIEventTypeRemoteControl general event type.
/// Available in iOS 4.0.
/// </summary>
RemoteControlNextTrack,
/// <summary>
/// A remote-control event for skipping to the previous audio or video track. It is a subtype of the UIEventTypeRemoteControl general event type.
/// Available in iOS 4.0.
/// </summary>
RemoteControlPreviousTrack,
/// <summary>
/// A remote-control event to start seeking backward through the audio or video medium. It is a subtype of the UIEventTypeRemoteControl general event type.
/// Available in iOS 4.0.
/// </summary>
RemoteControlBeginSeekingBackward,
/// <summary>
/// A remote-control event to end seeking backward through the audio or video medium. It is a subtype of the UIEventTypeRemoteControl general event type.
/// Available in iOS 4.0.
/// </summary>
RemoteControlEndSeekingBackward,
/// <summary>
/// A remote-control event to start seeking forward through the audio or video medium. It is a subtype of the UIEventTypeRemoteControl general event type.
/// Available in iOS 4.0.
/// </summary>
RemoteControlBeginSeekingForward,
/// <summary>
/// A remote-control event to end seeking forward through the audio or video medium. It is a subtype of the UIEventTypeRemoteControl general event type.
/// Available in iOS 4.0.
/// </summary>
RemoteControlEndSeekingForward,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIFont.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIFont.cs index e9f48505..52d8105e 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIFont.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIFont.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIFont class provides the interface for getting and setting font information. The class provides you with access to the font’s characteristics and also provides the system with access to the font’s glyph information, which is used during layout. You use font objects by passing them to methods that accept them as a parameter.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIFont_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIFont"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIFont : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns an instance of the font associated with the text style and scaled appropriately for the user's selected content size category.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="style">The text style for which to return a font. See "Text Styles” in UIFontDescriptor Class Reference for recognized values.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("preferredFontForTextStyle")]
public static UIFont PreferredFontForTextStyle(string style) { return default(UIFont); }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a font object for the specified font name and size.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="name">The fully specified name of the font. This name incorporates both the font family name and the specific style information for the font.</param>
/// <param name="size">The size (in points) to which the font is scaled. This value must be greater than 0.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIFont(string name, CGFloat size) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a font object that is the same as the receiver but which has the specified size instead.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fontSize">The desired size (in points) of the new font object. This value must be greater than 0.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("fontWithSize")]
public UIFont FontWithSize(CGFloat fontSize) { return default(UIFont); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the font object used for standard interface items in the specified size.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fontSize">The size (in points) to which the font is scaled. This value must be greater than 0.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("systemFontOfSize")]
public static UIFont SystemFontOfSize(CGFloat fontSize) { return default(UIFont); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the font object used for standard interface items that are rendered in boldface type in the specified size.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fontSize">The size (in points) to which the font is scaled. This value must be greater than 0.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("boldSystemFontOfSize")]
public static UIFont BoldSystemFontOfSize(CGFloat fontSize) { return default(UIFont); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the font object used for standard interface items that are rendered in italic type in the specified size.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fontSize">The size (in points) to which the font is scaled. This value must be greater than 0.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("italicSystemFontOfSize")]
public static UIFont ItalicSystemFontOfSize(CGFloat fontSize) { return default(UIFont); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of font family names available on the system.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("familyNames")]
public static AnyObject[] FamilyNames() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of font names available in a particular font family.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="familyName">The name of the font family. Use the familyNames method to get an array of the available font family names on the system.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("fontNamesForFamilyName")]
public static AnyObject[] FontNamesForFamilyName(string familyName) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the standard font size used for labels.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("labelFontSize")]
public static CGFloat LabelFontSize() { return default(CGFloat); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the standard font size used for buttons.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("buttonFontSize")]
public static CGFloat ButtonFontSize() { return default(CGFloat); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the size of the standard small system font.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("smallSystemFontSize")]
public static CGFloat SmallSystemFontSize() { return default(CGFloat); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the size of the standard system font.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("systemFontSize")]
public static CGFloat SystemFontSize() { return default(CGFloat); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a font descriptor that describes the font.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fontDescriptor")]
public UIFontDescriptor FontDescriptor() { return default(UIFontDescriptor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a font matching the given font descriptor.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="descriptor">The font descriptor to match.</param>
/// <param name="size">The size in points to which the font is scaled. If greater than 0.0, it has precedence over UIFontDescriptorSizeAttribute in descriptor.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIFont(UIFontDescriptor descriptor, CGFloat size) { }
/// <summary>
/// The font family name. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("familyName")]
public string FamilyName { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The font face name. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("fontName")]
public string FontName { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s point size, or the effective vertical point size for a font with a nonstandard matrix. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("pointSize")]
public CGFloat PointSize { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The top y-coordinate, offset from the baseline, of the receiver’s longest ascender. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("ascender")]
public CGFloat Ascender { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The bottom y-coordinate, offset from the baseline, of the receiver’s longest descender. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("descender")]
public CGFloat Descender { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s leading information. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("leading")]
public CGFloat Leading { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s cap height information. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("capHeight")]
public CGFloat CapHeight { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The x-height of the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("xHeight")]
public CGFloat XHeight { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The height of text lines (measured in points). (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("lineHeight")]
public CGFloat LineHeight { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIFont class provides the interface for getting and setting font information. The class provides you with access to the font’s characteristics and also provides the system with access to the font’s glyph information, which is used during layout. You use font objects by passing them to methods that accept them as a parameter.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIFont_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIFont"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIFont : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIFont() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an instance of the font associated with the text style and scaled appropriately for the user's selected content size category.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="style">The text style for which to return a font. See "Text Styles” in UIFontDescriptor Class Reference for recognized values.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("preferredFontForTextStyle")]
public virtual static UIFont PreferredFontForTextStyle(string style) { return default(UIFont); }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a font object for the specified font name and size.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="name">The fully specified name of the font. This name incorporates both the font family name and the specific style information for the font.</param>
/// <param name="size">The size (in points) to which the font is scaled. This value must be greater than 0.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIFont(string name, CGFloat size) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a font object that is the same as the receiver but which has the specified size instead.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fontSize">The desired size (in points) of the new font object. This value must be greater than 0.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("fontWithSize")]
public virtual UIFont FontWithSize(CGFloat fontSize) { return default(UIFont); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the font object used for standard interface items in the specified size.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fontSize">The size (in points) to which the font is scaled. This value must be greater than 0.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("systemFontOfSize")]
public virtual static UIFont SystemFontOfSize(CGFloat fontSize) { return default(UIFont); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the font object used for standard interface items that are rendered in boldface type in the specified size.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fontSize">The size (in points) to which the font is scaled. This value must be greater than 0.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("boldSystemFontOfSize")]
public virtual static UIFont BoldSystemFontOfSize(CGFloat fontSize) { return default(UIFont); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the font object used for standard interface items that are rendered in italic type in the specified size.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fontSize">The size (in points) to which the font is scaled. This value must be greater than 0.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("italicSystemFontOfSize")]
public virtual static UIFont ItalicSystemFontOfSize(CGFloat fontSize) { return default(UIFont); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of font family names available on the system.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("familyNames")]
public virtual static AnyObject[] FamilyNames() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of font names available in a particular font family.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="familyName">The name of the font family. Use the familyNames method to get an array of the available font family names on the system.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("fontNamesForFamilyName")]
public virtual static AnyObject[] FontNamesForFamilyName(string familyName) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the standard font size used for labels.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("labelFontSize")]
public virtual static CGFloat LabelFontSize() { return default(CGFloat); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the standard font size used for buttons.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("buttonFontSize")]
public virtual static CGFloat ButtonFontSize() { return default(CGFloat); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the size of the standard small system font.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("smallSystemFontSize")]
public virtual static CGFloat SmallSystemFontSize() { return default(CGFloat); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the size of the standard system font.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("systemFontSize")]
public virtual static CGFloat SystemFontSize() { return default(CGFloat); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a font descriptor that describes the font.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fontDescriptor")]
public virtual UIFontDescriptor FontDescriptor() { return default(UIFontDescriptor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a font matching the given font descriptor.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="descriptor">The font descriptor to match.</param>
/// <param name="size">The size in points to which the font is scaled. If greater than 0.0, it has precedence over UIFontDescriptorSizeAttribute in descriptor.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIFont(UIFontDescriptor descriptor, CGFloat size) { }
/// <summary>
/// The font family name. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("familyName")]
public string FamilyName { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The font face name. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("fontName")]
public string FontName { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s point size, or the effective vertical point size for a font with a nonstandard matrix. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("pointSize")]
public CGFloat PointSize { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The top y-coordinate, offset from the baseline, of the receiver’s longest ascender. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("ascender")]
public CGFloat Ascender { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The bottom y-coordinate, offset from the baseline, of the receiver’s longest descender. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("descender")]
public CGFloat Descender { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s leading information. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("leading")]
public CGFloat Leading { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s cap height information. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("capHeight")]
public CGFloat CapHeight { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The x-height of the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("xHeight")]
public CGFloat XHeight { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The height of text lines (measured in points). (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("lineHeight")]
public CGFloat LineHeight { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIFontDescriptor.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIFontDescriptor.cs index 62b7bf43..2038fc44 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIFontDescriptor.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIFontDescriptor.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UIFontDescriptor objects provide a mechanism to describe a font with a dictionary of attributes. This font descriptor can be used later to create or modify a UIFont object. Font descriptors can be archived and unarchived. Font descriptors have a font matching capability, so that you can partially describe a font by creating a font descriptor with, for example, just a family name. You can then find all the available fonts on the system with a matching family name using matchingFontDescriptorsWithMandatoryKeys:.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIFontDescriptor_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIFontDescriptor"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIFontDescriptor : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns a font descriptor containing the given text style and the user's selected content size category.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="style">The text style for which to return a font descriptor. See Text Styles for valid values.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("preferredFontDescriptorWithTextStyle")]
public static UIFontDescriptor PreferredFontDescriptorWithTextStyle(string style) { return default(UIFontDescriptor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a font descriptor with the UIFontDescriptorNameAttribute and UIFontDescriptorMatrixAttribute dictionary attributes set to the given values.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="name">The value for UIFontDescriptorNameAttribute.</param>
/// <param name="matrix">The value for UIFontDescriptorMatrixAttribute.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIFontDescriptor(string name, CGAffineTransform matrix) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a font descriptor with the UIFontDescriptorNameAttribute and UIFontDescriptorSizeAttribute dictionary attributes set to the given values.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="name">The value for UIFontDescriptorNameAttribute.</param>
/// <param name="size">The value for UIFontDescriptorSizeAttribute.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIFontDescriptor(string name, CGFloat size) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a new font descriptor that is the same as the receiver but with the specified attributes taking precedence over the existing ones.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="attributes">The new attributes.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fontDescriptorByAddingAttributes")]
public UIFontDescriptor FontDescriptorByAddingAttributes(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> attributes) { return default(UIFontDescriptor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a new font descriptor that is the same as the receiver but with the specified face.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="newFace">The new font face.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fontDescriptorWithFace")]
public UIFontDescriptor FontDescriptorWithFace(string newFace) { return default(UIFontDescriptor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a new font descriptor whose attributes are the same as the receiver but from the specified family.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="newFamily">The new font family.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fontDescriptorWithFamily")]
public UIFontDescriptor FontDescriptorWithFamily(string newFamily) { return default(UIFontDescriptor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a new font descriptor that is the same as the receiver but with the specified matrix.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="matrix">The new font matrix.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fontDescriptorWithMatrix")]
public UIFontDescriptor FontDescriptorWithMatrix(CGAffineTransform matrix) { return default(UIFontDescriptor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a new font descriptor that is the same as the receiver but with the specified point size.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="newPointSize">The new point size.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fontDescriptorWithSize")]
public UIFontDescriptor FontDescriptorWithSize(CGFloat newPointSize) { return default(UIFontDescriptor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a new font descriptor that is the same as the receiver but with the specified symbolic traits taking precedence over the existing ones.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="symbolicTraits">The new symbolic traits.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fontDescriptorWithSymbolicTraits")]
public UIFontDescriptor FontDescriptorWithSymbolicTraits(UIFontDescriptorSymbolicTraits symbolicTraits) { return default(UIFontDescriptor); }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a new font descriptor with the specified attributes.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fontAttributes">The attributes for the new font descriptor. If nil, the font descriptor’s attribute dictionary will be empty.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIFontDescriptor(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> fontAttributes) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns all the fonts available on the system whose specified attributes match those of the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="mandatoryKeys">Keys that must be identical to be matched. Can be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("matchingFontDescriptorsWithMandatoryKeys")]
public AnyObject[] MatchingFontDescriptorsWithMandatoryKeys(NSSet mandatoryKeys) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the receiver’s dictionary of attributes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fontAttributes")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> FontAttributes() { return default(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject>); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the font attribute specified by the given key.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="anAttribute">The font attribute key.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("objectForKey")]
public AnyObject ObjectForKey(string anAttribute) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// The current transform matrix of the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("matrix")]
public CGAffineTransform Matrix { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The point size of the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("pointSize")]
public CGFloat PointSize { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The PostScript name of the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("postscriptName")]
public string PostscriptName { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A bit mask that describes the traits of the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("symbolicTraits")]
public UIFontDescriptorSymbolicTraits SymbolicTraits { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// UIFontDescriptorSymbolicTraits symbolically describes stylistic aspects of a font. The lower 16 bits represent the typeface, and the upper 16 bits describe appearance of the font.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIFontDescriptorSymbolicTraits
{
/// <summary>
/// The font’s typestyle is italic.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TraitItalic,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s typestyle is boldface.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TraitBold,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s typestyle is expanded. Expanded and condensed traits are mutually exclusive.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TraitExpanded,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s typestyle is condensed. Expanded and condensed traits are mutually exclusive.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TraitCondensed,
/// <summary>
/// The font uses fixed-pitch glyphs if available. The font may have multiple glyph advances (many CJK glyphs contain two spaces).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TraitMonoSpace,
/// <summary>
/// The font uses vertical glyph variants and metrics.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TraitVertical,
/// <summary>
/// The font synthesizes appropriate attributes for user interface rendering, such as control titles, if necessary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TraitUIOptimized,
/// <summary>
/// The font uses tighter leading values.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TraitTightLeading,
/// <summary>
/// The font uses looser leading values.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TraitLooseLeading,
/// <summary>
/// The font family class mask used to access UIFontDescriptorClass values.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassMask,
/// <summary>
/// The font has no design classification.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassUnknown,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s style is based on the Latin printing style of the 15th to 17th century.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassOldStyleSerifs,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s style is based on the Latin printing style of the 18th to 19th century.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassTransitionalSerifs,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s style is based on the Latin printing style of the 20th century.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassModernSerifs,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s style is a variation of the Oldstyle Serifs and the Transitional Serifs.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassClarendonSerifs,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s style is characterized by serifs with a square transition between the strokes and the serifs (no brackets).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassSlabSerifs,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s style includes serifs, but it expresses a design freedom that does not generally fit within the other serif design classifications.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassFreeformSerifs,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s style includes most basic letter forms (excluding Scripts and Ornamentals) that do not have serifs on the strokes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassSansSerif,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s style includes highly decorated or stylized character shapes such as those typically used in headlines.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassOrnamentals,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s style is among those typefaces designed to simulate handwriting.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassScripts,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s style is generally design independent, making it suitable for special characters (icons, dingbats, technical symbols, and so on) that may be used equally well with any font.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassSymbolic,
}
/// <summary>
/// UIFontDescriptorClass classifies certain stylistic qualities of the font.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public struct UIFontDescriptorClass
{
static public implicit operator UIFontDescriptorClass(int value)
{
return default(UIFontDescriptorClass);
}
static public implicit operator int(UIFontDescriptorClass value)
{
return default(int);
}
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UIFontDescriptor objects provide a mechanism to describe a font with a dictionary of attributes. This font descriptor can be used later to create or modify a UIFont object. Font descriptors can be archived and unarchived. Font descriptors have a font matching capability, so that you can partially describe a font by creating a font descriptor with, for example, just a family name. You can then find all the available fonts on the system with a matching family name using matchingFontDescriptorsWithMandatoryKeys:.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIFontDescriptor_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIFontDescriptor"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIFontDescriptor : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIFontDescriptor() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a font descriptor containing the given text style and the user's selected content size category.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="style">The text style for which to return a font descriptor. See Text Styles for valid values.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("preferredFontDescriptorWithTextStyle")]
public virtual static UIFontDescriptor PreferredFontDescriptorWithTextStyle(string style) { return default(UIFontDescriptor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a font descriptor with the UIFontDescriptorNameAttribute and UIFontDescriptorMatrixAttribute dictionary attributes set to the given values.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="name">The value for UIFontDescriptorNameAttribute.</param>
/// <param name="matrix">The value for UIFontDescriptorMatrixAttribute.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIFontDescriptor(string name, CGAffineTransform matrix) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a font descriptor with the UIFontDescriptorNameAttribute and UIFontDescriptorSizeAttribute dictionary attributes set to the given values.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="name">The value for UIFontDescriptorNameAttribute.</param>
/// <param name="size">The value for UIFontDescriptorSizeAttribute.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIFontDescriptor(string name, CGFloat size) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a new font descriptor that is the same as the receiver but with the specified attributes taking precedence over the existing ones.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="attributes">The new attributes.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fontDescriptorByAddingAttributes")]
public virtual UIFontDescriptor FontDescriptorByAddingAttributes(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> attributes) { return default(UIFontDescriptor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a new font descriptor that is the same as the receiver but with the specified face.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="newFace">The new font face.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fontDescriptorWithFace")]
public virtual UIFontDescriptor FontDescriptorWithFace(string newFace) { return default(UIFontDescriptor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a new font descriptor whose attributes are the same as the receiver but from the specified family.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="newFamily">The new font family.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fontDescriptorWithFamily")]
public virtual UIFontDescriptor FontDescriptorWithFamily(string newFamily) { return default(UIFontDescriptor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a new font descriptor that is the same as the receiver but with the specified matrix.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="matrix">The new font matrix.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fontDescriptorWithMatrix")]
public virtual UIFontDescriptor FontDescriptorWithMatrix(CGAffineTransform matrix) { return default(UIFontDescriptor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a new font descriptor that is the same as the receiver but with the specified point size.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="newPointSize">The new point size.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fontDescriptorWithSize")]
public virtual UIFontDescriptor FontDescriptorWithSize(CGFloat newPointSize) { return default(UIFontDescriptor); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a new font descriptor that is the same as the receiver but with the specified symbolic traits taking precedence over the existing ones.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="symbolicTraits">The new symbolic traits.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fontDescriptorWithSymbolicTraits")]
public virtual UIFontDescriptor FontDescriptorWithSymbolicTraits(UIFontDescriptorSymbolicTraits symbolicTraits) { return default(UIFontDescriptor); }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a new font descriptor with the specified attributes.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fontAttributes">The attributes for the new font descriptor. If nil, the font descriptor’s attribute dictionary will be empty.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIFontDescriptor(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> fontAttributes) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns all the fonts available on the system whose specified attributes match those of the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="mandatoryKeys">Keys that must be identical to be matched. Can be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("matchingFontDescriptorsWithMandatoryKeys")]
public virtual AnyObject[] MatchingFontDescriptorsWithMandatoryKeys(NSSet mandatoryKeys) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the receiver’s dictionary of attributes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("fontAttributes")]
public virtual Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> FontAttributes() { return default(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject>); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the font attribute specified by the given key.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="anAttribute">The font attribute key.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("objectForKey")]
public virtual AnyObject ObjectForKey(string anAttribute) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// The current transform matrix of the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("matrix")]
public CGAffineTransform Matrix { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The point size of the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("pointSize")]
public CGFloat PointSize { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The PostScript name of the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("postscriptName")]
public string PostscriptName { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A bit mask that describes the traits of the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("symbolicTraits")]
public UIFontDescriptorSymbolicTraits SymbolicTraits { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// UIFontDescriptorSymbolicTraits symbolically describes stylistic aspects of a font. The lower 16 bits represent the typeface, and the upper 16 bits describe appearance of the font.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIFontDescriptorSymbolicTraits
{
/// <summary>
/// The font’s typestyle is italic.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TraitItalic,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s typestyle is boldface.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TraitBold,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s typestyle is expanded. Expanded and condensed traits are mutually exclusive.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TraitExpanded,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s typestyle is condensed. Expanded and condensed traits are mutually exclusive.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TraitCondensed,
/// <summary>
/// The font uses fixed-pitch glyphs if available. The font may have multiple glyph advances (many CJK glyphs contain two spaces).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TraitMonoSpace,
/// <summary>
/// The font uses vertical glyph variants and metrics.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TraitVertical,
/// <summary>
/// The font synthesizes appropriate attributes for user interface rendering, such as control titles, if necessary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TraitUIOptimized,
/// <summary>
/// The font uses tighter leading values.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TraitTightLeading,
/// <summary>
/// The font uses looser leading values.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TraitLooseLeading,
/// <summary>
/// The font family class mask used to access UIFontDescriptorClass values.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassMask,
/// <summary>
/// The font has no design classification.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassUnknown,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s style is based on the Latin printing style of the 15th to 17th century.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassOldStyleSerifs,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s style is based on the Latin printing style of the 18th to 19th century.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassTransitionalSerifs,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s style is based on the Latin printing style of the 20th century.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassModernSerifs,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s style is a variation of the Oldstyle Serifs and the Transitional Serifs.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassClarendonSerifs,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s style is characterized by serifs with a square transition between the strokes and the serifs (no brackets).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassSlabSerifs,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s style includes serifs, but it expresses a design freedom that does not generally fit within the other serif design classifications.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassFreeformSerifs,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s style includes most basic letter forms (excluding Scripts and Ornamentals) that do not have serifs on the strokes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassSansSerif,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s style includes highly decorated or stylized character shapes such as those typically used in headlines.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassOrnamentals,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s style is among those typefaces designed to simulate handwriting.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassScripts,
/// <summary>
/// The font’s style is generally design independent, making it suitable for special characters (icons, dingbats, technical symbols, and so on) that may be used equally well with any font.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
ClassSymbolic,
}
/// <summary>
/// UIFontDescriptorClass classifies certain stylistic qualities of the font.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public struct UIFontDescriptorClass
{
static public implicit operator UIFontDescriptorClass(int value)
{
return default(UIFontDescriptorClass);
}
static public implicit operator int(UIFontDescriptorClass value)
{
return default(int);
}
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIGestureRecognizer.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIGestureRecognizer.cs index 1ada1b45..18e0537d 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIGestureRecognizer.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIGestureRecognizer.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UIGestureRecognizer is an abstract base class for concrete gesture-recognizer classes. A gesture-recognizer object—or, simply, a gesture recognizer—decouples the logic for recognizing a gesture and acting on that recognition. When one of these objects recognizes a common gesture or, in some cases, a change in the gesture, it sends an action message to each designated target object.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIGestureRecognizer_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIGestureRecognizer"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIGestureRecognizer : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes an allocated gesture-recognizer object with a target and an action selector.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="target">An object that is the recipient of action messages sent by the receiver when it recognizes a gesture. nil is not a valid value.</param>
/// <param name="action">A selector that identifies the method implemented by the target to handle the gesture recognized by the receiver. The action selector must conform to the signature described in the class overview. NULL is not a valid value.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public UIGestureRecognizer(AnyObject target, Selector action) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a target and an action to a gesture-recognizer object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="target">An object that is a recipient of action messages sent by the receiver when the represented gesture occurs. nil is not a valid value.</param>
/// <param name="action">A selector identifying a method of a target to be invoked by the action message. NULL is not a valid value.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("addTarget")]
public void AddTarget(AnyObject target, Selector action) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes a target and an action from a gesture-recognizer object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="target">An object that currently is a recipient of action messages sent by the receiver when the represented gesture occurs. Specify nil if you want to remove all targets from the receiver.</param>
/// <param name="action">A selector identifying a method of a target to be invoked by the action message. Specify NULL if you want to remove all actions from the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("removeTarget")]
public void RemoveTarget(AnyObject target, Selector action) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the point computed as the location in a given view of the gesture represented by the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">A UIView object on which the gesture took place. Specify nil to indicate the window.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("locationInView")]
public CGPoint LocationInView(UIView view) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the location of one of the gesture’s touches in the local coordinate system of a given view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="touchIndex">The index of a UITouch object in a private array maintained by the receiver. This touch object represents a touch of the current gesture.</param>
/// <param name="inView">A UIView object on which the gesture took place. Specify nil to indicate the window.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("locationOfTouch")]
public CGPoint LocationOfTouch(int touchIndex, UIView inView) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the number of touches involved in the gesture represented by the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("numberOfTouches")]
public int NumberOfTouches() { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Creates a dependency relationship between the receiver and another gesture recognizer.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="otherGestureRecognizer">Another gesture-recognizer object (an instance of a subclass of UIGestureRecognizer).</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("requireGestureRecognizerToFail")]
public void RequireGestureRecognizerToFail(UIGestureRecognizer otherGestureRecognizer) { }
/// <summary>
/// The current state of the gesture recognizer. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("state")]
public UIGestureRecognizerState State { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view the gesture recognizer is attached to. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("view")]
public UIView View { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean property that indicates whether the gesture recognizer is enabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("enabled")]
public bool Enabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value affecting whether touches are delivered to a view when a gesture is recognized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("cancelsTouchesInView")]
public bool CancelsTouchesInView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value determining whether the receiver delays sending touches in a begin phase to its view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("delaysTouchesBegan")]
public bool DelaysTouchesBegan { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value determining whether the receiver delays sending touches in a end phase to its view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("delaysTouchesEnded")]
public bool DelaysTouchesEnded { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate of the gesture recognizer.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIGestureRecognizerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The current state a gesture recognizer is in.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public enum UIGestureRecognizerState
{
/// <summary>
/// The gesture recognizer has not yet recognized its gesture, but may be evaluating touch events. This is the default state.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Possible,
/// <summary>
/// The gesture recognizer has received touch objects recognized as a continuous gesture. It sends its action message (or messages) at the next cycle of the run loop.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Began,
/// <summary>
/// The gesture recognizer has received touches recognized as a change to a continuous gesture. It sends its action message (or messages) at the next cycle of the run loop.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Changed,
/// <summary>
/// The gesture recognizer has received touches recognized as the end of a continuous gesture. It sends its action message (or messages) at the next cycle of the run loop and resets its state to UIGestureRecognizerStatePossible.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Ended,
/// <summary>
/// The gesture recognizer has received touches resulting in the cancellation of a continuous gesture. It sends its action message (or messages) at the next cycle of the run loop and resets its state to UIGestureRecognizerStatePossible.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Cancelled,
/// <summary>
/// The gesture recognizer has received a multi-touch sequence that it cannot recognize as its gesture. No action message is sent and the gesture recognizer is reset to UIGestureRecognizerStatePossible.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Failed,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UIGestureRecognizer is an abstract base class for concrete gesture-recognizer classes. A gesture-recognizer object—or, simply, a gesture recognizer—decouples the logic for recognizing a gesture and acting on that recognition. When one of these objects recognizes a common gesture or, in some cases, a change in the gesture, it sends an action message to each designated target object.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIGestureRecognizer_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIGestureRecognizer"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIGestureRecognizer : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIGestureRecognizer() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes an allocated gesture-recognizer object with a target and an action selector.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="target">An object that is the recipient of action messages sent by the receiver when it recognizes a gesture. nil is not a valid value.</param>
/// <param name="action">A selector that identifies the method implemented by the target to handle the gesture recognized by the receiver. The action selector must conform to the signature described in the class overview. NULL is not a valid value.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public UIGestureRecognizer(AnyObject target, Selector action) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a target and an action to a gesture-recognizer object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="target">An object that is a recipient of action messages sent by the receiver when the represented gesture occurs. nil is not a valid value.</param>
/// <param name="action">A selector identifying a method of a target to be invoked by the action message. NULL is not a valid value.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("addTarget")]
public virtual void AddTarget(AnyObject target, Selector action) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes a target and an action from a gesture-recognizer object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="target">An object that currently is a recipient of action messages sent by the receiver when the represented gesture occurs. Specify nil if you want to remove all targets from the receiver.</param>
/// <param name="action">A selector identifying a method of a target to be invoked by the action message. Specify NULL if you want to remove all actions from the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("removeTarget")]
public virtual void RemoveTarget(AnyObject target, Selector action) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the point computed as the location in a given view of the gesture represented by the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">A UIView object on which the gesture took place. Specify nil to indicate the window.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("locationInView")]
public virtual CGPoint LocationInView(UIView view) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the location of one of the gesture’s touches in the local coordinate system of a given view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="touchIndex">The index of a UITouch object in a private array maintained by the receiver. This touch object represents a touch of the current gesture.</param>
/// <param name="inView">A UIView object on which the gesture took place. Specify nil to indicate the window.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("locationOfTouch")]
public virtual CGPoint LocationOfTouch(int touchIndex, UIView inView) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the number of touches involved in the gesture represented by the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("numberOfTouches")]
public virtual int NumberOfTouches() { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Creates a dependency relationship between the receiver and another gesture recognizer.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="otherGestureRecognizer">Another gesture-recognizer object (an instance of a subclass of UIGestureRecognizer).</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("requireGestureRecognizerToFail")]
public virtual void RequireGestureRecognizerToFail(UIGestureRecognizer otherGestureRecognizer) { }
/// <summary>
/// The current state of the gesture recognizer. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("state")]
public UIGestureRecognizerState State { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view the gesture recognizer is attached to. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("view")]
public UIView View { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean property that indicates whether the gesture recognizer is enabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("enabled")]
public bool Enabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value affecting whether touches are delivered to a view when a gesture is recognized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("cancelsTouchesInView")]
public bool CancelsTouchesInView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value determining whether the receiver delays sending touches in a begin phase to its view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("delaysTouchesBegan")]
public bool DelaysTouchesBegan { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value determining whether the receiver delays sending touches in a end phase to its view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("delaysTouchesEnded")]
public bool DelaysTouchesEnded { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate of the gesture recognizer.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIGestureRecognizerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The current state a gesture recognizer is in.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public enum UIGestureRecognizerState
{
/// <summary>
/// The gesture recognizer has not yet recognized its gesture, but may be evaluating touch events. This is the default state.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Possible,
/// <summary>
/// The gesture recognizer has received touch objects recognized as a continuous gesture. It sends its action message (or messages) at the next cycle of the run loop.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Began,
/// <summary>
/// The gesture recognizer has received touches recognized as a change to a continuous gesture. It sends its action message (or messages) at the next cycle of the run loop.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Changed,
/// <summary>
/// The gesture recognizer has received touches recognized as the end of a continuous gesture. It sends its action message (or messages) at the next cycle of the run loop and resets its state to UIGestureRecognizerStatePossible.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Ended,
/// <summary>
/// The gesture recognizer has received touches resulting in the cancellation of a continuous gesture. It sends its action message (or messages) at the next cycle of the run loop and resets its state to UIGestureRecognizerStatePossible.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Cancelled,
/// <summary>
/// The gesture recognizer has received a multi-touch sequence that it cannot recognize as its gesture. No action message is sent and the gesture recognizer is reset to UIGestureRecognizerStatePossible.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Failed,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIGravityBehavior.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIGravityBehavior.cs index a97d290a..87b4ead0 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIGravityBehavior.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIGravityBehavior.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A gravity behavior specifies a gravity vector that applies to all of its dynamic items.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIGravityBehavior_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIGravityBehavior"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIGravityBehavior : UIDynamicBehavior//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Adds a dynamic item to the gravity behavior’s item array.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item to add to the item array.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addItem")]
public void AddItem(UIDynamicItem item) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a gravity behavior with an array of dynamic items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">The dynamic items that you want to be subject to the gravity behavior.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIGravityBehavior(AnyObject[] items) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes a specific dynamic item from the gravity behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item that you want to remove.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeItem")]
public void RemoveItem(UIDynamicItem item) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the angle and magnitude of the gravity vector for the behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="angle">The radian angle for the gravity vector, using standard UIKit geometry.</param>
/// <param name="magnitude">The acceleration for the gravity, with a value of 1.0 corresponding to 1000 points / second².</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setAngle")]
public void SetAngle(CGFloat angle, CGFloat magnitude) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the set of dynamic items you’ve added to the gravity behavior. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("items")]
public AnyObject[] Items { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The angle, in radians, of the gravity vector for the behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("angle")]
public CGFloat Angle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The magnitude of the gravity vector for the gravity behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("magnitude")]
public CGFloat Magnitude { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The direction for the gravity behavior’s gravity vector, expressed as an (x, y) pair.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("gravityDirection")]
public CGVector GravityDirection { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A gravity behavior specifies a gravity vector that applies to all of its dynamic items.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIGravityBehavior_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIGravityBehavior"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIGravityBehavior : UIDynamicBehavior//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIGravityBehavior() { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a dynamic item to the gravity behavior’s item array.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item to add to the item array.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addItem")]
public virtual void AddItem(UIDynamicItem item) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a gravity behavior with an array of dynamic items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">The dynamic items that you want to be subject to the gravity behavior.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIGravityBehavior(AnyObject[] items) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes a specific dynamic item from the gravity behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item that you want to remove.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeItem")]
public virtual void RemoveItem(UIDynamicItem item) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the angle and magnitude of the gravity vector for the behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="angle">The radian angle for the gravity vector, using standard UIKit geometry.</param>
/// <param name="magnitude">The acceleration for the gravity, with a value of 1.0 corresponding to 1000 points / second².</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setAngle")]
public virtual void SetAngle(CGFloat angle, CGFloat magnitude) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the set of dynamic items you’ve added to the gravity behavior. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("items")]
public AnyObject[] Items { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The angle, in radians, of the gravity vector for the behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("angle")]
public CGFloat Angle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The magnitude of the gravity vector for the gravity behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("magnitude")]
public CGFloat Magnitude { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The direction for the gravity behavior’s gravity vector, expressed as an (x, y) pair.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("gravityDirection")]
public CGVector GravityDirection { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIImage.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIImage.cs index c0d4ff4c..335da244 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIImage.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIImage.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIImage object is a high-level way to display image data. You can create images from files, from Quartz image objects, or from raw image data you receive. The UIImage class also offers several options for drawing images to the current graphics context using different blend modes and opacity values.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIImage_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIImage"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIImage : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding, UIAccessibilityIdentification
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns an image in the bundle that is compatible with the trait collection.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="named">The name of the image.</param>
/// <param name="inBundle">The bundle the image file or asset catalog is located in, pass nil to use the main bundle.</param>
/// <param name="compatibleWithTraitCollection">Traits that describe the desired image to retrieve, pass nil to use traits that describe the main screen.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UIImage(string named, NSBundle inBundle, UITraitCollection compatibleWithTraitCollection) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the image object associated with the specified filename.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="named">The name of the file. If this is the first time the image is being loaded, the method looks for an image with the specified name in the application’s main bundle.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIImage(string named) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a new version of the image that uses the specified alignment insets.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="alignmentInsets">The alignment metadata to apply to the new image.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("imageWithAlignmentRectInsets")]
public UIImage ImageWithAlignmentRectInsets(UIEdgeInsets alignmentInsets) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns an animated image.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="name">The full or partial path to the file (sans suffix).</param>
/// <param name="duration">The duration of the animation.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("animatedImageNamed")]
public static UIImage AnimatedImageNamed(string name, NSTimeInterval duration) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns an animated image from an existing set of images.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="images">An array of UIImage objects.</param>
/// <param name="duration">The duration of the animation.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("animatedImageWithImages")]
public static UIImage AnimatedImageWithImages(AnyObject[] images, NSTimeInterval duration) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns an animated image with end caps.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="name">The full or partial path to the file (sans suffix).</param>
/// <param name="capInsets">The values to use for the cap insets.</param>
/// <param name="duration">The duration of the animation.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("animatedResizableImageNamed")]
public static UIImage AnimatedResizableImageNamed(string name, UIEdgeInsets capInsets, NSTimeInterval duration) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new image object with the specified cap values.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="leftCapWidth">The value to use for the left cap width. Specify 0 if you want the entire image to be horizontally stretchable. For a discussion of how a non-zero value affects the image, see the leftCapWidth property.</param>
/// <param name="topCapHeight">The value to use for the top cap width. Specify 0 if you want the entire image to be vertically stretchable. For a discussion of how a non-zero value affects the image, see the topCapHeight property.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("stretchableImageWithLeftCapWidth")]
public UIImage StretchableImageWithLeftCapWidth(int leftCapWidth, int topCapHeight) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new image object with the specified cap insets.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="capInsets">The values to use for the cap insets.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("resizableImageWithCapInsets")]
public UIImage ResizableImageWithCapInsets(UIEdgeInsets capInsets) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns an animated image with end caps and a specific resizing mode.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="name">The full or partial path to the file (sans suffix).</param>
/// <param name="capInsets">The values to use for the cap insets.</param>
/// <param name="resizingMode">The mode with which the interior of the image is resized.</param>
/// <param name="duration">The duration of the animation.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("animatedResizableImageNamed")]
public static UIImage AnimatedResizableImageNamed(string name, UIEdgeInsets capInsets, UIImageResizingMode resizingMode, NSTimeInterval duration) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new image object with the specified cap insets and options.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="capInsets">The values to use for the cap insets.</param>
/// <param name="resizingMode">The mode with which the interior of the image is resized.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("resizableImageWithCapInsets")]
public UIImage ResizableImageWithCapInsets(UIEdgeInsets capInsets, UIImageResizingMode resizingMode) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new image object with the specified rendering mode.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="renderingMode">The rendering mode to use for the new image.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("imageWithRenderingMode")]
public UIImage ImageWithRenderingMode(UIImageRenderingMode renderingMode) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns the image object with the contents of the specified file.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="contentsOfFile">The path to the file. This path should include the filename extension that identifies the type of the image data.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public UIImage(string contentsOfFile, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns the image object with the specified data.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="data">The data object containing the image data.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIImage(NSData data) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns the image object with the specified data and scale factor.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="data">The data object containing the image data.</param>
/// <param name="scale">The scale factor to assume when interpreting the image data. Applying a scale factor of 1.0 results in an image whose size matches the pixel-based dimensions of the image. Applying a different scale factor changes the size of the image as reported by the size property.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public UIImage(NSData data, CGFloat scale) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns the image object with the specified Quartz image reference.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="CGImage">A Quartz image reference.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIImage(CGImage CGImage) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns an image object with the specified scale and orientation factors
/// </summary>
/// <param name="CGImage">The Quartz image object.</param>
/// <param name="scale">The scale factor to assume when interpreting the image data. Applying a scale factor of 1.0 results in an image whose size matches the pixel-based dimensions of the image. Applying a different scale factor changes the size of the image as reported by the size property.</param>
/// <param name="orientation">The orientation of the image data. You can use this parameter to specify any rotation factors applied to the image.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public UIImage(CGImage CGImage, CGFloat scale, UIImageOrientation orientation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns an image object with the specified Core Image object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="CIImage">The Core Image object.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public UIImage(CIImage CIImage) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns an image object with the specified Core Image object and properties.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="CIImage">The Core Image object.</param>
/// <param name="scale">The scale factor to assume when interpreting the image data. Applying a scale factor of 1.0 results in an image whose size matches the pixel-based dimensions of the image. Applying a different scale factor changes the size of the image as reported by the size property.</param>
/// <param name="orientation">The orientation of the image data. You can use this parameter to specify any rotation factors applied to the image.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public UIImage(CIImage CIImage, CGFloat scale, UIImageOrientation orientation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Draws the image at the specified point in the current context.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">The point at which to draw the top-left corner of the image.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("drawAtPoint")]
public void DrawAtPoint(CGPoint point) { }
/// <summary>
/// Draws the entire image at the specified point using the custom compositing options.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">The point at which to draw the top-left corner of the image.</param>
/// <param name="blendMode">The blend mode to use when compositing the image.</param>
/// <param name="alpha">The desired opacity of the image, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0. A value of 0.0 renders the image totally transparent while 1.0 renders it fully opaque. Values larger than 1.0 are interpreted as 1.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("drawAtPoint")]
public void DrawAtPoint(CGPoint point, CGBlendMode blendMode, CGFloat alpha) { }
/// <summary>
/// Draws the entire image in the specified rectangle, scaling it as needed to fit.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle (in the coordinate system of the graphics context) in which to draw the image.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("drawInRect")]
public void DrawInRect(CGRect rect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Draws the entire image in the specified rectangle and using the specified compositing options.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle (in the coordinate system of the graphics context) in which to draw the image.</param>
/// <param name="blendMode">The blend mode to use when compositing the image.</param>
/// <param name="alpha">The desired opacity of the image, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0. A value of 0.0 renders the image totally transparent while 1.0 renders it fully opaque. Values larger than 1.0 are interpreted as 1.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("drawInRect")]
public void DrawInRect(CGRect rect, CGBlendMode blendMode, CGFloat alpha) { }
/// <summary>
/// Draws a tiled Quartz pattern using the receiver’s contents as the tile pattern.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle (in the coordinate system of the graphics context) in which to draw the image.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("drawAsPatternInRect")]
public void DrawAsPatternInRect(CGRect rect) { }
/// <summary>
/// The orientation of the receiver’s image. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("imageOrientation")]
public UIImageOrientation ImageOrientation { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The dimensions of the image, taking orientation into account. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("size")]
public CGSize Size { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The scale factor of the image. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("scale")]
public CGFloat Scale { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The resizing mode of the image. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("resizingMode")]
public UIImageResizingMode ResizingMode { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The underlying Quartz image data. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public CGImage CGImage { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The underlying Core Image data. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public CIImage CIImage { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// For an animated image, this property holds the complete array of UIImage objects that make up the animation. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("images")]
public AnyObject[] Images { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the time interval used to display an animated image. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("duration")]
public NSTimeInterval Duration { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The end-cap insets. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("capInsets")]
public UIEdgeInsets CapInsets { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The horizontal end-cap size. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("leftCapWidth")]
public int LeftCapWidth { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The vertical end-cap size. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("topCapHeight")]
public int TopCapHeight { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The alignment metadata used to position the image during layout. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("alignmentRectInsets")]
public UIEdgeInsets AlignmentRectInsets { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a reference to the image asset the image is associated with. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("imageAsset")]
public UIImageAsset ImageAsset { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the trait collection that describes the image. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("traitCollection")]
public UITraitCollection TraitCollection { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Determines how an image is rendered. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("renderingMode")]
public UIImageRenderingMode RenderingMode { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the possible orientations of an image.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIImageOrientation
{
/// <summary>
/// The default orientation of images. The image is drawn right-side up, as shown here.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Up,
/// <summary>
/// The image is rotated 180 degrees, as shown here.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Down,
/// <summary>
/// The image is rotated 90 degrees clockwise, as shown here.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// The image is rotated 90 degrees counterclockwise, as shown here.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Right,
/// <summary>
/// The image is drawn as a mirror version of an image drawn with the UIImageOrientationUp value. In other words, the image is flipped along its horizontal axis, as shown here.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
UpMirrored,
/// <summary>
/// The image is drawn as a mirror version of an image drawn with the UIImageOrientationDown value. This is the equivalent to flipping an image in the “up” orientation along its horizontal axis and then rotating the image 180 degrees, as shown here.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
DownMirrored,
/// <summary>
/// The image is drawn as a mirror version of an image drawn with the UIImageOrientationLeft value. This is the equivalent to flipping an image in the “up” orientation along its horizontal axis and then rotating the image 90 degrees counterclockwise, as shown here.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
LeftMirrored,
/// <summary>
/// The image is drawn as a mirror version of an image drawn with the UIImageOrientationRight value. This is the equivalent to flipping an image in the “up” orientation along its horizontal axis and then rotating the image 90 degrees clockwise, as shown here.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
RightMirrored,
}
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the possible resizing modes for an image.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum UIImageResizingMode
{
/// <summary>
/// The image is tiled when it is resized. In other words, the interior region of the original image will be repeated to fill in the interior region of the newly resized image.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Tile,
/// <summary>
/// The image is stretched when it is resized. In other words, the interior region of the original image will be scaled to fill in the interior region of the newly resized imaged.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Stretch,
}
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the possible rendering modes for an image.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIImageRenderingMode
{
/// <summary>
/// Use the default rendering mode for the context where the image is used.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Automatic,
/// <summary>
/// Always draw the original image, without treating it as a template.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
AlwaysOriginal,
/// <summary>
/// Always draw the image as a template image, ignoring its color information.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
AlwaysTemplate,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIImage object is a high-level way to display image data. You can create images from files, from Quartz image objects, or from raw image data you receive. The UIImage class also offers several options for drawing images to the current graphics context using different blend modes and opacity values.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIImage_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIImage"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIImage : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding, UIAccessibilityIdentification
{
public UIImage() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an image in the bundle that is compatible with the trait collection.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="named">The name of the image.</param>
/// <param name="inBundle">The bundle the image file or asset catalog is located in, pass nil to use the main bundle.</param>
/// <param name="compatibleWithTraitCollection">Traits that describe the desired image to retrieve, pass nil to use traits that describe the main screen.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UIImage(string named, NSBundle inBundle, UITraitCollection compatibleWithTraitCollection) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the image object associated with the specified filename.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="named">The name of the file. If this is the first time the image is being loaded, the method looks for an image with the specified name in the application’s main bundle.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIImage(string named) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a new version of the image that uses the specified alignment insets.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="alignmentInsets">The alignment metadata to apply to the new image.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("imageWithAlignmentRectInsets")]
public virtual UIImage ImageWithAlignmentRectInsets(UIEdgeInsets alignmentInsets) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns an animated image.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="name">The full or partial path to the file (sans suffix).</param>
/// <param name="duration">The duration of the animation.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("animatedImageNamed")]
public virtual static UIImage AnimatedImageNamed(string name, NSTimeInterval duration) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns an animated image from an existing set of images.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="images">An array of UIImage objects.</param>
/// <param name="duration">The duration of the animation.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("animatedImageWithImages")]
public virtual static UIImage AnimatedImageWithImages(AnyObject[] images, NSTimeInterval duration) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns an animated image with end caps.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="name">The full or partial path to the file (sans suffix).</param>
/// <param name="capInsets">The values to use for the cap insets.</param>
/// <param name="duration">The duration of the animation.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("animatedResizableImageNamed")]
public virtual static UIImage AnimatedResizableImageNamed(string name, UIEdgeInsets capInsets, NSTimeInterval duration) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new image object with the specified cap values.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="leftCapWidth">The value to use for the left cap width. Specify 0 if you want the entire image to be horizontally stretchable. For a discussion of how a non-zero value affects the image, see the leftCapWidth property.</param>
/// <param name="topCapHeight">The value to use for the top cap width. Specify 0 if you want the entire image to be vertically stretchable. For a discussion of how a non-zero value affects the image, see the topCapHeight property.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("stretchableImageWithLeftCapWidth")]
public virtual UIImage StretchableImageWithLeftCapWidth(int leftCapWidth, int topCapHeight) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new image object with the specified cap insets.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="capInsets">The values to use for the cap insets.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("resizableImageWithCapInsets")]
public virtual UIImage ResizableImageWithCapInsets(UIEdgeInsets capInsets) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns an animated image with end caps and a specific resizing mode.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="name">The full or partial path to the file (sans suffix).</param>
/// <param name="capInsets">The values to use for the cap insets.</param>
/// <param name="resizingMode">The mode with which the interior of the image is resized.</param>
/// <param name="duration">The duration of the animation.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("animatedResizableImageNamed")]
public virtual static UIImage AnimatedResizableImageNamed(string name, UIEdgeInsets capInsets, UIImageResizingMode resizingMode, NSTimeInterval duration) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new image object with the specified cap insets and options.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="capInsets">The values to use for the cap insets.</param>
/// <param name="resizingMode">The mode with which the interior of the image is resized.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("resizableImageWithCapInsets")]
public virtual UIImage ResizableImageWithCapInsets(UIEdgeInsets capInsets, UIImageResizingMode resizingMode) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new image object with the specified rendering mode.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="renderingMode">The rendering mode to use for the new image.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("imageWithRenderingMode")]
public virtual UIImage ImageWithRenderingMode(UIImageRenderingMode renderingMode) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns the image object with the contents of the specified file.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="contentsOfFile">The path to the file. This path should include the filename extension that identifies the type of the image data.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public UIImage(string contentsOfFile, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns the image object with the specified data.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="data">The data object containing the image data.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIImage(NSData data) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns the image object with the specified data and scale factor.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="data">The data object containing the image data.</param>
/// <param name="scale">The scale factor to assume when interpreting the image data. Applying a scale factor of 1.0 results in an image whose size matches the pixel-based dimensions of the image. Applying a different scale factor changes the size of the image as reported by the size property.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public UIImage(NSData data, CGFloat scale) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns the image object with the specified Quartz image reference.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="CGImage">A Quartz image reference.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIImage(CGImage CGImage) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns an image object with the specified scale and orientation factors
/// </summary>
/// <param name="CGImage">The Quartz image object.</param>
/// <param name="scale">The scale factor to assume when interpreting the image data. Applying a scale factor of 1.0 results in an image whose size matches the pixel-based dimensions of the image. Applying a different scale factor changes the size of the image as reported by the size property.</param>
/// <param name="orientation">The orientation of the image data. You can use this parameter to specify any rotation factors applied to the image.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public UIImage(CGImage CGImage, CGFloat scale, UIImageOrientation orientation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns an image object with the specified Core Image object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="CIImage">The Core Image object.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public UIImage(CIImage CIImage) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns an image object with the specified Core Image object and properties.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="CIImage">The Core Image object.</param>
/// <param name="scale">The scale factor to assume when interpreting the image data. Applying a scale factor of 1.0 results in an image whose size matches the pixel-based dimensions of the image. Applying a different scale factor changes the size of the image as reported by the size property.</param>
/// <param name="orientation">The orientation of the image data. You can use this parameter to specify any rotation factors applied to the image.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public UIImage(CIImage CIImage, CGFloat scale, UIImageOrientation orientation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Draws the image at the specified point in the current context.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">The point at which to draw the top-left corner of the image.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("drawAtPoint")]
public virtual void DrawAtPoint(CGPoint point) { }
/// <summary>
/// Draws the entire image at the specified point using the custom compositing options.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">The point at which to draw the top-left corner of the image.</param>
/// <param name="blendMode">The blend mode to use when compositing the image.</param>
/// <param name="alpha">The desired opacity of the image, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0. A value of 0.0 renders the image totally transparent while 1.0 renders it fully opaque. Values larger than 1.0 are interpreted as 1.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("drawAtPoint")]
public virtual void DrawAtPoint(CGPoint point, CGBlendMode blendMode, CGFloat alpha) { }
/// <summary>
/// Draws the entire image in the specified rectangle, scaling it as needed to fit.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle (in the coordinate system of the graphics context) in which to draw the image.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("drawInRect")]
public virtual void DrawInRect(CGRect rect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Draws the entire image in the specified rectangle and using the specified compositing options.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle (in the coordinate system of the graphics context) in which to draw the image.</param>
/// <param name="blendMode">The blend mode to use when compositing the image.</param>
/// <param name="alpha">The desired opacity of the image, specified as a value between 0.0 and 1.0. A value of 0.0 renders the image totally transparent while 1.0 renders it fully opaque. Values larger than 1.0 are interpreted as 1.0.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("drawInRect")]
public virtual void DrawInRect(CGRect rect, CGBlendMode blendMode, CGFloat alpha) { }
/// <summary>
/// Draws a tiled Quartz pattern using the receiver’s contents as the tile pattern.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle (in the coordinate system of the graphics context) in which to draw the image.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("drawAsPatternInRect")]
public virtual void DrawAsPatternInRect(CGRect rect) { }
/// <summary>
/// The orientation of the receiver’s image. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("imageOrientation")]
public UIImageOrientation ImageOrientation { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The dimensions of the image in points, taking orientation into account. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("size")]
public CGSize Size { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The scale factor of the image. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("scale")]
public CGFloat Scale { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The resizing mode of the image. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("resizingMode")]
public UIImageResizingMode ResizingMode { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The underlying Quartz image data. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public CGImage CGImage { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The underlying Core Image data. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public CIImage CIImage { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// For an animated image, this property holds the complete array of UIImage objects that make up the animation. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("images")]
public AnyObject[] Images { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the time interval used to display an animated image. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("duration")]
public NSTimeInterval Duration { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The end-cap insets. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("capInsets")]
public UIEdgeInsets CapInsets { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The horizontal end-cap size. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("leftCapWidth")]
public int LeftCapWidth { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The vertical end-cap size. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("topCapHeight")]
public int TopCapHeight { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The alignment metadata used to position the image during layout. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("alignmentRectInsets")]
public UIEdgeInsets AlignmentRectInsets { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a reference to the image asset the image is associated with. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("imageAsset")]
public UIImageAsset ImageAsset { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the trait collection that describes the image. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("traitCollection")]
public UITraitCollection TraitCollection { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Determines how an image is rendered. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("renderingMode")]
public UIImageRenderingMode RenderingMode { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the possible orientations of an image.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIImageOrientation
{
/// <summary>
/// The default orientation of images. The image is drawn right-side up, as shown here.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Up,
/// <summary>
/// The image is rotated 180 degrees, as shown here.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Down,
/// <summary>
/// The image is rotated 90 degrees clockwise, as shown here.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// The image is rotated 90 degrees counterclockwise, as shown here.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Right,
/// <summary>
/// The image is drawn as a mirror version of an image drawn with the UIImageOrientationUp value. In other words, the image is flipped along its horizontal axis, as shown here.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
UpMirrored,
/// <summary>
/// The image is drawn as a mirror version of an image drawn with the UIImageOrientationDown value. This is the equivalent to flipping an image in the “up” orientation along its horizontal axis and then rotating the image 180 degrees, as shown here.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
DownMirrored,
/// <summary>
/// The image is drawn as a mirror version of an image drawn with the UIImageOrientationLeft value. This is the equivalent to flipping an image in the “up” orientation along its horizontal axis and then rotating the image 90 degrees counterclockwise, as shown here.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
LeftMirrored,
/// <summary>
/// The image is drawn as a mirror version of an image drawn with the UIImageOrientationRight value. This is the equivalent to flipping an image in the “up” orientation along its horizontal axis and then rotating the image 90 degrees clockwise, as shown here.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
RightMirrored,
}
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the possible resizing modes for an image.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum UIImageResizingMode
{
/// <summary>
/// The image is tiled when it is resized. In other words, the interior region of the original image will be repeated to fill in the interior region of the newly resized image.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Tile,
/// <summary>
/// The image is stretched when it is resized. In other words, the interior region of the original image will be scaled to fill in the interior region of the newly resized imaged.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Stretch,
}
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the possible rendering modes for an image.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIImageRenderingMode
{
/// <summary>
/// Use the default rendering mode for the context where the image is used.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Automatic,
/// <summary>
/// Always draw the original image, without treating it as a template.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
AlwaysOriginal,
/// <summary>
/// Always draw the image as a template image, ignoring its color information.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
AlwaysTemplate,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIImageAsset.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIImageAsset.cs index da12e7bb..20119b82 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIImageAsset.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIImageAsset.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIImageAsset object is a container for a collection of images that represent multiple ways of describing a single piece of artwork. A common use case for UIImageAsset is the grouping of multiple images of the same item at different display scales.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIImageAsset_Ref/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIImageAsset"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIImageAsset : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
/// <summary>
/// Associates an image with a particular trait collection to an image asset.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The image to be registered.</param>
/// <param name="withTraitCollection">The UITraitCollection object that the image is registered with.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("registerImage")]
public void RegisterImage(UIImage image, UITraitCollection withTraitCollection) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes the image associated with the trait collection from an image asset.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="traitCollection">The UITraitCollection object that is searched for. The found image is removed from the image asset.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("unregisterImageWithTraitCollection")]
public void UnregisterImageWithTraitCollection(UITraitCollection traitCollection) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the image that is registered to an image asset with a specified trait collection.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="traitCollection">The UITraitCollection object to be searched for.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("imageWithTraitCollection")]
public UIImage ImageWithTraitCollection(UITraitCollection traitCollection) { return default(UIImage); }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIImageAsset object is a container for a collection of images that represent multiple ways of describing a single piece of artwork. A common use case for UIImageAsset is the grouping of multiple images of the same item at different display scales.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIImageAsset_Ref/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIImageAsset"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIImageAsset : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
public UIImageAsset() { }
/// <summary>
/// Associates an image with a particular trait collection to an image asset.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The image to be registered.</param>
/// <param name="withTraitCollection">The UITraitCollection object that the image is registered with.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("registerImage")]
public virtual void RegisterImage(UIImage image, UITraitCollection withTraitCollection) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes the image associated with the trait collection from an image asset.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="traitCollection">The UITraitCollection object that is searched for. The found image is removed from the image asset.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("unregisterImageWithTraitCollection")]
public virtual void UnregisterImageWithTraitCollection(UITraitCollection traitCollection) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the image that is registered to an image asset with a specified trait collection.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="traitCollection">The UITraitCollection object to be searched for.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("imageWithTraitCollection")]
public virtual UIImage ImageWithTraitCollection(UITraitCollection traitCollection) { return default(UIImage); }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIImagePickerController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIImagePickerController.cs index b4018372..6e99d30e 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIImagePickerController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIImagePickerController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIImagePickerController class manages customizable, system-supplied user interfaces for taking pictures and movies on supported devices, and for choosing saved images and movies for use in your app. An image picker controller manages user interactions and delivers the results of those interactions to a delegate object.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIImagePickerController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIImagePickerController"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIImagePickerController : UINavigationController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIImagePickerController() : base(null) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of the available media types for the specified source type.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="sourceType">The source to use to pick an image.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("availableMediaTypesForSourceType")]
public static AnyObject[] AvailableMediaTypesForSourceType(UIImagePickerControllerSourceType sourceType) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the device supports picking media using the specified source type.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="sourceType">The source to use to pick an image or movie.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("isSourceTypeAvailable")]
public static bool IsSourceTypeAvailable(UIImagePickerControllerSourceType sourceType) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Captures a still image using the camera.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("takePicture")]
public void TakePicture() { }
/// <summary>
/// Starts video capture using the camera specified by the UIImagePickerControllerCameraDevice property.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("startVideoCapture")]
public bool StartVideoCapture() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Stops video capture.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("stopVideoCapture")]
public void StopVideoCapture() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether a given camera is available.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="cameraDevice">A UIImagePickerControllerCameraDevice constant indicating the camera whose availability you want to check.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("isCameraDeviceAvailable")]
public static bool IsCameraDeviceAvailable(UIImagePickerControllerCameraDevice cameraDevice) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of NSNumber objects indicating the capture modes supported by a given camera device.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="cameraDevice">A UIImagePickerControllerCameraDevice constant indicating the camera you want to interrogate.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("availableCaptureModesForCameraDevice")]
public static AnyObject[] AvailableCaptureModesForCameraDevice(UIImagePickerControllerCameraDevice cameraDevice) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates whether a given camera has flash illumination capability.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="cameraDevice">A UIImagePickerControllerCameraDevice constant indicating the camera whose flash capability you want to know.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("isFlashAvailableForCameraDevice")]
public static bool IsFlashAvailableForCameraDevice(UIImagePickerControllerCameraDevice cameraDevice) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// The type of picker interface to be displayed by the controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sourceType")]
public UIImagePickerControllerSourceType SourceType { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the user is allowed to edit a selected still image or movie.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("allowsEditing")]
public bool AllowsEditing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image picker’s delegate object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public Protocol<UIImagePickerControllerDelegate, UINavigationControllerDelegate> Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array indicating the media types to be accessed by the media picker controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("mediaTypes")]
public AnyObject[] MediaTypes { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The video recording and transcoding quality.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("videoQuality")]
public UIImagePickerControllerQualityType VideoQuality { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The maximum duration, in seconds, for a video recording.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("videoMaximumDuration")]
public NSTimeInterval VideoMaximumDuration { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates whether the image picker displays the default camera controls.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("showsCameraControls")]
public bool ShowsCameraControls { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view to display on top of the default image picker interface.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("cameraOverlayView")]
public UIView CameraOverlayView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The transform to apply to the camera’s preview image.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("cameraViewTransform")]
public CGAffineTransform CameraViewTransform { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The camera used by the image picker controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("cameraDevice")]
public UIImagePickerControllerCameraDevice CameraDevice { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The capture mode used by the camera.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("cameraCaptureMode")]
public UIImagePickerControllerCameraCaptureMode CameraCaptureMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The flash mode used by the active camera.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("cameraFlashMode")]
public UIImagePickerControllerCameraFlashMode CameraFlashMode { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The source to use when picking an image or when determining available media types.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIImagePickerControllerSourceType
{
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the device’s photo library as the source for the image picker controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
PhotoLibrary,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the device’s built-in camera as the source for the image picker controller. Indicate the specific camera you want (front or rear, as available) by using the cameraDevice property.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Camera,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the device’s Camera Roll album as the source for the image picker controller. If the device does not have a camera, specifies the Saved Photos album as the source.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
SavedPhotosAlbum,
}
/// <summary>
/// Video quality settings for movies recorded with the built-in camera, or transcoded by displaying in the image picker.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
public enum UIImagePickerControllerQualityType
{
/// <summary>
/// If recording, specifies that you want to use the highest-quality video recording supported for the active camera on the device.
/// Recorded files are suitable for on-device playback and for wired transfer to the Desktop using Image Capture; they are likely to be too large for transfer using Wi-Fi.
/// If displaying a recorded movie in the image picker, specifies that you do not want to reduce the video quality of the movie.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
TypeHigh,
/// <summary>
/// If recording, specifies that you want to use medium-quality video recording.
/// Recorded files can usually be transferred using Wi-Fi. This is the default video quality setting.
/// If displaying a recorded movie in the image picker, specifies that you want to transcode higher-quality movies to medium video quality.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
TypeMedium,
/// <summary>
/// If recording, specifies that you want to use low-quality video recording.
/// Recorded files can usually be transferred over the cellular network.
/// If displaying a recorded movie in the image picker, specifies that you want to transcode higher-quality movies to low video quality.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
TypeLow,
/// <summary>
/// If recording, specifies that you want to use VGA-quality video recording (pixel dimensions of 640x480).
/// If displaying a recorded movie in the image picker, specifies that you want to transcode higher-quality movies to VGA video quality.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Type640x480,
/// <summary>
/// If recording, specifies that you want to use 1280x720 iFrame format.
/// The Apple iFrame format supports video editing by keeping content in its native recorded format while editing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
TypeIFrame1280x720,
/// <summary>
/// If recording, specifies that you want to use 960x540 iFrame format.
/// The Apple iFrame format supports video editing by keeping content in its native recorded format while editing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
TypeIFrame960x540,
}
/// <summary>
/// The camera to use for image or movie capture.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public enum UIImagePickerControllerCameraDevice
{
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the camera on the rear of the device.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Rear,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the camera on the front of the device.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Front,
}
/// <summary>
/// The category of media for the camera to capture.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public enum UIImagePickerControllerCameraCaptureMode
{
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the camera captures still images.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Photo,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the camera captures movies.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Video,
}
/// <summary>
/// The flash mode to use with the active camera.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public enum UIImagePickerControllerCameraFlashMode
{
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that flash illumination is always off, no matter what the ambient light conditions are.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Off,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the device should consider ambient light conditions to automatically determine whether or not to use flash illumination.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Auto,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that flash illumination is always on, no matter what the ambient light conditions are.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
On,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIImagePickerController class manages customizable, system-supplied user interfaces for taking pictures and movies on supported devices, and for choosing saved images and movies for use in your app. An image picker controller manages user interactions and delivers the results of those interactions to a delegate object.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIImagePickerController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIImagePickerController"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIImagePickerController : UINavigationController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIImagePickerController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of the available media types for the specified source type.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="sourceType">The source to use to pick an image.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("availableMediaTypesForSourceType")]
public virtual static AnyObject[] AvailableMediaTypesForSourceType(UIImagePickerControllerSourceType sourceType) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the device supports picking media using the specified source type.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="sourceType">The source to use to pick an image or movie.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("isSourceTypeAvailable")]
public virtual static bool IsSourceTypeAvailable(UIImagePickerControllerSourceType sourceType) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Captures a still image using the camera.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("takePicture")]
public virtual void TakePicture() { }
/// <summary>
/// Starts video capture using the camera specified by the UIImagePickerControllerCameraDevice property.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("startVideoCapture")]
public virtual bool StartVideoCapture() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Stops video capture.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("stopVideoCapture")]
public virtual void StopVideoCapture() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether a given camera is available.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="cameraDevice">A UIImagePickerControllerCameraDevice constant indicating the camera whose availability you want to check.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("isCameraDeviceAvailable")]
public virtual static bool IsCameraDeviceAvailable(UIImagePickerControllerCameraDevice cameraDevice) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of NSNumber objects indicating the capture modes supported by a given camera device.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="cameraDevice">A UIImagePickerControllerCameraDevice constant indicating the camera you want to interrogate.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("availableCaptureModesForCameraDevice")]
public virtual static AnyObject[] AvailableCaptureModesForCameraDevice(UIImagePickerControllerCameraDevice cameraDevice) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates whether a given camera has flash illumination capability.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="cameraDevice">A UIImagePickerControllerCameraDevice constant indicating the camera whose flash capability you want to know.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("isFlashAvailableForCameraDevice")]
public virtual static bool IsFlashAvailableForCameraDevice(UIImagePickerControllerCameraDevice cameraDevice) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// The type of picker interface to be displayed by the controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sourceType")]
public UIImagePickerControllerSourceType SourceType { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the user is allowed to edit a selected still image or movie.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("allowsEditing")]
public bool AllowsEditing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image picker’s delegate object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public protocol<UIImagePickerControllerDelegate, UINavigationControllerDelegate> Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array indicating the media types to be accessed by the media picker controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("mediaTypes")]
public AnyObject[] MediaTypes { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The video recording and transcoding quality.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("videoQuality")]
public UIImagePickerControllerQualityType VideoQuality { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The maximum duration, in seconds, for a video recording.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("videoMaximumDuration")]
public NSTimeInterval VideoMaximumDuration { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates whether the image picker displays the default camera controls.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("showsCameraControls")]
public bool ShowsCameraControls { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view to display on top of the default image picker interface.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("cameraOverlayView")]
public UIView CameraOverlayView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The transform to apply to the camera’s preview image.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("cameraViewTransform")]
public CGAffineTransform CameraViewTransform { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The camera used by the image picker controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("cameraDevice")]
public UIImagePickerControllerCameraDevice CameraDevice { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The capture mode used by the camera.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("cameraCaptureMode")]
public UIImagePickerControllerCameraCaptureMode CameraCaptureMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The flash mode used by the active camera.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("cameraFlashMode")]
public UIImagePickerControllerCameraFlashMode CameraFlashMode { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The source to use when picking an image or when determining available media types.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIImagePickerControllerSourceType
{
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the device’s photo library as the source for the image picker controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
PhotoLibrary,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the device’s built-in camera as the source for the image picker controller. Indicate the specific camera you want (front or rear, as available) by using the cameraDevice property.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Camera,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the device’s Camera Roll album as the source for the image picker controller. If the device does not have a camera, specifies the Saved Photos album as the source.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
SavedPhotosAlbum,
}
/// <summary>
/// Video quality settings for movies recorded with the built-in camera, or transcoded by displaying in the image picker.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
public enum UIImagePickerControllerQualityType
{
/// <summary>
/// If recording, specifies that you want to use the highest-quality video recording supported for the active camera on the device.
/// Recorded files are suitable for on-device playback and for wired transfer to the Desktop using Image Capture; they are likely to be too large for transfer using Wi-Fi.
/// If displaying a recorded movie in the image picker, specifies that you do not want to reduce the video quality of the movie.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
TypeHigh,
/// <summary>
/// If recording, specifies that you want to use medium-quality video recording.
/// Recorded files can usually be transferred using Wi-Fi. This is the default video quality setting.
/// If displaying a recorded movie in the image picker, specifies that you want to transcode higher-quality movies to medium video quality.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
TypeMedium,
/// <summary>
/// If recording, specifies that you want to use low-quality video recording.
/// Recorded files can usually be transferred over the cellular network.
/// If displaying a recorded movie in the image picker, specifies that you want to transcode higher-quality movies to low video quality.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
TypeLow,
/// <summary>
/// If recording, specifies that you want to use VGA-quality video recording (pixel dimensions of 640x480).
/// If displaying a recorded movie in the image picker, specifies that you want to transcode higher-quality movies to VGA video quality.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Type640x480,
/// <summary>
/// If recording, specifies that you want to use 1280x720 iFrame format.
/// The Apple iFrame format supports video editing by keeping content in its native recorded format while editing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
TypeIFrame1280x720,
/// <summary>
/// If recording, specifies that you want to use 960x540 iFrame format.
/// The Apple iFrame format supports video editing by keeping content in its native recorded format while editing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
TypeIFrame960x540,
}
/// <summary>
/// The camera to use for image or movie capture.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public enum UIImagePickerControllerCameraDevice
{
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the camera on the rear of the device.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Rear,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the camera on the front of the device.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Front,
}
/// <summary>
/// The category of media for the camera to capture.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public enum UIImagePickerControllerCameraCaptureMode
{
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the camera captures still images.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Photo,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the camera captures movies.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Video,
}
/// <summary>
/// The flash mode to use with the active camera.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public enum UIImagePickerControllerCameraFlashMode
{
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that flash illumination is always off, no matter what the ambient light conditions are.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Off,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the device should consider ambient light conditions to automatically determine whether or not to use flash illumination.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Auto,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that flash illumination is always on, no matter what the ambient light conditions are.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
On,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIImageView.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIImageView.cs index 86402a17..59f1f54b 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIImageView.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIImageView.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An image view object provides a view-based container for displaying either a single image or for animating a series of images. For animating the images, the UIImageView class provides controls to set the duration and frequency of the animation. You can also start and stop the animation freely.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIImageView_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIImageView"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIImageView : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns an image view initialized with the specified image.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The initial image to display in the image view.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIImageView(UIImage image) : base(new CGRect()) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an image view initialized with the specified regular and highlighted images.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The initial image to display in the image view.</param>
/// <param name="highlightedImage">The image to display if the image view is highlighted.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public UIImageView(UIImage image, UIImage highlightedImage) : base(new CGRect()) { }
/// <summary>
/// Starts animating the images in the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("startAnimating")]
public void StartAnimating() { }
/// <summary>
/// Stops animating the images in the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("stopAnimating")]
public void StopAnimating() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the animation is running.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("isAnimating")]
public bool IsAnimating() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// The image displayed in the image view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("image")]
public UIImage Image { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The highlighted image displayed in the image view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("highlightedImage")]
public UIImage HighlightedImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of UIImage objects to use for an animation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("animationImages")]
public AnyObject[] AnimationImages { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of UIImage objects to use for an animation when the view is highlighted.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("highlightedAnimationImages")]
public AnyObject[] HighlightedAnimationImages { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The amount of time it takes to go through one cycle of the images.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("animationDuration")]
public NSTimeInterval AnimationDuration { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the number of times to repeat the animation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("animationRepeatCount")]
public int AnimationRepeatCount { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether user events are ignored and removed from the event queue.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("userInteractionEnabled")]
public bool UserInteractionEnabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the image is highlighted.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("highlighted")]
public bool Highlighted { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A color used to tint template images in the view hierarchy.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An image view object provides a view-based container for displaying either a single image or for animating a series of images. For animating the images, the UIImageView class provides controls to set the duration and frequency of the animation. You can also start and stop the animation freely.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIImageView_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIImageView"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIImageView : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIImageView() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an image view initialized with the specified image.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The initial image to display in the image view.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIImageView(UIImage image) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an image view initialized with the specified regular and highlighted images.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The initial image to display in the image view.</param>
/// <param name="highlightedImage">The image to display if the image view is highlighted.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public UIImageView(UIImage image, UIImage highlightedImage) { }
/// <summary>
/// Starts animating the images in the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("startAnimating")]
public virtual void StartAnimating() { }
/// <summary>
/// Stops animating the images in the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("stopAnimating")]
public virtual void StopAnimating() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the animation is running.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("isAnimating")]
public virtual bool IsAnimating() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// The image displayed in the image view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("image")]
public UIImage Image { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The highlighted image displayed in the image view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("highlightedImage")]
public UIImage HighlightedImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of UIImage objects to use for an animation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("animationImages")]
public AnyObject[] AnimationImages { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of UIImage objects to use for an animation when the view is highlighted.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("highlightedAnimationImages")]
public AnyObject[] HighlightedAnimationImages { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The amount of time it takes to go through one cycle of the images.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("animationDuration")]
public NSTimeInterval AnimationDuration { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the number of times to repeat the animation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("animationRepeatCount")]
public int AnimationRepeatCount { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether user events are ignored and removed from the event queue.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("userInteractionEnabled")]
public bool UserInteractionEnabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the image is highlighted.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("highlighted")]
public bool Highlighted { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A color used to tint template images in the view hierarchy.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIInputView.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIInputView.cs index 25434de8..ff3a94c8 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIInputView.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIInputView.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIInputView class is designed to match the appearance of the standard system keyboard when used as an input view with a responder. When defining your own custom input views or input accessory views, you can use a UIInputView object as the root view and add any subviews you want to create your input view. The input view and its subviews receive tinting and blur effects based on the options you specify at initialization time.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIInputView_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIInputView"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIInputView : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns an input view using the specified style information.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="frame">The frame rectangle for the view, measured in points. The origin of the frame is relative to the superview in which you plan to add it.</param>
/// <param name="inputViewStyle">The style to use when altering the appearance of the view and its subviews. For a list of possible values, see UIInputViewStyle</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIInputView(CGRect frame, UIInputViewStyle inputViewStyle) : base(new CGRect()) { }
/// <summary>
/// The style applied to the content of the view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("inputViewStyle")]
public UIInputViewStyle InputViewStyle { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants that indicate the appearance changes to make to an input view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIInputViewStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// Apply blur behaviors to the view so that it looks like it belongs with the keyboard. Do not apply tinting effects. This style is intended for input views that attach to the top of the keyboard and have a similar theme but that do not look like the keyboard itself.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Default,
/// <summary>
/// Apply both blur and tinting effects to the view to mimic the keyboard background. This style makes the input view match the keyboard appearance and can be used to replace or extend the keyboard.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Keyboard,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIInputView class is designed to match the appearance of the standard system keyboard when used as an input view with a responder. When defining your own custom input views or input accessory views, you can use a UIInputView object as the root view and add any subviews you want to create your input view. The input view and its subviews receive tinting and blur effects based on the options you specify at initialization time.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIInputView_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIInputView"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIInputView : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIInputView() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns an input view using the specified style information.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="frame">The frame rectangle for the view, measured in points. The origin of the frame is relative to the superview in which you plan to add it.</param>
/// <param name="inputViewStyle">The style to use when altering the appearance of the view and its subviews. For a list of possible values, see UIInputViewStyle</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIInputView(CGRect frame, UIInputViewStyle inputViewStyle) { }
/// <summary>
/// The style applied to the content of the view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("inputViewStyle")]
public UIInputViewStyle InputViewStyle { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants that indicate the appearance changes to make to an input view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIInputViewStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// Apply blur behaviors to the view so that it looks like it belongs with the keyboard. Do not apply tinting effects. This style is intended for input views that attach to the top of the keyboard and have a similar theme but that do not look like the keyboard itself.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Default,
/// <summary>
/// Apply both blur and tinting effects to the view to mimic the keyboard background. This style makes the input view match the keyboard appearance and can be used to replace or extend the keyboard.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Keyboard,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIInputViewController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIInputViewController.cs index 0c0984cd..79ccc167 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIInputViewController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIInputViewController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// To create a custom keyboard, start by subclassing the UIInputViewController class. Add your keyboard’s user interface to the inputView property of your subclass.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIInputViewController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIInputViewController"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIInputViewController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITextInputDelegate, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIInputViewController() : base("", null) { }
/// <summary>
/// Switches to the next keyboard in the list of user-enabled keyboards.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("advanceToNextInputMode")]
public void AdvanceToNextInputMode() { }
/// <summary>
/// Dismisses the custom keyboard from from the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("dismissKeyboard")]
public void DismissKeyboard() { }
/// <summary>
/// Obtains a supplementary lexicon of term pairs for use in a custom keyboard.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="completionHandler">Code that you write to make use of the returned UILexicon object.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("requestSupplementaryLexiconWithCompletion")]
public void RequestSupplementaryLexiconWithCompletion(Action<UILexicon> completionHandler) { }
/// <summary>
/// The primary view for the input view controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("inputView")]
public UIInputView InputView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A proxy to the text input object that the custom keyboard is interacting with. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("textDocumentProxy")]
public NSObject TextDocumentProxy { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// To create a custom keyboard, start by subclassing the UIInputViewController class. Add your keyboard’s user interface to the inputView property of your subclass.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIInputViewController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIInputViewController"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIInputViewController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITextInputDelegate, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIInputViewController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Switches to the next keyboard in the list of user-enabled keyboards.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("advanceToNextInputMode")]
public virtual void AdvanceToNextInputMode() { }
/// <summary>
/// Dismisses the custom keyboard from from the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("dismissKeyboard")]
public virtual void DismissKeyboard() { }
/// <summary>
/// Obtains a supplementary lexicon of term pairs for use in a custom keyboard.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="completionHandler">Code that you write to make use of the returned UILexicon object.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("requestSupplementaryLexiconWithCompletion")]
public virtual void RequestSupplementaryLexiconWithCompletion(Action<UILexicon> completionHandler) { }
/// <summary>
/// The primary view for the input view controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("inputView")]
public UIInputView InputView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A proxy to the text input object that the custom keyboard is interacting with. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("textDocumentProxy")]
public NSObject TextDocumentProxy { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIInterpolatingMotionEffect.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIInterpolatingMotionEffect.cs index b894ac3e..65ae83cf 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIInterpolatingMotionEffect.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIInterpolatingMotionEffect.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIInterpolatingMotionEffect object maps the horizontal or vertical tilt of a device to values that you specify so that UIKit can apply those values to your views. You use this class to determine the amount of tilt along a single axis to apply to a view.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIInterpolatingMotionEffect_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIInterpolatingMotionEffect"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIInterpolatingMotionEffect : UIMotionEffect//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns an interpolating motion effect object configured for the specific tilt direction.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="keyPath">The key path of the view that you want to modify. This path must correspond to an animatable property of the view on which this motion effect is applied. For example, to update the center property of the view, specify the string “center”.</param>
/// <param name="type">The type of motion to track. You can track horizontal or vertical tilt. For a list of possible values, see “UIInterpolatingMotionEffectType”.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIInterpolatingMotionEffect(string keyPath, UIInterpolatingMotionEffectType type) { }
/// <summary>
/// The key path you want to modify on the view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("keyPath")]
public string KeyPath { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tilt direction to monitor. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("type")]
public UIInterpolatingMotionEffectType Type { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The value that maps to the minimum viewer offset.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("minimumRelativeValue")]
public AnyObject MinimumRelativeValue { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The value that maps to the maximum viewer offset.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("maximumRelativeValue")]
public AnyObject MaximumRelativeValue { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The axis to use when interpolating values.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIInterpolatingMotionEffectType
{
/// <summary>
/// Interpolate values along the horizontal axis, which involves the device facing left or right of the user’s viewpoint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TiltAlongHorizontalAxis,
/// <summary>
/// Interpolate values along the vertical axis, which involves the device facing above or below the user’s viewpoint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TiltAlongVerticalAxis,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIInterpolatingMotionEffect object maps the horizontal or vertical tilt of a device to values that you specify so that UIKit can apply those values to your views. You use this class to determine the amount of tilt along a single axis to apply to a view.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIInterpolatingMotionEffect_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIInterpolatingMotionEffect"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIInterpolatingMotionEffect : UIMotionEffect//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIInterpolatingMotionEffect() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns an interpolating motion effect object configured for the specific tilt direction.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="keyPath">The key path of the view that you want to modify. This path must correspond to an animatable property of the view on which this motion effect is applied. For example, to update the center property of the view, specify the string “center”.</param>
/// <param name="type">The type of motion to track. You can track horizontal or vertical tilt. For a list of possible values, see “UIInterpolatingMotionEffectType”.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIInterpolatingMotionEffect(string keyPath, UIInterpolatingMotionEffectType type) { }
/// <summary>
/// The key path you want to modify on the view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("keyPath")]
public string KeyPath { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tilt direction to monitor. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("type")]
public UIInterpolatingMotionEffectType Type { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The value that maps to the minimum viewer offset.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("minimumRelativeValue")]
public AnyObject MinimumRelativeValue { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The value that maps to the maximum viewer offset.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("maximumRelativeValue")]
public AnyObject MaximumRelativeValue { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The axis to use when interpolating values.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIInterpolatingMotionEffectType
{
/// <summary>
/// Interpolate values along the horizontal axis, which involves the device facing left or right of the user’s viewpoint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TiltAlongHorizontalAxis,
/// <summary>
/// Interpolate values along the vertical axis, which involves the device facing above or below the user’s viewpoint.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TiltAlongVerticalAxis,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIKeyCommand.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIKeyCommand.cs index d0c4e0f8..d2270788 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIKeyCommand.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIKeyCommand.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIKeyCommand class specifies a key presses performed on a hardware keyboard and the resulting action that should take place. Hardware keyboards allow a user to hold down the Control, Option, Command, or other modifier key and press a key in combination to initiate commands such as cut, copy, or paste. You can use instances of this class to define custom command sequences that your app recognizes and then provide an appropriate response.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIKeyCommand_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIKeyCommand"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIKeyCommand : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new key command object that matches the specified input.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="input">The keys that must be pressed by the user. The string must contain one or more characters corresponding to the keys that were pressed. For a list of special characters that do not have a textual representation, see “Input Strings for Special Keys”.</param>
/// <param name="modifierFlags">The bit mask of modifier keys that must be pressed. You can use this parameter to specify which modifier keys (Command, Option, and so on) must also be pressed by the user. You may specify more than one modifier key. For a list of possible values, see “UIKeyModifierFlags”.</param>
/// <param name="action">The action method to execute on the responder object.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIKeyCommand(string input, UIKeyModifierFlags modifierFlags, Selector action) { }
/// <summary>
/// The string of characters corresponding to the keys that must be pressed to match this key command. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("input")]
public string Input { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The bit mask of modifier flags that must be pressed to match this key command. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("modifierFlags")]
public UIKeyModifierFlags ModifierFlags { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// These constants indicate which modifier keys are pressed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIKeyModifierFlags
{
/// <summary>
/// The Caps Lock key is currently engaged.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
AlphaShift,
/// <summary>
/// The Shift key is pressed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Shift,
/// <summary>
/// The Control key is pressed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Control,
/// <summary>
/// The Option key is pressed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Alternate,
/// <summary>
/// The Command key is pressed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Command,
/// <summary>
/// The key is located on the numeric keypad.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
NumericPad,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIKeyCommand class specifies a key presses performed on a hardware keyboard and the resulting action that should take place. Hardware keyboards allow a user to hold down the Control, Option, Command, or other modifier key and press a key in combination to initiate commands such as cut, copy, or paste. You can use instances of this class to define custom command sequences that your app recognizes and then provide an appropriate response.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIKeyCommand_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIKeyCommand"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIKeyCommand : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
public UIKeyCommand() { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new key command object that matches the specified input.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="input">The keys that must be pressed by the user. The string must contain one or more characters corresponding to the keys that were pressed. For a list of special characters that do not have a textual representation, see “Input Strings for Special Keys”.</param>
/// <param name="modifierFlags">The bit mask of modifier keys that must be pressed. You can use this parameter to specify which modifier keys (Command, Option, and so on) must also be pressed by the user. You may specify more than one modifier key. For a list of possible values, see “UIKeyModifierFlags”.</param>
/// <param name="action">The action method to execute on the responder object.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIKeyCommand(string input, UIKeyModifierFlags modifierFlags, Selector action) { }
/// <summary>
/// The string of characters corresponding to the keys that must be pressed to match this key command. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("input")]
public string Input { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The bit mask of modifier flags that must be pressed to match this key command. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("modifierFlags")]
public UIKeyModifierFlags ModifierFlags { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// These constants indicate which modifier keys are pressed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIKeyModifierFlags
{
/// <summary>
/// The Caps Lock key is currently engaged.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
AlphaShift,
/// <summary>
/// The Shift key is pressed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Shift,
/// <summary>
/// The Control key is pressed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Control,
/// <summary>
/// The Option key is pressed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Alternate,
/// <summary>
/// The Command key is pressed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Command,
/// <summary>
/// The key is located on the numeric keypad.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
NumericPad,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILabel.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILabel.cs index 518eb4c0..403a52ac 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILabel.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILabel.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UILabel class implements a read-only text view. You can use this class to draw one or multiple lines of static text, such as those you might use to identify other parts of your user interface. The base UILabel class provides support for both simple and complex styling of the label text. You can also control over aspects of appearance, such as whether the label uses a shadow or draws with a highlight. If needed, you can customize the appearance of your text further by subclassing.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UILabel_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UILabel"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UILabel : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UILabel() : base(new CGRect()) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing rectangle for the label’s text.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
/// <param name="limitedToNumberOfLines">The maximum number of lines to use for the label. The value 0 indicates there is no maximum number of lines and that the rectangle should encompass all of the text.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textRectForBounds")]
public CGRect TextRectForBounds(CGRect bounds, int limitedToNumberOfLines) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Draws the receiver’s text (or its shadow) in the specified rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle in which to draw the text.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("drawTextInRect")]
public void DrawTextInRect(CGRect rect) { }
/// <summary>
/// The text displayed by the label.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("text")]
public string Text { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The styled text displayed by the label.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("attributedText")]
public NSAttributedString AttributedText { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The font of the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("font")]
public UIFont Font { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color of the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textColor")]
public UIColor TextColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The technique to use for aligning the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textAlignment")]
public NSTextAlignment TextAlignment { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The technique to use for wrapping and truncating the label’s text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("lineBreakMode")]
public NSLineBreakMode LineBreakMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The enabled state to use when drawing the label’s text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("enabled")]
public bool Enabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the font size should be reduced in order to fit the title string into the label’s bounding rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("adjustsFontSizeToFitWidth")]
public bool AdjustsFontSizeToFitWidth { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Controls how text baselines are adjusted when text needs to shrink to fit in the label.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("baselineAdjustment")]
public UIBaselineAdjustment BaselineAdjustment { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The minimum scale factor supported for the label’s text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("minimumScaleFactor")]
public CGFloat MinimumScaleFactor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The maximum number of lines to use for rendering text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("numberOfLines")]
public int NumberOfLines { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The highlight color applied to the label’s text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("highlightedTextColor")]
public UIColor HighlightedTextColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the receiver should be drawn with a highlight.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("highlighted")]
public bool Highlighted { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The shadow color of the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("shadowColor")]
public UIColor ShadowColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The shadow offset (measured in points) for the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("shadowOffset")]
public CGSize ShadowOffset { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether user events are ignored and removed from the event queue.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("userInteractionEnabled")]
public bool UserInteractionEnabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The preferred maximum width (in points) for a multiline label.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("preferredMaxLayoutWidth")]
public CGFloat PreferredMaxLayoutWidth { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UILabel class implements a read-only text view. You can use this class to draw one or multiple lines of static text, such as those you might use to identify other parts of your user interface. The base UILabel class provides support for both simple and complex styling of the label text. You can also control over aspects of appearance, such as whether the label uses a shadow or draws with a highlight. If needed, you can customize the appearance of your text further by subclassing.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UILabel_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UILabel"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UILabel : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UILabel() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing rectangle for the label’s text.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
/// <param name="limitedToNumberOfLines">The maximum number of lines to use for the label. The value 0 indicates there is no maximum number of lines and that the rectangle should encompass all of the text.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textRectForBounds")]
public virtual CGRect TextRectForBounds(CGRect bounds, int limitedToNumberOfLines) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Draws the receiver’s text (or its shadow) in the specified rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle in which to draw the text.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("drawTextInRect")]
public virtual void DrawTextInRect(CGRect rect) { }
/// <summary>
/// The text displayed by the label.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("text")]
public string Text { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The styled text displayed by the label.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("attributedText")]
public NSAttributedString AttributedText { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The font of the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("font")]
public UIFont Font { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color of the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textColor")]
public UIColor TextColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The technique to use for aligning the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textAlignment")]
public NSTextAlignment TextAlignment { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The technique to use for wrapping and truncating the label’s text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("lineBreakMode")]
public NSLineBreakMode LineBreakMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The enabled state to use when drawing the label’s text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("enabled")]
public bool Enabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the font size should be reduced in order to fit the title string into the label’s bounding rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("adjustsFontSizeToFitWidth")]
public bool AdjustsFontSizeToFitWidth { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Controls how text baselines are adjusted when text needs to shrink to fit in the label.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("baselineAdjustment")]
public UIBaselineAdjustment BaselineAdjustment { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The minimum scale factor supported for the label’s text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("minimumScaleFactor")]
public CGFloat MinimumScaleFactor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The maximum number of lines to use for rendering text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("numberOfLines")]
public int NumberOfLines { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The highlight color applied to the label’s text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("highlightedTextColor")]
public UIColor HighlightedTextColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the receiver should be drawn with a highlight.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("highlighted")]
public bool Highlighted { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The shadow color of the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("shadowColor")]
public UIColor ShadowColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The shadow offset (measured in points) for the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("shadowOffset")]
public CGSize ShadowOffset { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether user events are ignored and removed from the event queue.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("userInteractionEnabled")]
public bool UserInteractionEnabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The preferred maximum width (in points) for a multiline label.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("preferredMaxLayoutWidth")]
public CGFloat PreferredMaxLayoutWidth { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILexicon.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILexicon.cs index ba10f2d9..fabea7a0 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILexicon.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILexicon.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A lexicon contains a read-only array of term pairs, each in a UILexiconEntry object, for use by a custom keyboard.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UILexicon_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UILexicon"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UILexicon : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// A read-only array of term pairs for use by a custom keyboard.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("entries")]
public AnyObject[] Entries { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A lexicon contains a read-only array of term pairs, each in a UILexiconEntry object, for use by a custom keyboard.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UILexicon_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UILexicon"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UILexicon : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UILexicon() { }
/// <summary>
/// A read-only array of term pairs for use by a custom keyboard.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("entries")]
public AnyObject[] Entries { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILexiconEntry.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILexiconEntry.cs index fce4771b..bb7f9a8c 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILexiconEntry.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILexiconEntry.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A lexicon entry specifies a read-only term pair, available within a UILexicon object, for use by a custom keyboard.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UILexiconEntry_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UILexiconEntry"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UILexiconEntry : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Text to be inserted into a text input object by a custom keyboard, corresponding to the userInput value in the same lexicon entry.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("documentText")]
public string DocumentText { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Text to match, during user input, to provide appropriate output to a text document from the documentText value in the same lexicon entry.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("userInput")]
public string UserInput { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A lexicon entry specifies a read-only term pair, available within a UILexicon object, for use by a custom keyboard.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UILexiconEntry_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UILexiconEntry"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UILexiconEntry : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UILexiconEntry() { }
/// <summary>
/// Text to be inserted into a text input object by a custom keyboard, corresponding to the userInput value in the same lexicon entry.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("documentText")]
public string DocumentText { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Text to match, during user input, to provide appropriate output to a text document from the documentText value in the same lexicon entry.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("userInput")]
public string UserInput { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILocalNotification.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILocalNotification.cs index 0b9bef66..97dd3a84 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILocalNotification.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILocalNotification.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UILocalNotification object specifies a notification that an app can schedule for presentation at a specific date and time. The operating system is responsible for delivering local notifications at their scheduled times; the app does not have to be running for this to happen. Although local notifications are similar to remote notifications in that they are used for displaying alerts, playing sounds, and badging app icons, they are composed and delivered locally and do not require connection with remote servers.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/iPhone/Reference/UILocalNotification_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UILocalNotification"/>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public class UILocalNotification : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// The date and time when the system should deliver the notification.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("fireDate")]
public NSDate FireDate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The time zone of the notification’s fire date.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("timeZone")]
public NSTimeZone TimeZone { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The calendar interval at which to reschedule the notification.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("repeatInterval")]
public NSCalendarUnit RepeatInterval { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The calendar the system should refer to when it reschedules a repeating notification.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("repeatCalendar")]
public NSCalendar RepeatCalendar { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether crossing a geographic region boundary delivers only one notification.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("regionTriggersOnce")]
public bool RegionTriggersOnce { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The message displayed in the notification alert.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("alertBody")]
public string AlertBody { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The title of the action button or slider.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("alertAction")]
public string AlertAction { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls whether the notification shows or hides the alert action.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("hasAction")]
public bool HasAction { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Identifies the image used as the launch image when the user taps (or slides) the action button (or slider).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("alertLaunchImage")]
public string AlertLaunchImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The name of a group of actions to display in the alert.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("category")]
public string Category { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number to display as the app’s icon badge.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("applicationIconBadgeNumber")]
public int ApplicationIconBadgeNumber { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The name of the file containing the sound to play when an alert is displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("soundName")]
public string SoundName { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A dictionary for passing custom information to the notified app.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("userInfo")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> UserInfo { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UILocalNotification object specifies a notification that an app can schedule for presentation at a specific date and time. The operating system is responsible for delivering local notifications at their scheduled times; the app does not have to be running for this to happen. Although local notifications are similar to remote notifications in that they are used for displaying alerts, playing sounds, and badging app icons, they are composed and delivered locally and do not require connection with remote servers.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/iPhone/Reference/UILocalNotification_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UILocalNotification"/>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public class UILocalNotification : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UILocalNotification() { }
/// <summary>
/// The date and time when the system should deliver the notification.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("fireDate")]
public NSDate FireDate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The time zone of the notification’s fire date.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("timeZone")]
public NSTimeZone TimeZone { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The calendar interval at which to reschedule the notification.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("repeatInterval")]
public NSCalendarUnit RepeatInterval { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The calendar the system should refer to when it reschedules a repeating notification.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("repeatCalendar")]
public NSCalendar RepeatCalendar { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether crossing a geographic region boundary delivers only one notification.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("regionTriggersOnce")]
public bool RegionTriggersOnce { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The message displayed in the notification alert.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("alertBody")]
public string AlertBody { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The title of the action button or slider.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("alertAction")]
public string AlertAction { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls whether the notification shows or hides the alert action.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("hasAction")]
public bool HasAction { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Identifies the image used as the launch image when the user taps (or slides) the action button (or slider).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("alertLaunchImage")]
public string AlertLaunchImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The name of a group of actions to display in the alert.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("category")]
public string Category { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number to display as the app’s icon badge.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("applicationIconBadgeNumber")]
public int ApplicationIconBadgeNumber { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The name of the file containing the sound to play when an alert is displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("soundName")]
public string SoundName { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A dictionary for passing custom information to the notified app.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("userInfo")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> UserInfo { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILocalizedIndexedCollation.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILocalizedIndexedCollation.cs index 113e6ebc..df82acd4 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILocalizedIndexedCollation.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILocalizedIndexedCollation.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UILocalizedIndexedCollation class is a convenience for organizing, sorting, and localizing the data for a table view that has a section index. The table view’s data source then uses the collation object to provide the table view with input for section titles and section index titles.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/iPhone/Reference/UILocalizedIndexedCollation_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UILocalizedIndexedCollation"/>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UILocalizedIndexedCollation : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns a indexed-collation instance for the current table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("currentCollation")]
public static AnyObject CurrentCollation() { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an integer identifying the section in which a model object belongs.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="@object">A model object of the application that is part of the data model for the table view.</param>
/// <param name="collationStringSelector">A selector that identifies a method returning an identifying string for object that is used in collation. The method should take no arguments and return an NSString object. For example, this could be a name property on the object.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("sectionForObject")]
public int SectionForObject(AnyObject @object, Selector collationStringSelector) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Sorts the objects within a section by their localized titles.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="array">An array containing the model objects for a section.</param>
/// <param name="collationStringSelector">A selector that identifies a method returning an identifying string for each object in array. The index-collation object uses this string for sorting the objects in the array. The method should take no arguments and return an NSString object. For example, this could be a name property on the object.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("sortedArrayFromArray")]
public AnyObject[] SortedArrayFromArray(AnyObject[] array, Selector collationStringSelector) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the section that the table view should scroll to for the given index title.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexTitleIndex">An integer identifying a section-index title by its position in the array of such titles.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("sectionForSectionIndexTitleAtIndex")]
public int SectionForSectionIndexTitleAtIndex(int indexTitleIndex) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the list of section titles for the table view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("sectionTitles")]
public AnyObject[] SectionTitles { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the list of section-index titles for the table view (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("sectionIndexTitles")]
public AnyObject[] SectionIndexTitles { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UILocalizedIndexedCollation class is a convenience for organizing, sorting, and localizing the data for a table view that has a section index. The table view’s data source then uses the collation object to provide the table view with input for section titles and section index titles.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/iPhone/Reference/UILocalizedIndexedCollation_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UILocalizedIndexedCollation"/>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UILocalizedIndexedCollation : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UILocalizedIndexedCollation() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a indexed-collation instance for the current table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("currentCollation")]
public virtual static AnyObject CurrentCollation() { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an integer identifying the section in which a model object belongs.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="@object">A model object of the application that is part of the data model for the table view.</param>
/// <param name="collationStringSelector">A selector that identifies a method returning an identifying string for object that is used in collation. The method should take no arguments and return an NSString object. For example, this could be a name property on the object.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("sectionForObject")]
public virtual int SectionForObject(AnyObject @object, Selector collationStringSelector) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Sorts the objects within a section by their localized titles.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="array">An array containing the model objects for a section.</param>
/// <param name="collationStringSelector">A selector that identifies a method returning an identifying string for each object in array. The index-collation object uses this string for sorting the objects in the array. The method should take no arguments and return an NSString object. For example, this could be a name property on the object.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("sortedArrayFromArray")]
public virtual AnyObject[] SortedArrayFromArray(AnyObject[] array, Selector collationStringSelector) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the section that the table view should scroll to for the given index title.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexTitleIndex">An integer identifying a section-index title by its position in the array of such titles.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("sectionForSectionIndexTitleAtIndex")]
public virtual int SectionForSectionIndexTitleAtIndex(int indexTitleIndex) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the list of section titles for the table view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("sectionTitles")]
public AnyObject[] SectionTitles { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the list of section-index titles for the table view (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("sectionIndexTitles")]
public AnyObject[] SectionIndexTitles { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILongPressGestureRecognizer.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILongPressGestureRecognizer.cs index 0b8aaec3..039e8121 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILongPressGestureRecognizer.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UILongPressGestureRecognizer.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UILongPressGestureRecognizer is a concrete subclass of UIGestureRecognizer that looks for long-press gestures. The user must press one or more fingers on a view and hold them there for a minimum period of time before the action triggers. While down, the user’s fingers may not move more than a specified distance; if they move beyond the specified distance, the gesture fails.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UILongPressGestureRecognizer_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UILongPressGestureRecognizer"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UILongPressGestureRecognizer : UIGestureRecognizer//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UILongPressGestureRecognizer() : base(new AnyObject(), null) { }
/// <summary>
/// The minimum period fingers must press on the view for the gesture to be recognized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("minimumPressDuration")]
public CFTimeInterval MinimumPressDuration { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number of fingers that must be pressed on the view for the gesture to be recognized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("numberOfTouchesRequired")]
public int NumberOfTouchesRequired { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number of taps on the view required for the gesture to be recognized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("numberOfTapsRequired")]
public int NumberOfTapsRequired { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The maximum movement of the fingers on the view before the gesture fails.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("allowableMovement")]
public CGFloat AllowableMovement { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UILongPressGestureRecognizer is a concrete subclass of UIGestureRecognizer that looks for long-press gestures. The user must press one or more fingers on a view and hold them there for a minimum period of time before the action triggers. While down, the user’s fingers may not move more than a specified distance; if they move beyond the specified distance, the gesture fails.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UILongPressGestureRecognizer_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UILongPressGestureRecognizer"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UILongPressGestureRecognizer : UIGestureRecognizer//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UILongPressGestureRecognizer() { }
/// <summary>
/// The minimum period fingers must press on the view for the gesture to be recognized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("minimumPressDuration")]
public CFTimeInterval MinimumPressDuration { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number of fingers that must be pressed on the view for the gesture to be recognized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("numberOfTouchesRequired")]
public int NumberOfTouchesRequired { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number of taps on the view required for the gesture to be recognized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("numberOfTapsRequired")]
public int NumberOfTapsRequired { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The maximum movement of the fingers on the view before the gesture fails.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("allowableMovement")]
public CGFloat AllowableMovement { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIManagedDocument.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIManagedDocument.cs index a363de7b..19b0e071 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIManagedDocument.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIManagedDocument.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UIManagedDocument is a concrete subclass of UIDocument that integrates with Core Data. When you initialize a managed document, you specify the URL for the document location. The document object then creates a Core Data stack to use to access the document’s persistent store using a managed object model from the application’s main bundle. See Supporting Document-Based Apps in iCloud in iCloud Programming Guide for Core Data for implementation strategies and troubleshooting steps.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIManagedDocument_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIManagedDocument"/>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIManagedDocument : UIDocument//, AnyObject, NSFilePresenter, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIManagedDocument() : base(null) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates or loads the document’s persistent store.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="storeURL">The URL for the persistent store.</param>
/// <param name="ofType">The document’s file type.</param>
/// <param name="modelConfiguration">The managed object model configuration to use.</param>
/// <param name="storeOptions">The options used to configure the persistent store coordinator.</param>
/// <param name="error">Upon return, if a problem occurs, contains an error object that describes the problem.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("configurePersistentStoreCoordinatorForURL")]
public bool ConfigurePersistentStoreCoordinatorForURL(NSURL storeURL, string ofType, string modelConfiguration, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> storeOptions, NSErrorPointer error) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the Core Data store type for a given document file type.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fileType">The document file type.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("persistentStoreTypeForFileType")]
public string PersistentStoreTypeForFileType(string fileType) { return default(string); }
/// <summary>
/// Handles reading non-Core Data content in the additional content directory in the document’s file package.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="absoluteURL">The URL for the additional content directory in the document’s file package.</param>
/// <param name="error">Upon return, if a problem occurs, contains an error object that describes the problem.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("readAdditionalContentFromURL")]
public bool ReadAdditionalContentFromURL(NSURL absoluteURL, NSErrorPointer error) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Handles writing non-Core Data content to the additional content directory in the document’s file package.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="absoluteURL">The URL for the additional content directory in the document’s file package.</param>
/// <param name="error">Upon return, if a problem occurs, contains an error object that describes the problem.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("additionalContentForURL")]
public AnyObject AdditionalContentForURL(NSURL absoluteURL, NSErrorPointer error) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Handles writing non-Core Data content to the document’s file package.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="content">An object that represents the additional content for the document.
/// This is the object returned from additionalContentForURL:error:.</param>
/// <param name="toURL">The URL to which to write the additional content.</param>
/// <param name="originalContentsURL">The current URL of the document that is being saved.</param>
/// <param name="error">Upon return, if a problem occurs, contains an error object that describes the problem.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("writeAdditionalContent")]
public bool WriteAdditionalContent(AnyObject content, NSURL toURL, NSURL originalContentsURL, NSErrorPointer error) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the name for the persistent store file inside the document’s file package.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("persistentStoreName")]
public static string PersistentStoreName() { return default(string); }
/// <summary>
/// Options used when creating the document’s persistent store.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("persistentStoreOptions")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> PersistentStoreOptions { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A model configuration name to be passed when configuring the persistent store.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("modelConfiguration")]
public string ModelConfiguration { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UIManagedDocument is a concrete subclass of UIDocument that integrates with Core Data. When you initialize a managed document, you specify the URL for the document location. The document object then creates a Core Data stack to use to access the document’s persistent store using a managed object model from the application’s main bundle. See Supporting Document-Based Apps in iCloud in iCloud Programming Guide for Core Data for implementation strategies and troubleshooting steps.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIManagedDocument_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIManagedDocument"/>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIManagedDocument : UIDocument//, AnyObject, NSFilePresenter, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIManagedDocument() { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates or loads the document’s persistent store.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="storeURL">The URL for the persistent store.</param>
/// <param name="ofType">The document’s file type.</param>
/// <param name="modelConfiguration">The managed object model configuration to use.</param>
/// <param name="storeOptions">The options used to configure the persistent store coordinator.</param>
/// <param name="error">Upon return, if a problem occurs, contains an error object that describes the problem.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("configurePersistentStoreCoordinatorForURL")]
public virtual bool ConfigurePersistentStoreCoordinatorForURL(NSURL storeURL, string ofType, string modelConfiguration, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> storeOptions, NSErrorPointer error) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the Core Data store type for a given document file type.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fileType">The document file type.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("persistentStoreTypeForFileType")]
public virtual string PersistentStoreTypeForFileType(string fileType) { return default(string); }
/// <summary>
/// Handles reading non-Core Data content in the additional content directory in the document’s file package.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="absoluteURL">The URL for the additional content directory in the document’s file package.</param>
/// <param name="error">Upon return, if a problem occurs, contains an error object that describes the problem.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("readAdditionalContentFromURL")]
public virtual bool ReadAdditionalContentFromURL(NSURL absoluteURL, NSErrorPointer error) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Handles writing non-Core Data content to the additional content directory in the document’s file package.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="absoluteURL">The URL for the additional content directory in the document’s file package.</param>
/// <param name="error">Upon return, if a problem occurs, contains an error object that describes the problem.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("additionalContentForURL")]
public virtual AnyObject AdditionalContentForURL(NSURL absoluteURL, NSErrorPointer error) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Handles writing non-Core Data content to the document’s file package.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="content">An object that represents the additional content for the document.
/// This is the object returned from additionalContentForURL:error:.</param>
/// <param name="toURL">The URL to which to write the additional content.</param>
/// <param name="originalContentsURL">The current URL of the document that is being saved.</param>
/// <param name="error">Upon return, if a problem occurs, contains an error object that describes the problem.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("writeAdditionalContent")]
public virtual bool WriteAdditionalContent(AnyObject content, NSURL toURL, NSURL originalContentsURL, NSErrorPointer error) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the name for the persistent store file inside the document’s file package.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("persistentStoreName")]
public virtual static string PersistentStoreName() { return default(string); }
/// <summary>
/// Options used when creating the document’s persistent store.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("persistentStoreOptions")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> PersistentStoreOptions { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A model configuration name to be passed when configuring the persistent store.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("modelConfiguration")]
public string ModelConfiguration { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMarkupTextPrintFormatter.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMarkupTextPrintFormatter.cs index c8f8854e..7eaaf154 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMarkupTextPrintFormatter.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMarkupTextPrintFormatter.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// Instances of the UIMarkupTextPrintFormatter class lay out HTML markup text for a multipage print job.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIMarkupTextPrintFormatter_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIMarkupTextPrintFormatter"/>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public class UIMarkupTextPrintFormatter : UIPrintFormatter//, AnyObject, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns a markup-text print formatter initialized with an HTML string.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="markupText">A string of HTML markup text or nil if you want to add the markup text later.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public UIMarkupTextPrintFormatter(string markupText) { }
/// <summary>
/// The HTML markup text for the print formatter.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("markupText")]
public string MarkupText { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// Instances of the UIMarkupTextPrintFormatter class lay out HTML markup text for a multipage print job.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIMarkupTextPrintFormatter_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIMarkupTextPrintFormatter"/>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public class UIMarkupTextPrintFormatter : UIPrintFormatter//, AnyObject, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIMarkupTextPrintFormatter() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a markup-text print formatter initialized with an HTML string.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="markupText">A string of HTML markup text or nil if you want to add the markup text later.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public UIMarkupTextPrintFormatter(string markupText) { }
/// <summary>
/// The HTML markup text for the print formatter.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("markupText")]
public string MarkupText { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMenuController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMenuController.cs index 2310befd..8f528649 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMenuController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMenuController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The singleton UIMenuController instance presents the menu interface for the Cut, Copy, Paste, Select, Select All, and Delete commands.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/iPhone/Reference/UIMenuController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIMenuController"/>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIMenuController : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns the menu controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("sharedMenuController")]
public static UIMenuController SharedMenuController() { return default(UIMenuController); }
/// <summary>
/// Shows or hides the editing menu, optionally animating the action.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="menuVisible">true if the menu should be shown, false if it should be hidden.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if the showing or hiding of the menu should be animated, otherwise false.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setMenuVisible")]
public void SetMenuVisible(bool menuVisible, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the area in a view above or below which the editing menu is positioned.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="targetRect">A rectangle that defines the area that is to be the target of the menu commands.</param>
/// <param name="inView">The view in which targetRect appears.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setTargetRect")]
public void SetTargetRect(CGRect targetRect, UIView inView) { }
/// <summary>
/// Updates the appearance and enabled state of menu commands.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("update")]
public void Update() { }
/// <summary>
/// The visibility of the editing menu.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("menuVisible")]
public bool MenuVisible { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the frame of the editing menu. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("menuFrame")]
public CGRect MenuFrame { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The direction the arrow of the editing menu is pointing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("arrowDirection")]
public UIMenuControllerArrowDirection ArrowDirection { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The custom menu items for the editing menu.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("menuItems")]
public AnyObject[] MenuItems { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The direction the arrow of the editing menu is pointing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public enum UIMenuControllerArrowDirection
{
/// <summary>
/// The arrow is pointing up or down at the object of focus based on its location in the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Default,
/// <summary>
/// The arrow is pointing up at the object of focus.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Up,
/// <summary>
/// The arrow is pointing down at the object of focus.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Down,
/// <summary>
/// The arrow is pointing left at the object of focus.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// The arrow is pointing right at the object of focus.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Right,
}
/// <summary>
/// There is no userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIMenuControllerWillShowMenuNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIMenuControllerWillShowMenuNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// There is no userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIMenuControllerDidShowMenuNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIMenuControllerDidShowMenuNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// There is no userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIMenuControllerWillHideMenuNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIMenuControllerWillHideMenuNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// There is no userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIMenuControllerDidHideMenuNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIMenuControllerDidHideMenuNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// There is no userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIMenuControllerMenuFrameDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIMenuControllerMenuFrameDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The singleton UIMenuController instance presents the menu interface for the Cut, Copy, Paste, Select, Select All, and Delete commands.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/iPhone/Reference/UIMenuController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIMenuController"/>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIMenuController : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIMenuController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the menu controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("sharedMenuController")]
public virtual static UIMenuController SharedMenuController() { return default(UIMenuController); }
/// <summary>
/// Shows or hides the editing menu, optionally animating the action.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="menuVisible">true if the menu should be shown, false if it should be hidden.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if the showing or hiding of the menu should be animated, otherwise false.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setMenuVisible")]
public virtual void SetMenuVisible(bool menuVisible, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the area in a view above or below which the editing menu is positioned.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="targetRect">A rectangle that defines the area that is to be the target of the menu commands.</param>
/// <param name="inView">The view in which targetRect appears.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setTargetRect")]
public virtual void SetTargetRect(CGRect targetRect, UIView inView) { }
/// <summary>
/// Updates the appearance and enabled state of menu commands.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("update")]
public virtual void Update() { }
/// <summary>
/// The visibility of the editing menu.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("menuVisible")]
public bool MenuVisible { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the frame of the editing menu. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("menuFrame")]
public CGRect MenuFrame { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The direction the arrow of the editing menu is pointing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("arrowDirection")]
public UIMenuControllerArrowDirection ArrowDirection { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The custom menu items for the editing menu.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("menuItems")]
public AnyObject[] MenuItems { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The direction the arrow of the editing menu is pointing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public enum UIMenuControllerArrowDirection
{
/// <summary>
/// The arrow is pointing up or down at the object of focus based on its location in the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Default,
/// <summary>
/// The arrow is pointing up at the object of focus.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Up,
/// <summary>
/// The arrow is pointing down at the object of focus.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Down,
/// <summary>
/// The arrow is pointing left at the object of focus.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// The arrow is pointing right at the object of focus.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Right,
}
/// <summary>
/// There is no userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIMenuControllerWillShowMenuNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIMenuControllerWillShowMenuNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// There is no userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIMenuControllerDidShowMenuNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIMenuControllerDidShowMenuNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// There is no userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIMenuControllerWillHideMenuNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIMenuControllerWillHideMenuNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// There is no userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIMenuControllerDidHideMenuNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIMenuControllerDidHideMenuNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// There is no userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIMenuControllerMenuFrameDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIMenuControllerMenuFrameDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMenuItem.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMenuItem.cs index 1368a955..33b4242f 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMenuItem.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMenuItem.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An instance of the UIMenuItem class represents a custom item in the editing menu managed by the UIMenuController object.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIMenuItem_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIMenuItem"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIMenuItem : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a menu-item object initialized with the given title and action.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">The title of the menu item.</param>
/// <param name="action">A selector identifying the method of the responder object to invoke for handling the command represented by the menu item.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public UIMenuItem(string title, Selector action) { }
/// <summary>
/// The title of the menu item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("title")]
public string Title { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A selector identifying the method of the responder object to invoke for handling of the menu command.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("action")]
public Selector Action { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An instance of the UIMenuItem class represents a custom item in the editing menu managed by the UIMenuController object.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIMenuItem_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIMenuItem"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIMenuItem : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIMenuItem() { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a menu-item object initialized with the given title and action.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">The title of the menu item.</param>
/// <param name="action">A selector identifying the method of the responder object to invoke for handling the command represented by the menu item.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public UIMenuItem(string title, Selector action) { }
/// <summary>
/// The title of the menu item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("title")]
public string Title { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A selector identifying the method of the responder object to invoke for handling of the menu command.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("action")]
public Selector Action { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMotionEffect.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMotionEffect.cs index 08b0433a..944c87e6 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMotionEffect.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMotionEffect.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIMotionEffect class is an abstract superclass for defining motion-based modifiers for views. Subclasses are responsible for defining the behavior to apply to a view when motion is detected. They do this by overriding the keyPathsAndRelativeValuesForViewerOffset: method and returning one or more key paths representing the view properties to modify.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIMotionEffect_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIMotionEffect"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIMotionEffect : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// For a given set of offset values, returns the view properties (and corresponding values) to update.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="viewerOffset">The direction that the device is facing relative to the viewer. The range of each offset value is -1 to 1. When the device’s screen is pointed directly at the user, the offset values are (0, 0). Rotating the phone so that the screen points down or to the right of the viewer yields a positive value. Rotating the phone so that the screen points above the user or to the user’s left yields a negative value.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("keyPathsAndRelativeValuesForViewerOffset")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> KeyPathsAndRelativeValuesForViewerOffset(UIOffset viewerOffset) { return default(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject>); }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIMotionEffect class is an abstract superclass for defining motion-based modifiers for views. Subclasses are responsible for defining the behavior to apply to a view when motion is detected. They do this by overriding the keyPathsAndRelativeValuesForViewerOffset: method and returning one or more key paths representing the view properties to modify.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIMotionEffect_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIMotionEffect"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIMotionEffect : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIMotionEffect() { }
/// <summary>
/// For a given set of offset values, returns the view properties (and corresponding values) to update.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="viewerOffset">The direction that the device is facing relative to the viewer. The range of each offset value is -1 to 1. When the device’s screen is pointed directly at the user, the offset values are (0, 0). Rotating the phone so that the screen points down or to the right of the viewer yields a positive value. Rotating the phone so that the screen points above the user or to the user’s left yields a negative value.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("keyPathsAndRelativeValuesForViewerOffset")]
public virtual Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> KeyPathsAndRelativeValuesForViewerOffset(UIOffset viewerOffset) { return default(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject>); }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMotionEffectGroup.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMotionEffectGroup.cs index 1d5c39b9..c3118fe0 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMotionEffectGroup.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMotionEffectGroup.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIMotionEffectGroup class manages a collection of motion effects that you want to apply to a view at the same time. This class behaves similarly to the CAAnimationGroup class in Core Animation. The key paths and values returned by each motion effect object are applied simultaneously and with the same timing.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIMotionEffectGroup_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIMotionEffectGroup"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIMotionEffectGroup : UIMotionEffect//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// An array of motion effect objects to apply as a group to the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("motionEffects")]
public AnyObject[] MotionEffects { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIMotionEffectGroup class manages a collection of motion effects that you want to apply to a view at the same time. This class behaves similarly to the CAAnimationGroup class in Core Animation. The key paths and values returned by each motion effect object are applied simultaneously and with the same timing.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIMotionEffectGroup_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIMotionEffectGroup"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIMotionEffectGroup : UIMotionEffect//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIMotionEffectGroup() { }
/// <summary>
/// An array of motion effect objects to apply as a group to the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("motionEffects")]
public AnyObject[] MotionEffects { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMutableUserNotificationAction.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMutableUserNotificationAction.cs index fe491ac9..867de4ae 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMutableUserNotificationAction.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMutableUserNotificationAction.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIMutableUserNotificationAction object represents a modifiable version of the UIUserNotificationAction class. When a notification is delivered, the system displays a button for each custom action associated with the notification. Tapping a button launches your app (either in the foreground or background) and gives you a chance to perform the indicated action. You use this class to configure the details about the button that is displayed and the information your app needs to perform the corresponding action.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIMutableUserNotificationAction_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIMutableUserNotificationAction"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIMutableUserNotificationAction : UIUserNotificationAction//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSMutableCopying, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
/// <summary>
/// The string that you use internally to identify the action. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("identifier")]
public string Identifier { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The localized string to use as the button title for the action. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("title")]
public string Title { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The mode in which to run the app when the action is performed. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("activationMode")]
public UIUserNotificationActivationMode ActivationMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the user must unlock the device before the action is performed. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("authenticationRequired")]
public bool AuthenticationRequired { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the action is destructive. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("destructive")]
public bool Destructive { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIMutableUserNotificationAction object represents a modifiable version of the UIUserNotificationAction class. When a notification is delivered, the system displays a button for each custom action associated with the notification. Tapping a button launches your app (either in the foreground or background) and gives you a chance to perform the indicated action. You use this class to configure the details about the button that is displayed and the information your app needs to perform the corresponding action.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIMutableUserNotificationAction_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIMutableUserNotificationAction"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIMutableUserNotificationAction : UIUserNotificationAction//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSMutableCopying, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
public UIMutableUserNotificationAction() { }
/// <summary>
/// The string that you use internally to identify the action. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("identifier")]
public string Identifier { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The localized string to use as the button title for the action. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("title")]
public string Title { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The mode in which to run the app when the action is performed. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("activationMode")]
public UIUserNotificationActivationMode ActivationMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the user must unlock the device before the action is performed. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("authenticationRequired")]
public bool AuthenticationRequired { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the action is destructive. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("destructive")]
public bool Destructive { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMutableUserNotificationCategory.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMutableUserNotificationCategory.cs index ebaf13b9..09cbafcc 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMutableUserNotificationCategory.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIMutableUserNotificationCategory.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIMutableUserNotificationCategory object encapsulates information about custom actions that your app can perform in response to a local or push notification. Use instances of this class to customize the actions included in an alert when space onscreen is constrained.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIMutableUserNotificationCategory_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIMutableUserNotificationCategory"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIMutableUserNotificationCategory : UIUserNotificationCategory//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSMutableCopying, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
/// <summary>
/// Sets the actions to display for different alert styles.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="actions">An array of UIUserNotificationAction objects representing the actions to display for the given context. When displaying the notification to the user, the system displays the action buttons using the same order as the items in this array. If you specify nil or an empty array, this method removes the actions for the specified context.</param>
/// <param name="forContext">The context in which the alert is displayed. For a list of possible values, see UIUserNotificationActionContext.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("setActions")]
public void SetActions(AnyObject[] actions, UIUserNotificationActionContext forContext) { }
/// <summary>
/// The name of the action group.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("identifier")]
public string Identifier { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIMutableUserNotificationCategory object encapsulates information about custom actions that your app can perform in response to a local or push notification. Use instances of this class to customize the actions included in an alert when space onscreen is constrained.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIMutableUserNotificationCategory_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIMutableUserNotificationCategory"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIMutableUserNotificationCategory : UIUserNotificationCategory//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSMutableCopying, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
public UIMutableUserNotificationCategory() { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the actions to display for different alert styles.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="actions">An array of UIUserNotificationAction objects representing the actions to display for the given context. When displaying the notification to the user, the system displays the action buttons using the same order as the items in this array. If you specify nil or an empty array, this method removes the actions for the specified context.</param>
/// <param name="forContext">The context in which the alert is displayed. For a list of possible values, see UIUserNotificationActionContext.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("setActions")]
public virtual void SetActions(AnyObject[] actions, UIUserNotificationActionContext forContext) { }
/// <summary>
/// The name of the action group.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("identifier")]
public string Identifier { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UINavigationBar.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UINavigationBar.cs index e43af792..213fec8b 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UINavigationBar.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UINavigationBar.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UINavigationBar class provides a control for navigating hierarchical content. It’s a bar, typically displayed at the top of the screen, containing buttons for navigating within a hierarchy of screens. The primary properties are a left (back) button, a center title, and an optional right button. You can use a navigation bar as a standalone object or in conjunction with a navigation controller object.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UINavigationBar_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UINavigationBar"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UINavigationBar : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UIBarPositioning, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UINavigationBar() : base(new CGRect()) { }
/// <summary>
/// Pushes the given navigation item onto the receiver’s stack and updates the navigation bar.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The navigation item to push on the stack.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if the navigation bar should be animated; otherwise, false.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("pushNavigationItem")]
public void PushNavigationItem(UINavigationItem item, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Pops the top item from the receiver’s stack and updates the navigation bar.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">true if the navigation bar should be animated; otherwise, false.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("popNavigationItemAnimated")]
public UINavigationItem PopNavigationItemAnimated(bool animated) { return default(UINavigationItem); }
/// <summary>
/// Replaces the navigation items currently managed by the navigation bar with the specified items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">The UINavigationItem objects to place in the stack. The front-to-back order of the items in this array represents the new bottom-to-top order of the items in the navigation stack. Thus, the last item added to the array becomes the top item of the navigation stack.</param>
/// <param name="animated">If true, animate the pushing or popping of the top stack item. If false, replace the stack items without any animations.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setItems")]
public void SetItems(AnyObject[] items, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the background image for given bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="barMetrics">A bar metrics constant.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("backgroundImageForBarMetrics")]
public UIImage BackgroundImageForBarMetrics(UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the background image for given bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="backgroundImage">The background image to use for barMetrics.</param>
/// <param name="forBarMetrics">A bar metrics constant.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setBackgroundImage")]
public void SetBackgroundImage(UIImage backgroundImage, UIBarMetrics forBarMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the background image to use for a given bar position and set of metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="barPosition">The location of the navigation bar.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">The metrics of the navigation bar.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("backgroundImageForBarPosition")]
public UIImage BackgroundImageForBarPosition(UIBarPosition barPosition, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the background image to use for a given bar position and set of metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="backgroundImage">The image to use for the specified location and metrics.</param>
/// <param name="forBarPosition">The location of the navigation bar.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">The metrics of the navigation bar.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setBackgroundImage")]
public void SetBackgroundImage(UIImage backgroundImage, UIBarPosition forBarPosition, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the title’s vertical position adjustment for given bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="barMetrics">A bar metrics constant.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("titleVerticalPositionAdjustmentForBarMetrics")]
public CGFloat TitleVerticalPositionAdjustmentForBarMetrics(UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(CGFloat); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the title’s vertical position adjustment for given bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="adjustment">The title’s vertical position adjustment for barMetrics.</param>
/// <param name="forBarMetrics">A bar metrics constant.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setTitleVerticalPositionAdjustment")]
public void SetTitleVerticalPositionAdjustment(CGFloat adjustment, UIBarMetrics forBarMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// The navigation bar’s delegate object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UINavigationBarDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of navigation items managed by the navigation bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("items")]
public AnyObject[] Items { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The navigation item at the top of the navigation bar’s stack. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("topItem")]
public UINavigationItem TopItem { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The navigation item that is immediately below the topmost item on navigation bar’s stack. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("backItem")]
public UINavigationItem BackItem { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image shown beside the back button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("backIndicatorImage")]
public UIImage BackIndicatorImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image used as a mask for content during push and pop transitions.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("backIndicatorTransitionMaskImage")]
public UIImage BackIndicatorTransitionMaskImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The navigation bar style that specifies its appearance.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("barStyle")]
public UIBarStyle BarStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to apply to the navigation bar background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("barTintColor")]
public UIColor BarTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The shadow image to be used for the navigation bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shadowImage")]
public UIImage ShadowImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to apply to the navigation items and bar button items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the navigation bar is translucent (true) or not (false).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("translucent")]
public bool Translucent { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Display attributes for the bar’s title text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("titleTextAttributes")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> TitleTextAttributes { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UINavigationBar class provides a control for navigating hierarchical content. It’s a bar, typically displayed at the top of the screen, containing buttons for navigating within a hierarchy of screens. The primary properties are a left (back) button, a center title, and an optional right button. You can use a navigation bar as a standalone object or in conjunction with a navigation controller object.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UINavigationBar_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UINavigationBar"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UINavigationBar : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UIBarPositioning, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UINavigationBar() { }
/// <summary>
/// Pushes the given navigation item onto the receiver’s stack and updates the navigation bar.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The navigation item to push on the stack.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if the navigation bar should be animated; otherwise, false.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("pushNavigationItem")]
public virtual void PushNavigationItem(UINavigationItem item, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Pops the top item from the receiver’s stack and updates the navigation bar.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">true if the navigation bar should be animated; otherwise, false.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("popNavigationItemAnimated")]
public virtual UINavigationItem PopNavigationItemAnimated(bool animated) { return default(UINavigationItem); }
/// <summary>
/// Replaces the navigation items currently managed by the navigation bar with the specified items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">The UINavigationItem objects to place in the stack. The front-to-back order of the items in this array represents the new bottom-to-top order of the items in the navigation stack. Thus, the last item added to the array becomes the top item of the navigation stack.</param>
/// <param name="animated">If true, animate the pushing or popping of the top stack item. If false, replace the stack items without any animations.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setItems")]
public virtual void SetItems(AnyObject[] items, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the background image for given bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="barMetrics">A bar metrics constant.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("backgroundImageForBarMetrics")]
public virtual UIImage BackgroundImageForBarMetrics(UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the background image for given bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="backgroundImage">The background image to use for barMetrics.</param>
/// <param name="forBarMetrics">A bar metrics constant.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setBackgroundImage")]
public virtual void SetBackgroundImage(UIImage backgroundImage, UIBarMetrics forBarMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the background image to use for a given bar position and set of metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="barPosition">The location of the navigation bar.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">The metrics of the navigation bar.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("backgroundImageForBarPosition")]
public virtual UIImage BackgroundImageForBarPosition(UIBarPosition barPosition, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the background image to use for a given bar position and set of metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="backgroundImage">The image to use for the specified location and metrics.</param>
/// <param name="forBarPosition">The location of the navigation bar.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">The metrics of the navigation bar.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setBackgroundImage")]
public virtual void SetBackgroundImage(UIImage backgroundImage, UIBarPosition forBarPosition, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the title’s vertical position adjustment for given bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="barMetrics">A bar metrics constant.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("titleVerticalPositionAdjustmentForBarMetrics")]
public virtual CGFloat TitleVerticalPositionAdjustmentForBarMetrics(UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(CGFloat); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the title’s vertical position adjustment for given bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="adjustment">The title’s vertical position adjustment for barMetrics.</param>
/// <param name="forBarMetrics">A bar metrics constant.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setTitleVerticalPositionAdjustment")]
public virtual void SetTitleVerticalPositionAdjustment(CGFloat adjustment, UIBarMetrics forBarMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// The navigation bar’s delegate object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UINavigationBarDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of navigation items managed by the navigation bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("items")]
public AnyObject[] Items { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The navigation item at the top of the navigation bar’s stack. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("topItem")]
public UINavigationItem TopItem { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The navigation item that is immediately below the topmost item on navigation bar’s stack. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("backItem")]
public UINavigationItem BackItem { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image shown beside the back button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("backIndicatorImage")]
public UIImage BackIndicatorImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image used as a mask for content during push and pop transitions.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("backIndicatorTransitionMaskImage")]
public UIImage BackIndicatorTransitionMaskImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The navigation bar style that specifies its appearance.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("barStyle")]
public UIBarStyle BarStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to apply to the navigation bar background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("barTintColor")]
public UIColor BarTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The shadow image to be used for the navigation bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shadowImage")]
public UIImage ShadowImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to apply to the navigation items and bar button items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the navigation bar is translucent (true) or not (false).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("translucent")]
public bool Translucent { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Display attributes for the bar’s title text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("titleTextAttributes")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> TitleTextAttributes { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UINavigationController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UINavigationController.cs index 7708b0c2..b495a4c0 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UINavigationController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UINavigationController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UINavigationController class implements a specialized view controller that manages the navigation of hierarchical content. This navigation interface makes it possible to present your data efficiently and makes it easier for the user to navigate that content. You generally use this class as-is but in iOS 6 and later you may subclass to customize the class behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UINavigationController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UINavigationController"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UINavigationController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a newly created navigation controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rootViewController">The view controller that resides at the bottom of the navigation stack. This object cannot be an instance of the UITabBarController class.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UINavigationController(UIViewController rootViewController) : base("", null) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a newly created navigation controller that uses your custom bar subclasses.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="navigationBarClass">Specify the custom UINavigationBar subclass you want to use, or specify nil to use the standard UINavigationBar class.</param>
/// <param name="toolbarClass">Specify the custom UIToolbar subclass you want to use, or specify nil to use the standard UIToolbar class.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public UINavigationController(AnyClass navigationBarClass, AnyClass toolbarClass) : base("", null) { }
/// <summary>
/// Replaces the view controllers currently managed by the navigation controller with the specified items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="viewControllers">The view controllers to place in the stack. The front-to-back order of the controllers in this array represents the new bottom-to-top order of the controllers in the navigation stack. Thus, the last item added to the array becomes the top item of the navigation stack.</param>
/// <param name="animated">If true, animate the pushing or popping of the top view controller. If false, replace the view controllers without any animations.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setViewControllers")]
public void SetViewControllers(AnyObject[] viewControllers, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Pushes a view controller onto the receiver’s stack and updates the display.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="viewController">The view controller to push onto the stack. This object cannot be a tab bar controller. If the view controller is already on the navigation stack, this method throws an exception.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the transition or false if you do not want the transition to be animated. You might specify false if you are setting up the navigation controller at launch time.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("pushViewController")]
public void PushViewController(UIViewController viewController, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Pops the top view controller from the navigation stack and updates the display.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">Set this value to true to animate the transition. Pass false if you are setting up a navigation controller before its view is displayed.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("popViewControllerAnimated")]
public UIViewController PopViewControllerAnimated(bool animated) { return default(UIViewController); }
/// <summary>
/// Pops all the view controllers on the stack except the root view controller and updates the display.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">Set this value to true to animate the transition. Pass false if you are setting up a navigation controller before its view is displayed.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("popToRootViewControllerAnimated")]
public AnyObject[] PopToRootViewControllerAnimated(bool animated) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Pops view controllers until the specified view controller is at the top of the navigation stack.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="viewController">The view controller that you want to be at the top of the stack. This view controller must currently be on the navigation stack.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Set this value to true to animate the transition. Pass false if you are setting up a navigation controller before its view is displayed.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("popToViewController")]
public AnyObject[] PopToViewController(UIViewController viewController, bool animated) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets whether the navigation bar is hidden.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="hidden">Specify true to hide the navigation bar or false to show it.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true if you want to animate the change in visibility or false if you want the navigation bar to appear immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setNavigationBarHidden")]
public void SetNavigationBarHidden(bool hidden, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Changes the visibility of the navigation controller’s built-in toolbar.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="hidden">Specify true to hide the toolbar or false to show it.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true if you want the toolbar to be animated on or off the screen.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setToolbarHidden")]
public void SetToolbarHidden(bool hidden, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Presents the specified view controller in the navigation interface.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="vc">The view controller to display.</param>
/// <param name="sender">The object that made the request to show the view controller.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("showViewController")]
public void ShowViewController(UIViewController vc, AnyObject sender) { }
/// <summary>
/// The view controller at the top of the navigation stack. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("topViewController")]
public UIViewController TopViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view controller associated with the currently visible view in the navigation interface. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("visibleViewController")]
public UIViewController VisibleViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view controllers currently on the navigation stack.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("viewControllers")]
public AnyObject[] ViewControllers { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The gesture recognizer responsible for popping the top view controller off the navigation stack. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("interactivePopGestureRecognizer")]
public UIGestureRecognizer InteractivePopGestureRecognizer { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The navigation bar managed by the navigation controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("navigationBar")]
public UINavigationBar NavigationBar { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the navigation controller allows hiding of its bars using a tap gesture.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("hidesBarsOnTap")]
public bool HidesBarsOnTap { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the navigation bar hides its bars in response to a swipe gesture.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("hidesBarsOnSwipe")]
public bool HidesBarsOnSwipe { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the navigation controller hides its bars in a vertically compact environment.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("hidesBarsWhenVerticallyCompact")]
public bool HidesBarsWhenVerticallyCompact { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the navigation controller hides its bars when the keyboard appears.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("hidesBarsWhenKeyboardAppears")]
public bool HidesBarsWhenKeyboardAppears { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the navigation bar is hidden.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("navigationBarHidden")]
public bool NavigationBarHidden { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The gesture recognizer used to hide and show the navigation and toolbar. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("barHideOnTapGestureRecognizer")]
public UITapGestureRecognizer BarHideOnTapGestureRecognizer { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The gesture recognizer used to hide the navigation bar and toolbar. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("barHideOnSwipeGestureRecognizer")]
public UIPanGestureRecognizer BarHideOnSwipeGestureRecognizer { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate of the navigation controller object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UINavigationControllerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The custom toolbar associated with the navigation controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("toolbar")]
public UIToolbar Toolbar { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean indicating whether the navigation controller’s built-in toolbar is visible.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("toolbarHidden")]
public bool ToolbarHidden { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UINavigationController class implements a specialized view controller that manages the navigation of hierarchical content. This navigation interface makes it possible to present your data efficiently and makes it easier for the user to navigate that content. You generally use this class as-is but in iOS 6 and later you may subclass to customize the class behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UINavigationController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UINavigationController"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UINavigationController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UINavigationController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a newly created navigation controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rootViewController">The view controller that resides at the bottom of the navigation stack. This object cannot be an instance of the UITabBarController class.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UINavigationController(UIViewController rootViewController) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a newly created navigation controller that uses your custom bar subclasses.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="navigationBarClass">Specify the custom UINavigationBar subclass you want to use, or specify nil to use the standard UINavigationBar class.</param>
/// <param name="toolbarClass">Specify the custom UIToolbar subclass you want to use, or specify nil to use the standard UIToolbar class.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public UINavigationController(AnyClass navigationBarClass, AnyClass toolbarClass) { }
/// <summary>
/// Replaces the view controllers currently managed by the navigation controller with the specified items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="viewControllers">The view controllers to place in the stack. The front-to-back order of the controllers in this array represents the new bottom-to-top order of the controllers in the navigation stack. Thus, the last item added to the array becomes the top item of the navigation stack.</param>
/// <param name="animated">If true, animate the pushing or popping of the top view controller. If false, replace the view controllers without any animations.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setViewControllers")]
public virtual void SetViewControllers(AnyObject[] viewControllers, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Pushes a view controller onto the receiver’s stack and updates the display.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="viewController">The view controller to push onto the stack. This object cannot be a tab bar controller. If the view controller is already on the navigation stack, this method throws an exception.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the transition or false if you do not want the transition to be animated. You might specify false if you are setting up the navigation controller at launch time.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("pushViewController")]
public virtual void PushViewController(UIViewController viewController, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Pops the top view controller from the navigation stack and updates the display.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">Set this value to true to animate the transition. Pass false if you are setting up a navigation controller before its view is displayed.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("popViewControllerAnimated")]
public virtual UIViewController PopViewControllerAnimated(bool animated) { return default(UIViewController); }
/// <summary>
/// Pops all the view controllers on the stack except the root view controller and updates the display.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">Set this value to true to animate the transition. Pass false if you are setting up a navigation controller before its view is displayed.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("popToRootViewControllerAnimated")]
public virtual AnyObject[] PopToRootViewControllerAnimated(bool animated) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Pops view controllers until the specified view controller is at the top of the navigation stack.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="viewController">The view controller that you want to be at the top of the stack. This view controller must currently be on the navigation stack.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Set this value to true to animate the transition. Pass false if you are setting up a navigation controller before its view is displayed.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("popToViewController")]
public virtual AnyObject[] PopToViewController(UIViewController viewController, bool animated) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets whether the navigation bar is hidden.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="hidden">Specify true to hide the navigation bar or false to show it.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true if you want to animate the change in visibility or false if you want the navigation bar to appear immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setNavigationBarHidden")]
public virtual void SetNavigationBarHidden(bool hidden, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Changes the visibility of the navigation controller’s built-in toolbar.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="hidden">Specify true to hide the toolbar or false to show it.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true if you want the toolbar to be animated on or off the screen.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setToolbarHidden")]
public virtual void SetToolbarHidden(bool hidden, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Presents the specified view controller in the navigation interface.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="vc">The view controller to display.</param>
/// <param name="sender">The object that made the request to show the view controller.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("showViewController")]
public virtual void ShowViewController(UIViewController vc, AnyObject sender) { }
/// <summary>
/// The view controller at the top of the navigation stack. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("topViewController")]
public UIViewController TopViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view controller associated with the currently visible view in the navigation interface. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("visibleViewController")]
public UIViewController VisibleViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view controllers currently on the navigation stack.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("viewControllers")]
public AnyObject[] ViewControllers { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The gesture recognizer responsible for popping the top view controller off the navigation stack. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("interactivePopGestureRecognizer")]
public UIGestureRecognizer InteractivePopGestureRecognizer { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The navigation bar managed by the navigation controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("navigationBar")]
public UINavigationBar NavigationBar { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the navigation controller allows hiding of its bars using a tap gesture.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("hidesBarsOnTap")]
public bool HidesBarsOnTap { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the navigation bar hides its bars in response to a swipe gesture.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("hidesBarsOnSwipe")]
public bool HidesBarsOnSwipe { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the navigation controller hides its bars in a vertically compact environment.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("hidesBarsWhenVerticallyCompact")]
public bool HidesBarsWhenVerticallyCompact { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the navigation controller hides its bars when the keyboard appears.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("hidesBarsWhenKeyboardAppears")]
public bool HidesBarsWhenKeyboardAppears { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the navigation bar is hidden.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("navigationBarHidden")]
public bool NavigationBarHidden { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The gesture recognizer used to hide and show the navigation and toolbar. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("barHideOnTapGestureRecognizer")]
public UITapGestureRecognizer BarHideOnTapGestureRecognizer { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The gesture recognizer used to hide the navigation bar and toolbar. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("barHideOnSwipeGestureRecognizer")]
public UIPanGestureRecognizer BarHideOnSwipeGestureRecognizer { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate of the navigation controller object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UINavigationControllerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The custom toolbar associated with the navigation controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("toolbar")]
public UIToolbar Toolbar { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean indicating whether the navigation controller’s built-in toolbar is visible.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("toolbarHidden")]
public bool ToolbarHidden { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UINavigationItem.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UINavigationItem.cs index e41e7cc0..87fa8b3e 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UINavigationItem.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UINavigationItem.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UINavigationItem object manages the buttons and views to be displayed in a UINavigationBar object. When building a navigation interface, each view controller pushed onto the navigation stack must have a UINavigationItem object that contains the buttons and views it wants displayed in the navigation bar. The managing UINavigationController object uses the navigation items of the topmost two view controllers to populate the navigation bar with content.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UINavigationItem_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UINavigationItem"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UINavigationItem : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns a navigation item initialized with the specified title.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">The string to set as the navigation item’s title displayed in the center of the navigation bar.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UINavigationItem(string title) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets whether the back button is hidden, optionally animating the transition.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="hidesBackButton">Specify true if the back button should be hidden when this navigation item is the top item. Specify false if the back button should be visible, assuming it has not been replaced by a custom item.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the transition; otherwise, false.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setHidesBackButton")]
public void SetHidesBackButton(bool hidesBackButton, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the left bar button items, optionally animating the transition to the new items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">An array of custom bar button items to display on the left side of the navigation bar.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the transition to the custom bar items when this item is the top item. Specify false to set the items immediately without animating the change.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setLeftBarButtonItems")]
public void SetLeftBarButtonItems(AnyObject[] items, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the custom bar button item, optionally animating the transition to the new item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">A custom bar item to display on the left side of the navigation bar.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the transition to the custom bar item when this item is the top item. Specify false to set the item immediately without animating the change.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setLeftBarButtonItem")]
public void SetLeftBarButtonItem(UIBarButtonItem item, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the right bar button items, optionally animating the transition to the new items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">An array of custom bar button items to display on the right side of the navigation bar.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the transition to the custom bar items when this item is the top item. Specify false to set the items immediately without animating the change.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setRightBarButtonItems")]
public void SetRightBarButtonItems(AnyObject[] items, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the custom bar button item, optionally animating the transition to the view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">A custom bar item to display on the right of the navigation bar.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the transition to the custom bar item when this item is the top item. Specify false to set the item immediately without animating the change.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setRightBarButtonItem")]
public void SetRightBarButtonItem(UIBarButtonItem item, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// The navigation item’s title displayed in the center of the navigation bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("title")]
public string Title { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A single line of text displayed at the top of the navigation bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("prompt")]
public string Prompt { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The bar button item to use when a back button is needed on the navigation bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("backBarButtonItem")]
public UIBarButtonItem BackBarButtonItem { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the back button is hidden.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("hidesBackButton")]
public bool HidesBackButton { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the left items are displayed in addition to the back button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("leftItemsSupplementBackButton")]
public bool LeftItemsSupplementBackButton { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A custom view displayed in the center of the navigation bar when the receiver is the top item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("titleView")]
public UIView TitleView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of custom bar button items to display on the left side of the navigation bar when the receiver is the top navigation item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("leftBarButtonItems")]
public AnyObject[] LeftBarButtonItems { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A custom bar button item displayed on the left of the navigation bar when the receiver is the top navigation item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("leftBarButtonItem")]
public UIBarButtonItem LeftBarButtonItem { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of custom bar button items to display on the right side of the navigation bar when the receiver is the top navigation item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("rightBarButtonItems")]
public AnyObject[] RightBarButtonItems { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A custom bar button item displayed on the right of the navigation bar when the receiver is the top navigation item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rightBarButtonItem")]
public UIBarButtonItem RightBarButtonItem { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UINavigationItem object manages the buttons and views to be displayed in a UINavigationBar object. When building a navigation interface, each view controller pushed onto the navigation stack must have a UINavigationItem object that contains the buttons and views it wants displayed in the navigation bar. The managing UINavigationController object uses the navigation items of the topmost two view controllers to populate the navigation bar with content.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UINavigationItem_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UINavigationItem"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UINavigationItem : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UINavigationItem() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a navigation item initialized with the specified title.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">The string to set as the navigation item’s title displayed in the center of the navigation bar.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UINavigationItem(string title) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets whether the back button is hidden, optionally animating the transition.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="hidesBackButton">Specify true if the back button should be hidden when this navigation item is the top item. Specify false if the back button should be visible, assuming it has not been replaced by a custom item.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the transition; otherwise, false.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setHidesBackButton")]
public virtual void SetHidesBackButton(bool hidesBackButton, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the left bar button items, optionally animating the transition to the new items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">An array of custom bar button items to display on the left side of the navigation bar.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the transition to the custom bar items when this item is the top item. Specify false to set the items immediately without animating the change.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setLeftBarButtonItems")]
public virtual void SetLeftBarButtonItems(AnyObject[] items, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the custom bar button item, optionally animating the transition to the new item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">A custom bar item to display on the left side of the navigation bar.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the transition to the custom bar item when this item is the top item. Specify false to set the item immediately without animating the change.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setLeftBarButtonItem")]
public virtual void SetLeftBarButtonItem(UIBarButtonItem item, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the right bar button items, optionally animating the transition to the new items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">An array of custom bar button items to display on the right side of the navigation bar.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the transition to the custom bar items when this item is the top item. Specify false to set the items immediately without animating the change.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setRightBarButtonItems")]
public virtual void SetRightBarButtonItems(AnyObject[] items, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the custom bar button item, optionally animating the transition to the view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">A custom bar item to display on the right of the navigation bar.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the transition to the custom bar item when this item is the top item. Specify false to set the item immediately without animating the change.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setRightBarButtonItem")]
public virtual void SetRightBarButtonItem(UIBarButtonItem item, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// The navigation item’s title displayed in the center of the navigation bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("title")]
public string Title { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A single line of text displayed at the top of the navigation bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("prompt")]
public string Prompt { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The bar button item to use when a back button is needed on the navigation bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("backBarButtonItem")]
public UIBarButtonItem BackBarButtonItem { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the back button is hidden.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("hidesBackButton")]
public bool HidesBackButton { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the left items are displayed in addition to the back button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("leftItemsSupplementBackButton")]
public bool LeftItemsSupplementBackButton { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A custom view displayed in the center of the navigation bar when the receiver is the top item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("titleView")]
public UIView TitleView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of custom bar button items to display on the left side of the navigation bar when the receiver is the top navigation item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("leftBarButtonItems")]
public AnyObject[] LeftBarButtonItems { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A custom bar button item displayed on the left of the navigation bar when the receiver is the top navigation item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("leftBarButtonItem")]
public UIBarButtonItem LeftBarButtonItem { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of custom bar button items to display on the right side of the navigation bar when the receiver is the top navigation item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("rightBarButtonItems")]
public AnyObject[] RightBarButtonItems { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A custom bar button item displayed on the right of the navigation bar when the receiver is the top navigation item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rightBarButtonItem")]
public UIBarButtonItem RightBarButtonItem { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UINib.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UINib.cs index fcc5e987..62366e6f 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UINib.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UINib.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// Instances of the UINib class serve as object wrappers, or containers, for Interface Builder nib files. An UINib object caches the contents of a nib file in memory, ready for unarchiving and instantiation. When your application needs to instantiate the contents of the nib file it can do so without having to load the data from the nib file first, improving performance. The UINib object can automatically release this cached nib data to free up memory for your application under low-memory conditions, reloading that data the next time your application instantiates the nib. Your application should use UINib objects whenever it needs to repeatedly instantiate the same nib data. For example, if your table view uses a nib file to instantiate table view cells, caching the nib in a UINib object can provide a significant performance improvement.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UINib_Ref/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UINib"/>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public class UINib : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns an UINib object initialized to the nib file in the specified bundle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="nibName">The name of the nib file, without any leading path information.</param>
/// <param name="bundle">The bundle in which to search for the nib file. If you specify nil, this method looks for the nib file in the main bundle.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public UINib(string nibName, NSBundle bundle) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates an UINib object from nib data stored in memory.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="data">A block of memory that contains nib data.</param>
/// <param name="bundle">The bundle in which to search for resources referenced by the nib. If you specify nil, this method looks for the nib file in the main bundle.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public UINib(NSData data, NSBundle bundle) { }
/// <summary>
/// Unarchives and instantiates the in-memory contents of the receiver’s nib file, creating a distinct object tree and set of top level objects.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="ownerOrNil">The object to use as the owner of the nib file. If the nib file has an owner, you must specify a valid object for this parameter.</param>
/// <param name="options">A dictionary containing the options to use when opening the nib file. For a list of available keys for this dictionary, see NSBundle UIKit Additions Reference.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("instantiateWithOwner")]
public AnyObject[] InstantiateWithOwner(AnyObject ownerOrNil, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> options) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// Instances of the UINib class serve as object wrappers, or containers, for Interface Builder nib files. An UINib object caches the contents of a nib file in memory, ready for unarchiving and instantiation. When your application needs to instantiate the contents of the nib file it can do so without having to load the data from the nib file first, improving performance. The UINib object can automatically release this cached nib data to free up memory for your application under low-memory conditions, reloading that data the next time your application instantiates the nib. Your application should use UINib objects whenever it needs to repeatedly instantiate the same nib data. For example, if your table view uses a nib file to instantiate table view cells, caching the nib in a UINib object can provide a significant performance improvement.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UINib_Ref/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UINib"/>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public class UINib : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UINib() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an UINib object initialized to the nib file in the specified bundle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="nibName">The name of the nib file, without any leading path information.</param>
/// <param name="bundle">The bundle in which to search for the nib file. If you specify nil, this method looks for the nib file in the main bundle.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public UINib(string nibName, NSBundle bundle) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates an UINib object from nib data stored in memory.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="data">A block of memory that contains nib data.</param>
/// <param name="bundle">The bundle in which to search for resources referenced by the nib. If you specify nil, this method looks for the nib file in the main bundle.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public UINib(NSData data, NSBundle bundle) { }
/// <summary>
/// Unarchives and instantiates the in-memory contents of the receiver’s nib file, creating a distinct object tree and set of top level objects.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="ownerOrNil">The object to use as the owner of the nib file. If the nib file has an owner, you must specify a valid object for this parameter.</param>
/// <param name="options">A dictionary containing the options to use when opening the nib file. For a list of available keys for this dictionary, see NSBundle UIKit Additions Reference.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("instantiateWithOwner")]
public virtual AnyObject[] InstantiateWithOwner(AnyObject ownerOrNil, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> options) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPageControl.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPageControl.cs index 72e2921b..0fd4582d 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPageControl.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPageControl.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// You use the UIPageControl class to create and manage page controls. A page control displays a horizontal series of dots, each of which corresponds to a page in the application’s document (or other data-model entity). The currently viewed page is indicated by a white dot.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPageControl_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPageControl"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIPageControl : UIControl//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Updates the page indicator to the current page.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("updateCurrentPageDisplay")]
public void UpdateCurrentPageDisplay() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the size the receiver’s bounds should be to accommodate the given number of pages.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageCount">The number of pages to fit in the receiver’s bounds.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sizeForNumberOfPages")]
public CGSize SizeForNumberOfPages(int pageCount) { return default(CGSize); }
/// <summary>
/// The current page, shown by the receiver as a white dot.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("currentPage")]
public int CurrentPage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number of pages the receiver shows (as dots).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("numberOfPages")]
public int NumberOfPages { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls whether the page control is hidden when there is only one page.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("hidesForSinglePage")]
public bool HidesForSinglePage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to be used for the page indicator.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("pageIndicatorTintColor")]
public UIColor PageIndicatorTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to be used for the current page indicator.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("currentPageIndicatorTintColor")]
public UIColor CurrentPageIndicatorTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls when the current page is displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("defersCurrentPageDisplay")]
public bool DefersCurrentPageDisplay { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// You use the UIPageControl class to create and manage page controls. A page control displays a horizontal series of dots, each of which corresponds to a page in the application’s document (or other data-model entity). The currently viewed page is indicated by a white dot.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPageControl_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPageControl"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIPageControl : UIControl//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIPageControl() { }
/// <summary>
/// Updates the page indicator to the current page.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("updateCurrentPageDisplay")]
public virtual void UpdateCurrentPageDisplay() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the size the receiver’s bounds should be to accommodate the given number of pages.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageCount">The number of pages to fit in the receiver’s bounds.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sizeForNumberOfPages")]
public virtual CGSize SizeForNumberOfPages(int pageCount) { return default(CGSize); }
/// <summary>
/// The current page, shown by the receiver as a white dot.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("currentPage")]
public int CurrentPage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number of pages the receiver shows (as dots).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("numberOfPages")]
public int NumberOfPages { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls whether the page control is hidden when there is only one page.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("hidesForSinglePage")]
public bool HidesForSinglePage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to be used for the page indicator.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("pageIndicatorTintColor")]
public UIColor PageIndicatorTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to be used for the current page indicator.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("currentPageIndicatorTintColor")]
public UIColor CurrentPageIndicatorTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls when the current page is displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("defersCurrentPageDisplay")]
public bool DefersCurrentPageDisplay { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPageViewController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPageViewController.cs index 593e4079..5bbb18e7 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPageViewController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPageViewController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A page view controller lets the user navigate between pages of content, where each page is managed by its own view controller object. Navigation can be controlled programmatically by your app or directly by the user using gestures. When navigating from page to page, the page view controller uses the transition that you specify to animate the change.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPageViewControllerClassReferenceClassRef/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPageViewController"/>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIPageViewController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a newly created page view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="transitionStyle">The style for transitions between pages.</param>
/// <param name="navigationOrientation">The orientation of the page-by-page navigation.</param>
/// <param name="options">A dictionary of options. For keys, see Options Keys.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public UIPageViewController(UIPageViewControllerTransitionStyle transitionStyle, UIPageViewControllerNavigationOrientation navigationOrientation, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> options) : base("", null) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the view controllers to be displayed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="viewControllers">The view controller or view controllers to be displayed.</param>
/// <param name="direction">The navigation direction.</param>
/// <param name="animated">A Boolean value that indicates whether the transition is to be animated.</param>
/// <param name="completion">A block to be called when the page-turn animation completes.
/// The block takes the following parameters:
/// finished
/// true if the animation finished; false if it was skipped.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setViewControllers")]
public void SetViewControllers(AnyObject[] viewControllers, UIPageViewControllerNavigationDirection direction, bool animated, Action<bool> completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// The object that provides view controllers.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("dataSource")]
public UIPageViewControllerDataSource DataSource { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIPageViewControllerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view controllers displayed by the page view controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("viewControllers")]
public AnyObject[] ViewControllers { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of UIGestureRecognizer objects that are configured to handle user interaction. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("gestureRecognizers")]
public AnyObject[] GestureRecognizers { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The direction along which navigation occurs. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("navigationOrientation")]
public UIPageViewControllerNavigationOrientation NavigationOrientation { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The location of the spine. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("spineLocation")]
public UIPageViewControllerSpineLocation SpineLocation { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The style used to transition between view controllers. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("transitionStyle")]
public UIPageViewControllerTransitionStyle TransitionStyle { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether content appears on the back of pages.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("doubleSided")]
public bool DoubleSided { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Orientations for page-turn transitions.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UIPageViewControllerNavigationOrientation
{
/// <summary>
/// Horizontal orientation, with pages turning left and right.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Horizontal,
/// <summary>
/// Vertical orientation, with pages turning up and down.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Vertical,
}
/// <summary>
/// Directions for page-turn transitions.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UIPageViewControllerNavigationDirection
{
/// <summary>
/// Navigation to the next page.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Forward,
/// <summary>
/// Navigation to the previous page.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Reverse,
}
/// <summary>
/// Styles for the page-turn transition.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UIPageViewControllerTransitionStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// Page curl transition style.
/// When the page curl transition style is specified, the page view controller displays a page-turning animation when transitioning between view controllers. If a data source is specified, the animation follows the user’s finger during a navigation gesture.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
PageCurl,
/// <summary>
/// Scrolling transition style.
/// When the page scrolling style is specified, the page view controller displays a page-scrolling animation when transitioning between view controllers. If a data source is specified, the animation follows the user’s finger during a navigation gesture.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Scroll,
}
/// <summary>
/// Locations for the spine.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UIPageViewControllerSpineLocation
{
/// <summary>
/// No spine.
/// This spine location is not valid if the transition style is UIPageViewControllerTransitionStylePageCurl.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// Spine at the left or top edge of the screen.
/// One view controller is displayed at a time.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Min,
/// <summary>
/// Spine in the middle or the screen.
/// Two view controllers are displayed at a time.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Mid,
/// <summary>
/// Spine at the right or bottom edge of the screen.
/// One view controller is displayed at a time.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Max,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A page view controller lets the user navigate between pages of content, where each page is managed by its own view controller object. Navigation can be controlled programmatically by your app or directly by the user using gestures. When navigating from page to page, the page view controller uses the transition that you specify to animate the change.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPageViewControllerClassReferenceClassRef/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPageViewController"/>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIPageViewController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIPageViewController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a newly created page view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="transitionStyle">The style for transitions between pages.</param>
/// <param name="navigationOrientation">The orientation of the page-by-page navigation.</param>
/// <param name="options">A dictionary of options. For keys, see Options Keys.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public UIPageViewController(UIPageViewControllerTransitionStyle transitionStyle, UIPageViewControllerNavigationOrientation navigationOrientation, Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> options) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the view controllers to be displayed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="viewControllers">The view controller or view controllers to be displayed.</param>
/// <param name="direction">The navigation direction.</param>
/// <param name="animated">A Boolean value that indicates whether the transition is to be animated.</param>
/// <param name="completion">A block to be called when the page-turn animation completes.
/// The block takes the following parameters:
/// finished
/// true if the animation finished; false if it was skipped.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setViewControllers")]
public virtual void SetViewControllers(AnyObject[] viewControllers, UIPageViewControllerNavigationDirection direction, bool animated, Action<bool> completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// The object that provides view controllers.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("dataSource")]
public UIPageViewControllerDataSource DataSource { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIPageViewControllerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view controllers displayed by the page view controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("viewControllers")]
public AnyObject[] ViewControllers { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of UIGestureRecognizer objects that are configured to handle user interaction. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("gestureRecognizers")]
public AnyObject[] GestureRecognizers { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The direction along which navigation occurs. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("navigationOrientation")]
public UIPageViewControllerNavigationOrientation NavigationOrientation { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The location of the spine. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("spineLocation")]
public UIPageViewControllerSpineLocation SpineLocation { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The style used to transition between view controllers. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("transitionStyle")]
public UIPageViewControllerTransitionStyle TransitionStyle { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether content appears on the back of pages.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("doubleSided")]
public bool DoubleSided { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Orientations for page-turn transitions.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UIPageViewControllerNavigationOrientation
{
/// <summary>
/// Horizontal orientation, with pages turning left and right.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Horizontal,
/// <summary>
/// Vertical orientation, with pages turning up and down.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Vertical,
}
/// <summary>
/// Directions for page-turn transitions.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UIPageViewControllerNavigationDirection
{
/// <summary>
/// Navigation to the next page.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Forward,
/// <summary>
/// Navigation to the previous page.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Reverse,
}
/// <summary>
/// Styles for the page-turn transition.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UIPageViewControllerTransitionStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// Page curl transition style.
/// When the page curl transition style is specified, the page view controller displays a page-turning animation when transitioning between view controllers. If a data source is specified, the animation follows the user’s finger during a navigation gesture.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
PageCurl,
/// <summary>
/// Scrolling transition style.
/// When the page scrolling style is specified, the page view controller displays a page-scrolling animation when transitioning between view controllers. If a data source is specified, the animation follows the user’s finger during a navigation gesture.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Scroll,
}
/// <summary>
/// Locations for the spine.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UIPageViewControllerSpineLocation
{
/// <summary>
/// No spine.
/// This spine location is not valid if the transition style is UIPageViewControllerTransitionStylePageCurl.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// Spine at the left or top edge of the screen.
/// One view controller is displayed at a time.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Min,
/// <summary>
/// Spine in the middle or the screen.
/// Two view controllers are displayed at a time.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Mid,
/// <summary>
/// Spine at the right or bottom edge of the screen.
/// One view controller is displayed at a time.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Max,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPanGestureRecognizer.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPanGestureRecognizer.cs index cfc7c62b..afa5b17a 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPanGestureRecognizer.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPanGestureRecognizer.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UIPanGestureRecognizer is a concrete subclass of UIGestureRecognizer that looks for panning (dragging) gestures. The user must be pressing one or more fingers on a view while they pan it. Clients implementing the action method for this gesture recognizer can ask it for the current translation and velocity of the gesture.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPanGestureRecognizer_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPanGestureRecognizer"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIPanGestureRecognizer : UIGestureRecognizer//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIPanGestureRecognizer() : base(null, null) { }
/// <summary>
/// The translation of the pan gesture in the coordinate system of the specified view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The view in whose coordinate system the translation of the pan gesture should be computed. If you want to adjust a view's location to keep it under the user's finger, request the translation in that view's superview's coordinate system.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("translationInView")]
public CGPoint TranslationInView(UIView view) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the translation value in the coordinate system of the specified view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="translation">A point that identifies the new translation value.</param>
/// <param name="inView">A view in whose coordinate system the translation is to occur.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("setTranslation")]
public void SetTranslation(CGPoint translation, UIView inView) { }
/// <summary>
/// The velocity of the pan gesture in the coordinate system of the specified view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The view in whose coordinate system the velocity of the pan gesture is computed.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("velocityInView")]
public CGPoint VelocityInView(UIView view) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// The maximum number of fingers that can be touching the view for this gesture to be recognized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("maximumNumberOfTouches")]
public int MaximumNumberOfTouches { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The minimum number of fingers that can be touching the view for this gesture to be recognized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("minimumNumberOfTouches")]
public int MinimumNumberOfTouches { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UIPanGestureRecognizer is a concrete subclass of UIGestureRecognizer that looks for panning (dragging) gestures. The user must be pressing one or more fingers on a view while they pan it. Clients implementing the action method for this gesture recognizer can ask it for the current translation and velocity of the gesture.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPanGestureRecognizer_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPanGestureRecognizer"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIPanGestureRecognizer : UIGestureRecognizer//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIPanGestureRecognizer() { }
/// <summary>
/// The translation of the pan gesture in the coordinate system of the specified view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The view in whose coordinate system the translation of the pan gesture should be computed. If you want to adjust a view's location to keep it under the user's finger, request the translation in that view's superview's coordinate system.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("translationInView")]
public virtual CGPoint TranslationInView(UIView view) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the translation value in the coordinate system of the specified view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="translation">A point that identifies the new translation value.</param>
/// <param name="inView">A view in whose coordinate system the translation is to occur.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("setTranslation")]
public virtual void SetTranslation(CGPoint translation, UIView inView) { }
/// <summary>
/// The velocity of the pan gesture in the coordinate system of the specified view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The view in whose coordinate system the velocity of the pan gesture is computed.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("velocityInView")]
public virtual CGPoint VelocityInView(UIView view) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// The maximum number of fingers that can be touching the view for this gesture to be recognized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("maximumNumberOfTouches")]
public int MaximumNumberOfTouches { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The minimum number of fingers that can be touching the view for this gesture to be recognized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("minimumNumberOfTouches")]
public int MinimumNumberOfTouches { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPasteboard.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPasteboard.cs index 89edd302..485fef80 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPasteboard.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPasteboard.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIPasteboard class enables an app to share data within the app and with another app. To share data with any other app, you can use system-wide pasteboards; to share data with another app that has the same team ID as your app, you can use app-specific pasteboards.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPasteboard_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPasteboard"/>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIPasteboard : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns the general pasteboard, which is used for general copy-paste operations
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("generalPasteboard")]
public static UIPasteboard GeneralPasteboard() { return default(UIPasteboard); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a pasteboard identified by name, optionally creating it if it doesn’t exist.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="name">A string or string constant that identifies (or should identify) the pasteboard. Specify nil if you want UIPasteboard to create a pasteboard with a unique name.</param>
/// <param name="create">A Boolean value that indicates whether the pasteboard should be created if it doesn’t already exist. Specify false for system pasteboards or if you want an existing app pasteboard.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public UIPasteboard(string name, bool create) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an app pasteboard identified by a unique system-generated name.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("pasteboardWithUniqueName")]
public static UIPasteboard PasteboardWithUniqueName() { return default(UIPasteboard); }
/// <summary>
/// Invalidates the designated app pasteboard.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pasteboardName">The name of the pasteboard to be invalidated.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("removePasteboardWithName")]
public static void RemovePasteboardWithName(string pasteboardName) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the types of the first item on the pasteboard.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("pasteboardTypes")]
public AnyObject[] PasteboardTypes() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the pasteboard holds data of the specified representation type.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pasteboardTypes">An array of strings. Each string should identify a representation of the pasteboard item that the pasteboard reader can handle. These string are frequently UTIs. See the class description for more information about pasteboard item types.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("containsPasteboardTypes")]
public bool ContainsPasteboardTypes(AnyObject[] pasteboardTypes) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the data in the pasteboard for the given representation type.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pasteboardType">A string identifying a representation type of a pasteboard item.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("dataForPasteboardType")]
public NSData DataForPasteboardType(string pasteboardType) { return default(NSData); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an object in the pasteboard for the given representation type.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pasteboardType">A string identifying a representation type of a pasteboard item.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("valueForPasteboardType")]
public AnyObject ValueForPasteboardType(string pasteboardType) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Puts data in the pasteboard for the specified representation type.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="data">The data object to be written to the pasteboard.</param>
/// <param name="forPasteboardType">A string identifying the representation type of the pasteboard item. This is typically a UTI.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setData")]
public void SetData(NSData data, string forPasteboardType) { }
/// <summary>
/// Puts an object in the pasteboard for the specified representation type.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="value">The object to be written to the pasteboard.</param>
/// <param name="forPasteboardType">A string identifying the representation type of the pasteboard item. If the type is a UTI, it must be compatible with the class of value; otherwise, nothing is written to the pasteboard.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setValue")]
public void SetValue(AnyObject value, string forPasteboardType) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of representation types for each specified pasteboard item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="itemSet">An index set with each integer value identifying a pasteboard item positionally in the pasteboard. Pass in nil to request all pasteboard items.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("pasteboardTypesForItemSet")]
public AnyObject[] PasteboardTypesForItemSet(NSIndexSet itemSet) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an index set identifying pasteboard items having the specified representation types.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pasteboardTypes">An array of strings, with each string identifying a representation type. Typically you use UTIs as pasteboard types.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("itemSetWithPasteboardTypes")]
public NSIndexSet ItemSetWithPasteboardTypes(AnyObject[] pasteboardTypes) { return default(NSIndexSet); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the specified pasteboard items contain data of the given representation types.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pasteboardTypes">An array of strings, with each string identifying a representation type. Typically you use UTIs as pasteboard types.</param>
/// <param name="inItemSet">An index set with each integer value identifying a pasteboard item positionally in the pasteboard. Pass in nil to request all pasteboard items.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("containsPasteboardTypes")]
public bool ContainsPasteboardTypes(AnyObject[] pasteboardTypes, NSIndexSet inItemSet) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the data objects in the indicated pasteboard items that have the given representation type.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pasteboardType">A string identifying a representation type. Typically this is a UTI.</param>
/// <param name="inItemSet">An index set with each integer value identifying a pasteboard item positionally in the pasteboard. Pass in nil to request all pasteboard items.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("dataForPasteboardType")]
public AnyObject[] DataForPasteboardType(string pasteboardType, NSIndexSet inItemSet) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the objects in the indicated pasteboard items that have the given representation type.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pasteboardType">A string identifying a representation type. Typically this is a UTI.</param>
/// <param name="inItemSet">An index set with each integer value identifying a pasteboard item positionally in the pasteboard. Pass in nil to request all pasteboard items.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("valuesForPasteboardType")]
public AnyObject[] ValuesForPasteboardType(string pasteboardType, NSIndexSet inItemSet) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Appends pasteboard items to the current contents of the pasteboard.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">An array of dictionaries. Each dictionary represents a pasteboard item, with the key being the representation type and the value being the object associated with that type.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("addItems")]
public void AddItems(AnyObject[] items) { }
/// <summary>
/// The name of the pasteboard. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("name")]
public string Name { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the pasteboard is persistent.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("persistent")]
public bool Persistent { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number of times the pasteboard’s contents have changed. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("changeCount")]
public int ChangeCount { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the number of items in the pasteboard (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("numberOfItems")]
public int NumberOfItems { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The pasteboard items on the pasteboard.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("items")]
public AnyObject[] Items { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The string value of the first pasteboard item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("string")]
public string String { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of strings in all pasteboard items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("strings")]
public AnyObject[] Strings { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image object of the first pasteboard item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("image")]
public UIImage Image { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of image objects in all pasteboard items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("images")]
public AnyObject[] Images { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The URL object of the first pasteboard item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public NSURL URL { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of URL objects in all pasteboard items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public AnyObject[] URLs { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color object of the first pasteboard item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("color")]
public UIColor Color { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of color objects in all pasteboard items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("colors")]
public AnyObject[] Colors { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Pasteboard-item representation types for a given object value.
/// </summary>
//TODO: comment and double-check these
public Array UIPasteboardTypeListURL { get; set; }
public Array UIPasteboardTypeListImage { get; set; }
public Array UIPasteboardTypeListColor { get; set; }
public Array UIPasteboardTypeListString { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIPasteboardChangedNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIPasteboardChangedNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIPasteboardRemovedNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIPasteboardRemovedNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIPasteboard class enables an app to share data within the app and with another app. To share data with any other app, you can use system-wide pasteboards; to share data with another app that has the same team ID as your app, you can use app-specific pasteboards.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPasteboard_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPasteboard"/>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIPasteboard : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIPasteboard() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the general pasteboard, which is used for general copy-paste operations
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("generalPasteboard")]
public virtual static UIPasteboard GeneralPasteboard() { return default(UIPasteboard); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a pasteboard identified by name, optionally creating it if it doesn’t exist.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="name">A string or string constant that identifies (or should identify) the pasteboard. Specify nil if you want UIPasteboard to create a pasteboard with a unique name.</param>
/// <param name="create">A Boolean value that indicates whether the pasteboard should be created if it doesn’t already exist. Specify false for system pasteboards or if you want an existing app pasteboard.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public UIPasteboard(string name, bool create) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an app pasteboard identified by a unique system-generated name.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("pasteboardWithUniqueName")]
public virtual static UIPasteboard PasteboardWithUniqueName() { return default(UIPasteboard); }
/// <summary>
/// Invalidates the designated app pasteboard.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pasteboardName">The name of the pasteboard to be invalidated.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("removePasteboardWithName")]
public virtual static void RemovePasteboardWithName(string pasteboardName) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the types of the first item on the pasteboard.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("pasteboardTypes")]
public virtual AnyObject[] PasteboardTypes() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the pasteboard holds data of the specified representation type.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pasteboardTypes">An array of strings. Each string should identify a representation of the pasteboard item that the pasteboard reader can handle. These string are frequently UTIs. See the class description for more information about pasteboard item types.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("containsPasteboardTypes")]
public virtual bool ContainsPasteboardTypes(AnyObject[] pasteboardTypes) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the data in the pasteboard for the given representation type.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pasteboardType">A string identifying a representation type of a pasteboard item.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("dataForPasteboardType")]
public virtual NSData DataForPasteboardType(string pasteboardType) { return default(NSData); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an object in the pasteboard for the given representation type.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pasteboardType">A string identifying a representation type of a pasteboard item.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("valueForPasteboardType")]
public virtual AnyObject ValueForPasteboardType(string pasteboardType) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Puts data in the pasteboard for the specified representation type.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="data">The data object to be written to the pasteboard.</param>
/// <param name="forPasteboardType">A string identifying the representation type of the pasteboard item. This is typically a UTI.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setData")]
public virtual void SetData(NSData data, string forPasteboardType) { }
/// <summary>
/// Puts an object in the pasteboard for the specified representation type.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="value">The object to be written to the pasteboard.</param>
/// <param name="forPasteboardType">A string identifying the representation type of the pasteboard item. If the type is a UTI, it must be compatible with the class of value; otherwise, nothing is written to the pasteboard.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setValue")]
public virtual void SetValue(AnyObject value, string forPasteboardType) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of representation types for each specified pasteboard item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="itemSet">An index set with each integer value identifying a pasteboard item positionally in the pasteboard. Pass in nil to request all pasteboard items.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("pasteboardTypesForItemSet")]
public virtual AnyObject[] PasteboardTypesForItemSet(NSIndexSet itemSet) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an index set identifying pasteboard items having the specified representation types.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pasteboardTypes">An array of strings, with each string identifying a representation type. Typically you use UTIs as pasteboard types.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("itemSetWithPasteboardTypes")]
public virtual NSIndexSet ItemSetWithPasteboardTypes(AnyObject[] pasteboardTypes) { return default(NSIndexSet); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the specified pasteboard items contain data of the given representation types.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pasteboardTypes">An array of strings, with each string identifying a representation type. Typically you use UTIs as pasteboard types.</param>
/// <param name="inItemSet">An index set with each integer value identifying a pasteboard item positionally in the pasteboard. Pass in nil to request all pasteboard items.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("containsPasteboardTypes")]
public virtual bool ContainsPasteboardTypes(AnyObject[] pasteboardTypes, NSIndexSet inItemSet) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the data objects in the indicated pasteboard items that have the given representation type.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pasteboardType">A string identifying a representation type. Typically this is a UTI.</param>
/// <param name="inItemSet">An index set with each integer value identifying a pasteboard item positionally in the pasteboard. Pass in nil to request all pasteboard items.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("dataForPasteboardType")]
public virtual AnyObject[] DataForPasteboardType(string pasteboardType, NSIndexSet inItemSet) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the objects in the indicated pasteboard items that have the given representation type.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pasteboardType">A string identifying a representation type. Typically this is a UTI.</param>
/// <param name="inItemSet">An index set with each integer value identifying a pasteboard item positionally in the pasteboard. Pass in nil to request all pasteboard items.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("valuesForPasteboardType")]
public virtual AnyObject[] ValuesForPasteboardType(string pasteboardType, NSIndexSet inItemSet) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Appends pasteboard items to the current contents of the pasteboard.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">An array of dictionaries. Each dictionary represents a pasteboard item, with the key being the representation type and the value being the object associated with that type.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("addItems")]
public virtual void AddItems(AnyObject[] items) { }
/// <summary>
/// The name of the pasteboard. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("name")]
public string Name { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the pasteboard is persistent.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("persistent")]
public bool Persistent { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number of times the pasteboard’s contents have changed. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("changeCount")]
public int ChangeCount { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the number of items in the pasteboard (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("numberOfItems")]
public int NumberOfItems { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The pasteboard items on the pasteboard.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("items")]
public AnyObject[] Items { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The string value of the first pasteboard item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("string")]
public string String { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of strings in all pasteboard items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("strings")]
public AnyObject[] Strings { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image object of the first pasteboard item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("image")]
public UIImage Image { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of image objects in all pasteboard items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("images")]
public AnyObject[] Images { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The URL object of the first pasteboard item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public NSURL URL { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of URL objects in all pasteboard items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public AnyObject[] URLs { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color object of the first pasteboard item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("color")]
public UIColor Color { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of color objects in all pasteboard items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("colors")]
public AnyObject[] Colors { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Pasteboard-item representation types for a given object value.
/// </summary>
public NSArray! var UIPasteboardTypeListURL: NSArray! var UIPasteboardTypeListImage: NSArray! var UIPasteboardTypeListColor: NSArray UIPasteboardTypeListString { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIPasteboardChangedNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIPasteboardChangedNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UIPasteboardRemovedNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIPasteboardRemovedNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPercentDrivenInteractiveTransition.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPercentDrivenInteractiveTransition.cs index 4290ec9a..c9cbc18a 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPercentDrivenInteractiveTransition.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPercentDrivenInteractiveTransition.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A percent-driven interactive transition object drives the custom animation between the disappearance of one view controller and the appearance of another. It relies on a transition animator delegate—a custom object that adopts the UIViewControllerAnimatorTransitioning protocol—to set up and perform the animations.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPercentDrivenInteractiveTransition_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPercentDrivenInteractiveTransition"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIPercentDrivenInteractiveTransition : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning
{
/// <summary>
/// Updates the completion percentage of the transition.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="percentComplete">The percentage of the transition that is currently complete, specified as a floating-point number in the range 0.0 to 1.0. If you specify a value less than 0.0, this method changes it to 0.0. Specifying a value greater than 1.0 would cause the animation to appear complete already.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("updateInteractiveTransition")]
public void UpdateInteractiveTransition(CGFloat percentComplete) { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the system that user interactions canceled the transition.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("cancelInteractiveTransition")]
public void CancelInteractiveTransition() { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the system that user interactions signaled the completion of the transition.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("finishInteractiveTransition")]
public void FinishInteractiveTransition() { }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates the animation completion curve for an interactive transition.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("completionCurve")]
public UIViewAnimationCurve CompletionCurve { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The overall duration (in seconds) of the transition animation. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("duration")]
public CGFloat Duration { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The amount of the transition (specified as a percentage of the overall duration) that is complete. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("percentComplete")]
public CGFloat PercentComplete { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The speed of the transition animation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("completionSpeed")]
public CGFloat CompletionSpeed { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A percent-driven interactive transition object drives the custom animation between the disappearance of one view controller and the appearance of another. It relies on a transition animator delegate—a custom object that adopts the UIViewControllerAnimatorTransitioning protocol—to set up and perform the animations.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPercentDrivenInteractiveTransition_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPercentDrivenInteractiveTransition"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIPercentDrivenInteractiveTransition : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning
{
public UIPercentDrivenInteractiveTransition() { }
/// <summary>
/// Updates the completion percentage of the transition.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="percentComplete">The percentage of the transition that is currently complete, specified as a floating-point number in the range 0.0 to 1.0. If you specify a value less than 0.0, this method changes it to 0.0. Specifying a value greater than 1.0 would cause the animation to appear complete already.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("updateInteractiveTransition")]
public virtual void UpdateInteractiveTransition(CGFloat percentComplete) { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the system that user interactions canceled the transition.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("cancelInteractiveTransition")]
public virtual void CancelInteractiveTransition() { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the system that user interactions signaled the completion of the transition.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("finishInteractiveTransition")]
public virtual void FinishInteractiveTransition() { }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates the animation completion curve for an interactive transition.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("completionCurve")]
public UIViewAnimationCurve CompletionCurve { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The overall duration (in seconds) of the transition animation. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("duration")]
public CGFloat Duration { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The amount of the transition (specified as a percentage of the overall duration) that is complete. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("percentComplete")]
public CGFloat PercentComplete { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The speed of the transition animation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("completionSpeed")]
public CGFloat CompletionSpeed { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPickerView.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPickerView.cs index a6938a75..3de6a2e2 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPickerView.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPickerView.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIPickerView class implements objects, called picker views, that use a spinning-wheel or slot-machine metaphor to show one or more sets of values. Users select values by rotating the wheels so that the desired row of values aligns with a selection indicator.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPickerView_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPickerView"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIPickerView : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITableViewDataSource, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIPickerView() : base(new CGRect()) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the number of rows for a component.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="component">A zero-indexed number identifying a component.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("numberOfRowsInComponent")]
public int NumberOfRowsInComponent(int component) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the size of a row for a component.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="component">A zero-indexed number identifying a component.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rowSizeForComponent")]
public CGSize RowSizeForComponent(int component) { return default(CGSize); }
/// <summary>
/// Reloads all components of the picker view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("reloadAllComponents")]
public void ReloadAllComponents() { }
/// <summary>
/// Reloads a particular component of the picker view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="component">A zero-indexed number identifying a component of the picker view.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("reloadComponent")]
public void ReloadComponent(int component) { }
/// <summary>
/// Selects a row in a specified component of the picker view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="row">A zero-indexed number identifying a row of component.</param>
/// <param name="inComponent">A zero-indexed number identifying a component of the picker view.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the selection by spinning the wheel (component) to the new value; if you specify false, the new selection is shown immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selectRow")]
public void SelectRow(int row, int inComponent, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index of the selected row in a given component.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="component">A zero-indexed number identifying a component of the picker view.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selectedRowInComponent")]
public int SelectedRowInComponent(int component) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the view used by the picker view for a given row and component.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="row">The zero-indexed number of a row of the picker view.</param>
/// <param name="forComponent">The zero-indexed number of a component of the picker view.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("viewForRow")]
public UIView ViewForRow(int row, int forComponent) { return default(UIView); }
/// <summary>
/// Gets the number of components for the picker view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("numberOfComponents")]
public int NumberOfComponents { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate for the picker view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIPickerViewDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The data source for the picker view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("dataSource")]
public UIPickerViewDataSource DataSource { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the selection indicator is displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("showsSelectionIndicator")]
public bool ShowsSelectionIndicator { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIPickerView class implements objects, called picker views, that use a spinning-wheel or slot-machine metaphor to show one or more sets of values. Users select values by rotating the wheels so that the desired row of values aligns with a selection indicator.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPickerView_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPickerView"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIPickerView : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITableViewDataSource, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIPickerView() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the number of rows for a component.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="component">A zero-indexed number identifying a component.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("numberOfRowsInComponent")]
public virtual int NumberOfRowsInComponent(int component) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the size of a row for a component.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="component">A zero-indexed number identifying a component.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rowSizeForComponent")]
public virtual CGSize RowSizeForComponent(int component) { return default(CGSize); }
/// <summary>
/// Reloads all components of the picker view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("reloadAllComponents")]
public virtual void ReloadAllComponents() { }
/// <summary>
/// Reloads a particular component of the picker view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="component">A zero-indexed number identifying a component of the picker view.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("reloadComponent")]
public virtual void ReloadComponent(int component) { }
/// <summary>
/// Selects a row in a specified component of the picker view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="row">A zero-indexed number identifying a row of component.</param>
/// <param name="inComponent">A zero-indexed number identifying a component of the picker view.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the selection by spinning the wheel (component) to the new value; if you specify false, the new selection is shown immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selectRow")]
public virtual void SelectRow(int row, int inComponent, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index of the selected row in a given component.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="component">A zero-indexed number identifying a component of the picker view.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selectedRowInComponent")]
public virtual int SelectedRowInComponent(int component) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the view used by the picker view for a given row and component.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="row">The zero-indexed number of a row of the picker view.</param>
/// <param name="forComponent">The zero-indexed number of a component of the picker view.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("viewForRow")]
public virtual UIView ViewForRow(int row, int forComponent) { return default(UIView); }
/// <summary>
/// Gets the number of components for the picker view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("numberOfComponents")]
public int NumberOfComponents { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate for the picker view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIPickerViewDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The data source for the picker view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("dataSource")]
public UIPickerViewDataSource DataSource { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the selection indicator is displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("showsSelectionIndicator")]
public bool ShowsSelectionIndicator { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPinchGestureRecognizer.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPinchGestureRecognizer.cs index 50263c66..8a2d4c28 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPinchGestureRecognizer.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPinchGestureRecognizer.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UIPinchGestureRecognizer is a concrete subclass of UIGestureRecognizer that looks for pinching gestures involving two touches. When the user moves the two fingers toward each other, the conventional meaning is zoom-out; when the user moves the two fingers away from each other, the conventional meaning is zoom-in.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPinchGestureRecognizer_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPinchGestureRecognizer"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIPinchGestureRecognizer : UIGestureRecognizer//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIPinchGestureRecognizer() : base(null, null) { }
/// <summary>
/// The scale factor relative to the points of the two touches in screen coordinates.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("scale")]
public CGFloat Scale { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The velocity of the pinch in scale factor per second. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("velocity")]
public CGFloat Velocity { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UIPinchGestureRecognizer is a concrete subclass of UIGestureRecognizer that looks for pinching gestures involving two touches. When the user moves the two fingers toward each other, the conventional meaning is zoom-out; when the user moves the two fingers away from each other, the conventional meaning is zoom-in.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPinchGestureRecognizer_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPinchGestureRecognizer"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIPinchGestureRecognizer : UIGestureRecognizer//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIPinchGestureRecognizer() { }
/// <summary>
/// The scale factor relative to the points of the two touches in screen coordinates.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("scale")]
public CGFloat Scale { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The velocity of the pinch in scale factor per second. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("velocity")]
public CGFloat Velocity { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPopoverBackgroundView.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPopoverBackgroundView.cs index 7b0df3a6..402ff929 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPopoverBackgroundView.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPopoverBackgroundView.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIPopoverBackgroundView class provides the background appearance for a popover. This class must be subclassed before it can be used. The implementation of your subclass is responsible for providing the border decoration and arrow for the popover. Subclasses must override all declared properties and methods to provide information about where to lay out the corresponding popover content and arrow. Subclasses must also provide implementations for all methods of the UIPopoverBackgroundViewMethods protocol.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPopoverBackgroundView_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPopoverBackgroundView"/>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIPopoverBackgroundView : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UIPopoverBackgroundViewMethods, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIPopoverBackgroundView() : base(new CGRect()) { }
/// <summary>
/// Determines whether the default content appearance should be used for the popover.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("wantsDefaultContentAppearance")]
public static bool WantsDefaultContentAppearance() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// The distance (measured in points) from the center of the view to the center line of the arrow.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("arrowOffset")]
public CGFloat ArrowOffset { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The direction in which the popover arrow is pointing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("arrowDirection")]
public UIPopoverArrowDirection ArrowDirection { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIPopoverBackgroundView class provides the background appearance for a popover. This class must be subclassed before it can be used. The implementation of your subclass is responsible for providing the border decoration and arrow for the popover. Subclasses must override all declared properties and methods to provide information about where to lay out the corresponding popover content and arrow. Subclasses must also provide implementations for all methods of the UIPopoverBackgroundViewMethods protocol.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPopoverBackgroundView_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPopoverBackgroundView"/>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIPopoverBackgroundView : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UIPopoverBackgroundViewMethods, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIPopoverBackgroundView() { }
/// <summary>
/// Determines whether the default content appearance should be used for the popover.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("wantsDefaultContentAppearance")]
public virtual static bool WantsDefaultContentAppearance() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// The distance (measured in points) from the center of the view to the center line of the arrow.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("arrowOffset")]
public CGFloat ArrowOffset { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The direction in which the popover arrow is pointing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("arrowDirection")]
public UIPopoverArrowDirection ArrowDirection { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPopoverController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPopoverController.cs index c6422e61..6076c174 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPopoverController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPopoverController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIPopoverController class is used to manage the presentation of content in a popover. You use popovers to present information temporarily. The popover content is layered on top of your existing content and the background is dimmed automatically. The popover remains visible until the user taps outside of the popover window or you explicitly dismiss it. Popover controllers are for use exclusively on iPad devices. Attempting to create one on other devices results in an exception.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPopoverController_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPopoverController"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIPopoverController : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns an initialized popover controller object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="contentViewController">The view controller for managing the popover’s content. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public UIPopoverController(UIViewController contentViewController) { }
/// <summary>
/// Displays the popover and anchors it to the specified location in the view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle in view at which to anchor the popover window.</param>
/// <param name="inView">The view containing the anchor rectangle for the popover.</param>
/// <param name="permittedArrowDirections">The arrow directions the popover is permitted to use. You can use this value to force the popover to be positioned on a specific side of the rectangle. However, it is generally better to specify UIPopoverArrowDirectionAny and let the popover decide the best placement. You must not specify UIPopoverArrowDirectionUnknown for this parameter.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the presentation of the popover or false to display it immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("presentPopoverFromRect")]
public void PresentPopoverFromRect(CGRect rect, UIView inView, UIPopoverArrowDirection permittedArrowDirections, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Displays the popover and anchors it to the specified bar button item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The bar button item on which to anchor the popover.</param>
/// <param name="permittedArrowDirections">The arrow directions the popover is permitted to use. You can use this value to force the popover to be positioned on a specific side of the bar button item. However, it is generally better to specify UIPopoverArrowDirectionAny and let the popover decide the best placement. You must not specify UIPopoverArrowDirectionUnknown for this parameter.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the presentation of the popover or false to display it immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("presentPopoverFromBarButtonItem")]
public void PresentPopoverFromBarButtonItem(UIBarButtonItem item, UIPopoverArrowDirection permittedArrowDirections, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Dismisses the popover programmatically.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the dismissal of the popover or false to dismiss it immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("dismissPopoverAnimated")]
public void DismissPopoverAnimated(bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the view controller responsible for the content portion of the popover.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="viewController">The new view controller whose content should be displayed by the popover.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true if the change of view controllers should be animated or false if the change should occur immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("setContentViewController")]
public void SetContentViewController(UIViewController viewController, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Changes the size of the popover’s content view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="size">The new size to apply to the content view.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true if you want the change in size to be animated or false if you want the change to appear immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("setPopoverContentSize")]
public void SetPopoverContentSize(CGSize size, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// The view controller responsible for the content portion of the popover.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("contentViewController")]
public UIViewController ContentViewController { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The size of the popover’s content view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("popoverContentSize")]
public CGSize PopoverContentSize { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of views that the user can interact with while the popover is visible.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("passthroughViews")]
public AnyObject[] PassthroughViews { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the popover is currently visible. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("popoverVisible")]
public bool PopoverVisible { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The direction of the popover’s arrow. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("popoverArrowDirection")]
public UIPopoverArrowDirection PopoverArrowDirection { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate you want to receive popover controller messages.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIPopoverControllerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The margins that define the portion of the screen in which it is permissible to display the popover.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("popoverLayoutMargins")]
public UIEdgeInsets PopoverLayoutMargins { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The class to use for displaying the popover background content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("popoverBackgroundViewClass")]
public AnyClass PopoverBackgroundViewClass { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color of the popover’s backdrop view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("backgroundColor")]
public UIColor BackgroundColor { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants for specifying the direction of the popover arrow.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public enum UIPopoverArrowDirection
{
/// <summary>
/// An arrow that points upward.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Up,
/// <summary>
/// An arrow that points downward.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Down,
/// <summary>
/// An arrow that points toward the left.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// An arrow that points toward the right.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Right,
/// <summary>
/// An arrow that points in any direction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Any,
/// <summary>
/// The status of the arrow is currently unknown.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Unknown,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIPopoverController class is used to manage the presentation of content in a popover. You use popovers to present information temporarily. The popover content is layered on top of your existing content and the background is dimmed automatically. The popover remains visible until the user taps outside of the popover window or you explicitly dismiss it. Popover controllers are for use exclusively on iPad devices. Attempting to create one on other devices results in an exception.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPopoverController_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPopoverController"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIPopoverController : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer
{
public UIPopoverController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an initialized popover controller object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="contentViewController">The view controller for managing the popover’s content. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public UIPopoverController(UIViewController contentViewController) { }
/// <summary>
/// Displays the popover and anchors it to the specified location in the view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle in view at which to anchor the popover window.</param>
/// <param name="inView">The view containing the anchor rectangle for the popover.</param>
/// <param name="permittedArrowDirections">The arrow directions the popover is permitted to use. You can use this value to force the popover to be positioned on a specific side of the rectangle. However, it is generally better to specify UIPopoverArrowDirectionAny and let the popover decide the best placement. You must not specify UIPopoverArrowDirectionUnknown for this parameter.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the presentation of the popover or false to display it immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("presentPopoverFromRect")]
public virtual void PresentPopoverFromRect(CGRect rect, UIView inView, UIPopoverArrowDirection permittedArrowDirections, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Displays the popover and anchors it to the specified bar button item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The bar button item on which to anchor the popover.</param>
/// <param name="permittedArrowDirections">The arrow directions the popover is permitted to use. You can use this value to force the popover to be positioned on a specific side of the bar button item. However, it is generally better to specify UIPopoverArrowDirectionAny and let the popover decide the best placement. You must not specify UIPopoverArrowDirectionUnknown for this parameter.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the presentation of the popover or false to display it immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("presentPopoverFromBarButtonItem")]
public virtual void PresentPopoverFromBarButtonItem(UIBarButtonItem item, UIPopoverArrowDirection permittedArrowDirections, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Dismisses the popover programmatically.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the dismissal of the popover or false to dismiss it immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("dismissPopoverAnimated")]
public virtual void DismissPopoverAnimated(bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the view controller responsible for the content portion of the popover.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="viewController">The new view controller whose content should be displayed by the popover.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true if the change of view controllers should be animated or false if the change should occur immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("setContentViewController")]
public virtual void SetContentViewController(UIViewController viewController, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Changes the size of the popover’s content view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="size">The new size to apply to the content view.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true if you want the change in size to be animated or false if you want the change to appear immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("setPopoverContentSize")]
public virtual void SetPopoverContentSize(CGSize size, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// The view controller responsible for the content portion of the popover.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("contentViewController")]
public UIViewController ContentViewController { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The size of the popover’s content view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("popoverContentSize")]
public CGSize PopoverContentSize { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of views that the user can interact with while the popover is visible.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("passthroughViews")]
public AnyObject[] PassthroughViews { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the popover is currently visible. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("popoverVisible")]
public bool PopoverVisible { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The direction of the popover’s arrow. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("popoverArrowDirection")]
public UIPopoverArrowDirection PopoverArrowDirection { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate you want to receive popover controller messages.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIPopoverControllerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The margins that define the portion of the screen in which it is permissible to display the popover.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("popoverLayoutMargins")]
public UIEdgeInsets PopoverLayoutMargins { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The class to use for displaying the popover background content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("popoverBackgroundViewClass")]
public AnyClass PopoverBackgroundViewClass { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color of the popover’s backdrop view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("backgroundColor")]
public UIColor BackgroundColor { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants for specifying the direction of the popover arrow.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public enum UIPopoverArrowDirection
{
/// <summary>
/// An arrow that points upward.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Up,
/// <summary>
/// An arrow that points downward.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Down,
/// <summary>
/// An arrow that points toward the left.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// An arrow that points toward the right.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Right,
/// <summary>
/// An arrow that points in any direction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Any,
/// <summary>
/// The status of the arrow is currently unknown.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Unknown,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPopoverPresentationController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPopoverPresentationController.cs index 04e14e17..77a025d1 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPopoverPresentationController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPopoverPresentationController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIPopoverPresentationController object manages the display of content in a popover. From the time a popover is presented until the time it is dismissed, UIKit uses an instance of this class to manage the presentation behavior. You use instances of this class as-is to configure aspects of the popover appearance and behavior for view controllers whose presentation style is set to UIModalPresentationPopover.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPopoverPresentationController_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPopoverPresentationController"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIPopoverPresentationController : UIPresentationController//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// The margins that define the portion of the screen in which it is permissible to display the popover.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("popoverLayoutMargins")]
public UIEdgeInsets PopoverLayoutMargins { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color of the popover’s backdrop view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("backgroundColor")]
public UIColor BackgroundColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of views that the user can interact with while the popover is visible.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("passthroughViews")]
public AnyObject[] PassthroughViews { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The class to use for displaying the popover background content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("popoverBackgroundViewClass")]
public AnyObject.Type PopoverBackgroundViewClass { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The bar button item on which to anchor the popover.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("barButtonItem")]
public UIBarButtonItem BarButtonItem { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view containing the anchor rectangle for the popover.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("sourceView")]
public UIView SourceView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The rectangle in the specified view in which to anchor the popover.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("sourceRect")]
public CGRect SourceRect { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate that handles popover-related messages.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIPopoverPresentationControllerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The arrow directions that you prefer for the popover.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("permittedArrowDirections")]
public UIPopoverArrowDirection PermittedArrowDirections { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The arrow direction in use by the popover. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("arrowDirection")]
public UIPopoverArrowDirection ArrowDirection { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIPopoverPresentationController object manages the display of content in a popover. From the time a popover is presented until the time it is dismissed, UIKit uses an instance of this class to manage the presentation behavior. You use instances of this class as-is to configure aspects of the popover appearance and behavior for view controllers whose presentation style is set to UIModalPresentationPopover.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPopoverPresentationController_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPopoverPresentationController"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIPopoverPresentationController : UIPresentationController//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIPopoverPresentationController() { }
/// <summary>
/// The margins that define the portion of the screen in which it is permissible to display the popover.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("popoverLayoutMargins")]
public UIEdgeInsets PopoverLayoutMargins { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color of the popover’s backdrop view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("backgroundColor")]
public UIColor BackgroundColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of views that the user can interact with while the popover is visible.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("passthroughViews")]
public AnyObject[] PassthroughViews { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The class to use for displaying the popover background content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("popoverBackgroundViewClass")]
public AnyObject.Type PopoverBackgroundViewClass { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The bar button item on which to anchor the popover.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("barButtonItem")]
public UIBarButtonItem BarButtonItem { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view containing the anchor rectangle for the popover.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("sourceView")]
public UIView SourceView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The rectangle in the specified view in which to anchor the popover.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("sourceRect")]
public CGRect SourceRect { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate that handles popover-related messages.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIPopoverPresentationControllerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The arrow directions that you prefer for the popover.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("permittedArrowDirections")]
public UIPopoverArrowDirection PermittedArrowDirections { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The arrow direction in use by the popover. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("arrowDirection")]
public UIPopoverArrowDirection ArrowDirection { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPresentationController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPresentationController.cs index 6a1241e8..96c4e4ad 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPresentationController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPresentationController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIPresentationController object provides advanced view and transition management for presented view controllers. From the time a view controller is presented until the time it is dismissed, UIKit uses a presentation controller to manage various aspects of the presentation process for that view controller. The presentation controller can add its own animations on top of those provided by animator objects, it can respond to size changes, and it can manage other aspects of how the view controller is presented onscreen.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPresentationController_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPresentationController"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIPresentationController : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// The view to be animated during the presentation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("presentedView")]
public UIView PresentedView() { return default(UIView); }
/// <summary>
/// The frame rectangle to assign to the presented view at the end of the animations.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("frameOfPresentedViewInContainerView")]
public CGRect FrameOfPresentedViewInContainerView() { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the presentation controller that layout is about to begin on the views of the container view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("containerViewWillLayoutSubviews")]
public void ContainerViewWillLayoutSubviews() { }
/// <summary>
/// Called to notify the presentation controller that layout ended on the views of the container view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("containerViewDidLayoutSubviews")]
public void ContainerViewDidLayoutSubviews() { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the presentation controller that the presentation animations are about to start.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("presentationTransitionWillBegin")]
public void PresentationTransitionWillBegin() { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the presentation controller that the presentation animations finished.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="completed">true if the animations completed and the presented view controller is now visible or false if the animations were canceled and the presenting view controller is still visible.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("presentationTransitionDidEnd")]
public void PresentationTransitionDidEnd(bool completed) { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the presentation controller that the dismissal animations are about to start.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("dismissalTransitionWillBegin")]
public void DismissalTransitionWillBegin() { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the presentation controller that the dismissal animations finished.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="completed">true if the animations completed and the presented view controller was dismissed or false if the animations were canceled and the presented view controller is still visible.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("dismissalTransitionDidEnd")]
public void DismissalTransitionDidEnd(bool completed) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the presentation style to use when the app’s size changes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("adaptivePresentationStyle")]
public UIModalPresentationStyle AdaptivePresentationStyle() { return default(UIModalPresentationStyle); }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the presentation covers the entire screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("shouldPresentInFullscreen")]
public bool ShouldPresentInFullscreen() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the presenting view controller’s view should be removed when the presentation animations finish.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("shouldRemovePresentersView")]
public bool ShouldRemovePresentersView() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// The view controller that is the starting point for the presentation. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("presentingViewController")]
public UIViewController PresentingViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view controller being presented. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("presentedViewController")]
public UIViewController PresentedViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view in which the presentation occurs. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("containerView")]
public UIView ContainerView { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Additional traits to apply to the managed view controllers.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("overrideTraitCollection")]
public UITraitCollection OverrideTraitCollection { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The preferred presentation style of the interface. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("presentationStyle")]
public UIModalPresentationStyle PresentationStyle { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate object for managing adaptive presentations.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIAdaptivePresentationControllerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIPresentationController object provides advanced view and transition management for presented view controllers. From the time a view controller is presented until the time it is dismissed, UIKit uses a presentation controller to manage various aspects of the presentation process for that view controller. The presentation controller can add its own animations on top of those provided by animator objects, it can respond to size changes, and it can manage other aspects of how the view controller is presented onscreen.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPresentationController_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPresentationController"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIPresentationController : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIPresentationController() { }
/// <summary>
/// The view to be animated during the presentation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("presentedView")]
public virtual UIView PresentedView() { return default(UIView); }
/// <summary>
/// The frame rectangle to assign to the presented view at the end of the animations.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("frameOfPresentedViewInContainerView")]
public virtual CGRect FrameOfPresentedViewInContainerView() { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the presentation controller that layout is about to begin on the views of the container view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("containerViewWillLayoutSubviews")]
public virtual void ContainerViewWillLayoutSubviews() { }
/// <summary>
/// Called to notify the presentation controller that layout ended on the views of the container view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("containerViewDidLayoutSubviews")]
public virtual void ContainerViewDidLayoutSubviews() { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the presentation controller that the presentation animations are about to start.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("presentationTransitionWillBegin")]
public virtual void PresentationTransitionWillBegin() { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the presentation controller that the presentation animations finished.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="completed">true if the animations completed and the presented view controller is now visible or false if the animations were canceled and the presenting view controller is still visible.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("presentationTransitionDidEnd")]
public virtual void PresentationTransitionDidEnd(bool completed) { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the presentation controller that the dismissal animations are about to start.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("dismissalTransitionWillBegin")]
public virtual void DismissalTransitionWillBegin() { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the presentation controller that the dismissal animations finished.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="completed">true if the animations completed and the presented view controller was dismissed or false if the animations were canceled and the presented view controller is still visible.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("dismissalTransitionDidEnd")]
public virtual void DismissalTransitionDidEnd(bool completed) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the presentation style to use when the app’s size changes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("adaptivePresentationStyle")]
public virtual UIModalPresentationStyle AdaptivePresentationStyle() { return default(UIModalPresentationStyle); }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the presentation covers the entire screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("shouldPresentInFullscreen")]
public virtual bool ShouldPresentInFullscreen() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the presenting view controller’s view should be removed when the presentation animations finish.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("shouldRemovePresentersView")]
public virtual bool ShouldRemovePresentersView() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// The view controller that is the starting point for the presentation. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("presentingViewController")]
public UIViewController PresentingViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view controller being presented. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("presentedViewController")]
public UIViewController PresentedViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view in which the presentation occurs. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("containerView")]
public UIView ContainerView { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Additional traits to apply to the managed view controllers.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("overrideTraitCollection")]
public UITraitCollection OverrideTraitCollection { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The preferred presentation style of the interface. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("presentationStyle")]
public UIModalPresentationStyle PresentationStyle { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate object for managing adaptive presentations.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIAdaptivePresentationControllerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrintFormatter.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrintFormatter.cs index 2cf4e057..90cdf8eb 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrintFormatter.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrintFormatter.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UIPrintFormatter is an abstract base class for print formatters: objects that lay out custom printable content that can cross page boundaries. Given a print formatter, the printing system can automate the printing of the type of content associated with the print formatter.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPrintFormatter_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPrintFormatter"/>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public class UIPrintFormatter : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Draws the portion of a print formatter’s content that goes in the given area for the specified page
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The area in which to draw the content.</param>
/// <param name="forPageAtIndex">The number of the page of content to draw.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("drawInRect")]
public void DrawInRect(CGRect rect, int forPageAtIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the area enclosing a specified page of content.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageIndex">The index number of a page.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("rectForPageAtIndex")]
public CGRect RectForPageAtIndex(int pageIndex) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Removes the print formatter from the page renderer.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("removeFromPrintPageRenderer")]
public void RemoveFromPrintPageRenderer() { }
/// <summary>
/// The distances the edges of content are inset from the printing rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("contentInsets")]
public UIEdgeInsets ContentInsets { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The margins for each printed page.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("perPageContentInsets")]
public UIEdgeInsets PerPageContentInsets { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The maximum height of the content area.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("maximumContentHeight")]
public CGFloat MaximumContentHeight { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The maximum width of the content area.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("maximumContentWidth")]
public CGFloat MaximumContentWidth { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The index of the first page that the print formatter lays out.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("startPage")]
public int StartPage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number of pages to be printed. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("pageCount")]
public int PageCount { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the page renderer with which the receiver is associated.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printPageRenderer")]
public UIPrintPageRenderer PrintPageRenderer { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UIPrintFormatter is an abstract base class for print formatters: objects that lay out custom printable content that can cross page boundaries. Given a print formatter, the printing system can automate the printing of the type of content associated with the print formatter.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPrintFormatter_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPrintFormatter"/>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public class UIPrintFormatter : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIPrintFormatter() { }
/// <summary>
/// Draws the portion of a print formatter’s content that goes in the given area for the specified page
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The area in which to draw the content.</param>
/// <param name="forPageAtIndex">The number of the page of content to draw.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("drawInRect")]
public virtual void DrawInRect(CGRect rect, int forPageAtIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the area enclosing a specified page of content.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageIndex">The index number of a page.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("rectForPageAtIndex")]
public virtual CGRect RectForPageAtIndex(int pageIndex) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Removes the print formatter from the page renderer.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("removeFromPrintPageRenderer")]
public virtual void RemoveFromPrintPageRenderer() { }
/// <summary>
/// The distances the edges of content are inset from the printing rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("contentInsets")]
public UIEdgeInsets ContentInsets { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The margins for each printed page.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("perPageContentInsets")]
public UIEdgeInsets PerPageContentInsets { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The maximum height of the content area.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("maximumContentHeight")]
public CGFloat MaximumContentHeight { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The maximum width of the content area.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("maximumContentWidth")]
public CGFloat MaximumContentWidth { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The index of the first page that the print formatter lays out.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("startPage")]
public int StartPage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number of pages to be printed. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("pageCount")]
public int PageCount { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the page renderer with which the receiver is associated.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printPageRenderer")]
public UIPrintPageRenderer PrintPageRenderer { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrintInfo.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrintInfo.cs index 837f0b67..41cf88d6 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrintInfo.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrintInfo.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIPrintInfo object encapsulates information about a print job, including printer identifier, job name, output type (photo, normal, grayscale), orientation (portrait or landscape), and any selected duplex mode. This information is used by the printing system when it prints.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPrintInfo_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPrintInfo"/>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public class UIPrintInfo : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns a print-information object that is initialized with the data in the passed-in dictionary.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="dictionary">A dictionary that contains data to initialize the UIPrintInfo object with.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public UIPrintInfo(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> dictionary) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a dictionary representation of a print-information object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("dictionaryRepresentation")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> DictionaryRepresentation() { return default(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject>); }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the duplex mode to use for the print job.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("duplex")]
public UIPrintInfoDuplex Duplex { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The name of the print job.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("jobName")]
public string JobName { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The orientation of the printed content, portrait or landscape.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("orientation")]
public UIPrintInfoOrientation Orientation { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The kind of printable content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("outputType")]
public UIPrintInfoOutputType OutputType { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An identifier of the printer to use for the print job.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printerID")]
public string PrinterID { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The duplex mode of a selected printer.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public enum UIPrintInfoDuplex
{
/// <summary>
/// No double-sided (duplex) printing; single-sided printing only.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// Duplex printing that flips the back page along the long edge of the paper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
LongEdge,
/// <summary>
/// Duplex print that flips the back page along the short edge of the paper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
ShortEdge,
}
/// <summary>
/// The orientation of printing on a page.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public enum UIPrintInfoOrientation
{
/// <summary>
/// Pages are printed in portrait orientation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
Portrait,
/// <summary>
/// Pages are printed in landscape orientation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
Landscape,
}
/// <summary>
/// The output type, which is an indication of the type of content the application is drawing or providing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public enum UIPrintInfoOutputType
{
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the printed content consists of mixed text, graphics, and images. The default paper is Letter, A4, or similar locale-specific designation. Output is normal quality, duplex.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
General,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the printed content consists of black-and-white or color images. The default paper is 4x6, A6, or similar locale-specific designation. Output is high quality, simplex.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
Photo,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the printed content is grayscale. Set the output type to this value when your printable content contains no color—for example, it’s black text only. The default paper is Letter/A4. Output is grayscale quality, duplex. This content type can produce a performance improvement in some cases.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
Grayscale,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the printed content is a grayscale image. Set the output type to this value when your printable content contains no color—for example, it’s black text only. The default paper is Letter/A4. Output is high quality grayscale, duplex.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
PhotoGrayscale,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIPrintInfo object encapsulates information about a print job, including printer identifier, job name, output type (photo, normal, grayscale), orientation (portrait or landscape), and any selected duplex mode. This information is used by the printing system when it prints.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPrintInfo_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPrintInfo"/>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public class UIPrintInfo : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIPrintInfo() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a print-information object that is initialized with the data in the passed-in dictionary.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="dictionary">A dictionary that contains data to initialize the UIPrintInfo object with.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public UIPrintInfo(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> dictionary) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a dictionary representation of a print-information object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("dictionaryRepresentation")]
public virtual Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> DictionaryRepresentation() { return default(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject>); }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the duplex mode to use for the print job.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("duplex")]
public UIPrintInfoDuplex Duplex { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The name of the print job.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("jobName")]
public string JobName { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The orientation of the printed content, portrait or landscape.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("orientation")]
public UIPrintInfoOrientation Orientation { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The kind of printable content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("outputType")]
public UIPrintInfoOutputType OutputType { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An identifier of the printer to use for the print job.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printerID")]
public string PrinterID { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The duplex mode of a selected printer.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public enum UIPrintInfoDuplex
{
/// <summary>
/// No double-sided (duplex) printing; single-sided printing only.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// Duplex printing that flips the back page along the long edge of the paper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
LongEdge,
/// <summary>
/// Duplex print that flips the back page along the short edge of the paper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
ShortEdge,
}
/// <summary>
/// The orientation of printing on a page.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public enum UIPrintInfoOrientation
{
/// <summary>
/// Pages are printed in portrait orientation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
Portrait,
/// <summary>
/// Pages are printed in landscape orientation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
Landscape,
}
/// <summary>
/// The output type, which is an indication of the type of content the application is drawing or providing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public enum UIPrintInfoOutputType
{
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the printed content consists of mixed text, graphics, and images. The default paper is Letter, A4, or similar locale-specific designation. Output is normal quality, duplex.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
General,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the printed content consists of black-and-white or color images. The default paper is 4x6, A6, or similar locale-specific designation. Output is high quality, simplex.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
Photo,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the printed content is grayscale. Set the output type to this value when your printable content contains no color—for example, it’s black text only. The default paper is Letter/A4. Output is grayscale quality, duplex. This content type can produce a performance improvement in some cases.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
Grayscale,
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the printed content is a grayscale image. Set the output type to this value when your printable content contains no color—for example, it’s black text only. The default paper is Letter/A4. Output is high quality grayscale, duplex.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
PhotoGrayscale,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrintInteractionController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrintInteractionController.cs index 1faf0e81..f05119d8 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrintInteractionController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrintInteractionController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The shared instance of the UIPrintInteractionController class presents a printing user interface and manages the printing of documents, images, and other printable content in iOS.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPrintInteractionController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPrintInteractionController"/>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public class UIPrintInteractionController : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns the shared print-interaction controller object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("sharedPrintController")]
public static UIPrintInteractionController SharedPrintController() { return default(UIPrintInteractionController); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean indicating whether the device supports printing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("isPrintingAvailable")]
public static bool IsPrintingAvailable() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether UIKit can print the contents of a data object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="data">An instance of the NSData class that contains PDF data or an image in a format supported by the Image I/O framework. See Supported Image Formats in View Programming Guide for iOS for a list of the supported image formats.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("canPrintData")]
public static bool CanPrintData(NSData data) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether UIKit can print the file referenced by a URL.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">An object representing a URL. Valid NSURL objects must use the file: or assets-library: scheme or any scheme that can return an NSData object with a registered protocol. The file referenced by the URL must contain PDF data or an image in a format supported by the Image I/O framework. See Supported Image Formats in View Programming Guide for iOS for a list of the supported image formats.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("canPrintURL")]
public static bool CanPrintURL(NSURL url) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a set of the Uniform Type Identifiers for the types of data that UIKit can print.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printableUTIs")]
public static NSSet PrintableUTIs() { return default(NSSet); }
/// <summary>
/// Presents the iPhone printing user interface in a sheet that can be animated to slide up from the bottom of the screen.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the display of the sheet, false to display the sheet immediately.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block of type UIPrintInteractionCompletionHandler that you implement to handle the conclusion of the print job (for instance, to reset state) and to handle any errors encountered in printing.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("presentAnimated")]
public bool PresentAnimated(bool animated, UIPrintInteractionCompletionHandler completionHandler) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Presents the iPad printing user interface in a popover view that can be animated from a bar-button item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The UIBarButtonItem object that the user tapped for printing. You are encouraged to use the constant UIBarButtonSystemItemAction when creating a bar-button item for this purpose.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the printing popover view from item, false to display it immediately.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block of type UIPrintInteractionCompletionHandler that you implement to handle the conclusion of the print job (for instance, to reset state) and to handle any errors encountered in printing.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("presentFromBarButtonItem")]
public bool PresentFromBarButtonItem(UIBarButtonItem item, bool animated, UIPrintInteractionCompletionHandler completionHandler) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Presents the iPad printing user interface in a popover view that can be animated from any area in a view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">A rectangle that defines the area from which the printing popover view is animated.</param>
/// <param name="inView">The view providing the coordinate system for rect.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the printing popover view from item, false to display it immediately.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block of type UIPrintInteractionCompletionHandler that you implement to handle the conclusion of the print job (for instance, to reset state) and to handle any errors encountered in printing.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("presentFromRect")]
public bool PresentFromRect(CGRect rect, UIView inView, bool animated, UIPrintInteractionCompletionHandler completionHandler) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Dismisses the printing-options sheet or popover.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the dismissal, otherwise false.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("dismissAnimated")]
public void DismissAnimated(bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Print directly to the specified printer.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printer">The printer to use for printing. You can obtain a list of available printers using a UIPrinterPickerController object.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">The block to execute when the print operation finishes.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("printToPrinter")]
public bool PrintToPrinter(UIPrinter printer, UIPrintInteractionCompletionHandler completionHandler) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// A single ready-to-print object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printingItem")]
public AnyObject PrintingItem { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of ready-to-print objects.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printingItems")]
public AnyObject[] PrintingItems { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An object that draws pages of printable content when requested by UIKit.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printPageRenderer")]
public UIPrintPageRenderer PrintPageRenderer { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An object that lays out the content of pages based on the kind of content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printFormatter")]
public UIPrintFormatter PrintFormatter { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An object encapsulating information about the print job.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printInfo")]
public UIPrintInfo PrintInfo { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An object representing the paper size and printing area for the print job. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printPaper")]
public UIPrintPaper PrintPaper { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the printing options include the number of copies.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("showsNumberOfCopies")]
public bool ShowsNumberOfCopies { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the printing options include a page-range control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("showsPageRange")]
public bool ShowsPageRange { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value for enabling the paper selection menu.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("showsPaperSelectionForLoadedPapers")]
public bool ShowsPaperSelectionForLoadedPapers { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate of the print interaction controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIPrintInteractionControllerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Error codes for UIKit printing errors.
/// </summary>
public int UIPrintingNotAvailableError { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The type of block callback for responding to the completion of a print job or handing printing errors.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public struct UIPrintInteractionCompletionHandler
{
static public implicit operator UIPrintInteractionCompletionHandler(Action<UIPrintInteractionController, bool, NSError> value)
{
return default(UIPrintInteractionCompletionHandler);
}
static public implicit operator Action<UIPrintInteractionController, bool, NSError>(UIPrintInteractionCompletionHandler value)
{
return default(Action<UIPrintInteractionController, bool, NSError>);
}
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The shared instance of the UIPrintInteractionController class presents a printing user interface and manages the printing of documents, images, and other printable content in iOS.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPrintInteractionController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPrintInteractionController"/>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public class UIPrintInteractionController : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIPrintInteractionController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the shared print-interaction controller object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("sharedPrintController")]
public virtual static UIPrintInteractionController SharedPrintController() { return default(UIPrintInteractionController); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean indicating whether the device supports printing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("isPrintingAvailable")]
public virtual static bool IsPrintingAvailable() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether UIKit can print the contents of a data object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="data">An instance of the NSData class that contains PDF data or an image in a format supported by the Image I/O framework. See Supported Image Formats in View Programming Guide for iOS for a list of the supported image formats.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("canPrintData")]
public virtual static bool CanPrintData(NSData data) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether UIKit can print the file referenced by a URL.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="url">An object representing a URL. Valid NSURL objects must use the file: or assets-library: scheme or any scheme that can return an NSData object with a registered protocol. The file referenced by the URL must contain PDF data or an image in a format supported by the Image I/O framework. See Supported Image Formats in View Programming Guide for iOS for a list of the supported image formats.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("canPrintURL")]
public virtual static bool CanPrintURL(NSURL url) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a set of the Uniform Type Identifiers for the types of data that UIKit can print.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printableUTIs")]
public virtual static NSSet PrintableUTIs() { return default(NSSet); }
/// <summary>
/// Presents the iPhone printing user interface in a sheet that can be animated to slide up from the bottom of the screen.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the display of the sheet, false to display the sheet immediately.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block of type UIPrintInteractionCompletionHandler that you implement to handle the conclusion of the print job (for instance, to reset state) and to handle any errors encountered in printing.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("presentAnimated")]
public virtual bool PresentAnimated(bool animated, UIPrintInteractionCompletionHandler completionHandler) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Presents the iPad printing user interface in a popover view that can be animated from a bar-button item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The UIBarButtonItem object that the user tapped for printing. You are encouraged to use the constant UIBarButtonSystemItemAction when creating a bar-button item for this purpose.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the printing popover view from item, false to display it immediately.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block of type UIPrintInteractionCompletionHandler that you implement to handle the conclusion of the print job (for instance, to reset state) and to handle any errors encountered in printing.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("presentFromBarButtonItem")]
public virtual bool PresentFromBarButtonItem(UIBarButtonItem item, bool animated, UIPrintInteractionCompletionHandler completionHandler) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Presents the iPad printing user interface in a popover view that can be animated from any area in a view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">A rectangle that defines the area from which the printing popover view is animated.</param>
/// <param name="inView">The view providing the coordinate system for rect.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the printing popover view from item, false to display it immediately.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block of type UIPrintInteractionCompletionHandler that you implement to handle the conclusion of the print job (for instance, to reset state) and to handle any errors encountered in printing.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("presentFromRect")]
public virtual bool PresentFromRect(CGRect rect, UIView inView, bool animated, UIPrintInteractionCompletionHandler completionHandler) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Dismisses the printing-options sheet or popover.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the dismissal, otherwise false.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("dismissAnimated")]
public virtual void DismissAnimated(bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Print directly to the specified printer.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printer">The printer to use for printing. You can obtain a list of available printers using a UIPrinterPickerController object.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">The block to execute when the print operation finishes.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("printToPrinter")]
public virtual bool PrintToPrinter(UIPrinter printer, UIPrintInteractionCompletionHandler completionHandler) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// A single ready-to-print object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printingItem")]
public AnyObject PrintingItem { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of ready-to-print objects.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printingItems")]
public AnyObject[] PrintingItems { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An object that draws pages of printable content when requested by UIKit.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printPageRenderer")]
public UIPrintPageRenderer PrintPageRenderer { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An object that lays out the content of pages based on the kind of content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printFormatter")]
public UIPrintFormatter PrintFormatter { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An object encapsulating information about the print job.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printInfo")]
public UIPrintInfo PrintInfo { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An object representing the paper size and printing area for the print job. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printPaper")]
public UIPrintPaper PrintPaper { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the printing options include the number of copies.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("showsNumberOfCopies")]
public bool ShowsNumberOfCopies { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the printing options include a page-range control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("showsPageRange")]
public bool ShowsPageRange { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value for enabling the paper selection menu.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("showsPaperSelectionForLoadedPapers")]
public bool ShowsPaperSelectionForLoadedPapers { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate of the print interaction controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIPrintInteractionControllerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Error codes for UIKit printing errors.
/// </summary>
public int UIPrintingNotAvailableError { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The type of block callback for responding to the completion of a print job or handing printing errors.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public struct UIPrintInteractionCompletionHandler
{
static public implicit operator UIPrintInteractionCompletionHandler(WEIRD value)
{
return default(UIPrintInteractionCompletionHandler);
}
static public implicit operator WEIRD(UIPrintInteractionCompletionHandler value)
{
return default(WEIRD);
}
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrintPageRenderer.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrintPageRenderer.cs index 942694e5..c70b17ef 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrintPageRenderer.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrintPageRenderer.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIPrintPageRenderer object draws pages of content that are to be printed, with or without the assistance of print formatters.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/iPhone/Reference/UIPrintPageRenderer_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPrintPageRenderer"/>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public class UIPrintPageRenderer : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// The number of pages to render.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("numberOfPages")]
public int NumberOfPages() { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a print formatter to the page renderer starting at the specified page.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="formatter">The UIPrintFormatter object to add to the page renderer. A print formatter can be an instance of UISimpleTextPrintFormatter, UIMarkupTextPrintFormatter, or UIViewPrintFormatter.</param>
/// <param name="startingAtPageAtIndex">The index identifying the first page with which the print formatter should be associated with. This value overrides the startPage property of the print formatter.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("addPrintFormatter")]
public void AddPrintFormatter(UIPrintFormatter formatter, int startingAtPageAtIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the print formatters associated with a specified page.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageIndex">The index of a page of printable content.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printFormattersForPageAtIndex")]
public AnyObject[] PrintFormattersForPageAtIndex(int pageIndex) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Overridden by the page renderer to prepare for drawing a range of pages.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">A range of pages.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("prepareForDrawingPages")]
public void PrepareForDrawingPages(NSRange range) { }
/// <summary>
/// Overridden to draw a given page of content for the printer.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="index">The index of the page to draw.</param>
/// <param name="inRect">The rectangle in which printable content can be drawn.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("drawPageAtIndex")]
public void DrawPageAtIndex(int index, CGRect inRect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Overridden to draw the header of the given page.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="index">The index of the page in which to draw the header.</param>
/// <param name="inRect">The rectangle in which the header content should be drawn. It is specified in the coordinate system of the paper rectangle (paperRect); that is, the origin of coordinates is at the top-left corner of the sheet.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("drawHeaderForPageAtIndex")]
public void DrawHeaderForPageAtIndex(int index, CGRect inRect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Overridden to draw the content of the given page.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="index">The index of the page in which to draw content.</param>
/// <param name="inRect">The area in which content is to be drawn, specified in the coordinate system of the printable rectangle. This is the area defined by printableRect minus headerHeight and footerHeight.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("drawContentForPageAtIndex")]
public void DrawContentForPageAtIndex(int index, CGRect inRect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Overridden to add custom drawing to the drawing provided by a given print formatter for a page.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printFormatter">A UIPrintFormatter object associated with page index.</param>
/// <param name="forPageAtIndex">The index of the page in which printFormatter is to draw.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("drawPrintFormatter")]
public void DrawPrintFormatter(UIPrintFormatter printFormatter, int forPageAtIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Overridden to draw the footer of the given page.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="index">The index of the page in which to draw the footer content.</param>
/// <param name="inRect">The rectangle in which the footer content should be drawn. It is specified in the coordinate system of the paper rectangle (paperRect); that is, the origin of coordinates is at the top-left corner of the sheet.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("drawFooterForPageAtIndex")]
public void DrawFooterForPageAtIndex(int index, CGRect inRect) { }
/// <summary>
/// The size of the paper used for printing. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("paperRect")]
public CGRect PaperRect { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The area in which printing can occur. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printableRect")]
public CGRect PrintableRect { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The height of the page header.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("headerHeight")]
public CGFloat HeaderHeight { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The height of the page footer.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("footerHeight")]
public CGFloat FooterHeight { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The print formatters associated with the page renderer.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printFormatters")]
public AnyObject[] PrintFormatters { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIPrintPageRenderer object draws pages of content that are to be printed, with or without the assistance of print formatters.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/iPhone/Reference/UIPrintPageRenderer_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPrintPageRenderer"/>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public class UIPrintPageRenderer : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIPrintPageRenderer() { }
/// <summary>
/// The number of pages to render.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("numberOfPages")]
public virtual int NumberOfPages() { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a print formatter to the page renderer starting at the specified page.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="formatter">The UIPrintFormatter object to add to the page renderer. A print formatter can be an instance of UISimpleTextPrintFormatter, UIMarkupTextPrintFormatter, or UIViewPrintFormatter.</param>
/// <param name="startingAtPageAtIndex">The index identifying the first page with which the print formatter should be associated with. This value overrides the startPage property of the print formatter.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("addPrintFormatter")]
public virtual void AddPrintFormatter(UIPrintFormatter formatter, int startingAtPageAtIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the print formatters associated with a specified page.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageIndex">The index of a page of printable content.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printFormattersForPageAtIndex")]
public virtual AnyObject[] PrintFormattersForPageAtIndex(int pageIndex) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Overridden by the page renderer to prepare for drawing a range of pages.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">A range of pages.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("prepareForDrawingPages")]
public virtual void PrepareForDrawingPages(NSRange range) { }
/// <summary>
/// Overridden to draw a given page of content for the printer.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="index">The index of the page to draw.</param>
/// <param name="inRect">The rectangle in which printable content can be drawn.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("drawPageAtIndex")]
public virtual void DrawPageAtIndex(int index, CGRect inRect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Overridden to draw the header of the given page.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="index">The index of the page in which to draw the header.</param>
/// <param name="inRect">The rectangle in which the header content should be drawn. It is specified in the coordinate system of the paper rectangle (paperRect); that is, the origin of coordinates is at the top-left corner of the sheet.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("drawHeaderForPageAtIndex")]
public virtual void DrawHeaderForPageAtIndex(int index, CGRect inRect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Overridden to draw the content of the given page.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="index">The index of the page in which to draw content.</param>
/// <param name="inRect">The area in which content is to be drawn, specified in the coordinate system of the printable rectangle. This is the area defined by printableRect minus headerHeight and footerHeight.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("drawContentForPageAtIndex")]
public virtual void DrawContentForPageAtIndex(int index, CGRect inRect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Overridden to add custom drawing to the drawing provided by a given print formatter for a page.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="printFormatter">A UIPrintFormatter object associated with page index.</param>
/// <param name="forPageAtIndex">The index of the page in which printFormatter is to draw.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("drawPrintFormatter")]
public virtual void DrawPrintFormatter(UIPrintFormatter printFormatter, int forPageAtIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Overridden to draw the footer of the given page.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="index">The index of the page in which to draw the footer content.</param>
/// <param name="inRect">The rectangle in which the footer content should be drawn. It is specified in the coordinate system of the paper rectangle (paperRect); that is, the origin of coordinates is at the top-left corner of the sheet.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("drawFooterForPageAtIndex")]
public virtual void DrawFooterForPageAtIndex(int index, CGRect inRect) { }
/// <summary>
/// The size of the paper used for printing. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("paperRect")]
public CGRect PaperRect { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The area in which printing can occur. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printableRect")]
public CGRect PrintableRect { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The height of the page header.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("headerHeight")]
public CGFloat HeaderHeight { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The height of the page footer.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("footerHeight")]
public CGFloat FooterHeight { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The print formatters associated with the page renderer.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printFormatters")]
public AnyObject[] PrintFormatters { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrintPaper.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrintPaper.cs index e9f6a601..33b005bc 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrintPaper.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrintPaper.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An instance of the UIPrintPaper class encapsulates the size of paper used for a print job and the rectangle in which content can be printed.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPrintPaper_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPrintPaper"/>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public class UIPrintPaper : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns the print-paper object that UIKit determines to be the best for a print job based on the given page size and the paper size–imageable area combinations specific to the printer.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageSize">The size of the printed page that your application requests, in points. You should think of this as the size of the physical sheet of paper to use in printing without consideration of the margin.</param>
/// <param name="withPapersFromArray">An array of UIPrintPaper objects that represent combinations of supported paper size and printable areas. The array of objects usually comes directly from the second argument of the printInteractionController:choosePaper: method of the UIPrintInteractionControllerDelegate protocol.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("bestPaperForPageSize")]
public static UIPrintPaper BestPaperForPageSize(CGSize pageSize, AnyObject[] withPapersFromArray) { return default(UIPrintPaper); }
/// <summary>
/// The size of the sheet to be used for printing. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("paperSize")]
public CGSize PaperSize { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The rectangle that represents the portion of the paper that can be imaged upon. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printableRect")]
public CGRect PrintableRect { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An instance of the UIPrintPaper class encapsulates the size of paper used for a print job and the rectangle in which content can be printed.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPrintPaper_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPrintPaper"/>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public class UIPrintPaper : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIPrintPaper() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the print-paper object that UIKit determines to be the best for a print job based on the given page size and the paper size–imageable area combinations specific to the printer.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="pageSize">The size of the printed page that your application requests, in points. You should think of this as the size of the physical sheet of paper to use in printing without consideration of the margin.</param>
/// <param name="withPapersFromArray">An array of UIPrintPaper objects that represent combinations of supported paper size and printable areas. The array of objects usually comes directly from the second argument of the printInteractionController:choosePaper: method of the UIPrintInteractionControllerDelegate protocol.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("bestPaperForPageSize")]
public virtual static UIPrintPaper BestPaperForPageSize(CGSize pageSize, AnyObject[] withPapersFromArray) { return default(UIPrintPaper); }
/// <summary>
/// The size of the sheet to be used for printing. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("paperSize")]
public CGSize PaperSize { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The rectangle that represents the portion of the paper that can be imaged upon. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("printableRect")]
public CGRect PrintableRect { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrinter.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrinter.cs index 11de519d..34596c72 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrinter.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrinter.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIPrinter object contains the attributes of a printer on the network. You use a printer object to obtain information about a printer so that you can display that information in your app’s interface. You do not use printer objects to communicate with the printer directly.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPrinter_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPrinter"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIPrinter : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a printer with the specified location.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="URL">A URL that identifies the location of the printer on your network.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UIPrinter(NSURL URL) { }
/// <summary>
/// Connects to the printer and gathers information about its capabilities.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="completionHandler">The block to execute with the results. This block has no return value and takes the following parameter:
/// available
/// true if the printer was available and its information was retrieved or false if the printer could not be found or was unavailable.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("contactPrinter")]
public void ContactPrinter(Action<bool> completionHandler) { }
/// <summary>
/// The full address of the printer. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public NSURL URL { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The human-readable printer name. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("displayName")]
public string DisplayName { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The human-readable text describing the location of the printer. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("displayLocation")]
public string DisplayLocation { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A string containing the manufacturer’s name and the model name of the printer. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("makeAndModel")]
public string MakeAndModel { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The capabilities of the printer. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("supportedJobTypes")]
public UIPrinterJobTypes SupportedJobTypes { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the printer supports color printing. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("supportsColor")]
public bool SupportsColor { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the printer supports printing on both sides of a piece of paper. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("supportsDuplex")]
public bool SupportsDuplex { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Bit mask flags indicating the types of jobs that the printer supports.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public enum UIPrinterJobTypes
{
/// <summary>
/// The printer support is unknown.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Unknown,
/// <summary>
/// The printer supports standard document printing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Document,
/// <summary>
/// The printer supports printing on envelopes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Envelope,
/// <summary>
/// The printer supports printing on cut labels.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Label,
/// <summary>
/// The printer supports printing with photographic print quality.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Photo,
/// <summary>
/// The printer supports printing receipts on a continuous roll of paper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Receipt,
/// <summary>
/// The printer supports printing documents or photos on a continuous roll of paper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Roll,
/// <summary>
/// The printer supports printing larger than the ISO A3 size.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
LargeFormat,
/// <summary>
/// The printer supports printing on postcards.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Postcard,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIPrinter object contains the attributes of a printer on the network. You use a printer object to obtain information about a printer so that you can display that information in your app’s interface. You do not use printer objects to communicate with the printer directly.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPrinter_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPrinter"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIPrinter : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIPrinter() { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a printer with the specified location.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="URL">A URL that identifies the location of the printer on your network.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UIPrinter(NSURL URL) { }
/// <summary>
/// Connects to the printer and gathers information about its capabilities.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="completionHandler">The block to execute with the results. This block has no return value and takes the following parameter:
/// available
/// true if the printer was available and its information was retrieved or false if the printer could not be found or was unavailable.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("contactPrinter")]
public virtual void ContactPrinter(Action<bool> completionHandler) { }
/// <summary>
/// The full address of the printer. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public NSURL URL { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The human-readable printer name. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("displayName")]
public string DisplayName { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The human-readable text describing the location of the printer. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("displayLocation")]
public string DisplayLocation { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A string containing the manufacturer’s name and the model name of the printer. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("makeAndModel")]
public string MakeAndModel { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The capabilities of the printer. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("supportedJobTypes")]
public UIPrinterJobTypes SupportedJobTypes { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the printer supports color printing. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("supportsColor")]
public bool SupportsColor { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the printer supports printing on both sides of a piece of paper. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("supportsDuplex")]
public bool SupportsDuplex { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Bit mask flags indicating the types of jobs that the printer supports.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public enum UIPrinterJobTypes
{
/// <summary>
/// The printer support is unknown.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Unknown,
/// <summary>
/// The printer supports standard document printing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Document,
/// <summary>
/// The printer supports printing on envelopes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Envelope,
/// <summary>
/// The printer supports printing on cut labels.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Label,
/// <summary>
/// The printer supports printing with photographic print quality.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Photo,
/// <summary>
/// The printer supports printing receipts on a continuous roll of paper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Receipt,
/// <summary>
/// The printer supports printing documents or photos on a continuous roll of paper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Roll,
/// <summary>
/// The printer supports printing larger than the ISO A3 size.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
LargeFormat,
/// <summary>
/// The printer supports printing on postcards.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Postcard,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrinterPickerController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrinterPickerController.cs index 46441814..30a26102 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrinterPickerController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPrinterPickerController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIPrinterPickerController object displays the system interface for selecting a printer. You can use a printer picker controller to display a list of printers to the user prior to printing a document, photo, or other content. Printer pickers display all pickers normally but you can filter out printers by assigning an appropriate delegate object to the picker before displaying it.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPrinterPickerController_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPrinterPickerController"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIPrinterPickerController : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a printer picker with an initially selected printer object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="initiallySelectedPrinter">A printer object to select initially. Specify nil if you do not want to display a selected printer initially.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UIPrinterPickerController(UIPrinter initiallySelectedPrinter) { }
/// <summary>
/// Presents the picker from a view controller of your app.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the display of the picker or false to display it without animations.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block to execute when the picker is dismissed. Use this block to receive information about the selected printer or information about any errors that occurred.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("presentAnimated")]
public bool PresentAnimated(bool animated, UIPrinterPickerCompletionHandler completionHandler) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Present the picker in a popover that is anchored to the specified bar button item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The bar button item to use as the anchor for the popover.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the display of the picker or false to display it without animations.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block to execute when the picker is dismissed. Use this block to receive information about the selected printer or information about any errors that occurred.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("presentFromBarButtonItem")]
public bool PresentFromBarButtonItem(UIBarButtonItem item, bool animated, UIPrinterPickerCompletionHandler completionHandler) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Present the picker in a popover that is anchored to a rectangle in the specified view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle to which to anchor the popover. Specify the rectangle using the coordinate system of the view in the view parameter.</param>
/// <param name="inView">The view containing the specified rectangle.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the display of the picker or false to display it without animations.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block to execute when the picker is dismissed. Use this block to receive information about the selected printer or information about any errors that occurred.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("presentFromRect")]
public bool PresentFromRect(CGRect rect, UIView inView, bool animated, UIPrinterPickerCompletionHandler completionHandler) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Dismiss the picker.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the dismissal of the picker or false to remove it without animations.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("dismissAnimated")]
public void DismissAnimated(bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate for the printer picker controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIPrinterPickerControllerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The selected printer. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("selectedPrinter")]
public UIPrinter SelectedPrinter { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The completion handler to execute when dismissing a printer picker controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public struct UIPrinterPickerCompletionHandler
{
static public implicit operator UIPrinterPickerCompletionHandler(Action<UIPrinterPickerController, bool, NSError> value)
{
return default(UIPrinterPickerCompletionHandler);
}
static public implicit operator Action<UIPrinterPickerController, bool, NSError>(UIPrinterPickerCompletionHandler value)
{
return default(Action<UIPrinterPickerController, bool, NSError>);
}
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIPrinterPickerController object displays the system interface for selecting a printer. You can use a printer picker controller to display a list of printers to the user prior to printing a document, photo, or other content. Printer pickers display all pickers normally but you can filter out printers by assigning an appropriate delegate object to the picker before displaying it.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPrinterPickerController_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPrinterPickerController"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIPrinterPickerController : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIPrinterPickerController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a printer picker with an initially selected printer object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="initiallySelectedPrinter">A printer object to select initially. Specify nil if you do not want to display a selected printer initially.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UIPrinterPickerController(UIPrinter initiallySelectedPrinter) { }
/// <summary>
/// Presents the picker from a view controller of your app.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the display of the picker or false to display it without animations.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block to execute when the picker is dismissed. Use this block to receive information about the selected printer or information about any errors that occurred.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("presentAnimated")]
public virtual bool PresentAnimated(bool animated, UIPrinterPickerCompletionHandler completionHandler) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Present the picker in a popover that is anchored to the specified bar button item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The bar button item to use as the anchor for the popover.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the display of the picker or false to display it without animations.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block to execute when the picker is dismissed. Use this block to receive information about the selected printer or information about any errors that occurred.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("presentFromBarButtonItem")]
public virtual bool PresentFromBarButtonItem(UIBarButtonItem item, bool animated, UIPrinterPickerCompletionHandler completionHandler) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Present the picker in a popover that is anchored to a rectangle in the specified view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle to which to anchor the popover. Specify the rectangle using the coordinate system of the view in the view parameter.</param>
/// <param name="inView">The view containing the specified rectangle.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the display of the picker or false to display it without animations.</param>
/// <param name="completionHandler">A block to execute when the picker is dismissed. Use this block to receive information about the selected printer or information about any errors that occurred.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("presentFromRect")]
public virtual bool PresentFromRect(CGRect rect, UIView inView, bool animated, UIPrinterPickerCompletionHandler completionHandler) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Dismiss the picker.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the dismissal of the picker or false to remove it without animations.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("dismissAnimated")]
public virtual void DismissAnimated(bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate for the printer picker controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIPrinterPickerControllerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The selected printer. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("selectedPrinter")]
public UIPrinter SelectedPrinter { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The completion handler to execute when dismissing a printer picker controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public struct UIPrinterPickerCompletionHandler
{
static public implicit operator UIPrinterPickerCompletionHandler(WEIRD value)
{
return default(UIPrinterPickerCompletionHandler);
}
static public implicit operator WEIRD(UIPrinterPickerCompletionHandler value)
{
return default(WEIRD);
}
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIProgressView.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIProgressView.cs index dbb7dd5e..e11f0bf1 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIProgressView.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIProgressView.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// You use the UIProgressView class to depict the progress of a task over time. An example of a progress bar is the one shown at the bottom of the Mail application when it’s downloading messages.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIProgressView_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIProgressView"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIProgressView : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns an progress-view object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="progressViewStyle">A constant that specifies the style of the object to be created. See UIProgressViewStyle for descriptions of the style constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIProgressView(UIProgressViewStyle progressViewStyle) : base(new CGRect()) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adjusts the current progress shown by the receiver, optionally animating the change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="progress">The new progress value.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if the change should be animated, false if the change should happen immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setProgress")]
public void SetProgress(float progress, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// The current progress shown by the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("progress")]
public float Progress { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current graphical style of the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("progressViewStyle")]
public UIProgressViewStyle ProgressViewStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color shown for the portion of the progress bar that is filled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("progressTintColor")]
public UIColor ProgressTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An image to use for the portion of the progress bar that is filled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("progressImage")]
public UIImage ProgressImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color shown for the portion of the progress bar that is not filled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("trackTintColor")]
public UIColor TrackTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An image to use for the portion of the track that is not filled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("trackImage")]
public UIImage TrackImage { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The styles permitted for the progress bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIProgressViewStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// The standard progress-view style. This is the default.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Default,
/// <summary>
/// The style of progress view that is used in a toolbar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Bar,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// You use the UIProgressView class to depict the progress of a task over time. An example of a progress bar is the one shown at the bottom of the Mail application when it’s downloading messages.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIProgressView_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIProgressView"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIProgressView : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIProgressView() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns an progress-view object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="progressViewStyle">A constant that specifies the style of the object to be created. See UIProgressViewStyle for descriptions of the style constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIProgressView(UIProgressViewStyle progressViewStyle) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adjusts the current progress shown by the receiver, optionally animating the change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="progress">The new progress value.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if the change should be animated, false if the change should happen immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setProgress")]
public virtual void SetProgress(float progress, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// The current progress shown by the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("progress")]
public float Progress { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current graphical style of the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("progressViewStyle")]
public UIProgressViewStyle ProgressViewStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color shown for the portion of the progress bar that is filled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("progressTintColor")]
public UIColor ProgressTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An image to use for the portion of the progress bar that is filled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("progressImage")]
public UIImage ProgressImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color shown for the portion of the progress bar that is not filled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("trackTintColor")]
public UIColor TrackTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An image to use for the portion of the track that is not filled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("trackImage")]
public UIImage TrackImage { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The styles permitted for the progress bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIProgressViewStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// The standard progress-view style. This is the default.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Default,
/// <summary>
/// The style of progress view that is used in a toolbar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Bar,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPushBehavior.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPushBehavior.cs index 3c19afbf..af7cf2d7 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPushBehavior.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIPushBehavior.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A push behavior applies a continuous or instantaneous force to one or more dynamic items, causing those items to change position accordingly.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPushBehavior_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPushBehavior"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIPushBehavior : UIDynamicBehavior//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Adds a dynamic item to the behavior’s dynamic item array.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item to add to the item array.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addItem")]
public void AddItem(UIDynamicItem item) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a push behavior with an array of dynamic items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">The dynamic items that you want to be subject to the push behavior.</param>
/// <param name="mode">The mode for the new push behavior; one of the values defined in the UIPushBehaviorMode enumeration. You must supply a value.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIPushBehavior(AnyObject[] items, UIPushBehaviorMode mode) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes a specific dynamic item from the behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item that you want to remove.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeItem")]
public void RemoveItem(UIDynamicItem item) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the angle and magnitude of the force vector for the behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="angle">The angle, in radians, of the force vector for the push behavior.
/// The default angle is 0 radians, using standard UIKit geometry.</param>
/// <param name="magnitude">The magnitude of the force vector for the push behavior.
/// The default magnitude is nil, equivalent to no force. A force vector with a magnitude of 1.0, applied to a 100 point x 100 point view whose density value is 1.0, results in view acceleration of 100 points / second².
/// Setting the magnitude parameter to a negative value reverses the direction of the force.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setAngle")]
public void SetAngle(CGFloat angle, CGFloat magnitude) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the offset, from the center of a dynamic item, at which to apply the push behavior’s force vector.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="o">The offset, from the center of the dynamic item, at which to apply the push behavior’s force vector.</param>
/// <param name="forItem">The dynamic item for which you’re setting a target offset.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setTargetOffsetFromCenter")]
public void SetTargetOffsetFromCenter(UIOffset o, UIDynamicItem forItem) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the offset, from the center of a dynamic item, at which the push behavior’s force vector is applied.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item for which you’re retrieving the target offset.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("targetOffsetFromCenterForItem")]
public UIOffset TargetOffsetFromCenterForItem(UIDynamicItem item) { return default(UIOffset); }
/// <summary>
/// The state of the push behavior’s force: either active or inactive.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("active")]
public bool Active { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the set of dynamic items you’ve added to the push behavior. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("items")]
public AnyObject[] Items { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The angle, in radians, of the force vector for the behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("angle")]
public CGFloat Angle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The magnitude of the force vector for the push behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("magnitude")]
public CGFloat Magnitude { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the force mode for the push behavior. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("mode")]
public UIPushBehaviorMode Mode { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The direction of the force vector for the behavior, expressed as x and y components and using standard UIKit geometry.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("pushDirection")]
public CGVector PushDirection { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The type of force for the push behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIPushBehaviorMode
{
/// <summary>
/// Option for continuous force.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Continuous,
/// <summary>
/// Option for instantaneous force.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Instantaneous,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A push behavior applies a continuous or instantaneous force to one or more dynamic items, causing those items to change position accordingly.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIPushBehavior_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIPushBehavior"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIPushBehavior : UIDynamicBehavior//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIPushBehavior() { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a dynamic item to the behavior’s dynamic item array.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item to add to the item array.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addItem")]
public virtual void AddItem(UIDynamicItem item) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a push behavior with an array of dynamic items.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">The dynamic items that you want to be subject to the push behavior.</param>
/// <param name="mode">The mode for the new push behavior; one of the values defined in the UIPushBehaviorMode enumeration. You must supply a value.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UIPushBehavior(AnyObject[] items, UIPushBehaviorMode mode) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes a specific dynamic item from the behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item that you want to remove.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeItem")]
public virtual void RemoveItem(UIDynamicItem item) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the angle and magnitude of the force vector for the behavior.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="angle">The angle, in radians, of the force vector for the push behavior.
/// The default angle is 0 radians, using standard UIKit geometry.</param>
/// <param name="magnitude">The magnitude of the force vector for the push behavior.
/// The default magnitude is nil, equivalent to no force. A force vector with a magnitude of 1.0, applied to a 100 point x 100 point view whose density value is 1.0, results in view acceleration of 100 points / second².
/// Setting the magnitude parameter to a negative value reverses the direction of the force.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setAngle")]
public virtual void SetAngle(CGFloat angle, CGFloat magnitude) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the offset, from the center of a dynamic item, at which to apply the push behavior’s force vector.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="o">The offset, from the center of the dynamic item, at which to apply the push behavior’s force vector.</param>
/// <param name="forItem">The dynamic item for which you’re setting a target offset.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setTargetOffsetFromCenter")]
public virtual void SetTargetOffsetFromCenter(UIOffset o, UIDynamicItem forItem) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the offset, from the center of a dynamic item, at which the push behavior’s force vector is applied.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item for which you’re retrieving the target offset.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("targetOffsetFromCenterForItem")]
public virtual UIOffset TargetOffsetFromCenterForItem(UIDynamicItem item) { return default(UIOffset); }
/// <summary>
/// The state of the push behavior’s force: either active or inactive.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("active")]
public bool Active { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the set of dynamic items you’ve added to the push behavior. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("items")]
public AnyObject[] Items { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The angle, in radians, of the force vector for the behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("angle")]
public CGFloat Angle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The magnitude of the force vector for the push behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("magnitude")]
public CGFloat Magnitude { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the force mode for the push behavior. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("mode")]
public UIPushBehaviorMode Mode { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The direction of the force vector for the behavior, expressed as x and y components and using standard UIKit geometry.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("pushDirection")]
public CGVector PushDirection { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The type of force for the push behavior.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIPushBehaviorMode
{
/// <summary>
/// Option for continuous force.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Continuous,
/// <summary>
/// Option for instantaneous force.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Instantaneous,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIReferenceLibraryViewController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIReferenceLibraryViewController.cs index 1471cd04..e718c2c7 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIReferenceLibraryViewController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIReferenceLibraryViewController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIReferenceLibraryViewController object provides a dictionary service to look up the definition of a word or term from within an app. It should not be used to display wordlists, create a standalone dictionary app, or republish the content in any form.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIReferenceLibraryViewControllerClassRef/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIReferenceLibraryViewController"/>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIReferenceLibraryViewController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether a definition is available for the given term.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="term">The term to be defined.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("dictionaryHasDefinitionForTerm")]
public static bool DictionaryHasDefinitionForTerm(string term) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a newly created reference-library view controller to display the definition of the given term.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="term">The term to define.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public UIReferenceLibraryViewController(string term) : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIReferenceLibraryViewController object provides a dictionary service to look up the definition of a word or term from within an app. It should not be used to display wordlists, create a standalone dictionary app, or republish the content in any form.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIReferenceLibraryViewControllerClassRef/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIReferenceLibraryViewController"/>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIReferenceLibraryViewController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIReferenceLibraryViewController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether a definition is available for the given term.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="term">The term to be defined.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("dictionaryHasDefinitionForTerm")]
public virtual static bool DictionaryHasDefinitionForTerm(string term) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a newly created reference-library view controller to display the definition of the given term.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="term">The term to define.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public UIReferenceLibraryViewController(string term) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIRefreshControl.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIRefreshControl.cs index 7cf53557..0263427d 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIRefreshControl.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIRefreshControl.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIRefreshControl object provides a standard control that can be used to initiate the refreshing of a table view’s contents. You link a refresh control to a table through an associated table view controller object. The table view controller handles the work of adding the control to the table’s visual appearance and managing the display of that control in response to appropriate user gestures.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIRefreshControl_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIRefreshControl"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UIRefreshControl : UIControl//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a standard refresh control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public UIRefreshControl() { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the control that a refresh operation was started programmatically.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("beginRefreshing")]
public void BeginRefreshing() { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the control that a refresh operation has ended.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("endRefreshing")]
public void EndRefreshing() { }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color for the refresh control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The styled title text to display in the refresh control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("attributedTitle")]
public NSAttributedString AttributedTitle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether a refresh operation has been triggered and is in progress. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("refreshing")]
public bool Refreshing { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIRefreshControl object provides a standard control that can be used to initiate the refreshing of a table view’s contents. You link a refresh control to a table through an associated table view controller object. The table view controller handles the work of adding the control to the table’s visual appearance and managing the display of that control in response to appropriate user gestures.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIRefreshControl_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIRefreshControl"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UIRefreshControl : UIControl//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIRefreshControl() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a standard refresh control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public UIRefreshControl() { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the control that a refresh operation was started programmatically.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("beginRefreshing")]
public virtual void BeginRefreshing() { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the control that a refresh operation has ended.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("endRefreshing")]
public virtual void EndRefreshing() { }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color for the refresh control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The styled title text to display in the refresh control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("attributedTitle")]
public NSAttributedString AttributedTitle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether a refresh operation has been triggered and is in progress. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("refreshing")]
public bool Refreshing { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIResponder.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIResponder.cs index 72f48515..d322657e 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIResponder.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIResponder.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIResponder class defines an interface for objects that respond to and handle events. It is the superclass of UIApplication, UIView and its subclasses (which include UIWindow). Instances of these classes are sometimes referred to as responder objects or, simply, responders.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIResponder_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIResponder"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIResponder : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns the receiver's next responder, or nil if it has none.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("nextResponder")]
public UIResponder NextResponder() { return default(UIResponder); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the receiver is the first responder.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("isFirstResponder")]
public bool IsFirstResponder() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the receiver can become first responder.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("canBecomeFirstResponder")]
public bool CanBecomeFirstResponder() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the receiver that it is about to become first responder in its window.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("becomeFirstResponder")]
public bool BecomeFirstResponder() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the receiver is willing to relinquish first-responder status.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("canResignFirstResponder")]
public bool CanResignFirstResponder() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the receiver that it has been asked to relinquish its status as first responder in its window.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("resignFirstResponder")]
public bool ResignFirstResponder() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Updates the custom input and accessory views when the object is the first responder.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("reloadInputViews")]
public void ReloadInputViews() { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the receiver when one or more fingers touch down in a view or window.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="touches">A set of UITouch instances that represent the touches for the starting phase of the event represented by event.</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">An object representing the event to which the touches belong.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("touchesBegan")]
public void TouchesBegan(NSSet touches, UIEvent withEvent) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the receiver when one or more fingers associated with an event move within a view or window.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="touches">A set of UITouch instances that represent the touches that are moving during the event represented by event.</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">An object representing the event to which the touches belong.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("touchesMoved")]
public void TouchesMoved(NSSet touches, UIEvent withEvent) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the receiver when one or more fingers are raised from a view or window.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="touches">A set of UITouch instances that represent the touches for the ending phase of the event represented by event.</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">An object representing the event to which the touches belong.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("touchesEnded")]
public void TouchesEnded(NSSet touches, UIEvent withEvent) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the receiver when a system event (such as a low-memory warning) cancels a touch event.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="touches">A set of UITouch instances that represent the touches for the ending phase of the event represented by event.</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">An object representing the event to which the touches belong.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("touchesCancelled")]
public void TouchesCancelled(NSSet touches, UIEvent withEvent) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the receiver that a motion event has begun.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="motion">An event-subtype constant indicating the kind of motion. A common motion is shaking, which is indicated by UIEventSubtypeMotionShake.</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">An object representing the event associated with the motion.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("motionBegan")]
public void MotionBegan(UIEventSubtype motion, UIEvent withEvent) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the receiver that a motion event has ended.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="motion">An event-subtype constant indicating the kind of motion. A common motion is shaking, which is indicated by UIEventSubtypeMotionShake.</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">An object representing the event associated with the motion.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("motionEnded")]
public void MotionEnded(UIEventSubtype motion, UIEvent withEvent) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the receiver that a motion event has been cancelled.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="motion">An event-subtype constant indicating the kind of motion associated with event. A common motion is shaking, which is indicated by UIEventSubtypeMotionShake.</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">An object representing the event associated with the motion.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("motionCancelled")]
public void MotionCancelled(UIEventSubtype motion, UIEvent withEvent) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the receiver when a remote-control event is received.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="event">An event object encapsulating a remote-control command. Remote-control events have a type of UIEventTypeRemoteControl.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("remoteControlReceivedWithEvent")]
public void RemoteControlReceivedWithEvent(UIEvent @event) { }
/// <summary>
/// Requests the receiving responder to enable or disable the specified command in the user interface.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="action">A selector that identifies a method associated with a command. For the editing menu, this is one of the editing methods declared by the UIResponderStandardEditActions informal protocol (for example, copy:).</param>
/// <param name="withSender">The object calling this method. For the editing menu commands, this is the shared UIApplication object. Depending on the context, you can query the sender for information to help you determine whether a command should be enabled.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("canPerformAction")]
public bool CanPerformAction(Selector action, AnyObject withSender) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the target object that responds to an action.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="action">A selector that identifies a method associated with a command.</param>
/// <param name="withSender">The object calling this method. For the editing menu commands, this is the shared UIApplication object. Depending on the context, you can query the sender for information to help you determine the target of the command.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("targetForAction")]
public AnyObject TargetForAction(Selector action, AnyObject withSender) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Clears text input mode information from the app’s user defaults.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">An identifier assigned to the textInputContextIdentifier property of one of your responders.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("clearTextInputContextIdentifier")]
public static void ClearTextInputContextIdentifier(string identifier) { }
/// <summary>
/// The custom input view to display when the receiver becomes the first responder. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("inputView")]
public UIView InputView { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The custom input view controller to use when the receiver becomes the first responder. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("inputViewController")]
public UIInputViewController InputViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The custom input accessory view to display when the receiver becomes the first responder. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("inputAccessoryView")]
public UIView InputAccessoryView { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The custom input accessory view controller to display when the receiver becomes the first responder. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("inputAccessoryViewController")]
public UIInputViewController InputAccessoryViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the nearest shared undo manager in the responder chain. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("undoManager")]
public NSUndoManager UndoManager { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The key commands that trigger actions on this responder. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("keyCommands")]
public AnyObject[] KeyCommands { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The text input mode for this responder object. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textInputMode")]
public UITextInputMode TextInputMode { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// An identifier signifying that the responder should preserve its text input mode information. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textInputContextIdentifier")]
public string TextInputContextIdentifier { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIResponder class defines an interface for objects that respond to and handle events. It is the superclass of UIApplication, UIView and its subclasses (which include UIWindow). Instances of these classes are sometimes referred to as responder objects or, simply, responders.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIResponder_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIResponder"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIResponder : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIResponder() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the receiver's next responder, or nil if it has none.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("nextResponder")]
public virtual UIResponder NextResponder() { return default(UIResponder); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the receiver is the first responder.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("isFirstResponder")]
public virtual bool IsFirstResponder() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the receiver can become first responder.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("canBecomeFirstResponder")]
public virtual bool CanBecomeFirstResponder() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the receiver that it is about to become first responder in its window.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("becomeFirstResponder")]
public virtual bool BecomeFirstResponder() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the receiver is willing to relinquish first-responder status.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("canResignFirstResponder")]
public virtual bool CanResignFirstResponder() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the receiver that it has been asked to relinquish its status as first responder in its window.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("resignFirstResponder")]
public virtual bool ResignFirstResponder() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Updates the custom input and accessory views when the object is the first responder.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("reloadInputViews")]
public virtual void ReloadInputViews() { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the receiver when one or more fingers touch down in a view or window.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="touches">A set of UITouch instances that represent the touches for the starting phase of the event represented by event.</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">An object representing the event to which the touches belong.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("touchesBegan")]
public virtual void TouchesBegan(NSSet touches, UIEvent withEvent) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the receiver when one or more fingers associated with an event move within a view or window.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="touches">A set of UITouch instances that represent the touches that are moving during the event represented by event.</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">An object representing the event to which the touches belong.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("touchesMoved")]
public virtual void TouchesMoved(NSSet touches, UIEvent withEvent) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the receiver when one or more fingers are raised from a view or window.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="touches">A set of UITouch instances that represent the touches for the ending phase of the event represented by event.</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">An object representing the event to which the touches belong.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("touchesEnded")]
public virtual void TouchesEnded(NSSet touches, UIEvent withEvent) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the receiver when a system event (such as a low-memory warning) cancels a touch event.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="touches">A set of UITouch instances that represent the touches for the ending phase of the event represented by event.</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">An object representing the event to which the touches belong.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("touchesCancelled")]
public virtual void TouchesCancelled(NSSet touches, UIEvent withEvent) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the receiver that a motion event has begun.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="motion">An event-subtype constant indicating the kind of motion. A common motion is shaking, which is indicated by UIEventSubtypeMotionShake.</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">An object representing the event associated with the motion.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("motionBegan")]
public virtual void MotionBegan(UIEventSubtype motion, UIEvent withEvent) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the receiver that a motion event has ended.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="motion">An event-subtype constant indicating the kind of motion. A common motion is shaking, which is indicated by UIEventSubtypeMotionShake.</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">An object representing the event associated with the motion.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("motionEnded")]
public virtual void MotionEnded(UIEventSubtype motion, UIEvent withEvent) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the receiver that a motion event has been cancelled.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="motion">An event-subtype constant indicating the kind of motion associated with event. A common motion is shaking, which is indicated by UIEventSubtypeMotionShake.</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">An object representing the event associated with the motion.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("motionCancelled")]
public virtual void MotionCancelled(UIEventSubtype motion, UIEvent withEvent) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the receiver when a remote-control event is received.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="event">An event object encapsulating a remote-control command. Remote-control events have a type of UIEventTypeRemoteControl.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("remoteControlReceivedWithEvent")]
public virtual void RemoteControlReceivedWithEvent(UIEvent event) { }
/// <summary>
/// Requests the receiving responder to enable or disable the specified command in the user interface.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="action">A selector that identifies a method associated with a command. For the editing menu, this is one of the editing methods declared by the UIResponderStandardEditActions informal protocol (for example, copy:).</param>
/// <param name="withSender">The object calling this method. For the editing menu commands, this is the shared UIApplication object. Depending on the context, you can query the sender for information to help you determine whether a command should be enabled.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("canPerformAction")]
public virtual bool CanPerformAction(Selector action, AnyObject withSender) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the target object that responds to an action.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="action">A selector that identifies a method associated with a command.</param>
/// <param name="withSender">The object calling this method. For the editing menu commands, this is the shared UIApplication object. Depending on the context, you can query the sender for information to help you determine the target of the command.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("targetForAction")]
public virtual AnyObject TargetForAction(Selector action, AnyObject withSender) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Clears text input mode information from the app’s user defaults.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">An identifier assigned to the textInputContextIdentifier property of one of your responders.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("clearTextInputContextIdentifier")]
public virtual static void ClearTextInputContextIdentifier(string identifier) { }
/// <summary>
/// Restores the state needed to continue the given user activity.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activity">The user activity to be continued.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("restoreUserActivityState")]
public virtual void RestoreUserActivityState(NSUserActivity activity) { }
/// <summary>
/// Updates the state of the given user activity.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="activity">The user activity to be updated.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("updateUserActivityState")]
public virtual void UpdateUserActivityState(NSUserActivity activity) { }
/// <summary>
/// The custom input view to display when the receiver becomes the first responder. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("inputView")]
public UIView InputView { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The custom input view controller to use when the receiver becomes the first responder. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("inputViewController")]
public UIInputViewController InputViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The custom input accessory view to display when the receiver becomes the first responder. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("inputAccessoryView")]
public UIView InputAccessoryView { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The custom input accessory view controller to display when the receiver becomes the first responder. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("inputAccessoryViewController")]
public UIInputViewController InputAccessoryViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the nearest shared undo manager in the responder chain. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("undoManager")]
public NSUndoManager UndoManager { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The key commands that trigger actions on this responder. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("keyCommands")]
public AnyObject[] KeyCommands { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The text input mode for this responder object. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textInputMode")]
public UITextInputMode TextInputMode { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// An identifier signifying that the responder should preserve its text input mode information. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textInputContextIdentifier")]
public string TextInputContextIdentifier { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// An object encapsulating a user activity supported by this responder.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("userActivity")]
public NSUserActivity UserActivity { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIRotationGestureRecognizer.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIRotationGestureRecognizer.cs index 58e604c9..ce03597f 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIRotationGestureRecognizer.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIRotationGestureRecognizer.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UIRotationGestureRecognizer is a concrete subclass of UIGestureRecognizer that looks for rotation gestures involving two touches. When the user moves the fingers opposite each other in a circular motion, the underlying view should rotate in a corresponding direction and speed.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIRotateGestureRecognizer_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIRotationGestureRecognizer"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIRotationGestureRecognizer : UIGestureRecognizer//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIRotationGestureRecognizer() : base(null, null) { }
/// <summary>
/// The rotation of the gesture in radians.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("rotation")]
public CGFloat Rotation { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The velocity of the rotation gesture in radians per second. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("velocity")]
public CGFloat Velocity { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UIRotationGestureRecognizer is a concrete subclass of UIGestureRecognizer that looks for rotation gestures involving two touches. When the user moves the fingers opposite each other in a circular motion, the underlying view should rotate in a corresponding direction and speed.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIRotateGestureRecognizer_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIRotationGestureRecognizer"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIRotationGestureRecognizer : UIGestureRecognizer//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIRotationGestureRecognizer() { }
/// <summary>
/// The rotation of the gesture in radians.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("rotation")]
public CGFloat Rotation { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The velocity of the rotation gesture in radians per second. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("velocity")]
public CGFloat Velocity { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIScreen.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIScreen.cs index 4661f523..8c358ed1 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIScreen.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIScreen.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIScreen object defines the properties associated with a hardware-based display. iOS devices have a main screen and zero or more attached screens. Use this class to obtain screen objects for each display attached to the device. Each screen object defines the bounds rectangle for the associated display and other interesting properties such as its brightness.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIScreen_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIScreen"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIScreen : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns the screen object representing the device’s screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("mainScreen")]
public static UIScreen MainScreen() { return default(UIScreen); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array containing all of the screens attached to the device.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("screens")]
public static AnyObject[] Screens() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a display link object for the current screen.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="target">An object to be notified when the screen should be updated.</param>
/// <param name="selector">The method of target to call. This selector must have the following signature:
/// Swift
/// func selector(sender: CADisplayLink) { }
/// Objective-C
/// - (void)selector:(CADisplayLink *)sender;</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("displayLinkWithTarget")]
public CADisplayLink DisplayLinkWithTarget(AnyObject target, Selector selector) { return default(CADisplayLink); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a snapshot view based on the current screen contents.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="afterUpdates">A Boolean that indicates whether the snapshot should be taken after recent changes have been incorporated. Specify the value false if you want to capture the screen in its current state, which might not include recent changes.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("snapshotViewAfterScreenUpdates")]
public UIView SnapshotViewAfterScreenUpdates(bool afterUpdates) { return default(UIView); }
/// <summary>
/// The screen being mirrored by an external display. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.3)]
[Export("mirroredScreen")]
public UIScreen MirroredScreen { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current coordinate space of the screen. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("coordinateSpace")]
public UICoordinateSpace CoordinateSpace { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The fixed coordinate space of the screen. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("fixedCoordinateSpace")]
public UICoordinateSpace FixedCoordinateSpace { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The bounding rectangle of the screen, measured in points. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("bounds")]
public CGRect Bounds { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The frame rectangle for the app window, measured in points. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("applicationFrame")]
public CGRect ApplicationFrame { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The bounding rectangle of the physical screen, measured in pixels. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("nativeBounds")]
public CGRect NativeBounds { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The native scale factor for the physical screen. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("nativeScale")]
public CGFloat NativeScale { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The natural scale factor associated with the screen. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("scale")]
public CGFloat Scale { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The preferred display mode for the screen. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.3)]
[Export("preferredMode")]
public UIScreenMode PreferredMode { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The display modes that can be associated with the screen. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("availableModes")]
public AnyObject[] AvailableModes { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current screen mode associated with the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("currentMode")]
public UIScreenMode CurrentMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The brightness level of the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("brightness")]
public CGFloat Brightness { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the screen may be dimmed lower than the hardware is normally capable of by emulating it in software.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("wantsSoftwareDimming")]
public bool WantsSoftwareDimming { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// For an external screen, this property sets the desired technique to compensate for overscan.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("overscanCompensation")]
public UIScreenOverscanCompensation OverscanCompensation { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Describes different techniques for compensating for pixel loss at the edge of the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UIScreenOverscanCompensation
{
/// <summary>
/// The final composited framebuffer for the screen is scaled so that all pixels lie in the area visible on the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Scale,
/// <summary>
/// The screen bounds are reduced in size so that all pixels in the framebuffer are visible on the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
InsetBounds,
/// <summary>
/// The application frame is reduced in size to compensate for overscan. Content drawn outside the application frame may be clipped.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
InsetApplicationFrame,
}
/// <summary>
/// Connection notifications are not sent for screens that are already present when the application is launched. The application can instead use the screens method to get the current set of screens at launch time.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIScreenDidConnectNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIScreenDidConnectNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIScreenDidDisconnectNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIScreenDidDisconnectNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// Clients can use this notification to detect changes in the screen resolution.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIScreenModeDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIScreenModeDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIScreenBrightnessDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIScreenBrightnessDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIScreen object defines the properties associated with a hardware-based display. iOS devices have a main screen and zero or more attached screens. Use this class to obtain screen objects for each display attached to the device. Each screen object defines the bounds rectangle for the associated display and other interesting properties such as its brightness.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIScreen_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIScreen"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIScreen : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIScreen() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the screen object representing the device’s screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("mainScreen")]
public virtual static UIScreen MainScreen() { return default(UIScreen); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array containing all of the screens attached to the device.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("screens")]
public virtual static AnyObject[] Screens() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a display link object for the current screen.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="target">An object to be notified when the screen should be updated.</param>
/// <param name="selector">The method of target to call. This selector must have the following signature:
/// Swift
/// func selector(sender: CADisplayLink) { }
/// Objective-C
/// - (void)selector:(CADisplayLink *)sender;</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("displayLinkWithTarget")]
public virtual CADisplayLink DisplayLinkWithTarget(AnyObject target, Selector selector) { return default(CADisplayLink); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a snapshot view based on the current screen contents.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="afterUpdates">A Boolean that indicates whether the snapshot should be taken after recent changes have been incorporated. Specify the value false if you want to capture the screen in its current state, which might not include recent changes.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("snapshotViewAfterScreenUpdates")]
public virtual UIView SnapshotViewAfterScreenUpdates(bool afterUpdates) { return default(UIView); }
/// <summary>
/// The screen being mirrored by an external display. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.3)]
[Export("mirroredScreen")]
public UIScreen MirroredScreen { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current coordinate space of the screen. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("coordinateSpace")]
public UICoordinateSpace CoordinateSpace { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The fixed coordinate space of the screen. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("fixedCoordinateSpace")]
public UICoordinateSpace FixedCoordinateSpace { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The bounding rectangle of the screen, measured in points. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("bounds")]
public CGRect Bounds { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The frame rectangle for the app window, measured in points. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("applicationFrame")]
public CGRect ApplicationFrame { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The bounding rectangle of the physical screen, measured in pixels. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("nativeBounds")]
public CGRect NativeBounds { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The native scale factor for the physical screen. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("nativeScale")]
public CGFloat NativeScale { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The natural scale factor associated with the screen. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("scale")]
public CGFloat Scale { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The preferred display mode for the screen. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.3)]
[Export("preferredMode")]
public UIScreenMode PreferredMode { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The display modes that can be associated with the screen. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("availableModes")]
public AnyObject[] AvailableModes { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current screen mode associated with the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("currentMode")]
public UIScreenMode CurrentMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The brightness level of the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("brightness")]
public CGFloat Brightness { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the screen may be dimmed lower than the hardware is normally capable of by emulating it in software.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("wantsSoftwareDimming")]
public bool WantsSoftwareDimming { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// For an external screen, this property sets the desired technique to compensate for overscan.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("overscanCompensation")]
public UIScreenOverscanCompensation OverscanCompensation { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Describes different techniques for compensating for pixel loss at the edge of the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UIScreenOverscanCompensation
{
/// <summary>
/// The final composited framebuffer for the screen is scaled so that all pixels lie in the area visible on the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Scale,
/// <summary>
/// The screen bounds are reduced in size so that all pixels in the framebuffer are visible on the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
InsetBounds,
/// <summary>
/// The application frame is reduced in size to compensate for overscan. Content drawn outside the application frame may be clipped.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
InsetApplicationFrame,
}
/// <summary>
/// Connection notifications are not sent for screens that are already present when the application is launched. The application can instead use the screens method to get the current set of screens at launch time.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIScreenDidConnectNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIScreenDidConnectNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIScreenDidDisconnectNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIScreenDidDisconnectNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// Clients can use this notification to detect changes in the screen resolution.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIScreenModeDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIScreenModeDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIScreenBrightnessDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIScreenBrightnessDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIScreenEdgePanGestureRecognizer.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIScreenEdgePanGestureRecognizer.cs index 757e526b..302a094d 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIScreenEdgePanGestureRecognizer.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIScreenEdgePanGestureRecognizer.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIScreenEdgePanGestureRecognizer looks for panning (dragging) gestures that start near an edge of the screen. The system uses screen edge gestures in some cases to initiate view controller transitions. You can use this class to replicate the same gesture behavior for your own actions.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIScreenEdgePanGestureRecognizer_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIScreenEdgePanGestureRecognizer"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIScreenEdgePanGestureRecognizer : UIPanGestureRecognizer//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// The acceptable starting edges for the gesture.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("edges")]
public UIRectEdge Edges { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIScreenEdgePanGestureRecognizer looks for panning (dragging) gestures that start near an edge of the screen. The system uses screen edge gestures in some cases to initiate view controller transitions. You can use this class to replicate the same gesture behavior for your own actions.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIScreenEdgePanGestureRecognizer_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIScreenEdgePanGestureRecognizer"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UIScreenEdgePanGestureRecognizer : UIPanGestureRecognizer//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIScreenEdgePanGestureRecognizer() { }
/// <summary>
/// The acceptable starting edges for the gesture.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("edges")]
public UIRectEdge Edges { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIScreenMode.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIScreenMode.cs index 1459c129..c278b2af 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIScreenMode.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIScreenMode.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIScreenMode object represents a possible set of attributes that can be applied to a UIScreen object. The object encapsulates information about the size of the screen’s underlying display buffer and the aspect ratio it uses for individual pixels.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIScreenMode_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIScreenMode"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIScreenMode : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// The screen size, measured in pixels. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("size")]
public CGSize Size { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The aspect ratio of a single pixel. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("pixelAspectRatio")]
public CGFloat PixelAspectRatio { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIScreenMode object represents a possible set of attributes that can be applied to a UIScreen object. The object encapsulates information about the size of the screen’s underlying display buffer and the aspect ratio it uses for individual pixels.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIScreenMode_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIScreenMode"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UIScreenMode : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIScreenMode() { }
/// <summary>
/// The screen size, measured in pixels. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("size")]
public CGSize Size { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The aspect ratio of a single pixel. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("pixelAspectRatio")]
public CGFloat PixelAspectRatio { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIScrollView.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIScrollView.cs index 2d9c0b73..6284713b 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIScrollView.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIScrollView.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIScrollView class provides support for displaying content that is larger than the size of the application’s window. It enables users to scroll within that content by making swiping gestures, and to zoom in and back from portions of the content by making pinching gestures.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIScrollView_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIScrollView"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIScrollView : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIScrollView() : base(new CGRect()) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the offset from the content view’s origin that corresponds to the receiver’s origin.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="contentOffset">A point (expressed in points) that is offset from the content view’s origin.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the transition at a constant velocity to the new offset, false to make the transition immediate.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setContentOffset")]
public void SetContentOffset(CGPoint contentOffset, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Scrolls a specific area of the content so that it is visible in the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">A rectangle defining an area of the content view. The rectangle should be in the coordinate space of the scroll view.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if the scrolling should be animated, false if it should be immediate.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scrollRectToVisible")]
public void ScrollRectToVisible(CGRect rect, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Overridden by subclasses to customize the default behavior when a finger touches down in displayed content.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="touches">A set of UITouch instances that represent the touches for the starting phase of the event represented by event.</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">An object representing the event to which the touch objects in touches belong.</param>
/// <param name="inContentView">The subview in the content where the touch-down gesture occurred.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("touchesShouldBegin")]
public bool TouchesShouldBegin(NSSet touches, UIEvent withEvent, UIView inContentView) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether to cancel touches related to the content subview and start dragging.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The view object in the content that is being touched.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("touchesShouldCancelInContentView")]
public bool TouchesShouldCancelInContentView(UIView view) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Displays the scroll indicators momentarily.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("flashScrollIndicators")]
public void FlashScrollIndicators() { }
/// <summary>
/// Zooms to a specific area of the content so that it is visible in the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">A rectangle defining an area of the content view. The rectangle should be in the coordinate space of the view returned by viewForZoomingInScrollView:.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if the scrolling should be animated, false if it should be immediate.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("zoomToRect")]
public void ZoomToRect(CGRect rect, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// A floating-point value that specifies the current zoom scale.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scale">The new value to scale the content to.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the transition to the new scale, false to make the transition immediate.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setZoomScale")]
public void SetZoomScale(CGFloat scale, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// The point at which the origin of the content view is offset from the origin of the scroll view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("contentOffset")]
public CGPoint ContentOffset { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The size of the content view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("contentSize")]
public CGSize ContentSize { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The distance that the content view is inset from the enclosing scroll view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("contentInset")]
public UIEdgeInsets ContentInset { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether scrolling is enabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scrollEnabled")]
public bool ScrollEnabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether scrolling is disabled in a particular direction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("directionalLockEnabled")]
public bool DirectionalLockEnabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls whether the scroll-to-top gesture is enabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scrollsToTop")]
public bool ScrollsToTop { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether paging is enabled for the scroll view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("pagingEnabled")]
public bool PagingEnabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls whether the scroll view bounces past the edge of content and back again.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("bounces")]
public bool Bounces { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether bouncing always occurs when vertical scrolling reaches the end of the content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("alwaysBounceVertical")]
public bool AlwaysBounceVertical { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether bouncing always occurs when horizontal scrolling reaches the end of the content view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("alwaysBounceHorizontal")]
public bool AlwaysBounceHorizontal { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls whether touches in the content view always lead to tracking.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("canCancelContentTouches")]
public bool CanCancelContentTouches { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the scroll view delays the handling of touch-down gestures.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delaysContentTouches")]
public bool DelaysContentTouches { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A floating-point value that determines the rate of deceleration after the user lifts their finger.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("decelerationRate")]
public CGFloat DecelerationRate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the user has begun scrolling the content. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("dragging")]
public bool Dragging { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the user has touched the content to initiate scrolling. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tracking")]
public bool Tracking { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the content is moving in the scroll view after the user lifted their finger. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("decelerating")]
public bool Decelerating { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The style of the scroll indicators.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("indicatorStyle")]
public UIScrollViewIndicatorStyle IndicatorStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The distance the scroll indicators are inset from the edge of the scroll view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scrollIndicatorInsets")]
public UIEdgeInsets ScrollIndicatorInsets { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls whether the horizontal scroll indicator is visible.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("showsHorizontalScrollIndicator")]
public bool ShowsHorizontalScrollIndicator { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls whether the vertical scroll indicator is visible.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("showsVerticalScrollIndicator")]
public bool ShowsVerticalScrollIndicator { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The underlying gesture recognizer for pan gestures. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("panGestureRecognizer")]
public UIPanGestureRecognizer PanGestureRecognizer { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The underlying gesture recognizer for pinch gestures. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("pinchGestureRecognizer")]
public UIPinchGestureRecognizer PinchGestureRecognizer { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A floating-point value that specifies the current scale factor applied to the scroll view's content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("zoomScale")]
public CGFloat ZoomScale { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A floating-point value that specifies the maximum scale factor that can be applied to the scroll view's content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("maximumZoomScale")]
public CGFloat MaximumZoomScale { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A floating-point value that specifies the minimum scale factor that can be applied to the scroll view's content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("minimumZoomScale")]
public CGFloat MinimumZoomScale { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates that zooming has exceeded the scaling limits specified for the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("zoomBouncing")]
public bool ZoomBouncing { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the content view is currently zooming in or out. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("zooming")]
public bool Zooming { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the scroll view animates the content scaling when the scaling exceeds the maximum or minimum limits.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("bouncesZoom")]
public bool BouncesZoom { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate of the scroll-view object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIScrollViewDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The manner in which the keyboard is dismissed when a drag begins in the scroll view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("keyboardDismissMode")]
public UIScrollViewKeyboardDismissMode KeyboardDismissMode { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The style of the scroll indicators. You use these constants to set the value of the indicatorStyle style.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIScrollViewIndicatorStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// The default style of scroll indicator, which is black with a white border. This style is good against any content background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Default,
/// <summary>
/// A style of indicator which is black and smaller than the default style. This style is good against a white content background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Black,
/// <summary>
/// A style of indicator is white and smaller than the default style. This style is good against a black content background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
White,
}
/// <summary>
/// The manner in which the keyboard is dismissed when a drag begins in the scroll view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIScrollViewKeyboardDismissMode
{
/// <summary>
/// The keyboard does not get dismissed with a drag.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// The keyboard is dismissed when a drag begins.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
OnDrag,
/// <summary>
/// The keyboard follows the dragging touch offscreen, and can be pulled upward again to cancel the dismiss.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Interactive,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIScrollView class provides support for displaying content that is larger than the size of the application’s window. It enables users to scroll within that content by making swiping gestures, and to zoom in and back from portions of the content by making pinching gestures.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIScrollView_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIScrollView"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIScrollView : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIScrollView() { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the offset from the content view’s origin that corresponds to the receiver’s origin.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="contentOffset">A point (expressed in points) that is offset from the content view’s origin.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the transition at a constant velocity to the new offset, false to make the transition immediate.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setContentOffset")]
public virtual void SetContentOffset(CGPoint contentOffset, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Scrolls a specific area of the content so that it is visible in the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">A rectangle defining an area of the content view. The rectangle should be in the coordinate space of the scroll view.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if the scrolling should be animated, false if it should be immediate.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scrollRectToVisible")]
public virtual void ScrollRectToVisible(CGRect rect, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Overridden by subclasses to customize the default behavior when a finger touches down in displayed content.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="touches">A set of UITouch instances that represent the touches for the starting phase of the event represented by event.</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">An object representing the event to which the touch objects in touches belong.</param>
/// <param name="inContentView">The subview in the content where the touch-down gesture occurred.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("touchesShouldBegin")]
public virtual bool TouchesShouldBegin(NSSet touches, UIEvent withEvent, UIView inContentView) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether to cancel touches related to the content subview and start dragging.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The view object in the content that is being touched.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("touchesShouldCancelInContentView")]
public virtual bool TouchesShouldCancelInContentView(UIView view) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Displays the scroll indicators momentarily.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("flashScrollIndicators")]
public virtual void FlashScrollIndicators() { }
/// <summary>
/// Zooms to a specific area of the content so that it is visible in the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">A rectangle defining an area of the content view. The rectangle should be in the coordinate space of the view returned by viewForZoomingInScrollView:.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if the scrolling should be animated, false if it should be immediate.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("zoomToRect")]
public virtual void ZoomToRect(CGRect rect, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// A floating-point value that specifies the current zoom scale.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scale">The new value to scale the content to.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the transition to the new scale, false to make the transition immediate.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setZoomScale")]
public virtual void SetZoomScale(CGFloat scale, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// The point at which the origin of the content view is offset from the origin of the scroll view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("contentOffset")]
public CGPoint ContentOffset { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The size of the content view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("contentSize")]
public CGSize ContentSize { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The distance that the content view is inset from the enclosing scroll view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("contentInset")]
public UIEdgeInsets ContentInset { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether scrolling is enabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scrollEnabled")]
public bool ScrollEnabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether scrolling is disabled in a particular direction.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("directionalLockEnabled")]
public bool DirectionalLockEnabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls whether the scroll-to-top gesture is enabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scrollsToTop")]
public bool ScrollsToTop { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether paging is enabled for the scroll view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("pagingEnabled")]
public bool PagingEnabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls whether the scroll view bounces past the edge of content and back again.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("bounces")]
public bool Bounces { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether bouncing always occurs when vertical scrolling reaches the end of the content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("alwaysBounceVertical")]
public bool AlwaysBounceVertical { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether bouncing always occurs when horizontal scrolling reaches the end of the content view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("alwaysBounceHorizontal")]
public bool AlwaysBounceHorizontal { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls whether touches in the content view always lead to tracking.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("canCancelContentTouches")]
public bool CanCancelContentTouches { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the scroll view delays the handling of touch-down gestures.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delaysContentTouches")]
public bool DelaysContentTouches { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A floating-point value that determines the rate of deceleration after the user lifts their finger.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("decelerationRate")]
public CGFloat DecelerationRate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the user has begun scrolling the content. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("dragging")]
public bool Dragging { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the user has touched the content to initiate scrolling. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tracking")]
public bool Tracking { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the content is moving in the scroll view after the user lifted their finger. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("decelerating")]
public bool Decelerating { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The style of the scroll indicators.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("indicatorStyle")]
public UIScrollViewIndicatorStyle IndicatorStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The distance the scroll indicators are inset from the edge of the scroll view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scrollIndicatorInsets")]
public UIEdgeInsets ScrollIndicatorInsets { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls whether the horizontal scroll indicator is visible.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("showsHorizontalScrollIndicator")]
public bool ShowsHorizontalScrollIndicator { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls whether the vertical scroll indicator is visible.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("showsVerticalScrollIndicator")]
public bool ShowsVerticalScrollIndicator { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The underlying gesture recognizer for pan gestures. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("panGestureRecognizer")]
public UIPanGestureRecognizer PanGestureRecognizer { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The underlying gesture recognizer for pinch gestures. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("pinchGestureRecognizer")]
public UIPinchGestureRecognizer PinchGestureRecognizer { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A floating-point value that specifies the current scale factor applied to the scroll view's content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("zoomScale")]
public CGFloat ZoomScale { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A floating-point value that specifies the maximum scale factor that can be applied to the scroll view's content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("maximumZoomScale")]
public CGFloat MaximumZoomScale { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A floating-point value that specifies the minimum scale factor that can be applied to the scroll view's content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("minimumZoomScale")]
public CGFloat MinimumZoomScale { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates that zooming has exceeded the scaling limits specified for the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("zoomBouncing")]
public bool ZoomBouncing { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the content view is currently zooming in or out. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("zooming")]
public bool Zooming { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the scroll view animates the content scaling when the scaling exceeds the maximum or minimum limits.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("bouncesZoom")]
public bool BouncesZoom { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate of the scroll-view object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIScrollViewDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The manner in which the keyboard is dismissed when a drag begins in the scroll view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("keyboardDismissMode")]
public UIScrollViewKeyboardDismissMode KeyboardDismissMode { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The style of the scroll indicators. You use these constants to set the value of the indicatorStyle style.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIScrollViewIndicatorStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// The default style of scroll indicator, which is black with a white border. This style is good against any content background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Default,
/// <summary>
/// A style of indicator which is black and smaller than the default style. This style is good against a white content background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Black,
/// <summary>
/// A style of indicator is white and smaller than the default style. This style is good against a black content background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
White,
}
/// <summary>
/// The manner in which the keyboard is dismissed when a drag begins in the scroll view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIScrollViewKeyboardDismissMode
{
/// <summary>
/// The keyboard does not get dismissed with a drag.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// The keyboard is dismissed when a drag begins.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
OnDrag,
/// <summary>
/// The keyboard follows the dragging touch offscreen, and can be pulled upward again to cancel the dismiss.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Interactive,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISearchBar.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISearchBar.cs index 4725568b..a85ff46a 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISearchBar.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISearchBar.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UISearchBar class implements a text field control for text-based searches. The control provides a text field for entering text, a search button, a bookmark button, and a cancel button. The UISearchBar object does not actually perform any searches. You use a delegate, an object conforming to the UISearchBarDelegate protocol, to implement the actions when text is entered and buttons are clicked.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISearchBar_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UISearchBar"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UISearchBar : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UIBarPositioning, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITextInputTraits, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UISearchBar() : base(new CGRect()) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the display state of the cancel button optionally with animation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="showsCancelButton">true to display the cancel button, otherwise false.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to use animation to change the display state of the cancel button, otherwise false.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setShowsCancelButton")]
public void SetShowsCancelButton(bool showsCancelButton, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the image used for the background in a given position and with given metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="barPosition">A bar position constant.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">A bar metrics constant.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("backgroundImageForBarPosition")]
public UIImage BackgroundImageForBarPosition(UIBarPosition barPosition, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the image to use for the background in a given position and with given metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="backgroundImage">The image to use for the search bar background in the position specified by barPosition and with the metrics specified by barMetrics.</param>
/// <param name="forBarPosition">A bar position constant.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">A bar metrics constant.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setBackgroundImage")]
public void SetBackgroundImage(UIImage backgroundImage, UIBarPosition forBarPosition, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the image for a given search bar icon type and control state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="icon">An icon identifier constant.</param>
/// <param name="state">A control state.
/// Valid states are UIControlStateNormal and UIControlStateDisabled.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("imageForSearchBarIcon")]
public UIImage ImageForSearchBarIcon(UISearchBarIcon icon, UIControlState state) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the image for a given search bar icon type and control state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="iconImage">The image to use for the search bar icon identified by icon in the state identified by state.</param>
/// <param name="forSearchBarIcon">An icon identifier constant.</param>
/// <param name="state">A control state.
/// Valid states are UIControlStateNormal and UIControlStateDisabled.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setImage")]
public void SetImage(UIImage iconImage, UISearchBarIcon forSearchBarIcon, UIControlState state) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the position adjustment for a given icon.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="icon">An icon identifier constant.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("positionAdjustmentForSearchBarIcon")]
public UIOffset PositionAdjustmentForSearchBarIcon(UISearchBarIcon icon) { return default(UIOffset); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the position adjustment for a given icon.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="adjustment">The offset to use for the icon identified by icon.</param>
/// <param name="forSearchBarIcon">An icon identifier constant.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setPositionAdjustment")]
public void SetPositionAdjustment(UIOffset adjustment, UISearchBarIcon forSearchBarIcon) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the background image for the scope bar button in a given state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">A control state.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("scopeBarButtonBackgroundImageForState")]
public UIImage ScopeBarButtonBackgroundImageForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the background image for the scope bar button in a given state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="backgroundImage">The background image for the scope bar button in state.</param>
/// <param name="forState">A control state.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setScopeBarButtonBackgroundImage")]
public void SetScopeBarButtonBackgroundImage(UIImage backgroundImage, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the divider image to use for a given combination of left and right segment states.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="leftState">The state of the left segment for which to provide the divider image.
/// The state may be UIControlStateNormal or UIControlStateSelected.</param>
/// <param name="rightSegmentState">The state of the right segment for which to provide the divider image.
/// The state may be UIControlStateNormal or UIControlStateSelected.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("scopeBarButtonDividerImageForLeftSegmentState")]
public UIImage ScopeBarButtonDividerImageForLeftSegmentState(UIControlState leftState, UIControlState rightSegmentState) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the divider image to use for a given combination of left and right segment states.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="dividerImage">The divider image to use for the combination of leftState and rightState.</param>
/// <param name="forLeftSegmentState">The state of the left segment for which to set the divider image.
/// The state may be UIControlStateNormal or UIControlStateSelected.</param>
/// <param name="rightSegmentState">The state of the right segment for which to set the divider image.
/// The state may be UIControlStateNormal or UIControlStateSelected.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setScopeBarButtonDividerImage")]
public void SetScopeBarButtonDividerImage(UIImage dividerImage, UIControlState forLeftSegmentState, UIControlState rightSegmentState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the text attributes for the search bar’s button’s title string for a given state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">A control state.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("scopeBarButtonTitleTextAttributesForState")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> ScopeBarButtonTitleTextAttributesForState(UIControlState state) { return default(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject>); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the text attributes for the search bar’ button’s title string for a given state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="attributes">A dictionary containing key-value pairs specifying the text attributes to use for state.
/// You may specify the font, text color, text shadow color, and text shadow offset, using the keys found in NSString UIKit Additions Reference.</param>
/// <param name="forState">A control state.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setScopeBarButtonTitleTextAttributes")]
public void SetScopeBarButtonTitleTextAttributes(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> attributes, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the search text field image for a given state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">A control state.
/// Valid states are UIControlStateNormal and UIControlStateDisabled.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("searchFieldBackgroundImageForState")]
public UIImage SearchFieldBackgroundImageForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the search text field image for a given state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="backgroundImage">The search text field image image to use for state.</param>
/// <param name="forState">A control state.
/// Valid states are UIControlStateNormal and UIControlStateDisabled.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setSearchFieldBackgroundImage")]
public void SetSearchFieldBackgroundImage(UIImage backgroundImage, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// The string that is displayed when there is no other text in the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("placeholder")]
public string Placeholder { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A single line of text displayed at the top of the search bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("prompt")]
public string Prompt { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current or starting search text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("text")]
public string Text { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A bar style that specifies the search bar’s appearance.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("barStyle")]
public UIBarStyle BarStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to apply to the search bar background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("barTintColor")]
public UIColor BarTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A search bar style that specifies the search bar’s appearance.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("searchBarStyle")]
public UISearchBarStyle SearchBarStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to apply to key elements in the search bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the search bar is translucent (true) or not (false).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("translucent")]
public bool Translucent { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the bookmark button is displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("showsBookmarkButton")]
public bool ShowsBookmarkButton { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the cancel button is displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("showsCancelButton")]
public bool ShowsCancelButton { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the search results button is displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("showsSearchResultsButton")]
public bool ShowsSearchResultsButton { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the search results button is selected.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("searchResultsButtonSelected")]
public bool SearchResultsButtonSelected { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of strings indicating the titles of the scope buttons.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("scopeButtonTitles")]
public AnyObject[] ScopeButtonTitles { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The index of the selected scope button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("selectedScopeButtonIndex")]
public int SelectedScopeButtonIndex { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether the scope bar is displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("showsScopeBar")]
public bool ShowsScopeBar { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The search bar’s delegate object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UISearchBarDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The background image for the search bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("backgroundImage")]
public UIImage BackgroundImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A custom input accessory view for the keyboard of the search bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("inputAccessoryView")]
public UIView InputAccessoryView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The background image for the scope bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("scopeBarBackgroundImage")]
public UIImage ScopeBarBackgroundImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The offset of the search text field background in the search bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("searchFieldBackgroundPositionAdjustment")]
public UIOffset SearchFieldBackgroundPositionAdjustment { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The offset of the text within the search text field background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("searchTextPositionAdjustment")]
public UIOffset SearchTextPositionAdjustment { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants to identify the icons used in the search bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UISearchBarIcon
{
/// <summary>
/// Identifies the search icon.
/// By default, the corresponding icon is a magnifying glass.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Search,
/// <summary>
/// Identifies the clear action icon.
/// By default, the corresponding icon is a circle containing an X.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Clear,
/// <summary>
/// Identifies the bookmarks icon.
/// By default, the corresponding icon is an open book.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Bookmark,
/// <summary>
/// Identifies the results list icon.
/// By default, the corresponding icon is a list lozenge icon.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
ResultsList,
}
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether the search bar has a background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UISearchBarStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// The search bar has the default style.
/// Defaults to UISearchBarStyleProminent.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Default,
/// <summary>
/// The search bar has a translucent background, and the search field is opaque.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Prominent,
/// <summary>
/// The search bar has no background, and the search field is translucent.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Minimal,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UISearchBar class implements a text field control for text-based searches. The control provides a text field for entering text, a search button, a bookmark button, and a cancel button. The UISearchBar object does not actually perform any searches. You use a delegate, an object conforming to the UISearchBarDelegate protocol, to implement the actions when text is entered and buttons are clicked.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISearchBar_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UISearchBar"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UISearchBar : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UIBarPositioning, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITextInputTraits, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UISearchBar() { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the display state of the cancel button optionally with animation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="showsCancelButton">true to display the cancel button, otherwise false.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to use animation to change the display state of the cancel button, otherwise false.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setShowsCancelButton")]
public virtual void SetShowsCancelButton(bool showsCancelButton, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the image used for the background in a given position and with given metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="barPosition">A bar position constant.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">A bar metrics constant.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("backgroundImageForBarPosition")]
public virtual UIImage BackgroundImageForBarPosition(UIBarPosition barPosition, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the image to use for the background in a given position and with given metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="backgroundImage">The image to use for the search bar background in the position specified by barPosition and with the metrics specified by barMetrics.</param>
/// <param name="forBarPosition">A bar position constant.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">A bar metrics constant.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setBackgroundImage")]
public virtual void SetBackgroundImage(UIImage backgroundImage, UIBarPosition forBarPosition, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the image for a given search bar icon type and control state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="icon">An icon identifier constant.</param>
/// <param name="state">A control state.
/// Valid states are UIControlStateNormal and UIControlStateDisabled.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("imageForSearchBarIcon")]
public virtual UIImage ImageForSearchBarIcon(UISearchBarIcon icon, UIControlState state) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the image for a given search bar icon type and control state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="iconImage">The image to use for the search bar icon identified by icon in the state identified by state.</param>
/// <param name="forSearchBarIcon">An icon identifier constant.</param>
/// <param name="state">A control state.
/// Valid states are UIControlStateNormal and UIControlStateDisabled.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setImage")]
public virtual void SetImage(UIImage iconImage, UISearchBarIcon forSearchBarIcon, UIControlState state) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the position adjustment for a given icon.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="icon">An icon identifier constant.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("positionAdjustmentForSearchBarIcon")]
public virtual UIOffset PositionAdjustmentForSearchBarIcon(UISearchBarIcon icon) { return default(UIOffset); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the position adjustment for a given icon.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="adjustment">The offset to use for the icon identified by icon.</param>
/// <param name="forSearchBarIcon">An icon identifier constant.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setPositionAdjustment")]
public virtual void SetPositionAdjustment(UIOffset adjustment, UISearchBarIcon forSearchBarIcon) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the background image for the scope bar button in a given state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">A control state.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("scopeBarButtonBackgroundImageForState")]
public virtual UIImage ScopeBarButtonBackgroundImageForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the background image for the scope bar button in a given state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="backgroundImage">The background image for the scope bar button in state.</param>
/// <param name="forState">A control state.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setScopeBarButtonBackgroundImage")]
public virtual void SetScopeBarButtonBackgroundImage(UIImage backgroundImage, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the divider image to use for a given combination of left and right segment states.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="leftState">The state of the left segment for which to provide the divider image.
/// The state may be UIControlStateNormal or UIControlStateSelected.</param>
/// <param name="rightSegmentState">The state of the right segment for which to provide the divider image.
/// The state may be UIControlStateNormal or UIControlStateSelected.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("scopeBarButtonDividerImageForLeftSegmentState")]
public virtual UIImage ScopeBarButtonDividerImageForLeftSegmentState(UIControlState leftState, UIControlState rightSegmentState) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the divider image to use for a given combination of left and right segment states.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="dividerImage">The divider image to use for the combination of leftState and rightState.</param>
/// <param name="forLeftSegmentState">The state of the left segment for which to set the divider image.
/// The state may be UIControlStateNormal or UIControlStateSelected.</param>
/// <param name="rightSegmentState">The state of the right segment for which to set the divider image.
/// The state may be UIControlStateNormal or UIControlStateSelected.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setScopeBarButtonDividerImage")]
public virtual void SetScopeBarButtonDividerImage(UIImage dividerImage, UIControlState forLeftSegmentState, UIControlState rightSegmentState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the text attributes for the search bar’s button’s title string for a given state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">A control state.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("scopeBarButtonTitleTextAttributesForState")]
public virtual Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> ScopeBarButtonTitleTextAttributesForState(UIControlState state) { return default(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject>); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the text attributes for the search bar’ button’s title string for a given state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="attributes">A dictionary containing key-value pairs specifying the text attributes to use for state.
/// You may specify the font, text color, text shadow color, and text shadow offset, using the keys found in NSString UIKit Additions Reference.</param>
/// <param name="forState">A control state.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setScopeBarButtonTitleTextAttributes")]
public virtual void SetScopeBarButtonTitleTextAttributes(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> attributes, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the search text field image for a given state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">A control state.
/// Valid states are UIControlStateNormal and UIControlStateDisabled.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("searchFieldBackgroundImageForState")]
public virtual UIImage SearchFieldBackgroundImageForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the search text field image for a given state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="backgroundImage">The search text field image image to use for state.</param>
/// <param name="forState">A control state.
/// Valid states are UIControlStateNormal and UIControlStateDisabled.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setSearchFieldBackgroundImage")]
public virtual void SetSearchFieldBackgroundImage(UIImage backgroundImage, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// The string that is displayed when there is no other text in the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("placeholder")]
public string Placeholder { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A single line of text displayed at the top of the search bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("prompt")]
public string Prompt { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current or starting search text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("text")]
public string Text { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A bar style that specifies the search bar’s appearance.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("barStyle")]
public UIBarStyle BarStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to apply to the search bar background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("barTintColor")]
public UIColor BarTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A search bar style that specifies the search bar’s appearance.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("searchBarStyle")]
public UISearchBarStyle SearchBarStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to apply to key elements in the search bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the search bar is translucent (true) or not (false).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("translucent")]
public bool Translucent { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the bookmark button is displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("showsBookmarkButton")]
public bool ShowsBookmarkButton { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the cancel button is displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("showsCancelButton")]
public bool ShowsCancelButton { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the search results button is displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("showsSearchResultsButton")]
public bool ShowsSearchResultsButton { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the search results button is selected.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("searchResultsButtonSelected")]
public bool SearchResultsButtonSelected { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of strings indicating the titles of the scope buttons.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("scopeButtonTitles")]
public AnyObject[] ScopeButtonTitles { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The index of the selected scope button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("selectedScopeButtonIndex")]
public int SelectedScopeButtonIndex { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether the scope bar is displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("showsScopeBar")]
public bool ShowsScopeBar { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The search bar’s delegate object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UISearchBarDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The background image for the search bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("backgroundImage")]
public UIImage BackgroundImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A custom input accessory view for the keyboard of the search bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("inputAccessoryView")]
public UIView InputAccessoryView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The background image for the scope bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("scopeBarBackgroundImage")]
public UIImage ScopeBarBackgroundImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The offset of the search text field background in the search bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("searchFieldBackgroundPositionAdjustment")]
public UIOffset SearchFieldBackgroundPositionAdjustment { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The offset of the text within the search text field background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("searchTextPositionAdjustment")]
public UIOffset SearchTextPositionAdjustment { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants to identify the icons used in the search bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UISearchBarIcon
{
/// <summary>
/// Identifies the search icon.
/// By default, the corresponding icon is a magnifying glass.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Search,
/// <summary>
/// Identifies the clear action icon.
/// By default, the corresponding icon is a circle containing an X.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Clear,
/// <summary>
/// Identifies the bookmarks icon.
/// By default, the corresponding icon is an open book.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Bookmark,
/// <summary>
/// Identifies the results list icon.
/// By default, the corresponding icon is a list lozenge icon.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
ResultsList,
}
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether the search bar has a background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UISearchBarStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// The search bar has the default style.
/// Defaults to UISearchBarStyleProminent.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Default,
/// <summary>
/// The search bar has a translucent background, and the search field is opaque.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Prominent,
/// <summary>
/// The search bar has no background, and the search field is translucent.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Minimal,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISearchController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISearchController.cs index 904edce4..1fb14dde 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISearchController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISearchController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UISearchController class defines an interface that manages the presentation of a search bar in concert with the search results controller’s content. The search results controller, a UIViewController object specified by the searchResultsController property, manages the results of the search.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISearchController/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UISearchController"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UISearchController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment, UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning, UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate
{
/// <summary>
/// Create a new search controller using a search results controller that determines where search results are displayed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchResultsController">The UIViewController object that manages the search results.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UISearchController(UIViewController searchResultsController) : base("", null) { }
/// <summary>
/// The presented state of the search interface.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("active")]
public bool Active { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The search controller’s delegate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UISearchControllerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Determines whether the underlying content is dimmed during a search.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("dimsBackgroundDuringPresentation")]
public bool DimsBackgroundDuringPresentation { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Determines whether the navigation bar is hidden during searching.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("hidesNavigationBarDuringPresentation")]
public bool HidesNavigationBarDuringPresentation { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The search bar object used by the search controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("searchBar")]
public UISearchBar SearchBar { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view controller that manages the results of the search. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("searchResultsController")]
public UIViewController SearchResultsController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The object responsible for updating the contents of the search results controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("searchResultsUpdater")]
public UISearchResultsUpdating SearchResultsUpdater { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UISearchController class defines an interface that manages the presentation of a search bar in concert with the search results controller’s content. The search results controller, a UIViewController object specified by the searchResultsController property, manages the results of the search.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISearchController/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UISearchController"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UISearchController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment, UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning, UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate
{
public UISearchController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Create a new search controller using a search results controller that determines where search results are displayed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchResultsController">The UIViewController object that manages the search results.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UISearchController(UIViewController searchResultsController) { }
/// <summary>
/// The presented state of the search interface.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("active")]
public bool Active { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The search controller’s delegate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UISearchControllerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Determines whether the underlying content is dimmed during a search.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("dimsBackgroundDuringPresentation")]
public bool DimsBackgroundDuringPresentation { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Determines whether the navigation bar is hidden during searching.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("hidesNavigationBarDuringPresentation")]
public bool HidesNavigationBarDuringPresentation { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The search bar object used by the search controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("searchBar")]
public UISearchBar SearchBar { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view controller that manages the results of the search. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("searchResultsController")]
public UIViewController SearchResultsController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The object responsible for updating the contents of the search results controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("searchResultsUpdater")]
public UISearchResultsUpdating SearchResultsUpdater { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISearchDisplayController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISearchDisplayController.cs index 613ff4db..00b61cca 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISearchDisplayController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISearchDisplayController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A search display controller manages the display of a search bar, along with a table view that displays search results.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISearchDisplayController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UISearchDisplayController"/>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UISearchDisplayController : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns a display controller initialized with the given search bar and contents controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">A search bar.
/// The search bar must not currently be associated with another search display controller.</param>
/// <param name="contentsController">The view controller that manages display of the original contents that are to be searched.
/// The view controller must not currently be associated with another search display controller.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public UISearchDisplayController(UISearchBar searchBar, UIViewController contentsController) { }
/// <summary>
/// Displays or hides the search interface, optionally with animation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="visible">true to display the search interface if it is not already displayed; false to hide the search interface if it is currently displayed.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to use animation for a change in visible state, otherwise false.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setActive")]
public void SetActive(bool visible, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// The visibility state of the search interface.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("active")]
public bool Active { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The controller’s delegate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UISearchDisplayDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The search bar. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchBar")]
public UISearchBar SearchBar { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view controller that manages the contents being searched. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchContentsController")]
public UIViewController SearchContentsController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The table view in which the search results are displayed. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchResultsTableView")]
public UITableView SearchResultsTableView { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The data source for the table view in which the search results are displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchResultsDataSource")]
public UITableViewDataSource SearchResultsDataSource { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate for the table view in which the search results are displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchResultsDelegate")]
public UITableViewDelegate SearchResultsDelegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The title for the search results view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("searchResultsTitle")]
public string SearchResultsTitle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the navigation bar contains a search bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("displaysSearchBarInNavigationBar")]
public bool DisplaysSearchBarInNavigationBar { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Represents the search display controller in a navigation controller’s navigation bar. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("navigationItem")]
public UINavigationItem NavigationItem { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A search display controller manages the display of a search bar, along with a table view that displays search results.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISearchDisplayController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UISearchDisplayController"/>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public class UISearchDisplayController : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UISearchDisplayController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a display controller initialized with the given search bar and contents controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="searchBar">A search bar.
/// The search bar must not currently be associated with another search display controller.</param>
/// <param name="contentsController">The view controller that manages display of the original contents that are to be searched.
/// The view controller must not currently be associated with another search display controller.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public UISearchDisplayController(UISearchBar searchBar, UIViewController contentsController) { }
/// <summary>
/// Displays or hides the search interface, optionally with animation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="visible">true to display the search interface if it is not already displayed; false to hide the search interface if it is currently displayed.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to use animation for a change in visible state, otherwise false.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setActive")]
public virtual void SetActive(bool visible, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// The visibility state of the search interface.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("active")]
public bool Active { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The controller’s delegate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UISearchDisplayDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The search bar. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchBar")]
public UISearchBar SearchBar { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view controller that manages the contents being searched. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchContentsController")]
public UIViewController SearchContentsController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The table view in which the search results are displayed. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchResultsTableView")]
public UITableView SearchResultsTableView { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The data source for the table view in which the search results are displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchResultsDataSource")]
public UITableViewDataSource SearchResultsDataSource { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate for the table view in which the search results are displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchResultsDelegate")]
public UITableViewDelegate SearchResultsDelegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The title for the search results view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("searchResultsTitle")]
public string SearchResultsTitle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies that the navigation bar contains a search bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("displaysSearchBarInNavigationBar")]
public bool DisplaysSearchBarInNavigationBar { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Represents the search display controller in a navigation controller’s navigation bar. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("navigationItem")]
public UINavigationItem NavigationItem { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISegmentedControl.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISegmentedControl.cs index 34ee12b2..eed368a1 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISegmentedControl.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISegmentedControl.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UISegmentedControl object is a horizontal control made of multiple segments, each segment functioning as a discrete button. A segmented control affords a compact means to group together a number of controls.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISegmentedControl_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UISegmentedControl"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UISegmentedControl : UIControl//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a segmented control with segments having the given titles or images.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">An array of NSString objects (for segment titles) or UIImage objects (for segment images).</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UISegmentedControl(AnyObject[] items) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the content of a segment to a given image.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">An image object to display in the segment. .</param>
/// <param name="forSegmentAtIndex">An index number identifying a segment in the control. It must be a number between 0 and the number of segments (numberOfSegments) minus 1; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setImage")]
public void SetImage(UIImage image, int forSegmentAtIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the image for a specific segment
/// </summary>
/// <param name="segment">An index number identifying a segment in the control. It must be a number between 0 and the number of segments (numberOfSegments) minus 1; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("imageForSegmentAtIndex")]
public UIImage ImageForSegmentAtIndex(int segment) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the title of a segment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">A string to display in the segment as its title.</param>
/// <param name="forSegmentAtIndex">An index number identifying a segment in the control. It must be a number between 0 and the number of segments (numberOfSegments) minus 1; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setTitle")]
public void SetTitle(string title, int forSegmentAtIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the title of the specified segment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="segment">An index number identifying a segment in the control. It must be a number between 0 and the number of segments (numberOfSegments) minus 1; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("titleForSegmentAtIndex")]
public string TitleForSegmentAtIndex(int segment) { return default(string); }
/// <summary>
/// Inserts a segment at a specified position in the receiver and gives it an image as content.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">An image object to use as the content of the segment.</param>
/// <param name="atIndex">An index number identifying a segment in the control.
/// segment must be a number in the range 0 to the number of segments (numberOfSegments) inclusive; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.
/// The new segment is inserted just before the designated one.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if the insertion of the new segment should be animated, otherwise false.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("insertSegmentWithImage")]
public void InsertSegmentWithImage(UIImage image, int atIndex, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Inserts a segment at a specific position in the receiver and gives it a title as content.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">A string to use as the segment’s title.</param>
/// <param name="atIndex">An index number identifying a segment in the control.
/// segment must be a number in the range 0 to the number of segments (numberOfSegments) inclusive; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.
/// The new segment is inserted just before the designated one.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if the insertion of the new segment should be animated, otherwise false.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("insertSegmentWithTitle")]
public void InsertSegmentWithTitle(string title, int atIndex, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes all segments of the receiver
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("removeAllSegments")]
public void RemoveAllSegments() { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes the specified segment from the receiver, optionally animating the transition.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="segment">An index number identifying a segment in the control. It must be a number between 0 and the number of segments (numberOfSegments) minus 1; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if the removal of the new segment should be animated, otherwise false.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("removeSegmentAtIndex")]
public void RemoveSegmentAtIndex(int segment, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Enables the specified segment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="enabled">true to enable the specified segment or false to disable the segment. By default, segments are enabled.</param>
/// <param name="forSegmentAtIndex">An index number identifying a segment in the control. It must be a number between 0 and the number of segments (numberOfSegments) minus 1; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setEnabled")]
public void SetEnabled(bool enabled, int forSegmentAtIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the indicated segment is enabled.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="segment">An index number identifying a segment in the control. It must be a number between 0 and the number of segments (numberOfSegments) minus 1; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("isEnabledForSegmentAtIndex")]
public bool IsEnabledForSegmentAtIndex(int segment) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Adjusts the offset for drawing the content (image or text) of the specified segment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="offset">The offset (specified as a CGSize type) from the origin of the segment at which to draw the segment’s content. The default offset is (0,0).</param>
/// <param name="forSegmentAtIndex">An index number identifying a segment in the control. It must be a number between 0 and the number of segments (numberOfSegments) minus 1; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setContentOffset")]
public void SetContentOffset(CGSize offset, int forSegmentAtIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the offset for drawing the content (image or text) of the specified segment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="segment">An index number identifying a segment in the control. It must be a number between 0 and the number of segments (numberOfSegments) minus 1; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("contentOffsetForSegmentAtIndex")]
public CGSize ContentOffsetForSegmentAtIndex(int segment) { return default(CGSize); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the width of the specified segment of the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="width">A float value specifying the width of the segment. The default value is {0.0}, which tells UISegmentedControl to automatically size the segment.</param>
/// <param name="forSegmentAtIndex">An index number identifying a segment in the control. It must be a number between 0 and the number of segments (numberOfSegments) minus 1; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setWidth")]
public void SetWidth(CGFloat width, int forSegmentAtIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the width of the indicated segment of the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="segment">An index number identifying a segment in the control. It must be a number between 0 and the number of segments (numberOfSegments) minus 1; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("widthForSegmentAtIndex")]
public CGFloat WidthForSegmentAtIndex(int segment) { return default(CGFloat); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the background image for a given state and bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">A control state.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("backgroundImageForState")]
public UIImage BackgroundImageForState(UIControlState state, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the background image for a given state and bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="backgroundImage">The background image to use for state and barMetrics.</param>
/// <param name="forState">A control state.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setBackgroundImage")]
public void SetBackgroundImage(UIImage backgroundImage, UIControlState forState, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the positioning offset for a given segment and bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="leftCenterRightOrAlone">An identifier for a segment.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("contentPositionAdjustmentForSegmentType")]
public UIOffset ContentPositionAdjustmentForSegmentType(UISegmentedControlSegment leftCenterRightOrAlone, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIOffset); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the content positioning offset for a given segment and bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="adjustment">The positioning offset for the segment identified by leftCenterRightOrAlone and barMetrics.</param>
/// <param name="forSegmentType">An identifier for a segment type.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setContentPositionAdjustment")]
public void SetContentPositionAdjustment(UIOffset adjustment, UISegmentedControlSegment forSegmentType, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the divider image used for a given combination of left and right segment states and bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="leftState">The state of the left segment.</param>
/// <param name="rightSegmentState">The state of the right segment.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("dividerImageForLeftSegmentState")]
public UIImage DividerImageForLeftSegmentState(UIControlState leftState, UIControlState rightSegmentState, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the divider image used for a given combination of left and right segment states and bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="dividerImage">The divider image to use.</param>
/// <param name="forLeftSegmentState">The state of the left segment.</param>
/// <param name="rightSegmentState">The state of the right segment.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setDividerImage")]
public void SetDividerImage(UIImage dividerImage, UIControlState forLeftSegmentState, UIControlState rightSegmentState, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the text attributes of the title for a given control state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">A control state.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("titleTextAttributesForState")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> TitleTextAttributesForState(UIControlState state) { return default(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject>); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the text attributes of the title for a given control state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="attributes">The text attributes of the title for state.</param>
/// <param name="forState">A control state.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setTitleTextAttributes")]
public void SetTitleTextAttributes(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> attributes, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the number of segments the receiver has. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("numberOfSegments")]
public int NumberOfSegments { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The index number identifying the selected segment (that is, the last segment touched).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selectedSegmentIndex")]
public int SelectedSegmentIndex { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether segments in the receiver show selected state.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("momentary")]
public bool Momentary { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates whether the control attempts to adjust segment widths based on their content widths.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("apportionsSegmentWidthsByContent")]
public bool ApportionsSegmentWidthsByContent { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color of the segmented control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A constant for indicating that no segment is selected.
/// </summary>
public int UISegmentedControlNoSegment { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants for specifying a segment in a control
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UISegmentedControlSegment
{
/// <summary>
/// Specifies any segment.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Any,
/// <summary>
/// The capped, leftmost segment.
/// Only applies when numSegments > 1.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// Any segment between the left and rightmost segments.
/// Only applies when numSegments > 2.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Center,
/// <summary>
/// The capped,rightmost segment. .
/// Only applies when numSegments > 1.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Right,
/// <summary>
/// The standalone segment, capped on both ends.
/// Only applies when numSegments = 1.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Alone,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UISegmentedControl object is a horizontal control made of multiple segments, each segment functioning as a discrete button. A segmented control affords a compact means to group together a number of controls.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISegmentedControl_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UISegmentedControl"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UISegmentedControl : UIControl//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UISegmentedControl() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a segmented control with segments having the given titles or images.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">An array of NSString objects (for segment titles) or UIImage objects (for segment images).</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UISegmentedControl(AnyObject[] items) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the content of a segment to a given image.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">An image object to display in the segment. .</param>
/// <param name="forSegmentAtIndex">An index number identifying a segment in the control. It must be a number between 0 and the number of segments (numberOfSegments) minus 1; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setImage")]
public virtual void SetImage(UIImage image, int forSegmentAtIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the image for a specific segment
/// </summary>
/// <param name="segment">An index number identifying a segment in the control. It must be a number between 0 and the number of segments (numberOfSegments) minus 1; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("imageForSegmentAtIndex")]
public virtual UIImage ImageForSegmentAtIndex(int segment) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the title of a segment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">A string to display in the segment as its title.</param>
/// <param name="forSegmentAtIndex">An index number identifying a segment in the control. It must be a number between 0 and the number of segments (numberOfSegments) minus 1; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setTitle")]
public virtual void SetTitle(string title, int forSegmentAtIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the title of the specified segment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="segment">An index number identifying a segment in the control. It must be a number between 0 and the number of segments (numberOfSegments) minus 1; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("titleForSegmentAtIndex")]
public virtual string TitleForSegmentAtIndex(int segment) { return default(string); }
/// <summary>
/// Inserts a segment at a specified position in the receiver and gives it an image as content.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">An image object to use as the content of the segment.</param>
/// <param name="atIndex">An index number identifying a segment in the control.
/// segment must be a number in the range 0 to the number of segments (numberOfSegments) inclusive; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.
/// The new segment is inserted just before the designated one.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if the insertion of the new segment should be animated, otherwise false.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("insertSegmentWithImage")]
public virtual void InsertSegmentWithImage(UIImage image, int atIndex, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Inserts a segment at a specific position in the receiver and gives it a title as content.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">A string to use as the segment’s title.</param>
/// <param name="atIndex">An index number identifying a segment in the control.
/// segment must be a number in the range 0 to the number of segments (numberOfSegments) inclusive; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.
/// The new segment is inserted just before the designated one.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if the insertion of the new segment should be animated, otherwise false.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("insertSegmentWithTitle")]
public virtual void InsertSegmentWithTitle(string title, int atIndex, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes all segments of the receiver
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("removeAllSegments")]
public virtual void RemoveAllSegments() { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes the specified segment from the receiver, optionally animating the transition.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="segment">An index number identifying a segment in the control. It must be a number between 0 and the number of segments (numberOfSegments) minus 1; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if the removal of the new segment should be animated, otherwise false.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("removeSegmentAtIndex")]
public virtual void RemoveSegmentAtIndex(int segment, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Enables the specified segment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="enabled">true to enable the specified segment or false to disable the segment. By default, segments are enabled.</param>
/// <param name="forSegmentAtIndex">An index number identifying a segment in the control. It must be a number between 0 and the number of segments (numberOfSegments) minus 1; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setEnabled")]
public virtual void SetEnabled(bool enabled, int forSegmentAtIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the indicated segment is enabled.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="segment">An index number identifying a segment in the control. It must be a number between 0 and the number of segments (numberOfSegments) minus 1; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("isEnabledForSegmentAtIndex")]
public virtual bool IsEnabledForSegmentAtIndex(int segment) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Adjusts the offset for drawing the content (image or text) of the specified segment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="offset">The offset (specified as a CGSize type) from the origin of the segment at which to draw the segment’s content. The default offset is (0,0).</param>
/// <param name="forSegmentAtIndex">An index number identifying a segment in the control. It must be a number between 0 and the number of segments (numberOfSegments) minus 1; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setContentOffset")]
public virtual void SetContentOffset(CGSize offset, int forSegmentAtIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the offset for drawing the content (image or text) of the specified segment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="segment">An index number identifying a segment in the control. It must be a number between 0 and the number of segments (numberOfSegments) minus 1; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("contentOffsetForSegmentAtIndex")]
public virtual CGSize ContentOffsetForSegmentAtIndex(int segment) { return default(CGSize); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the width of the specified segment of the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="width">A float value specifying the width of the segment. The default value is {0.0}, which tells UISegmentedControl to automatically size the segment.</param>
/// <param name="forSegmentAtIndex">An index number identifying a segment in the control. It must be a number between 0 and the number of segments (numberOfSegments) minus 1; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setWidth")]
public virtual void SetWidth(CGFloat width, int forSegmentAtIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the width of the indicated segment of the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="segment">An index number identifying a segment in the control. It must be a number between 0 and the number of segments (numberOfSegments) minus 1; values exceeding this upper range are pinned to it.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("widthForSegmentAtIndex")]
public virtual CGFloat WidthForSegmentAtIndex(int segment) { return default(CGFloat); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the background image for a given state and bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">A control state.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("backgroundImageForState")]
public virtual UIImage BackgroundImageForState(UIControlState state, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the background image for a given state and bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="backgroundImage">The background image to use for state and barMetrics.</param>
/// <param name="forState">A control state.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setBackgroundImage")]
public virtual void SetBackgroundImage(UIImage backgroundImage, UIControlState forState, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the positioning offset for a given segment and bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="leftCenterRightOrAlone">An identifier for a segment.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("contentPositionAdjustmentForSegmentType")]
public virtual UIOffset ContentPositionAdjustmentForSegmentType(UISegmentedControlSegment leftCenterRightOrAlone, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIOffset); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the content positioning offset for a given segment and bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="adjustment">The positioning offset for the segment identified by leftCenterRightOrAlone and barMetrics.</param>
/// <param name="forSegmentType">An identifier for a segment type.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setContentPositionAdjustment")]
public virtual void SetContentPositionAdjustment(UIOffset adjustment, UISegmentedControlSegment forSegmentType, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the divider image used for a given combination of left and right segment states and bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="leftState">The state of the left segment.</param>
/// <param name="rightSegmentState">The state of the right segment.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("dividerImageForLeftSegmentState")]
public virtual UIImage DividerImageForLeftSegmentState(UIControlState leftState, UIControlState rightSegmentState, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the divider image used for a given combination of left and right segment states and bar metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="dividerImage">The divider image to use.</param>
/// <param name="forLeftSegmentState">The state of the left segment.</param>
/// <param name="rightSegmentState">The state of the right segment.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">Bar metrics.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setDividerImage")]
public virtual void SetDividerImage(UIImage dividerImage, UIControlState forLeftSegmentState, UIControlState rightSegmentState, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the text attributes of the title for a given control state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">A control state.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("titleTextAttributesForState")]
public virtual Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> TitleTextAttributesForState(UIControlState state) { return default(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject>); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the text attributes of the title for a given control state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="attributes">The text attributes of the title for state.</param>
/// <param name="forState">A control state.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setTitleTextAttributes")]
public virtual void SetTitleTextAttributes(Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> attributes, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the number of segments the receiver has. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("numberOfSegments")]
public int NumberOfSegments { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The index number identifying the selected segment (that is, the last segment touched).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selectedSegmentIndex")]
public int SelectedSegmentIndex { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether segments in the receiver show selected state.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("momentary")]
public bool Momentary { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates whether the control attempts to adjust segment widths based on their content widths.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("apportionsSegmentWidthsByContent")]
public bool ApportionsSegmentWidthsByContent { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color of the segmented control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A constant for indicating that no segment is selected.
/// </summary>
public int UISegmentedControlNoSegment { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants for specifying a segment in a control
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public enum UISegmentedControlSegment
{
/// <summary>
/// Specifies any segment.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Any,
/// <summary>
/// The capped, leftmost segment.
/// Only applies when numSegments > 1.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// Any segment between the left and rightmost segments.
/// Only applies when numSegments > 2.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Center,
/// <summary>
/// The capped,rightmost segment. .
/// Only applies when numSegments > 1.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Right,
/// <summary>
/// The standalone segment, capped on both ends.
/// Only applies when numSegments = 1.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Alone,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISimpleTextPrintFormatter.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISimpleTextPrintFormatter.cs index 755a15d9..2d6466b4 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISimpleTextPrintFormatter.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISimpleTextPrintFormatter.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// Instances of the UISimpleTextPrintFormatter class lay out plain text for printing, possibly over multiple pages. The class allows you to specify global font, color, and text alignment properties for the printed text.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISimpleTextPrintFormatter_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UISimpleTextPrintFormatter"/>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public class UISimpleTextPrintFormatter : UIPrintFormatter//, AnyObject, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns a simple-text print formatter initialized with attributed text.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="attributedText">A string of attributed text or nil if you intend to assign the text later.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UISimpleTextPrintFormatter(NSAttributedString attributedText) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a simple-text print formatter initialized with plain text.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="text">A string of plain text or nil if you intend to assign the text later.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public UISimpleTextPrintFormatter(string text) { }
/// <summary>
/// A string of attributed text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("attributedText")]
public NSAttributedString AttributedText { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A string of plain text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("text")]
public string Text { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The font of the printed text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("font")]
public UIFont Font { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color of the printed text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("color")]
public UIColor Color { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The alignment of the printed text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("textAlignment")]
public NSTextAlignment TextAlignment { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// Instances of the UISimpleTextPrintFormatter class lay out plain text for printing, possibly over multiple pages. The class allows you to specify global font, color, and text alignment properties for the printed text.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISimpleTextPrintFormatter_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UISimpleTextPrintFormatter"/>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public class UISimpleTextPrintFormatter : UIPrintFormatter//, AnyObject, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UISimpleTextPrintFormatter() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a simple-text print formatter initialized with attributed text.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="attributedText">A string of attributed text or nil if you intend to assign the text later.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UISimpleTextPrintFormatter(NSAttributedString attributedText) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a simple-text print formatter initialized with plain text.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="text">A string of plain text or nil if you intend to assign the text later.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public UISimpleTextPrintFormatter(string text) { }
/// <summary>
/// A string of attributed text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("attributedText")]
public NSAttributedString AttributedText { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A string of plain text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("text")]
public string Text { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The font of the printed text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("font")]
public UIFont Font { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color of the printed text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("color")]
public UIColor Color { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The alignment of the printed text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("textAlignment")]
public NSTextAlignment TextAlignment { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISlider.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISlider.cs index 9fe4b7f1..0e1efaf7 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISlider.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISlider.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UISlider object is a visual control used to select a single value from a continuous range of values. Sliders are always displayed as horizontal bars. An indicator, or thumb, notes the current value of the slider and can be moved by the user to change the setting.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISlider_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UISlider"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UISlider : UIControl//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Sets the receiver’s current value, allowing you to animate the change visually.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="value">The new value to assign to the value property</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the change in value when the receiver is redrawn; otherwise, specify false to draw the receiver with the new value only. Animations are performed asynchronously and do not block the calling thread.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setValue")]
public void SetValue(float value, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the minimum track image associated with the specified control state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The control state whose minimum track image you want. You should specify only one control state value for this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("minimumTrackImageForState")]
public UIImage MinimumTrackImageForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Assigns a minimum track image to the specified control states.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The minimum track image to associate with the specified states.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The control state with which to associate the image.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setMinimumTrackImage")]
public void SetMinimumTrackImage(UIImage image, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the maximum track image associated with the specified control state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The control state whose maximum track image you want. You should specify only one control state value for this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("maximumTrackImageForState")]
public UIImage MaximumTrackImageForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Assigns a maximum track image to the specified control states.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The maximum track image to associate with the specified states.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The control state with which to associate the image.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setMaximumTrackImage")]
public void SetMaximumTrackImage(UIImage image, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the thumb image associated with the specified control state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The control state whose thumb image you want. You should specify only one control state value for this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("thumbImageForState")]
public UIImage ThumbImageForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Assigns a thumb image to the specified control states.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The thumb image to associate with the specified states.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The control state with which to associate the image.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setThumbImage")]
public void SetThumbImage(UIImage image, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing rectangle for the maximum value image.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("maximumValueImageRectForBounds")]
public CGRect MaximumValueImageRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing rectangle for the minimum value image.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("minimumValueImageRectForBounds")]
public CGRect MinimumValueImageRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing rectangle for the slider’s track.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("trackRectForBounds")]
public CGRect TrackRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing rectangle for the slider’s thumb image.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
/// <param name="trackRect">The drawing rectangle for the receiver’s track, as returned by the trackRectForBounds: method.</param>
/// <param name="value">The current value of the slider.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("thumbRectForBounds")]
public CGRect ThumbRectForBounds(CGRect bounds, CGRect trackRect, float value) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Contains the receiver’s current value.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("value")]
public float Value { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Contains the minimum value of the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("minimumValue")]
public float MinimumValue { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Contains the maximum value of the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("maximumValue")]
public float MaximumValue { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Contains a Boolean value indicating whether changes in the sliders value generate continuous update events.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("continuous")]
public bool Continuous { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Contains the image that is drawn on the side of the slider representing the minimum value.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("minimumValueImage")]
public UIImage MinimumValueImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Contains the image that is drawn on the side of the slider representing the maximum value.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("maximumValueImage")]
public UIImage MaximumValueImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color used to tint the standard minimum track images.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("minimumTrackTintColor")]
public UIColor MinimumTrackTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Contains the minimum track image currently being used to render the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("currentMinimumTrackImage")]
public UIImage CurrentMinimumTrackImage { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color used to tint the standard maximum track images.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("maximumTrackTintColor")]
public UIColor MaximumTrackTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Contains the maximum track image currently being used to render the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("currentMaximumTrackImage")]
public UIImage CurrentMaximumTrackImage { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color used to tint the standard thumb images.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("thumbTintColor")]
public UIColor ThumbTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Contains the thumb image currently being used to render the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("currentThumbImage")]
public UIImage CurrentThumbImage { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UISlider object is a visual control used to select a single value from a continuous range of values. Sliders are always displayed as horizontal bars. An indicator, or thumb, notes the current value of the slider and can be moved by the user to change the setting.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISlider_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UISlider"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UISlider : UIControl//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UISlider() { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the receiver’s current value, allowing you to animate the change visually.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="value">The new value to assign to the value property</param>
/// <param name="animated">Specify true to animate the change in value when the receiver is redrawn; otherwise, specify false to draw the receiver with the new value only. Animations are performed asynchronously and do not block the calling thread.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setValue")]
public virtual void SetValue(float value, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the minimum track image associated with the specified control state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The control state whose minimum track image you want. You should specify only one control state value for this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("minimumTrackImageForState")]
public virtual UIImage MinimumTrackImageForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Assigns a minimum track image to the specified control states.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The minimum track image to associate with the specified states.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The control state with which to associate the image.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setMinimumTrackImage")]
public virtual void SetMinimumTrackImage(UIImage image, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the maximum track image associated with the specified control state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The control state whose maximum track image you want. You should specify only one control state value for this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("maximumTrackImageForState")]
public virtual UIImage MaximumTrackImageForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Assigns a maximum track image to the specified control states.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The maximum track image to associate with the specified states.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The control state with which to associate the image.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setMaximumTrackImage")]
public virtual void SetMaximumTrackImage(UIImage image, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the thumb image associated with the specified control state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The control state whose thumb image you want. You should specify only one control state value for this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("thumbImageForState")]
public virtual UIImage ThumbImageForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Assigns a thumb image to the specified control states.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The thumb image to associate with the specified states.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The control state with which to associate the image.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setThumbImage")]
public virtual void SetThumbImage(UIImage image, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing rectangle for the maximum value image.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("maximumValueImageRectForBounds")]
public virtual CGRect MaximumValueImageRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing rectangle for the minimum value image.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("minimumValueImageRectForBounds")]
public virtual CGRect MinimumValueImageRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing rectangle for the slider’s track.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("trackRectForBounds")]
public virtual CGRect TrackRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing rectangle for the slider’s thumb image.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
/// <param name="trackRect">The drawing rectangle for the receiver’s track, as returned by the trackRectForBounds: method.</param>
/// <param name="value">The current value of the slider.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("thumbRectForBounds")]
public virtual CGRect ThumbRectForBounds(CGRect bounds, CGRect trackRect, float value) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Contains the receiver’s current value.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("value")]
public float Value { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Contains the minimum value of the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("minimumValue")]
public float MinimumValue { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Contains the maximum value of the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("maximumValue")]
public float MaximumValue { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Contains a Boolean value indicating whether changes in the sliders value generate continuous update events.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("continuous")]
public bool Continuous { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Contains the image that is drawn on the side of the slider representing the minimum value.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("minimumValueImage")]
public UIImage MinimumValueImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Contains the image that is drawn on the side of the slider representing the maximum value.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("maximumValueImage")]
public UIImage MaximumValueImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color used to tint the standard minimum track images.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("minimumTrackTintColor")]
public UIColor MinimumTrackTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Contains the minimum track image currently being used to render the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("currentMinimumTrackImage")]
public UIImage CurrentMinimumTrackImage { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color used to tint the standard maximum track images.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("maximumTrackTintColor")]
public UIColor MaximumTrackTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Contains the maximum track image currently being used to render the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("currentMaximumTrackImage")]
public UIImage CurrentMaximumTrackImage { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color used to tint the standard thumb images.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("thumbTintColor")]
public UIColor ThumbTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Contains the thumb image currently being used to render the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("currentThumbImage")]
public UIImage CurrentThumbImage { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISnapBehavior.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISnapBehavior.cs index d1883b86..6e0f4662 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISnapBehavior.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISnapBehavior.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A snap behavior defines a dynamic item’s movement to a specified point; the movement proceeds with a spring-like effect, ending with an oscillation whose amount you can set.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISnapBehavior_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UISnapBehavior"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UISnapBehavior : UIDynamicBehavior//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a snap behavior with a dynamic item and a snap point.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item that you want to apply a snap behavior to.</param>
/// <param name="snapToPoint">The point that you want the dynamic item to snap to. The coordinate system for the point parameter depends on how you initialize the dynamic animator you’re adding the snap behavior to, as described in the overview of UIDynamicAnimator Class Reference.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UISnapBehavior(UIDynamicItem item, CGPoint snapToPoint) { }
/// <summary>
/// The amount of oscillation of a dynamic item during the conclusion of a snap.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("damping")]
public CGFloat Damping { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A snap behavior defines a dynamic item’s movement to a specified point; the movement proceeds with a spring-like effect, ending with an oscillation whose amount you can set.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISnapBehavior_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UISnapBehavior"/>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public class UISnapBehavior : UIDynamicBehavior//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UISnapBehavior() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a snap behavior with a dynamic item and a snap point.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="item">The dynamic item that you want to apply a snap behavior to.</param>
/// <param name="snapToPoint">The point that you want the dynamic item to snap to. The coordinate system for the point parameter depends on how you initialize the dynamic animator you’re adding the snap behavior to, as described in the overview of UIDynamicAnimator Class Reference.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UISnapBehavior(UIDynamicItem item, CGPoint snapToPoint) { }
/// <summary>
/// The amount of oscillation of a dynamic item during the conclusion of a snap.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("damping")]
public CGFloat Damping { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISplitViewController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISplitViewController.cs index 76c006c4..aec25821 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISplitViewController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISplitViewController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UISplitViewController class is a container view controller that presents a master-detail interface. In a master-detail interface, changes in the primary view controller (the master) drive changes in a secondary view controller (the detail). The two view controllers can be arranged so that they are side-by-side, so that only one at a time is visible, or so that one only partially hides the other. In iOS 8 and later, you can use the UISplitViewController class on all iOS devices; in previous versions of iOS, the class is available only on iPad.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISplitViewController_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UISplitViewController"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UISplitViewController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UISplitViewController() : base("", null) { }
/// <summary>
/// A button that changes the display mode of the split view controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("displayModeButtonItem")]
public UIBarButtonItem DisplayModeButtonItem() { return default(UIBarButtonItem); }
/// <summary>
/// Presents the specified view controller as the secondary view controller of the split view interface.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="vc">The view controller to display in the secondary (or detail) location of the split view interface. If you specify nil for this parameter or if this view controller is the same as the one it would replace, this method does nothing.</param>
/// <param name="sender">The view or view controller that made the request.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("showDetailViewController")]
public void ShowDetailViewController(UIViewController vc, AnyObject sender) { }
/// <summary>
/// Presents the specified view controller as the primary view controller in the split view interface.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="vc">The view controller to display in the primary (or master) location of the split view interface.</param>
/// <param name="sender">The object that made the request to show the view controller.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("showViewController")]
public void ShowViewController(UIViewController vc, AnyObject sender) { }
/// <summary>
/// The array of view controllers managed by the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("viewControllers")]
public AnyObject[] ViewControllers { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether a hidden view controller can be presented and dismissed using a swipe gesture.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5.1)]
[Export("presentsWithGesture")]
public bool PresentsWithGesture { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The preferred arrangement of the split view controller interface.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("preferredDisplayMode")]
public UISplitViewControllerDisplayMode PreferredDisplayMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current arrangement of the split view controller’s contents. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("displayMode")]
public UISplitViewControllerDisplayMode DisplayMode { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether only one of the child view controllers is displayed. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("collapsed")]
public bool Collapsed { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The relative width of the primary view controller’s content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("preferredPrimaryColumnWidthFraction")]
public CGFloat PreferredPrimaryColumnWidthFraction { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The width (in points) of the primary view controller’s content. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("primaryColumnWidth")]
public CGFloat PrimaryColumnWidth { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The minimum width (in points) required for the primary view controller’s content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("minimumPrimaryColumnWidth")]
public CGFloat MinimumPrimaryColumnWidth { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The maximum width (in points) allowed for the primary view controller’s content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("maximumPrimaryColumnWidth")]
public CGFloat MaximumPrimaryColumnWidth { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate you want to receive split view controller messages.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UISplitViewControllerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants describing the possible display modes for a split view controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public enum UISplitViewControllerDisplayMode
{
/// <summary>
/// The split view controller automatically decides the most appropriate display mode based on the device and the current app size. You can assign this constant as the value of the preferredDisplayMode property but this value is never reported by the displayMode property.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Automatic,
/// <summary>
/// The primary view controller is hidden.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
PrimaryHidden,
/// <summary>
/// The primary and secondary view controllers are displayed side-by-side onscreen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
AllVisible,
/// <summary>
/// The primary view controller is layered on top of the secondary view controller, leaving the secondary view controller partially visible.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
PrimaryOverlay,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UISplitViewController class is a container view controller that presents a master-detail interface. In a master-detail interface, changes in the primary view controller (the master) drive changes in a secondary view controller (the detail). The two view controllers can be arranged so that they are side-by-side, so that only one at a time is visible, or so that one only partially hides the other. In iOS 8 and later, you can use the UISplitViewController class on all iOS devices; in previous versions of iOS, the class is available only on iPad.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISplitViewController_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UISplitViewController"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UISplitViewController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UISplitViewController() { }
/// <summary>
/// A button that changes the display mode of the split view controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("displayModeButtonItem")]
public virtual UIBarButtonItem DisplayModeButtonItem() { return default(UIBarButtonItem); }
/// <summary>
/// Presents the specified view controller as the secondary view controller of the split view interface.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="vc">The view controller to display in the secondary (or detail) location of the split view interface. If you specify nil for this parameter or if this view controller is the same as the one it would replace, this method does nothing.</param>
/// <param name="sender">The view or view controller that made the request.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("showDetailViewController")]
public virtual void ShowDetailViewController(UIViewController vc, AnyObject sender) { }
/// <summary>
/// Presents the specified view controller as the primary view controller in the split view interface.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="vc">The view controller to display in the primary (or master) location of the split view interface.</param>
/// <param name="sender">The object that made the request to show the view controller.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("showViewController")]
public virtual void ShowViewController(UIViewController vc, AnyObject sender) { }
/// <summary>
/// The array of view controllers managed by the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("viewControllers")]
public AnyObject[] ViewControllers { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether a hidden view controller can be presented and dismissed using a swipe gesture.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5.1)]
[Export("presentsWithGesture")]
public bool PresentsWithGesture { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The preferred arrangement of the split view controller interface.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("preferredDisplayMode")]
public UISplitViewControllerDisplayMode PreferredDisplayMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current arrangement of the split view controller’s contents. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("displayMode")]
public UISplitViewControllerDisplayMode DisplayMode { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether only one of the child view controllers is displayed. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("collapsed")]
public bool Collapsed { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The relative width of the primary view controller’s content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("preferredPrimaryColumnWidthFraction")]
public CGFloat PreferredPrimaryColumnWidthFraction { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The width (in points) of the primary view controller’s content. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("primaryColumnWidth")]
public CGFloat PrimaryColumnWidth { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The minimum width (in points) required for the primary view controller’s content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("minimumPrimaryColumnWidth")]
public CGFloat MinimumPrimaryColumnWidth { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The maximum width (in points) allowed for the primary view controller’s content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("maximumPrimaryColumnWidth")]
public CGFloat MaximumPrimaryColumnWidth { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate you want to receive split view controller messages.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UISplitViewControllerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants describing the possible display modes for a split view controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public enum UISplitViewControllerDisplayMode
{
/// <summary>
/// The split view controller automatically decides the most appropriate display mode based on the device and the current app size. You can assign this constant as the value of the preferredDisplayMode property but this value is never reported by the displayMode property.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Automatic,
/// <summary>
/// The primary view controller is hidden.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
PrimaryHidden,
/// <summary>
/// The primary and secondary view controllers are displayed side-by-side onscreen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
AllVisible,
/// <summary>
/// The primary view controller is layered on top of the secondary view controller, leaving the secondary view controller partially visible.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
PrimaryOverlay,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIStepper.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIStepper.cs index a984c5d9..d18eb17e 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIStepper.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIStepper.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A stepper control provides a user interface for incrementing or decrementing a value.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIStepper_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIStepper"/>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIStepper : UIControl//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns the background image associated with the specified control state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The control state in which the image is displayed.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("backgroundImageForState")]
public UIImage BackgroundImageForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the background image for the control when it is in the specified state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The background image to use for the specified state.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The control state in which you want to display the image.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setBackgroundImage")]
public void SetBackgroundImage(UIImage image, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the image used for the decrement glyph of the control.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The control state in which the image is displayed.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("decrementImageForState")]
public UIImage DecrementImageForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the image to use for the decrement glyph of the control.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The image to use for the decrement glyph.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The control state in which you want to display the image.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setDecrementImage")]
public void SetDecrementImage(UIImage image, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the divider image for the given combination of left and right states.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="leftState">The state of the left side of the control.</param>
/// <param name="rightSegmentState">The state of the right side of the control.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("dividerImageForLeftSegmentState")]
public UIImage DividerImageForLeftSegmentState(UIControlState leftState, UIControlState rightSegmentState) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the image to use for the given combination of left and right states.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The divider image to use.</param>
/// <param name="forLeftSegmentState">The state of the left side of the control.</param>
/// <param name="rightSegmentState">The state of the right side of the control.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setDividerImage")]
public void SetDividerImage(UIImage image, UIControlState forLeftSegmentState, UIControlState rightSegmentState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the image used for the increment glyph of the control.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The control state in which the image is displayed.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("incrementImageForState")]
public UIImage IncrementImageForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the image to use for the increment glyph of the control
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The image to use for the increment glyph.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The control state.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setIncrementImage")]
public void SetIncrementImage(UIImage image, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// The continuous vs. noncontinuous state of the stepper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("continuous")]
public bool Continuous { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The automatic vs. nonautomatic repeat state of the stepper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("autorepeat")]
public bool Autorepeat { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The wrap vs. no-wrap state of the stepper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("wraps")]
public bool Wraps { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The lowest possible numeric value for the stepper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("minimumValue")]
public Double MinimumValue { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The highest possible numeric value for the stepper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("maximumValue")]
public Double MaximumValue { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The step, or increment, value for the stepper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("stepValue")]
public Double StepValue { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The numeric value of the stepper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("value")]
public Double Value { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to apply to key elements in the stepper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A stepper control provides a user interface for incrementing or decrementing a value. A stepper displays two buttons, one with a minus (“–”) symbol and one with a plus (“+”) symbol.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIStepper_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIStepper"/>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIStepper : UIControl//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIStepper() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the background image associated with the specified control state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The control state in which the image is displayed.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("backgroundImageForState")]
public virtual UIImage BackgroundImageForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the background image for the control when it is in the specified state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The background image to use for the specified state.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The control state in which you want to display the image.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setBackgroundImage")]
public virtual void SetBackgroundImage(UIImage image, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the image used for the decrement glyph of the control.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The control state in which the image is displayed.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("decrementImageForState")]
public virtual UIImage DecrementImageForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the image to use for the decrement glyph of the control.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The image to use for the decrement glyph.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The control state in which you want to display the image.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setDecrementImage")]
public virtual void SetDecrementImage(UIImage image, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the divider image for the given combination of left and right states.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="leftState">The state of the left side of the control.</param>
/// <param name="rightSegmentState">The state of the right side of the control.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("dividerImageForLeftSegmentState")]
public virtual UIImage DividerImageForLeftSegmentState(UIControlState leftState, UIControlState rightSegmentState) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the image to use for the given combination of left and right states.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The divider image to use.</param>
/// <param name="forLeftSegmentState">The state of the left side of the control.</param>
/// <param name="rightSegmentState">The state of the right side of the control.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setDividerImage")]
public virtual void SetDividerImage(UIImage image, UIControlState forLeftSegmentState, UIControlState rightSegmentState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the image used for the increment glyph of the control.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">The control state in which the image is displayed.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("incrementImageForState")]
public virtual UIImage IncrementImageForState(UIControlState state) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the image to use for the increment glyph of the control
/// </summary>
/// <param name="image">The image to use for the increment glyph.</param>
/// <param name="forState">The control state.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setIncrementImage")]
public virtual void SetIncrementImage(UIImage image, UIControlState forState) { }
/// <summary>
/// The continuous vs. noncontinuous state of the stepper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("continuous")]
public bool Continuous { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The automatic vs. nonautomatic repeat state of the stepper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("autorepeat")]
public bool Autorepeat { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The wrap vs. no-wrap state of the stepper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("wraps")]
public bool Wraps { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The lowest possible numeric value for the stepper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("minimumValue")]
public Double MinimumValue { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The highest possible numeric value for the stepper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("maximumValue")]
public Double MaximumValue { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The step, or increment, value for the stepper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("stepValue")]
public Double StepValue { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The numeric value of the stepper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("value")]
public Double Value { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to apply to key elements in the stepper.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIStoryboard.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIStoryboard.cs index 5afccbf5..93fd38b8 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIStoryboard.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIStoryboard.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIStoryboard object encapsulates the view controller graph stored in an Interface Builder storyboard resource file. This view controller graph represents the view controllers for all or part of your application’s user interface. Normally, view controllers in a storyboard are instantiated and created automatically in response to actions defined within the storyboard itself. However, you can use a storyboard object to instantiate the initial view controller in a storyboard file or instantiate other view controllers that you want to present programmatically.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIStoryboard_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIStoryboard"/>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIStoryboard : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a storyboard object for the specified storyboard resource file.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="name">The name of the storyboard resource file without the filename extension. This method raises an exception if this parameter is nil.</param>
/// <param name="bundle">The bundle containing the storyboard file and its related resources. If you specify nil, this method looks in the main bundle of the current application.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public UIStoryboard(string name, NSBundle bundle) { }
/// <summary>
/// Instantiates and returns the initial view controller in the view controller graph.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("instantiateInitialViewController")]
public AnyObject InstantiateInitialViewController() { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Instantiates and returns the view controller with the specified identifier.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">An identifier string that uniquely identifies the view controller in the storyboard file. You set the identifier for a given view controller in Interface Builder when configuring the storyboard file. This identifier is not a property of the view controller object itself and is only used by the storyboard file to locate the view controller.
/// If the specified identifier does not exist (or is nil) in the storyboard file, this method raises an exception.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("instantiateViewControllerWithIdentifier")]
public AnyObject InstantiateViewControllerWithIdentifier(string identifier) { return default(AnyObject); }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIStoryboard object encapsulates the view controller graph stored in an Interface Builder storyboard resource file. This view controller graph represents the view controllers for all or part of your application’s user interface. Normally, view controllers in a storyboard are instantiated and created automatically in response to actions defined within the storyboard itself. However, you can use a storyboard object to instantiate the initial view controller in a storyboard file or instantiate other view controllers that you want to present programmatically.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIStoryboard_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIStoryboard"/>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIStoryboard : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIStoryboard() { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a storyboard object for the specified storyboard resource file.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="name">The name of the storyboard resource file without the filename extension. This method raises an exception if this parameter is nil.</param>
/// <param name="bundle">The bundle containing the storyboard file and its related resources. If you specify nil, this method looks in the main bundle of the current application.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public UIStoryboard(string name, NSBundle bundle) { }
/// <summary>
/// Instantiates and returns the initial view controller in the view controller graph.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("instantiateInitialViewController")]
public virtual AnyObject InstantiateInitialViewController() { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Instantiates and returns the view controller with the specified identifier.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">An identifier string that uniquely identifies the view controller in the storyboard file. You set the identifier for a given view controller in Interface Builder when configuring the storyboard file. This identifier is not a property of the view controller object itself and is only used by the storyboard file to locate the view controller.
/// If the specified identifier does not exist (or is nil) in the storyboard file, this method raises an exception.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("instantiateViewControllerWithIdentifier")]
public virtual AnyObject InstantiateViewControllerWithIdentifier(string identifier) { return default(AnyObject); }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIStoryboardPopoverSegue.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIStoryboardPopoverSegue.cs index e7881c95..45c4f108 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIStoryboardPopoverSegue.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIStoryboardPopoverSegue.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIStoryboardPopoverSegue class defines a specific type of segue for presenting content in a popover. For popover segues, the destination view controller contains the content to be displayed in the popover. This class provides an additional popoverController property so that your custom code has access to the popover controller object. For example, you might want to store the popover controller elsewhere in your code so that you can dismiss the popover programmatically.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIStoryboardPopoverSegue_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIStoryboardPopoverSegue"/>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIStoryboardPopoverSegue : UIStoryboardSegue//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIStoryboardPopoverSegue() : base("", null, null) { }
/// <summary>
/// The popover controller used to display the destination view controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("popoverController")]
public UIPopoverController PopoverController { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIStoryboardPopoverSegue class defines a specific type of segue for presenting content in a popover. For popover segues, the destination view controller contains the content to be displayed in the popover. This class provides an additional popoverController property so that your custom code has access to the popover controller object. For example, you might want to store the popover controller elsewhere in your code so that you can dismiss the popover programmatically.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIStoryboardPopoverSegue_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIStoryboardPopoverSegue"/>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIStoryboardPopoverSegue : UIStoryboardSegue//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIStoryboardPopoverSegue() { }
/// <summary>
/// The popover controller used to display the destination view controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("popoverController")]
public UIPopoverController PopoverController { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIStoryboardSegue.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIStoryboardSegue.cs index 569d1b77..b5cea04c 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIStoryboardSegue.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIStoryboardSegue.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIStoryboardSegue object is responsible for performing the visual transition between two view controllers. In addition, segue objects are used to prepare for the transition from one view controller to another. Segue objects contain information about the view controllers involved in a transition. When a segue is triggered, but before the visual transition occurs, the storyboard runtime calls the current view controller’s prepareForSegue:sender: method so that it can pass any needed data to the view controller that is about to be displayed.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIStoryboardSegue_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIStoryboardSegue"/>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIStoryboardSegue : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a storyboard segue object for use in performing a segue.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">The identifier you want to associate with this particular instance of the segue. You can use this identifier to differentiate one type of segue from another at runtime.</param>
/// <param name="source">The view controller visible at the start of the segue.</param>
/// <param name="destination">The view controller to display after the completion of the segue.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public UIStoryboardSegue(string identifier, UIViewController source, UIViewController destination) { }
/// <summary>
/// Performs the visual transition for the segue.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("perform")]
public void Perform() { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates a segue that calls a block to perform the segue transition.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">The identifier you want to associate with this particular instance of the segue. You can use this identifier to differentiate one type of segue from another at runtime.</param>
/// <param name="source">The view controller visible at the start of the segue.</param>
/// <param name="destination">The view controller to display after the completion of the segue.</param>
/// <param name="performHandler">A block to be called when the segue’s perform method is called.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("convenience init")]
public UIStoryboardSegue(string identifier, UIViewController source, UIViewController destination, Action performHandler) { }
/// <summary>
/// The source view controller for the segue. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("sourceViewController")]
public AnyObject SourceViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The destination view controller for the segue. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("destinationViewController")]
public AnyObject DestinationViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The identifier for the segue object. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("identifier")]
public string Identifier { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIStoryboardSegue object is responsible for performing the visual transition between two view controllers. In addition, segue objects are used to prepare for the transition from one view controller to another. Segue objects contain information about the view controllers involved in a transition. When a segue is triggered, but before the visual transition occurs, the storyboard runtime calls the current view controller’s prepareForSegue:sender: method so that it can pass any needed data to the view controller that is about to be displayed.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIStoryboardSegue_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIStoryboardSegue"/>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIStoryboardSegue : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIStoryboardSegue() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a storyboard segue object for use in performing a segue.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">The identifier you want to associate with this particular instance of the segue. You can use this identifier to differentiate one type of segue from another at runtime.</param>
/// <param name="source">The view controller visible at the start of the segue.</param>
/// <param name="destination">The view controller to display after the completion of the segue.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public UIStoryboardSegue(string identifier, UIViewController source, UIViewController destination) { }
/// <summary>
/// Performs the visual transition for the segue.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("perform")]
public virtual void Perform() { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates a segue that calls a block to perform the segue transition.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">The identifier you want to associate with this particular instance of the segue. You can use this identifier to differentiate one type of segue from another at runtime.</param>
/// <param name="source">The view controller visible at the start of the segue.</param>
/// <param name="destination">The view controller to display after the completion of the segue.</param>
/// <param name="performHandler">A block to be called when the segue’s perform method is called.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("convenience init")]
public UIStoryboardSegue(string identifier, UIViewController source, UIViewController destination, Action performHandler) { }
/// <summary>
/// The source view controller for the segue. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("sourceViewController")]
public AnyObject SourceViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The destination view controller for the segue. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("destinationViewController")]
public AnyObject DestinationViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The identifier for the segue object. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("identifier")]
public string Identifier { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISwipeGestureRecognizer.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISwipeGestureRecognizer.cs index fcce6697..a176a72a 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISwipeGestureRecognizer.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISwipeGestureRecognizer.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UISwipeGestureRecognizer is a concrete subclass of UIGestureRecognizer that looks for swiping gestures in one or more directions. A swipe is a discrete gesture, and thus the associated action message is sent only once per gesture.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISwipeGestureRecognizer_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UISwipeGestureRecognizer"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UISwipeGestureRecognizer : UIGestureRecognizer//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UISwipeGestureRecognizer() : base(null, null) { }
/// <summary>
/// The permitted direction of the swipe for this gesture recognizer.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("direction")]
public UISwipeGestureRecognizerDirection Direction { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number of touches that must be present for the swipe gesture to be recognized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("numberOfTouchesRequired")]
public int NumberOfTouchesRequired { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The direction of the swipe.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public enum UISwipeGestureRecognizerDirection
{
/// <summary>
/// The touch or touches swipe to the right. This direction is the default.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Right,
/// <summary>
/// The touch or touches swipe to the left.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// The touch or touches swipe upward.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Up,
/// <summary>
/// The touch or touches swipe downward.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Down,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UISwipeGestureRecognizer is a concrete subclass of UIGestureRecognizer that looks for swiping gestures in one or more directions. A swipe is a discrete gesture, and thus the associated action message is sent only once per gesture.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISwipeGestureRecognizer_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UISwipeGestureRecognizer"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UISwipeGestureRecognizer : UIGestureRecognizer//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UISwipeGestureRecognizer() { }
/// <summary>
/// The permitted direction of the swipe for this gesture recognizer.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("direction")]
public UISwipeGestureRecognizerDirection Direction { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number of touches that must be present for the swipe gesture to be recognized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("numberOfTouchesRequired")]
public int NumberOfTouchesRequired { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The direction of the swipe.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public enum UISwipeGestureRecognizerDirection
{
/// <summary>
/// The touch or touches swipe to the right. This direction is the default.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Right,
/// <summary>
/// The touch or touches swipe to the left.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// The touch or touches swipe upward.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Up,
/// <summary>
/// The touch or touches swipe downward.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Down,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISwitch.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISwitch.cs index 83130b5b..7c78d944 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISwitch.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UISwitch.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// You use the UISwitch class to create and manage the On/Off buttons used, for example, in the Settings app for options such as Airplane Mode and Bluetooth. These objects are known as switches.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISwitch_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UISwitch"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UISwitch : UIControl//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns an initialized switch object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="frame">A rectangle defining the frame of the UISwitch object. The size components of this rectangle are ignored.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UISwitch(CGRect frame) { }
/// <summary>
/// Set the state of the switch to On or Off, optionally animating the transition.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="on">true if the switch should be turned to the On position; false if it should be turned to the Off position. If the switch is already in the designated position, nothing happens.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the “flipping” of the switch; otherwise false.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setOn")]
public void SetOn(bool on, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines the off/on state of the switch.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("on")]
public bool On { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color used to tint the appearance of the switch when it is turned on.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("onTintColor")]
public UIColor OnTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color used to tint the outline of the switch when it is turned off.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color used to tint the appearance of the thumb.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("thumbTintColor")]
public UIColor ThumbTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image displayed when the switch is in the on position.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("onImage")]
public UIImage OnImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image displayed while the switch is in the off position.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("offImage")]
public UIImage OffImage { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// You use the UISwitch class to create and manage the On/Off buttons used, for example, in the Settings app for options such as Airplane Mode and Bluetooth. These objects are known as switches.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UISwitch_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UISwitch"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UISwitch : UIControl//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UISwitch() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an initialized switch object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="frame">A rectangle defining the frame of the UISwitch object. The size components of this rectangle are ignored.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UISwitch(CGRect frame) { }
/// <summary>
/// Set the state of the switch to On or Off, optionally animating the transition.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="on">true if the switch should be turned to the On position; false if it should be turned to the Off position. If the switch is already in the designated position, nothing happens.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the “flipping” of the switch; otherwise false.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setOn")]
public virtual void SetOn(bool on, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines the off/on state of the switch.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("on")]
public bool On { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color used to tint the appearance of the switch when it is turned on.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("onTintColor")]
public UIColor OnTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color used to tint the outline of the switch when it is turned off.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color used to tint the appearance of the thumb.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("thumbTintColor")]
public UIColor ThumbTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image displayed when the switch is in the on position.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("onImage")]
public UIImage OnImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image displayed while the switch is in the off position.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("offImage")]
public UIImage OffImage { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITabBar.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITabBar.cs index 6068abbd..8a4f3417 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITabBar.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITabBar.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A tab bar is a control, usually appearing across the bottom of the screen in the context of a tab bar controller, for giving the user one-tap, modal access to a set of views in an app. Each button in a tab bar is called a tab bar item and is an instance of the UITabBarItem class. If you instead want to give the user a bar of buttons that each perform an action, use a UIToolbar object.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITabBar_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITabBar"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITabBar : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UITabBar() : base(new CGRect()) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the items on the tab bar, with or without animation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">The items to display on the tab bar.</param>
/// <param name="animated">If true, animates the transition to the items; otherwise, does not.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setItems")]
public void SetItems(AnyObject[] items, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Presents a modal view allowing the user to customize the tab bar by adding, removing, and rearranging items on the tab bar.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">The items to display on the modal view that can be rearranged.
/// The items parameter should contain all items that can be added to the tab bar. Visible items not in items are fixed in place—they can not be removed or replaced by the user.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("beginCustomizingItems")]
public void BeginCustomizingItems(AnyObject[] items) { }
/// <summary>
/// Dismisses the modal view used to modify items on the tab bar.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">If true, animates the transition; otherwise, does not.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("endCustomizingAnimated")]
public bool EndCustomizingAnimated(bool animated) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the user is customizing the tab bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("isCustomizing")]
public bool IsCustomizing() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// The tab bar’s delegate object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UITabBarDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The items displayed on the tab bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("items")]
public AnyObject[] Items { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The currently selected item on the tab bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selectedItem")]
public UITabBarItem SelectedItem { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tab bar style that specifies its appearance.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("barStyle")]
public UIBarStyle BarStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to apply to the tab bar background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("barTintColor")]
public UIColor BarTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The positioning scheme for the tab bar items in the tab bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("itemPositioning")]
public UITabBarItemPositioning ItemPositioning { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The custom inter-item spacing for tab bar items, in points, when using centered-style positioning.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("itemSpacing")]
public CGFloat ItemSpacing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The custom item width for tab bar items, in points, when using centered-style positioning.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("itemWidth")]
public CGFloat ItemWidth { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to apply to the tab bar’s tab bar items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color applied to the selected tab bar item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("selectedImageTintColor")]
public UIColor SelectedImageTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the tab bar is translucent (true) or not (false).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("translucent")]
public bool Translucent { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The background image for the tab bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("backgroundImage")]
public UIImage BackgroundImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The shadow image to be used for the tab bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shadowImage")]
public UIImage ShadowImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image used for the selection indicator.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("selectionIndicatorImage")]
public UIImage SelectionIndicatorImage { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants that specify tab bar item positioning.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UITabBarItemPositioning
{
/// <summary>
/// Specifies automatic tab bar item positioning according to the user interface idiom, as follows:
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Automatic,
/// <summary>
/// Default tab bar item positioning on iPhone. Specifies that tab bar items should be distributed to fill the width of the tab bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Fill,
/// <summary>
/// Default tab bar item positioning on iPad. Specifies that tab bar items should be positioned closely adjacent to each other with a default width and inter-item spacing (customizable with the itemWidth and itemSpacing properties). The group of tab bar items is centered in the tab bar, potentially leaving space in the tab bar at its left and right edges.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Centered,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A tab bar is a control, usually appearing across the bottom of the screen in the context of a tab bar controller, for giving the user one-tap, modal access to a set of views in an app. Each button in a tab bar is called a tab bar item and is an instance of the UITabBarItem class. If you instead want to give the user a bar of buttons that each perform an action, use a UIToolbar object.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITabBar_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITabBar"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITabBar : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UITabBar() { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the items on the tab bar, with or without animation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">The items to display on the tab bar.</param>
/// <param name="animated">If true, animates the transition to the items; otherwise, does not.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setItems")]
public virtual void SetItems(AnyObject[] items, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Presents a modal view allowing the user to customize the tab bar by adding, removing, and rearranging items on the tab bar.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">The items to display on the modal view that can be rearranged.
/// The items parameter should contain all items that can be added to the tab bar. Visible items not in items are fixed in place—they can not be removed or replaced by the user.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("beginCustomizingItems")]
public virtual void BeginCustomizingItems(AnyObject[] items) { }
/// <summary>
/// Dismisses the modal view used to modify items on the tab bar.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">If true, animates the transition; otherwise, does not.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("endCustomizingAnimated")]
public virtual bool EndCustomizingAnimated(bool animated) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the user is customizing the tab bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("isCustomizing")]
public virtual bool IsCustomizing() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// The tab bar’s delegate object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UITabBarDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The items displayed on the tab bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("items")]
public AnyObject[] Items { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The currently selected item on the tab bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selectedItem")]
public UITabBarItem SelectedItem { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tab bar style that specifies its appearance.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("barStyle")]
public UIBarStyle BarStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to apply to the tab bar background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("barTintColor")]
public UIColor BarTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The positioning scheme for the tab bar items in the tab bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("itemPositioning")]
public UITabBarItemPositioning ItemPositioning { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The custom inter-item spacing for tab bar items, in points, when using centered-style positioning.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("itemSpacing")]
public CGFloat ItemSpacing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The custom item width for tab bar items, in points, when using centered-style positioning.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("itemWidth")]
public CGFloat ItemWidth { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to apply to the tab bar’s tab bar items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color applied to the selected tab bar item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("selectedImageTintColor")]
public UIColor SelectedImageTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the tab bar is translucent (true) or not (false).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("translucent")]
public bool Translucent { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The background image for the tab bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("backgroundImage")]
public UIImage BackgroundImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The shadow image to be used for the tab bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shadowImage")]
public UIImage ShadowImage { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image used for the selection indicator.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("selectionIndicatorImage")]
public UIImage SelectionIndicatorImage { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants that specify tab bar item positioning.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UITabBarItemPositioning
{
/// <summary>
/// Specifies automatic tab bar item positioning according to the user interface idiom, as follows:
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Automatic,
/// <summary>
/// Default tab bar item positioning on iPhone. Specifies that tab bar items should be distributed to fill the width of the tab bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Fill,
/// <summary>
/// Default tab bar item positioning on iPad. Specifies that tab bar items should be positioned closely adjacent to each other with a default width and inter-item spacing (customizable with the itemWidth and itemSpacing properties). The group of tab bar items is centered in the tab bar, potentially leaving space in the tab bar at its left and right edges.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Centered,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITabBarController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITabBarController.cs index b07f1761..f34ad7a3 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITabBarController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITabBarController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITabBarController class implements a specialized view controller that manages a radio-style selection interface. This tab bar interface displays tabs at the bottom of the window for selecting between the different modes and for displaying the views for that mode. This class is generally used as-is but may be subclassed in iOS 6 and later.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITabBarController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITabBarController"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITabBarController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITabBarDelegate, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UITabBarController() : base("", null) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the root view controllers of the tab bar controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="viewControllers">The array of custom view controllers to display in the tab bar interface. The order of the view controllers in this array corresponds to the display order in the tab bar, with the controller at index 0 representing the left-most tab, the controller at index 1 the next tab to the right, and so on.</param>
/// <param name="animated">If true, the tab bar items for the view controllers are animated into position. If false, changes to the tab bar items are reflected immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setViewControllers")]
public void SetViewControllers(AnyObject[] viewControllers, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// The tab bar controller’s delegate object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UITabBarControllerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tab bar view associated with this controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("tabBar")]
public UITabBar TabBar { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of the root view controllers displayed by the tab bar interface.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("viewControllers")]
public AnyObject[] ViewControllers { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The subset of view controllers managed by this tab bar controller that can be customized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("customizableViewControllers")]
public AnyObject[] CustomizableViewControllers { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view controller that manages the More navigation interface. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("moreNavigationController")]
public UINavigationController MoreNavigationController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view controller associated with the currently selected tab item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selectedViewController")]
public UIViewController SelectedViewController { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The index of the view controller associated with the currently selected tab item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selectedIndex")]
public int SelectedIndex { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITabBarController class implements a specialized view controller that manages a radio-style selection interface. This tab bar interface displays tabs at the bottom of the window for selecting between the different modes and for displaying the views for that mode. This class is generally used as-is but may be subclassed in iOS 6 and later.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITabBarController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITabBarController"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITabBarController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITabBarDelegate, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UITabBarController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the root view controllers of the tab bar controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="viewControllers">The array of custom view controllers to display in the tab bar interface. The order of the view controllers in this array corresponds to the display order in the tab bar, with the controller at index 0 representing the left-most tab, the controller at index 1 the next tab to the right, and so on.</param>
/// <param name="animated">If true, the tab bar items for the view controllers are animated into position. If false, changes to the tab bar items are reflected immediately.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setViewControllers")]
public virtual void SetViewControllers(AnyObject[] viewControllers, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// The tab bar controller’s delegate object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UITabBarControllerDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tab bar view associated with this controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("tabBar")]
public UITabBar TabBar { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of the root view controllers displayed by the tab bar interface.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("viewControllers")]
public AnyObject[] ViewControllers { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The subset of view controllers managed by this tab bar controller that can be customized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("customizableViewControllers")]
public AnyObject[] CustomizableViewControllers { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view controller that manages the More navigation interface. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("moreNavigationController")]
public UINavigationController MoreNavigationController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view controller associated with the currently selected tab item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selectedViewController")]
public UIViewController SelectedViewController { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The index of the view controller associated with the currently selected tab item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selectedIndex")]
public int SelectedIndex { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITabBarItem.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITabBarItem.cs index c81a46a5..c6a8f698 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITabBarItem.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITabBarItem.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITabBarItem class implements an item on a UITabBar object. A tab bar operates strictly in radio mode, where one item is selected at a time—tapping a tab bar item toggles the view above the tab bar. You can also specify a badge value on the tab bar item for adding additional visual information—for example, the Messages app uses a badge on the item to show the number of new messages. This class also provides a number of system defaults for creating items.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITabBarItem_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITabBarItem"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITabBarItem : UIBarItem//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance
{
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new item containing the specified system item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBarSystemItem">The system item to use as the first item on the tab bar. One of the constants defined in UITabBarSystemItem.</param>
/// <param name="tag">The receiver’s tag, an integer that you can use to identify bar item objects in your application.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UITabBarItem(UITabBarSystemItem tabBarSystemItem, int tag) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new item using the specified properties.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">The item’s title. If nil, a title is not displayed.</param>
/// <param name="image">The item’s image. If nil, an image is not displayed.</param>
/// <param name="tag">The receiver’s tag, an integer that you can use to identify bar item objects in your application.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UITabBarItem(string title, UIImage image, int tag) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new item with the specified title, unselected image, and selected image.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">The item’s title. If nil, a title is not displayed.</param>
/// <param name="image">The item’s unselected image. If nil, an image is not displayed.</param>
/// <param name="selectedImage">The item’s selected image. If nil, uses the value of image.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UITabBarItem(string title, UIImage image, UIImage selectedImage) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the offset to use to adjust the title position.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("titlePositionAdjustment")]
public UIOffset TitlePositionAdjustment() { return default(UIOffset); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the offset to use to adjust the title position.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="adjustment">The offset to use to adjust the title position.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setTitlePositionAdjustment")]
public void SetTitlePositionAdjustment(UIOffset adjustment) { }
/// <summary>
/// Text that is displayed in the upper-right corner of the item with a surrounding red oval.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("badgeValue")]
public string BadgeValue { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image displayed when the tab bar item is selected.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("selectedImage")]
public UIImage SelectedImage { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// System items that can be used on a tab bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UITabBarSystemItem
{
/// <summary>
/// The more system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
More,
/// <summary>
/// The favorites system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Favorites,
/// <summary>
/// The featured system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Featured,
/// <summary>
/// The top rated system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TopRated,
/// <summary>
/// The recents system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Recents,
/// <summary>
/// The contacts system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Contacts,
/// <summary>
/// The history system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
History,
/// <summary>
/// The bookmarks system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Bookmarks,
/// <summary>
/// The search system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Search,
/// <summary>
/// The downloads system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Downloads,
/// <summary>
/// The most recent system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
MostRecent,
/// <summary>
/// The most viewed system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
MostViewed,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITabBarItem class implements an item on a UITabBar object. A tab bar operates strictly in radio mode, where one item is selected at a time—tapping a tab bar item toggles the view above the tab bar. You can also specify a badge value on the tab bar item for adding additional visual information—for example, the Messages app uses a badge on the item to show the number of new messages. This class also provides a number of system defaults for creating items.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITabBarItem_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITabBarItem"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITabBarItem : UIBarItem//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance
{
public UITabBarItem() { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new item containing the specified system item.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tabBarSystemItem">The system item to use as the first item on the tab bar. One of the constants defined in UITabBarSystemItem.</param>
/// <param name="tag">The receiver’s tag, an integer that you can use to identify bar item objects in your application.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UITabBarItem(UITabBarSystemItem tabBarSystemItem, int tag) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new item using the specified properties.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">The item’s title. If nil, a title is not displayed.</param>
/// <param name="image">The item’s image. If nil, an image is not displayed.</param>
/// <param name="tag">The receiver’s tag, an integer that you can use to identify bar item objects in your application.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UITabBarItem(string title, UIImage image, int tag) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new item with the specified title, unselected image, and selected image.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="title">The item’s title. If nil, a title is not displayed.</param>
/// <param name="image">The item’s unselected image. If nil, an image is not displayed.</param>
/// <param name="selectedImage">The item’s selected image. If nil, uses the value of image.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UITabBarItem(string title, UIImage image, UIImage selectedImage) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the offset to use to adjust the title position.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("titlePositionAdjustment")]
public virtual UIOffset TitlePositionAdjustment() { return default(UIOffset); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the offset to use to adjust the title position.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="adjustment">The offset to use to adjust the title position.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setTitlePositionAdjustment")]
public virtual void SetTitlePositionAdjustment(UIOffset adjustment) { }
/// <summary>
/// Text that is displayed in the upper-right corner of the item with a surrounding red oval.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("badgeValue")]
public string BadgeValue { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image displayed when the tab bar item is selected.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("selectedImage")]
public UIImage SelectedImage { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// System items that can be used on a tab bar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UITabBarSystemItem
{
/// <summary>
/// The more system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
More,
/// <summary>
/// The favorites system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Favorites,
/// <summary>
/// The featured system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Featured,
/// <summary>
/// The top rated system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TopRated,
/// <summary>
/// The recents system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Recents,
/// <summary>
/// The contacts system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Contacts,
/// <summary>
/// The history system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
History,
/// <summary>
/// The bookmarks system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Bookmarks,
/// <summary>
/// The search system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Search,
/// <summary>
/// The downloads system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Downloads,
/// <summary>
/// The most recent system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
MostRecent,
/// <summary>
/// The most viewed system item.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
MostViewed,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITableView.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITableView.cs index a5a280ea..69e93c62 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITableView.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITableView.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An instance of UITableView (or simply, a table view) is a means for displaying and editing hierarchical lists of information.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITableView_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITableView"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITableView : UIScrollView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a table view object having the given frame and style.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="frame">A rectangle specifying the initial location and size of the table view in its superview's coordinates. The frame of the table view changes as table cells are added and deleted.</param>
/// <param name="style">A constant that specifies the style of the table view. See Table View Style for descriptions of valid constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UITableView(CGRect frame, UITableViewStyle style) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the number of rows (table cells) in a specified section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="section">An index number that identifies a section of the table. Table views in a plain style have a section index of zero.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("numberOfRowsInSection")]
public int NumberOfRowsInSection(int section) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the number of sections for the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("numberOfSections")]
public int NumberOfSections() { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Registers a nib object containing a cell with the table view under a specified identifier.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="nib">A nib object that specifies the nib file to use to create the cell. This parameter cannot be nil.</param>
/// <param name="forCellReuseIdentifier">The reuse identifier for the cell. This parameter must not be nil and must not be an empty string.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("registerNib")]
public void RegisterNib(UINib nib, string forCellReuseIdentifier) { }
/// <summary>
/// Registers a class for use in creating new table cells.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="cellClass">The class of a cell that you want to use in the table.</param>
/// <param name="forCellReuseIdentifier">The reuse identifier for the cell. This parameter must not be nil and must not be an empty string.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("registerClass")]
public void RegisterClass(AnyClass cellClass, string forCellReuseIdentifier) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a reusable table-view cell object for the specified reuse identifier.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">A string identifying the cell object to be reused. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="forIndexPath">The index path specifying the location of the cell. The data source receives this information when it is asked for the cell and should just pass it along. This method uses the index path to perform additional configuration based on the cell’s position in the table view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier")]
public AnyObject DequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier(string identifier, NSIndexPath forIndexPath) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a reusable table-view cell object located by its identifier.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">A string identifying the cell object to be reused. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier")]
public AnyObject DequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier(string identifier) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Registers a nib object containing a header or footer with the table view under a specified identifier.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="nib">A nib object that specifies the nib file to use to create the header or footer view. This parameter cannot be nil.</param>
/// <param name="forHeaderFooterViewReuseIdentifier">The reuse identifier for the header or footer view. This parameter must not be nil and must not be an empty string.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("registerNib")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public void RegisterNib(UINib nib, string forHeaderFooterViewReuseIdentifier, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { }
/// <summary>
/// Registers a class for use in creating new table header or footer views.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="aClass">The class of a header or footer view that you want to use in the table.</param>
/// <param name="forHeaderFooterViewReuseIdentifier">The reuse identifier for the header or footer view. This parameter must not be nil and must not be an empty string.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("registerClass")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public void RegisterClass(AnyClass aClass, string forHeaderFooterViewReuseIdentifier, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a reusable header or footer view located by its identifier.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">A string identifying the header or footer view to be reused. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("dequeueReusableHeaderFooterViewWithIdentifier")]
public AnyObject DequeueReusableHeaderFooterViewWithIdentifier(string identifier) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the header view associated with the specified section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="section">An index number that identifies a section of the table. Table views in a plain style have a section index of zero.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("headerViewForSection")]
public UITableViewHeaderFooterView HeaderViewForSection(int section) { return default(UITableViewHeaderFooterView); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the footer view associated with the specified section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="section">An index number that identifies a section of the table. Table views in a plain style have a section index of zero.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("footerViewForSection")]
public UITableViewHeaderFooterView FooterViewForSection(int section) { return default(UITableViewHeaderFooterView); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the table cell at the specified index path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">The index path locating the row in the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("cellForRowAtIndexPath")]
public UITableViewCell CellForRowAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath) { return default(UITableViewCell); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an index path representing the row and section of a given table-view cell.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="cell">A cell object of the table view.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("indexPathForCell")]
public NSIndexPath IndexPathForCell(UITableViewCell cell) { return default(NSIndexPath); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an index path identifying the row and section at the given point.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point in the local coordinate system of the receiver (the table view's bounds).</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("indexPathForRowAtPoint")]
public NSIndexPath IndexPathForRowAtPoint(CGPoint point) { return default(NSIndexPath); }
/// <summary>
/// An array of index paths each representing a row enclosed by a given rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">A rectangle defining an area of the table view in local coordinates.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("indexPathsForRowsInRect")]
public AnyObject[] IndexPathsForRowsInRect(CGRect rect) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the table cells that are visible in the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("visibleCells")]
public AnyObject[] VisibleCells() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of index paths each identifying a visible row in the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("indexPathsForVisibleRows")]
public AnyObject[] IndexPathsForVisibleRows() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Scrolls the receiver until a row identified by index path is at a particular location on the screen.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">An index path that identifies a row in the table view by its row index and its section index.
/// NSNotFound is a valid row index for scrolling to a section with zero rows.</param>
/// <param name="atScrollPosition">A constant that identifies a relative position in the receiving table view (top, middle, bottom) for row when scrolling concludes. See Table View Scroll Position for descriptions of valid constants.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if you want to animate the change in position, false if it should be immediate.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scrollToRowAtIndexPath")]
public void ScrollToRowAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath, UITableViewScrollPosition atScrollPosition, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Scrolls the table view so that the selected row nearest to a specified position in the table view is at that position.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollPosition">A constant that identifies a relative position in the receiving table view (top, middle, bottom) for the row when scrolling concludes. See Table View Scroll Position a descriptions of valid constants.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if you want to animate the change in position, false if it should be immediate.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scrollToNearestSelectedRowAtScrollPosition")]
public void ScrollToNearestSelectedRowAtScrollPosition(UITableViewScrollPosition scrollPosition, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an index path identifying the row and section of the selected row.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("indexPathForSelectedRow")]
public NSIndexPath IndexPathForSelectedRow() { return default(NSIndexPath); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index paths represented the selected rows.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("indexPathsForSelectedRows")]
public AnyObject[] IndexPathsForSelectedRows() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Selects a row in the receiver identified by index path, optionally scrolling the row to a location in the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">An index path identifying a row in the receiver.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if you want to animate the selection and any change in position, false if the change should be immediate.</param>
/// <param name="scrollPosition">A constant that identifies a relative position in the receiving table view (top, middle, bottom) for the row when scrolling concludes. See Table View Scroll Position a descriptions of valid constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selectRowAtIndexPath")]
public void SelectRowAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath, bool animated, UITableViewScrollPosition scrollPosition) { }
/// <summary>
/// Deselects a given row identified by index path, with an option to animate the deselection.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">An index path identifying a row in the receiver.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if you want to animate the deselection and false if the change should be immediate.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("deselectRowAtIndexPath")]
public void DeselectRowAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Begin a series of method calls that insert, delete, or select rows and sections of the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("beginUpdates")]
public void BeginUpdates() { }
/// <summary>
/// Conclude a series of method calls that insert, delete, select, or reload rows and sections of the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("endUpdates")]
public void EndUpdates() { }
/// <summary>
/// Inserts rows in the receiver at the locations identified by an array of index paths, with an option to animate the insertion.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPaths">An array of NSIndexPath objects each representing a row index and section index that together identify a row in the table view.</param>
/// <param name="withRowAnimation">A constant that either specifies the kind of animation to perform when inserting the cell or requests no animation. See Table Cell Insertion and Deletion Animation for descriptions of the constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("insertRowsAtIndexPaths")]
public void InsertRowsAtIndexPaths(AnyObject[] indexPaths, UITableViewRowAnimation withRowAnimation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Deletes the rows specified by an array of index paths, with an option to animate the deletion.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPaths">An array of NSIndexPath objects identifying the rows to delete.</param>
/// <param name="withRowAnimation">A constant that indicates how the deletion is to be animated, for example, fade out or slide out from the bottom. See Table Cell Insertion and Deletion Animation for descriptions of these constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("deleteRowsAtIndexPaths")]
public void DeleteRowsAtIndexPaths(AnyObject[] indexPaths, UITableViewRowAnimation withRowAnimation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Moves the row at a specified location to a destination location.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">An index path identifying the row to move.</param>
/// <param name="toIndexPath">An index path identifying the row that is the destination of the row at indexPath. The existing row at that location slides up or down to an adjoining index position to make room for it.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("moveRowAtIndexPath")]
public void MoveRowAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath, NSIndexPath toIndexPath) { }
/// <summary>
/// Inserts one or more sections in the receiver, with an option to animate the insertion.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="sections">An index set that specifies the sections to insert in the receiving table view. If a section already exists at the specified index location, it is moved down one index location.</param>
/// <param name="withRowAnimation">A constant that indicates how the insertion is to be animated, for example, fade in or slide in from the left. See Table Cell Insertion and Deletion Animation for descriptions of these constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("insertSections")]
public void InsertSections(NSIndexSet sections, UITableViewRowAnimation withRowAnimation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Deletes one or more sections in the receiver, with an option to animate the deletion.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="sections">An index set that specifies the sections to delete from the receiving table view. If a section exists after the specified index location, it is moved up one index location.</param>
/// <param name="withRowAnimation">A constant that either specifies the kind of animation to perform when deleting the section or requests no animation. See Table Cell Insertion and Deletion Animation for descriptions of the constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("deleteSections")]
public void DeleteSections(NSIndexSet sections, UITableViewRowAnimation withRowAnimation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Moves a section to a new location in the table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="section">The index of the section to move.</param>
/// <param name="toSection">The index in the table view that is the destination of the move for the section. The existing section at that location slides up or down to an adjoining index position to make room for it.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("moveSection")]
public void MoveSection(int section, int toSection) { }
/// <summary>
/// Toggles the receiver into and out of editing mode.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="editing">true to enter editing mode, false to leave it. The default value is false .</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the transition to editing mode, false to make the transition immediate.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setEditing")]
public void SetEditing(bool editing, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Reloads the rows and sections of the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("reloadData")]
public void ReloadData() { }
/// <summary>
/// Reloads the specified rows using a certain animation effect.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPaths">An array of NSIndexPath objects identifying the rows to reload.</param>
/// <param name="withRowAnimation">A constant that indicates how the reloading is to be animated, for example, fade out or slide out from the bottom. See Table Cell Insertion and Deletion Animation for descriptions of these constants.
/// The animation constant affects the direction in which both the old and the new rows slide. For example, if the animation constant is UITableViewRowAnimationRight, the old rows slide out to the right and the new cells slide in from the right.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("reloadRowsAtIndexPaths")]
public void ReloadRowsAtIndexPaths(AnyObject[] indexPaths, UITableViewRowAnimation withRowAnimation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Reloads the specified sections using a given animation effect.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="sections">An index set identifying the sections to reload.</param>
/// <param name="withRowAnimation">A constant that indicates how the reloading is to be animated, for example, fade out or slide out from the bottom. See Table Cell Insertion and Deletion Animation for descriptions of these constants.
/// The animation constant affects the direction in which both the old and the new section rows slide. For example, if the animation constant is UITableViewRowAnimationRight, the old rows slide out to the right and the new cells slide in from the right.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("reloadSections")]
public void ReloadSections(NSIndexSet sections, UITableViewRowAnimation withRowAnimation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Reloads the items in the index bar along the right side of the table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("reloadSectionIndexTitles")]
public void ReloadSectionIndexTitles() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing area for a specified section of the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="section">An index number identifying a section of the table view. Plain-style table views always have a section index of zero.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rectForSection")]
public CGRect RectForSection(int section) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing area for a row identified by index path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">An index path object that identifies a row by its index and its section index.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rectForRowAtIndexPath")]
public CGRect RectForRowAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing area for the footer of the specified section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="section">An index number identifying a section of the table view. Plain-style table views always have a section index of zero.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rectForFooterInSection")]
public CGRect RectForFooterInSection(int section) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing area for the header of the specified section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="section">An index number identifying a section of the table view. Plain-style table views always have a section index of zero.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rectForHeaderInSection")]
public CGRect RectForHeaderInSection(int section) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the style of the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("style")]
public UITableViewStyle Style { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The height of each row (table cell) in the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rowHeight")]
public CGFloat RowHeight { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The style for table cells used as separators.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("separatorStyle")]
public UITableViewCellSeparatorStyle SeparatorStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color of separator rows in the table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("separatorColor")]
public UIColor SeparatorColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The effect applied to table separators.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("separatorEffect")]
public UIVisualEffect SeparatorEffect { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The background view of the table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("backgroundView")]
public UIView BackgroundView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the default inset of cell separators.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("separatorInset")]
public UIEdgeInsets SeparatorInset { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an accessory view that is displayed above the table.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableHeaderView")]
public UIView TableHeaderView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an accessory view that is displayed below the table.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableFooterView")]
public UIView TableFooterView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The height of section headers in the receiving table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sectionHeaderHeight")]
public CGFloat SectionHeaderHeight { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The height of section footers in the receiving table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sectionFooterHeight")]
public CGFloat SectionFooterHeight { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The estimated height of rows in the table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("estimatedRowHeight")]
public CGFloat EstimatedRowHeight { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The estimated height of section headers in the table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("estimatedSectionHeaderHeight")]
public CGFloat EstimatedSectionHeaderHeight { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The estimated height of section footers in the table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("estimatedSectionFooterHeight")]
public CGFloat EstimatedSectionFooterHeight { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether users can select a row.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("allowsSelection")]
public bool AllowsSelection { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether users can select more than one row outside of editing mode.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("allowsMultipleSelection")]
public bool AllowsMultipleSelection { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether users can select cells while the receiver is in editing mode.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("allowsSelectionDuringEditing")]
public bool AllowsSelectionDuringEditing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls whether users can select more than one cell simultaneously in editing mode.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("allowsMultipleSelectionDuringEditing")]
public bool AllowsMultipleSelectionDuringEditing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the receiver is in editing mode.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("editing")]
public bool Editing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The object that acts as the data source of the receiving table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("dataSource")]
public UITableViewDataSource DataSource { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The object that acts as the delegate of the receiving table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UITableViewDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number of table rows at which to display the index list on the right edge of the table.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sectionIndexMinimumDisplayRowCount")]
public int SectionIndexMinimumDisplayRowCount { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color to use for the table view’s index text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("sectionIndexColor")]
public UIColor SectionIndexColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color to use for the background of the table view’s section index while not being touched.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("sectionIndexBackgroundColor")]
public UIColor SectionIndexBackgroundColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color to use for the table view’s index background area.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("sectionIndexTrackingBackgroundColor")]
public UIColor SectionIndexTrackingBackgroundColor { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The style of the table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UITableViewStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// A plain table view. Any section headers or footers are displayed as inline separators and float when the table view is scrolled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Plain,
/// <summary>
/// A table view whose sections present distinct groups of rows. The section headers and footers do not float.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Grouped,
}
/// <summary>
/// The position in the table view (top, middle, bottom) to which a given row is scrolled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UITableViewScrollPosition
{
/// <summary>
/// The table view scrolls the row of interest to be fully visible with a minimum of movement. If the row is already fully visible, no scrolling occurs. For example, if the row is above the visible area, the behavior is identical to that specified by UITableViewScrollPositionTop. This is the default.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// The table view scrolls the row of interest to the top of the visible table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Top,
/// <summary>
/// The table view scrolls the row of interest to the middle of the visible table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Middle,
/// <summary>
/// The table view scrolls the row of interest to the bottom of the visible table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Bottom,
}
/// <summary>
/// The type of animation when rows are inserted or deleted.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UITableViewRowAnimation
{
/// <summary>
/// The inserted or deleted row or rows fades into or out of the table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Fade,
/// <summary>
/// The inserted row or rows slides in from the right; the deleted row or rows slides out to the right.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Right,
/// <summary>
/// The inserted row or rows slides in from the left; the deleted row or rows slides out to the left.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// The inserted row or rows slides in from the top; the deleted row or rows slides out toward the top.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Top,
/// <summary>
/// The inserted row or rows slides in from the bottom; the deleted row or rows slides out toward the bottom.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Bottom,
/// <summary>
/// No animation is performed. The new cell value appears as if the cell had just been reloaded.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// The table view attempts to keep the old and new cells centered in the space they did or will occupy. Available in iPhone 3.2.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Middle,
/// <summary>
/// The table view chooses an appropriate animation style for you. (Introduced in iOS 5.0.)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Automatic,
}
/// <summary>
/// There is no userInfo dictionary associated with this notification.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITableViewSelectionDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UITableViewSelectionDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An instance of UITableView (or simply, a table view) is a means for displaying and editing hierarchical lists of information.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITableView_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITableView"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITableView : UIScrollView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UITableView() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a table view object having the given frame and style.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="frame">A rectangle specifying the initial location and size of the table view in its superview's coordinates. The frame of the table view changes as table cells are added and deleted.</param>
/// <param name="style">A constant that specifies the style of the table view. See Table View Style for descriptions of valid constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UITableView(CGRect frame, UITableViewStyle style) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the number of rows (table cells) in a specified section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="section">An index number that identifies a section of the table. Table views in a plain style have a section index of zero.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("numberOfRowsInSection")]
public virtual int NumberOfRowsInSection(int section) { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the number of sections for the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("numberOfSections")]
public virtual int NumberOfSections() { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Registers a nib object containing a cell with the table view under a specified identifier.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="nib">A nib object that specifies the nib file to use to create the cell. This parameter cannot be nil.</param>
/// <param name="forCellReuseIdentifier">The reuse identifier for the cell. This parameter must not be nil and must not be an empty string.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("registerNib")]
public virtual void RegisterNib(UINib nib, string forCellReuseIdentifier) { }
/// <summary>
/// Registers a class for use in creating new table cells.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="cellClass">The class of a cell that you want to use in the table.</param>
/// <param name="forCellReuseIdentifier">The reuse identifier for the cell. This parameter must not be nil and must not be an empty string.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("registerClass")]
public virtual void RegisterClass(AnyClass cellClass, string forCellReuseIdentifier) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a reusable table-view cell object for the specified reuse identifier.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">A string identifying the cell object to be reused. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
/// <param name="forIndexPath">The index path specifying the location of the cell. The data source receives this information when it is asked for the cell and should just pass it along. This method uses the index path to perform additional configuration based on the cell’s position in the table view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier")]
public virtual AnyObject DequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier(string identifier, NSIndexPath forIndexPath) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a reusable table-view cell object located by its identifier.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">A string identifying the cell object to be reused. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier")]
public virtual AnyObject DequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier(string identifier) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Registers a nib object containing a header or footer with the table view under a specified identifier.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="nib">A nib object that specifies the nib file to use to create the header or footer view. This parameter cannot be nil.</param>
/// <param name="forHeaderFooterViewReuseIdentifier">The reuse identifier for the header or footer view. This parameter must not be nil and must not be an empty string.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("registerNib")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public virtual void RegisterNib(UINib nib, string forHeaderFooterViewReuseIdentifier, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { }
/// <summary>
/// Registers a class for use in creating new table header or footer views.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="aClass">The class of a header or footer view that you want to use in the table.</param>
/// <param name="forHeaderFooterViewReuseIdentifier">The reuse identifier for the header or footer view. This parameter must not be nil and must not be an empty string.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("registerClass")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public virtual void RegisterClass(AnyClass aClass, string forHeaderFooterViewReuseIdentifier, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a reusable header or footer view located by its identifier.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">A string identifying the header or footer view to be reused. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("dequeueReusableHeaderFooterViewWithIdentifier")]
public virtual AnyObject DequeueReusableHeaderFooterViewWithIdentifier(string identifier) { return default(AnyObject); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the header view associated with the specified section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="section">An index number that identifies a section of the table. Table views in a plain style have a section index of zero.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("headerViewForSection")]
public virtual UITableViewHeaderFooterView HeaderViewForSection(int section) { return default(UITableViewHeaderFooterView); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the footer view associated with the specified section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="section">An index number that identifies a section of the table. Table views in a plain style have a section index of zero.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("footerViewForSection")]
public virtual UITableViewHeaderFooterView FooterViewForSection(int section) { return default(UITableViewHeaderFooterView); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the table cell at the specified index path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">The index path locating the row in the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("cellForRowAtIndexPath")]
public virtual UITableViewCell CellForRowAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath) { return default(UITableViewCell); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an index path representing the row and section of a given table-view cell.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="cell">A cell object of the table view.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("indexPathForCell")]
public virtual NSIndexPath IndexPathForCell(UITableViewCell cell) { return default(NSIndexPath); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an index path identifying the row and section at the given point.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point in the local coordinate system of the receiver (the table view's bounds).</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("indexPathForRowAtPoint")]
public virtual NSIndexPath IndexPathForRowAtPoint(CGPoint point) { return default(NSIndexPath); }
/// <summary>
/// An array of index paths each representing a row enclosed by a given rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">A rectangle defining an area of the table view in local coordinates.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("indexPathsForRowsInRect")]
public virtual AnyObject[] IndexPathsForRowsInRect(CGRect rect) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the table cells that are visible in the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("visibleCells")]
public virtual AnyObject[] VisibleCells() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of index paths each identifying a visible row in the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("indexPathsForVisibleRows")]
public virtual AnyObject[] IndexPathsForVisibleRows() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Scrolls the receiver until a row identified by index path is at a particular location on the screen.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">An index path that identifies a row in the table view by its row index and its section index.
/// NSNotFound is a valid row index for scrolling to a section with zero rows.</param>
/// <param name="atScrollPosition">A constant that identifies a relative position in the receiving table view (top, middle, bottom) for row when scrolling concludes. See Table View Scroll Position for descriptions of valid constants.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if you want to animate the change in position, false if it should be immediate.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scrollToRowAtIndexPath")]
public virtual void ScrollToRowAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath, UITableViewScrollPosition atScrollPosition, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Scrolls the table view so that the selected row nearest to a specified position in the table view is at that position.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="scrollPosition">A constant that identifies a relative position in the receiving table view (top, middle, bottom) for the row when scrolling concludes. See Table View Scroll Position a descriptions of valid constants.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if you want to animate the change in position, false if it should be immediate.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scrollToNearestSelectedRowAtScrollPosition")]
public virtual void ScrollToNearestSelectedRowAtScrollPosition(UITableViewScrollPosition scrollPosition, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an index path identifying the row and section of the selected row.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("indexPathForSelectedRow")]
public virtual NSIndexPath IndexPathForSelectedRow() { return default(NSIndexPath); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the index paths represented the selected rows.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("indexPathsForSelectedRows")]
public virtual AnyObject[] IndexPathsForSelectedRows() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Selects a row in the receiver identified by index path, optionally scrolling the row to a location in the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">An index path identifying a row in the receiver.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if you want to animate the selection and any change in position, false if the change should be immediate.</param>
/// <param name="scrollPosition">A constant that identifies a relative position in the receiving table view (top, middle, bottom) for the row when scrolling concludes. See Table View Scroll Position a descriptions of valid constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selectRowAtIndexPath")]
public virtual void SelectRowAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath, bool animated, UITableViewScrollPosition scrollPosition) { }
/// <summary>
/// Deselects a given row identified by index path, with an option to animate the deselection.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">An index path identifying a row in the receiver.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true if you want to animate the deselection and false if the change should be immediate.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("deselectRowAtIndexPath")]
public virtual void DeselectRowAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Begin a series of method calls that insert, delete, or select rows and sections of the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("beginUpdates")]
public virtual void BeginUpdates() { }
/// <summary>
/// Conclude a series of method calls that insert, delete, select, or reload rows and sections of the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("endUpdates")]
public virtual void EndUpdates() { }
/// <summary>
/// Inserts rows in the receiver at the locations identified by an array of index paths, with an option to animate the insertion.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPaths">An array of NSIndexPath objects each representing a row index and section index that together identify a row in the table view.</param>
/// <param name="withRowAnimation">A constant that either specifies the kind of animation to perform when inserting the cell or requests no animation. See Table Cell Insertion and Deletion Animation for descriptions of the constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("insertRowsAtIndexPaths")]
public virtual void InsertRowsAtIndexPaths(AnyObject[] indexPaths, UITableViewRowAnimation withRowAnimation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Deletes the rows specified by an array of index paths, with an option to animate the deletion.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPaths">An array of NSIndexPath objects identifying the rows to delete.</param>
/// <param name="withRowAnimation">A constant that indicates how the deletion is to be animated, for example, fade out or slide out from the bottom. See Table Cell Insertion and Deletion Animation for descriptions of these constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("deleteRowsAtIndexPaths")]
public virtual void DeleteRowsAtIndexPaths(AnyObject[] indexPaths, UITableViewRowAnimation withRowAnimation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Moves the row at a specified location to a destination location.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">An index path identifying the row to move.</param>
/// <param name="toIndexPath">An index path identifying the row that is the destination of the row at indexPath. The existing row at that location slides up or down to an adjoining index position to make room for it.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("moveRowAtIndexPath")]
public virtual void MoveRowAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath, NSIndexPath toIndexPath) { }
/// <summary>
/// Inserts one or more sections in the receiver, with an option to animate the insertion.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="sections">An index set that specifies the sections to insert in the receiving table view. If a section already exists at the specified index location, it is moved down one index location.</param>
/// <param name="withRowAnimation">A constant that indicates how the insertion is to be animated, for example, fade in or slide in from the left. See Table Cell Insertion and Deletion Animation for descriptions of these constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("insertSections")]
public virtual void InsertSections(NSIndexSet sections, UITableViewRowAnimation withRowAnimation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Deletes one or more sections in the receiver, with an option to animate the deletion.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="sections">An index set that specifies the sections to delete from the receiving table view. If a section exists after the specified index location, it is moved up one index location.</param>
/// <param name="withRowAnimation">A constant that either specifies the kind of animation to perform when deleting the section or requests no animation. See Table Cell Insertion and Deletion Animation for descriptions of the constants.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("deleteSections")]
public virtual void DeleteSections(NSIndexSet sections, UITableViewRowAnimation withRowAnimation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Moves a section to a new location in the table view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="section">The index of the section to move.</param>
/// <param name="toSection">The index in the table view that is the destination of the move for the section. The existing section at that location slides up or down to an adjoining index position to make room for it.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("moveSection")]
public virtual void MoveSection(int section, int toSection) { }
/// <summary>
/// Toggles the receiver into and out of editing mode.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="editing">true to enter editing mode, false to leave it. The default value is false .</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the transition to editing mode, false to make the transition immediate.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setEditing")]
public virtual void SetEditing(bool editing, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Reloads the rows and sections of the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("reloadData")]
public virtual void ReloadData() { }
/// <summary>
/// Reloads the specified rows using a certain animation effect.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPaths">An array of NSIndexPath objects identifying the rows to reload.</param>
/// <param name="withRowAnimation">A constant that indicates how the reloading is to be animated, for example, fade out or slide out from the bottom. See Table Cell Insertion and Deletion Animation for descriptions of these constants.
/// The animation constant affects the direction in which both the old and the new rows slide. For example, if the animation constant is UITableViewRowAnimationRight, the old rows slide out to the right and the new cells slide in from the right.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("reloadRowsAtIndexPaths")]
public virtual void ReloadRowsAtIndexPaths(AnyObject[] indexPaths, UITableViewRowAnimation withRowAnimation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Reloads the specified sections using a given animation effect.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="sections">An index set identifying the sections to reload.</param>
/// <param name="withRowAnimation">A constant that indicates how the reloading is to be animated, for example, fade out or slide out from the bottom. See Table Cell Insertion and Deletion Animation for descriptions of these constants.
/// The animation constant affects the direction in which both the old and the new section rows slide. For example, if the animation constant is UITableViewRowAnimationRight, the old rows slide out to the right and the new cells slide in from the right.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("reloadSections")]
public virtual void ReloadSections(NSIndexSet sections, UITableViewRowAnimation withRowAnimation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Reloads the items in the index bar along the right side of the table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("reloadSectionIndexTitles")]
public virtual void ReloadSectionIndexTitles() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing area for a specified section of the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="section">An index number identifying a section of the table view. Plain-style table views always have a section index of zero.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rectForSection")]
public virtual CGRect RectForSection(int section) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing area for a row identified by index path.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="indexPath">An index path object that identifies a row by its index and its section index.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rectForRowAtIndexPath")]
public virtual CGRect RectForRowAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath indexPath) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing area for the footer of the specified section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="section">An index number identifying a section of the table view. Plain-style table views always have a section index of zero.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rectForFooterInSection")]
public virtual CGRect RectForFooterInSection(int section) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing area for the header of the specified section.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="section">An index number identifying a section of the table view. Plain-style table views always have a section index of zero.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rectForHeaderInSection")]
public virtual CGRect RectForHeaderInSection(int section) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the style of the receiver. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("style")]
public UITableViewStyle Style { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The height of each row (table cell) in the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rowHeight")]
public CGFloat RowHeight { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The style for table cells used as separators.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("separatorStyle")]
public UITableViewCellSeparatorStyle SeparatorStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color of separator rows in the table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("separatorColor")]
public UIColor SeparatorColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The effect applied to table separators.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("separatorEffect")]
public UIVisualEffect SeparatorEffect { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The background view of the table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("backgroundView")]
public UIView BackgroundView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the default inset of cell separators.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("separatorInset")]
public UIEdgeInsets SeparatorInset { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an accessory view that is displayed above the table.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableHeaderView")]
public UIView TableHeaderView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an accessory view that is displayed below the table.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableFooterView")]
public UIView TableFooterView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The height of section headers in the receiving table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sectionHeaderHeight")]
public CGFloat SectionHeaderHeight { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The height of section footers in the receiving table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sectionFooterHeight")]
public CGFloat SectionFooterHeight { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The estimated height of rows in the table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("estimatedRowHeight")]
public CGFloat EstimatedRowHeight { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The estimated height of section headers in the table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("estimatedSectionHeaderHeight")]
public CGFloat EstimatedSectionHeaderHeight { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The estimated height of section footers in the table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("estimatedSectionFooterHeight")]
public CGFloat EstimatedSectionFooterHeight { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether users can select a row.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("allowsSelection")]
public bool AllowsSelection { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether users can select more than one row outside of editing mode.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("allowsMultipleSelection")]
public bool AllowsMultipleSelection { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether users can select cells while the receiver is in editing mode.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("allowsSelectionDuringEditing")]
public bool AllowsSelectionDuringEditing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls whether users can select more than one cell simultaneously in editing mode.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("allowsMultipleSelectionDuringEditing")]
public bool AllowsMultipleSelectionDuringEditing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the receiver is in editing mode.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("editing")]
public bool Editing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The object that acts as the data source of the receiving table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("dataSource")]
public UITableViewDataSource DataSource { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The object that acts as the delegate of the receiving table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UITableViewDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number of table rows at which to display the index list on the right edge of the table.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sectionIndexMinimumDisplayRowCount")]
public int SectionIndexMinimumDisplayRowCount { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color to use for the table view’s index text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("sectionIndexColor")]
public UIColor SectionIndexColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color to use for the background of the table view’s section index while not being touched.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("sectionIndexBackgroundColor")]
public UIColor SectionIndexBackgroundColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color to use for the table view’s index background area.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("sectionIndexTrackingBackgroundColor")]
public UIColor SectionIndexTrackingBackgroundColor { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The style of the table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UITableViewStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// A plain table view. Any section headers or footers are displayed as inline separators and float when the table view is scrolled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Plain,
/// <summary>
/// A table view whose sections present distinct groups of rows. The section headers and footers do not float.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Grouped,
}
/// <summary>
/// The position in the table view (top, middle, bottom) to which a given row is scrolled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UITableViewScrollPosition
{
/// <summary>
/// The table view scrolls the row of interest to be fully visible with a minimum of movement. If the row is already fully visible, no scrolling occurs. For example, if the row is above the visible area, the behavior is identical to that specified by UITableViewScrollPositionTop. This is the default.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// The table view scrolls the row of interest to the top of the visible table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Top,
/// <summary>
/// The table view scrolls the row of interest to the middle of the visible table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Middle,
/// <summary>
/// The table view scrolls the row of interest to the bottom of the visible table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Bottom,
}
/// <summary>
/// The type of animation when rows are inserted or deleted.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UITableViewRowAnimation
{
/// <summary>
/// The inserted or deleted row or rows fades into or out of the table view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Fade,
/// <summary>
/// The inserted row or rows slides in from the right; the deleted row or rows slides out to the right.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Right,
/// <summary>
/// The inserted row or rows slides in from the left; the deleted row or rows slides out to the left.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// The inserted row or rows slides in from the top; the deleted row or rows slides out toward the top.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Top,
/// <summary>
/// The inserted row or rows slides in from the bottom; the deleted row or rows slides out toward the bottom.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Bottom,
/// <summary>
/// No animation is performed. The new cell value appears as if the cell had just been reloaded.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// The table view attempts to keep the old and new cells centered in the space they did or will occupy. Available in iPhone 3.2.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
Middle,
/// <summary>
/// The table view chooses an appropriate animation style for you. (Introduced in iOS 5.0.)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
Automatic,
}
/// <summary>
/// There is no userInfo dictionary associated with this notification.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITableViewSelectionDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UITableViewSelectionDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITableViewCell.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITableViewCell.cs index b0271953..08370c0e 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITableViewCell.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITableViewCell.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITableViewCell class defines the attributes and behavior of the cells that appear in UITableView objects. This class includes properties and methods for setting and managing cell content and background (including text, images, and custom views), managing the cell selection and highlight state, managing accessory views, and initiating the editing of the cell contents.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITableViewCell_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITableViewCell"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITableViewCell : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UIGestureRecognizerDelegate, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a table cell with a style and a reuse identifier and returns it to the caller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="style">A constant indicating a cell style. See UITableViewCellStyle for descriptions of these constants.</param>
/// <param name="reuseIdentifier">A string used to identify the cell object if it is to be reused for drawing multiple rows of a table view. Pass nil if the cell object is not to be reused. You should use the same reuse identifier for all cells of the same form.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public UITableViewCell(UITableViewCellStyle style, string reuseIdentifier) : base(new CGRect()) { }
/// <summary>
/// Prepares a reusable cell for reuse by the table view's delegate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("prepareForReuse")]
public void PrepareForReuse() { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the selected state of the cell, optionally animating the transition between states.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="selected">true to set the cell as selected, false to set it as unselected. The default is false.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the transition between selected states, false to make the transition immediate.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setSelected")]
public void SetSelected(bool selected, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the highlighted state of the cell, optionally animating the transition between states.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="highlighted">true to set the cell as highlighted, false to set it as unhighlighted. The default is false.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the transition between highlighted states, false to make the transition immediate.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setHighlighted")]
public void SetHighlighted(bool highlighted, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Toggles the receiver into and out of editing mode.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="editing">true to enter editing mode, false to leave it. The default value is false .</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the appearance or disappearance of the insertion/deletion control and the reordering control, false to make the transition immediate.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setEditing")]
public void SetEditing(bool editing, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Called on the cell just before it transitions between cell states.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">A bit mask indicating the state or combination of states the cell is transitioning to.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("willTransitionToState")]
public void WillTransitionToState(UITableViewCellStateMask state) { }
/// <summary>
/// Called on the cell just after it transitions between cell states.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">A bit mask indicating the state or combination of states the cell is transitioning to.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("didTransitionToState")]
public void DidTransitionToState(UITableViewCellStateMask state) { }
/// <summary>
/// A string used to identify a cell that is reusable. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("reuseIdentifier")]
public string ReuseIdentifier { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the label used for the main textual content of the table cell. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("textLabel")]
public UILabel TextLabel { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the secondary label of the table cell if one exists. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("detailTextLabel")]
public UILabel DetailTextLabel { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the image view of the table cell. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("imageView")]
public UIImageView ImageView { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the content view of the cell object. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("contentView")]
public UIView ContentView { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view used as the background of the cell.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("backgroundView")]
public UIView BackgroundView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view used as the background of the cell when it is selected.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selectedBackgroundView")]
public UIView SelectedBackgroundView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The background view to use for a selected cell when the table view allows multiple row selections.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("multipleSelectionBackgroundView")]
public UIView MultipleSelectionBackgroundView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The type of standard accessory view the cell should use (normal state).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("accessoryType")]
public UITableViewCellAccessoryType AccessoryType { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A view that is used, typically as a control, on the right side of the cell (normal state).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("accessoryView")]
public UIView AccessoryView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The type of standard accessory view the cell should use in the table view’s editing state.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("editingAccessoryType")]
public UITableViewCellAccessoryType EditingAccessoryType { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A view that is used typically as a control on the right side of the cell when it is in editing mode.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("editingAccessoryView")]
public UIView EditingAccessoryView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the cell is selected.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selected")]
public bool Selected { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The style of selection for a cell.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selectionStyle")]
public UITableViewCellSelectionStyle SelectionStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the cell is highlighted.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("highlighted")]
public bool Highlighted { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the cell is in an editable state.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("editing")]
public bool Editing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The editing style of the cell. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("editingStyle")]
public UITableViewCellEditingStyle EditingStyle { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the cell is currently showing the delete-confirmation button. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("showingDeleteConfirmation")]
public bool ShowingDeleteConfirmation { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the cell shows the reordering control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("showsReorderControl")]
public bool ShowsReorderControl { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The indentation level of the cell’s content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("indentationLevel")]
public int IndentationLevel { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The width for each level of indentation of a cell's content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("indentationWidth")]
public CGFloat IndentationWidth { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls whether the cell background is indented when the table view is in editing mode.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("shouldIndentWhileEditing")]
public bool ShouldIndentWhileEditing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The inset values for the cell’s content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("separatorInset")]
public UIEdgeInsets SeparatorInset { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// An enumeration for the various styles of cells.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public enum UITableViewCellStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// A simple style for a cell with a text label (black and left-aligned) and an optional image view. Note that this is the default style for cells prior to iOS 3.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Default,
/// <summary>
/// A style for a cell with a label on the left side of the cell with left-aligned and black text; on the right side is a label that has smaller blue text and is right-aligned. The Settings application uses cells in this style.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Value1,
/// <summary>
/// A style for a cell with a label on the left side of the cell with text that is right-aligned and blue; on the right side of the cell is another label with smaller text that is left-aligned and black. The Phone/Contacts application uses cells in this style.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Value2,
/// <summary>
/// A style for a cell with a left-aligned label across the top and a left-aligned label below it in smaller gray text. The iPod application uses cells in this style.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Subtitle,
}
/// <summary>
/// The style of selected cells.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UITableViewCellSelectionStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// The cell has no distinct style for when it is selected.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// The cell has a default background color when selected.
/// In iOS 7, the selection color is no longer blue. Use UITableViewCellSelectionStyleDefault instead.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Blue,
/// <summary>
/// Then cell when selected has a gray background.
/// Use UITableViewCellSelectionStyleDefault instead.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Gray,
/// <summary>
/// The cell selection style to use for tables. This is the default value.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Default,
}
/// <summary>
/// The editing control used by a cell.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UITableViewCellEditingStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// The cell has no editing control. This is the default value.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// The cell has the delete editing control; this control is a red circle enclosing a minus sign.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Delete,
/// <summary>
/// The cell has the insert editing control; this control is a green circle enclosing a plus sign.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Insert,
}
/// <summary>
/// The type of standard accessory control used by a cell.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UITableViewCellAccessoryType
{
/// <summary>
/// The cell does not have any accessory view. This is the default value.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// The cell has an accessory control shaped like a chevron. This control indicates that tapping the cell triggers a push action. The control does not track touches.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
DisclosureIndicator,
/// <summary>
/// The cell has an info button and a chevron image as content. This control indicates that tapping the cell allows the user to configure the cell’s contents. The control tracks touches.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
DetailDisclosureButton,
/// <summary>
/// The cell has a check mark on its right side. This control does not track touches. The delegate of the table view can manage check marks in a section of rows (possibly limiting the check mark to one row of the section) in its tableView:didSelectRowAtIndexPath: method.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Checkmark,
/// <summary>
/// The cell has an info button without a chevron. This control indicates that tapping the cell displays additional information about the cell’s contents. The control tracks touches.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
DetailButton,
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants used to determine the new state of a cell as it transitions between states.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public enum UITableViewCellStateMask
{
/// <summary>
/// The normal state of a table cell.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
DefaultMask,
/// <summary>
/// The state of a table view cell when the table view is in editing mode.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
ShowingEditControlMask,
/// <summary>
/// The state of a table view cell that shows a button requesting confirmation of a delete gesture.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
ShowingDeleteConfirmationMask,
}
/// <summary>
/// The style for cells used as separators.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UITableViewCellSeparatorStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// The separator cell has no distinct style.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// The separator cell has a single line running across its width. This is the default value
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
SingleLine,
/// <summary>
/// The separator cell has double lines running across its width, giving it an etched look. This style is currently only supported for grouped-style table views.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
SingleLineEtched,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITableViewCell class defines the attributes and behavior of the cells that appear in UITableView objects. This class includes properties and methods for setting and managing cell content and background (including text, images, and custom views), managing the cell selection and highlight state, managing accessory views, and initiating the editing of the cell contents.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITableViewCell_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITableViewCell"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITableViewCell : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UIGestureRecognizerDelegate, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UITableViewCell() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a table cell with a style and a reuse identifier and returns it to the caller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="style">A constant indicating a cell style. See UITableViewCellStyle for descriptions of these constants.</param>
/// <param name="reuseIdentifier">A string used to identify the cell object if it is to be reused for drawing multiple rows of a table view. Pass nil if the cell object is not to be reused. You should use the same reuse identifier for all cells of the same form.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public UITableViewCell(UITableViewCellStyle style, string reuseIdentifier) { }
/// <summary>
/// Prepares a reusable cell for reuse by the table view's delegate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("prepareForReuse")]
public virtual void PrepareForReuse() { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the selected state of the cell, optionally animating the transition between states.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="selected">true to set the cell as selected, false to set it as unselected. The default is false.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the transition between selected states, false to make the transition immediate.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setSelected")]
public virtual void SetSelected(bool selected, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the highlighted state of the cell, optionally animating the transition between states.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="highlighted">true to set the cell as highlighted, false to set it as unhighlighted. The default is false.</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the transition between highlighted states, false to make the transition immediate.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setHighlighted")]
public virtual void SetHighlighted(bool highlighted, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Toggles the receiver into and out of editing mode.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="editing">true to enter editing mode, false to leave it. The default value is false .</param>
/// <param name="animated">true to animate the appearance or disappearance of the insertion/deletion control and the reordering control, false to make the transition immediate.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setEditing")]
public virtual void SetEditing(bool editing, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Called on the cell just before it transitions between cell states.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">A bit mask indicating the state or combination of states the cell is transitioning to.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("willTransitionToState")]
public virtual void WillTransitionToState(UITableViewCellStateMask state) { }
/// <summary>
/// Called on the cell just after it transitions between cell states.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="state">A bit mask indicating the state or combination of states the cell is transitioning to.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("didTransitionToState")]
public virtual void DidTransitionToState(UITableViewCellStateMask state) { }
/// <summary>
/// A string used to identify a cell that is reusable. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("reuseIdentifier")]
public string ReuseIdentifier { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the label used for the main textual content of the table cell. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("textLabel")]
public UILabel TextLabel { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the secondary label of the table cell if one exists. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("detailTextLabel")]
public UILabel DetailTextLabel { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the image view of the table cell. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("imageView")]
public UIImageView ImageView { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the content view of the cell object. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("contentView")]
public UIView ContentView { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view used as the background of the cell.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("backgroundView")]
public UIView BackgroundView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view used as the background of the cell when it is selected.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selectedBackgroundView")]
public UIView SelectedBackgroundView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The background view to use for a selected cell when the table view allows multiple row selections.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("multipleSelectionBackgroundView")]
public UIView MultipleSelectionBackgroundView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The type of standard accessory view the cell should use (normal state).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("accessoryType")]
public UITableViewCellAccessoryType AccessoryType { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A view that is used, typically as a control, on the right side of the cell (normal state).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("accessoryView")]
public UIView AccessoryView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The type of standard accessory view the cell should use in the table view’s editing state.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("editingAccessoryType")]
public UITableViewCellAccessoryType EditingAccessoryType { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A view that is used typically as a control on the right side of the cell when it is in editing mode.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("editingAccessoryView")]
public UIView EditingAccessoryView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the cell is selected.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selected")]
public bool Selected { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The style of selection for a cell.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selectionStyle")]
public UITableViewCellSelectionStyle SelectionStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the cell is highlighted.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("highlighted")]
public bool Highlighted { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the cell is in an editable state.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("editing")]
public bool Editing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The editing style of the cell. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("editingStyle")]
public UITableViewCellEditingStyle EditingStyle { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the cell is currently showing the delete-confirmation button. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("showingDeleteConfirmation")]
public bool ShowingDeleteConfirmation { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the cell shows the reordering control.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("showsReorderControl")]
public bool ShowsReorderControl { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The indentation level of the cell’s content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("indentationLevel")]
public int IndentationLevel { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The width for each level of indentation of a cell's content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("indentationWidth")]
public CGFloat IndentationWidth { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that controls whether the cell background is indented when the table view is in editing mode.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("shouldIndentWhileEditing")]
public bool ShouldIndentWhileEditing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The inset values for the cell’s content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("separatorInset")]
public UIEdgeInsets SeparatorInset { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// An enumeration for the various styles of cells.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public enum UITableViewCellStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// A simple style for a cell with a text label (black and left-aligned) and an optional image view. Note that this is the default style for cells prior to iOS 3.0.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Default,
/// <summary>
/// A style for a cell with a label on the left side of the cell with left-aligned and black text; on the right side is a label that has smaller blue text and is right-aligned. The Settings application uses cells in this style.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Value1,
/// <summary>
/// A style for a cell with a label on the left side of the cell with text that is right-aligned and blue; on the right side of the cell is another label with smaller text that is left-aligned and black. The Phone/Contacts application uses cells in this style.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Value2,
/// <summary>
/// A style for a cell with a left-aligned label across the top and a left-aligned label below it in smaller gray text. The iPod application uses cells in this style.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
Subtitle,
}
/// <summary>
/// The style of selected cells.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UITableViewCellSelectionStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// The cell has no distinct style for when it is selected.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// The cell has a default background color when selected.
/// In iOS 7, the selection color is no longer blue. Use UITableViewCellSelectionStyleDefault instead.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Blue,
/// <summary>
/// Then cell when selected has a gray background.
/// Use UITableViewCellSelectionStyleDefault instead.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Gray,
/// <summary>
/// The cell selection style to use for tables. This is the default value.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Default,
}
/// <summary>
/// The editing control used by a cell.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UITableViewCellEditingStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// The cell has no editing control. This is the default value.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// The cell has the delete editing control; this control is a red circle enclosing a minus sign.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Delete,
/// <summary>
/// The cell has the insert editing control; this control is a green circle enclosing a plus sign.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Insert,
}
/// <summary>
/// The type of standard accessory control used by a cell.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UITableViewCellAccessoryType
{
/// <summary>
/// The cell does not have any accessory view. This is the default value.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// The cell has an accessory control shaped like a chevron. This control indicates that tapping the cell triggers a push action. The control does not track touches.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
DisclosureIndicator,
/// <summary>
/// The cell has an info button and a chevron image as content. This control indicates that tapping the cell allows the user to configure the cell’s contents. The control tracks touches.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
DetailDisclosureButton,
/// <summary>
/// The cell has a check mark on its right side. This control does not track touches. The delegate of the table view can manage check marks in a section of rows (possibly limiting the check mark to one row of the section) in its tableView:didSelectRowAtIndexPath: method.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Checkmark,
/// <summary>
/// The cell has an info button without a chevron. This control indicates that tapping the cell displays additional information about the cell’s contents. The control tracks touches.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
DetailButton,
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants used to determine the new state of a cell as it transitions between states.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public enum UITableViewCellStateMask
{
/// <summary>
/// The normal state of a table cell.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
DefaultMask,
/// <summary>
/// The state of a table view cell when the table view is in editing mode.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
ShowingEditControlMask,
/// <summary>
/// The state of a table view cell that shows a button requesting confirmation of a delete gesture.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
ShowingDeleteConfirmationMask,
}
/// <summary>
/// The style for cells used as separators.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UITableViewCellSeparatorStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// The separator cell has no distinct style.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// The separator cell has a single line running across its width. This is the default value
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
SingleLine,
/// <summary>
/// The separator cell has double lines running across its width, giving it an etched look. This style is currently only supported for grouped-style table views.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
SingleLineEtched,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITableViewController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITableViewController.cs index 3945f5cd..e69a3ec8 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITableViewController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITableViewController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITableViewController class creates a controller object that manages a table view. It implements the following behavior:
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITableViewController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITableViewController"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITableViewController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIScrollViewDelegate, UIStateRestoring, UITableViewDataSource, UITableViewDelegate, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a table-view controller to manage a table view of a given style.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="style">A constant that specifies the style of table view that the controller object is to manage (UITableViewStylePlain or UITableViewStyleGrouped).</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UITableViewController(UITableViewStyle style) : base("", null) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the table view managed by the controller object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
public UITableView TableView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating if the controller clears the selection when the table appears.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("clearsSelectionOnViewWillAppear")]
public bool ClearsSelectionOnViewWillAppear { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The refresh control used to update the table contents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("refreshControl")]
public UIRefreshControl RefreshControl { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITableViewController class creates a controller object that manages a table view. It implements the following behavior:
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITableViewController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITableViewController"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITableViewController : UIViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIScrollViewDelegate, UIStateRestoring, UITableViewDataSource, UITableViewDelegate, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UITableViewController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a table-view controller to manage a table view of a given style.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="style">A constant that specifies the style of table view that the controller object is to manage (UITableViewStylePlain or UITableViewStyleGrouped).</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UITableViewController(UITableViewStyle style) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the table view managed by the controller object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tableView")]
public UITableView TableView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating if the controller clears the selection when the table appears.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("clearsSelectionOnViewWillAppear")]
public bool ClearsSelectionOnViewWillAppear { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The refresh control used to update the table contents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("refreshControl")]
public UIRefreshControl RefreshControl { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITableViewHeaderFooterView.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITableViewHeaderFooterView.cs index 69a0efaf..e0bf11ca 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITableViewHeaderFooterView.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITableViewHeaderFooterView.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITableViewHeaderFooterView class implements a reusable view that can be placed at the top or bottom of a table section. You use headers and footers to display additional information for that section.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITableViewHeaderFooterView_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITableViewHeaderFooterView"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UITableViewHeaderFooterView : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a header/footer view with the specified reuse identifier.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="reuseIdentifier">A string used to identify the header or footer view if it is to be reused by multiple sections. Pass nil if the view is not to be reused. You should use the same reuse identifier for all header or footer views of the same form.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public UITableViewHeaderFooterView(string reuseIdentifier) : base(new CGRect()) { }
/// <summary>
/// Prepares a reusable header or footer view for reuse by the table.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("prepareForReuse")]
public void PrepareForReuse() { }
/// <summary>
/// The content view of the header or footer. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("contentView")]
public UIView ContentView { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The background view of the header or footer.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("backgroundView")]
public UIView BackgroundView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A string used to identify a reusable header or footer. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("reuseIdentifier")]
public string ReuseIdentifier { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A primary text label for the view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("textLabel")]
public UILabel TextLabel { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A detail text label for the view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("detailTextLabel")]
public UILabel DetailTextLabel { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color of the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITableViewHeaderFooterView class implements a reusable view that can be placed at the top or bottom of a table section. You use headers and footers to display additional information for that section.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITableViewHeaderFooterView_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITableViewHeaderFooterView"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UITableViewHeaderFooterView : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UITableViewHeaderFooterView() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes a header/footer view with the specified reuse identifier.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="reuseIdentifier">A string used to identify the header or footer view if it is to be reused by multiple sections. Pass nil if the view is not to be reused. You should use the same reuse identifier for all header or footer views of the same form.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public UITableViewHeaderFooterView(string reuseIdentifier) { }
/// <summary>
/// Prepares a reusable header or footer view for reuse by the table.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("prepareForReuse")]
public virtual void PrepareForReuse() { }
/// <summary>
/// The content view of the header or footer. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("contentView")]
public UIView ContentView { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The background view of the header or footer.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("backgroundView")]
public UIView BackgroundView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A string used to identify a reusable header or footer. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("reuseIdentifier")]
public string ReuseIdentifier { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A primary text label for the view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("textLabel")]
public UILabel TextLabel { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A detail text label for the view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("detailTextLabel")]
public UILabel DetailTextLabel { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color of the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITableViewRowAction.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITableViewRowAction.cs index 1b2b5f1f..f598608a 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITableViewRowAction.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITableViewRowAction.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UITableViewRowAction object defines a single action to present when the user swipes in a table row. In an editable table, performing a horizontal swipe in a row moves the row content aside and reveals a button to delete the row. This class lets you define custom actions for a given row in your table. Each instance represents a single action to perform and includes the text and formatting information for the corresponding button.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITableViewRowAction_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITableViewRowAction"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UITableViewRowAction : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new table view row action object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="style">The style characteristics to apply to the button. You use this value to apply default appearance characteristics to the button. These characteristics can impart information about what the button does. For example, you can use this to indicate an action is destructive to the underlying data. For a list of possible style values, see UITableViewRowActionStyle.</param>
/// <param name="title">The string to display in the button. Specify a string localized for the user’s current language.</param>
/// <param name="handler">The block to execute when the user taps the button associated with this action. UIKit makes a copy of the block you provide. When the user selects the action represented by this object, UIKit executes your handler block on the app’s main thread. This parameter must not be nil. This block has no return value and takes the following parameters:
/// action
/// The action object representing the action that the user selected.
/// indexPath
/// The table row that the user acted on.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("convenience init")]
public UITableViewRowAction(UITableViewRowActionStyle style, string title, Action<UITableViewRowAction, NSIndexPath> handler) { }
/// <summary>
/// The style applied to the action button. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("style")]
public UITableViewRowActionStyle Style { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The title of the action button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("title")]
public string Title { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The background color of the action button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("backgroundColor")]
public UIColor BackgroundColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The visual effect to apply to the button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("backgroundEffect")]
public UIVisualEffect BackgroundEffect { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants that help define the appearance of action buttons.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public enum UITableViewRowActionStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// Apply the default style to the button. This style does not apply any special coloring to the button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Default,
/// <summary>
/// Apply a style that reflects standard non-destructive actions.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Normal,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UITableViewRowAction object defines a single action to present when the user swipes horizontally in a table row. In an editable table, performing a horizontal swipe in a row reveals a button to delete the row by default. This class lets you define one or more custom actions to display for a given row in your table. Each instance of this class represents a single action to perform and includes the text, formatting information, and behavior for the corresponding button.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITableViewRowAction_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITableViewRowAction"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UITableViewRowAction : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UITableViewRowAction() { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a new table view row action object.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="style">The style characteristics to apply to the button. You use this value to apply default appearance characteristics to the button. These characteristics impart information about what the button does. For example, use this to indicate an action is destructive to the underlying data. For a list of possible style values, see UITableViewRowActionStyle.</param>
/// <param name="title">The string to display in the button. Specify a string localized for the user’s current language.</param>
/// <param name="handler">The block to execute when the user taps the button associated with this action. UIKit makes a copy of the block you provide. When the user selects the action represented by this object, UIKit executes your handler block on the app’s main thread. This parameter must not be nil. This block has no return value and takes the following parameters:
/// action
/// The action object representing the action that the user selected.
/// indexPath
/// The table row that the user acted on.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("convenience init")]
public UITableViewRowAction(UITableViewRowActionStyle style, string title, Action<UITableViewRowAction, NSIndexPath> handler) { }
/// <summary>
/// The style applied to the action button. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("style")]
public UITableViewRowActionStyle Style { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The title of the action button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("title")]
public string Title { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The background color of the action button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("backgroundColor")]
public UIColor BackgroundColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The visual effect to apply to the button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("backgroundEffect")]
public UIVisualEffect BackgroundEffect { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants that help define the appearance of action buttons.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public enum UITableViewRowActionStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// Apply the default style to the button. This style does not apply any special coloring to the button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Default,
/// <summary>
/// Apply a style that reflects standard non-destructive actions.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Normal,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITapGestureRecognizer.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITapGestureRecognizer.cs index f12403d2..2e637b03 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITapGestureRecognizer.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITapGestureRecognizer.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UITapGestureRecognizer is a concrete subclass of UIGestureRecognizer that looks for single or multiple taps. For the gesture to be recognized, the specified number of fingers must tap the view a specified number of times.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITapGestureRecognizer_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITapGestureRecognizer"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UITapGestureRecognizer : UIGestureRecognizer//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UITapGestureRecognizer() : base(null, null) { }
/// <summary>
/// The number of taps for the gesture to be recognized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("numberOfTapsRequired")]
public int NumberOfTapsRequired { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number of fingers required to tap for the gesture to be recognized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("numberOfTouchesRequired")]
public int NumberOfTouchesRequired { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// UITapGestureRecognizer is a concrete subclass of UIGestureRecognizer that looks for single or multiple taps. For the gesture to be recognized, the specified number of fingers must tap the view a specified number of times.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITapGestureRecognizer_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITapGestureRecognizer"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UITapGestureRecognizer : UIGestureRecognizer//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UITapGestureRecognizer() { }
/// <summary>
/// The number of taps for the gesture to be recognized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("numberOfTapsRequired")]
public int NumberOfTapsRequired { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number of fingers required to tap for the gesture to be recognized.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("numberOfTouchesRequired")]
public int NumberOfTouchesRequired { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextChecker.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextChecker.cs index 47636bd7..050a89a8 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextChecker.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextChecker.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// You use instances of the UITextChecker class to check a string (usually the text of a document) for misspelled words.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextChecker_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITextChecker"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UITextChecker : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Initiates a search of a range of a string for a misspelled word.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="stringToCheck">The string to check for misspelled words.</param>
/// <param name="range">The range of stringToCheck to check for a misspelled word.</param>
/// <param name="startingAt">The offset within range of stringToCheck to begin checking for misspelled words.</param>
/// <param name="wrap">true to continue checking from the beginning of range if no misspelled word is found between startingOffset and the end of range. Specify false to have spell-checking end at the end of range.</param>
/// <param name="language">The language of the of words to be checked for correct spelling. This string is a ISO 639-1 language code or a combined ISO 639-1 language code and ISO 3166-1 regional code (for example, fr_FR).</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("rangeOfMisspelledWordInString")]
public NSRange RangeOfMisspelledWordInString(string stringToCheck, NSRange range, int startingAt, bool wrap, string language) { return default(NSRange); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a list of words that are possible valid replacements for a misspelled word.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">The range of a misspelled word in string.</param>
/// <param name="inString">A string in which there is a misspelled word, as located by range.</param>
/// <param name="language">The language of the of the words that are possible corrections. This string is from the ISO 639-1 standard, for example es (Spanish).</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("guessesForWordRange")]
public AnyObject[] GuessesForWordRange(NSRange range, string inString, string language) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of strings that are possible completions for a partially entered word.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">The range of a partially entered word in string.</param>
/// <param name="inString">A string in which there is a partially entered word, as located by range.</param>
/// <param name="language">The language of the of the words that are possible corrections. This string is a ISO 639-1 language code or a combined ISO 639-1 language code and ISO 3166-1 regional code (for example, fr_CA).</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("completionsForPartialWordRange")]
public AnyObject[] CompletionsForPartialWordRange(NSRange range, string inString, string language) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the receiver to ignore the specified word when spell-checking.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="wordToIgnore">A string that is a word the receiver should ignore when it is spell-checking a document.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("ignoreWord")]
public void IgnoreWord(string wordToIgnore) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the words that the receiver ignores when spell-checking.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("ignoredWords")]
public AnyObject[] IgnoredWords() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the list of words that the receiver should ignore when it is spell-checking a document.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="words">An array of strings, each of which specifies a word the receiver should ignore when it is spell-checking a document.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("setIgnoredWords")]
public void SetIgnoredWords(AnyObject[] words) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the text checker to learn the specified word so that it is not evaluated as misspelled.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="word">A string representing the word for the class to learn.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("learnWord")]
public static void LearnWord(string word) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the text checker to unlearn the specified word
/// </summary>
/// <param name="word">A string representing the word for the class to unlearn.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("unlearnWord")]
public static void UnlearnWord(string word) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the text checker has learned the specified word.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="word">A string representing a word.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("hasLearnedWord")]
public static bool HasLearnedWord(string word) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the languages for which the text checker’s class can perform spell-checking.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("availableLanguages")]
public static AnyObject[] AvailableLanguages() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// You use instances of the UITextChecker class to check a string (usually the text of a document) for misspelled words.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextChecker_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITextChecker"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UITextChecker : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UITextChecker() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initiates a search of a range of a string for a misspelled word.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="stringToCheck">The string to check for misspelled words.</param>
/// <param name="range">The range of stringToCheck to check for a misspelled word.</param>
/// <param name="startingAt">The offset within range of stringToCheck to begin checking for misspelled words.</param>
/// <param name="wrap">true to continue checking from the beginning of range if no misspelled word is found between startingOffset and the end of range. Specify false to have spell-checking end at the end of range.</param>
/// <param name="language">The language of the of words to be checked for correct spelling. This string is a ISO 639-1 language code or a combined ISO 639-1 language code and ISO 3166-1 regional code (for example, fr_FR).</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("rangeOfMisspelledWordInString")]
public virtual NSRange RangeOfMisspelledWordInString(string stringToCheck, NSRange range, int startingAt, bool wrap, string language) { return default(NSRange); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a list of words that are possible valid replacements for a misspelled word.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">The range of a misspelled word in string.</param>
/// <param name="inString">A string in which there is a misspelled word, as located by range.</param>
/// <param name="language">The language of the of the words that are possible corrections. This string is from the ISO 639-1 standard, for example es (Spanish).</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("guessesForWordRange")]
public virtual AnyObject[] GuessesForWordRange(NSRange range, string inString, string language) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an array of strings that are possible completions for a partially entered word.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">The range of a partially entered word in string.</param>
/// <param name="inString">A string in which there is a partially entered word, as located by range.</param>
/// <param name="language">The language of the of the words that are possible corrections. This string is a ISO 639-1 language code or a combined ISO 639-1 language code and ISO 3166-1 regional code (for example, fr_CA).</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("completionsForPartialWordRange")]
public virtual AnyObject[] CompletionsForPartialWordRange(NSRange range, string inString, string language) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the receiver to ignore the specified word when spell-checking.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="wordToIgnore">A string that is a word the receiver should ignore when it is spell-checking a document.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("ignoreWord")]
public virtual void IgnoreWord(string wordToIgnore) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the words that the receiver ignores when spell-checking.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("ignoredWords")]
public virtual AnyObject[] IgnoredWords() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the list of words that the receiver should ignore when it is spell-checking a document.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="words">An array of strings, each of which specifies a word the receiver should ignore when it is spell-checking a document.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("setIgnoredWords")]
public virtual void SetIgnoredWords(AnyObject[] words) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the text checker to learn the specified word so that it is not evaluated as misspelled.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="word">A string representing the word for the class to learn.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("learnWord")]
public virtual static void LearnWord(string word) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the text checker to unlearn the specified word
/// </summary>
/// <param name="word">A string representing the word for the class to unlearn.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("unlearnWord")]
public virtual static void UnlearnWord(string word) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the text checker has learned the specified word.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="word">A string representing a word.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("hasLearnedWord")]
public virtual static bool HasLearnedWord(string word) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the languages for which the text checker’s class can perform spell-checking.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("availableLanguages")]
public virtual static AnyObject[] AvailableLanguages() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextField.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextField.cs index a7bcd71b..a53a7b75 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextField.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextField.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UITextField object is a control that displays editable text and sends an action message to a target object when the user presses the return button. You typically use this class to gather small amounts of text from the user and perform some immediate action, such as a search operation, based on that text.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextField_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITextField"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITextField : UIControl//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UIKeyInput, UITextInput, UITextInputTraits, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing rectangle for the text field’s text.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textRectForBounds")]
public CGRect TextRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Draws the receiver’s text in the specified rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle in which to draw the text.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("drawTextInRect")]
public void DrawTextInRect(CGRect rect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing rectangle for the text field’s placeholder text
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("placeholderRectForBounds")]
public CGRect PlaceholderRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Draws the receiver’s placeholder text in the specified rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle in which to draw the placeholder text.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("drawPlaceholderInRect")]
public void DrawPlaceholderInRect(CGRect rect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the receiver’s border rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("borderRectForBounds")]
public CGRect BorderRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the rectangle in which editable text can be displayed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("editingRectForBounds")]
public CGRect EditingRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing rectangle for the built-in clear button.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("clearButtonRectForBounds")]
public CGRect ClearButtonRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing rectangle of the receiver’s left overlay view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("leftViewRectForBounds")]
public CGRect LeftViewRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing location of the receiver’s right overlay view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rightViewRectForBounds")]
public CGRect RightViewRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// The text displayed by the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("text")]
public string Text { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The styled text displayed by the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("attributedText")]
public NSAttributedString AttributedText { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The string that is displayed when there is no other text in the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("placeholder")]
public string Placeholder { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The styled string that is displayed when there is no other text in the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("attributedPlaceholder")]
public NSAttributedString AttributedPlaceholder { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The default attributes to apply to the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("defaultTextAttributes")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> DefaultTextAttributes { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The font of the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("font")]
public UIFont Font { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color of the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textColor")]
public UIColor TextColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The technique to use for aligning the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textAlignment")]
public NSTextAlignment TextAlignment { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The attributes to apply to new text being entered by the user.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("typingAttributes")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> TypingAttributes { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the font size should be reduced in order to fit the text string into the text field’s bounding rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("adjustsFontSizeToFitWidth")]
public bool AdjustsFontSizeToFitWidth { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The size of the smallest permissible font with which to draw the text field’s text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("minimumFontSize")]
public CGFloat MinimumFontSize { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the text field is currently in edit mode. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("editing")]
public bool Editing { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the text field removes old text when editing begins.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("clearsOnBeginEditing")]
public bool ClearsOnBeginEditing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether inserting text replaces the previous contents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("clearsOnInsertion")]
public bool ClearsOnInsertion { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the user may edit the attributes of the text in the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("allowsEditingTextAttributes")]
public bool AllowsEditingTextAttributes { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The border style used by the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("borderStyle")]
public UITextBorderStyle BorderStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image that represents the background appearance of the text field when it is enabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("background")]
public UIImage Background { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image that represents the background appearance of the text field when it is disabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("disabledBackground")]
public UIImage DisabledBackground { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Controls when the standard clear button appears in the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("clearButtonMode")]
public UITextFieldViewMode ClearButtonMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The overlay view displayed on the left side of the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("leftView")]
public UIView LeftView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Controls when the left overlay view appears in the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("leftViewMode")]
public UITextFieldViewMode LeftViewMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The overlay view displayed on the right side of the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rightView")]
public UIView RightView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Controls when the right overlay view appears in the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rightViewMode")]
public UITextFieldViewMode RightViewMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s delegate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UITextFieldDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The custom input view to display when the text field becomes the first responder.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("inputView")]
public UIView InputView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The custom accessory view to display when the text field becomes the first responder
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("inputAccessoryView")]
public UIView InputAccessoryView { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The type of border drawn around the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UITextBorderStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// The text field does not display a border.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// Displays a thin rectangle around the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Line,
/// <summary>
/// Displays a bezel-style border for the text field. This style is typically used for standard data-entry fields.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Bezel,
/// <summary>
/// Displays a rounded-style border for the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
RoundedRect,
}
/// <summary>
/// Defines the times at which overlay views appear in a text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UITextFieldViewMode
{
/// <summary>
/// The overlay view never appears.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Never,
/// <summary>
/// The overlay view is displayed only while text is being edited in the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
WhileEditing,
/// <summary>
/// The overlay view is displayed only when text is not being edited.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
UnlessEditing,
/// <summary>
/// The overlay view is always displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Always,
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITextFieldTextDidBeginEditingNotification : NSNotification
{
public UITextFieldTextDidBeginEditingNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITextFieldTextDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UITextFieldTextDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITextFieldTextDidEndEditingNotification : NSNotification
{
public UITextFieldTextDidEndEditingNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UITextField object is a control that displays editable text and sends an action message to a target object when the user presses the return button. You typically use this class to gather small amounts of text from the user and perform some immediate action, such as a search operation, based on that text.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextField_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITextField"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITextField : UIControl//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UIKeyInput, UITextInput, UITextInputTraits, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UITextField() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing rectangle for the text field’s text.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textRectForBounds")]
public virtual CGRect TextRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Draws the receiver’s text in the specified rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle in which to draw the text.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("drawTextInRect")]
public virtual void DrawTextInRect(CGRect rect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing rectangle for the text field’s placeholder text
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("placeholderRectForBounds")]
public virtual CGRect PlaceholderRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Draws the receiver’s placeholder text in the specified rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle in which to draw the placeholder text.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("drawPlaceholderInRect")]
public virtual void DrawPlaceholderInRect(CGRect rect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the receiver’s border rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("borderRectForBounds")]
public virtual CGRect BorderRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the rectangle in which editable text can be displayed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("editingRectForBounds")]
public virtual CGRect EditingRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing rectangle for the built-in clear button.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("clearButtonRectForBounds")]
public virtual CGRect ClearButtonRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing rectangle of the receiver’s left overlay view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("leftViewRectForBounds")]
public virtual CGRect LeftViewRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the drawing location of the receiver’s right overlay view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="bounds">The bounding rectangle of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rightViewRectForBounds")]
public virtual CGRect RightViewRectForBounds(CGRect bounds) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// The text displayed by the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("text")]
public string Text { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The styled text displayed by the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("attributedText")]
public NSAttributedString AttributedText { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The string that is displayed when there is no other text in the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("placeholder")]
public string Placeholder { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The styled string that is displayed when there is no other text in the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("attributedPlaceholder")]
public NSAttributedString AttributedPlaceholder { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The default attributes to apply to the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("defaultTextAttributes")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> DefaultTextAttributes { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The font of the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("font")]
public UIFont Font { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color of the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textColor")]
public UIColor TextColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The technique to use for aligning the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textAlignment")]
public NSTextAlignment TextAlignment { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The attributes to apply to new text being entered by the user.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("typingAttributes")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> TypingAttributes { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the font size should be reduced in order to fit the text string into the text field’s bounding rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("adjustsFontSizeToFitWidth")]
public bool AdjustsFontSizeToFitWidth { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The size of the smallest permissible font with which to draw the text field’s text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("minimumFontSize")]
public CGFloat MinimumFontSize { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the text field is currently in edit mode. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("editing")]
public bool Editing { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the text field removes old text when editing begins.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("clearsOnBeginEditing")]
public bool ClearsOnBeginEditing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether inserting text replaces the previous contents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("clearsOnInsertion")]
public bool ClearsOnInsertion { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the user may edit the attributes of the text in the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("allowsEditingTextAttributes")]
public bool AllowsEditingTextAttributes { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The border style used by the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("borderStyle")]
public UITextBorderStyle BorderStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image that represents the background appearance of the text field when it is enabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("background")]
public UIImage Background { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The image that represents the background appearance of the text field when it is disabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("disabledBackground")]
public UIImage DisabledBackground { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Controls when the standard clear button appears in the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("clearButtonMode")]
public UITextFieldViewMode ClearButtonMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The overlay view displayed on the left side of the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("leftView")]
public UIView LeftView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Controls when the left overlay view appears in the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("leftViewMode")]
public UITextFieldViewMode LeftViewMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The overlay view displayed on the right side of the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rightView")]
public UIView RightView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Controls when the right overlay view appears in the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rightViewMode")]
public UITextFieldViewMode RightViewMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s delegate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UITextFieldDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The custom input view to display when the text field becomes the first responder.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("inputView")]
public UIView InputView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The custom accessory view to display when the text field becomes the first responder
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("inputAccessoryView")]
public UIView InputAccessoryView { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The type of border drawn around the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UITextBorderStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// The text field does not display a border.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// Displays a thin rectangle around the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Line,
/// <summary>
/// Displays a bezel-style border for the text field. This style is typically used for standard data-entry fields.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Bezel,
/// <summary>
/// Displays a rounded-style border for the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
RoundedRect,
}
/// <summary>
/// Defines the times at which overlay views appear in a text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UITextFieldViewMode
{
/// <summary>
/// The overlay view never appears.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Never,
/// <summary>
/// The overlay view is displayed only while text is being edited in the text field.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
WhileEditing,
/// <summary>
/// The overlay view is displayed only when text is not being edited.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
UnlessEditing,
/// <summary>
/// The overlay view is always displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Always,
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITextFieldTextDidBeginEditingNotification : NSNotification
{
public UITextFieldTextDidBeginEditingNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITextFieldTextDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UITextFieldTextDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITextFieldTextDidEndEditingNotification : NSNotification
{
public UITextFieldTextDidEndEditingNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextInputMode.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextInputMode.cs index a015d0af..5032bcb7 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextInputMode.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextInputMode.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An instance of the UITextInputMode class represents the current text-input mode. You can use this object to determine the primary language currently being used for text input.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextInputMode_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITextInputMode"/>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public class UITextInputMode : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns the active text-input modes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("activeInputModes")]
public static AnyObject[] ActiveInputModes() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// The primary language, if any, of the input mode.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("primaryLanguage")]
public string PrimaryLanguage { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The posting object is a UITextInputMode instance.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public class UITextInputCurrentInputModeDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UITextInputCurrentInputModeDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An instance of the UITextInputMode class represents the current text-input mode. You can use this object to determine the primary language currently being used for text input.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextInputMode_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITextInputMode"/>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public class UITextInputMode : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
public UITextInputMode() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the active text-input modes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("activeInputModes")]
public virtual static AnyObject[] ActiveInputModes() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// The primary language, if any, of the input mode.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("primaryLanguage")]
public string PrimaryLanguage { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The posting object is a UITextInputMode instance.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public class UITextInputCurrentInputModeDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UITextInputCurrentInputModeDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextInputStringTokenizer.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextInputStringTokenizer.cs index d135f276..122005fd 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextInputStringTokenizer.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextInputStringTokenizer.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITextInputStringTokenizer class is a base implementation of the UITextInputTokenizer protocol provided by the UIKit framework.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextInputStringTokenizer_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITextInputStringTokenizer"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UITextInputStringTokenizer : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UITextInputTokenizer
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns an object initialized with the document object that directly communicates with the text input system.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textInput">The document object in the application that adopts the UITextInput protocol for the purposes of communicating with the text input system.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public UITextInputStringTokenizer(UIResponder textInput) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITextInputStringTokenizer class is a base implementation of the UITextInputTokenizer protocol provided by the UIKit framework.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextInputStringTokenizer_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITextInputStringTokenizer"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UITextInputStringTokenizer : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol, UITextInputTokenizer
{
public UITextInputStringTokenizer() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns an object initialized with the document object that directly communicates with the text input system.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="textInput">The document object in the application that adopts the UITextInput protocol for the purposes of communicating with the text input system.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public UITextInputStringTokenizer(UIResponder textInput) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextPosition.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextPosition.cs index 63989f17..95e55ca6 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextPosition.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextPosition.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UITextPosition object represents a position in a text container; in other words, it is an index into the backing string in a text-displaying view.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextPosition_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITextPosition"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UITextPosition : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UITextPosition object represents a position in a text container; in other words, it is an index into the backing string in a text-displaying view.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextPosition_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITextPosition"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UITextPosition : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UITextPosition() { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextRange.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextRange.cs index ccda7145..c3a39038 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextRange.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextRange.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UITextRange object represents a range of characters in a text container; in other words, it identifies a starting index and an ending index in string backing a text-entry object.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextRange_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITextRange"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UITextRange : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// The start of a range of text. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("start")]
public UITextPosition Start { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The end of the range of text. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("end")]
public UITextPosition End { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the range of text represented by the receiver is zero-length. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("empty")]
public bool Empty { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UITextRange object represents a range of characters in a text container; in other words, it identifies a starting index and an ending index in string backing a text-entry object.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextRange_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITextRange"/>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public class UITextRange : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UITextRange() { }
/// <summary>
/// The start of a range of text. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("start")]
public UITextPosition Start { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The end of the range of text. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("end")]
public UITextPosition End { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the range of text represented by the receiver is zero-length. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("empty")]
public bool Empty { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextSelectionRect.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextSelectionRect.cs index d1f11af6..97a25f34 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextSelectionRect.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextSelectionRect.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITextSelectionRect class encapsulates information about a selected range of text in a document. This class is an abstract class and must be subclassed to be used. The system text input views provide their own concrete implementations of this class.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextSelectionRect_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITextSelectionRect"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UITextSelectionRect : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// The rectangle that encloses the receiver’s text range. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("rect")]
public CGRect Rect { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The writing direction of text in the receiver’s text range. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("writingDirection")]
public UITextWritingDirection WritingDirection { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the text is oriented vertically. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("isVertical")]
public bool IsVertical { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the rectangle contains the start of the selection. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("containsStart")]
public bool ContainsStart { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the rectangle contains the end of the selection. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("containsEnd")]
public bool ContainsEnd { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITextSelectionRect class encapsulates information about a selected range of text in a document. This class is an abstract class and must be subclassed to be used. The system text input views provide their own concrete implementations of this class.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextSelectionRect_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITextSelectionRect"/>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public class UITextSelectionRect : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UITextSelectionRect() { }
/// <summary>
/// The rectangle that encloses the receiver’s text range. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("rect")]
public CGRect Rect { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The writing direction of text in the receiver’s text range. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("writingDirection")]
public UITextWritingDirection WritingDirection { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the text is oriented vertically. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("isVertical")]
public bool IsVertical { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the rectangle contains the start of the selection. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("containsStart")]
public bool ContainsStart { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the rectangle contains the end of the selection. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("containsEnd")]
public bool ContainsEnd { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextView.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextView.cs index bf5dfd6c..1086cfdc 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextView.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITextView.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITextView class implements the behavior for a scrollable, multiline text region. The class supports the display of text using custom style information and also supports text editing. You typically use a text view to display multiple lines of text, such as when displaying the body of a large text document.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextView_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITextView"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITextView : UIScrollView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UIKeyInput, UITextInput, UITextInputTraits, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Creates a new text view with the specified text container.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="frame">The frame rectangle of the text view.</param>
/// <param name="textContainer">The text container to use for the receiver (can be nil).</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UITextView(CGRect frame, NSTextContainer textContainer) { }
/// <summary>
/// Scrolls the receiver until the text in the specified range is visible.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">The range of text to scroll into view.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scrollRangeToVisible")]
public void ScrollRangeToVisible(NSRange range) { }
/// <summary>
/// The text displayed by the text view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("text")]
public string Text { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The styled text displayed by the text view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("attributedText")]
public NSAttributedString AttributedText { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The font of the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("font")]
public UIFont Font { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color of the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textColor")]
public UIColor TextColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the receiver is editable.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("editable")]
public bool Editable { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the text view allows the user to edit style information.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("allowsEditingTextAttributes")]
public bool AllowsEditingTextAttributes { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The types of data converted to clickable URLs in the text view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("dataDetectorTypes")]
public UIDataDetectorTypes DataDetectorTypes { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The technique to use for aligning the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textAlignment")]
public NSTextAlignment TextAlignment { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The attributes to apply to new text being entered by the user.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("typingAttributes")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> TypingAttributes { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The attributes to apply to links.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("linkTextAttributes")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> LinkTextAttributes { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The inset of the text container's layout area within the text view's content area.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textContainerInset")]
public UIEdgeInsets TextContainerInset { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current selection range of the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selectedRange")]
public NSRange SelectedRange { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether inserting text replaces the previous contents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("clearsOnInsertion")]
public bool ClearsOnInsertion { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the receiver is selectable.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("selectable")]
public bool Selectable { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s delegate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UITextViewDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The custom input view to display when the text view becomes the first responder.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("inputView")]
public UIView InputView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The custom accessory view to display when the text view becomes the first responder
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("inputAccessoryView")]
public UIView InputAccessoryView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The layout manager that lays out text for the receiver’s text container. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("layoutManager")]
public NSLayoutManager LayoutManager { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The text container object defining the area in which text is displayed in this text view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textContainer")]
public NSTextContainer TextContainer { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The text storage object holding the text displayed in this text view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textStorage")]
public NSTextStorage TextStorage { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITextViewTextDidBeginEditingNotification : NSNotification
{
public UITextViewTextDidBeginEditingNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITextViewTextDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UITextViewTextDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITextViewTextDidEndEditingNotification : NSNotification
{
public UITextViewTextDidEndEditingNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UITextView class implements the behavior for a scrollable, multiline text region. The class supports the display of text using custom style information and also supports text editing. You typically use a text view to display multiple lines of text, such as when displaying the body of a large text document.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITextView_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITextView"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITextView : UIScrollView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UIKeyInput, UITextInput, UITextInputTraits, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UITextView() { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates a new text view with the specified text container.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="frame">The frame rectangle of the text view.</param>
/// <param name="textContainer">The text container to use for the receiver (can be nil).</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public UITextView(CGRect frame, NSTextContainer textContainer) { }
/// <summary>
/// Scrolls the receiver until the text in the specified range is visible.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="range">The range of text to scroll into view.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scrollRangeToVisible")]
public virtual void ScrollRangeToVisible(NSRange range) { }
/// <summary>
/// The text displayed by the text view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("text")]
public string Text { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The styled text displayed by the text view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("attributedText")]
public NSAttributedString AttributedText { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The font of the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("font")]
public UIFont Font { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The color of the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textColor")]
public UIColor TextColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the receiver is editable.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("editable")]
public bool Editable { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the text view allows the user to edit style information.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("allowsEditingTextAttributes")]
public bool AllowsEditingTextAttributes { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The types of data converted to clickable URLs in the text view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("dataDetectorTypes")]
public UIDataDetectorTypes DataDetectorTypes { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The technique to use for aligning the text.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("textAlignment")]
public NSTextAlignment TextAlignment { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The attributes to apply to new text being entered by the user.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("typingAttributes")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> TypingAttributes { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The attributes to apply to links.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("linkTextAttributes")]
public Dictionary<NSObject, AnyObject> LinkTextAttributes { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The inset of the text container's layout area within the text view's content area.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textContainerInset")]
public UIEdgeInsets TextContainerInset { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current selection range of the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("selectedRange")]
public NSRange SelectedRange { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether inserting text replaces the previous contents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("clearsOnInsertion")]
public bool ClearsOnInsertion { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the receiver is selectable.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("selectable")]
public bool Selectable { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s delegate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UITextViewDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The custom input view to display when the text view becomes the first responder.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("inputView")]
public UIView InputView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The custom accessory view to display when the text view becomes the first responder
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("inputAccessoryView")]
public UIView InputAccessoryView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The layout manager that lays out text for the receiver’s text container. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("layoutManager")]
public NSLayoutManager LayoutManager { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The text container object defining the area in which text is displayed in this text view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textContainer")]
public NSTextContainer TextContainer { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The text storage object holding the text displayed in this text view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("textStorage")]
public NSTextStorage TextStorage { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITextViewTextDidBeginEditingNotification : NSNotification
{
public UITextViewTextDidBeginEditingNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITextViewTextDidChangeNotification : NSNotification
{
public UITextViewTextDidChangeNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
///
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITextViewTextDidEndEditingNotification : NSNotification
{
public UITextViewTextDidEndEditingNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIToolbar.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIToolbar.cs index 55d55968..50960676 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIToolbar.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIToolbar.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A toolbar is a control that displays one or more buttons, called toolbar items. A toolbar momentarily highlights or does not change the appearance of an item when tapped.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIToolbar_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIToolbar"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIToolbar : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UIBarPositioning, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIToolbar() : base(new CGRect()) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the items on the toolbar by animating the changes.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">The items to display on the toolbar.</param>
/// <param name="animated">A Boolean value if set to true animates the transition to the items; otherwise, does not.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setItems")]
public void SetItems(AnyObject[] items, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the image to use for the background in a given position and with given metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="topOrBottom">The location the bar is being drawn in.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">The metrics being used to draw the bar.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("backgroundImageForToolbarPosition")]
public UIImage BackgroundImageForToolbarPosition(UIBarPosition topOrBottom, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the image to use for the background in a given position and with given metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="backgroundImage">The image to use for the toolbar background in the position specified by topOrBottom and with the metrics specified by barMetrics.</param>
/// <param name="forToolbarPosition">A toolbar position constant.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">A bar metrics constant.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setBackgroundImage")]
public void SetBackgroundImage(UIImage backgroundImage, UIBarPosition forToolbarPosition, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the image to use for the toolbar shadow in a given position.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="topOrBottom">A toolbar position constant. You can use this parameter to indicate whether the shadow image returned is intended for use in a toolbar at the top or bottom of the view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shadowImageForToolbarPosition")]
public UIImage ShadowImageForToolbarPosition(UIBarPosition topOrBottom) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the image to use for the toolbar shadow in a given position.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="shadowImage">The image to use for the toolbar shadow in the position specified by topOrBottom.</param>
/// <param name="forToolbarPosition">A toolbar position constant. You can use this parameter to indicate whether the shadowImage is intended for a toolbar at the top or bottom of the view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setShadowImage")]
public void SetShadowImage(UIImage shadowImage, UIBarPosition forToolbarPosition) { }
/// <summary>
/// The items displayed on the toolbar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("items")]
public AnyObject[] Items { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The toolbar style that specifies its appearance.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("barStyle")]
public UIBarStyle BarStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to apply to the toolbar background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("barTintColor")]
public UIColor BarTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to apply to the bar button items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the toolbar is translucent (true) or not (false).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("translucent")]
public bool Translucent { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The toolbar’s delegate object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIToolbarDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A toolbar is a control that displays one or more buttons, called toolbar items. A toolbar momentarily highlights or does not change the appearance of an item when tapped.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIToolbar_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIToolbar"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIToolbar : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UIBarPositioning, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIToolbar() { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the items on the toolbar by animating the changes.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="items">The items to display on the toolbar.</param>
/// <param name="animated">A Boolean value if set to true animates the transition to the items; otherwise, does not.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setItems")]
public virtual void SetItems(AnyObject[] items, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the image to use for the background in a given position and with given metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="topOrBottom">The location the bar is being drawn in.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">The metrics being used to draw the bar.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("backgroundImageForToolbarPosition")]
public virtual UIImage BackgroundImageForToolbarPosition(UIBarPosition topOrBottom, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the image to use for the background in a given position and with given metrics.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="backgroundImage">The image to use for the toolbar background in the position specified by topOrBottom and with the metrics specified by barMetrics.</param>
/// <param name="forToolbarPosition">A toolbar position constant.</param>
/// <param name="barMetrics">A bar metrics constant.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("setBackgroundImage")]
public virtual void SetBackgroundImage(UIImage backgroundImage, UIBarPosition forToolbarPosition, UIBarMetrics barMetrics) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the image to use for the toolbar shadow in a given position.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="topOrBottom">A toolbar position constant. You can use this parameter to indicate whether the shadow image returned is intended for use in a toolbar at the top or bottom of the view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shadowImageForToolbarPosition")]
public virtual UIImage ShadowImageForToolbarPosition(UIBarPosition topOrBottom) { return default(UIImage); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the image to use for the toolbar shadow in a given position.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="shadowImage">The image to use for the toolbar shadow in the position specified by topOrBottom.</param>
/// <param name="forToolbarPosition">A toolbar position constant. You can use this parameter to indicate whether the shadowImage is intended for a toolbar at the top or bottom of the view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setShadowImage")]
public virtual void SetShadowImage(UIImage shadowImage, UIBarPosition forToolbarPosition) { }
/// <summary>
/// The items displayed on the toolbar.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("items")]
public AnyObject[] Items { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The toolbar style that specifies its appearance.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("barStyle")]
public UIBarStyle BarStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to apply to the toolbar background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("barTintColor")]
public UIColor BarTintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tint color to apply to the bar button items.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the toolbar is translucent (true) or not (false).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("translucent")]
public bool Translucent { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The toolbar’s delegate object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIToolbarDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITouch.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITouch.cs index f97736f2..b2a1d78e 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITouch.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITouch.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UITouch object represents the presence or movement of a finger on the screen for a particular event. You access UITouch objects through UIEvent objects passed into responder objects for event handling.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITouch_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITouch"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITouch : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns the current location of the receiver in the coordinate system of the given view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The view object in whose coordinate system you want the touch located. A custom view that is handling the touch may specify self to get the touch location in its own coordinate system. Pass nil to get the touch location in the window’s coordinates.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("locationInView")]
public CGPoint LocationInView(UIView view) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the previous location of the receiver in the coordinate system of the given view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The view object in whose coordinate system you want the touch located. A custom view that is handling the touch may specify self to get the touch location in its own coordinate system. Pass nil to get the touch location in the window’s coordinates.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("previousLocationInView")]
public CGPoint PreviousLocationInView(UIView view) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// The view in which the touch initially occurred. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("view")]
public UIView View { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The window in which the touch initially occurred. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("window")]
public UIWindow Window { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The radius (in points) of the touch. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("majorRadius")]
public CGFloat MajorRadius { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tolerance (in points) of the touch’s radius. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("majorRadiusTolerance")]
public CGFloat MajorRadiusTolerance { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number of times the finger was tapped for this given touch. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tapCount")]
public int TapCount { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The time when the touch occurred or when it was last mutated. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("timestamp")]
public NSTimeInterval Timestamp { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The type of touch. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("phase")]
public UITouchPhase Phase { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The gesture recognizers that are receiving the touch object. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("gestureRecognizers")]
public AnyObject[] GestureRecognizers { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The phase of a finger touch.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UITouchPhase
{
/// <summary>
/// A finger for a given event touched the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Began,
/// <summary>
/// A finger for a given event moved on the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Moved,
/// <summary>
/// A finger is touching the surface but hasn't moved since the previous event.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Stationary,
/// <summary>
/// A finger for a given event was lifted from the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Ended,
/// <summary>
/// The system cancelled tracking for the touch, as when (for example) the user puts the device to his or her face.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Cancelled,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UITouch object represents the presence or movement of a finger on the screen for a particular event. You access UITouch objects through UIEvent objects passed into responder objects for event handling.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITouch_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITouch"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UITouch : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UITouch() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the current location of the receiver in the coordinate system of the given view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The view object in whose coordinate system you want the touch located. A custom view that is handling the touch may specify self to get the touch location in its own coordinate system. Pass nil to get the touch location in the window’s coordinates.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("locationInView")]
public virtual CGPoint LocationInView(UIView view) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the previous location of the receiver in the coordinate system of the given view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The view object in whose coordinate system you want the touch located. A custom view that is handling the touch may specify self to get the touch location in its own coordinate system. Pass nil to get the touch location in the window’s coordinates.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("previousLocationInView")]
public virtual CGPoint PreviousLocationInView(UIView view) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// The view in which the touch initially occurred. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("view")]
public UIView View { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The window in which the touch initially occurred. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("window")]
public UIWindow Window { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The radius (in points) of the touch. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("majorRadius")]
public CGFloat MajorRadius { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tolerance (in points) of the touch’s radius. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("majorRadiusTolerance")]
public CGFloat MajorRadiusTolerance { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number of times the finger was tapped for this given touch. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tapCount")]
public int TapCount { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The time when the touch occurred or when it was last mutated. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("timestamp")]
public NSTimeInterval Timestamp { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The type of touch. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("phase")]
public UITouchPhase Phase { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The gesture recognizers that are receiving the touch object. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("gestureRecognizers")]
public AnyObject[] GestureRecognizers { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The phase of a finger touch.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UITouchPhase
{
/// <summary>
/// A finger for a given event touched the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Began,
/// <summary>
/// A finger for a given event moved on the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Moved,
/// <summary>
/// A finger is touching the surface but hasn't moved since the previous event.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Stationary,
/// <summary>
/// A finger for a given event was lifted from the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Ended,
/// <summary>
/// The system cancelled tracking for the touch, as when (for example) the user puts the device to his or her face.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Cancelled,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITraitCollection.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITraitCollection.cs index d1dc15ae..13272baf 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITraitCollection.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UITraitCollection.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UITraitCollection object provides details about the characteristics of a UIViewController object, which manages a set of views that make up a portion of your app’s interface. These characteristics, or traits, define the size class, display scale, and device idiom of the view controller. When a view controller is created, a trait collection is automatically created for that view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITraitSet_ClassReference/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITraitCollection"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UITraitCollection : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns a new trait collection containing only the indicated scale.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="displayScale">The scale for the new trait collection. Use 1.0 for non-Retina devices and 2.0 for Retina devices.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UITraitCollection(CGFloat displayScale) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a trait collection created using the traits contained within the specified array.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="traitsFromCollections">An array of UITraitCollection objects.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UITraitCollection(AnyObject[] traitsFromCollections) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates a new trait collection containing only the indicated interface idiom.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="userInterfaceIdiom">A UIUserInterfaceIdiom value indicating the interface idiom to be used for the new trait collection.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UITraitCollection(UIUserInterfaceIdiom userInterfaceIdiom) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates a new trait collection containing only the indicated size class.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="horizontalSizeClass">A UIUserInterfaceSizeClass value indicating the size class to be used for the new trait collection.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UITraitCollection(UIUserInterfaceSizeClass horizontalSizeClass) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates a new trait collection containing only the indicated size class.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="verticalSizeClass">A UIUserInterfaceSizeClass value indicating the new size class to be used for the new trait collection.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public UITraitCollection(UIUserInterfaceSizeClass verticalSizeClass, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether a view contains a specific set of traits.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="trait">A UITraitCollection object containing a specific set of traits.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("containsTraitsInCollection")]
public bool ContainsTraitsInCollection(UITraitCollection trait) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// The horizontal size class for the view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("horizontalSizeClass")]
public UIUserInterfaceSizeClass HorizontalSizeClass { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current scale used by the display. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("displayScale")]
public CGFloat DisplayScale { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current device idiom. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("userInterfaceIdiom")]
public UIUserInterfaceIdiom UserInterfaceIdiom { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The vertical size class for the view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("verticalSizeClass")]
public UIUserInterfaceSizeClass VerticalSizeClass { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UITraitCollection object provides details about the characteristics of a UIViewController object, which manages a set of views that make up a portion of your app’s interface. These characteristics, or traits, define the size class, display scale, and device idiom of the view controller. When a view controller is created, a trait collection is automatically created for that view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UITraitSet_ClassReference/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UITraitCollection"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UITraitCollection : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
public UITraitCollection() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a new trait collection containing only the indicated scale.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="displayScale">The scale for the new trait collection. Use 1.0 for non-Retina devices and 2.0 for Retina devices.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UITraitCollection(CGFloat displayScale) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a trait collection created using the traits contained within the specified array.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="traitsFromCollections">An array of UITraitCollection objects.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UITraitCollection(AnyObject[] traitsFromCollections) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates a new trait collection containing only the indicated interface idiom.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="userInterfaceIdiom">A UIUserInterfaceIdiom value indicating the interface idiom to be used for the new trait collection.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UITraitCollection(UIUserInterfaceIdiom userInterfaceIdiom) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates a new trait collection containing only the indicated size class.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="horizontalSizeClass">A UIUserInterfaceSizeClass value indicating the size class to be used for the new trait collection.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UITraitCollection(UIUserInterfaceSizeClass horizontalSizeClass) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates a new trait collection containing only the indicated size class.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="verticalSizeClass">A UIUserInterfaceSizeClass value indicating the new size class to be used for the new trait collection.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public UITraitCollection(UIUserInterfaceSizeClass verticalSizeClass, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether a view contains a specific set of traits.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="trait">A UITraitCollection object containing a specific set of traits.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("containsTraitsInCollection")]
public virtual bool ContainsTraitsInCollection(UITraitCollection trait) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// The horizontal size class for the view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("horizontalSizeClass")]
public UIUserInterfaceSizeClass HorizontalSizeClass { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current scale used by the display. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("displayScale")]
public CGFloat DisplayScale { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The current device idiom. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("userInterfaceIdiom")]
public UIUserInterfaceIdiom UserInterfaceIdiom { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The vertical size class for the view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("verticalSizeClass")]
public UIUserInterfaceSizeClass VerticalSizeClass { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIUserNotificationAction.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIUserNotificationAction.cs index d90c787c..6d64b339 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIUserNotificationAction.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIUserNotificationAction.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIUserNotificationAction object represents a custom action that your app can perform in response to a remote or local notification. When a notification is delivered, the system displays a button for each custom action associated with the notification. Tapping a button launches your app (either in the foreground or background) and gives you a chance to perform the indicated action. You use this class to specify the text that is displayed in the button and the information your app needs to perform the corresponding action.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIUserNotificationAction_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIUserNotificationAction"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIUserNotificationAction : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSMutableCopying, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
/// <summary>
/// The string that you use internally to identify the action. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("identifier")]
public string Identifier { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The localized string to use as the button title for the action. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("title")]
public string Title { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The mode in which to run the app when the action is performed. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("activationMode")]
public UIUserNotificationActivationMode ActivationMode { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the user must unlock the device before the action is performed. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("authenticationRequired")]
public bool AuthenticationRequired { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the action is destructive. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("destructive")]
public bool Destructive { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants indicating whether the app should activate to the foreground or background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public enum UIUserNotificationActivationMode
{
/// <summary>
/// Activate the app and put it in the foreground.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Foreground,
/// <summary>
/// Activate the app and put it in the background. If the app is already in the foreground, it remains in the foreground.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Background,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIUserNotificationAction object represents a custom action that your app can perform in response to a remote or local notification. When a notification is delivered, the system displays a button for each custom action associated with the notification. Tapping a button launches your app (either in the foreground or background) and gives you a chance to perform the indicated action. You use this class to specify the text that is displayed in the button and the information your app needs to perform the corresponding action.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIUserNotificationAction_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIUserNotificationAction"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIUserNotificationAction : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSMutableCopying, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
public UIUserNotificationAction() { }
/// <summary>
/// The string that you use internally to identify the action. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("identifier")]
public string Identifier { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The localized string to use as the button title for the action. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("title")]
public string Title { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The mode in which to run the app when the action is performed. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("activationMode")]
public UIUserNotificationActivationMode ActivationMode { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the user must unlock the device before the action is performed. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("authenticationRequired")]
public bool AuthenticationRequired { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the action is destructive. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("destructive")]
public bool Destructive { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants indicating whether the app should activate to the foreground or background.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public enum UIUserNotificationActivationMode
{
/// <summary>
/// Activate the app and put it in the foreground.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Foreground,
/// <summary>
/// Activate the app and put it in the background. If the app is already in the foreground, it remains in the foreground.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Background,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIUserNotificationCategory.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIUserNotificationCategory.cs index abf6e0c0..ea3d6556 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIUserNotificationCategory.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIUserNotificationCategory.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIUserNotificationCategory object encapsulates information about custom actions that your app can perform in response to a local or push notification. Each instance of this class represents a group of actions to display in conjunction with a single notification. The title of each action is uses as the title of a button in the alert displayed to the user. When the user taps a button, the system reports the selected action to your app delegate.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIUserNotificationCategory_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIUserNotificationCategory"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIUserNotificationCategory : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSMutableCopying, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns the actions to be displayed for the given notification context.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="context">The context in which the notification is displayed. Notifications can have a default context or a minimal context depending on whether the notification was just delivered or the user is looking at it in more detail.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("actionsForContext")]
public AnyObject[] ActionsForContext(UIUserNotificationActionContext context) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// The name of the action group. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("identifier")]
public string Identifier { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants indicating the amount of space available for displaying actions in a notification.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public enum UIUserNotificationActionContext
{
/// <summary>
/// The default context for displaying the alert. In this context, the full UI is displayed for the notification’s alert. You may specify up to four custom actions in this context.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Default,
/// <summary>
/// A notification where space is minimal. In this context, a minimal UI is displayed for the notification’s alert. You may specify up to two custom actions in this context.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Minimal,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIUserNotificationCategory object encapsulates information about custom actions that your app can perform in response to a local or push notification. Each instance of this class represents a group of actions to display in conjunction with a single notification. The title of each action is uses as the title of a button in the alert displayed to the user. When the user taps a button, the system reports the selected action to your app delegate.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIUserNotificationCategory_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIUserNotificationCategory"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIUserNotificationCategory : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSMutableCopying, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
public UIUserNotificationCategory() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the actions to be displayed for the given notification context.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="context">The context in which the notification is displayed. Notifications can have a default context or a minimal context depending on whether the notification was just delivered or the user is looking at it in more detail.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("actionsForContext")]
public virtual AnyObject[] ActionsForContext(UIUserNotificationActionContext context) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// The name of the action group. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("identifier")]
public string Identifier { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants indicating the amount of space available for displaying actions in a notification.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public enum UIUserNotificationActionContext
{
/// <summary>
/// The default context for displaying the alert. In this context, the full UI is displayed for the notification’s alert. You may specify up to four custom actions in this context.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Default,
/// <summary>
/// A notification where space is minimal. In this context, a minimal UI is displayed for the notification’s alert. You may specify up to two custom actions in this context.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Minimal,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIUserNotificationSettings.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIUserNotificationSettings.cs index d694343e..ed0d30dc 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIUserNotificationSettings.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIUserNotificationSettings.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIUserNotificationSettings object encapsulates the types of notifications that can be displayed to the user by your app. Apps that use visible or audible alerts in conjunction with a local or push notification must register the types of alerts they employ. UIKit correlates the information you provide with the user’s preferences to determine what types of alerts your app is allowed to employ.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIUserNotificationSettings_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIUserNotificationSettings"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIUserNotificationSettings : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a settings object that you can use to register your requested notification and action types.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="forTypes">The notification types that your app supports. For a list of possible values, see the constants for the UIUserNotificationType type.</param>
/// <param name="categories">A set of UIUserNotificationCategory objects that define the groups of actions a notification may include.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("convenience init")]
public UIUserNotificationSettings(UIUserNotificationType forTypes, NSSet categories) { }
/// <summary>
/// A bitmask of the notification types that your app is allowed to use. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("types")]
public UIUserNotificationType Types { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The app’s registered groups of actions. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("categories")]
public NSSet Categories { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants indicating how the app alerts the user when a local or push notification arrives.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public enum UIUserNotificationType
{
/// <summary>
/// The app does not present any UI upon receiving a notification.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// The app badges its icon.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Badge,
/// <summary>
/// The app plays a sound.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Sound,
/// <summary>
/// The app posts an alert.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Alert,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIUserNotificationSettings object encapsulates the types of notifications that can be displayed to the user by your app. Apps that use visible or audible alerts in conjunction with a local or push notification must register the types of alerts they employ. UIKit correlates the information you provide with the user’s preferences to determine what types of alerts your app is allowed to employ.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIUserNotificationSettings_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIUserNotificationSettings"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIUserNotificationSettings : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIUserNotificationSettings() { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates and returns a settings object that you can use to register your requested notification and action types.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="forTypes">The notification types that your app supports. For a list of possible values, see the constants for the UIUserNotificationType type.</param>
/// <param name="categories">A set of UIUserNotificationCategory objects that define the groups of actions a notification may include.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("convenience init")]
public UIUserNotificationSettings(UIUserNotificationType forTypes, NSSet categories) { }
/// <summary>
/// A bitmask of the notification types that your app is allowed to use. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("types")]
public UIUserNotificationType Types { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The app’s registered groups of actions. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("categories")]
public NSSet Categories { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constants indicating how the app alerts the user when a local or push notification arrives.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public enum UIUserNotificationType
{
/// <summary>
/// The app does not present any UI upon receiving a notification.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// The app badges its icon.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Badge,
/// <summary>
/// The app plays a sound.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Sound,
/// <summary>
/// The app posts an alert.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Alert,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIVibrancyEffect.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIVibrancyEffect.cs index 9f269934..913d19a9 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIVibrancyEffect.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIVibrancyEffect.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIVibrancyEffect object amplifies and adjusts the color of the content layered behind a UIVisualEffectView object, allowing the content placed inside of the contentView to become more vivid. A vibrancy effect is intended to be used as a subview of or layered on top a UIVisualEffectView that has been configured with a UIBlurEffect.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIVibrancyEffect/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIVibrancyEffect"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIVibrancyEffect : UIVisualEffect//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
/// <summary>
/// Creates a vibrancy effect for a specific blur effect.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="forBlurEffect">The UIBlurEffect used by the blurred view the vibrancy effect is attached to.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UIVibrancyEffect(UIBlurEffect forBlurEffect) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIVibrancyEffect object amplifies and adjusts the color of the content layered behind a UIVisualEffectView object, allowing the content placed inside of the contentView to become more vivid. A vibrancy effect is intended to be used as a subview of or layered on top a UIVisualEffectView that has been configured with a UIBlurEffect.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIVibrancyEffect/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIVibrancyEffect"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIVibrancyEffect : UIVisualEffect//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
public UIVibrancyEffect() { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates a vibrancy effect for a specific blur effect.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="forBlurEffect">The UIBlurEffect used by the blurred view the vibrancy effect is attached to.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UIVibrancyEffect(UIBlurEffect forBlurEffect) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIVideoEditorController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIVideoEditorController.cs index 839504af..caf814aa 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIVideoEditorController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIVideoEditorController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIVideoEditorController object, or video editor, manages the system-supplied user interface for trimming video frames from the start and end of a previously recorded movie as well as reencoding to lower quality. The object manages user interactions and provides the filesystem path of the edited movie to your delegate object (see UIVideoEditorControllerDelegate Protocol Reference). The features of the UIVideoEditorController class are available only on devices that support video recording.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIVideoEditorController_ClassReference/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIVideoEditorController"/>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
public class UIVideoEditorController : UINavigationController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIVideoEditorController() : base(null) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether a video file can be edited.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="videoPath">The filesystem path to the video file you want to edit.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("canEditVideoAtPath")]
public static bool CanEditVideoAtPath(string videoPath) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// The video editor’s delegate object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("delegate")]
public Protocol<UINavigationControllerDelegate, UIVideoEditorControllerDelegate> Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The maximum duration, in seconds, permitted for trimmed movies saved by the video editor.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("videoMaximumDuration")]
public NSTimeInterval VideoMaximumDuration { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The filesystem path to the movie to be loaded by the video editor.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("videoPath")]
public string VideoPath { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The video quality to use when saving a trimmed movie.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("videoQuality")]
public UIImagePickerControllerQualityType VideoQuality { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIVideoEditorController object, or video editor, manages the system-supplied user interface for trimming video frames from the start and end of a previously recorded movie as well as reencoding to lower quality. The object manages user interactions and provides the filesystem path of the edited movie to your delegate object (see UIVideoEditorControllerDelegate Protocol Reference). The features of the UIVideoEditorController class are available only on devices that support video recording.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIVideoEditorController_ClassReference/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIVideoEditorController"/>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
public class UIVideoEditorController : UINavigationController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIVideoEditorController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether a video file can be edited.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="videoPath">The filesystem path to the video file you want to edit.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("canEditVideoAtPath")]
public virtual static bool CanEditVideoAtPath(string videoPath) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// The video editor’s delegate object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("delegate")]
public protocol<UINavigationControllerDelegate, UIVideoEditorControllerDelegate> Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The maximum duration, in seconds, permitted for trimmed movies saved by the video editor.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("videoMaximumDuration")]
public NSTimeInterval VideoMaximumDuration { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The filesystem path to the movie to be loaded by the video editor.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("videoPath")]
public string VideoPath { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The video quality to use when saving a trimmed movie.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.1)]
[Export("videoQuality")]
public UIImagePickerControllerQualityType VideoQuality { get; set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIView.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIView.cs index 2c795d4c..e487709b 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIView.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIView.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIView class defines a rectangular area on the screen and the interfaces for managing the content in that area. At runtime, a view object handles the rendering of any content in its area and also handles any interactions with that content. The UIView class itself provides basic behavior for filling its rectangular area with a background color. More sophisticated content can be presented by subclassing UIView and implementing the necessary drawing and event-handling code yourself. The UIKit framework also includes a set of standard subclasses that range from simple buttons to complex tables and can be used as-is. For example, a UILabel object draws a text string and a UIImageView object draws an image.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIView_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIView"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIView : CAInterAppAudioSwitcherView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a newly allocated view object with the specified frame rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="frame">The frame rectangle for the view, measured in points. The origin of the frame is relative to the superview in which you plan to add it. This method uses the frame rectangle to set the center and bounds properties accordingly.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIView(CGRect frame) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the class used to create the layer for instances of this class.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("layerClass")]
public static AnyClass LayerClass() { return default(AnyClass); }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a view to the end of the receiver’s list of subviews.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The view to be added. After being added, this view appears on top of any other subviews.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("addSubview")]
public void AddSubview(UIView view) { }
/// <summary>
/// Moves the specified subview so that it appears on top of its siblings.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The subview to move to the front.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("bringSubviewToFront")]
public void BringSubviewToFront(UIView view) { }
/// <summary>
/// Moves the specified subview so that it appears behind its siblings.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The subview to move to the back.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sendSubviewToBack")]
public void SendSubviewToBack(UIView view) { }
/// <summary>
/// Unlinks the view from its superview and its window, and removes it from the responder chain.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("removeFromSuperview")]
public void RemoveFromSuperview() { }
/// <summary>
/// Inserts a subview at the specified index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The view to insert. This value cannot be nil.</param>
/// <param name="atIndex">The index in the array of the subviews property at which to insert the view. Subview indices start at 0 and cannot be greater than the number of subviews.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("insertSubview")]
public void InsertSubview(UIView view, int atIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Inserts a view above another view in the view hierarchy.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The view to insert. It’s removed from its superview if it’s not a sibling of siblingSubview.</param>
/// <param name="aboveSubview">The sibling view that will be behind the inserted view.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("insertSubview")]
public void InsertSubview(UIView view, UIView aboveSubview) { }
/// <summary>
/// Inserts a view below another view in the view hierarchy.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The view to insert below another view. It’s removed from its superview if it’s not a sibling of siblingSubview.</param>
/// <param name="belowSubview">The sibling view that will be above the inserted view.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("insertSubview")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public void InsertSubview(UIView view, UIView belowSubview, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { }
/// <summary>
/// Exchanges the subviews at the specified indices.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="index1">The index of the first subview in the receiver.</param>
/// <param name="withSubviewAtIndex">The index of the second subview in the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("exchangeSubviewAtIndex")]
public void ExchangeSubviewAtIndex(int index1, int withSubviewAtIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the receiver is a subview of a given view or identical to that view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The view to test against the receiver’s view hierarchy.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("isDescendantOfView")]
public bool IsDescendantOfView(UIView view) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Asks the view to calculate and return the size that best fits its subviews.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="size">The current size of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sizeThatFits")]
public CGSize SizeThatFits(CGSize size) { return default(CGSize); }
/// <summary>
/// Resizes and moves the receiver view so it just encloses its subviews.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sizeToFit")]
public void SizeToFit() { }
/// <summary>
/// Lays out subviews.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("layoutSubviews")]
public void LayoutSubviews() { }
/// <summary>
/// Invalidates the current layout of the receiver and triggers a layout update during the next update cycle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setNeedsLayout")]
public void SetNeedsLayout() { }
/// <summary>
/// Lays out the subviews immediately.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("layoutIfNeeded")]
public void LayoutIfNeeded() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the receiver depends on the constraint-based layout system.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("requiresConstraintBasedLayout")]
public static bool RequiresConstraintBasedLayout() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the view’s autoresizing mask is translated into constraints for the constraint-based layout system.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints")]
public bool TranslatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets whether the view’s autoresizing mask should be translated into constraints for the constraint-based layout system.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="flag">true if the view’s autoresizing mask should be translated into constraints for the constraint-based layout system, false otherwise.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setTranslatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints")]
public void SetTranslatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints(bool flag) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the constraints held by the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("constraints")]
public AnyObject[] Constraints() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a constraint on the layout of the receiving view or its subviews.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="constraint">The constraint to be added to the view. The constraint may only reference the view itself or its subviews.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("addConstraint")]
public void AddConstraint(NSLayoutConstraint constraint) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds multiple constraints on the layout of the receiving view or its subviews.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="constraints">An array of constraints to be added to the view. All constraints may only reference the view itself or its subviews.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("addConstraints")]
public void AddConstraints(AnyObject[] constraints) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes the specified constraint from the view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="constraint">The constraint to remove. Removing a constraint not held by the view has no effect.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("removeConstraint")]
public void RemoveConstraint(NSLayoutConstraint constraint) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes the specified constraints from the view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="constraints">The constraints to remove.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("removeConstraints")]
public void RemoveConstraints(AnyObject[] constraints) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the size of the view that satisfies the constraints it holds.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="targetSize">Indicates whether you want the smallest or largest possible size that meets the constraints. See Fitting Size for accepted values.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("systemLayoutSizeFittingSize")]
public CGSize SystemLayoutSizeFittingSize(CGSize targetSize) { return default(CGSize); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the size of the view that satisfies the constraints it holds.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="targetSize">Indicates whether you want the smallest or largest possible size that meets the constraints. See Fitting Size for accepted values.</param>
/// <param name="withHorizontalFittingPriority">The horizontal constraint priority.</param>
/// <param name="verticalFittingPriority">The vertical constraint priority.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("systemLayoutSizeFittingSize")]
public CGSize SystemLayoutSizeFittingSize(CGSize targetSize, UILayoutPriority withHorizontalFittingPriority, UILayoutPriority verticalFittingPriority) { return default(CGSize); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the natural size for the receiving view, considering only properties of the view itself.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("intrinsicContentSize")]
public CGSize IntrinsicContentSize() { return default(CGSize); }
/// <summary>
/// Invalidates the view’s intrinsic content size.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("invalidateIntrinsicContentSize")]
public void InvalidateIntrinsicContentSize() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the priority with which a view resists being made smaller than its intrinsic size.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="axis">The axis of the view that might be reduced.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("contentCompressionResistancePriorityForAxis")]
public UILayoutPriority ContentCompressionResistancePriorityForAxis(UILayoutConstraintAxis axis) { return default(UILayoutPriority); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the priority with which a view resists being made smaller than its intrinsic size.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="priority">The new priority.</param>
/// <param name="forAxis">The axis for which the compression resistance priority should be set.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setContentCompressionResistancePriority")]
public void SetContentCompressionResistancePriority(UILayoutPriority priority, UILayoutConstraintAxis forAxis) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the priority with which a view resists being made larger than its intrinsic size.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="axis">The axis of the view that might be enlarged.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("contentHuggingPriorityForAxis")]
public UILayoutPriority ContentHuggingPriorityForAxis(UILayoutConstraintAxis axis) { return default(UILayoutPriority); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the priority with which a view resists being made larger than its intrinsic size.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="priority">The new priority.</param>
/// <param name="forAxis">The axis for which the content hugging priority should be set.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setContentHuggingPriority")]
public void SetContentHuggingPriority(UILayoutPriority priority, UILayoutConstraintAxis forAxis) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the view’s alignment rectangle for a given frame.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="frame">The frame whose corresponding alignment rectangle is desired.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("alignmentRectForFrame")]
public CGRect AlignmentRectForFrame(CGRect frame) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the view’s frame for a given alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="alignmentRect">The alignment rectangle whose corresponding frame is desired.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("frameForAlignmentRect")]
public CGRect FrameForAlignmentRect(CGRect alignmentRect) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the insets from the view’s frame that define its alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("alignmentRectInsets")]
public UIEdgeInsets AlignmentRectInsets() { return default(UIEdgeInsets); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a view used to satisfy baseline constraints.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("viewForBaselineLayout")]
public UIView ViewForBaselineLayout() { return default(UIView); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the view’s constraints need updating.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("needsUpdateConstraints")]
public bool NeedsUpdateConstraints() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Controls whether the view’s constraints need updating.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setNeedsUpdateConstraints")]
public void SetNeedsUpdateConstraints() { }
/// <summary>
/// Updates constraints for the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("updateConstraints")]
public void UpdateConstraints() { }
/// <summary>
/// Updates the constraints for the receiving view and its subviews.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("updateConstraintsIfNeeded")]
public void UpdateConstraintsIfNeeded() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the constraints impacting the layout of the view for a given axis.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="axis">The axis for which the constraints should be found.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("constraintsAffectingLayoutForAxis")]
public AnyObject[] ConstraintsAffectingLayoutForAxis(UILayoutConstraintAxis axis) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the constraints impacting the layout of the view incompletely specify the location of the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("hasAmbiguousLayout")]
public bool HasAmbiguousLayout() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Randomly changes the frame of a view with an ambiguous layout between the different valid values.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("exerciseAmbiguityInLayout")]
public void ExerciseAmbiguityInLayout() { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the view that the layout margins changed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("layoutMarginsDidChange")]
public void LayoutMarginsDidChange() { }
/// <summary>
/// Draws the receiver’s image within the passed-in rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The portion of the view’s bounds that needs to be updated. The first time your view is drawn, this rectangle is typically the entire visible bounds of your view. However, during subsequent drawing operations, the rectangle may specify only part of your view.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("drawRect")]
public void DrawRect(CGRect rect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Marks the receiver’s entire bounds rectangle as needing to be redrawn.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setNeedsDisplay")]
public void SetNeedsDisplay() { }
/// <summary>
/// Marks the specified rectangle of the receiver as needing to be redrawn.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="invalidRect">The rectangular region of the receiver to mark as invalid; it should be specified in the coordinate system of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setNeedsDisplayInRect")]
public void SetNeedsDisplayInRect(CGRect invalidRect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Called by the system when the tintColor property changes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("tintColorDidChange")]
public void TintColorDidChange() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a print formatter for the receiving view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("viewPrintFormatter")]
public UIViewPrintFormatter ViewPrintFormatter() { return default(UIViewPrintFormatter); }
/// <summary>
/// Implemented to draw the view’s content for printing.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="area">A rectangle that defines the area for drawing printable content.</param>
/// <param name="forViewPrintFormatter">An instance of UIViewPrintFormatter obtained by calling the viewPrintFormatter method.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("drawRect")]
public void DrawRect(CGRect area, UIViewPrintFormatter forViewPrintFormatter) { }
/// <summary>
/// Attaches a gesture recognizer to the view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="gestureRecognizer">An object whose class descends from the UIGestureRecognizer class. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("addGestureRecognizer")]
public void AddGestureRecognizer(UIGestureRecognizer gestureRecognizer) { }
/// <summary>
/// Detaches a gesture recognizer from the receiving view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="gestureRecognizer">An object whose class descends from the UIGestureRecognizer class.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("removeGestureRecognizer")]
public void RemoveGestureRecognizer(UIGestureRecognizer gestureRecognizer) { }
/// <summary>
/// Asks the view if the gesture recognizer should be allowed to continue tracking touch events.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="gestureRecognizer">The gesture recognizer that is attempting to transition out of the UIGestureRecognizerStatePossible state.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("gestureRecognizerShouldBegin")]
public bool GestureRecognizerShouldBegin(UIGestureRecognizer gestureRecognizer) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Animate changes to one or more views using the specified duration, delay, options, and completion handler.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="duration">The total duration of the animations, measured in seconds. If you specify a negative value or 0, the changes are made without animating them.</param>
/// <param name="delay">The amount of time (measured in seconds) to wait before beginning the animations. Specify a value of 0 to begin the animations immediately.</param>
/// <param name="options">A mask of options indicating how you want to perform the animations. For a list of valid constants, see UIViewAnimationOptions.</param>
/// <param name="animations">A block object containing the changes to commit to the views. This is where you programmatically change any animatable properties of the views in your view hierarchy. This block takes no parameters and has no return value. This parameter must not be NULL.</param>
/// <param name="completion">A block object to be executed when the animation sequence ends. This block has no return value and takes a single Boolean argument that indicates whether or not the animations actually finished before the completion handler was called. If the duration of the animation is 0, this block is performed at the beginning of the next run loop cycle. This parameter may be NULL.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("animateWithDuration")]
public static void AnimateWithDuration(NSTimeInterval duration, NSTimeInterval delay, UIViewAnimationOptions options, Action animations, Action<bool> completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// Animate changes to one or more views using the specified duration and completion handler.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="duration">The total duration of the animations, measured in seconds. If you specify a negative value or 0, the changes are made without animating them.</param>
/// <param name="animations">A block object containing the changes to commit to the views. This is where you programmatically change any animatable properties of the views in your view hierarchy. This block takes no parameters and has no return value. This parameter must not be NULL.</param>
/// <param name="completion">A block object to be executed when the animation sequence ends. This block has no return value and takes a single Boolean argument that indicates whether or not the animations actually finished before the completion handler was called. If the duration of the animation is 0, this block is performed at the beginning of the next run loop cycle. This parameter may be NULL.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("animateWithDuration")]
public static void AnimateWithDuration(NSTimeInterval duration, Action animations, Action<bool> completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// Animate changes to one or more views using the specified duration.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="duration">The total duration of the animations, measured in seconds. If you specify a negative value or 0, the changes are made without animating them.</param>
/// <param name="animations">A block object containing the changes to commit to the views. This is where you programmatically change any animatable properties of the views in your view hierarchy. This block takes no parameters and has no return value. This parameter must not be NULL.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("animateWithDuration")]
public static void AnimateWithDuration(NSTimeInterval duration, Action animations) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates a transition animation for the specified container view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The container view that performs the transition.</param>
/// <param name="duration">The duration of the transition animation, measured in seconds. If you specify a negative value or 0, the transition is made without animations.</param>
/// <param name="options">A mask of options indicating how you want to perform the animations. For a list of valid constants, see UIViewAnimationOptions.</param>
/// <param name="animations">A block object that contains the changes you want to make to the specified view. This block takes no parameters and has no return value. This parameter must not be NULL.</param>
/// <param name="completion">A block object to be executed when the animation sequence ends. This block has no return value and takes a single Boolean argument that indicates whether or not the animations actually finished before the completion handler was called. If the duration of the animation is 0, this block is performed at the beginning of the next run loop cycle. This parameter may be NULL.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("transitionWithView")]
public static void TransitionWithView(UIView view, NSTimeInterval duration, UIViewAnimationOptions options, Action animations, Action<bool> completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates a transition animation between the specified views using the given parameters.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fromView">The starting view for the transition. By default, this view is removed from its superview as part of the transition.</param>
/// <param name="toView">The ending view for the transition. By default, this view is added to the superview of fromView as part of the transition.</param>
/// <param name="duration">The duration of the transition animation, measured in seconds. If you specify a negative value or 0, the transition is made without animations.</param>
/// <param name="options">A mask of options indicating how you want to perform the animations. For a list of valid constants, see UIViewAnimationOptions.</param>
/// <param name="completion">A block object to be executed when the animation sequence ends. This block has no return value and takes a single Boolean argument that indicates whether or not the animations actually finished before the completion handler was called. If the duration of the animation is 0, this block is performed at the beginning of the next run loop cycle. This parameter may be NULL.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("transitionFromView")]
public static void TransitionFromView(UIView fromView, UIView toView, NSTimeInterval duration, UIViewAnimationOptions options, Action<bool> completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates an animation block object that can be used to set up keyframe-based animations for the current view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="duration">The duration of the overall animation, measured in seconds. If you specify a negative value or 0, changes are made immediately and without animations.</param>
/// <param name="delay">Specifies the time (in seconds) to wait before starting the animation.</param>
/// <param name="options">A mask of options indicating how you want to perform the animations. For a list of valid constants, see “UIViewKeyframeAnimationOptions”.</param>
/// <param name="animations">A block object containing the changes to commit to the views. Typically, you call the addKeyframeWithRelativeStartTime:relativeDuration:animations: method one or more times from inside this block. You may also change view values directly if you want those changes to animate over the full duration. This block takes no parameters and has no return value. Do not use a nil value for this parameter.</param>
/// <param name="completion">A block object to be executed when the animation sequence ends. This block has no return value and takes a single Boolean argument that indicates whether or not the animations finished before the completion handler was called. If the duration of the animation is 0, this block is performed at the beginning of the next run loop cycle. You can use a nil value for this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("animateKeyframesWithDuration")]
public static void AnimateKeyframesWithDuration(NSTimeInterval duration, NSTimeInterval delay, UIViewKeyframeAnimationOptions options, Action animations, Action<bool> completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the timing and animation values for a single frame of a keyframe animation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="frameStartTime">The time at which to start the specified animations. This value must be in the range 0 to 1, where 0 represents the start of the overall animation and 1 represents the end of the overall animation. For example, for an animation that is two seconds in duration, specifying a start time of 0.5 causes the animations to begin executing one second after the start of the overall animation.</param>
/// <param name="relativeDuration">The length of time over which to animate to the specified value. This value must be in the range 0 to 1 and indicates the amount of time relative to the overall animation length. If you specify a value of 0, any properties you set in the animations block update immediately at the specified start time. If you specify a nonzero value, the properties animate over that amount of time. For example, for an animation that is two seconds in duration, specifying a duration of 0.5 results in an animation duration of one second.</param>
/// <param name="animations">A block object containing the animations you want to perform. This is where you programmatically change any animatable properties of the views in your view hierarchy. This block takes no parameters and has no return value. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addKeyframeWithRelativeStartTime")]
public static void AddKeyframeWithRelativeStartTime(Double frameStartTime, Double relativeDuration, Action animations) { }
/// <summary>
/// Performs a specified system-provided animation on one or more views, along with optional parallel animations that you define.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animation">The system animation to perform; a constant from the UISystemAnimation enum.</param>
/// <param name="onViews">The views to perform the animations on.</param>
/// <param name="options">A mask of options indicating how you want to perform the animations. For a list of valid constants, see UIViewAnimationOptions.</param>
/// <param name="animations">Additional animations you specify to run alongside the system animation, with the same timing and duration that the system animation defines or inherits.
/// In your additional animations, do not modify properties of the view on which the system animation is being performed.</param>
/// <param name="completion">A block object to be executed when the animation sequence ends. The single Boolean argument indicates whether or not the animations finished before the completion handler was called. If the animation duration is 0, this block is performed at the beginning of the next run-loop cycle. You can use a nil value for this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("performSystemAnimation")]
public static void PerformSystemAnimation(UISystemAnimation animation, AnyObject[] onViews, UIViewAnimationOptions options, Action animations, Action<bool> completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// Performs a view animation using a timing curve corresponding to the motion of a physical spring.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="duration">The total duration of the animations, measured in seconds. If you specify a negative value or 0, the changes are made without animating them.</param>
/// <param name="delay">The amount of time (measured in seconds) to wait before beginning the animations. Specify a value of 0 to begin the animations immediately.</param>
/// <param name="usingSpringWithDamping">The damping ratio for the spring animation as it approaches its quiescent state.
/// To smoothly decelerate the animation without oscillation, use a value of 1. Employ a damping ratio closer to zero to increase oscillation.</param>
/// <param name="initialSpringVelocity">The initial spring velocity. For smooth start to the animation, match this value to the view’s velocity as it was prior to attachment.
/// A value of 1 corresponds to the total animation distance traversed in one second. For example, if the total animation distance is 200 points and you want the start of the animation to match a view velocity of 100 pt/s, use a value of 0.5.</param>
/// <param name="options">A mask of options indicating how you want to perform the animations. For a list of valid constants, see UIViewAnimationOptions.</param>
/// <param name="animations">A block object containing the changes to commit to the views. This is where you programmatically change any animatable properties of the views in your view hierarchy. This block takes no parameters and has no return value. This parameter must not be NULL.</param>
/// <param name="completion">A block object to be executed when the animation sequence ends. This block has no return value and takes a single Boolean argument that indicates whether or not the animations actually finished before the completion handler was called. If the duration of the animation is 0, this block is performed at the beginning of the next run loop cycle. This parameter may be NULL.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("animateWithDuration")]
public static void AnimateWithDuration(NSTimeInterval duration, NSTimeInterval delay, CGFloat usingSpringWithDamping, CGFloat initialSpringVelocity, UIViewAnimationOptions options, Action animations, Action<bool> completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// Disables a view transition animation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="actionsWithoutAnimation">The view transition code that you want to perform without animation.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("performWithoutAnimation")]
public static void PerformWithoutAnimation(Action actionsWithoutAnimation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Marks the beginning of a begin/commit animation block.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animationID">An application-supplied identifier for the animations.</param>
/// <param name="context">Custom data that you want to associate with this set of animations. information that is passed to the animation delegate messages—the selectors set using the setAnimationWillStartSelector: and setAnimationDidStopSelector: methods.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("beginAnimations")]
public static void BeginAnimations(string animationID, UnsafePointer<Action> context) { }
/// <summary>
/// Marks the end of a begin/commit animation block and schedules the animations for execution.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("commitAnimations")]
public static void CommitAnimations() { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the start time for the current animation block.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="startTime">The time to begin the animations.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationStartDate")]
public static void SetAnimationStartDate(NSDate startTime) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets whether animations are enabled.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="enabled">Specify true to enable animations or false to disable them.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationsEnabled")]
public static void SetAnimationsEnabled(bool enabled) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the delegate for any animation messages.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="@delegate">An object that defines the methods registered using the setAnimationWillStartSelector: and setAnimationDidStopSelector: methods. The view maintains a strong reference to this object for the duration of the animation.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationDelegate")]
public static void SetAnimationDelegate(AnyObject @delegate) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the message to send to the animation delegate when the animation starts.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="selector">The message to send to the animation delegate before animations start. The default value is NULL. This selector should be of the form: - (void)animationDidStart:(NSString *)animationID context:(void *)context. Your method must take the following arguments:
/// animationID
/// An NSString containing an optional application-supplied identifier. This is the identifier string that is passed to the beginAnimations:context: method. This argument can be nil.
/// context
/// An optional application-supplied context. This is the context data passed to the beginAnimations:context: method. This argument can be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationWillStartSelector")]
public static void SetAnimationWillStartSelector(Selector selector) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the message to send to the animation delegate when animation stops.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="selector">The message sent to the animation delegate after animations end. The default value is NULL. The selector should be of the form: - (void)animationDidStop:(NSString *)animationID finished:(NSNumber *)finished context:(void *)context. Your method must take the following arguments:
/// animationID
/// An NSString containing an optional application-supplied identifier. This is the identifier that is passed to the beginAnimations:context: method. This argument can be nil.
/// finished
/// An NSNumber object containing a Boolean value. The value is true if the animation ran to completion before it stopped or false if it did not.
/// context
/// An optional application-supplied context. This is the context data passed to the beginAnimations:context: method. This argument can be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationDidStopSelector")]
public static void SetAnimationDidStopSelector(Selector selector) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the duration (measured in seconds) of the animations in an animation block.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="duration">The period over which the animation occurs, measured in seconds.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationDuration")]
public static void SetAnimationDuration(NSTimeInterval duration) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the amount of time (in seconds) to wait before animating property changes within an animation block.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="delay"></param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationDelay")]
public static void SetAnimationDelay(NSTimeInterval delay) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the curve to use when animating property changes within an animation block.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="curve"></param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationCurve")]
public static void SetAnimationCurve(UIViewAnimationCurve curve) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the number of times animations within an animation block repeat.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="repeatCount">The number of times animations repeat. This value can be a fraction. If you specify the value 0, the animation is performed once without repeating.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationRepeatCount")]
public static void SetAnimationRepeatCount(float repeatCount) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets whether the animations within an animation block automatically reverse themselves.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="repeatAutoreverses">Specify true to enable autoreversing or false to disable it.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationRepeatAutoreverses")]
public static void SetAnimationRepeatAutoreverses(bool repeatAutoreverses) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets whether the animation should begin playing from the current state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fromCurrentState">Specify true if animations should begin from their currently visible state; otherwise, false.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationBeginsFromCurrentState")]
public static void SetAnimationBeginsFromCurrentState(bool fromCurrentState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets a transition to apply to a view during an animation block.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="transition">A transition to apply to view. Possible values are described in UIViewAnimationTransition.</param>
/// <param name="forView">The view to apply the transition to.</param>
/// <param name="cache">If true, the before and after images of view are rendered once and used to create the frames in the animation. Caching can improve performance but if you set this parameter to true, you must not update the view or its subviews during the transition. Updating the view and its subviews may interfere with the caching behaviors and cause the view contents to be rendered incorrectly (or in the wrong location) during the animation. You must wait until the transition ends to update the view.
/// If false, the view and its contents must be updated for each frame of the transition animation, which may noticeably affect the frame rate.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationTransition")]
public static void SetAnimationTransition(UIViewAnimationTransition transition, UIView forView, bool cache) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether animations are enabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("areAnimationsEnabled")]
public static bool AreAnimationsEnabled() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Begins applying a motion effect to the view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="effect">The motion effect.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addMotionEffect")]
public void AddMotionEffect(UIMotionEffect effect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Stops applying a motion effect to the view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="effect">The motion effect.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeMotionEffect")]
public void RemoveMotionEffect(UIMotionEffect effect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Encodes state-related information for the view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="coder">The coder object to use to encode the state of the view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("encodeRestorableStateWithCoder")]
public void EncodeRestorableStateWithCoder(NSCoder coder) { }
/// <summary>
/// Decodes and restores state-related information for the view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="coder">The coder object to use to decode the state of the view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("decodeRestorableStateWithCoder")]
public void DecodeRestorableStateWithCoder(NSCoder coder) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a snapshot view based on the contents of the current view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="afterUpdates">A Boolean value that specifies whether the snapshot should be taken after recent changes have been incorporated. Pass the value false to capture the screen in its current state, which might not include recent changes.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("snapshotViewAfterScreenUpdates")]
public UIView SnapshotViewAfterScreenUpdates(bool afterUpdates) { return default(UIView); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a snapshot view based on the specified contents of the current view, with stretchable insets.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The portion of the view that you want to capture. The rectangle must be in the bounds coordinate space of the current view.</param>
/// <param name="afterScreenUpdates">A Boolean value that specifies whether the snapshot should be taken after recent changes have been incorporated. Pass the value false if you want to capture the screen in its current state, which might not include recent changes.</param>
/// <param name="withCapInsets">The edge insets that define the stretchable portion of the returned view’s content. You can specify UIEdgeInsetsZero if you do not want the contents of the returned view to have a stretchable area.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("resizableSnapshotViewFromRect")]
public UIView ResizableSnapshotViewFromRect(CGRect rect, bool afterScreenUpdates, UIEdgeInsets withCapInsets) { return default(UIView); }
/// <summary>
/// Renders a snapshot of the complete view hierarchy as visible onscreen into the current context.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">A rectangle specified in the local coordinate system (bounds) of the view.</param>
/// <param name="afterScreenUpdates">A Boolean value that indicates whether the snapshot should be rendered after recent changes have been incorporated. Specify the value false if you want to render a snapshot in the view hierarchy’s current state, which might not include recent changes.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("drawViewHierarchyInRect")]
public bool DrawViewHierarchyInRect(CGRect rect, bool afterScreenUpdates) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the view whose tag matches the specified value.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tag">The tag value to search for.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("viewWithTag")]
public UIView ViewWithTag(int tag) { return default(UIView); }
/// <summary>
/// Converts a point from the receiver’s coordinate system to that of the specified view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point specified in the local coordinate system (bounds) of the receiver.</param>
/// <param name="toView">The view into whose coordinate system point is to be converted. If view is nil, this method instead converts to window base coordinates. Otherwise, both view and the receiver must belong to the same UIWindow object.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("convertPoint")]
public CGPoint ConvertPoint(CGPoint point, UIView toView) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Converts a point from the coordinate system of a given view to that of the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point specified in the local coordinate system (bounds) of view.</param>
/// <param name="fromView">The view with point in its coordinate system. If view is nil, this method instead converts from window base coordinates. Otherwise, both view and the receiver must belong to the same UIWindow object.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("convertPoint")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public CGPoint ConvertPoint(CGPoint point, UIView fromView, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Converts a rectangle from the receiver’s coordinate system to that of another view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">A rectangle specified in the local coordinate system (bounds) of the receiver.</param>
/// <param name="toView">The view that is the target of the conversion operation. If view is nil, this method instead converts to window base coordinates. Otherwise, both view and the receiver must belong to the same UIWindow object.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("convertRect")]
public CGRect ConvertRect(CGRect rect, UIView toView) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Converts a rectangle from the coordinate system of another view to that of the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">A rectangle specified in the local coordinate system (bounds) of view.</param>
/// <param name="fromView">The view with rect in its coordinate system. If view is nil, this method instead converts from window base coordinates. Otherwise, both view and the receiver must belong to the same UIWindow object.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("convertRect")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public CGRect ConvertRect(CGRect rect, UIView fromView, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the farthest descendant of the receiver in the view hierarchy (including itself) that contains a specified point.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point specified in the receiver’s local coordinate system (bounds).</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">The event that warranted a call to this method. If you are calling this method from outside your event-handling code, you may specify nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("hitTest")]
public UIView HitTest(CGPoint point, UIEvent withEvent) { return default(UIView); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the receiver contains the specified point.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point that is in the receiver’s local coordinate system (bounds).</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">The event that warranted a call to this method. If you are calling this method from outside your event-handling code, you may specify nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("pointInside")]
public bool PointInside(CGPoint point, UIEvent withEvent) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Causes the view (or one of its embedded text fields) to resign the first responder status.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="force">Specify true to force the first responder to resign, regardless of whether it wants to do so.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("endEditing")]
public bool EndEditing(bool force) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the view that a subview was added.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="subview">The view that was added as a subview.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("didAddSubview")]
public void DidAddSubview(UIView subview) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the view that a subview is about to be removed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="subview">The subview that will be removed.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("willRemoveSubview")]
public void WillRemoveSubview(UIView subview) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the view that its superview is about to change to the specified superview.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="newSuperview">A view object that will be the new superview of the receiver. This object may be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("willMoveToSuperview")]
public void WillMoveToSuperview(UIView newSuperview) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the view that its superview changed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("didMoveToSuperview")]
public void DidMoveToSuperview() { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the view that its window object is about to change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="newWindow">The window object that will be at the root of the receiver's new view hierarchy. This parameter may be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("willMoveToWindow")]
public void WillMoveToWindow(UIWindow newWindow) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the view that its window object changed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("didMoveToWindow")]
public void DidMoveToWindow() { }
/// <summary>
/// The view’s background color.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("backgroundColor")]
public UIColor BackgroundColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the view is hidden.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("hidden")]
public bool Hidden { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view’s alpha value.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("alpha")]
public CGFloat Alpha { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the view is opaque.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("opaque")]
public bool Opaque { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The first nondefault tint color value in the view’s hierarchy, ascending from and starting with the view itself.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The first non-default tint adjustment mode value in the view’s hierarchy, ascending from and starting with the view itself.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("tintAdjustmentMode")]
public UIViewTintAdjustmentMode TintAdjustmentMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether subviews are confined to the bounds of the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("clipsToBounds")]
public bool ClipsToBounds { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the view’s bounds should be automatically cleared before drawing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("clearsContextBeforeDrawing")]
public bool ClearsContextBeforeDrawing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An optional view whose alpha channel is used to mask a view’s content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("maskView")]
public UIView MaskView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view’s Core Animation layer used for rendering. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("layer")]
public CALayer Layer { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether user events are ignored and removed from the event queue.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("userInteractionEnabled")]
public bool UserInteractionEnabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver handles multi-touch events.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("multipleTouchEnabled")]
public bool MultipleTouchEnabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver handles touch events exclusively.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("exclusiveTouch")]
public bool ExclusiveTouch { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The frame rectangle, which describes the view’s location and size in its superview’s coordinate system.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("frame")]
public CGRect Frame { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s superview, or nil if it has none. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("superview")]
public UIView Superview { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s immediate subviews. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("subviews")]
public AnyObject[] Subviews { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s window object, or nil if it has none. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("window")]
public UIWindow Window { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// An integer bit mask that determines how the receiver resizes itself when its superview’s bounds change.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("autoresizingMask")]
public UIViewAutoresizing AutoresizingMask { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the receiver automatically resizes its subviews when its bounds change.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("autoresizesSubviews")]
public bool AutoresizesSubviews { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A flag used to determine how a view lays out its content when its bounds change.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("contentMode")]
public UIViewContentMode ContentMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The default spacing to use when laying out content in the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("layoutMargins")]
public UIEdgeInsets LayoutMargins { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the current view also respects the margins of its superview.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("preservesSuperviewLayoutMargins")]
public bool PreservesSuperviewLayoutMargins { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The scale factor applied to the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("contentScaleFactor")]
public CGFloat ContentScaleFactor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The gesture-recognizer objects currently attached to the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("gestureRecognizers")]
public AnyObject[] GestureRecognizers { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The array of motion effects for the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("motionEffects")]
public AnyObject[] MotionEffects { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The identifier that determines whether the view supports state restoration.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("restorationIdentifier")]
public string RestorationIdentifier { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An integer that you can use to identify view objects in your application.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tag")]
public int Tag { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Options for animating views using block objects.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public enum UIViewAnimationOptions
{
/// <summary>
/// Lay out subviews at commit time so that they are animated along with their parent.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
LayoutSubviews,
/// <summary>
/// Allow the user to interact with views while they are being animated.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
AllowUserInteraction,
/// <summary>
/// Start the animation from the current setting associated with an already in-flight animation. If this key is not present, any in-flight animations are allowed to finish before the new animation is started. If another animation is not in flight, this key has no effect.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
BeginFromCurrentState,
/// <summary>
/// Repeat the animation indefinitely.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Repeat,
/// <summary>
/// Run the animation backwards and forwards. Must be combined with the UIViewAnimationOptionRepeat option.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Autoreverse,
/// <summary>
/// Force the animation to use the original duration value specified when the animation was submitted. If this key is not present, the animation inherits the remaining duration of the in-flight animation, if any.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
OverrideInheritedDuration,
/// <summary>
/// Force the animation to use the original curve value specified when the animation was submitted. If this key is not present, the animation inherits the curve of the in-flight animation, if any.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
OverrideInheritedCurve,
/// <summary>
/// Animate the views by changing the property values dynamically and redrawing the view. If this key is not present, the views are animated using a snapshot image.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
AllowAnimatedContent,
/// <summary>
/// When present, this key causes views to be hidden or shown (instead of removed or added) when performing a view transition. Both views must already be present in the parent view’s hierarchy when using this key. If this key is not present, the to-view in a transition is added to, and the from-view is removed from, the parent view’s list of subviews.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
ShowHideTransitionViews,
/// <summary>
/// The option to not inherit the animation type or any options.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
OverrideInheritedOptions,
/// <summary>
/// An ease-in ease-out curve causes the animation to begin slowly, accelerate through the middle of its duration, and then slow again before completing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
CurveEaseInOut,
/// <summary>
/// An ease-in curve causes the animation to begin slowly, and then speed up as it progresses.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
CurveEaseIn,
/// <summary>
/// An ease-out curve causes the animation to begin quickly, and then slow as it completes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
CurveEaseOut,
/// <summary>
/// A linear animation curve causes an animation to occur evenly over its duration.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
CurveLinear,
/// <summary>
/// No transition is specified.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
TransitionNone,
/// <summary>
/// A transition that flips a view around its vertical axis from left to right. The left side of the view moves toward the front and right side toward the back.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
TransitionFlipFromLeft,
/// <summary>
/// A transition that flips a view around its vertical axis from right to left. The right side of the view moves toward the front and left side toward the back.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
TransitionFlipFromRight,
/// <summary>
/// A transition that curls a view up from the bottom.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
TransitionCurlUp,
/// <summary>
/// A transition that curls a view down from the top.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
TransitionCurlDown,
/// <summary>
/// A transition that dissolves from one view to the next.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
TransitionCrossDissolve,
/// <summary>
/// A transition that flips a view around its horizontal axis from top to bottom. The top side of the view moves toward the front and the bottom side toward the back.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
TransitionFlipFromTop,
/// <summary>
/// A transition that flips a view around its horizontal axis from bottom to top. The bottom side of the view moves toward the front and the top side toward the back.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
TransitionFlipFromBottom,
}
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the supported animation curves.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIViewAnimationCurve
{
/// <summary>
/// An ease-in ease-out curve causes the animation to begin slowly, accelerate through the middle of its duration, and then slow again before completing. This is the default curve for most animations.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
EaseInOut,
/// <summary>
/// An ease-in curve causes the animation to begin slowly, and then speed up as it progresses.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
EaseIn,
/// <summary>
/// An ease-out curve causes the animation to begin quickly, and then slow down as it completes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
EaseOut,
/// <summary>
/// A linear animation curve causes an animation to occur evenly over its duration.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Linear,
}
/// <summary>
/// Options to specify how a view adjusts its content when its size changes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIViewContentMode
{
/// <summary>
/// The option to scale the content to fit the size of itself by changing the aspect ratio of the content if necessary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
ScaleToFill,
/// <summary>
/// The option to scale the content to fit the size of the view by maintaining the aspect ratio. Any remaining area of the view’s bounds is transparent.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
ScaleAspectFit,
/// <summary>
/// The option to scale the content to fill the size of the view. Some portion of the content may be clipped to fill the view’s bounds.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
ScaleAspectFill,
/// <summary>
/// The option to redisplay the view when the bounds change by invoking the setNeedsDisplay method.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Redraw,
/// <summary>
/// The option to center the content in the view’s bounds, keeping the proportions the same.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Center,
/// <summary>
/// The option to center the content aligned at the top in the view’s bounds.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Top,
/// <summary>
/// The option to center the content aligned at the bottom in the view’s bounds.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Bottom,
/// <summary>
/// The option to align the content on the left of the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// The option to align the content on the right of the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Right,
/// <summary>
/// The option to align the content in the top-left corner of the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TopLeft,
/// <summary>
/// The option to align the content in the top-right corner of the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TopRight,
/// <summary>
/// The option to align the content in the bottom-left corner of the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
BottomLeft,
/// <summary>
/// The option to align the content in the bottom-right corner of the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
BottomRight,
}
/// <summary>
/// The tint adjustment mode for the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIViewTintAdjustmentMode
{
/// <summary>
/// The tint adjustment mode of the view is the same as its superview's tint adjustment mode (or UIViewTintAdjustmentModeNormal if the view has no superview).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Automatic,
/// <summary>
/// The view's tintColor property returns the completely unmodified tint color of the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Normal,
/// <summary>
/// The view's tintColor property returns a desaturated, dimmed version of the view's original tint color.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Dimmed,
}
/// <summary>
/// Option to remove the views from the hierarchy when animation is complete.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UISystemAnimation
{
/// <summary>
/// Option to remove views from the view hierarchy when animation is complete.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Delete,
}
/// <summary>
/// Options for automatic view resizing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIViewAutoresizing
{
/// <summary>
/// The option for indicating that the view does not resize.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// Resizing performed by expanding or shrinking a view in the direction of the left margin.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FlexibleLeftMargin,
/// <summary>
/// Resizing performed by expanding or shrinking a view’s width.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FlexibleWidth,
/// <summary>
/// Resizing performed by expanding or shrinking a view in the direction of the right margin.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FlexibleRightMargin,
/// <summary>
/// Resizing performed by expanding or shrinking a view in the direction of the top margin.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FlexibleTopMargin,
/// <summary>
/// Resizing performed by expanding or shrinking a view's height.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FlexibleHeight,
/// <summary>
/// Resizing performed by expanding or shrinking a view in the direction of the bottom margin.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FlexibleBottomMargin,
}
/// <summary>
/// Animation transition options for use in an animation block object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIViewAnimationTransition
{
/// <summary>
/// The option for indicating that no transition is specified.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// A transition that flips a view around a vertical axis from left to right. The left side of the view moves towards the front and right side towards the back.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FlipFromLeft,
/// <summary>
/// A transition that flips a view around a vertical axis from right to left. The right side of the view moves towards the front and left side towards the back.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FlipFromRight,
/// <summary>
/// A transition that curls a view up from the bottom.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
CurlUp,
/// <summary>
/// A transition that curls a view down from the top.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
CurlDown,
}
/// <summary>
/// Key frame animation options used with the animateKeyframesWithDuration:delay:options:animations:completion: method.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIViewKeyframeAnimationOptions
{
/// <summary>
/// The option to lay out subviews at commit time so that they are animated along with their parent.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
LayoutSubviews,
/// <summary>
/// The option that allows the user to interact with views while they are being animated.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
AllowUserInteraction,
/// <summary>
/// The option to start an animation from the current setting associated with an already in-flight animation. If this option is not present, any in-flight animations are allowed to finish before the new animation is started. If another animation is not in flight, this option has no effect.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
BeginFromCurrentState,
/// <summary>
/// The option to repeat an animation indefinitely.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Repeat,
/// <summary>
/// The option to run an animation backwards and forwards. Must be combined with the UIViewKeyframeAnimationOptionRepeat option.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Autoreverse,
/// <summary>
/// The option to force an animation to use the original duration value specified when the animation was submitted. If this option is not present, the animation inherits the remaining duration of the in-flight animation, if any.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
OverrideInheritedDuration,
/// <summary>
/// The option to not inherit the animation type or any options.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
OverrideInheritedOptions,
/// <summary>
/// The option to use a simple linear calculation when interpolating between keyframe values.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
CalculationModeLinear,
/// <summary>
/// The option to not interpolate between keyframe values, but rather to jump directly to each new keyframe value.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
CalculationModeDiscrete,
/// <summary>
/// The option to compute intermediate keyframe values using a simple pacing algorithm. This option results in an evenly paced animation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
CalculationModePaced,
/// <summary>
/// The option to compute intermediate frames using a default Catmull-Rom spline that passes through the keyframe values. You cannot adjust the parameters of this algorithm.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
CalculationModeCubic,
/// <summary>
/// The option to compute intermediate frames using the cubic scheme while ignoring the timing properties of the animation. Instead, timing parameters are calculated implicitly to give the animation a constant velocity.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
CalculationModeCubicPaced,
}
/// <summary>
/// Keys that specify a horizontal or vertical layout constraint between objects.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum UILayoutConstraintAxis
{
/// <summary>
/// The constraint applied when laying out the horizontal relationship between objects.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Horizontal,
/// <summary>
/// The constraint applied when laying out the vertical relationship between objects.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Vertical,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIView class defines a rectangular area on the screen and the interfaces for managing the content in that area. At runtime, a view object handles the rendering of any content in its area and also handles any interactions with that content. The UIView class itself provides basic behavior for filling its rectangular area with a background color. More sophisticated content can be presented by subclassing UIView and implementing the necessary drawing and event-handling code yourself. The UIKit framework also includes a set of standard subclasses that range from simple buttons to complex tables and can be used as-is. For example, a UILabel object draws a text string and a UIImageView object draws an image.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIView_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIView"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIView : UIActivityIndicatorView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIView() { }
/// <summary>
/// Initializes and returns a newly allocated view object with the specified frame rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="frame">The frame rectangle for the view, measured in points. The origin of the frame is relative to the superview in which you plan to add it. This method uses the frame rectangle to set the center and bounds properties accordingly.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIView(CGRect frame) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the class used to create the layer for instances of this class.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("layerClass")]
public virtual static AnyClass LayerClass() { return default(AnyClass); }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a view to the end of the receiver’s list of subviews.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The view to be added. After being added, this view appears on top of any other subviews.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("addSubview")]
public virtual void AddSubview(UIView view) { }
/// <summary>
/// Moves the specified subview so that it appears on top of its siblings.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The subview to move to the front.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("bringSubviewToFront")]
public virtual void BringSubviewToFront(UIView view) { }
/// <summary>
/// Moves the specified subview so that it appears behind its siblings.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The subview to move to the back.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sendSubviewToBack")]
public virtual void SendSubviewToBack(UIView view) { }
/// <summary>
/// Unlinks the view from its superview and its window, and removes it from the responder chain.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("removeFromSuperview")]
public virtual void RemoveFromSuperview() { }
/// <summary>
/// Inserts a subview at the specified index.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The view to insert. This value cannot be nil.</param>
/// <param name="atIndex">The index in the array of the subviews property at which to insert the view. Subview indices start at 0 and cannot be greater than the number of subviews.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("insertSubview")]
public virtual void InsertSubview(UIView view, int atIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Inserts a view above another view in the view hierarchy.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The view to insert. It’s removed from its superview if it’s not a sibling of siblingSubview.</param>
/// <param name="aboveSubview">The sibling view that will be behind the inserted view.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("insertSubview")]
public virtual void InsertSubview(UIView view, UIView aboveSubview) { }
/// <summary>
/// Inserts a view below another view in the view hierarchy.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The view to insert below another view. It’s removed from its superview if it’s not a sibling of siblingSubview.</param>
/// <param name="belowSubview">The sibling view that will be above the inserted view.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("insertSubview")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public virtual void InsertSubview(UIView view, UIView belowSubview, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { }
/// <summary>
/// Exchanges the subviews at the specified indices.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="index1">The index of the first subview in the receiver.</param>
/// <param name="withSubviewAtIndex">The index of the second subview in the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("exchangeSubviewAtIndex")]
public virtual void ExchangeSubviewAtIndex(int index1, int withSubviewAtIndex) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the receiver is a subview of a given view or identical to that view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The view to test against the receiver’s view hierarchy.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("isDescendantOfView")]
public virtual bool IsDescendantOfView(UIView view) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Asks the view to calculate and return the size that best fits its subviews.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="size">The current size of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sizeThatFits")]
public virtual CGSize SizeThatFits(CGSize size) { return default(CGSize); }
/// <summary>
/// Resizes and moves the receiver view so it just encloses its subviews.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sizeToFit")]
public virtual void SizeToFit() { }
/// <summary>
/// Lays out subviews.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("layoutSubviews")]
public virtual void LayoutSubviews() { }
/// <summary>
/// Invalidates the current layout of the receiver and triggers a layout update during the next update cycle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setNeedsLayout")]
public virtual void SetNeedsLayout() { }
/// <summary>
/// Lays out the subviews immediately.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("layoutIfNeeded")]
public virtual void LayoutIfNeeded() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the receiver depends on the constraint-based layout system.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("requiresConstraintBasedLayout")]
public virtual static bool RequiresConstraintBasedLayout() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the view’s autoresizing mask is translated into constraints for the constraint-based layout system.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints")]
public virtual bool TranslatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets whether the view’s autoresizing mask should be translated into constraints for the constraint-based layout system.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="flag">true if the view’s autoresizing mask should be translated into constraints for the constraint-based layout system, false otherwise.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setTranslatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints")]
public virtual void SetTranslatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints(bool flag) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the constraints held by the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("constraints")]
public virtual AnyObject[] Constraints() { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Adds a constraint on the layout of the receiving view or its subviews.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="constraint">The constraint to be added to the view. The constraint may only reference the view itself or its subviews.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("addConstraint")]
public virtual void AddConstraint(NSLayoutConstraint constraint) { }
/// <summary>
/// Adds multiple constraints on the layout of the receiving view or its subviews.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="constraints">An array of constraints to be added to the view. All constraints may only reference the view itself or its subviews.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("addConstraints")]
public virtual void AddConstraints(AnyObject[] constraints) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes the specified constraint from the view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="constraint">The constraint to remove. Removing a constraint not held by the view has no effect.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("removeConstraint")]
public virtual void RemoveConstraint(NSLayoutConstraint constraint) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes the specified constraints from the view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="constraints">The constraints to remove.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("removeConstraints")]
public virtual void RemoveConstraints(AnyObject[] constraints) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the size of the view that satisfies the constraints it holds.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="targetSize">Indicates whether you want the smallest or largest possible size that meets the constraints. See Fitting Size for accepted values.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("systemLayoutSizeFittingSize")]
public virtual CGSize SystemLayoutSizeFittingSize(CGSize targetSize) { return default(CGSize); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the size of the view that satisfies the constraints it holds.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="targetSize">Indicates whether you want the smallest or largest possible size that meets the constraints. See Fitting Size for accepted values.</param>
/// <param name="withHorizontalFittingPriority">The horizontal constraint priority.</param>
/// <param name="verticalFittingPriority">The vertical constraint priority.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("systemLayoutSizeFittingSize")]
public virtual CGSize SystemLayoutSizeFittingSize(CGSize targetSize, UILayoutPriority withHorizontalFittingPriority, UILayoutPriority verticalFittingPriority) { return default(CGSize); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the natural size for the receiving view, considering only properties of the view itself.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("intrinsicContentSize")]
public virtual CGSize IntrinsicContentSize() { return default(CGSize); }
/// <summary>
/// Invalidates the view’s intrinsic content size.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("invalidateIntrinsicContentSize")]
public virtual void InvalidateIntrinsicContentSize() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the priority with which a view resists being made smaller than its intrinsic size.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="axis">The axis of the view that might be reduced.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("contentCompressionResistancePriorityForAxis")]
public virtual UILayoutPriority ContentCompressionResistancePriorityForAxis(UILayoutConstraintAxis axis) { return default(UILayoutPriority); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the priority with which a view resists being made smaller than its intrinsic size.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="priority">The new priority.</param>
/// <param name="forAxis">The axis for which the compression resistance priority should be set.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setContentCompressionResistancePriority")]
public virtual void SetContentCompressionResistancePriority(UILayoutPriority priority, UILayoutConstraintAxis forAxis) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the priority with which a view resists being made larger than its intrinsic size.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="axis">The axis of the view that might be enlarged.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("contentHuggingPriorityForAxis")]
public virtual UILayoutPriority ContentHuggingPriorityForAxis(UILayoutConstraintAxis axis) { return default(UILayoutPriority); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the priority with which a view resists being made larger than its intrinsic size.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="priority">The new priority.</param>
/// <param name="forAxis">The axis for which the content hugging priority should be set.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setContentHuggingPriority")]
public virtual void SetContentHuggingPriority(UILayoutPriority priority, UILayoutConstraintAxis forAxis) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the view’s alignment rectangle for a given frame.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="frame">The frame whose corresponding alignment rectangle is desired.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("alignmentRectForFrame")]
public virtual CGRect AlignmentRectForFrame(CGRect frame) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the view’s frame for a given alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="alignmentRect">The alignment rectangle whose corresponding frame is desired.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("frameForAlignmentRect")]
public virtual CGRect FrameForAlignmentRect(CGRect alignmentRect) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the insets from the view’s frame that define its alignment rectangle.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("alignmentRectInsets")]
public virtual UIEdgeInsets AlignmentRectInsets() { return default(UIEdgeInsets); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a view used to satisfy baseline constraints.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("viewForBaselineLayout")]
public virtual Optional<UIView> ViewForBaselineLayout() { return default(Optional<UIView>); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the view’s constraints need updating.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("needsUpdateConstraints")]
public virtual bool NeedsUpdateConstraints() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Controls whether the view’s constraints need updating.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("setNeedsUpdateConstraints")]
public virtual void SetNeedsUpdateConstraints() { }
/// <summary>
/// Updates constraints for the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("updateConstraints")]
public virtual void UpdateConstraints() { }
/// <summary>
/// Updates the constraints for the receiving view and its subviews.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("updateConstraintsIfNeeded")]
public virtual void UpdateConstraintsIfNeeded() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the constraints impacting the layout of the view for a given axis.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="axis">The axis for which the constraints should be found.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("constraintsAffectingLayoutForAxis")]
public virtual AnyObject[] ConstraintsAffectingLayoutForAxis(UILayoutConstraintAxis axis) { return default(AnyObject[]); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns whether the constraints impacting the layout of the view incompletely specify the location of the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("hasAmbiguousLayout")]
public virtual bool HasAmbiguousLayout() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Randomly changes the frame of a view with an ambiguous layout between the different valid values.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("exerciseAmbiguityInLayout")]
public virtual void ExerciseAmbiguityInLayout() { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the view that the layout margins changed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("layoutMarginsDidChange")]
public virtual void LayoutMarginsDidChange() { }
/// <summary>
/// Draws the receiver’s image within the passed-in rectangle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The portion of the view’s bounds that needs to be updated. The first time your view is drawn, this rectangle is typically the entire visible bounds of your view. However, during subsequent drawing operations, the rectangle may specify only part of your view.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("drawRect")]
public virtual void DrawRect(CGRect rect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Marks the receiver’s entire bounds rectangle as needing to be redrawn.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setNeedsDisplay")]
public virtual void SetNeedsDisplay() { }
/// <summary>
/// Marks the specified rectangle of the receiver as needing to be redrawn.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="invalidRect">The rectangular region of the receiver to mark as invalid; it should be specified in the coordinate system of the receiver.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setNeedsDisplayInRect")]
public virtual void SetNeedsDisplayInRect(CGRect invalidRect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Called by the system when the tintColor property changes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("tintColorDidChange")]
public virtual void TintColorDidChange() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a print formatter for the receiving view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("viewPrintFormatter")]
public virtual UIViewPrintFormatter ViewPrintFormatter() { return default(UIViewPrintFormatter); }
/// <summary>
/// Implemented to draw the view’s content for printing.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="area">A rectangle that defines the area for drawing printable content.</param>
/// <param name="forViewPrintFormatter">An instance of UIViewPrintFormatter obtained by calling the viewPrintFormatter method.</param>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("drawRect")]
public virtual void DrawRect(CGRect area, UIViewPrintFormatter forViewPrintFormatter) { }
/// <summary>
/// Attaches a gesture recognizer to the view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="gestureRecognizer">An object whose class descends from the UIGestureRecognizer class. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("addGestureRecognizer")]
public virtual void AddGestureRecognizer(UIGestureRecognizer gestureRecognizer) { }
/// <summary>
/// Detaches a gesture recognizer from the receiving view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="gestureRecognizer">An object whose class descends from the UIGestureRecognizer class.</param>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("removeGestureRecognizer")]
public virtual void RemoveGestureRecognizer(UIGestureRecognizer gestureRecognizer) { }
/// <summary>
/// Asks the view if the gesture recognizer should be allowed to continue tracking touch events.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="gestureRecognizer">The gesture recognizer that is attempting to transition out of the UIGestureRecognizerStatePossible state.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("gestureRecognizerShouldBegin")]
public virtual bool GestureRecognizerShouldBegin(UIGestureRecognizer gestureRecognizer) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Animate changes to one or more views using the specified duration, delay, options, and completion handler.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="duration">The total duration of the animations, measured in seconds. If you specify a negative value or 0, the changes are made without animating them.</param>
/// <param name="delay">The amount of time (measured in seconds) to wait before beginning the animations. Specify a value of 0 to begin the animations immediately.</param>
/// <param name="options">A mask of options indicating how you want to perform the animations. For a list of valid constants, see UIViewAnimationOptions.</param>
/// <param name="animations">A block object containing the changes to commit to the views. This is where you programmatically change any animatable properties of the views in your view hierarchy. This block takes no parameters and has no return value. This parameter must not be NULL.</param>
/// <param name="completion">A block object to be executed when the animation sequence ends. This block has no return value and takes a single Boolean argument that indicates whether or not the animations actually finished before the completion handler was called. If the duration of the animation is 0, this block is performed at the beginning of the next run loop cycle. This parameter may be NULL.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("animateWithDuration")]
public virtual static void AnimateWithDuration(NSTimeInterval duration, NSTimeInterval delay, UIViewAnimationOptions options, Action animations, Optional<Action<bool>> completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// Animate changes to one or more views using the specified duration and completion handler.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="duration">The total duration of the animations, measured in seconds. If you specify a negative value or 0, the changes are made without animating them.</param>
/// <param name="animations">A block object containing the changes to commit to the views. This is where you programmatically change any animatable properties of the views in your view hierarchy. This block takes no parameters and has no return value. This parameter must not be NULL.</param>
/// <param name="completion">A block object to be executed when the animation sequence ends. This block has no return value and takes a single Boolean argument that indicates whether or not the animations actually finished before the completion handler was called. If the duration of the animation is 0, this block is performed at the beginning of the next run loop cycle. This parameter may be NULL.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("animateWithDuration")]
public virtual static void AnimateWithDuration(NSTimeInterval duration, Action animations, Optional<Action<bool>> completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// Animate changes to one or more views using the specified duration.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="duration">The total duration of the animations, measured in seconds. If you specify a negative value or 0, the changes are made without animating them.</param>
/// <param name="animations">A block object containing the changes to commit to the views. This is where you programmatically change any animatable properties of the views in your view hierarchy. This block takes no parameters and has no return value. This parameter must not be NULL.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("animateWithDuration")]
public virtual static void AnimateWithDuration(NSTimeInterval duration, Action animations) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates a transition animation for the specified container view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="view">The container view that performs the transition.</param>
/// <param name="duration">The duration of the transition animation, measured in seconds. If you specify a negative value or 0, the transition is made without animations.</param>
/// <param name="options">A mask of options indicating how you want to perform the animations. For a list of valid constants, see UIViewAnimationOptions.</param>
/// <param name="animations">A block object that contains the changes you want to make to the specified view. This block takes no parameters and has no return value. This parameter must not be NULL.</param>
/// <param name="completion">A block object to be executed when the animation sequence ends. This block has no return value and takes a single Boolean argument that indicates whether or not the animations actually finished before the completion handler was called. If the duration of the animation is 0, this block is performed at the beginning of the next run loop cycle. This parameter may be NULL.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("transitionWithView")]
public virtual static void TransitionWithView(UIView view, NSTimeInterval duration, UIViewAnimationOptions options, Action animations, Optional<Action<bool>> completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates a transition animation between the specified views using the given parameters.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fromView">The starting view for the transition. By default, this view is removed from its superview as part of the transition.</param>
/// <param name="toView">The ending view for the transition. By default, this view is added to the superview of fromView as part of the transition.</param>
/// <param name="duration">The duration of the transition animation, measured in seconds. If you specify a negative value or 0, the transition is made without animations.</param>
/// <param name="options">A mask of options indicating how you want to perform the animations. For a list of valid constants, see UIViewAnimationOptions.</param>
/// <param name="completion">A block object to be executed when the animation sequence ends. This block has no return value and takes a single Boolean argument that indicates whether or not the animations actually finished before the completion handler was called. If the duration of the animation is 0, this block is performed at the beginning of the next run loop cycle. This parameter may be NULL.</param>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("transitionFromView")]
public virtual static void TransitionFromView(UIView fromView, UIView toView, NSTimeInterval duration, UIViewAnimationOptions options, Optional<Action<bool>> completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates an animation block object that can be used to set up keyframe-based animations for the current view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="duration">The duration of the overall animation, measured in seconds. If you specify a negative value or 0, changes are made immediately and without animations.</param>
/// <param name="delay">Specifies the time (in seconds) to wait before starting the animation.</param>
/// <param name="options">A mask of options indicating how you want to perform the animations. For a list of valid constants, see “UIViewKeyframeAnimationOptions”.</param>
/// <param name="animations">A block object containing the changes to commit to the views. Typically, you call the addKeyframeWithRelativeStartTime:relativeDuration:animations: method one or more times from inside this block. You may also change view values directly if you want those changes to animate over the full duration. This block takes no parameters and has no return value. Do not use a nil value for this parameter.</param>
/// <param name="completion">A block object to be executed when the animation sequence ends. This block has no return value and takes a single Boolean argument that indicates whether or not the animations finished before the completion handler was called. If the duration of the animation is 0, this block is performed at the beginning of the next run loop cycle. You can use a nil value for this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("animateKeyframesWithDuration")]
public virtual static void AnimateKeyframesWithDuration(NSTimeInterval duration, NSTimeInterval delay, UIViewKeyframeAnimationOptions options, Action animations, Optional<Action<bool>> completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the timing and animation values for a single frame of a keyframe animation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="frameStartTime">The time at which to start the specified animations. This value must be in the range 0 to 1, where 0 represents the start of the overall animation and 1 represents the end of the overall animation. For example, for an animation that is two seconds in duration, specifying a start time of 0.5 causes the animations to begin executing one second after the start of the overall animation.</param>
/// <param name="relativeDuration">The length of time over which to animate to the specified value. This value must be in the range 0 to 1 and indicates the amount of time relative to the overall animation length. If you specify a value of 0, any properties you set in the animations block update immediately at the specified start time. If you specify a nonzero value, the properties animate over that amount of time. For example, for an animation that is two seconds in duration, specifying a duration of 0.5 results in an animation duration of one second.</param>
/// <param name="animations">A block object containing the animations you want to perform. This is where you programmatically change any animatable properties of the views in your view hierarchy. This block takes no parameters and has no return value. This parameter must not be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addKeyframeWithRelativeStartTime")]
public virtual static void AddKeyframeWithRelativeStartTime(Double frameStartTime, Double relativeDuration, Action animations) { }
/// <summary>
/// Performs a specified system-provided animation on one or more views, along with optional parallel animations that you define.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animation">The system animation to perform; a constant from the UISystemAnimation enum.</param>
/// <param name="onViews">The views to perform the animations on.</param>
/// <param name="options">A mask of options indicating how you want to perform the animations. For a list of valid constants, see UIViewAnimationOptions.</param>
/// <param name="animations">Additional animations you specify to run alongside the system animation, with the same timing and duration that the system animation defines or inherits.
/// In your additional animations, do not modify properties of the view on which the system animation is being performed.</param>
/// <param name="completion">A block object to be executed when the animation sequence ends. The single Boolean argument indicates whether or not the animations finished before the completion handler was called. If the animation duration is 0, this block is performed at the beginning of the next run-loop cycle. You can use a nil value for this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("performSystemAnimation")]
public virtual static void PerformSystemAnimation(UISystemAnimation animation, AnyObject[] onViews, UIViewAnimationOptions options, Optional<Action> animations, Optional<Action<bool>> completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// Performs a view animation using a timing curve corresponding to the motion of a physical spring.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="duration">The total duration of the animations, measured in seconds. If you specify a negative value or 0, the changes are made without animating them.</param>
/// <param name="delay">The amount of time (measured in seconds) to wait before beginning the animations. Specify a value of 0 to begin the animations immediately.</param>
/// <param name="usingSpringWithDamping">The damping ratio for the spring animation as it approaches its quiescent state.
/// To smoothly decelerate the animation without oscillation, use a value of 1. Employ a damping ratio closer to zero to increase oscillation.</param>
/// <param name="initialSpringVelocity">The initial spring velocity. For smooth start to the animation, match this value to the view’s velocity as it was prior to attachment.
/// A value of 1 corresponds to the total animation distance traversed in one second. For example, if the total animation distance is 200 points and you want the start of the animation to match a view velocity of 100 pt/s, use a value of 0.5.</param>
/// <param name="options">A mask of options indicating how you want to perform the animations. For a list of valid constants, see UIViewAnimationOptions.</param>
/// <param name="animations">A block object containing the changes to commit to the views. This is where you programmatically change any animatable properties of the views in your view hierarchy. This block takes no parameters and has no return value. This parameter must not be NULL.</param>
/// <param name="completion">A block object to be executed when the animation sequence ends. This block has no return value and takes a single Boolean argument that indicates whether or not the animations actually finished before the completion handler was called. If the duration of the animation is 0, this block is performed at the beginning of the next run loop cycle. This parameter may be NULL.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("animateWithDuration")]
public virtual static void AnimateWithDuration(NSTimeInterval duration, NSTimeInterval delay, CGFloat usingSpringWithDamping, CGFloat initialSpringVelocity, UIViewAnimationOptions options, Action animations, Optional<Action<bool>> completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// Disables a view transition animation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="actionsWithoutAnimation">The view transition code that you want to perform without animation.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("performWithoutAnimation")]
public virtual static void PerformWithoutAnimation(Action actionsWithoutAnimation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Marks the beginning of a begin/commit animation block.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animationID">An application-supplied identifier for the animations.</param>
/// <param name="context">Custom data that you want to associate with this set of animations. information that is passed to the animation delegate messages—the selectors set using the setAnimationWillStartSelector: and setAnimationDidStopSelector: methods.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("beginAnimations")]
public virtual static void BeginAnimations(Optional<string> animationID, UnsafeMutablePointer<void> context) { }
/// <summary>
/// Marks the end of a begin/commit animation block and schedules the animations for execution.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("commitAnimations")]
public virtual static void CommitAnimations() { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the start time for the current animation block.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="startTime">The time to begin the animations.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationStartDate")]
public virtual static void SetAnimationStartDate(NSDate startTime) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets whether animations are enabled.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="enabled">Specify true to enable animations or false to disable them.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationsEnabled")]
public virtual static void SetAnimationsEnabled(bool enabled) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the delegate for any animation messages.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="@delegate">An object that defines the methods registered using the setAnimationWillStartSelector: and setAnimationDidStopSelector: methods. The view maintains a strong reference to this object for the duration of the animation.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationDelegate")]
public virtual static void SetAnimationDelegate(Optional<AnyObject> @delegate) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the message to send to the animation delegate when the animation starts.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="selector">The message to send to the animation delegate before animations start. The default value is NULL. This selector should be of the form: - (void)animationDidStart:(NSString *)animationID context:(void *)context. Your method must take the following arguments:
/// animationID
/// An NSString containing an optional application-supplied identifier. This is the identifier string that is passed to the beginAnimations:context: method. This argument can be nil.
/// context
/// An optional application-supplied context. This is the context data passed to the beginAnimations:context: method. This argument can be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationWillStartSelector")]
public virtual static void SetAnimationWillStartSelector(Selector selector) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the message to send to the animation delegate when animation stops.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="selector">The message sent to the animation delegate after animations end. The default value is NULL. The selector should be of the form: - (void)animationDidStop:(NSString *)animationID finished:(NSNumber *)finished context:(void *)context. Your method must take the following arguments:
/// animationID
/// An NSString containing an optional application-supplied identifier. This is the identifier that is passed to the beginAnimations:context: method. This argument can be nil.
/// finished
/// An NSNumber object containing a Boolean value. The value is true if the animation ran to completion before it stopped or false if it did not.
/// context
/// An optional application-supplied context. This is the context data passed to the beginAnimations:context: method. This argument can be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationDidStopSelector")]
public virtual static void SetAnimationDidStopSelector(Selector selector) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the duration (measured in seconds) of the animations in an animation block.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="duration">The period over which the animation occurs, measured in seconds.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationDuration")]
public virtual static void SetAnimationDuration(NSTimeInterval duration) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the amount of time (in seconds) to wait before animating property changes within an animation block.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="delay"></param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationDelay")]
public virtual static void SetAnimationDelay(NSTimeInterval delay) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the curve to use when animating property changes within an animation block.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="curve"></param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationCurve")]
public virtual static void SetAnimationCurve(UIViewAnimationCurve curve) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the number of times animations within an animation block repeat.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="repeatCount">The number of times animations repeat. This value can be a fraction. If you specify the value 0, the animation is performed once without repeating.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationRepeatCount")]
public virtual static void SetAnimationRepeatCount(float repeatCount) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets whether the animations within an animation block automatically reverse themselves.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="repeatAutoreverses">Specify true to enable autoreversing or false to disable it.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationRepeatAutoreverses")]
public virtual static void SetAnimationRepeatAutoreverses(bool repeatAutoreverses) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets whether the animation should begin playing from the current state.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fromCurrentState">Specify true if animations should begin from their currently visible state; otherwise, false.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationBeginsFromCurrentState")]
public virtual static void SetAnimationBeginsFromCurrentState(bool fromCurrentState) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets a transition to apply to a view during an animation block.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="transition">A transition to apply to view. Possible values are described in UIViewAnimationTransition.</param>
/// <param name="forView">The view to apply the transition to.</param>
/// <param name="cache">If true, the before and after images of view are rendered once and used to create the frames in the animation. Caching can improve performance but if you set this parameter to true, you must not update the view or its subviews during the transition. Updating the view and its subviews may interfere with the caching behaviors and cause the view contents to be rendered incorrectly (or in the wrong location) during the animation. You must wait until the transition ends to update the view.
/// If false, the view and its contents must be updated for each frame of the transition animation, which may noticeably affect the frame rate.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setAnimationTransition")]
public virtual static void SetAnimationTransition(UIViewAnimationTransition transition, UIView forView, bool cache) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether animations are enabled.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("areAnimationsEnabled")]
public virtual static bool AreAnimationsEnabled() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Begins applying a motion effect to the view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="effect">The motion effect.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("addMotionEffect")]
public virtual void AddMotionEffect(UIMotionEffect effect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Stops applying a motion effect to the view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="effect">The motion effect.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("removeMotionEffect")]
public virtual void RemoveMotionEffect(UIMotionEffect effect) { }
/// <summary>
/// Encodes state-related information for the view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="coder">The coder object to use to encode the state of the view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("encodeRestorableStateWithCoder")]
public virtual void EncodeRestorableStateWithCoder(NSCoder coder) { }
/// <summary>
/// Decodes and restores state-related information for the view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="coder">The coder object to use to decode the state of the view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("decodeRestorableStateWithCoder")]
public virtual void DecodeRestorableStateWithCoder(NSCoder coder) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a snapshot view based on the contents of the current view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="afterUpdates">A Boolean value that specifies whether the snapshot should be taken after recent changes have been incorporated. Pass the value false to capture the screen in its current state, which might not include recent changes.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("snapshotViewAfterScreenUpdates")]
public virtual UIView SnapshotViewAfterScreenUpdates(bool afterUpdates) { return default(UIView); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a snapshot view based on the specified contents of the current view, with stretchable insets.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The portion of the view that you want to capture. The rectangle must be in the bounds coordinate space of the current view.</param>
/// <param name="afterScreenUpdates">A Boolean value that specifies whether the snapshot should be taken after recent changes have been incorporated. Pass the value false if you want to capture the screen in its current state, which might not include recent changes.</param>
/// <param name="withCapInsets">The edge insets that define the stretchable portion of the returned view’s content. You can specify UIEdgeInsetsZero if you do not want the contents of the returned view to have a stretchable area.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("resizableSnapshotViewFromRect")]
public virtual UIView ResizableSnapshotViewFromRect(CGRect rect, bool afterScreenUpdates, UIEdgeInsets withCapInsets) { return default(UIView); }
/// <summary>
/// Renders a snapshot of the complete view hierarchy as visible onscreen into the current context.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">A rectangle specified in the local coordinate system (bounds) of the view.</param>
/// <param name="afterScreenUpdates">A Boolean value that indicates whether the snapshot should be rendered after recent changes have been incorporated. Specify the value false if you want to render a snapshot in the view hierarchy’s current state, which might not include recent changes.</param>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("drawViewHierarchyInRect")]
public virtual bool DrawViewHierarchyInRect(CGRect rect, bool afterScreenUpdates) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the view whose tag matches the specified value.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="tag">The tag value to search for.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("viewWithTag")]
public virtual Optional<UIView> ViewWithTag(int tag) { return default(Optional<UIView>); }
/// <summary>
/// Converts a point from the receiver’s coordinate system to that of the specified view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point specified in the local coordinate system (bounds) of the receiver.</param>
/// <param name="toView">The view into whose coordinate system point is to be converted. If view is nil, this method instead converts to window base coordinates. Otherwise, both view and the receiver must belong to the same UIWindow object.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("convertPoint")]
public virtual CGPoint ConvertPoint(CGPoint point, Optional<UIView> toView) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Converts a point from the coordinate system of a given view to that of the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point specified in the local coordinate system (bounds) of view.</param>
/// <param name="fromView">The view with point in its coordinate system. If view is nil, this method instead converts from window base coordinates. Otherwise, both view and the receiver must belong to the same UIWindow object.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("convertPoint")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public virtual CGPoint ConvertPoint(CGPoint point, Optional<UIView> fromView, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Converts a rectangle from the receiver’s coordinate system to that of another view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">A rectangle specified in the local coordinate system (bounds) of the receiver.</param>
/// <param name="toView">The view that is the target of the conversion operation. If view is nil, this method instead converts to window base coordinates. Otherwise, both view and the receiver must belong to the same UIWindow object.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("convertRect")]
public virtual CGRect ConvertRect(CGRect rect, Optional<UIView> toView) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Converts a rectangle from the coordinate system of another view to that of the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">A rectangle specified in the local coordinate system (bounds) of view.</param>
/// <param name="fromView">The view with rect in its coordinate system. If view is nil, this method instead converts from window base coordinates. Otherwise, both view and the receiver must belong to the same UIWindow object.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("convertRect")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public virtual CGRect ConvertRect(CGRect rect, Optional<UIView> fromView, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the farthest descendant of the receiver in the view hierarchy (including itself) that contains a specified point.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point specified in the receiver’s local coordinate system (bounds).</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">The event that warranted a call to this method. If you are calling this method from outside your event-handling code, you may specify nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("hitTest")]
public virtual Optional<UIView> HitTest(CGPoint point, Optional<UIEvent> withEvent) { return default(Optional<UIView>); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the receiver contains the specified point.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point that is in the receiver’s local coordinate system (bounds).</param>
/// <param name="withEvent">The event that warranted a call to this method. If you are calling this method from outside your event-handling code, you may specify nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("pointInside")]
public virtual bool PointInside(CGPoint point, Optional<UIEvent> withEvent) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Causes the view (or one of its embedded text fields) to resign the first responder status.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="force">Specify true to force the first responder to resign, regardless of whether it wants to do so.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("endEditing")]
public virtual bool EndEditing(bool force) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the view that a subview was added.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="subview">The view that was added as a subview.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("didAddSubview")]
public virtual void DidAddSubview(UIView subview) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the view that a subview is about to be removed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="subview">The subview that will be removed.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("willRemoveSubview")]
public virtual void WillRemoveSubview(UIView subview) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the view that its superview is about to change to the specified superview.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="newSuperview">A view object that will be the new superview of the receiver. This object may be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("willMoveToSuperview")]
public virtual void WillMoveToSuperview(Optional<UIView> newSuperview) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the view that its superview changed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("didMoveToSuperview")]
public virtual void DidMoveToSuperview() { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the view that its window object is about to change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="newWindow">The window object that will be at the root of the receiver's new view hierarchy. This parameter may be nil.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("willMoveToWindow")]
public virtual void WillMoveToWindow(Optional<UIWindow> newWindow) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells the view that its window object changed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("didMoveToWindow")]
public virtual void DidMoveToWindow() { }
/// <summary>
/// The view’s background color.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("backgroundColor")]
public Optional<UIColor> BackgroundColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the view is hidden.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("hidden")]
public bool Hidden { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view’s alpha value.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("alpha")]
public CGFloat Alpha { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the view is opaque.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("opaque")]
public bool Opaque { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The first nondefault tint color value in the view’s hierarchy, ascending from and starting with the view itself.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("tintColor")]
public UIColor TintColor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The first non-default tint adjustment mode value in the view’s hierarchy, ascending from and starting with the view itself.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("tintAdjustmentMode")]
public UIViewTintAdjustmentMode TintAdjustmentMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether subviews are confined to the bounds of the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("clipsToBounds")]
public bool ClipsToBounds { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the view’s bounds should be automatically cleared before drawing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("clearsContextBeforeDrawing")]
public bool ClearsContextBeforeDrawing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An optional view whose alpha channel is used to mask a view’s content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("maskView")]
public Optional<UIView> MaskView { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view’s Core Animation layer used for rendering. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("layer")]
public CALayer Layer { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether user events are ignored and removed from the event queue.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("userInteractionEnabled")]
public bool UserInteractionEnabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver handles multi-touch events.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("multipleTouchEnabled")]
public bool MultipleTouchEnabled { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver handles touch events exclusively.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("exclusiveTouch")]
public bool ExclusiveTouch { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The frame rectangle, which describes the view’s location and size in its superview’s coordinate system.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("frame")]
public CGRect Frame { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s superview, or nil if it has none. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("superview")]
public Optional<UIView> Superview { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s immediate subviews. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("subviews")]
public AnyObject[] Subviews { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s window object, or nil if it has none. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("window")]
public Optional<UIWindow> Window { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// An integer bit mask that determines how the receiver resizes itself when its superview’s bounds change.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("autoresizingMask")]
public UIViewAutoresizing AutoresizingMask { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether the receiver automatically resizes its subviews when its bounds change.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("autoresizesSubviews")]
public bool AutoresizesSubviews { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A flag used to determine how a view lays out its content when its bounds change.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("contentMode")]
public UIViewContentMode ContentMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The default spacing to use when laying out content in the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("layoutMargins")]
public UIEdgeInsets LayoutMargins { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the current view also respects the margins of its superview.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("preservesSuperviewLayoutMargins")]
public bool PreservesSuperviewLayoutMargins { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The scale factor applied to the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("contentScaleFactor")]
public CGFloat ContentScaleFactor { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The gesture-recognizer objects currently attached to the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("gestureRecognizers")]
public AnyObject[] GestureRecognizers { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The array of motion effects for the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("motionEffects")]
public Optional<AnyObject[]> MotionEffects { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The identifier that determines whether the view supports state restoration.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("restorationIdentifier")]
public Optional<string> RestorationIdentifier { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// An integer that you can use to identify view objects in your application.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tag")]
public int Tag { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Options for animating views using block objects.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
public enum UIViewAnimationOptions
{
/// <summary>
/// Lay out subviews at commit time so that they are animated along with their parent.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
LayoutSubviews,
/// <summary>
/// Allow the user to interact with views while they are being animated.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
AllowUserInteraction,
/// <summary>
/// Start the animation from the current setting associated with an already in-flight animation. If this key is not present, any in-flight animations are allowed to finish before the new animation is started. If another animation is not in flight, this key has no effect.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
BeginFromCurrentState,
/// <summary>
/// Repeat the animation indefinitely.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Repeat,
/// <summary>
/// Run the animation backwards and forwards. Must be combined with the UIViewAnimationOptionRepeat option.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
Autoreverse,
/// <summary>
/// Force the animation to use the original duration value specified when the animation was submitted. If this key is not present, the animation inherits the remaining duration of the in-flight animation, if any.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
OverrideInheritedDuration,
/// <summary>
/// Force the animation to use the original curve value specified when the animation was submitted. If this key is not present, the animation inherits the curve of the in-flight animation, if any.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
OverrideInheritedCurve,
/// <summary>
/// Animate the views by changing the property values dynamically and redrawing the view. If this key is not present, the views are animated using a snapshot image.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
AllowAnimatedContent,
/// <summary>
/// When present, this key causes views to be hidden or shown (instead of removed or added) when performing a view transition. Both views must already be present in the parent view’s hierarchy when using this key. If this key is not present, the to-view in a transition is added to, and the from-view is removed from, the parent view’s list of subviews.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
ShowHideTransitionViews,
/// <summary>
/// The option to not inherit the animation type or any options.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
OverrideInheritedOptions,
/// <summary>
/// An ease-in ease-out curve causes the animation to begin slowly, accelerate through the middle of its duration, and then slow again before completing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
CurveEaseInOut,
/// <summary>
/// An ease-in curve causes the animation to begin slowly, and then speed up as it progresses.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
CurveEaseIn,
/// <summary>
/// An ease-out curve causes the animation to begin quickly, and then slow as it completes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
CurveEaseOut,
/// <summary>
/// A linear animation curve causes an animation to occur evenly over its duration.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
CurveLinear,
/// <summary>
/// No transition is specified.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
TransitionNone,
/// <summary>
/// A transition that flips a view around its vertical axis from left to right. The left side of the view moves toward the front and right side toward the back.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
TransitionFlipFromLeft,
/// <summary>
/// A transition that flips a view around its vertical axis from right to left. The right side of the view moves toward the front and left side toward the back.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
TransitionFlipFromRight,
/// <summary>
/// A transition that curls a view up from the bottom.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
TransitionCurlUp,
/// <summary>
/// A transition that curls a view down from the top.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
TransitionCurlDown,
/// <summary>
/// A transition that dissolves from one view to the next.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
TransitionCrossDissolve,
/// <summary>
/// A transition that flips a view around its horizontal axis from top to bottom. The top side of the view moves toward the front and the bottom side toward the back.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
TransitionFlipFromTop,
/// <summary>
/// A transition that flips a view around its horizontal axis from bottom to top. The bottom side of the view moves toward the front and the top side toward the back.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
TransitionFlipFromBottom,
}
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the supported animation curves.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIViewAnimationCurve
{
/// <summary>
/// An ease-in ease-out curve causes the animation to begin slowly, accelerate through the middle of its duration, and then slow again before completing. This is the default curve for most animations.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
EaseInOut,
/// <summary>
/// An ease-in curve causes the animation to begin slowly, and then speed up as it progresses.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
EaseIn,
/// <summary>
/// An ease-out curve causes the animation to begin quickly, and then slow down as it completes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
EaseOut,
/// <summary>
/// A linear animation curve causes an animation to occur evenly over its duration.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Linear,
}
/// <summary>
/// Options to specify how a view adjusts its content when its size changes.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIViewContentMode
{
/// <summary>
/// The option to scale the content to fit the size of itself by changing the aspect ratio of the content if necessary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
ScaleToFill,
/// <summary>
/// The option to scale the content to fit the size of the view by maintaining the aspect ratio. Any remaining area of the view’s bounds is transparent.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
ScaleAspectFit,
/// <summary>
/// The option to scale the content to fill the size of the view. Some portion of the content may be clipped to fill the view’s bounds.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
ScaleAspectFill,
/// <summary>
/// The option to redisplay the view when the bounds change by invoking the setNeedsDisplay method.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Redraw,
/// <summary>
/// The option to center the content in the view’s bounds, keeping the proportions the same.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Center,
/// <summary>
/// The option to center the content aligned at the top in the view’s bounds.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Top,
/// <summary>
/// The option to center the content aligned at the bottom in the view’s bounds.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Bottom,
/// <summary>
/// The option to align the content on the left of the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Left,
/// <summary>
/// The option to align the content on the right of the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Right,
/// <summary>
/// The option to align the content in the top-left corner of the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TopLeft,
/// <summary>
/// The option to align the content in the top-right corner of the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
TopRight,
/// <summary>
/// The option to align the content in the bottom-left corner of the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
BottomLeft,
/// <summary>
/// The option to align the content in the bottom-right corner of the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
BottomRight,
}
/// <summary>
/// The tint adjustment mode for the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIViewTintAdjustmentMode
{
/// <summary>
/// The tint adjustment mode of the view is the same as its superview's tint adjustment mode (or UIViewTintAdjustmentModeNormal if the view has no superview).
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Automatic,
/// <summary>
/// The view's tintColor property returns the completely unmodified tint color of the view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Normal,
/// <summary>
/// The view's tintColor property returns a desaturated, dimmed version of the view's original tint color.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Dimmed,
}
/// <summary>
/// Option to remove the views from the hierarchy when animation is complete.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UISystemAnimation
{
/// <summary>
/// Option to remove views from the view hierarchy when animation is complete.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Delete,
}
/// <summary>
/// Options for automatic view resizing.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIViewAutoresizing
{
/// <summary>
/// The option for indicating that the view does not resize.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// Resizing performed by expanding or shrinking a view in the direction of the left margin.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FlexibleLeftMargin,
/// <summary>
/// Resizing performed by expanding or shrinking a view’s width.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FlexibleWidth,
/// <summary>
/// Resizing performed by expanding or shrinking a view in the direction of the right margin.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FlexibleRightMargin,
/// <summary>
/// Resizing performed by expanding or shrinking a view in the direction of the top margin.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FlexibleTopMargin,
/// <summary>
/// Resizing performed by expanding or shrinking a view's height.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FlexibleHeight,
/// <summary>
/// Resizing performed by expanding or shrinking a view in the direction of the bottom margin.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FlexibleBottomMargin,
}
/// <summary>
/// Animation transition options for use in an animation block object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIViewAnimationTransition
{
/// <summary>
/// The option for indicating that no transition is specified.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
None,
/// <summary>
/// A transition that flips a view around a vertical axis from left to right. The left side of the view moves towards the front and right side towards the back.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FlipFromLeft,
/// <summary>
/// A transition that flips a view around a vertical axis from right to left. The right side of the view moves towards the front and left side towards the back.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FlipFromRight,
/// <summary>
/// A transition that curls a view up from the bottom.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
CurlUp,
/// <summary>
/// A transition that curls a view down from the top.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
CurlDown,
}
/// <summary>
/// Key frame animation options used with the animateKeyframesWithDuration:delay:options:animations:completion: method.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIViewKeyframeAnimationOptions
{
/// <summary>
/// The option to lay out subviews at commit time so that they are animated along with their parent.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
LayoutSubviews,
/// <summary>
/// The option that allows the user to interact with views while they are being animated.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
AllowUserInteraction,
/// <summary>
/// The option to start an animation from the current setting associated with an already in-flight animation. If this option is not present, any in-flight animations are allowed to finish before the new animation is started. If another animation is not in flight, this option has no effect.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
BeginFromCurrentState,
/// <summary>
/// The option to repeat an animation indefinitely.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Repeat,
/// <summary>
/// The option to run an animation backwards and forwards. Must be combined with the UIViewKeyframeAnimationOptionRepeat option.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Autoreverse,
/// <summary>
/// The option to force an animation to use the original duration value specified when the animation was submitted. If this option is not present, the animation inherits the remaining duration of the in-flight animation, if any.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
OverrideInheritedDuration,
/// <summary>
/// The option to not inherit the animation type or any options.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
OverrideInheritedOptions,
/// <summary>
/// The option to use a simple linear calculation when interpolating between keyframe values.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
CalculationModeLinear,
/// <summary>
/// The option to not interpolate between keyframe values, but rather to jump directly to each new keyframe value.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
CalculationModeDiscrete,
/// <summary>
/// The option to compute intermediate keyframe values using a simple pacing algorithm. This option results in an evenly paced animation.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
CalculationModePaced,
/// <summary>
/// The option to compute intermediate frames using a default Catmull-Rom spline that passes through the keyframe values. You cannot adjust the parameters of this algorithm.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
CalculationModeCubic,
/// <summary>
/// The option to compute intermediate frames using the cubic scheme while ignoring the timing properties of the animation. Instead, timing parameters are calculated implicitly to give the animation a constant velocity.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
CalculationModeCubicPaced,
}
/// <summary>
/// Keys that specify a horizontal or vertical layout constraint between objects.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
public enum UILayoutConstraintAxis
{
/// <summary>
/// The constraint applied when laying out the horizontal relationship between objects.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Horizontal,
/// <summary>
/// The constraint applied when laying out the vertical relationship between objects.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
Vertical,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIViewController.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIViewController.cs index 0ec53ce2..9110c192 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIViewController.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIViewController.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIViewController class provides the fundamental view-management model for all iOS apps. You rarely instantiate UIViewController objects directly. Instead, you instantiate subclasses of the UIViewController class based on the specific task each subclass performs.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIViewController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIViewController"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIViewController : CABTMIDICentralViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Returns a newly initialized view controller with the nib file in the specified bundle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="nibName">The name of the nib file to associate with the view controller. The nib file name should not contain any leading path information. If you specify nil, the nibName property is set to nil.</param>
/// <param name="bundle">The bundle in which to search for the nib file. This method looks for the nib file in the bundle's language-specific project directories first, followed by the Resources directory. If this parameter is nil, the method uses the heuristics described below to locate the nib file.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIViewController(string nibName, NSBundle bundle) { }
/// <summary>
/// Determines whether the segue with the specified identifier should be triggered.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">The string that identifies the triggered segue.
/// In Interface Builder, you can associate an identifier string with each segue using the inspector. This string is used only for locating the segue inside the storyboard.</param>
/// <param name="sender">The object that initiated the segue. This object is made available for informational purposes during the actual segue.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shouldPerformSegueWithIdentifier")]
public bool ShouldPerformSegueWithIdentifier(string identifier, AnyObject sender) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the view controller that a segue is about to be performed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="segue">The segue object containing information about the view controllers involved in the segue.</param>
/// <param name="sender">The object that initiated the segue. You might use this parameter to perform different actions based on which control (or other object) initiated the segue.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("prepareForSegue")]
public void PrepareForSegue(UIStoryboardSegue segue, AnyObject sender) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initiates the segue with the specified identifier from the view controller's storyboard file.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">The string that identifies the segue inside the storyboard file.
/// In Interface Builder, you can associate an identifier string with each segue using the inspector. This string is used only for locating the segue inside the storyboard. This is the string that you pass to this parameter.
/// This method throws an exception if there is no segue with the specified identifier.</param>
/// <param name="sender">The object that you want to use to initiate the segue. This object is made available for informational purposes during the actual segue.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("performSegueWithIdentifier")]
public void PerformSegueWithIdentifier(string identifier, AnyObject sender) { }
/// <summary>
/// Called on a view controller to determine whether it wants to respond to an unwind action.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="action">The unwind action to invoke on your view controller.</param>
/// <param name="fromViewController">The view controller that initiated the unwind action.</param>
/// <param name="withSender">The object that triggered the action.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("canPerformUnwindSegueAction")]
public bool CanPerformUnwindSegueAction(Selector action, UIViewController fromViewController, AnyObject withSender) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Called when an unwind segue action needs to transition between two view controllers.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="toViewController">The target view controller.</param>
/// <param name="fromViewController">The view controller initiating the unwind action.</param>
/// <param name="identifier">An identifier for the segue.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("segueForUnwindingToViewController")]
public UIStoryboardSegue SegueForUnwindingToViewController(UIViewController toViewController, UIViewController fromViewController, string identifier) { return default(UIStoryboardSegue); }
/// <summary>
/// Called when an unwind segue action wants to search a container's children for a view controller to handle the unwind action.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="action">The action that triggered the unwind action.</param>
/// <param name="fromViewController">The view controller that is the source of the unwinding action.</param>
/// <param name="withSender">The object that initiated the action.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("viewControllerForUnwindSegueAction")]
public UIViewController ViewControllerForUnwindSegueAction(Selector action, UIViewController fromViewController, AnyObject withSender) { return default(UIViewController); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the view is currently loaded into memory.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("isViewLoaded")]
public bool IsViewLoaded() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Creates the view that the controller manages.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("loadView")]
public void LoadView() { }
/// <summary>
/// Called after the controller's view is loaded into memory.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("viewDidLoad")]
public void ViewDidLoad() { }
/// <summary>
/// Presents a view controller modally.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="viewControllerToPresent">The view controller to display over the current view controller’s content.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Pass true to animate the presentation; otherwise, pass false.</param>
/// <param name="completion">The block to execute after the presentation finishes. This block has no return value and takes no parameters. You may specify nil for this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("presentViewController")]
public void PresentViewController(UIViewController viewControllerToPresent, bool animated, Action completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// Dismisses the view controller that was presented modally by the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="flag">Pass true to animate the transition.</param>
/// <param name="completion">The block to execute after the view controller is dismissed. This block has no return value and takes no parameters. You may specify nil for this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("dismissViewControllerAnimated")]
public void DismissViewControllerAnimated(bool flag, Action completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// Presents a view controller based on the current size class of the environment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="vc">The current view controller.</param>
/// <param name="sender">The object being acted upon.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("showViewController")]
public void ShowViewController(UIViewController vc, AnyObject sender) { }
/// <summary>
/// Presents a view controller in a ‘detail’ context based on the size class of the environment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="vc">The current view controller.</param>
/// <param name="sender">The object being acted upon.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("showDetailViewController")]
public void ShowDetailViewController(UIViewController vc, AnyObject sender) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the active transition coordinator object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("transitionCoordinator")]
public UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinator TransitionCoordinator() { return default(UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinator); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean indicating whether the current input view is dismissed automatically when changing controls.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.3)]
[Export("disablesAutomaticKeyboardDismissal")]
public bool DisablesAutomaticKeyboardDismissal() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the view controller that responds the the action.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="action">The requested action.</param>
/// <param name="sender">The object sending the request.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("targetViewControllerForAction")]
public UIViewController TargetViewControllerForAction(Selector action, AnyObject sender) { return default(UIViewController); }
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the view controller when the app receives a memory warning.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("didReceiveMemoryWarning")]
public void DidReceiveMemoryWarning() { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the view controller that its view is about to be added to a view hierarchy.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">If true, the view is being added to the window using an animation.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("viewWillAppear")]
public void ViewWillAppear(bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the view controller that its view was added to a view hierarchy.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">If true, the view was added to the window using an animation.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("viewDidAppear")]
public void ViewDidAppear(bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the view controller that its view is about to be removed from a view hierarchy.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">If true, the disappearance of the view is being animated.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("viewWillDisappear")]
public void ViewWillDisappear(bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the view controller that its view was removed from a view hierarchy.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">If true, the disappearance of the view was animated.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("viewDidDisappear")]
public void ViewDidDisappear(bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Called to notify the view controller that its view is about to layout its subviews.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("viewWillLayoutSubviews")]
public void ViewWillLayoutSubviews() { }
/// <summary>
/// Called to notify the view controller that its view has just laid out its subviews.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("viewDidLayoutSubviews")]
public void ViewDidLayoutSubviews() { }
/// <summary>
/// Called when the view controller's view needs to update its constraints.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("updateViewConstraints")]
public void UpdateViewConstraints() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value that indicates that the view controller is in the process of being removed from its parent.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("isMovingFromParentViewController")]
public bool IsMovingFromParentViewController() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value that indicates that the view controller is in the process of being added to a parent.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("isMovingToParentViewController")]
public bool IsMovingToParentViewController() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the view controller is in the process of being presented by one of its ancestors.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("isBeingPresented")]
public bool IsBeingPresented() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the view controller is in the process of being dismissed by one of its ancestors.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("isBeingDismissed")]
public bool IsBeingDismissed() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the view controller's contents should auto rotate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shouldAutorotate")]
public bool ShouldAutorotate() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns all of the interface orientations that the view controller supports.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("supportedInterfaceOrientations")]
public int SupportedInterfaceOrientations() { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the interface orientation to use when presenting the view controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("preferredInterfaceOrientationForPresentation")]
public UIInterfaceOrientation PreferredInterfaceOrientationForPresentation() { return default(UIInterfaceOrientation); }
/// <summary>
/// Attempts to rotate all windows to the orientation of the device.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("attemptRotationToDeviceOrientation")]
public static void AttemptRotationToDeviceOrientation() { }
/// <summary>
/// Called when a split view controller transitions to a compact-width size class.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="secondaryViewController">The secondary view controller associated with the split view controller.</param>
/// <param name="forSplitViewController">The current split view controller.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("collapseSecondaryViewController")]
public void CollapseSecondaryViewController(UIViewController secondaryViewController, UISplitViewController forSplitViewController) { }
/// <summary>
/// Called when a split view controller transitions to a regular-width size class.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="splitViewController">The current split view controller.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("separateSecondaryViewControllerForSplitViewController")]
public UIViewController SeparateSecondaryViewControllerForSplitViewController(UISplitViewController splitViewController) { return default(UIViewController); }
/// <summary>
/// Adds the given view controller as a child.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="childController">The view controller to be added as a child.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("addChildViewController")]
public void AddChildViewController(UIViewController childController) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes the receiver from its parent in the view controller hierarchy.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("removeFromParentViewController")]
public void RemoveFromParentViewController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Transitions between two of the view controller's child view controllers.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fromViewController">A view controller whose view is currently visible in the parent's view hierarchy.</param>
/// <param name="toViewController">A child view controller whose view is not currently in the view hierarchy.</param>
/// <param name="duration">The total duration of the animations, in seconds. If you pass zero, the changes are made without animating them.</param>
/// <param name="options">A mask of options indicating how you want to perform the animations. For a list of valid constants, see UIViewAnimationOptions.</param>
/// <param name="animations">A block object containing the changes to commit to the views. Here you programmatically change any animatable properties of the views in your view hierarchy. This block takes no parameters and has no return value. This parameter must not be NULL.</param>
/// <param name="completion">A block to be called when the animation completes.
/// The block takes the following parameters:
/// finished
/// true if the animation finished; false if it was skipped.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("transitionFromViewController")]
public void TransitionFromViewController(UIViewController fromViewController, UIViewController toViewController, NSTimeInterval duration, UIViewAnimationOptions options, Action animations, Action<bool> completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether appearance methods are forwarded to child view controllers.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shouldAutomaticallyForwardAppearanceMethods")]
public bool ShouldAutomaticallyForwardAppearanceMethods() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Tells a child controller its appearance is about to change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="isAppearing">true if the child view controller's view is about to be added to the view hierarchy, false if it is being removed.</param>
/// <param name="animated">If true, the transition is being animated.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("beginAppearanceTransition")]
public void BeginAppearanceTransition(bool isAppearing, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells a child controller its appearance has changed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("endAppearanceTransition")]
public void EndAppearanceTransition() { }
/// <summary>
/// Changes the traits assigned to the specified child view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collection">The new traits to apply to the child view controller.</param>
/// <param name="forChildViewController">The child view controller who’s trait collection is to be changed.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("setOverrideTraitCollection")]
public void SetOverrideTraitCollection(UITraitCollection collection, UIViewController forChildViewController) { }
/// <summary>
/// Retrieves the trait collection for a child view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="childViewController">The view controller who’s trait collection is to be returned.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("overrideTraitCollectionForChildViewController")]
public UITraitCollection OverrideTraitCollectionForChildViewController(UIViewController childViewController) { return default(UITraitCollection); }
/// <summary>
/// Called just before the view controller is added or removed from a container view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="parent">The parent view controller, or nil if there is no parent.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("willMoveToParentViewController")]
public void WillMoveToParentViewController(UIViewController parent) { }
/// <summary>
/// Called after the view controller is added or removed from a container view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="parent">The parent view controller, or nil if there is no parent.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("didMoveToParentViewController")]
public void DidMoveToParentViewController(UIViewController parent) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets whether the view controller shows an editable view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="editing">If true, the view controller should display an editable view; otherwise, false.
/// If true and one of the custom views of the navigationItem property is set to the value returned by the editButtonItem method, the associated navigation controller displays a Done button; otherwise, an Edit button.</param>
/// <param name="animated">If true, animates the transition; otherwise, does not.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setEditing")]
public void SetEditing(bool editing, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Encodes state-related information for the view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="coder">The coder object to use to encode the state of the view controller.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("encodeRestorableStateWithCoder")]
public void EncodeRestorableStateWithCoder(NSCoder coder) { }
/// <summary>
/// Decodes and restores state-related information for the view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="coder">The coder object to use to decode the state of the view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("decodeRestorableStateWithCoder")]
public void DecodeRestorableStateWithCoder(NSCoder coder) { }
/// <summary>
/// Called on restored view controllers after other object decoding is complete.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("applicationFinishedRestoringState")]
public void ApplicationFinishedRestoringState() { }
/// <summary>
/// Called when the system needs the view controller to use for determining status bar hidden/unhidden state.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("childViewControllerForStatusBarHidden")]
public UIViewController ChildViewControllerForStatusBarHidden() { return default(UIViewController); }
/// <summary>
/// Called when the system needs the view controller to use for determining status bar style.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("childViewControllerForStatusBarStyle")]
public UIViewController ChildViewControllerForStatusBarStyle() { return default(UIViewController); }
/// <summary>
/// The preferred status bar style for the view controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("preferredStatusBarStyle")]
public UIStatusBarStyle PreferredStatusBarStyle() { return default(UIStatusBarStyle); }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether the view controller prefers the status bar to be hidden or shown.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("prefersStatusBarHidden")]
public bool PrefersStatusBarHidden() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the animation style to use for hiding and showing the status bar for the view controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("preferredStatusBarUpdateAnimation")]
public UIStatusBarAnimation PreferredStatusBarUpdateAnimation() { return default(UIStatusBarAnimation); }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates to the system that the view controller status bar attributes have changed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setNeedsStatusBarAppearanceUpdate")]
public void SetNeedsStatusBarAppearanceUpdate() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a bar button item that toggles its title and associated state between Edit and Done.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("editButtonItem")]
public UIBarButtonItem EditButtonItem() { return default(UIBarButtonItem); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the toolbar items to be displayed along with the view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="toolbarItems">The toolbar items to display in a built-in toolbar.</param>
/// <param name="animated">If true, animate the change of items in the toolbar.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setToolbarItems")]
public void SetToolbarItems(AnyObject[] toolbarItems, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the header view to transition during an interface orientation change.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rotatingHeaderView")]
public UIView RotatingHeaderView() { return default(UIView); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the footer view to transition during an interface orientation change.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rotatingFooterView")]
public UIView RotatingFooterView() { return default(UIView); }
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the view controller just before the user interface begins rotating.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="toInterfaceOrientation">The new orientation for the user interface. The possible values are described in UIInterfaceOrientation.</param>
/// <param name="duration">The duration of the pending rotation, measured in seconds.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("willRotateToInterfaceOrientation")]
public void WillRotateToInterfaceOrientation(UIInterfaceOrientation toInterfaceOrientation, NSTimeInterval duration) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the view controller before performing a one-step user interface rotation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="interfaceOrientation">The new orientation for the user interface. The possible values are described in UIInterfaceOrientation.</param>
/// <param name="duration">The duration of the pending rotation, measured in seconds.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("willAnimateRotationToInterfaceOrientation")]
public void WillAnimateRotationToInterfaceOrientation(UIInterfaceOrientation interfaceOrientation, NSTimeInterval duration) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the view controller after the user interface rotates.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fromInterfaceOrientation">The old orientation of the user interface. For possible values, see UIInterfaceOrientation.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("didRotateFromInterfaceOrientation")]
public void DidRotateFromInterfaceOrientation(UIInterfaceOrientation fromInterfaceOrientation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether rotation methods are forwarded to child view controllers.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shouldAutomaticallyForwardRotationMethods")]
public bool ShouldAutomaticallyForwardRotationMethods() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Return the name of the receiver's nib file, if one was specified. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("nibName")]
public string NibName { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Return the name of the receiver's nib bundle if it exists. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("nibBundle")]
public NSBundle NibBundle { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The storyboard from which the view controller originated. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("storyboard")]
public UIStoryboard Storyboard { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view that the controller manages.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("view")]
public UIView View { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A localized string that represents the view this controller manages.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("title")]
public string Title { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The presentation style for modally presented view controllers.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("modalPresentationStyle")]
public UIModalPresentationStyle ModalPresentationStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The transition style to use when presenting the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("modalTransitionStyle")]
public UIModalTransitionStyle ModalTransitionStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether this view controller's view is covered when the view controller or one of its descendants presents a view controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("definesPresentationContext")]
public bool DefinesPresentationContext { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate object that provides transition animator and interactive controller objects.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("transitioningDelegate")]
public UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate TransitioningDelegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the view controller defines the transition style for view controllers it presents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("providesPresentationContextTransitionStyle")]
public bool ProvidesPresentationContextTransitionStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether or not the view controller should automatically adjust its scroll view insets.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("automaticallyAdjustsScrollViewInsets")]
public bool AutomaticallyAdjustsScrollViewInsets { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The preferred size for the view controller’s view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("preferredContentSize")]
public CGSize PreferredContentSize { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The extended edges to use for the layout.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("edgesForExtendedLayout")]
public UIRectEdge EdgesForExtendedLayout { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether or not the extended layout includes opaque bars.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("extendedLayoutIncludesOpaqueBars")]
public bool ExtendedLayoutIncludesOpaqueBars { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates the lowest vertical extent for your onscreen content, for use with Auto Layout constraints. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("bottomLayoutGuide")]
public UILayoutSupport BottomLayoutGuide { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates the highest vertical extent for your onscreen content, for use with Auto Layout constraints. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("topLayoutGuide")]
public UILayoutSupport TopLayoutGuide { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of the view controllers that are the children of the receiver in the view controller hierarchy. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("childViewControllers")]
public AnyObject[] ChildViewControllers { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the view controller currently allows the user to edit the view contents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("editing")]
public bool Editing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The identifier that determines whether the view controller supports state restoration.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("restorationIdentifier")]
public string RestorationIdentifier { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The class responsible for recreating this view controller when restoring the app's state.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("restorationClass")]
public AnyObject.Type RestorationClass { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view controller that presented this view controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("presentingViewController")]
public UIViewController PresentingViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view controller that is presented by this view controller, or one of its ancestors in the view controller hierarchy. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("presentedViewController")]
public UIViewController PresentedViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The parent view controller of the recipient. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("parentViewController")]
public UIViewController ParentViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The nearest ancestor in the view controller hierarchy that is a popover presentation controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("popoverPresentationController")]
public UIPopoverPresentationController PopoverPresentationController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The nearest ancestor in the view controller hierarchy that is a presentation controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("presentationController")]
public UIPresentationController PresentationController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The nearest ancestor in the view controller hierarchy that is a navigation controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("navigationController")]
public UINavigationController NavigationController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The nearest ancestor in the view controller hierarchy that is a split view controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("splitViewController")]
public UISplitViewController SplitViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The nearest ancestor in the view controller hierarchy that is a tab bar controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tabBarController")]
public UITabBarController TabBarController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the extension context of the view controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("extensionContext")]
public NSExtensionContext ExtensionContext { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether a view controller, presented non-fullscreen, takes over control of status bar appearance from the presenting view controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("modalPresentationCapturesStatusBarAppearance")]
public bool ModalPresentationCapturesStatusBarAppearance { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The navigation item used to represent the view controller in a parent's navigation bar. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("navigationItem")]
public UINavigationItem NavigationItem { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the toolbar at the bottom of the screen is hidden when the view controller is pushed on to a navigation controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("hidesBottomBarWhenPushed")]
public bool HidesBottomBarWhenPushed { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The toolbar items associated with the view controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("toolbarItems")]
public AnyObject[] ToolbarItems { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tab bar item that represents the view controller when added to a tab bar controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tabBarItem")]
public UITabBarItem TabBarItem { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the view controller should be presented modally by a popover.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("modalInPopover")]
public bool ModalInPopover { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Convenience property that provides the current orientation of the interface, meaningful only if the view controller is taking up the full screen. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("interfaceOrientation")]
public UIInterfaceOrientation InterfaceOrientation { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The search display controller associated with the view controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchDisplayController")]
public UISearchDisplayController SearchDisplayController { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Transition styles available when presenting view controllers.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public enum UIModalTransitionStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// When the view controller is presented, its view slides up from the bottom of the screen. On dismissal, the view slides back down. This is the default transition style.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
CoverVertical,
/// <summary>
/// When the view controller is presented, the current view initiates a horizontal 3D flip from right-to-left, resulting in the revealing of the new view as if it were on the back of the previous view. On dismissal, the flip occurs from left-to-right, returning to the original view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
FlipHorizontal,
/// <summary>
/// When the view controller is presented, the current view fades out while the new view fades in at the same time. On dismissal, a similar type of cross-fade is used to return to the original view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
CrossDissolve,
/// <summary>
/// When the view controller is presented, one corner of the current view curls up to reveal the presented view underneath. On dismissal, the curled up page unfurls itself back on top of the presented view. A view presented using this transition is itself prevented from presenting any additional views.
/// This transition style is supported only if the parent view controller is presenting a full-screen view and you use the UIModalPresentationFullScreen modal presentation style. Attempting to use a different form factor for the parent view or a different presentation style triggers an exception.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
PartialCurl,
}
/// <summary>
/// Modal presentation styles available when presenting view controllers.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public enum UIModalPresentationStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// A presentation style in which the presented view covers the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
FullScreen,
/// <summary>
/// In a horizontally regular environment, a presentation style that partially covers the underlying content. The presented view's width is set to the width of the screen in a portrait orientation and the the height is set to the height of the screen. Any uncovered areas are dimmed to prevent the user from interacting with them. (In portrait orientations, this option is essentially the same as UIModalPresentationFullScreen.)
/// In a horizontally compact environment, this option behaves the same as UIModalPresentationFullScreen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
PageSheet,
/// <summary>
/// In a horizontally regular environment, a presentation style that displays the content centered in the screen. The width and height of the content area are smaller than the screen size and a dimming view is placed underneath the content. If the device is in a landscape orientation and the keyboard is visible, the position of the view is adjusted upward so the view remains visible. All uncovered areas are dimmed to prevent the user from interacting with them.
/// In a horizontally compact environment, this option behaves the same as UIModalPresentationFullScreen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
FormSheet,
/// <summary>
/// A presentation style where the content is displayed over only the presenting view controller’s content.
/// When presenting a view controller in a popover, this presentation style is supported only if the transition style is UIModalTransitionStyleCoverVertical. Attempting to use a different transition style triggers an exception. However, you may use other transition styles (except the partial curl transition) if the parent view controller is not in a popover.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
CurrentContext,
/// <summary>
/// A custom view presentation style that is managed by a custom presentation controller and one or more custom animator objects. All of these objects are provided by the presented view controller’s transitioning delegate, which is an object that conforms to the UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate protocol. Before presenting a view controller using this style, set the view controller’s transitioningDelegate property to your custom transitioning delegate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Custom,
/// <summary>
/// A view presentation style in which the presented view covers the screen. The views beneath the presented content are not removed from the view hierarchy when the presentation finishes. So if the presented view controller does not fill the screen with opaque content, the underlying content shows through.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
OverFullScreen,
/// <summary>
/// A presentation style where the content is displayed over only the parent view controller’s content. The views beneath the presented content are not removed from the view hierarchy when the presentation finishes. So if the presented view controller does not fill the screen with opaque content, the underlying content shows through.
/// When presenting a view controller in a popover, this presentation style is supported only if the transition style is UIModalTransitionStyleCoverVertical. Attempting to use a different transition style triggers an exception. However, you may use other transition styles (except the partial curl transition) if the parent view controller is not in a popover.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
OverCurrentContext,
/// <summary>
/// In a horizontally regular environment, a presentation style where the content is displayed in a popover view. The background content is dimmed and taps outside the popover cause the popover to be dismissed. If you do not want taps to dismiss the popover, you can assign one or more views to the passthroughViews property of the associated UIPopoverPresentationController object, which you can get from the popoverPresentationController property.
/// In a horizontally compact environment, this option behaves the same as UIModalPresentationFullScreen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Popover,
/// <summary>
/// A nonmodal view presentation or dismissal.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
None,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIViewController class provides the fundamental view-management model for all iOS apps. You rarely instantiate UIViewController objects directly. Instead, you instantiate subclasses of the UIViewController class based on the specific task each subclass performs.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIViewController_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIViewController"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIViewController : CABTMIDICentralViewController//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSExtensionRequestHandling, NSObjectProtocol, UIAppearanceContainer, UIContentContainer, UIStateRestoring, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIViewController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a newly initialized view controller with the nib file in the specified bundle.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="nibName">The name of the nib file to associate with the view controller. The nib file name should not contain any leading path information. If you specify nil, the nibName property is set to nil.</param>
/// <param name="bundle">The bundle in which to search for the nib file. This method looks for the nib file in the bundle's language-specific project directories first, followed by the Resources directory. If this parameter is nil, the method uses the heuristics described below to locate the nib file.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public UIViewController(string nibName, NSBundle bundle) { }
/// <summary>
/// Determines whether the segue with the specified identifier should be triggered.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">The string that identifies the triggered segue.
/// In Interface Builder, you can associate an identifier string with each segue using the inspector. This string is used only for locating the segue inside the storyboard.</param>
/// <param name="sender">The object that initiated the segue. This object is made available for informational purposes during the actual segue.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shouldPerformSegueWithIdentifier")]
public virtual bool ShouldPerformSegueWithIdentifier(string identifier, AnyObject sender) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the view controller that a segue is about to be performed.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="segue">The segue object containing information about the view controllers involved in the segue.</param>
/// <param name="sender">The object that initiated the segue. You might use this parameter to perform different actions based on which control (or other object) initiated the segue.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("prepareForSegue")]
public virtual void PrepareForSegue(UIStoryboardSegue segue, AnyObject sender) { }
/// <summary>
/// Initiates the segue with the specified identifier from the view controller's storyboard file.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="identifier">The string that identifies the segue inside the storyboard file.
/// In Interface Builder, you can associate an identifier string with each segue using the inspector. This string is used only for locating the segue inside the storyboard. This is the string that you pass to this parameter.
/// This method throws an exception if there is no segue with the specified identifier.</param>
/// <param name="sender">The object that you want to use to initiate the segue. This object is made available for informational purposes during the actual segue.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("performSegueWithIdentifier")]
public virtual void PerformSegueWithIdentifier(string identifier, AnyObject sender) { }
/// <summary>
/// Called on a view controller to determine whether it wants to respond to an unwind action.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="action">The unwind action to invoke on your view controller.</param>
/// <param name="fromViewController">The view controller that initiated the unwind action.</param>
/// <param name="withSender">The object that triggered the action.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("canPerformUnwindSegueAction")]
public virtual bool CanPerformUnwindSegueAction(Selector action, UIViewController fromViewController, AnyObject withSender) { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Called when an unwind segue action needs to transition between two view controllers.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="toViewController">The target view controller.</param>
/// <param name="fromViewController">The view controller initiating the unwind action.</param>
/// <param name="identifier">An identifier for the segue.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("segueForUnwindingToViewController")]
public virtual UIStoryboardSegue SegueForUnwindingToViewController(UIViewController toViewController, UIViewController fromViewController, string identifier) { return default(UIStoryboardSegue); }
/// <summary>
/// Called when an unwind segue action wants to search a container's children for a view controller to handle the unwind action.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="action">The action that triggered the unwind action.</param>
/// <param name="fromViewController">The view controller that is the source of the unwinding action.</param>
/// <param name="withSender">The object that initiated the action.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("viewControllerForUnwindSegueAction")]
public virtual UIViewController ViewControllerForUnwindSegueAction(Selector action, UIViewController fromViewController, AnyObject withSender) { return default(UIViewController); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the view is currently loaded into memory.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("isViewLoaded")]
public virtual bool IsViewLoaded() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Creates the view that the controller manages.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("loadView")]
public virtual void LoadView() { }
/// <summary>
/// Called after the controller's view is loaded into memory.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("viewDidLoad")]
public virtual void ViewDidLoad() { }
/// <summary>
/// Presents a view controller modally.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="viewControllerToPresent">The view controller to display over the current view controller’s content.</param>
/// <param name="animated">Pass true to animate the presentation; otherwise, pass false.</param>
/// <param name="completion">The block to execute after the presentation finishes. This block has no return value and takes no parameters. You may specify nil for this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("presentViewController")]
public virtual void PresentViewController(UIViewController viewControllerToPresent, bool animated, Action completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// Dismisses the view controller that was presented modally by the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="flag">Pass true to animate the transition.</param>
/// <param name="completion">The block to execute after the view controller is dismissed. This block has no return value and takes no parameters. You may specify nil for this parameter.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("dismissViewControllerAnimated")]
public virtual void DismissViewControllerAnimated(bool flag, Action completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// Presents a view controller based on the current size class of the environment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="vc">The current view controller.</param>
/// <param name="sender">The object being acted upon.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("showViewController")]
public virtual void ShowViewController(UIViewController vc, AnyObject sender) { }
/// <summary>
/// Presents a view controller in a ‘detail’ context based on the size class of the environment.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="vc">The current view controller.</param>
/// <param name="sender">The object being acted upon.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("showDetailViewController")]
public virtual void ShowDetailViewController(UIViewController vc, AnyObject sender) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the active transition coordinator object.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("transitionCoordinator")]
public virtual UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinator TransitionCoordinator() { return default(UIViewControllerTransitionCoordinator); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean indicating whether the current input view is dismissed automatically when changing controls.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.3)]
[Export("disablesAutomaticKeyboardDismissal")]
public virtual bool DisablesAutomaticKeyboardDismissal() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the view controller that responds the the action.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="action">The requested action.</param>
/// <param name="sender">The object sending the request.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("targetViewControllerForAction")]
public virtual UIViewController TargetViewControllerForAction(Selector action, AnyObject sender) { return default(UIViewController); }
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the view controller when the app receives a memory warning.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("didReceiveMemoryWarning")]
public virtual void DidReceiveMemoryWarning() { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the view controller that its view is about to be added to a view hierarchy.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">If true, the view is being added to the window using an animation.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("viewWillAppear")]
public virtual void ViewWillAppear(bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the view controller that its view was added to a view hierarchy.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">If true, the view was added to the window using an animation.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("viewDidAppear")]
public virtual void ViewDidAppear(bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the view controller that its view is about to be removed from a view hierarchy.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">If true, the disappearance of the view is being animated.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("viewWillDisappear")]
public virtual void ViewWillDisappear(bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Notifies the view controller that its view was removed from a view hierarchy.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="animated">If true, the disappearance of the view was animated.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("viewDidDisappear")]
public virtual void ViewDidDisappear(bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Called to notify the view controller that its view is about to layout its subviews.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("viewWillLayoutSubviews")]
public virtual void ViewWillLayoutSubviews() { }
/// <summary>
/// Called to notify the view controller that its view has just laid out its subviews.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("viewDidLayoutSubviews")]
public virtual void ViewDidLayoutSubviews() { }
/// <summary>
/// Called when the view controller's view needs to update its constraints.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("updateViewConstraints")]
public virtual void UpdateViewConstraints() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value that indicates that the view controller is in the process of being removed from its parent.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("isMovingFromParentViewController")]
public virtual bool IsMovingFromParentViewController() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value that indicates that the view controller is in the process of being added to a parent.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("isMovingToParentViewController")]
public virtual bool IsMovingToParentViewController() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the view controller is in the process of being presented by one of its ancestors.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("isBeingPresented")]
public virtual bool IsBeingPresented() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the view controller is in the process of being dismissed by one of its ancestors.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("isBeingDismissed")]
public virtual bool IsBeingDismissed() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the view controller's contents should auto rotate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shouldAutorotate")]
public virtual bool ShouldAutorotate() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns all of the interface orientations that the view controller supports.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("supportedInterfaceOrientations")]
public virtual int SupportedInterfaceOrientations() { return default(int); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the interface orientation to use when presenting the view controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("preferredInterfaceOrientationForPresentation")]
public virtual UIInterfaceOrientation PreferredInterfaceOrientationForPresentation() { return default(UIInterfaceOrientation); }
/// <summary>
/// Attempts to rotate all windows to the orientation of the device.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("attemptRotationToDeviceOrientation")]
public virtual static void AttemptRotationToDeviceOrientation() { }
/// <summary>
/// Called when a split view controller transitions to a compact-width size class.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="secondaryViewController">The secondary view controller associated with the split view controller.</param>
/// <param name="forSplitViewController">The current split view controller.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("collapseSecondaryViewController")]
public virtual void CollapseSecondaryViewController(UIViewController secondaryViewController, UISplitViewController forSplitViewController) { }
/// <summary>
/// Called when a split view controller transitions to a regular-width size class.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="splitViewController">The current split view controller.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("separateSecondaryViewControllerForSplitViewController")]
public virtual UIViewController SeparateSecondaryViewControllerForSplitViewController(UISplitViewController splitViewController) { return default(UIViewController); }
/// <summary>
/// Adds the given view controller as a child.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="childController">The view controller to be added as a child.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("addChildViewController")]
public virtual void AddChildViewController(UIViewController childController) { }
/// <summary>
/// Removes the receiver from its parent in the view controller hierarchy.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("removeFromParentViewController")]
public virtual void RemoveFromParentViewController() { }
/// <summary>
/// Transitions between two of the view controller's child view controllers.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fromViewController">A view controller whose view is currently visible in the parent's view hierarchy.</param>
/// <param name="toViewController">A child view controller whose view is not currently in the view hierarchy.</param>
/// <param name="duration">The total duration of the animations, in seconds. If you pass zero, the changes are made without animating them.</param>
/// <param name="options">A mask of options indicating how you want to perform the animations. For a list of valid constants, see UIViewAnimationOptions.</param>
/// <param name="animations">A block object containing the changes to commit to the views. Here you programmatically change any animatable properties of the views in your view hierarchy. This block takes no parameters and has no return value. This parameter must not be NULL.</param>
/// <param name="completion">A block to be called when the animation completes.
/// The block takes the following parameters:
/// finished
/// true if the animation finished; false if it was skipped.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("transitionFromViewController")]
public virtual void TransitionFromViewController(UIViewController fromViewController, UIViewController toViewController, NSTimeInterval duration, UIViewAnimationOptions options, Action animations, Action<bool> completion) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether appearance methods are forwarded to child view controllers.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shouldAutomaticallyForwardAppearanceMethods")]
public virtual bool ShouldAutomaticallyForwardAppearanceMethods() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Tells a child controller its appearance is about to change.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="isAppearing">true if the child view controller's view is about to be added to the view hierarchy, false if it is being removed.</param>
/// <param name="animated">If true, the transition is being animated.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("beginAppearanceTransition")]
public virtual void BeginAppearanceTransition(bool isAppearing, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Tells a child controller its appearance has changed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("endAppearanceTransition")]
public virtual void EndAppearanceTransition() { }
/// <summary>
/// Changes the traits assigned to the specified child view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="collection">The new traits to apply to the child view controller.</param>
/// <param name="forChildViewController">The child view controller who’s trait collection is to be changed.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("setOverrideTraitCollection")]
public virtual void SetOverrideTraitCollection(UITraitCollection collection, UIViewController forChildViewController) { }
/// <summary>
/// Retrieves the trait collection for a child view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="childViewController">The view controller who’s trait collection is to be returned.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("overrideTraitCollectionForChildViewController")]
public virtual UITraitCollection OverrideTraitCollectionForChildViewController(UIViewController childViewController) { return default(UITraitCollection); }
/// <summary>
/// Called just before the view controller is added or removed from a container view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="parent">The parent view controller, or nil if there is no parent.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("willMoveToParentViewController")]
public virtual void WillMoveToParentViewController(UIViewController parent) { }
/// <summary>
/// Called after the view controller is added or removed from a container view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="parent">The parent view controller, or nil if there is no parent.</param>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("didMoveToParentViewController")]
public virtual void DidMoveToParentViewController(UIViewController parent) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets whether the view controller shows an editable view.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="editing">If true, the view controller should display an editable view; otherwise, false.
/// If true and one of the custom views of the navigationItem property is set to the value returned by the editButtonItem method, the associated navigation controller displays a Done button; otherwise, an Edit button.</param>
/// <param name="animated">If true, animates the transition; otherwise, does not.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("setEditing")]
public virtual void SetEditing(bool editing, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Encodes state-related information for the view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="coder">The coder object to use to encode the state of the view controller.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("encodeRestorableStateWithCoder")]
public virtual void EncodeRestorableStateWithCoder(NSCoder coder) { }
/// <summary>
/// Decodes and restores state-related information for the view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="coder">The coder object to use to decode the state of the view.</param>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("decodeRestorableStateWithCoder")]
public virtual void DecodeRestorableStateWithCoder(NSCoder coder) { }
/// <summary>
/// Called on restored view controllers after other object decoding is complete.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("applicationFinishedRestoringState")]
public virtual void ApplicationFinishedRestoringState() { }
/// <summary>
/// Called when the system needs the view controller to use for determining status bar hidden/unhidden state.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("childViewControllerForStatusBarHidden")]
public virtual UIViewController ChildViewControllerForStatusBarHidden() { return default(UIViewController); }
/// <summary>
/// Called when the system needs the view controller to use for determining status bar style.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("childViewControllerForStatusBarStyle")]
public virtual UIViewController ChildViewControllerForStatusBarStyle() { return default(UIViewController); }
/// <summary>
/// The preferred status bar style for the view controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("preferredStatusBarStyle")]
public virtual UIStatusBarStyle PreferredStatusBarStyle() { return default(UIStatusBarStyle); }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether the view controller prefers the status bar to be hidden or shown.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("prefersStatusBarHidden")]
public virtual bool PrefersStatusBarHidden() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies the animation style to use for hiding and showing the status bar for the view controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("preferredStatusBarUpdateAnimation")]
public virtual UIStatusBarAnimation PreferredStatusBarUpdateAnimation() { return default(UIStatusBarAnimation); }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates to the system that the view controller status bar attributes have changed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("setNeedsStatusBarAppearanceUpdate")]
public virtual void SetNeedsStatusBarAppearanceUpdate() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a bar button item that toggles its title and associated state between Edit and Done.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("editButtonItem")]
public virtual UIBarButtonItem EditButtonItem() { return default(UIBarButtonItem); }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the toolbar items to be displayed along with the view controller.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="toolbarItems">The toolbar items to display in a built-in toolbar.</param>
/// <param name="animated">If true, animate the change of items in the toolbar.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("setToolbarItems")]
public virtual void SetToolbarItems(AnyObject[] toolbarItems, bool animated) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the header view to transition during an interface orientation change.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rotatingHeaderView")]
public virtual UIView RotatingHeaderView() { return default(UIView); }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the footer view to transition during an interface orientation change.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("rotatingFooterView")]
public virtual UIView RotatingFooterView() { return default(UIView); }
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the view controller just before the user interface begins rotating.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="toInterfaceOrientation">The new orientation for the user interface. The possible values are described in UIInterfaceOrientation.</param>
/// <param name="duration">The duration of the pending rotation, measured in seconds.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("willRotateToInterfaceOrientation")]
public virtual void WillRotateToInterfaceOrientation(UIInterfaceOrientation toInterfaceOrientation, NSTimeInterval duration) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the view controller before performing a one-step user interface rotation.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="interfaceOrientation">The new orientation for the user interface. The possible values are described in UIInterfaceOrientation.</param>
/// <param name="duration">The duration of the pending rotation, measured in seconds.</param>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("willAnimateRotationToInterfaceOrientation")]
public virtual void WillAnimateRotationToInterfaceOrientation(UIInterfaceOrientation interfaceOrientation, NSTimeInterval duration) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sent to the view controller after the user interface rotates.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="fromInterfaceOrientation">The old orientation of the user interface. For possible values, see UIInterfaceOrientation.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("didRotateFromInterfaceOrientation")]
public virtual void DidRotateFromInterfaceOrientation(UIInterfaceOrientation fromInterfaceOrientation) { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether rotation methods are forwarded to child view controllers.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("shouldAutomaticallyForwardRotationMethods")]
public virtual bool ShouldAutomaticallyForwardRotationMethods() { return default(bool); }
/// <summary>
/// Return the name of the receiver's nib file, if one was specified. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("nibName")]
public string NibName { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Return the name of the receiver's nib bundle if it exists. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("nibBundle")]
public NSBundle NibBundle { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The storyboard from which the view controller originated. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("storyboard")]
public UIStoryboard Storyboard { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view that the controller manages.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("view")]
public UIView View { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A localized string that represents the view this controller manages.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("title")]
public string Title { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The presentation style for modally presented view controllers.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("modalPresentationStyle")]
public UIModalPresentationStyle ModalPresentationStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The transition style to use when presenting the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("modalTransitionStyle")]
public UIModalTransitionStyle ModalTransitionStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether this view controller's view is covered when the view controller or one of its descendants presents a view controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("definesPresentationContext")]
public bool DefinesPresentationContext { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The delegate object that provides transition animator and interactive controller objects.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("transitioningDelegate")]
public UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate TransitioningDelegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the view controller defines the transition style for view controllers it presents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("providesPresentationContextTransitionStyle")]
public bool ProvidesPresentationContextTransitionStyle { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether or not the view controller should automatically adjust its scroll view insets.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("automaticallyAdjustsScrollViewInsets")]
public bool AutomaticallyAdjustsScrollViewInsets { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The preferred size for the view controller’s view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("preferredContentSize")]
public CGSize PreferredContentSize { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The extended edges to use for the layout.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("edgesForExtendedLayout")]
public UIRectEdge EdgesForExtendedLayout { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether or not the extended layout includes opaque bars.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("extendedLayoutIncludesOpaqueBars")]
public bool ExtendedLayoutIncludesOpaqueBars { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates the lowest vertical extent for your onscreen content, for use with Auto Layout constraints. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("bottomLayoutGuide")]
public UILayoutSupport BottomLayoutGuide { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Indicates the highest vertical extent for your onscreen content, for use with Auto Layout constraints. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("topLayoutGuide")]
public UILayoutSupport TopLayoutGuide { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// An array of the view controllers that are the children of the receiver in the view controller hierarchy. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("childViewControllers")]
public AnyObject[] ChildViewControllers { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the view controller currently allows the user to edit the view contents.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("editing")]
public bool Editing { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The identifier that determines whether the view controller supports state restoration.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("restorationIdentifier")]
public string RestorationIdentifier { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The class responsible for recreating this view controller when restoring the app's state.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("restorationClass")]
public AnyObject.Type RestorationClass { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view controller that presented this view controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("presentingViewController")]
public UIViewController PresentingViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The view controller that is presented by this view controller, or one of its ancestors in the view controller hierarchy. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("presentedViewController")]
public UIViewController PresentedViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The parent view controller of the recipient. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("parentViewController")]
public UIViewController ParentViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The nearest ancestor in the view controller hierarchy that is a popover presentation controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("popoverPresentationController")]
public UIPopoverPresentationController PopoverPresentationController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The nearest ancestor in the view controller hierarchy that is a presentation controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("presentationController")]
public UIPresentationController PresentationController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The nearest ancestor in the view controller hierarchy that is a navigation controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("navigationController")]
public UINavigationController NavigationController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The nearest ancestor in the view controller hierarchy that is a split view controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("splitViewController")]
public UISplitViewController SplitViewController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The nearest ancestor in the view controller hierarchy that is a tab bar controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tabBarController")]
public UITabBarController TabBarController { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the extension context of the view controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("extensionContext")]
public NSExtensionContext ExtensionContext { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// Specifies whether a view controller, presented non-fullscreen, takes over control of status bar appearance from the presenting view controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("modalPresentationCapturesStatusBarAppearance")]
public bool ModalPresentationCapturesStatusBarAppearance { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The navigation item used to represent the view controller in a parent's navigation bar. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("navigationItem")]
public UINavigationItem NavigationItem { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the toolbar at the bottom of the screen is hidden when the view controller is pushed on to a navigation controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("hidesBottomBarWhenPushed")]
public bool HidesBottomBarWhenPushed { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The toolbar items associated with the view controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("toolbarItems")]
public AnyObject[] ToolbarItems { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The tab bar item that represents the view controller when added to a tab bar controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("tabBarItem")]
public UITabBarItem TabBarItem { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the view controller should be presented modally by a popover.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("modalInPopover")]
public bool ModalInPopover { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// Convenience property that provides the current orientation of the interface, meaningful only if the view controller is taking up the full screen. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("interfaceOrientation")]
public UIInterfaceOrientation InterfaceOrientation { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The search display controller associated with the view controller. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("searchDisplayController")]
public UISearchDisplayController SearchDisplayController { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Transition styles available when presenting view controllers.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
public enum UIModalTransitionStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// When the view controller is presented, its view slides up from the bottom of the screen. On dismissal, the view slides back down. This is the default transition style.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
CoverVertical,
/// <summary>
/// When the view controller is presented, the current view initiates a horizontal 3D flip from right-to-left, resulting in the revealing of the new view as if it were on the back of the previous view. On dismissal, the flip occurs from left-to-right, returning to the original view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
FlipHorizontal,
/// <summary>
/// When the view controller is presented, the current view fades out while the new view fades in at the same time. On dismissal, a similar type of cross-fade is used to return to the original view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
CrossDissolve,
/// <summary>
/// When the view controller is presented, one corner of the current view curls up to reveal the presented view underneath. On dismissal, the curled up page unfurls itself back on top of the presented view. A view presented using this transition is itself prevented from presenting any additional views.
/// This transition style is supported only if the parent view controller is presenting a full-screen view and you use the UIModalPresentationFullScreen modal presentation style. Attempting to use a different form factor for the parent view or a different presentation style triggers an exception.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
PartialCurl,
}
/// <summary>
/// Modal presentation styles available when presenting view controllers.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
public enum UIModalPresentationStyle
{
/// <summary>
/// A presentation style in which the presented view covers the screen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
FullScreen,
/// <summary>
/// In a horizontally regular environment, a presentation style that partially covers the underlying content. The presented view's width is set to the width of the screen in a portrait orientation and the the height is set to the height of the screen. Any uncovered areas are dimmed to prevent the user from interacting with them. (In portrait orientations, this option is essentially the same as UIModalPresentationFullScreen.)
/// In a horizontally compact environment, this option behaves the same as UIModalPresentationFullScreen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
PageSheet,
/// <summary>
/// In a horizontally regular environment, a presentation style that displays the content centered in the screen. The width and height of the content area are smaller than the screen size and a dimming view is placed underneath the content. If the device is in a landscape orientation and the keyboard is visible, the position of the view is adjusted upward so that the view remains visible. All uncovered areas are dimmed to prevent the user from interacting with them.
/// In a horizontally compact environment, this option behaves the same as UIModalPresentationFullScreen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
FormSheet,
/// <summary>
/// A presentation style where the content is displayed over only the presenting view controller’s content.
/// When presenting a view controller in a popover, this presentation style is supported only if the transition style is UIModalTransitionStyleCoverVertical. Attempting to use a different transition style triggers an exception. However, you may use other transition styles (except the partial curl transition) if the parent view controller is not in a popover.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
CurrentContext,
/// <summary>
/// A custom view presentation style that is managed by a custom presentation controller and one or more custom animator objects. All of these objects are provided by the presented view controller’s transitioning delegate, which is an object that conforms to the UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate protocol. Before presenting a view controller using this style, set the view controller’s transitioningDelegate property to your custom transitioning delegate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Custom,
/// <summary>
/// A view presentation style in which the presented view covers the screen. The views beneath the presented content are not removed from the view hierarchy when the presentation finishes. So if the presented view controller does not fill the screen with opaque content, the underlying content shows through.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
OverFullScreen,
/// <summary>
/// A presentation style where the content is displayed over only the parent view controller’s content. The views beneath the presented content are not removed from the view hierarchy when the presentation finishes. So if the presented view controller does not fill the screen with opaque content, the underlying content shows through.
/// When presenting a view controller in a popover, this presentation style is supported only if the transition style is UIModalTransitionStyleCoverVertical. Attempting to use a different transition style triggers an exception. However, you may use other transition styles (except the partial curl transition) if the parent view controller is not in a popover.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
OverCurrentContext,
/// <summary>
/// In a horizontally regular environment, a presentation style where the content is displayed in a popover view. The background content is dimmed and taps outside the popover cause the popover to be dismissed. If you do not want taps to dismiss the popover, you can assign one or more views to the passthroughViews property of the associated UIPopoverPresentationController object, which you can get from the popoverPresentationController property.
/// In a horizontally compact environment, this option behaves the same as UIModalPresentationFullScreen.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
Popover,
/// <summary>
/// A nonmodal view presentation or dismissal.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
None,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIViewPrintFormatter.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIViewPrintFormatter.cs index ce00e95b..e8bdfc96 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIViewPrintFormatter.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIViewPrintFormatter.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An instance of the UIViewPrintFormatter class lays out the drawn content of a view for printing. The view’s content can span multiple pages.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIViewPrintFormatter_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIViewPrintFormatter"/>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public class UIViewPrintFormatter : UIPrintFormatter//, AnyObject, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
/// <summary>
/// The view from which the view print formatter was derived. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("view")]
public UIView View { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// An instance of the UIViewPrintFormatter class lays out the drawn content of a view for printing. The view’s content can span multiple pages.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIViewPrintFormatter_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIViewPrintFormatter"/>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
public class UIViewPrintFormatter : UIPrintFormatter//, AnyObject, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol
{
public UIViewPrintFormatter() { }
/// <summary>
/// The view from which the view print formatter was derived. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4.2)]
[Export("view")]
public UIView View { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIVisualEffect.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIVisualEffect.cs index d88fd82c..4f733620 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIVisualEffect.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIVisualEffect.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// This class contains no methods and is intended as a way to initialize a UIVisualEffectView with UIBlurEffect and UIVibrancyEffect objects.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIVisualEffect_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIVisualEffect"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIVisualEffect : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// This class contains no methods and is intended as a way to initialize a UIVisualEffectView with UIBlurEffect and UIVibrancyEffect objects.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIVisualEffect_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIVisualEffect"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIVisualEffect : NSObject//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSCopying, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding
{
public UIVisualEffect() { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIVisualEffectView.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIVisualEffectView.cs index 64b1e463..c245741a 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIVisualEffectView.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIVisualEffectView.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIVisualEffectView object gives you an easy way implement some complex visual effects. Depending on the desired effect, the effect may affect content layered behind the view or content added to the visual effect view’s contentView.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIVisualEffectView/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIVisualEffectView"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIVisualEffectView : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
/// <summary>
/// Creates a new visual effect view with the designated visual effect.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="effect">The UIVisualEffect you provide for the view. This can be a UIBlurEffect or a UIVibrancyEffect.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UIVisualEffectView(UIVisualEffect effect) : base(new CGRect()) { }
/// <summary>
/// A UIView object that can have a visual effect view added to it. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("contentView")]
public UIView ContentView { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The visual effect provided by the view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("effect")]
public UIVisualEffect Effect { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// A UIVisualEffectView object gives you an easy way implement some complex visual effects. Depending on the desired effect, the effect may affect content layered behind the view or content added to the visual effect view’s contentView.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIVisualEffectView/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIVisualEffectView"/>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public class UIVisualEffectView : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, NSSecureCoding, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIVisualEffectView() { }
/// <summary>
/// Creates a new visual effect view with the designated visual effect.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="effect">The UIVisualEffect you provide for the view. This can be a UIBlurEffect or a UIVibrancyEffect.</param>
[iOSVersion(8)]
public UIVisualEffectView(UIVisualEffect effect) { }
/// <summary>
/// A UIView object that can have a visual effect view added to it. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("contentView")]
public UIView ContentView { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The visual effect provided by the view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(8)]
[Export("effect")]
public UIVisualEffect Effect { get; private set; }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIWebView.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIWebView.cs index 8b9854b5..ced596b1 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIWebView.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIWebView.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// You use the UIWebView class to embed web content in your application. To do so, you simply create a UIWebView object, attach it to a window, and send it a request to load web content. You can also use this class to move back and forward in the history of webpages, and you can even set some web content properties programmatically.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIWebView_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIWebView"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIWebView : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UIScrollViewDelegate, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIWebView() : base(new CGRect()) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the main page contents, MIME type, content encoding, and base URL.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="data">The content for the main page.</param>
/// <param name="MIMEType">The MIME type of the content.</param>
/// <param name="textEncodingName">The IANA encoding name as in utf-8 or utf-16.</param>
/// <param name="baseURL">The base URL for the content.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("loadData")]
public void LoadData(NSData data, string MIMEType, string textEncodingName, NSURL baseURL) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the main page content and base URL.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="@string">The content for the main page.</param>
/// <param name="baseURL">The base URL for the content.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("loadHTMLString")]
public void LoadHTMLString(string @string, NSURL baseURL) { }
/// <summary>
/// Connects to a given URL by initiating an asynchronous client request.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="request">A URL request identifying the location of the content to load.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("loadRequest")]
public void LoadRequest(NSURLRequest request) { }
/// <summary>
/// Stops the loading of any web content managed by the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("stopLoading")]
public void StopLoading() { }
/// <summary>
/// Reloads the current page.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("reload")]
public void Reload() { }
/// <summary>
/// Loads the previous location in the back-forward list.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("goBack")]
public void GoBack() { }
/// <summary>
/// Loads the next location in the back-forward list.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("goForward")]
public void GoForward() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the result of running a script.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="script">The script to run.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("stringByEvaluatingJavaScriptFromString")]
public string StringByEvaluatingJavaScriptFromString(string script) { return default(string); }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s delegate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIWebViewDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The URL request identifying the location of the content to load. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("request")]
public NSURLRequest Request { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the receiver is done loading content. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("loading")]
public bool Loading { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the receiver can move backward. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("canGoBack")]
public bool CanGoBack { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the receiver can move forward. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("canGoForward")]
public bool CanGoForward { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value determining whether the webpage scales to fit the view and the user can change the scale.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scalesPageToFit")]
public bool ScalesPageToFit { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The scroll view associated with the web view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("scrollView")]
public UIScrollView ScrollView { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the web view suppresses content rendering until it is fully loaded into memory.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("suppressesIncrementalRendering")]
public bool SuppressesIncrementalRendering { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether web content can programmatically display the keyboard.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("keyboardDisplayRequiresUserAction")]
public bool KeyboardDisplayRequiresUserAction { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The types of data converted to clickable URLs in the web view’s content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("dataDetectorTypes")]
public UIDataDetectorTypes DataDetectorTypes { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether HTML5 videos play inline or use the native full-screen controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("allowsInlineMediaPlayback")]
public bool AllowsInlineMediaPlayback { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether HTML5 videos can play automatically or require the user to start playing them.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("mediaPlaybackRequiresUserAction")]
public bool MediaPlaybackRequiresUserAction { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether Air Play is allowed from this view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("mediaPlaybackAllowsAirPlay")]
public bool MediaPlaybackAllowsAirPlay { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The size of the gap, in points, between pages.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("gapBetweenPages")]
public CGFloat GapBetweenPages { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number of pages produced by the layout of the web view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("pageCount")]
public int PageCount { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The size of each page, in points, in the direction that the pages flow.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("pageLength")]
public CGFloat PageLength { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The manner in which column- or page-breaking occurs.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("paginationBreakingMode")]
public UIWebPaginationBreakingMode PaginationBreakingMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The layout of content in the web view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("paginationMode")]
public UIWebPaginationMode PaginationMode { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constant indicating the user’s action.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIWebViewNavigationType
{
/// <summary>
/// User tapped a link.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
LinkClicked,
/// <summary>
/// User submitted a form.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FormSubmitted,
/// <summary>
/// User tapped the back or forward button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
BackForward,
/// <summary>
/// User tapped the reload button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Reload,
/// <summary>
/// User resubmitted a form.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FormResubmitted,
/// <summary>
/// Some other action occurred.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Other,
}
/// <summary>
/// The manner in which column- or page-breaking occurs.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIWebPaginationBreakingMode
{
/// <summary>
/// Content respects CSS properties related to page-breaking.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Page,
/// <summary>
/// Content respects CSS properties related to column-breaking.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Column,
}
/// <summary>
/// The layout of content in the web view, which determines the direction that the pages flow.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIWebPaginationMode
{
/// <summary>
/// Content appears as one long scrolling view with no distinct pages.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Unpaginated,
/// <summary>
/// Content is broken up into pages that flow from left to right.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
LeftToRight,
/// <summary>
/// Content is broken up into pages that flow from top to bottom.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TopToBottom,
/// <summary>
/// Content is broken up into pages that flow from bottom to top.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
BottomToTop,
/// <summary>
/// Content is broken up into pages that flow from right to left.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
RightToLeft,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// You use the UIWebView class to embed web content in your application. To do so, you simply create a UIWebView object, attach it to a window, and send it a request to load web content. You can also use this class to move back and forward in the history of webpages, and you can even set some web content properties programmatically.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIWebView_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIWebView"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIWebView : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UIScrollViewDelegate, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIWebView() { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the main page contents, MIME type, content encoding, and base URL.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="data">The content for the main page.</param>
/// <param name="MIMEType">The MIME type of the content.</param>
/// <param name="textEncodingName">The IANA encoding name as in utf-8 or utf-16.</param>
/// <param name="baseURL">The base URL for the content.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("loadData")]
public virtual void LoadData(NSData data, string MIMEType, string textEncodingName, NSURL baseURL) { }
/// <summary>
/// Sets the main page content and base URL.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="@string">The content for the main page.</param>
/// <param name="baseURL">The base URL for the content.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("loadHTMLString")]
public virtual void LoadHTMLString(string @string, NSURL baseURL) { }
/// <summary>
/// Connects to a given URL by initiating an asynchronous client request.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="request">A URL request identifying the location of the content to load.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("loadRequest")]
public virtual void LoadRequest(NSURLRequest request) { }
/// <summary>
/// Stops the loading of any web content managed by the receiver.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("stopLoading")]
public virtual void StopLoading() { }
/// <summary>
/// Reloads the current page.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("reload")]
public virtual void Reload() { }
/// <summary>
/// Loads the previous location in the back-forward list.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("goBack")]
public virtual void GoBack() { }
/// <summary>
/// Loads the next location in the back-forward list.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("goForward")]
public virtual void GoForward() { }
/// <summary>
/// Returns the result of running a script.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="script">The script to run.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("stringByEvaluatingJavaScriptFromString")]
public virtual string StringByEvaluatingJavaScriptFromString(string script) { return default(string); }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s delegate.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("delegate")]
public UIWebViewDelegate Delegate { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The URL request identifying the location of the content to load. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("request")]
public NSURLRequest Request { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the receiver is done loading content. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("loading")]
public bool Loading { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the receiver can move backward. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("canGoBack")]
public bool CanGoBack { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the receiver can move forward. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("canGoForward")]
public bool CanGoForward { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value determining whether the webpage scales to fit the view and the user can change the scale.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("scalesPageToFit")]
public bool ScalesPageToFit { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The scroll view associated with the web view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("scrollView")]
public UIScrollView ScrollView { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether the web view suppresses content rendering until it is fully loaded into memory.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("suppressesIncrementalRendering")]
public bool SuppressesIncrementalRendering { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value indicating whether web content can programmatically display the keyboard.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(6)]
[Export("keyboardDisplayRequiresUserAction")]
public bool KeyboardDisplayRequiresUserAction { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The types of data converted to clickable URLs in the web view’s content.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3)]
[Export("dataDetectorTypes")]
public UIDataDetectorTypes DataDetectorTypes { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether HTML5 videos play inline or use the native full-screen controller.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("allowsInlineMediaPlayback")]
public bool AllowsInlineMediaPlayback { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether HTML5 videos can play automatically or require the user to start playing them.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("mediaPlaybackRequiresUserAction")]
public bool MediaPlaybackRequiresUserAction { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that determines whether Air Play is allowed from this view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
[Export("mediaPlaybackAllowsAirPlay")]
public bool MediaPlaybackAllowsAirPlay { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The size of the gap, in points, between pages.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("gapBetweenPages")]
public CGFloat GapBetweenPages { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The number of pages produced by the layout of the web view. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("pageCount")]
public int PageCount { get; private set; }
/// <summary>
/// The size of each page, in points, in the direction that the pages flow.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("pageLength")]
public CGFloat PageLength { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The manner in which column- or page-breaking occurs.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("paginationBreakingMode")]
public UIWebPaginationBreakingMode PaginationBreakingMode { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The layout of content in the web view.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
[Export("paginationMode")]
public UIWebPaginationMode PaginationMode { get; set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// Constant indicating the user’s action.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public enum UIWebViewNavigationType
{
/// <summary>
/// User tapped a link.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
LinkClicked,
/// <summary>
/// User submitted a form.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FormSubmitted,
/// <summary>
/// User tapped the back or forward button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
BackForward,
/// <summary>
/// User tapped the reload button.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Reload,
/// <summary>
/// User resubmitted a form.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
FormResubmitted,
/// <summary>
/// Some other action occurred.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
Other,
}
/// <summary>
/// The manner in which column- or page-breaking occurs.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIWebPaginationBreakingMode
{
/// <summary>
/// Content respects CSS properties related to page-breaking.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Page,
/// <summary>
/// Content respects CSS properties related to column-breaking.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Column,
}
/// <summary>
/// The layout of content in the web view, which determines the direction that the pages flow.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
public enum UIWebPaginationMode
{
/// <summary>
/// Content appears as one long scrolling view with no distinct pages.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
Unpaginated,
/// <summary>
/// Content is broken up into pages that flow from left to right.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
LeftToRight,
/// <summary>
/// Content is broken up into pages that flow from top to bottom.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
TopToBottom,
/// <summary>
/// Content is broken up into pages that flow from bottom to top.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
BottomToTop,
/// <summary>
/// Content is broken up into pages that flow from right to left.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(7)]
RightToLeft,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIWindow.cs b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIWindow.cs index 2cd210f5..b8e6bdda 100644 --- a/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIWindow.cs +++ b/CocoaSharp/UIKit/UIWindow.cs @@ -1 +1 @@ -using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIWindow class defines an object known as a window that manages and coordinates the views an app displays on a device screen. Unless an app can display content on an external device screen, an app has only one window.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIWindow_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIWindow"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIWindow : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIWindow() : base(new CGRect()) { }
/// <summary>
/// Makes the receiver the key window and visible.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("makeKeyAndVisible")]
public void MakeKeyAndVisible() { }
/// <summary>
/// Invoked automatically to inform the receiver that it has become the key window; never invoke this method directly.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("becomeKeyWindow")]
public void BecomeKeyWindow() { }
/// <summary>
/// Makes the receiver the main window.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("makeKeyWindow")]
public void MakeKeyWindow() { }
/// <summary>
/// Invoked automatically when the window resigns key window status; never invoke this method directly.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("resignKeyWindow")]
public void ResignKeyWindow() { }
/// <summary>
/// Converts a point from the receiver’s coordinate system to that of another window.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point specifying a location in the logical coordinate system of the receiver.</param>
/// <param name="toWindow">The window into whose coordinate system point is to be converted. If nil, this method converts the point to the logical coordinate system of the screen, which is measured in points.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("convertPoint")]
public CGPoint ConvertPoint(CGPoint point, UIWindow toWindow) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Converts a point from the coordinate system of a given window to that of the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point specifying a location in the coordinate system of window.</param>
/// <param name="fromWindow">The window with point in its coordinate system. If nil, this method converts the point from the logical coordinate system of the screen, which is measured in points.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("convertPoint")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public CGPoint ConvertPoint(CGPoint point, UIWindow fromWindow, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Converts a rectangle from the receiver’s coordinate system to that of another window.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">A rectangle in the receiver's coordinate system.</param>
/// <param name="toWindow">The window that is the target of the conversion operation. If nil, this method instead converts the rectangle to the logical coordinate system of the screen, which is measured in points.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("convertRect")]
public CGRect ConvertRect(CGRect rect, UIWindow toWindow) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Converts a rectangle from the coordinate system of another window to that of the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle in the window's coordinate system.</param>
/// <param name="fromWindow">The window with rect in its coordinate system. If nil, this method instead converts the rectangle from the logical coordinate system of the screen, which is measured in points.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("convertRect")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public CGRect ConvertRect(CGRect rect, UIWindow fromWindow, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Dispatches events sent to the receiver by the UIApplication object to its views.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="event">The event to process.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sendEvent")]
public void SendEvent(UIEvent @event) { }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s window level.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("windowLevel")]
public UIWindowLevel WindowLevel { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The screen on which the window is currently displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("screen")]
public UIScreen Screen { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The root view controller for the window.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("rootViewController")]
public UIViewController RootViewController { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver is the key window for the application. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("keyWindow")]
public bool KeyWindow { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The positioning of windows relative to each other.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public struct UIWindowLevel
{
static public implicit operator UIWindowLevel(CGFloat value)
{
return default(UIWindowLevel);
}
static public implicit operator CGFloat(UIWindowLevel value)
{
return default(CGFloat);
}
}
/// <summary>
/// The notification object is the window object that has become visible. This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIWindowDidBecomeVisibleNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIWindowDidBecomeVisibleNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The notification object is the window object that has become hidden. This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIWindowDidBecomeHiddenNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIWindowDidBecomeHiddenNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The notification object is the window object that has become key. This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIWindowDidBecomeKeyNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIWindowDidBecomeKeyNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The notification object is the window object that has resigned its main window status. This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIWindowDidResignKeyNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIWindowDidResignKeyNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The notification object is nil. The userInfo dictionary contains information about the keyboard. Use the keys described in Keyboard Notification User Info Keys to get the location and size of the keyboard from the userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIKeyboardWillShowNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIKeyboardWillShowNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The notification object is nil. The userInfo dictionary contains information about the keyboard. Use the keys described in Keyboard Notification User Info Keys to get the location and size of the keyboard from the userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIKeyboardDidShowNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIKeyboardDidShowNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The notification object is nil. The userInfo dictionary contains information about the keyboard. Use the keys described in Keyboard Notification User Info Keys to get the location and size of the keyboard from the userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIKeyboardWillHideNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIKeyboardWillHideNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The notification object is nil. The userInfo dictionary contains information about the keyboard. Use the keys described in Keyboard Notification User Info Keys to get the location and size of the keyboard from the userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIKeyboardDidHideNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIKeyboardDidHideNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The notification object is nil. The userInfo dictionary contains information about the keyboard. Use the keys described in Keyboard Notification User Info Keys to get the location and size of the keyboard from the userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIKeyboardWillChangeFrameNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIKeyboardWillChangeFrameNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The notification object is nil. The userInfo dictionary contains information about the keyboard. Use the keys described in Keyboard Notification User Info Keys to get the location and size of the keyboard from the userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIKeyboardDidChangeFrameNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIKeyboardDidChangeFrameNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file +using ObjectiveC;
using System;
using SharpSwift.Attributes;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using Foundation;
using CoreGraphics;
namespace UIKit
{
/// <summary>
/// The UIWindow class defines an object known as a window that manages and coordinates the views an app displays on a device screen. Unless an app can display content on an external device screen, an app has only one window.
/// </summary>
/// <see cref="https://developer.apple.com/library/prerelease/ios/documentation/UIKit/Reference/UIWindow_Class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/cl/UIWindow"/>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIWindow : UIView//, AnyObject, NSCoding, NSObjectProtocol, Reflectable, UIAccessibilityIdentification, UIAppearance, UIAppearanceContainer, UICoordinateSpace, UIDynamicItem, UITraitEnvironment
{
public UIWindow() { }
/// <summary>
/// Makes the receiver the key window and visible.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("makeKeyAndVisible")]
public virtual void MakeKeyAndVisible() { }
/// <summary>
/// Invoked automatically to inform the receiver that it has become the key window; never invoke this method directly.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("becomeKeyWindow")]
public virtual void BecomeKeyWindow() { }
/// <summary>
/// Makes the receiver the main window.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("makeKeyWindow")]
public virtual void MakeKeyWindow() { }
/// <summary>
/// Invoked automatically when the window resigns key window status; never invoke this method directly.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("resignKeyWindow")]
public virtual void ResignKeyWindow() { }
/// <summary>
/// Converts a point from the receiver’s coordinate system to that of another window.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point specifying a location in the logical coordinate system of the receiver.</param>
/// <param name="toWindow">The window into whose coordinate system point is to be converted. If nil, this method converts the point to the logical coordinate system of the screen, which is measured in points.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("convertPoint")]
public virtual CGPoint ConvertPoint(CGPoint point, UIWindow toWindow) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Converts a point from the coordinate system of a given window to that of the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="point">A point specifying a location in the coordinate system of window.</param>
/// <param name="fromWindow">The window with point in its coordinate system. If nil, this method converts the point from the logical coordinate system of the screen, which is measured in points.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("convertPoint")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public virtual CGPoint ConvertPoint(CGPoint point, UIWindow fromWindow, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { return default(CGPoint); }
/// <summary>
/// Converts a rectangle from the receiver’s coordinate system to that of another window.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">A rectangle in the receiver's coordinate system.</param>
/// <param name="toWindow">The window that is the target of the conversion operation. If nil, this method instead converts the rectangle to the logical coordinate system of the screen, which is measured in points.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("convertRect")]
public virtual CGRect ConvertRect(CGRect rect, UIWindow toWindow) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Converts a rectangle from the coordinate system of another window to that of the receiver.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="rect">The rectangle in the window's coordinate system.</param>
/// <param name="fromWindow">The window with rect in its coordinate system. If nil, this method instead converts the rectangle from the logical coordinate system of the screen, which is measured in points.</param>
/// <param name="NAME_YOUR_PARAMS">DO NOT USE THIS PARAMETER - Instead make sure to name the parameters you're using.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("convertRect")]
[IgnoreParameter("NAME_YOUR_PARAMS")]
public virtual CGRect ConvertRect(CGRect rect, UIWindow fromWindow, bool NAME_YOUR_PARAMS = false) { return default(CGRect); }
/// <summary>
/// Dispatches events sent to the receiver by the UIApplication object to its views.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="event">The event to process.</param>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("sendEvent")]
public virtual void SendEvent(UIEvent event) { }
/// <summary>
/// The receiver’s window level.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("windowLevel")]
public UIWindowLevel WindowLevel { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The screen on which the window is currently displayed.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(3.2)]
[Export("screen")]
public UIScreen Screen { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// The root view controller for the window.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(4)]
[Export("rootViewController")]
public UIViewController RootViewController { get; set; }
/// <summary>
/// A Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver is the key window for the application. (read-only)
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
[Export("keyWindow")]
public bool KeyWindow { get; private set; }
}
/// <summary>
/// The positioning of windows relative to each other.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public struct UIWindowLevel
{
static public implicit operator UIWindowLevel(CGFloat value)
{
return default(UIWindowLevel);
}
static public implicit operator CGFloat(UIWindowLevel value)
{
return default(CGFloat);
}
}
/// <summary>
/// The notification object is the window object that has become visible. This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIWindowDidBecomeVisibleNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIWindowDidBecomeVisibleNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The notification object is the window object that has become hidden. This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIWindowDidBecomeHiddenNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIWindowDidBecomeHiddenNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The notification object is the window object that has become key. This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIWindowDidBecomeKeyNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIWindowDidBecomeKeyNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The notification object is the window object that has resigned its main window status. This notification does not contain a userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIWindowDidResignKeyNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIWindowDidResignKeyNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The notification object is nil. The userInfo dictionary contains information about the keyboard. Use the keys described in Keyboard Notification User Info Keys to get the location and size of the keyboard from the userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIKeyboardWillShowNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIKeyboardWillShowNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The notification object is nil. The userInfo dictionary contains information about the keyboard. Use the keys described in Keyboard Notification User Info Keys to get the location and size of the keyboard from the userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIKeyboardDidShowNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIKeyboardDidShowNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The notification object is nil. The userInfo dictionary contains information about the keyboard. Use the keys described in Keyboard Notification User Info Keys to get the location and size of the keyboard from the userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIKeyboardWillHideNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIKeyboardWillHideNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The notification object is nil. The userInfo dictionary contains information about the keyboard. Use the keys described in Keyboard Notification User Info Keys to get the location and size of the keyboard from the userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(2)]
public class UIKeyboardDidHideNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIKeyboardDidHideNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The notification object is nil. The userInfo dictionary contains information about the keyboard. Use the keys described in Keyboard Notification User Info Keys to get the location and size of the keyboard from the userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIKeyboardWillChangeFrameNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIKeyboardWillChangeFrameNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
/// <summary>
/// The notification object is nil. The userInfo dictionary contains information about the keyboard. Use the keys described in Keyboard Notification User Info Keys to get the location and size of the keyboard from the userInfo dictionary.
/// </summary>
[iOSVersion(5)]
public class UIKeyboardDidChangeFrameNotification : NSNotification
{
public UIKeyboardDidChangeFrameNotification() : base("", null) { }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/StubGen/StubGen/Scrapers/Finals/ClassFinal.cs b/StubGen/StubGen/Scrapers/Finals/ClassFinal.cs index e33b0281..351e8c51 100644 --- a/StubGen/StubGen/Scrapers/Finals/ClassFinal.cs +++ b/StubGen/StubGen/Scrapers/Finals/ClassFinal.cs @@ -128,6 +128,11 @@ namespace StubGen.Scrapers.Finals output = output.TrimEnd(' ', ','); output += NewLine + "{" + NewLine; + if (!isInterface) + { + //Add a parameterless constructor for everything + output += "public " + parsed.Name + "() { }" + NewLine; + } //Remove repeated properties var allProperties = parsed.Members.OfType<ScrapedProperty>().ToList(); diff --git a/StubGen/StubGen/Scrapers/Finals/MethodFinal.cs b/StubGen/StubGen/Scrapers/Finals/MethodFinal.cs index 94179564..8a7d5b10 100644 --- a/StubGen/StubGen/Scrapers/Finals/MethodFinal.cs +++ b/StubGen/StubGen/Scrapers/Finals/MethodFinal.cs @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ namespace StubGen.Scrapers.Finals if (method.IsOptional) { - toOutput += "[Optional]"; + toOutput += "[Optional]" + NewLine; } if (differentiator != "") diff --git a/StubGen/StubGen/Scrapers/ScrapedParameter.cs b/StubGen/StubGen/Scrapers/ScrapedParameter.cs index 35119a10..3dc43750 100644 --- a/StubGen/StubGen/Scrapers/ScrapedParameter.cs +++ b/StubGen/StubGen/Scrapers/ScrapedParameter.cs @@ -10,31 +10,43 @@ namespace StubGen { public static string ParseType(string type) { - type = type.Trim().Trim('_', '!', '?').Trim(); + type = type.Trim().Trim('_', '!').Trim(); + var optional = type.EndsWith("?"); + type = type.Trim('?').Trim(); + + var finalType = type; switch (type.ToLower()) { case "void": - return "void"; + finalType = "void"; + break; case "nsstring": case "string": - return "string"; + finalType = "string"; + break; case "bool": - return "bool"; + finalType = "bool"; + break; case "int": case "int32": - return "int"; + finalType = "int"; + break; case "uint": case "uint32": - return "uint"; + finalType = "uint"; + break; case "uint64": - return "UInt64"; + finalType = "UInt64"; + break; case "uint16": - return "UInt16"; + finalType = "UInt16"; + break; case "float": - return "float"; - default: - return type; + finalType = "float"; + break; } + + return optional ? "Optional<" + finalType + ">" : finalType; } } |